initial commit of ebook 37203HEADmain

21 files changed, 25464 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/37203-8.txt b/37203-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c34e1e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8441 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Telepathy and the Subliminal Self, by R. Osgood Mason
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Telepathy and the Subliminal Self
+
+Author: R. Osgood Mason
+
+Release Date: August 25, 2011 [EBook #37203]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: NATHAN EARLY
+
+_Phototype from an Automatic Painting._ (See page 196.)]
+
+
+
+
+  TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF
+
+  AN ACCOUNT OF RECENT INVESTIGATIONS REGARDING
+  HYPNOTISM, AUTOMATISM, DREAMS, PHANTASMS,
+  AND RELATED PHENOMENA
+
+
+  BY R. OSGOOD MASON, A.M., M.D.
+  _Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine_
+
+
+  NEW YORK
+  HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
+  1897
+
+
+
+
+  Copyright, 1897,
+  BY
+  HENRY HOLT & CO.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+To whatever conclusions it may lead us, there is no mistaking the fact
+that now more than ever before is the public interested in matters
+relating to the "New Psychology." Scarcely a day passes that notice of
+some unusual psychical experience or startling phenomenon does not appear
+in popular literature. The newspaper, the magazine, and the novel vie with
+each other in their efforts to excite interest and attract attention by
+the display of these strange incidents, presented sometimes with
+intelligence and taste, but oftener with a culpable disregard of both
+taste and truth.
+
+The general reader is not yet critical regarding these matters, but he is
+at least interested, and desires to know what can be relied upon as
+established truth amongst these various reports. There is inquiry
+concerning Telepathy or Thought-Transference--is it a fact or is it a
+delusion? Has Hypnotism any actual standing either in science or common
+sense? What of Clairvoyance, Planchette, Trance and Trance utterances,
+Crystal-Gazing and Apparitions?
+
+In the following papers intelligent readers, both in and out of the
+medical profession, will find these subjects fairly stated and discussed,
+and to some of the questions asked, fair and reasonable answers given. It
+is with the hope of aiding somewhat in the efforts now being made to
+rescue from an uncertain and unreasoning supernaturalism some of the most
+valuable facts in nature, and some of the most interesting and beautiful
+psychical phenomena in human experience, that this book is offered to the
+public.
+
+To such studies, however, it is objected by some that the principles
+involved in these unusual mental actions are too vague and the facts too
+new and unsubstantiated to be deserving of serious consideration; but it
+should be remembered that all our knowledge, even that which is now
+reckoned as science, was once vague and tentative; it is absurd,
+therefore, to ignore newly-found facts simply because they are new and
+their laws unknown; nevertheless, in psychical matters especially, this is
+the tendency of the age.
+
+But even if upon the practical side these studies should be deemed
+unsatisfactory, it would not follow that they are without use or
+interest. It is a truism that our western civilization is over-intense and
+practical; it is materialistic, hard, mechanical; it values nothing, it
+believes in nothing that cannot be weighed, measured, analyzed, labelled
+and appraised;--feeling, intuition, aspiration, monitions, glimpses of
+knowledge that are from within--not external nor distinctly
+cognizable,--these are all slighted, despised, trampled upon by a
+supercilious dilettanteism on the one hand and an uninstructed
+philistinism on the other, and the result has been a development that is
+abnormal, unsymmetrical, deformed, and tending to disintegration.
+
+To a few, oriental mysticism, to others the hasty deductions of
+spiritualism, and to many more the supernaturalism of the various
+religious systems, offer at least a partial, though often exaggerated,
+antidote to this inherent vice, because they all contemplate a spiritual
+or at least a transcendental aspect of man's nature in contrast to that
+which is purely material. But even these partial remedies are not
+available to all, and they are unsatisfactory to many.
+
+As a basis to a more symmetrical and permanent development, some generally
+recognized facts relative to the constitution and action of these more
+subtle forces in our being must be certified; and as an introduction to
+that work, it is hoped that these studies in the outlying fields of
+psychology will not be found valueless.
+
+A portion of the papers here presented are republished, much revised, by
+courtesy of _The New York Times_.
+
+NEW YORK, _October, 1896_.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                                                  PAGE
+
+  CHAPTER I.
+    Psychical Research--Telepathy or Thought-Transference            1
+
+  CHAPTER II.
+    Mesmerism and Hypnotism--History and Therapeutic Effects        28
+
+  CHAPTER III.
+    Hypnotism--Psychical Aspect                                     51
+
+  CHAPTER IV.
+    Lucidity or Clairvoyance                                        74
+
+  CHAPTER V.
+    Double or Multiplex Personality                                116
+
+  CHAPTER VI.
+    Natural Somnambulism--Hypnotic Somnambulism--Dreams            129
+
+  CHAPTER VII.
+    Automatism--Planchette                                         151
+
+  CHAPTER VIII.
+    Automatic Writing, Drawing and Painting                        181
+
+  CHAPTER IX.
+    Crystal-gazing                                                 198
+
+  CHAPTER X.
+    Phantasms                                                      224
+
+  CHAPTER XI.
+    Phantasms, Continued                                           262
+
+  CHAPTER XII.
+    Conclusions                                                    307
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+PSYCHICAL RESEARCH--TELEPATHY OR THOUGHT-TRANSFERENCE.
+
+
+The status of the old-fashioned ghost story has, within the past ten
+years, perceptibly changed. Formerly, by the credulous generality of
+people, it was almost universally accepted without reason and without
+critical examination. It was looked upon as supernatural, and supernatural
+things were neither to be doubted nor reasoned about, and there the matter
+ended.
+
+On the other hand, the more learned and scientific, equally without reason
+or critical examination, utterly repudiated and scorned all alleged facts
+and occurrences relating to the subject. "We know what the laws of nature
+are," they said, "and alleged occurrences which go beyond or contravene
+these laws are upon their face illusions and frauds." And so, with them
+also, there the matter ended.
+
+In the meantime, while the irreclaimably superstitious and credulous on
+the one hand, and the unco-scientific and conservative on the other,
+equally without knowledge and equally without reason, have gone on
+believing and disbelieving, a large number of people--intelligent,
+inquiring, quick-witted, and reasonable, some scientific and some
+unscientific--have come to think seriously regarding unusual occurrences
+and phenomena, either witnessed or experienced by themselves or related by
+others, and whose reality they could not doubt, although their relations
+to ordinary conditions of life were mysterious and occult.
+
+In the investigation of these subjects some new and unfamiliar terms have
+come into more or less common use. We hear of mind-reading, telepathy,
+hypnotism, clairvoyance, and psychical research, some of which terms still
+stand for something mysterious, uncanny, perhaps even supernatural, but
+they have at least excited interest and inquiry. The subjects which they
+represent have even permeated general literature; the novelist has made
+use of this widespread interest in occult subjects and has introduced many
+of the strange and weird features which they present into his department
+of literature. Some have made use of this new material without knowledge
+or taste, merely to excite wonder and attract the vulgar, while others
+use it philosophically, with knowledge and discrimination, for the purpose
+of educating their readers in a new and important department of knowledge
+and thought.
+
+Amongst the more scientific, societies have been formed, reports have been
+read and published, so that in scientific and literary circles as well as
+among the unlearned the subject has become one of interest.
+
+The object of these papers will be briefly to tell in connection with my
+own observations, what is known and what is thought by others who have
+studied the subject carefully, and especially what has been done by the
+English Society for Psychical Research and kindred societies.
+
+When an expedition is sent out for the purpose of exploring new and
+unknown regions, it is often necessary to send forward scouts to obtain
+some general ideas concerning the nature of the country, its conformation,
+water-courses, inhabitants, and food supplies. The scouts return and
+report what they have discovered; their reports are listened to with
+interest, and upon these reports often depend the movements and success of
+the whole expedition. It will easily be seen how important it is that the
+scouts should be intelligent, sharp-witted, courageous and truthful; and
+it will also be evident that the report of these scouts concerning the new
+and unknown country is much more valuable than the preconceived opinions
+of geographers and philosophers, no matter how eminent they may be, who
+have simply stayed at home, enjoyed their easy-chair, and declared
+off-hand that the new country was useless and uninhabitable.
+
+The outlying fields of psychology, which are now the subject of psychical
+research, are comparatively a new and unexplored region, and until within
+a few years it has been considered a barren and unproductive one, into
+which it was silly, disreputable, and even dangerous to enter; the region
+was infested with dream-mongers, spiritualists, clairvoyants, mesmerists,
+and cranks, and the more vigorously it was shunned the safer would he be
+who had a reputation of any kind to lose.
+
+Such substantially was the condition of public sentiment, and especially
+of sentiment in strictly scientific circles, fourteen years ago, when the
+English Society for Psychical Research came into being. The first movement
+in the direction of systematic study and exploration in this new field was
+a preliminary meeting called by Prof. W. F. Barrett, Fellow of the Royal
+Society of Edinburgh, and a few other gentlemen on Jan. 6, 1882, when the
+formation of such a society was proposed; and in the following month the
+society was definitely organized and officers were chosen. The first
+general meeting for business and listening to reports took place July 17th
+of the same year.
+
+The persons associated in this society were of the most staid and
+respectable character, noted for solid sense, and a sufficient number of
+them for practical work were also trained in scientific methods, and were
+already eminent in special departments of science.
+
+Prof. Henry Sidgwick, Trinity College, Cambridge, was President; Prof. W.
+F. Barrett, F. R. S. E., Royal College of Science, Dublin, and Prof.
+Balfour Stewart, F. R. S., Owens College, Manchester, were
+Vice-Presidents, and among the members were a large number of well-known
+names of Fellows of various learned and royal societies, professional men,
+and members of Parliament, altogether giving character to the society, as
+well as assuring sensible methods in its work. Among the subjects first
+taken up for examination and, so far as possible, for experimental study,
+were the following:--
+
+(1) Thought-transference, or an examination into the nature and extent of
+any influence which may be exerted by one mind upon another, apart from
+any generally recognized mode of perception or communication.
+
+(2) The study of hypnotism and the forms of so-called mesmeric trance.
+
+(3) An investigation of well-authenticated reports regarding apparitions
+and disturbances in houses reputed to be haunted.
+
+(4) An inquiry into various psychical phenomena commonly called
+Spiritualistic.
+
+The first report made to the society was concerning thought-reading, or
+thought-transference, and was a description of various experiments
+undertaken with a view to determine the question whether one person or one
+mind can receive impressions or intelligence from another person or mind
+without communication by word, touch, or sign, or by any means whatsoever
+apart from the ordinary and recognized methods of perception, or the
+ordinary channels of communication.
+
+What is meant by thought-transference is perhaps most simply illustrated
+by the common amusement known as the "willing game"; it is played as
+follows:--
+
+The person to be influenced or "willed" is sent out of the room; those
+remaining then agree upon some act which that person is to be willed to
+accomplish; as, for instance, to take some particular piece of bric-à-brac
+from a table or cabinet and place it upon the piano, or to find some
+article which has been purposely hidden. The person to be willed is then
+brought back into the room; the leader of the game places one hand lightly
+upon her shoulder or arm, and the whole company think intently upon the
+act agreed upon in her absence. If the game is successful, the person so
+willed goes, with more or less promptness, takes the piece of bric-à-brac
+thought of, and places it upon the piano, as before agreed upon by the
+company, or she goes with more or less directness and discovers the hidden
+article. Nervous agitation, excitement, even faintness or actual syncope,
+are not unusual accompaniments of the effort on the part of the person so
+willed, circumstances which at least show the unusual character of the
+performance and also the necessity for caution in conducting it.
+
+If the game is played honestly, as it generally is, the person to be
+willed, when she returns to the room, is absolutely ignorant of what act
+she is expected to perform, and the person with whom she is placed in
+contact does not intentionally give her any clue or information during the
+progress of the game.
+
+In the more formal experiments the person who is willed is known as the
+sensitive, subject, or percipient; the person who conducts the experiment
+is known as the agent or operator. The sensitive is presumed to receive,
+in some unusual manner, from the minds of the agent and the company, an
+impression regarding the action to be performed, without communication
+between them in any ordinary manner.
+
+This is one of the simplest forms of thought-transference; it is, of
+course, liable to many errors, and is useless as a scientific test.
+
+Bishop, Cumberland, and other mind readers who have exhibited their
+remarkable powers all over the world, were doubtless sensitives who
+possessed this power of perception or receiving impressions in a high
+degree, so that minute objects, such as an ordinary watch-key, hidden in a
+barrel of rubbish in a cellar and in a distant part of an unfamiliar city,
+is quickly found, the sensitive being connected with the agent by the
+slightest contact, or perhaps only by a string or wire.
+
+The question at issue in all these cases is the same, namely, do the
+sensitives receive their impressions regarding what they have to do from
+the mind of the agent by some process other than the ordinary means of
+communication, such as seeing, hearing, or touch; or do they, by the
+exceeding delicacy of their perception, receive impressions from slight
+indications unintentionally and unconsciously conveyed to them by the
+agent through the slight contact which is kept up between them?
+
+The opinion of a majority of scientific persons has been altogether averse
+to the theory of thought-transference from one mind to another without the
+aid of the senses and the ordinary means of communication; and they have
+maintained that intimations of the thing to be done by the sensitive were
+conveyed by slight muscular movements unconsciously made by the agent and
+perhaps unconsciously received by the sensitive. To explain, or rather to
+formulate these cases, Dr. William B. Carpenter, the eminent English
+physiologist, proposed the theory of "unconscious muscular action" on the
+part of the agent and "unconscious cerebration" on the part of the
+sensitive; and his treatment of the whole subject in his "Mental
+Physiology," which was published twenty years ago, and also in his book on
+"Mesmerism and Spiritualism," was thought by many to be conclusive against
+the theory of mind-reading or thought-transference. Especially was this
+view entertained by the more conservative portion of the various
+scientific bodies interested in the subject, and also by that large class
+of people, scientific and otherwise, who save themselves much trouble by
+taking their opinions ready made.
+
+It was a very easy way of disposing of the matter, so thoroughly
+scientific, and it did not involve the necessity of studying any new force
+or getting into trouble with any new laws of mental action; it was simply
+delightful, and the physiologists rubbed their hands gleefully over the
+apparent discomfiture of the shallow cranks who imagined they had
+discovered something new. There was only one troublesome circumstance
+about the whole affair. It was this: that cases were every now and then
+making their appearance which absolutely refused to be explained by the
+new theory of Dr. Carpenter, and the only way of disposing of these
+troublesome cases was to declare that the people who observed them did not
+know how to observe, and did not see what they thought they saw.
+
+This was the state of the question, and this the way in which it was
+generally regarded, when it was taken up for investigation by the Society
+for Psychical Research.
+
+Experiments on the subject of thought-transference fall naturally into
+four classes:
+
+(1) Those where some prearranged action is accomplished, personal contact
+being maintained between the operator and the sensitive.
+
+(2) Similar performances where there is no contact whatever.
+
+(3) Where a name, number, object, or card is guessed or perceived and
+expressed by speech or writing without any perceptible means of obtaining
+intelligence by the senses or through any of the ordinary channels of
+communication.
+
+(4) Where the same ideas have occurred or the same impressions have been
+conveyed at the same moment to the minds of two or more persons widely
+separated from each other.
+
+The first and second of these classes are simply examples of the "willing
+game" carried on under more strict conditions, but they are not counted as
+of special value on account of the possibility of information being
+conveyed when contact is permitted, and by means of slight signals, mere
+movements of the eye, finger, or lip, which might quickly be seized upon
+and interpreted by the sensitive, even when there was no actual contact.
+The third and fourth class, however, seem to exclude these and all other
+ordinary or recognizable means of communication.
+
+The following are examples of the third class, namely, where some object,
+number, name, or card has been guessed or perceived without the aid of the
+senses, and without any of the ordinary means of communication between the
+operator and the subject.
+
+The first experiments here reported were made in the family of a
+clergyman, by himself, together with his five daughters, ranging from ten
+to seventeen years of age, all thoroughly healthy persons, and without any
+peculiar nervous development. The daughters and sometimes, also, a young
+maid-servant, were the sensitives, and the clergyman, when alone with his
+family, acted as agent. The test experiments made in this family were
+conducted by two competent and well-qualified observers, members of the
+society, and no member of the family was permitted to know the word, name,
+or object selected, except that the child chosen to act as sensitive was
+told to what class the object belonged; for instance, whether it was a
+number, card, or name of some person or place.
+
+The child was then sent out of the room and kept under observation while
+the test object was agreed upon, and was then recalled by one of the
+experimenters; and while giving her answers she "stood near the door with
+downcast eyes," and often with her back to the company. The experiments
+were conducted in perfect silence excepting the child's answer and the
+"right" or "wrong" of the agent.
+
+It has been charged that these children, later, were caught signalling
+during the experiments. This is true by their own confession, but it is
+also true that there was no signalling during the earlier experiments,
+also that the signalling when used did not improve the results, and
+furthermore that after they began signalling the effort to keep the mind
+consciously active and acute during their trials injured the passive
+condition necessary for success, and eventually destroyed their
+sensitiveness and thought-reading power altogether.
+
+Besides, most of the tests were made when only the one child was in the
+room, and, as will be noticed, many of the tests were of such a nature
+that signalling would be out of the question, especially with their little
+experience and clumsy code.
+
+The following results were obtained, the name of the object agreed upon
+being given in italics:--
+
+_A white-handled penknife._ Was named and color given on the first trial.
+_A box of almonds._ Named correctly. _A three-penny piece._ Failed. _A
+box of chocolate._ A button box. _A penknife, hidden._ Failed to state
+where it was.
+
+Trial with cards, to be named:--
+
+_Two of clubs._ Right. _Seven of diamonds._ Right. _Four of spades._
+Failed. _Four of hearts._ Right. _King of hearts._ Right. _Two of
+diamonds._ Right. _Ace of hearts._ Right. _Nine of spades._ Right. _Five
+of diamonds._ Four of diamonds (wrong); then four of hearts, (wrong); then
+five of diamonds, which was right on the third trial. _Two of spades._
+Right. _Eight of diamonds._ Wrong. _Ace of diamonds._ Wrong. _Three of
+hearts._ Right. _Four of clubs._ Wrong. _Ace of spades._ Wrong.
+
+The following results were obtained with fictitious names:--
+
+_William Stubbs._ Right. _Eliza Holmes._ Eliza H. _Isaac Harding._ Right.
+_Sophia Shaw._ Right. _Hester Willis._ Cassandra--then Hester Wilson.
+_John Jones._ Right. _Timothy Taylor._ Tom, then Timothy Taylor. _Esther
+Ogle._ Right. _Arthur Higgins._ Right. _Alfred Henderson._ Right. _Amy
+Frogmore._ Amy Freemore, then Amy Frogmore. _Albert Snelgrove._ Albert
+Singrore, then Albert Grover.
+
+On another occasion the following result was obtained with cards, Mary,
+the eldest daughter, being the percipient: In thirty-one successive
+trials the first only was an entire failure, six of spades being given in
+answer for the eight of spades. Of the remaining thirty consecutive
+trials, in seventeen the card was correctly named on the first attempt,
+nine on the second, and four on the third.
+
+It should here be observed, that according to the calculus of
+probabilities, the chances that an ordinary guesser would be correct in
+his guess on the first trial is, in cards, of course, one in fifty-one,
+but in these trials, numbering 382 in all, and extending over six days,
+the average was one in three, and second and third guesses being allowed
+the successes were more than one in two, almost two in three.
+
+The chances against guessing the card correctly five times in succession
+are more than 1,000,000 to 1, and against this happening eight times in
+succession are more than 142,000,000 to 1, yet the former happened several
+times and the latter twice--once with cards and once with fictitious
+names, the chances against success in the latter case being almost
+incalculable.
+
+The following experiments were also made among many others, Miss Maud
+Creery being the percipient:--
+
+"(1) What town have we thought of? A. Buxton: which was correct.
+
+"(2) What town have we thought of? A. Derby. What part did you think of
+first? A. Railway station. (So did I.) What next? A. The market-place. (So
+did I.)
+
+"(3) What town have we thought of? A. Something commencing with L. (Pause
+of a minute.) Lincoln. (Correct.)
+
+"(4) What town have we thought of? A. Fairfield. What part did you think
+of first? A. The road to it. (So did I.) What next? A. The triangular
+green behind the Bull's Head Inn. (So did I.)"
+
+In seeking an explanation for these remarkable results coincidence and
+chance may, it would seem, be utterly excluded. Touch and hearing must
+also be excluded, since the guesser did not come in contact with any
+person during the experiments, and they were conducted in perfect silence
+excepting the answers of the percipient or the "yes" or "no" of the agent.
+
+We have left, then, only the unconscious indications which might possibly
+be given by look, movement of a finger, lip, or muscle by persons who were
+present especially on account of their desire and ability to detect any
+such communication, and on account of their ability to avoid giving
+information in any such manner themselves.
+
+It seems, in fact, quite incredible that information thus conveyed could
+be sufficient to affect the result in so large a number of experiments,
+especially where the experiments included the names of places and
+fictitious names of persons. Even where signalling is successfully carried
+on, as, for instance, in stage tricks, it is a regular feat of memory
+accomplished between two people who have studied and practised it
+assiduously for a long time, while here were simply children, brought in
+contact, without rehearsal, with strangers, whose object it was to detect
+the trick if any were practised among them.
+
+We are forced, then, to the conclusion that the knowledge which these
+sensitives exhibited concerning the objects, names, or cards which were
+given them as tests, did not come to them by any ordinary sense of
+perception obtained either legitimately or by trick, but came to them
+directly from the minds of other persons acting as agents and striving to
+impress them, and that this knowledge or these impressions were received
+by some means other than through the ordinary channels of communication.
+
+Another method of demonstrating thought-transference which should be
+mentioned here, is by means of diagrams. The experiment may be made as
+follows:--The percipient, being blindfolded, is seated at a table with his
+back to the operator, without contact and in perfect silence. A
+diagram--for instance, a circle with a cross in the centre--is distinctly
+drawn by a third person and so held as to be in full view of the operator,
+who looks at it in silence, steadily and with concentrated attention.
+
+The impression made by the diagram upon the mind of the operator is
+gradually perceived by the percipient, who, after a time varying from a
+few seconds to several minutes, declares himself ready. The bandages are
+then removed from his eyes, and to the best of his ability he draws the
+impression which came to him while blindfolded. The results have varied in
+accuracy, very much as did the results in the experiments with objects and
+cards already described.
+
+The following diagrams are from drawings and reproductions made in the
+manner just described. They are from the proceedings of the Society for
+Psychical Research, and were the result of experiments made by Mr. Malcolm
+Guthrie and Mr. James Birchall, two prominent and cultivated citizens of
+Liverpool, together with three or four ladies, personal friends of
+theirs, all of whom undertook the experiments with the definite purpose of
+testing the truth or falsity of thought-transference.
+
+
+[Illustration:
+
+  I. Original Drawing.
+  I. Reproduction.
+
+  II. Original Drawing.
+  II. Reproduction.
+
+  III. Original Drawing.
+  III. Reproduction.
+
+  IV. Original Drawing.
+  IV. Reproduction.
+]
+
+
+I will also quote another experiment, which is only a fair example of a
+very large number, carefully carried out from April to November, 1883. In
+many of the experiments members of the Committee on Thought-transference
+from the S. P. R. were present.
+
+APRIL 20th, 1883.--Present, Mr. Guthrie, Mr. Birchall, Mr. Steel, and four
+ladies:--
+
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+   AGENT. |PERCIPIENT.|       OBJECT.         |         RESULT.
+  --------|-----------|-----------------------|--------------------------
+  Mrs. E. | Miss R.   | A square of pink silk | "Pink ... Square."
+          |           | on black satin.       | Answered almost
+          |           |                       | instantly.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | A ring of white silk  | "Can't see it."
+          |           | on black satin.       |
+          |           |                       |
+  Miss R. | Miss E.   | Word R E S, letter by | Each letter was named
+          |           | letter.               | correctly by Miss E. as
+          |           |                       | it was placed before
+          |           |                       | Miss R.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | Letter Q.             | "Q." First answer.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | Letter F.             | "F." First answer.
+          |           |                       |
+  All     |           |                       |
+  present.| Miss R.   | A gilt cross held by  | "It is a cross." Asked,
+          |           | Mr. G. behind the     | which way is it held,
+          |           | percipient.           | percipient replied,
+          |           |                       | "The right way." Correct.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | A yellow paper knife. | "Yellow ... is it a
+          |           |                       | feather?... It looks
+          |           |                       | like a knife with a
+          |           |                       | thin handle."
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | A pair of scissors    | "It is silver ... No, it
+          |           | standing open and     | is steel ... It is a pair
+          |           | upright.              | of scissors standing
+          |           |                       | upright."
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Success was different on different occasions, but this represents an
+ordinary series of experiments at one sitting. In these experiments with
+objects, the percipient was blindfolded and the object moreover was kept
+out of range of vision. In some experiments slight contact was permitted,
+and in some it was not, but it was found that contact had little if any
+effect upon the result.
+
+Remarkable success was also obtained in the transference of sensation,
+such as taste, smell, or pain, while the percipient was in a normal
+condition, that is, not hypnotized.
+
+The following is an average example of the transference of taste:--
+
+The tasters, Mr. Guthrie (M. G.), Mr. Gurney (E. G.), and Mr. Myers (M.).
+The percipients were two young ladies in Mr. Guthrie's employ.
+
+  SEPT. 3, 1883.
+
+  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+   TASTERS. |PERCIPIENT.|   SUBSTANCE.   |     ANSWER GIVEN.
+  ----------|-----------|----------------|-----------------------------
+  E. G. & M.|    E.     | Worcestershire |
+            |           | Sauce.         | "Worcestershire Sauce."
+            |           |                |
+  M. G.     |    R.     |    "           | "Vinegar."
+            |           |                |
+  E. G. & M.|    E.     | Port wine.     | "Between eau de Cologne
+            |           |                |  and beer."
+            |           |                |
+  M. G.     |    R.     |    "           | "Raspberry Vinegar."
+            |           |                |
+  E. G. & M.|    E.     | Bitter aloes.  | "Horrible and bitter."
+            |           |                |
+  M. G.     |    R.     | Alum.          | "A taste of ink--of iron--of
+            |           |                |  vinegar. I feel it on my
+            |           |                |  lips--it is as though I had
+            |           |                |  been eating alum."
+  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Some very striking experiments were made by Mr. J. W. Smith of Brunswick
+Place, Leeds, as agent, and his sister Kate as percipient. Their success
+with diagrams fully equalled those already given, and with objects the
+results have seldom been equalled. The following trials were made March
+11th, 1884. The intelligence and good faith of the participants is
+undoubted.
+
+Agent: J. W. Smith. Percipient: Kate Smith.
+
+      OBJECT SELECTED.              NAMED.
+
+      Figure 8                      Correct first time.
+      Figure 5                         "      "     "
+      Black cross on white ground      "      "     "
+      Color blue                       "      "     "
+      Cipher (0)                       "      "     "
+
+    Pair of Scissors.--Percipient was not told what (i. e. what form of
+    experiment, figure, color or object) was to be next--but carefully and
+    without noise a pair of scissors was placed on white ground, and in
+    about one minute and a half she exclaimed: "Scissors!"
+
+The number of facts and experiments bearing upon this division of our
+subject is well-nigh inexhaustible; those already presented will serve as
+illustrations and will also show upon what sort of evidence is founded the
+probability that perceptions and impressions are really conveyed from one
+mind to another in some other manner than by the ordinary and recognized
+methods of communication.
+
+It remains to give one or two illustrations of the fourth division of the
+subject, namely, where similar thoughts have simultaneously occurred, or
+similar impressions have been made upon the minds of persons at a distance
+from each other without any known method of communication between them.
+
+The first case was received and examined by the society in the summer of
+1885. One of the percipients writes as follows:--
+
+"My sister-in-law, Sarah Eustance, of Stretton, was lying sick unto death,
+and my wife had gone over there from Lawton Chapel (twelve or thirteen
+miles off) to see and tend her in her last moments. On the night before
+her death I was sleeping at home alone, and, awaking, I heard a voice
+distinctly call me.
+
+"Thinking it was my niece Rosanna, the only other occupant of the house, I
+went to her room and found her awake and nervous. I asked her whether she
+had called me. She answered: 'No; but something awoke me, when I heard
+some one calling.' On my wife returning home after her sister's death she
+told me how anxious her sister had been to see me, craving for me to be
+sent for, and saying, 'Oh, how I want to see Done once more!' and soon
+after became speechless. But the curious part was that, about the same
+time that she was 'craving,' I and my niece heard the call."
+
+In answer to a letter of inquiry he further writes:--
+
+"My wife, who went from Lawton that particular Sunday to see her sister,
+will testify, that as she attended upon her (after the departure of the
+minister) during the night, she was asking and craving for me, repeatedly
+saying, 'Oh, I wish I could see Uncle Done and Rosie once more before I
+go!' and soon after she became unconscious, or at least ceased speaking,
+and died the next day, of which fact I was not aware until my wife
+returned on the evening of the Fourth of July."
+
+Mrs. Sewill, the Rosie referred to, writes as follows:--
+
+"I was awakened suddenly, without apparent cause, and heard a voice
+calling me distinctly, thus: 'Rosie, Rosie, Rosie.' We (my uncle and
+myself) were the only occupants of the house that night, aunt being away
+attending upon her sister. I never was called before or since."
+
+The second case is reported by a medical man of excellent reputation to
+whom the incident was related by both Lady G. and her sister, the
+percipients in the case. It is as follows:--
+
+"Lady G. and her sister had been spending the evening with their mother,
+who was in her usual health and spirits when they left her. In the middle
+of the night the sister awoke in a fright and said to her husband: 'I must
+go to my mother at once; do order the carriage. I am sure she is taken
+ill.' The husband, after trying in vain to convince his wife that it was
+only a fancy, ordered the carriage. As she was approaching her mother's
+house, where two roads meet, she saw Lady G.'s carriage approaching. As
+soon as they met, each asked the other why she was there at that
+unseasonable hour, and both made the same reply:--
+
+"'I could not sleep, feeling sure my mother was ill, and so I came to
+see.' As they came in sight of the house they saw their mother's
+confidential maid at the door, who told them, when they arrived, that
+their mother had been taken suddenly ill and was dying, and that she had
+expressed an earnest wish to see her daughters."
+
+The reporter adds:--
+
+"The mother was a lady of strong will and always had a great influence
+over her daughters."
+
+Many well-authenticated instances of a similar character could be cited,
+but the above are sufficient for illustration, which is the object here
+chiefly in view, and other facts still further illustrating this division
+of the subject will appear in other relations.
+
+The foregoing facts and experiments are sufficient to indicate what is
+understood by thought-transference, or telepathy, and also to indicate
+what might be called the skirmishing ground between the class of
+psychologists represented by the active workers in the Society for
+Psychical Research and kindred societies on the one hand, and the
+conservative scientists, mostly physiologists, who are incredulous of any
+action of the mind for which they cannot find an appropriate organ and a
+proper method, on the other.
+
+It is not claimed that thought-transference as here set forth is
+established beyond all possibility of doubt or cavil, especially from
+those who choose to remain ignorant of the facts, but only that its facts
+are solid and their interpretation reasonable, and that
+thought-transference has now the same claim to acceptance by well-informed
+people that many of the now accepted facts in physical science had in its
+early days of growth and development.
+
+The reality of thought-transference being once established, a vast field
+for investigation is opened up; a new law, as it were, is discovered; and
+how far-reaching and important its influence and bearing may be upon
+alleged facts and phenomena which heretofore have been disbelieved, or set
+down as chance occurrences, or explained away as hallucinations, is at
+present the interesting study of the experimental psychologist.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+MESMERISM AND HYPNOTISM--HISTORY AND THERAPEUTIC EFFECTS.
+
+
+No department of psychical research is at present exciting so widespread
+an interest as that which is known under the name of Hypnotism; and
+inquiries are constantly made by those to whom the subject is new,
+regarding its nature and effects, and also how, if at all, it differs from
+the mesmerism and animal magnetism of many years ago.
+
+Unfortunately, these questions are more easily asked than answered, and
+well-informed persons, and even those considered experts in the subject,
+would doubtless give different and perhaps opposing answers to them. A
+short historical sketch may help in forming an opinion.
+
+From the remotest periods of human history to the present time, certain
+peculiar and unusual conditions of mind, sometimes associated with
+abnormal conditions of body, have been observed, during which unusual
+conditions, words have unconsciously been spoken, sometimes seemingly
+meaningless, but sometimes conveying knowledge of events at that moment
+taking place at a distance, sometimes foretelling future events, and
+sometimes words of warning, instruction, or command.
+
+The Egyptians and Assyrians had their magi, the Greeks and Romans their
+oracles, the Hebrews their seers and prophets, every great religion its
+inspired teachers, and every savage nation had, under some name, its seer
+or medicine-man.
+
+Socrates had his dæmon, Joan of Arc her voices and visions, the
+Highlanders their second sight, Spiritualists their mediums and
+"controls." Even Sitting Bull had his vision in which he foresaw the
+approach and destruction of Custer's army.
+
+Until a little more than a hundred years ago all persons affected in any
+of these unusual ways were supposed to be endowed with some sort of
+supernatural power, or to be under external and supernatural influence,
+either divine or satanic.
+
+About 1773 Mesmer, an educated German physician, philosopher, and mystic,
+commenced the practice of curing disease by means of magnets passed over
+the affected parts and over the body of the patient from head to foot.
+Afterward seeing Gassner, a Swabian priest, curing his patients by
+command, and applying his hands to the affected parts, he discarded his
+magnets, concluding that the healing power or influence was not in them,
+but in himself; and he called that influence animal magnetism.
+
+Mesmer also found that a certain proportion of his patients went into a
+sleep more or less profound under his manipulations, during which
+somnambulism, or sleep-walking, appeared. But Mesmer's chief personal
+interest lay in certain theories regarding the nature of the
+newly-discovered power or agent, and in its therapeutic effects; his
+theories, however, were not understood nor appreciated by the physicians
+of his time, and his cures were looked upon by them as being simply
+quackery.
+
+Nevertheless, it was he who first took the whole subject of these abnormal
+or supranormal conditions out of the domain of the supernatural, and in
+attempting to show their relation to natural forces he placed them in the
+domain of nature as proper subjects of rational study and investigation;
+and for this, at least, Mesmer should be honored.
+
+Under Mesmer's pupil, the Marquis de Puysegur, the facts and methods
+relating to the magnetic sleep and magnetic cures were more carefully
+observed and more fully published. Then followed Petetin, Husson, and
+Dupotet, Elliotson in England and Esdaile in India. So from Mesmer in 1773
+to Dupotet and Elliotson in 1838 we have the period of the "early
+mesmerists."
+
+During this period the hypnotic sleep was induced by means of passes, the
+operators never for a moment doubting that the influence which produced
+sleep was a power of some sort proceeding from themselves and producing
+its effect upon the patient.
+
+In addition to the condition of sleep or lethargy, the following
+conditions were well known to the "early mesmerists"; somnambulism, or
+sleep-walking, catalepsy, anæsthesia, and amnesia, or absence of all
+knowledge of what transpired during the sleep. Suggestion during sleep was
+also made use of, and was even then proposed as an agent in education and
+in the cure of vice.
+
+This was the condition of the subject in 1842, when Braid, an English
+surgeon, made some new and interesting experiments. He showed that the
+so-called mesmeric sleep could be produced in some patients by other
+processes than those used by the early mesmerists; especially could this
+be accomplished by having the patient gaze steadily at a fixed brilliant
+object or point, without resorting to passes or manipulations of any
+kind.
+
+He introduced the word hypnotism, which has since been generally adopted;
+he also proposed some new theories relating to the nature of the hypnotic
+sleep, regarding it as a "profound nervous change," and he still further
+developed the idea and use of suggestion. Otherwise no important changes
+were made by him in the status of the subject. It was not looked upon with
+favor by the profession generally, and its advocates were for the most
+part still considered as cranks and persons whose scientific and
+professional standing and character were not above suspicion.
+
+The period of twenty-five years from 1850 to 1875, was a sort of
+occultation of hypnotism. Braidism suffered nearly the same fate as
+mesmerism--it was neglected and tabooed. A few capable and honest men,
+like Liébeault of Nancy and Azam of Bordeaux, worked on, and from time to
+time published their observations; but for the most part these workers
+were neglected and even scorned.
+
+To acknowledge one's belief in animal magnetism or hypnotism was bad form,
+and he who did it must be content to suffer a certain degree of both
+social and professional ostracism. The field was given over to town-hall
+lectures on mesmerism, by "professors" whose titles were printed in
+quotation marks even by the local papers which recorded their exploits.
+
+But a change was about to be inaugurated. In 1877 Prof. Charcot, then one
+of the most scientific, most widely-known, and most highly-esteemed of
+living physicians, not only in France but in all the world, was appointed,
+with two colleagues, to investigate the treatment of hysteria by means of
+metallic disks--a subject which was then attracting the attention of the
+medical profession in France.
+
+So, curiously enough, it happened that Charcot commenced exactly where
+Mesmer had commenced a hundred years before. He experimented upon
+hysterical patients in his wards at La Salpêtrière, and, as a result, he
+rediscovered mesmerism under the name of hypnotism, just a century after
+it had been discovered by Mesmer and disowned by the French Academy.
+
+But Charcot, after having satisfied himself by his experiments, did not
+hesitate to announce his full belief in the facts and phenomena of
+hypnotism, and that was sufficient to rehabilitate the long-neglected
+subject. The attention of the scientific world was at once turned toward
+it, it became a legitimate subject of study, and hypnotism at once became
+respectable. From that time to the present it has formed one of the most
+conspicuous and interesting subjects of psychical study; it has become to
+psychology what determining the value of a single character is to reading
+an ancient inscription in a lost or unknown language--it is a bit of the
+unknown expressed in terms of the known and helps to furnish clues to
+still greater discoveries.
+
+With the scientific interest in hypnotism which was brought about through
+the great name and influence of Charcot, all doubt concerning the reality
+of the phenomena which it presents disappeared. Hypnotism was a fact and
+had come to stay.
+
+Charcot, who conducted his experiments chiefly among nervous or hysterical
+patients, looked upon the hypnotic condition as a disease, and considered
+the phenomena presented by hypnotic subjects as akin to hysteria. In
+addition to the method of producing the hypnotic condition used by Braid,
+he used, among others, what he called "massive stimulation," which
+consisted in first fully absorbing the subject's attention and then
+producing a shock by the loud sounding of a concealed gong, or the sudden
+display or sudden withdrawal of an electric light. By this means
+hysterical subjects were often thrown into a condition of catalepsy, from
+which somnambulism and other hypnotic phenomena were sometimes deduced.
+
+I have myself seen nervous patients thrown into the cataleptic state by
+the "massive stimulation" of a huge truck passing by, loaded with clanging
+rails or building iron, or by other sudden shock, but I did not consider
+the process therapeutic nor in any way useful to the patient. Indeed, I
+have considered the present method of transporting those beams and rails
+of iron through our streets and past our dwellings, without the slightest
+attempt to modify their shocking din and clangor, a piece of savagery
+which should at once be made the subject of special legislation looking to
+the prompt punishment of the perpetrators of the outrage.
+
+As a matter of fact, neither the methods employed, the psychical
+conditions induced, nor the therapeutic effects attained at La
+Salpêtrière, where most of these experiments were at that time carried on,
+were such as to particularly commend themselves to students of psychology.
+Nevertheless the great name and approval of Charcot served to command for
+hypnotism the attention and the favorable consideration of the scientific
+world.
+
+Soon after the experiments of Charcot and his associates in Paris were
+published, Prof. Bernheim commenced a most thorough and important study of
+the subject in the wards of the hospital at Nancy. These studies were
+made, not upon persons who were already subjects of nervous disease, as
+was the case with Charcot's patients, but, on the contrary, upon those
+whose nervous condition was perfectly normal, and even upon those whose
+general health was perfect.
+
+The result of Bernheim's experiments proved that a very large percentage
+of all persons, sick or well, could be put into the hypnotic condition. He
+claimed that suggestion was the great factor and influence, both in
+bringing about the condition, and also in the mental phenomena observed,
+and the cures which were accomplished.
+
+He claimed, moreover, that the hypnotic sleep did not differ from ordinary
+sleep, and that no magnetism nor other personal element, influence, or
+force entered in any way into the process--it was all the power and
+influence of suggestion.
+
+Four distinct and important periods then are found in the history of
+hypnotism:
+
+First, the period of the early mesmerists, extending from the time of
+Mesmer, 1773, until that of Braid, 1842--nearly seventy years--during
+which the theory of animal magnetism, or of some actual force or subtle
+influence proceeding from the operator to the subject, prevailed.
+
+Second, the period of thirty-five years during which the influence of
+Braid's experiments predominated, showing that other methods, and
+especially that by the fixed gaze, were efficient in producing the
+hypnotic sleep.
+
+Third, the short period during which the influence of Charcot and the
+Paris school prevailed.
+
+Fourth, the period since Bernheim began to publish his experiments, and
+which may be called the period of suggestion.
+
+With this brief sketch in mind, we are prepared to examine some of the
+more important phenomena of hypnotism, both in its early and its later
+developments. A simple case would be as follows:--
+
+A patient comes to the physician's office complaining of continual
+headaches, general debility, nervousness, and unsatisfactory sleep. She is
+willing to be hypnotized, and is accompanied by a friend. The physician
+seats her comfortably in a chair, and, seating himself opposite her, he
+takes her thumbs lightly between his own thumbs and fingers, asks her to
+look steadily at some convenient object--perhaps a shirt-stud or a
+specified button upon his coat. Presently her eyelids quiver and then
+droop slowly over her eyes; he gently closes them with the tips of his
+fingers, holds them lightly for a moment, and she is asleep.
+
+He then makes several slow passes over her face and down the front of her
+body from head to foot, also some over her head and away from it, all
+without contact and without speaking to her. He lets her sleep ten or
+fifteen minutes--longer, if convenient--and then, making two or three
+upward passes over her face, he says promptly: "All right; wake up."
+
+She slowly opens her eyes, probably smiles, and looks a little foolish at
+having slept. He inquires how she feels. She replies:
+
+"I feel remarkably well--so rested--as though I had slept a whole night."
+
+"How is your head?"
+
+(Looking surprised.) "It is quite well--the pain is all gone."
+
+"Very well," he says. "You will continue to feel better and stronger, and
+you will have good sleep at night."
+
+And so it proves. Bernheim or a pupil of his would sit, or perhaps stand,
+near his patient, and in a quiet but firm voice talk of sleep.
+
+"Sleep is what you need. Sleep is helpful and will do you good. Already,
+while I am talking to you, you are beginning to feel drowsy. Your eyes are
+tired; your lids are drooping; you are growing more and more sleepy; your
+lids droop more and more."
+
+Then, if the eyelids seem heavy, he presses them down over the eyes, all
+the time affirming sleep. If sleep comes, he has succeeded; if not, he
+resorts to gestures, passes, the steady gaze, or whatever he thinks likely
+to aid his suggestion.
+
+When the patient is asleep he suggests that when she awakes her pains and
+nervousness will be gone, and that she will have quiet and refreshing
+sleep at night. What is the condition of the patient while under the
+influence of this induced sleep? Pulse and respiration are little, if at
+all, changed; they may be slightly accelerated at first, and later, if
+very deep sleep occurs, they may be slightly retarded. Temperature is
+seldom changed at all, though, if abnormally high before the sleep is
+induced, it frequently falls during the sleep.
+
+If the hand be raised, or the arm be drawn up high above the head,
+generally it will remain elevated until it is touched and replaced, or
+the patient is told that he can let it fall, when he slowly lowers it.
+
+In many cases the limbs of the patient may be flexed or the body placed in
+any position, and that position will be retained for a longer or shorter
+period, sometimes for hours, without change. Sometimes the condition is
+one of rigidity so firm that the head may be placed upon one chair and the
+heels upon another, and the body will remain stiff like a bridge from one
+chair to the other, even when a heavy weight is placed upon the middle of
+the patient's body or another person is seated upon it. This is the full
+cataleptic condition.
+
+Sometimes the whole body will be in a condition of anæsthesia, so that
+needles may be thrust deep into the flesh without evoking any sign of pain
+or any sensation whatever. Sometimes, when this condition of anæsthesia
+does not appear with the sleep, it may be induced by passes, or by
+suggesting that a certain limb or the whole body is without feeling. In
+this condition the most serious surgical operations have been performed
+without the slightest suffering on the part of the patient.
+
+From the deep sleep the patient often passes of his own accord into a
+condition in which he walks, talks, reads, writes, and obeys the slightest
+wish or suggestion of the hypnotizer--and yet he is asleep. This is called
+the alert stage, or the condition of somnambulism, and is the most
+peculiar, interesting, and wonderful of all.
+
+The two chief stages of the hypnotic condition, then, are, first: the
+lethargic stage; second, the alert stage.
+
+The stage of lethargy may be very light--a mere drowsiness--or very
+deep--a heavy slumber--and it is often accompanied by a cataleptic state,
+more or less marked in degree.
+
+The alert stage may also vary and may be characterized by somnambulism,
+varying in character from a simple sleepy "yes" or "no" in answer to
+questions asked by his hypnotizer, to the most wonderful, even
+supranormal, mental activity.
+
+From any of these states the subject may be awakened by his hypnotizer
+simply making a few upward passes or by saying in a firm voice, "All
+right, wake up," or, again, by affirming to the patient that he will awake
+when he (the hypnotizer) has counted up to a certain number, as, for
+instance, five.
+
+Generally, upon awakening, the subject has no knowledge or remembrance of
+anything which has transpired during his hypnotic condition. This is known
+as amnesia. Sometimes, however, a hazy recollection of what has happened
+remains, especially if the hypnotic condition has been only slight.
+
+Up to the present time hypnotism has been studied from two separate and
+important standpoints and for two well-defined purposes: (1) For its
+therapeutic effects, or its use in the treatment of disease and relief of
+pain; (2) for the mental or psychical phenomena which it presents.
+
+The following cases will illustrate its study and use from the therapeutic
+standpoint--and, first, two cases treated by the old mesmerists, 1843-53.
+They are from reports published in The Zoist:--
+
+(1) Q. I. P., a well-known artist, fifty years ago, had been greatly
+troubled and distressed by weak and inflamed eyes, accompanied by
+ulceration of the cornea, a condition which had lasted more than four
+years. He was never free from the disease, and often it was so severe as
+to prevent work in his studio, and especially reading, for months at a
+time. He had been under the care of the best oculists, both in New York
+and London, for long periods and at different times, but with very little
+temporary and no permanent relief.
+
+He was urged, as a last resort, to try animal magnetism, as it was then
+called. Accordingly, he consulted a mesmeric practitioner in London, and
+was treated by passes made over the back of the head and down the spine
+and from the centre of the forehead backward and outward over the temples
+and down the sides of the head.
+
+All other treatment was discontinued. No mesmeric phenomena of any kind
+were produced, not even sleep, but from the first day a degree of comfort
+and also improvement was experienced.
+
+The treatment was given one hour daily for one month. The improvement was
+decided and uninterrupted, such as had never before been experienced under
+any form of medical or surgical treatment, no matter how thoroughly
+carried out. The general health was greatly improved, and the eyes were so
+much benefited that they could be relied upon constantly, both for
+painting and reading, and the cure was permanent.
+
+(2) A case of rheumatism treated by Dr. Elliotson of London. The patient,
+G. F., age thirty-five years, was a laborer, and had suffered from
+rheumatism seven weeks. When he applied to Dr. Elliotson, the doctor was
+sitting in his office, in company with three friends--one a medical
+gentleman, and all skeptics regarding mesmerism.
+
+They all, however, expressed a desire to see the treatment, and,
+accordingly, the patient was brought in. He came with difficulty, upon
+crutches, his face betokening extreme pain. He had never been mesmerized.
+
+The doctor sat down opposite his patient, took his thumbs in his hands,
+and gazed steadily in his eyes. In twenty minutes he fell into the
+mesmeric sleep. Several of the mesmeric phenomena were then produced in
+the presence of his skeptical friends, after which he was allowed to sleep
+undisturbed for two hours. No suggestions regarding his disease are
+reported as having been made to the patient during his sleep.
+
+He was awakened by reverse passes. Being fairly aroused, he arose from his
+chair, walked up and down the room without difficulty, and was perfectly
+unconscious of all that had transpired during his sleep; he only knew he
+came into the room suffering, and on crutches, and that he was now free
+from pain and could walk with ease without them. He left one crutch with
+the doctor and went out twirling the other in his hand. He remained
+perfectly well.
+
+Dr. Elliotson afterward tried on three different occasions to hypnotize
+him but without success. Others also tried, but all attempts in this
+direction failed.
+
+I will here introduce one or two cases from my own notebook:--
+
+(1) A. C., a young girl of Irish parentage, fifteen years old, light skin,
+dark hair and eyes, and heavy eyebrows. Her father had "fits" for several
+years previous to his death. I first saw the patient Dec. 4, 1872; this
+was five years before Charcot's experiments, and nearly ten years before
+those of Bernheim.
+
+She was then having frequent epileptic attacks, characterized by sudden
+loss of consciousness, convulsions, foaming at the mouth, biting the
+tongue, and dark color. She had her first attack six months before I saw
+her, and they had increased in frequency and in severity until now they
+occurred twenty or more times a day, sometimes lasting many minutes, and
+sometimes only a few seconds; sometimes they were of very great severity.
+
+She had received many falls, burns, and bruises in consequence of their
+sudden accession. They occurred both day and night. On my second visit I
+determined to try hypnotism. Patient went to sleep in eight minutes, slept
+a short time and awoke without interference. She was immediately put to
+sleep again; she slept only a few minutes, and again awoke.
+
+DEC. 7.--Her friends report that the attacks have not been so frequent and
+not nearly so violent since my last visit. Hypnotized; patient went into a
+profound sleep and remained one hour; she was then awakened by reverse
+passes.
+
+DEC. 8.--The attacks have been still less frequent and severe; she has
+slept quietly; appetite good. Hypnotized and allowed her to sleep two
+hours, and then awoke her by the upward passes.
+
+DEC. 9.--There has been still more marked improvement; the attacks have
+been very few, none lasting more than half a minute. Hypnotized and
+allowed her to remain asleep three hours. Awoke her with some difficulty,
+and she was still somewhat drowsy when I left. She went to sleep in the
+afternoon and slept soundly four hours; awoke and ate her supper; went to
+sleep again and slept soundly all night.
+
+DEC. 10.--There has been no return of the attacks. A month later she had
+had no return of the attacks. She soon after left town, and I have not
+heard of her since. In this case no suggestions whatever were made.
+
+(2) B. X., twenty-four years of age, a sporting man; obstinate,
+independent, self-willed, a leader in his circle. He had been a hard
+drinker from boyhood. He had been injured by a fall three years before,
+and had been subject to severe attacks of hæmatemesis. I had known him for
+three or four months previous to June, 1891. At that time he came into my
+office one evening somewhat under the influence of alcoholic stimulants.
+After talking a few moments, I advised him to lie down on the lounge. I
+made no remarks about his drinking, nor about sleep. I simply took his two
+thumbs in my hands and sat quietly beside him. Presently I made a few long
+passes from head to feet, and in five minutes he was fast asleep.
+
+His hands and arms, outstretched and raised high up, remained exactly as
+they were placed. Severe pinching elicited no sign of sensation. He was in
+the deep hypnotic sleep.
+
+I then spoke to him in a distinct and decided manner. I told him he was
+ruining his life and making his family very unhappy by his habit of
+intemperance. I then told him very decidedly that when he awoke he would
+have no more desire for alcoholic stimulants of any kind; that he would
+look upon them all as his enemies, and he would refuse them under all
+circumstances; that even the smell of them would be disagreeable to him.
+I repeated the suggestions and then awoke him by making a few passes
+upward over his face, I did not inform him that I had hypnotized him, nor
+speak to him at all about his habit of drinking. I prescribed for some
+ailment for which he had visited me and he went away.
+
+I neither saw nor heard from him again for three months, when I received a
+letter from him from a distant city, informing me that he had not drank a
+drop of spirituous liquor since he was in my office that night. His health
+was perfect, and he had no more vomiting of blood.
+
+June, 1892, one year from the time I had hypnotized him, he came into my
+office in splendid condition. He had drank nothing during the whole year.
+I have not heard from him since.
+
+The following case illustrates Bernheim's method:--
+
+Mlle. J., teacher, thirty-two years old, came to the clinique, Feb. 17,
+1887, for chorea, or St. Vitus's dance. Nearly two weeks previous she had
+been roughly reprimanded by her superior which had greatly affected her.
+She could scarcely sleep or eat; she had nausea, pricking sensations in
+both arms, delirium at times, and now incessant movements, sometimes as
+frequent as two every second, in both the right arm and leg.
+
+She can neither write nor attend to her school duties. Bernheim hypnotizes
+her by his method. She goes easily into the somnambulic condition. In
+three or four minutes, under the influence of suggestion, the movements of
+the hand and foot cease; upon waking up, they reappear, but less
+frequently. A second hypnotization, with suggestion, checks them
+completely.
+
+FEB. 19th.--Says she has been very comfortable; the pricking sensations
+have ceased. No nervous movements until nine o'clock this morning, when
+they returned, about ten or eleven every minute. New hypnotization and
+suggestion, during which the motions cease, and they remain absent when
+she wakes.
+
+21st.--Has had slight pains and a few choraic movements.
+
+25th.--Is doing well; has no movements; says she is cured.
+
+She returned a few times during the next four months with slight nervous
+movements, which were promptly relieved by hypnotizing and suggestion.
+
+Bernheim, in his book, "Suggestive Therapeutics," gives details of over
+one hundred cases, mostly neuralgic and rheumatic, most of which are
+described as cured, either quickly or by repeated hypnotization and
+suggestion.
+
+The Zoist, a journal devoted to psychology and mesmerism nearly fifty
+years ago, gives several hundred cases of treatment and cure by the early
+mesmerists, some of them very remarkable, and also many cases of surgical
+operations of the most severe or dangerous character painlessly done under
+the anæsthetic influence of mesmerism before the benign effects of ether
+or chloroform were known. These cases are not often referred to by the
+modern student of hypnotism. Nevertheless, they constitute a storehouse of
+well-observed facts which have an immense interest and value.
+
+It will thus be seen that throughout the whole history of hypnotism, under
+whatever name it has been studied, one of its chief features has been its
+power to relieve suffering and cure disease; and at the present day, while
+many physicians who are quite ignorant of its uses, in general terms deny
+its practicability, few who have any real knowledge of it are so unjust or
+regardless of facts as to deny its therapeutic effects.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+HYPNOTISM--PSYCHICAL ASPECT.
+
+
+As before remarked the phenomena of hypnotism may be viewed from two
+distinct standpoints--one, that from which the physical and especially the
+therapeutic features are most prominent, the standpoint from which we have
+already viewed the subject; the other is the psychical or mental aspect,
+which presents phenomena no less striking, and is the one which is
+especially attractive to the most earnest students of psychology.
+
+The hypnotic condition has been variously divided and subdivided by
+different students and different writers upon the subject; Charcot, for
+instance, makes three distinct states, which he designates (1) catalepsy,
+(2) lethargy, and (3) somnambulism, while Bernheim proposes five states,
+or, as he designates them, degrees of hypnotism, namely, (1) sleepiness,
+(2) light sleep, (3) deep sleep, (4) very deep sleep, (5) somnambulism.
+
+All these divisions are arbitrary and unnatural; Bernheim's five degrees
+have no definite limit or line of separation one from the other, and
+Charcot's condition of catalepsy is only lethargy or sleep in which the
+subject may, to a greater or less degree, maintain the position in which
+he is placed by his hypnotizer.
+
+There are, however, as already stated, two distinct and definite
+conditions, namely, (1) lethargy, or the inactive stage, and (2)
+somnambulism, or the alert stage, and if, in examining the subject, we
+make this simple division, we shall free it from much confusion and
+unnecessary verbiage.
+
+When a subject is hypnotized by any soothing process, he first experiences
+a sensation of drowsiness, and then in a space of time, usually varying
+from two to twenty minutes, he falls into a more or less profound slumber.
+His breathing is full and quiet, his pulse normal; he is unconscious of
+his surroundings; or possibly he may be quiet, restful, indisposed to
+move, but having a consciousness, probably dim and imperfect, of what is
+going on about him.
+
+This is the condition of lethargy, and in it most subjects, but not all,
+retain to a greater or less degree whatever position the hypnotizer
+imposes upon them; they sleep on, often maintaining what, under ordinary
+circumstances, would be a most uncomfortable position, for hours,
+motionless as a statue of bronze or stone.
+
+If, now, he speaks of his own accord, or his magnetizer speaks to him and
+he replies, he is in the somnambulic or alert stage. He may open his eyes,
+talk in a clear and animated manner; he may walk about, and show even more
+intellectual acuteness and physical activity than when in his normal
+state, or he may merely nod assent or answer slowly to his hypnotizer's
+questions; still, he is in the somnambulic or alert stage of hypnotism.
+
+The following are some of the phenomena which have been observed in this
+stage. It is not necessary to rehearse the stock performances of
+lecture-room hypnotists. While under the influence of hypnotic suggestion
+a lad, for instance, is made to go through the pantomime of fishing in an
+imaginary brook, a dignified man to canter around the stage on all fours,
+under the impression that he is a pony, or watch an imaginary mouse-hole
+in the most alert and interested manner while believing himself a cat; or
+the subject is made to take castor oil with every expression of delight,
+or reject the choicest wines with disgust, believing them to be nauseous
+drugs, or stagger with drunkenness under the influence of a glass of pure
+water, supposed to be whisky.
+
+All these things have been done over and over for the last forty years,
+and people have not known whether to consider them a species of necromancy
+or well-practiced tricks, in which the performers were accomplices, or,
+perhaps, a few more thoughtful and better-instructed people have looked
+upon them as involving psychological problems of the greatest interest,
+which might some day strongly influence all our systems of mental
+philosophy.
+
+But whether done by the mesmerist of forty years ago or the hypnotist of
+the past decade, they were identical in character, and were simply genuine
+examples of the great power of suggestion when applied to persons under
+the mesmeric or hypnotic influence. Such exhibitions, however, are
+unnecessary and undignified, if not positively degrading, to both subject
+and operator, whether given by the self-styled professor of the town-hall
+platform or the aspiring clinical professor of nervous diseases before his
+packed amphitheatre of admiring students.
+
+One of the most singular as well as important points in connection with
+hypnotism is the rapport or relationship which exists between the
+hypnotizer and the hypnotized subject. The manner in which the hypnotic
+sleep is induced is of little importance. The important thing, if results
+of any kind are to be obtained, is that rapport should be established.
+
+This relationship is exhibited in various ways. Generally, while in the
+hypnotic state, the subject hears no voice but that of his hypnotizer; he
+does no bidding but his, he receives no suggestions but from him, and no
+one else can awaken him from his sleep.
+
+If another person interferes, trying to impose his influence upon the
+sleeping subject, or attempts to waken him, distressing and even alarming
+results may appear. The degree to which this rapport exists varies greatly
+in different cases, but almost always, perhaps we should say always, the
+condition exists in some degree. In some rare cases this rapport is of a
+still higher and more startling character, exhibiting phenomena so
+contrary to, or rather, so far exceeding, our usual experience as to be a
+surprise to all and a puzzle to the wisest.
+
+One of these curious phenomena is well exhibited in what is known as
+community of sensation, or the perception by the subject of sensations
+experienced by the operator. The following experiment, observed by Mr.
+Gurney and Dr. Myers of the Society for Psychical Research, will
+illustrate this phase of the subject.
+
+The sensitive in this experiment is designated as Mr. C., and the operator
+as Mr. S. There was no contact or any communication whatsoever of the
+ordinary kind between them. C. was hypnotized, but was not informed of the
+nature of the experiment which was to be tried. The operator stood behind
+the hypnotized subject, and Mr. Gurney, standing behind the operator,
+handed him the different substances to be used in the experiment, and he,
+in turn, placed them in his own mouth.
+
+Salt was first so tasted by the operator, whereupon the subject, C.,
+instantly and loudly cried out: "What's that salt stuff?" Sugar was given.
+C. replied, "Sweeter; not so bad as before." Powdered ginger; reply, "Hot,
+dries up your mouth; reminds me of mustard." Sugar given again; reply, "A
+little better--a sweetish taste." Other substances were tried, with
+similar results, the last one tasted being vinegar, when it was found that
+C. had fallen into the deeper lethargic condition and made no reply.
+
+Another experiment is reported by Dr. William A. Hammond of Washington.
+The doctor said:
+
+"A most remarkable fact is, that some few subjects of hypnotism experience
+sensations from impressions made upon the hypnotizer. Thus, there is a
+subject upon whom I sometimes operate whom I can shut up in a room with an
+observer, while I go into another closed room at a distance of one hundred
+feet or more with another observer. This one, for instance, scratches my
+hand with a pin, and instantly the hypnotized subject rubs his
+corresponding hand, and says, 'Don't scratch my hand so;' or my hair is
+pulled, and immediately he puts his hand to his head and says, 'Don't pull
+my hair;' and so on, feeling every sensation that I experience."
+
+This experiment, it must be borne in mind, is conducted in closed rooms a
+hundred feet apart, and through at least two partitions or closed doors,
+and over that distance and through these intervening obstacles peculiar
+and definite sensations experienced by one person are perceived and
+definitely described by another person, no ordinary means of communication
+existing between them. This is an example of the rapport existing between
+the operator and hypnotized subject carried to an unusual degree.
+
+The following experiments are examples of hypnotizing at a distance, or
+telepathic hypnotism, and while illustrating still further the rapport,
+or curious relationship, existing between hypnotizer and subject, are also
+illustrations of the rarer psychic phenomena of hypnotism.
+
+The first series of experiments is given by Prof. Pierre Janet of Havre
+and Dr. Gibert, a prominent physician of the same city. The subject was
+Mme. B., a heavy, rather stolid, middle-aged peasant woman, without any
+ambition for notoriety, or to be known as a sensitive; on the contrary,
+she disliked it, and the experiments were disagreeable to her. She was,
+however an excellent example of close rapport with her hypnotizer.
+
+While in the deep sleep, and perfectly insensible to ordinary stimuli,
+however violent, contact, or even the proximity of her hypnotizer's hand,
+caused contractures, which a light touch from him would also remove. No
+one else could produce the slightest effect. After about ten minutes in
+this deep trance she usually passed into the alert, or somnambulic stage,
+from which also no one but the operator could arouse her. Hypnotization
+was difficult or impossible unless the operator concentrated his thoughts
+upon the desired result, but by simply willing, without passes or any
+physical means whatsoever, the hypnotic condition could be quickly
+induced.
+
+Various experiments in simply willing post-hypnotic acts, without
+suggestion through any of the ordinary channels of communication, were
+also perfectly successful. Dr. Gibert then made three experiments in
+putting this subject to sleep when she was in another part of the town, a
+third of a mile away from the operator, and at a time fixed by a third
+person, the experiment also being wholly unexpected by the subject.
+
+On two of these occasions Prof. Janet found the subject in a deep trance
+ten minutes after the willing to sleep, and no one but Dr. Gibert, who had
+put her to sleep, could rouse her. In the third experiment the subject
+experienced the hypnotic influence and desire to sleep, but resisted it
+and kept herself awake by washing her hands in cold water.
+
+During a second series of experiments made with the same subject, several
+members of the Society for Psychical Research were present and took an
+active part in them. Apart from trials made in the same or an adjoining
+room, twenty-one experiments were made when the subject was at distances
+varying from one-half to three-fourths of a mile away from her hypnotizer.
+Of these, six were reckoned as failures, or only partial successes; there
+remained, then, fifteen perfect successes in which the subject, Mme. B.,
+was found entranced fifteen minutes after the willing or mental
+suggestion. During one of these experiments, the subject was willed by Dr.
+Gibert to come through several intervening streets to him at his own
+house, which she accomplished in the somnambulic condition, and under the
+observation of Prof. Janet and several other physicians.
+
+Another series of experiments was made with another subject by Dr.
+Héricourt, one of Prof. Richet's coadjutors. The experiments included the
+gradual extension of the distance through which the willing power was
+successful, first to another room, then to another street, and a distant
+part of the city.
+
+One day, while attempting to hypnotize her in another street, three
+hundred yards distant, at 3 o'clock P. M., he was suddenly called away to
+attend a patient, and forgot all about his hypnotic subject. Afterward he
+remembered that he was to meet her at 4:30, and went to keep his
+appointment. But not finding her, he thought possibly the experiment,
+which had been interrupted might, after all, have proved successful. Upon
+this supposition, at 5 o'clock he willed her to awake.
+
+That evening, without being questioned at all, she gave the following
+account of herself: At 3 P. M. she was overcome by an irresistible desire
+to sleep, a most unusual thing for her at that hour. She went into an
+adjoining room, fell insensible upon a sofa, where she was afterward found
+by her servant, cold and motionless, as if dead.
+
+Attempts on the part of the servant to rouse her proved ineffectual, but
+gave her great distress. She woke spontaneously and free from pain at 5
+o'clock.
+
+By no means the least interesting of the higher phenomena of hypnotism are
+post-hypnotic suggestions, or the fulfilment after waking of suggestions
+impressed upon the subject when asleep.
+
+A few summers ago at a little gathering of intelligent people, much
+interest was manifested and a general desire to see some hypnotic
+experiments. Accordingly, one of the ladies whose good sense and good
+faith could not be doubted, was hypnotized and put into the condition of
+profound lethargy. After a few slight experiments, exhibiting anæsthesia,
+hallucinations of taste, plastic pose, and the like, I said to her in a
+decided manner:
+
+"Now I am about to waken you. I will count five, and when I say the word
+'five' you will promptly, but quietly and without any excitement, awake.
+Your mind will be perfectly clear, and you will feel rested and refreshed
+by your sleep. Presently you will approach Mrs. O., and will be attracted
+by the beautiful shell comb which she wears in her hair, and you will ask
+her to permit you to examine it."
+
+I then commenced counting slowly, and at the word "five" she awoke, opened
+her eyes promptly, looked bright and happy, and expressed herself as
+feeling comfortable and greatly rested, as though she had slept through a
+whole night. She rose from her chair, mingled with the company, and
+presently approaching Mrs. O., exclaimed:
+
+"What a beautiful comb! Please allow me to examine it."
+
+And suiting the action to the word, she placed her hand lightly on the
+lady's head, examined the comb, and expressed great admiration for it; in
+short, she fulfilled with great exactness the whole suggestion.
+
+She was perfectly unconscious that any suggestion had been made to her;
+she was greatly surprised to see that she was the centre of observation,
+and especially at the ripple of laughter which greeted her admiration of
+the comb.
+
+To another young lady, hypnotized in like manner, I suggested that on
+awaking she should approach the young daughter of our hostess, who was
+present, holding a favorite kitten in her arms, and should say to her,
+"What a pretty kitten you have! What is her name?"
+
+The suggestion was fulfilled to the letter. It was only afterward that I
+learned that this young lady had a very decided aversion to cats, and
+always avoided them if possible.
+
+Suggestions for post-hypnotic fulfilment are sometimes carried out after a
+considerable time has elapsed, and upon the precise day suggested.
+
+Bernheim, in August, 1883, suggested to S., an old soldier, while in the
+hypnotic sleep, that upon the 3d of October following, sixty-three days
+after the suggestion, he should go to Dr. Liébeault's house; that he would
+there see the President of the Republic, who would give to him a medal.
+
+Promptly on the day designated he went. Dr. Liébeault states that S. came
+at 12:50 o'clock; he greeted M. F., who met him at the door as he came in,
+and then went to the left side of the office without paying any attention
+to any one. Dr. Liébeault continues:--
+
+"I saw him bow respectfully and heard him speak the word 'Excellence.'
+Just then he held out his right hand, and said, 'Thank your Excellence.'
+Then I asked him to whom he was speaking. 'Why, to the President of the
+Republic.' He then bowed, and a few minutes later took his departure."
+
+A patient of my own, a young man with whom I occasionally experiment,
+exhibits some of the different phases and phenomena of hypnotism in a
+remarkable manner. He goes quickly into the stage of profound lethargy;
+after allowing him to sleep a few moments, I say to him: "Now you can open
+your eyes and you can see and talk with me, but you are still asleep, and
+you will remember nothing."
+
+He opens his eyes at once, smiles, gets up and walks, and chats in a
+lively manner. If I say: "Now you are in the deep sleep again," and pass
+my hand downward before his eyes, immediately his eyes close and he is in
+a profound slumber. If five seconds later I again say, "Now you can open
+your eyes," he is again immediately in the alert stage.
+
+For experiment I then take half a dozen plain blank cards, exactly alike,
+and in one corner of one of the cards I put a minute dot, so that upon
+close inspection it can be recognized. Holding these in my hand, I say to
+him:
+
+"Here are six cards; five of them are blank, but this one (the one I have
+marked, he only seeing the plain side) has a picture of myself upon it.
+It is a particularly good picture, and I have had it prepared specially
+for this occasion. Do you see the picture?"
+
+"Of course I do," he replies. "What do you think of it?" I ask him. He
+looks at me carefully and compares my face with the suggested picture on
+the card and replies, "It is excellent."
+
+"Very well, give me the cards."
+
+He hands them to me and I shuffle and disarrange them as much as possible.
+I then show them to him, holding them in my hand, and say:
+
+"Now show me the card which has my picture upon it."
+
+He selects it at once. I only know it is correct by looking for the dot
+upon the back, which has all the while been kept carefully concealed from
+him.
+
+I then say to him: "Now, I am going to awaken you, and when awake you will
+come to the desk, select from the cards which I now place there the one
+which has my picture, and show it to me."
+
+He awakes at my counting when I reach the word five, as I have suggested
+to him. He remembers nothing of what has passed since he was hypnotized,
+but thinks he has had a long and delightful sleep. I sit at my desk; he
+walks up to it, examines the six cards which are lying there, selects one,
+and showing it to me, remarks, "There is your picture." It was the same
+marked card.
+
+On another occasion, while he was asleep and in the alert stage, Mrs. M.
+was present. I introduced her, and he spoke to her with perfect propriety.
+Afterward I said: "Now, I will awake you, but you will only see me. Mrs.
+M. you will not see at all."
+
+I then awoke him, as usual. He commenced talking to me in a perfectly
+natural and unrestrained manner. Mrs. M. stood by my side between him and
+myself, but he paid not the slightest attention to her; she then withdrew,
+and I remarked indifferently:
+
+"Wasn't it a little peculiar of you not to speak to Mrs. M. before she
+went out?"
+
+"Speak to Mrs. M!" he exclaimed, with evident surprise. "I did not know
+she had been in the room."
+
+One day when Drs. Liébeault and Bernheim were together at their clinic at
+the hospital, Dr. Liébeault suggested to a hypnotized patient that when
+she awoke she would no longer see Dr. Bernheim, but that she would
+recognize his hat, would put it on her head, and offer to take it to him.
+
+When she awoke, Dr. Bernheim was standing in front of her. She was asked:
+"Where is Dr. Bernheim?" She replied: "He is gone, but here is his hat."
+
+Dr. Bernheim then said to her, "Here I am, madam; I am not gone, you
+recognize me, perfectly."
+
+She was silent, taking not the slightest notice of him. Some one else
+addressed her; she replied with perfect propriety. Finally, when about to
+go out she took up Dr. Bernheim's hat, put it on her head, saying she
+would take it to him; but to her Dr. Bernheim was not present.
+
+To the number of curious phenomena, both physical and mental, connected
+with hypnotism, it is difficult to find a limit; a few others seem too
+important in their bearing upon the subject to be omitted, even in this
+hasty survey.
+
+Some curious experiments in the production of local anæsthesia were
+observed by the committee on mesmerism from the Society for Psychical
+Research.
+
+The subject was in his normal condition and blindfolded; his arms were
+then passed through holes in a thick paper screen, extending in front of
+him and far above his head, and his ten fingers were spread out upon a
+table. Two of the fingers were then silently pointed out by a third person
+to Mr. S., the operator, who proceeded to make passes over the designated
+fingers.
+
+Care was taken that such a distance was maintained between the fingers of
+the subject and operator that no contact was possible, and no currents of
+air or sensation of heat were produced by which the subject might possibly
+divine which of his fingers were the subject of experiment. In short, the
+strictest test conditions in every particular, were observed. After the
+passes had been continued for a minute, or even less time, the operator
+simply holding his own fingers pointed downward toward the designated
+fingers of the subject, the two fingers so treated were found to be
+perfectly stiff and insensible. A strong current of electricity, wounding
+with a pointed instrument, burning with a match--all failed to elicit the
+slightest sign of pain or discomfort, while the slightest injury to the
+unmagnetized fingers quickly elicited cries and protests. When told to
+double up his fist the two magnetized fingers remained rigid and
+immovable, and utterly refused to be folded up with the others.
+
+A series of one hundred and sixty experiments of this character was made
+with five different subjects. Of these, only seven were failures. In
+another series of forty-one experiments this curious fact was observed. In
+all these experiments the operator, while making the passes in the same
+manner and under the same conditions as in the former series, silently
+willed that the effect should not follow; that is, that insensibility and
+rigidity should not occur. In thirty-six of these experiments
+insensibility did not occur; in five cases the insensibility and rigidity
+occurred--in two cases perfectly, in three imperfectly.
+
+That some quality is imparted even to inanimate objects by some
+mesmerizers, by passes or handling, through which a sensitive or subject
+is able to recognize and select that object from among many others, seems
+to be a well-established fact. The following experiments are in point:--
+
+A gentleman well known to the committee of investigation, and who was
+equally interested with it in securing reliable results, was selected as a
+subject. He was accustomed to be hypnotized by the operator, but in the
+present case he remained perfectly in his normal condition.
+
+One member of the committee took the subject into a separate room on
+another floor and engaged him closely in conversation. The operator
+remained with other members of the committee. Ten small miscellaneous
+articles, such as a piece of sealing wax, a penknife, paperweight,
+card-case, pocketbook, and similar articles were scattered upon a table.
+One was designated by the committee, over which the mesmerist made passes,
+sometimes with light contact.
+
+This was continued for one or two minutes, and when the process was
+completed the mesmerist was conducted out and to a third room. The
+articles were then rearranged in a manner quite different from that in
+which they had been left by the operator, and the subject from the floor
+above was brought into the room. The several objects were then examined by
+the sensitive, who upon taking the mesmerized object in his hand,
+immediately recognized it as the one treated by his mesmerizer.
+
+The experiment was then varied by using ten small volumes exactly alike.
+One volume was selected by the committee, over which the operator simply
+made passes with out any contact whatsoever. Three or four other volumes
+of the set were also handled and passes made over them by a member of the
+committee.
+
+The operator then being excluded, the sensitive was brought in and
+immediately selected the magnetized volume. This he did four times in
+succession. In reply to the question as to how he was able to distinguish
+the magnetized object from others, he said that when he took the right
+object in his hand he experienced a mild tingling sensation.
+
+My own experiments with magnetized water have presented similar results.
+The water was treated by simply holding the fingers of both hands brought
+together in a clump, for about a minute just over the cup of water, but
+without any contact whatsoever. This water was then given to the subject
+without her knowing that she was taking part in an experiment; but
+alternating it or giving it irregularly with water which had not been so
+treated, and given by a third person, in every case the magnetized water
+was at once detected with great certainty. In describing the sensation
+produced by the magnetized water one patient said the sensation was an
+agreeable warmth and stimulation upon the tongue, another that it was a
+"sparkle" like aerated water; it sparkled in her mouth and all the way
+down into her stomach. Such are a few among the multitude of facts and
+phenomena relating to hypnotism. They suffice to settle and make sure
+some matters which until lately have been looked upon as questionable,
+and, on the other hand, they bring into prominence others of the greatest
+interest which demand further study.
+
+Among the subjects which may be considered established may be placed,
+
+(1) The reality of the hypnotic condition.
+
+(2) The increased and unusual power of suggestion over the hypnotized
+subject.
+
+(3) The usefulness of hypnotism as a therapeutic agent.
+
+(4) The perfect reality and natural, as contrasted with supernatural,
+character of many wonderful phenomena, both physical and psychical,
+exhibited in the hypnotic state.
+
+On the other hand, much remains for future study;
+
+(1) The exact nature of the influence which produces the hypnotic
+condition is not known.
+
+(2) Neither is the nature of the rapport or peculiar relationship which
+exists between the hypnotizer and the hypnotized subject--a relationship
+which is sometimes so close that the subject hears no voice but that of
+his hypnotizer, perceives and experiences the same sensations of taste,
+touch, and feeling generally as are experienced by him, and can be
+awakened only by him.
+
+(3) Nor is it known by what peculiar process suggestion is rendered so
+potent, turning, for the time being, at least, water into wine, vulgar
+weeds into choicest flowers, a lady's drawing-room into a fishpond, and
+clear skies and quiet waters into lightning-rent storm-clouds and
+tempest-tossed waves; turning laughter into sadness, and tears into mirth.
+
+In dealing with the subject of hypnotism in this hasty and general way,
+only such facts and phenomena have been presented as are well known and
+accepted by well-informed students of the subjects. Others still more
+wonderful will later claim our attention.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+LUCIDITY OR CLAIRVOYANCE.
+
+
+While there is doubtless a recognized standard of normal perception, yet
+the acuteness with which sensations are perceived by different
+individuals, even in ordinary health, passes through a wide scale of
+variation, both above and below this standard. The difference in the
+ability to see and recognize natural objects, signs, and indications,
+between the ordinary city denizen and, for instance, the American Indian
+or the white frontiersman, hunter, or scout, is something marvellous.
+
+So, also, regarding the power to distinguish colors. One person may not be
+able to distinguish even the simple or primary colors, as, for example,
+red from blue or green, while the weavers of Central or Eastern Asia
+distinguish with certainty two hundred or three hundred shades which are
+entirely undistinguishable to ordinary Western eyes.
+
+So of sound. One ear can hardly be said to make any distinction whatever
+regarding pitch, while to another the slightest variation is perfectly
+perceptible. Some even do not hear at all sounds above or below a certain
+pitch; some persons of ordinary hearing within a certain range of pitch,
+nevertheless, have never heard the song of the canary bird, and perhaps
+have lived through a large portion of their lives without even knowing
+that it was a song-bird at all. Its song was above the range of their
+hearing. Some never hear the sound of the piccolo, or octave flute, while
+others miss entirely the lowest notes of the organ.
+
+There is the same great difference in perception by touch, taste, and
+smell. In certain conditions of disease, accompanied by great depression
+of the vital forces, this deviation from normal perception is greatly
+increased. I have had a patient who presented the following
+briefly-outlined phenomena:--
+
+After a long illness, during which other interesting psychical phenomena
+were manifested, as convalescence progressed, I had occasion to notice
+instances of supernormal perception, and to test it I made use of the
+following expedient: Taking an old-fashioned copper cent, I carefully
+enveloped it in a piece of ordinary tissue paper. This was then covered
+by another and then another, until the coin had acquired six complete
+envelopes of the paper, and formed a little flat parcel, easily held in
+the palm of my hand.
+
+Taking this with me, I visited my patient. She was lying upon a sofa, and
+as I entered the room I took a chair and sat leisurely down beside her,
+having the little package close in the palm of my right hand. I took her
+right hand in mine in such a manner that the little package was between
+our hands in close contact with her palm as well as my own. I remarked
+upon the weather and commenced the routine duty of feeling her pulse with
+my left hand. A minute or two was then passed in banter and conversation,
+designed to thoroughly engage her attention, when all at once she
+commenced to wipe her mouth with her handkerchief and to spit and sputter
+with her tongue and lips, as if to rid herself of some offensive taste or
+substance. She then looked up suspiciously at me and said:
+
+"I wonder what you are doing with me now."
+
+Then suddenly pulling her hand away from mine she exclaimed:
+
+"I know what it is; you have put a nasty piece of copper in my hand."
+
+Through all these coverings the coppery emanation from the coin had
+penetrated her system, reached her tongue, and was perceptible to her
+supernormal taste.
+
+This patient could distinguish with absolute certainty "mesmerized" water
+from that which had not been so treated; my finger, also, pointed at her
+even at a distance and when her back was turned to me caused convulsive
+action, and the same result followed when the experiment was made through
+a closed door, and when she did not suspect that I was in the
+neighborhood.
+
+It will be seen, then, how marvellously the action of certain senses may
+be exalted by long and careful training on the one hand, and suddenly by
+disease on the other. We have seen, moreover, how some persons known as
+sensitives are able to receive impressions by thought-transference so as
+to name cards, repeat words and fictitious names, both of persons and
+places, merely thought of but not spoken by another person known as the
+agent or operator, and to draw diagrams unmistakably like those formed in
+the mind or intently looked upon by the agent.
+
+We have also seen how the hypnotized or mesmerized subject is able to
+detect objects which have only been touched or handled by the mesmerizer,
+and even to feel pain inflicted upon him, and recognize by taste
+substances put in the mesmerizer's mouth.
+
+It will be seen, then, that not only increased but entirely supernormal
+perception on the part of some individuals is a well-established fact. But
+all these conditions of increased power of perception, and especially
+thought-transference, must be carefully distinguished from independent
+clairvoyance. It is not the purpose of this paper to discuss the method or
+philosophy of clairvoyance, but simply to call attention to
+well-authenticated facts illustrating the exercise of this power, and to
+briefly point to the current theories regarding it.
+
+A belief in supernormal perception, and especially in the clairvoyant
+vision, is apparent in the history, however meagre it may be, of every
+ancient nation.
+
+Hebrew history is full of instances of it. A striking example is recorded
+as occurring during the long war between Syria and Israel. The King of
+Syria had good reasons for suspecting that in some manner the King of
+Israel was made acquainted with all his intended military operations,
+since he was always prepared to thwart them at every point. Accordingly he
+called together his chiefs and demanded to know who it was among them who
+thus favored the King of Israel, to which one of the chiefs replied: "It
+is none of thy servants, O King: but Elisha, a prophet that is in Israel,
+telleth the King of Israel the words that thou speakest in thy chamber."
+
+Pythagoras, a century before the time of Socrates, found this faculty
+believed in, and made use of in Egypt, Babylon, and India, and he himself,
+as the founder of the early Greek philosophy and culture, practised and
+taught the esoteric as well as the exoteric methods of acquiring
+knowledge, and he is credited with having acquired by esoteric
+methods--internal or mental perception and clairvoyant vision--a knowledge
+of the true theory of the solar system as expounded and demonstrated in a
+later day by Copernicus.
+
+As an example of responses by the Greek oracles, take the experience of
+Croesus, the rich King of Lydia. He sent messengers to ascertain if the
+Pythoness could tell what he, the King of Lydia, was doing on a certain
+specified day. The answer came:--
+
+  "I number the sands--I fathom the sea.
+  I hear the dumb--I know the thoughts of the silent.
+  There cometh to me the odor of lamb's flesh.
+  It is seething, mixed with the flesh of a tortoise.
+  Brass is beneath it, and brass is also above it."
+
+The messenger returned and delivered the reply, when he found that
+Croesus, in order to do something most unlikely to be either guessed or
+discovered, had cut in pieces a lamb and a tortoise, and seethed them
+together in a brazen vessel having a brazen cover.
+
+Apollonius Tyaneus, a Pythagorian philosopher and chief of a school of
+philosophy which was the predecessor of the Alexandrian Neo-Platonists, is
+credited with most remarkable clairvoyant powers. Many instances of this
+faculty are recorded and believed upon the best of ancient authority.
+
+One instance relates to the assassination of Domitian. Apollonius was in
+the midst of a discourse at Ephesus, when suddenly he stopped as though
+having lost his train of thought. After a moment's hesitation, to the
+astonishment of his auditors, he cried out: "Strike! strike the tyrant."
+Seeing the surprise of the people he explained that at the very moment at
+which he had stopped in his discourse the tyrant was slain. Subsequent
+information proved that Domitian, the reigning tyrant, was assassinated at
+that very moment.
+
+Ancient historians, philosophers and poets all unite in defending the
+truth of the oracles and their power of perceiving events transpiring at
+a distance, and also of foreseeing those in the future. Herodotus gives
+more than seventy examples of oracular responses, dreams and portents
+which he affirms were literally fulfilled. Livy gives more than fifty,
+Cicero many striking cases; and Xenophon, Plato, Tacitus, Suetonius, and a
+host of other writers all give evidence in the same direction. Now whether
+these responses and visions were, as all these intelligent people
+supposed, from a supernatural source, or as we shall endeavor to show, had
+their origin in certain faculties naturally appertaining to the mind, and
+which at certain times and under certain favorable circumstances came into
+activity, it certainly shows that the most intelligent men amongst all the
+most cultivated nations of the past have been firm believers in the
+reality of clairvoyance.
+
+Coming down to later times, Emanuel Swedenborg, and Frederica Hauffé, the
+seeress of Proverst, were marked examples of the clairvoyant faculty. Some
+have affected to discredit Swedenborg's clairvoyant powers, but apart from
+his revelations regarding a spiritual world, which, of course, it is at
+present impossible to substantiate, whatever may be our belief regarding
+them, if human testimony is to be regarded of any value whatever in
+matters of this kind, the following oft-told incident should be counted
+as established for a verity.
+
+On a Saturday afternoon in September, 1756, Swedenborg arrived in
+Gottenburg from England. Gottenburg is three hundred miles from Stockholm,
+which was the home of Swedenborg. On the same evening he was the guest of
+Mr. William Castel, with fifteen other persons, who were invited to meet
+him, and who, on that account, may be supposed to have been of more than
+ordinary consequence and intelligence.
+
+About six o'clock Swedenborg seemed preoccupied and restless. He went out
+into the street, but soon returned, anxious and disturbed. He said that at
+that moment a great fire was raging at Stockholm. He declared that the
+house of one of his friends was already destroyed, and that his own was in
+danger. At eight o'clock he announced that the fire was arrested only
+three doors from his own house.
+
+The information, and the peculiar manner in which it was imparted, created
+a great sensation, not only in the company assembled at Mr. Castel's, but
+throughout the city. On Sunday morning the governor sent for Swedenborg,
+who gave him a detailed account of the conflagration and the course it had
+pursued. On Monday, the third day, a courier arrived from Stockholm, who
+also gave the governor a detailed account of the fire, which agreed in
+every respect with that already given by Swedenborg.
+
+Nearly a century after Swedenborg, lived Mme. Hauffé, known as the seeress
+of Proverst. She died in 1829 at the age of twenty-eight years. As a child
+she exhibited peculiar psychical tendencies, but it was only during the
+last six years of her life, and after exhausting illnesses, that her
+peculiar clairvoyant powers were conspicuously developed.
+
+Justinus Kerner, an eminent physician and man of letters, was her
+attending physician during the last three years of her life, and afterward
+became her biographer. She first came under his care at Weinsberg in 1826.
+At that time her debility was excessive, and nearly every day she fell
+spontaneously into the somnambulic condition, became clairvoyant, and
+related her visions. On the day of her arrival at Weinsberg, having gone
+into this trance condition, she sent for Kerner but he refused to see her
+until she awoke. He then told her that he would never see her nor listen
+to her while she was in this abnormal state. I mention this simply to show
+that her physician was not then at all in sympathy with her regarding her
+peculiar psychological condition, though afterward he became thoroughly
+convinced of its genuineness and of her honesty. He relates the following
+incident, which, with many others, came under his own observation:--
+
+Soon after her arrival at Weinsberg, and while still a perfect stranger to
+her surroundings, while in her somnambulic condition, she said that a man
+was near her and desired to speak with her, but that she could not
+understand what he wanted to say. She said he squinted terribly, and that
+his presence disturbed her, and she desired him to go away. On his second
+appearance, some weeks later, she said he brought with him a sheet of
+paper with figures upon it, and that he came up from a vault directly
+underneath her room.
+
+As a matter of fact, the wine vaults of Mr. F., a wine merchant doing
+business the next door, extended under Mme. Hauffé's apartment, and
+Kerner, who was an old resident of the place, recognized from the
+seeress's description of her visitor a man who formerly was in Mr. F.'s
+employ as manager and bookkeeper. This man had died six years before, and
+had left something wrong with his accounts--in fact, there was a deficit
+of 1,000 florins, and the manager's private book was missing. The widow
+had been sued for the amount, and the matter was still unsettled. Again
+and again did this apparition come to Mme. Hauffé, bringing his paper and
+entreating her to interest herself in this affair. He declared that the
+necessary paper to clear up the whole matter was in a building sixty paces
+from her bed.
+
+Mme. Hauffé said that in that building she saw a tall gentleman engaged in
+writing in a small room, which opened into a large one where there was a
+desk and chests; that one of the chests was open, and that on the desk was
+a pile of papers, among which she recognized the missing document.
+
+The wine merchant, being present, recognized the office of the chief
+bailiff, who had the business in charge. Kerner went at once to the office
+and found everything as described, but, not finding the missing paper,
+concluded that her clairvoyance was at fault.
+
+Mme. Hauffé, in her description of the paper said it had columns of
+figures upon it, and at the bottom was the number 80. Kerner prepared a
+paper corresponding to this description, and at the next séance presented
+it to her as the missing document. But she at once rejected it, saying the
+paper was still where she had before seen it.
+
+On renewing the search the paper was found as described, and the bailiff
+was to bring it on the following day. He came accordingly. In her sleep,
+the seeress exclaimed:
+
+"The paper is no longer in its place, but this is wonderful. The paper
+which the man always has in his hand lies open. Now I can read more: 'To
+be carried to my private book,' and that is what he always points to."
+
+The bailiff was astonished, for instead of bringing the paper with him as
+Kerner had directed, he had left it lying open on his desk. All these
+things are attested by the bailiff, the wine merchant, Kerner, and others
+who witnessed them. Kerner himself visited the seeress more than a
+thousand times, and although during the first part of his observations he
+was skeptical, he was never able to detect her in the slightest attempt at
+deception. She was in no way elated over her peculiar power, on the
+contrary, she disliked to speak of it, and would gladly have been free
+from it altogether. Her clairvoyant powers were tested by hundreds of
+excellent observers during the last four years of her life.
+
+The case of Alexis, the noted French somnambulist and clairvoyant, is
+worthy of notice here. I remember very well the account of a séance at a
+gathering of prominent Americans in Paris in 1853, of which the following
+is an abstract:--
+
+Thick masses of cotton were bound firmly over his eyes in such a manner as
+to render it impossible for him to see in the ordinary way, and in this
+condition he described pictures, read signatures of letters folded in
+several envelopes, played games of cards with almost uniform success, and,
+being asked to select the best pianist in the room from a number present,
+who simply presented their hands for his inspection, he quickly selected a
+young man not yet eighteen years old, who had won four first prizes at the
+Conservatoire, and was really the best pianist of his age in Europe.
+
+In playing cards he picked up the trick with a rapidity and certainty
+which showed how clearly he knew the position of the cards upon the table.
+Keeping those dealt to him in his left hand he held the card he intended
+to play in his right, and never once changed the card upon the play of his
+partner. He knew his adversary's hand as well as his own. The writer adds:
+"The cards used were bought by myself, half an hour before, so that any
+suspicion of prepared cards would be idle and absurd."
+
+It remains to note some more recent instances reported by persons well
+known and specially qualified to judge of their truthfulness and value.
+
+The first case which I will present is embodied in a report "On the
+Evidence of Clairvoyance," by Mrs. Henry Sidgwick, wife of Prof. Sidgwick,
+formerly president of the Society for Psychical Research. It was furnished
+by Dr. Elliott Coues of Washington, D. C., where the incident occurred,
+and was afterward investigated by Mr. F. W. H. Myers, secretary of the
+society. Both the persons participating in the incident were well known to
+Prof. Coues, and were both persons of prominence, one, Mrs. C., being well
+known as a writer and lecturer, and the other, designated as Mrs. B., was
+well known for her rare psychic faculties and her absolute integrity.
+
+The incidents of the case are simple and unimportant, but they have a
+special value on account of their clearness, freedom from the possibility
+of external suggestion, and the well known ability and integrity of the
+reporter. The following are the points in the case:--
+
+In Washington, D. C., January 14, 1889, between 2 and 3 o'clock P. M.,
+Mrs. C., having been engaged in writing in the Congressional Library, left
+the building at 2:40 o'clock, and one or two minutes later was at her
+residence, in Delaware Avenue, carrying her papers in her hand. In
+ascending the steps leading from the street to the front yard she stumbled
+and fell. She was not hurt, but "picked herself up" and went into the
+house.
+
+About the same hour, certainly between 2 and 3 o'clock, Mrs. B., sitting
+sewing in her room a mile and a half away, sees the occurrence in all its
+details. The ladies are friends. They had met the day previous, but not
+since. The vision is wholly a surprise to Mrs. B. Nevertheless, it is so
+vivid that she at once sits down and writes to Mrs. C., describing
+minutely the occurrence, which letter Mrs. C. receives the next morning
+with much surprise. The following is an extract from the letter:--
+
+"I was sitting in my room sewing this afternoon about 2 o'clock, when what
+should I see but your own dear self--but heavens! in what a position! You
+were falling up the front steps in the yard.
+
+"You had on your black skirt and velvet waist, your little straw bonnet,
+and in your hand were some papers. When you fell, your hat went in one
+direction and your papers in another. You very quickly put on your bonnet,
+picked up your papers, and lost no time in getting into the house. You did
+not appear to be hurt, but looked somewhat mortified. It was all so plain
+to me that I had ten notions to one to dress myself and come over and see
+if it were true, but finally concluded that a sober, industrious woman
+like yourself would not be stumbling around at that rate, and thought I'd
+best not go on a wild-goose chase.
+
+"Now, what do you think of such a vision as that? Is there any possible
+truth in it? I feel almost ready to scream with laughter whenever I think
+of it; you did look too funny spreading yourself out in the front yard.
+'Great was the fall thereof.' I can distinctly call to mind the house in
+which you live, but for the life of me I cannot tell whether there are any
+steps from the sidewalk into the yard, as I saw them, or not."
+
+In answer to Mr. Myers' letter of inquiry to Mrs. C., she says that the
+incident was described exactly--the dress as correctly as she could have
+described it herself. There were two steps from the sidewalk to the yard,
+and it was on the top one of these two steps that Mrs. C. stumbled. The
+manner of the fall, the behavior of the bonnet and papers, and her own
+sensations were all correctly described.
+
+The next case--also embodied in the same report and examined in the same
+careful manner by Mr. Myers--was the exhibition of clairvoyant powers by
+a woman called Jane, the wife of a pitman in the County of Durham, in
+England. She received no fees and was averse to being experimented with
+for fear of being ridiculed or called a witch by her associates.
+
+She was a particularly refined woman for one of her class, sweet, gentle,
+with delicately cut features, religious and conscientious to a remarkable
+degree. She was a marked example of those who, in the trance condition,
+could not be induced by suggestion to do a wrong or a mean act, or one
+which she would consider wrong in her normal state. In her sleep she was
+anæsthetic, felt herself quite on an equality with the operator, always
+spoke of herself as "we," and of her normal self as "that girl." The
+following instance of her clairvoyance was furnished by Dr. F., who knew
+her well for many years, and is from notes taken at the time:--
+
+On the morning of the day fixed for the experiment the doctor arranged
+with a patient in a neighboring village that he should be in a particular
+room between the hours of 8 and 10 in the evening. The patient was just
+recovering from a severe illness and was weak and very thin and emaciated.
+This gentleman and the doctor were the only persons who knew anything of
+the arrangement or the proposed experiment.
+
+After having secured the proper somnambulic condition in the subject, Dr.
+F. directed her attention to the house where his patient was supposed to
+be awaiting the experiment, as arranged. She entered the house, described
+correctly the rooms passed through, in one of which she mentioned a lady
+with black hair lying on a sofa, but no gentleman. The doctor's report
+then goes on as follows:--
+
+"After a little she described the door opening and asked with a tone of
+great surprise:
+
+"'Is that a man?'
+
+"I replied, 'Yes; is he thin or fat?'
+
+"'Very fat,' she answered; 'but has the gentleman a cork leg?'
+
+"I assured her that he had not, and tried to puzzle her still more about
+him. She, however, persisted in her statement that he was very fat, and
+said that he had a great 'corporation,' and asked me whether I did not
+think such a fat man must eat and drink a great deal to get such a
+corporation as that. She also described him as sitting by the table with
+papers beside him, and a glass of brandy and water.
+
+"'Is it not wine?' I asked.
+
+"'No,' she said, 'It's brandy.'
+
+"'Is it not whisky or rum?'
+
+"'No, it is brandy,' was the answer; 'and now,' she continued,'the lady is
+going to get her supper, but the fat gentleman does not take any.'
+
+"I requested her to tell me the color of his hair, but she only replied
+that the lady's hair was dark. I then inquired if he had any brains in his
+head, but she seemed altogether puzzled about him, and only said she could
+not see any. I then asked her if she could see his name upon any of the
+papers lying about. She replied, 'Yes;' and upon my saying that the name
+began with E, she spelled each letter of the name, "Eglinton."
+
+"I was so convinced that I had at last detected her in a complete mistake
+that I arose and declined proceeding further in the experiment, stating
+that, although her description of the house and the name of the person was
+correct, in everything connected with the gentleman himself she had told
+the exact opposite of the truth.
+
+"On the following morning Mr. E., my patient, asked me the result of the
+experiment. He had found himself unable to sit up so late, he said, but
+wishful fairly to test the powers of the clairvoyante, he had ordered his
+clothes to be stuffed into the form of a human figure, and, to make the
+contrast more striking, he had an extra pillow pushed into the clothes, so
+as to form a 'corporation.' This figure had been placed by the table in a
+sitting position and a glass of brandy and water and the newspapers placed
+beside it. The name, he said, was spelled correctly, though up to that
+time I had been in the habit of writing it 'Eglington' instead of
+'Eglinton.'"
+
+Dr. Alfred Backman of Kolmar, Sweden, a corresponding member of the
+Society for Psychical Research and a good practical hypnotist has had
+unusually good fortune in finding clairvoyants among his own patients in
+that northern country. Two in particular, Anna Samuelson and Alma Redberg,
+gave most excellent examples of clairvoyant vision, describing rooms,
+surroundings, persons, and also events which were at the moment
+transpiring, though quite unknown and unsuspected by any one present at
+the experiment. Several of these cases are included in Mrs. Sidgwick's
+report. Instead of these cases, however, I prefer to adduce an instance or
+two reported by Dr. Dufay, a reputable physician of Blois and subsequently
+a senator of France. The cases were first reported to the French _Société
+de Psychologie Physiologique_, which was presided over by Charcot, and
+published in the _Revue Philosophique_ for September, 1888.
+
+Dr. Gerault, a friend of Dr. Dufay, had a maid-servant named Marie, who
+was a natural _somnambule_, but who was also frequently hypnotized by Dr.
+Gerault. Dr. Dufay witnessed the following experiments:--
+
+Being hypnotized, Marie was describing to a young lady soon to be married,
+some characteristics of her lover, much to the amusement of the lady, who
+was clapping her hands and laughing merrily. Suddenly, almost with the
+rapidity of lightning, the scene changed from gay to grave. The
+somnambulist panted for breath, tears flowed down her face, and
+perspiration bathed her brow. She seemed ready to fall, and called on Dr.
+Gerault for assistance.
+
+"What is the matter, Marie?" said the doctor; "from what are you
+suffering?"
+
+"Ah, sir!" said she; "ah, sir! how terrible! he is dead!"
+
+"Who is dead? Is it one of my patients?"
+
+"Limoges, the ropemaker--you know, in the Crimea--he has just died. Poor
+folks--poor folks!"
+
+"Come, come, my child," said the doctor, "you are dreaming--it is only a
+bad dream."
+
+"A dream," replied the somnambulist. "But I am not asleep. I see him--he
+has just drawn his last breath. Poor boy! Look at him."
+
+And she pointed with her hand, as if to direct attention to the scene
+which was so vivid before her. At the same time she would have run away,
+but hardly had she risen to go when she fell back, unable to move. It was
+a long time before she became calm, but, on coming to herself, she had no
+recollection of anything which had occurred. Some time after, Limoges
+senior received news of the death of his son. It occurred near
+Constantinople on the same day that Marie had witnessed it in her
+clairvoyant vision.
+
+On another occasion there was a séance at which ten or twelve persons were
+present. Marie was put to sleep and had told the contents of several
+pockets and sealed packages prepared for the purpose. Dr. Dufay came in
+late purposely, so as to be as much out of rapport with her as possible.
+He had just received a letter from an officer in Algiers, stating that he
+had been very ill with dysentery from sleeping under canvas during the
+rainy season. This letter he had placed in a thick envelope, without
+address or postmark, and carefully stuck down the edges. This again was
+placed in another dark envelope and closed in like manner. No one but
+himself knew of the existence of this letter.
+
+Unobserved, he passed the letter to a lady present, indicating that it was
+to be given to Dr. Gerault, who received it without knowing from whom it
+came, and placed it in Marie's hand.
+
+"What have you in your hand?" asked the doctor.
+
+"A letter."
+
+"To whom is it directed?"
+
+"To M. Dufay."
+
+"By whom?"
+
+"A military gentleman whom I do not know."
+
+"Of what does he write?"
+
+"He is ill--he writes of his illness."
+
+"Can you name his illness?"
+
+"Oh, yes; very well. It is like the old woodcutter's of Mesland, who is
+not yet well."
+
+"I understand; it is dysentery. Now listen, Marie. It would give M. Dufay
+much pleasure if you would go and see his friend, the military gentleman,
+and find out how he is at present."
+
+"Oh, it is too far; it would be a long journey."
+
+"But we are waiting for you. Please go without losing time."
+
+(A long pause.) "I cannot go on; there is water, a lot of water."
+
+"And you do not see any bridge?"
+
+"Of course there is no bridge."
+
+"Perhaps there is a boat to cross in, as there is to cross the Loire at
+Chaumont."
+
+"Boats--yes--but this Loire is a regular flood; it frightens me."
+
+"Come, come; take courage--embark."
+
+(A long silence, agitation, pallor, nausea.) "Have you arrived?"
+
+"Nearly; but I am much fatigued, and I do not see any people on shore."
+
+"Land and go on; you will soon find some one."
+
+"There, now I see some people--they are all women, dressed in white. But
+that is queer--they all have beards."
+
+"Go to them and ask where you will find the military gentleman."
+
+(After a pause.) "They do not speak as we do--and I have been obliged to
+wait while they called a little boy with a red cap, who understands me. He
+leads me on, slowly, because we are walking in sand. Ah! there is the
+military gentleman. He has red trousers and an officer's cap. But he is so
+very thin and ill. What a pity he has not some of your medicine!"
+
+"What does he say caused his illness?"
+
+"He shows me his bed--three planks on pickets--over wet sand."
+
+"Thanks. Advise him to go to the hospital, and now return to Blois."
+
+The letter was then opened and read to the company and caused no little
+astonishment.
+
+Remarkable instances of clairvoyance have not been frequently reported in
+America. Nevertheless, well-authenticated cases are by no means wanting.
+Dr. S. B. Brittan, in his book entitled "Man and His Relations," relates
+several such cases. The following came under his own observation:--
+
+In the autumn of 1855 he saw Mr. Charles Baker of Michigan, who, while out
+on a hunting excursion, had been accidentally shot by his companion. The
+charge passed through his pocket, demolishing several articles and
+carrying portions of the contents of the pocket deep into the fleshy part
+of his thigh. The accident was of a serious character, causing extreme
+suffering, great debility, and emaciation, lasting several months, as well
+as much anxiety regarding his ultimate recovery.
+
+He was in this low condition when seen by Dr. Brittan. The doctor soon
+after returned East, and called on Mrs. Metler of Hartford, with whose
+clairvoyant power he was familiar, and requested her to examine into the
+condition of a young man who had been shot. No information was given as to
+his residence, condition, or the circumstances attending the accident.
+
+She directly found the patient, described the wound, and declared that
+there was a piece of copper still in the wound, and that he would not
+recover until it was removed.
+
+Young Baker, however, was sure he had no copper in his pocket at the time
+of the accident; the medical attendant found no indications of it, so it
+was concluded that the clairvoyant had made a mistake.
+
+Later, however, a foreign substance made its appearance in the wound, and
+was removed by the mother of the patient with a pair of embroidery
+scissors; it proved to be a copper cent. The removal of the foreign
+substance was followed by rapid recovery. The discovery of the copper coin
+was made by the clairvoyant while at a distance of nearly one thousand
+miles from the patient.
+
+Mrs. H. Porter, while at her home in Bridgeport, Conn., in the presence of
+the same writer, declared that a large steamer was on fire on the Hudson
+River; that among other objects in the vicinity she could clearly
+distinguish the village of Yonkers, and that the name of the steamer was
+the Henry Clay. The whole sad catastrophe was described by her with
+minuteness, as if occurring in her immediate presence.
+
+The next morning the New York papers gave a full account of the burning of
+the Henry Clay off the village of Yonkers--an occurrence which, doubtless,
+some of my readers may still remember--corresponding in every important
+particular with that given by the clairvoyant.
+
+Mr. John Fitzgerald of Brunswick, Me., once a somewhat noted temperance
+lecturer, but at the time now referred to a bedridden invalid, saw,
+clairvoyantly, and fully described the great fire in Fall River, Mass., in
+1874, by which a large factory was destroyed. He described the
+commencement and progress of the fire, the means employed to rescue the
+operatives, criticised the work of the firemen, shouted directions, as if
+he were present, and at last as the roof fell in, he fell back upon the
+pillow and said:
+
+"It is all over--the roof has fallen, and those poor people are burned."
+
+It was not until three days later that Mrs. Fitzgerald obtained a paper
+containing an account of the fire. This she read to her husband, who
+frequently interrupted her to tell her what would come next as "he had
+seen it all." The account corresponded almost exactly with the description
+given by Mr. Fitzgerald while the fire was in progress.
+
+I have, myself, recently found a very excellent subject whom I will call
+A. B., whom I first hypnotized on account of illness, but who afterward
+proved to have psychic perception and clairvoyant powers of a remarkable
+character. Once, while in the hypnotic condition, I asked her if she could
+go away and see what was transpiring in other places, as for instance, at
+her own home. She replied that she would try. I then told her to go to her
+home, in a small town three hundred miles away and quite unknown to me,
+and see who was in the house and what they were doing. After a minute of
+perfect silence she said: "I am there." "Go in," I said, "and tell me what
+you find." She said: "There is no one at home but my mother. She is
+sitting in the dining-room by a window; there is a screen in the window
+which was not there when I left home. My mother is sewing." "What sort of
+sewing is it?" I asked. "It is a waist for D." (her little brother). I
+wrote down every detail of her description, and then awoke her. She had no
+recollection of anything which had transpired, but said she had had a
+restful sleep. I then desired her to write at once to her mother and ask
+who was in the house at four o'clock this same afternoon, where she was,
+and what she was doing.
+
+The answer came, describing everything exactly as set down in my notes.
+
+On another occasion when I made my visit, it happened to be the day of the
+races occurring at a well known track some ten miles away, and members of
+the household where she was residing had gone to witness them. Neither she
+nor I had ever attended these races--we knew nothing of the appearance of
+the place, of the events that were expected, nor even of the ordinary
+routine of the sport. She was put into the deep hypnotic sleep, and
+thinking it a good opportunity to test her clairvoyance, I requested her
+to go to the grounds and I carefully directed her on her journey. Once
+within the inclosure she described the bright and cheerful appearance--the
+pavilion, the judge's stand, and the position of persons whom she knew.
+She said there was no race at the time; but that boys were going around
+among the spectators and getting money; that the people seemed excited;
+that they stood up and held out money, and beckoned to the boys to
+come--but she did not know what it meant. I suggested that perhaps they
+were betting. She seemed to look carefully and then said: "That is just
+what they are doing." She then described the race which followed, was much
+excited, and told who of the persons she knew were winners. I then said:
+"You will remember all this and be able to tell M. when she comes home."
+
+It was found that everything had transpired as she had described. One of
+the races had been a failure, the horses coming in neck and neck; all bets
+were cancelled and new bets were made, which caused the excitement which
+she had witnessed. She surprised those who were present by the accuracy of
+her description, both of the place and the events, especially of the
+excitement caused by making the new bets.
+
+On the same occasion, before awakening her, I said to her: "Now, I have
+something very particular to say to you and I want you to pay close
+attention.
+
+"This evening when your dinner is brought up to you--you, A. B.'s second
+self, will make A. B. see me come in and stand here at the foot of the
+bed. I shall say to you: 'Hello! you are at dinner. Well, I won't disturb
+you,' and immediately I shall go. And you will write me about my visit." I
+then awoke her in the usual manner. This was Tuesday, July 3, 1894. On
+Thursday following I received this note, which I have in my possession.
+
+    "DEAR DR. MASON:--
+
+    "As I was eating my dinner on Tuesday I heard some one say
+    'Good-evening.' I turned around surprised, as I had heard no one enter
+    the room, and there at the foot of the bed I saw _you_.
+
+    "I said 'Halloo! won't you sit down?' you said: 'Are you taking your
+    dinner? Then I won't detain you,' and before I could detain you, you
+    disappeared as mysteriously as you had come. Why did you leave so
+    suddenly? Were you angry? Mary, the nurse, says you were not here at
+    all at dinner-time. I say you were. Which of us is right?
+
+      "Sincerely,
+        "A. B."
+
+    (Full name signed.)
+
+The clairvoyant faculty is sometimes exercised in sleep, and hence the
+importance so often attached to dreams. I have a patient, Miss M. L.,
+thirty-five years of age, who has been under my observation for the past
+fifteen years, and for whose truthfulness and good sense I can fully
+vouch. From childhood she has been a constant and most troublesome
+somnambulist, walking almost every night, until two years ago when I first
+hypnotized her and suggested that she should not again leave her bed while
+asleep, and she has not done so.
+
+This person's dreams are marvellously vivid, but her most vivid ones she
+does not call dreams. She says, "When I dream I dream, but when I see I
+see."
+
+Nine years ago, M. L., had a friend in New Mexico whom I will call G.,
+from whom she had not heard for months, and of whose surroundings she knew
+absolutely nothing.
+
+One night she dreamed, or, as she expresses it, _saw_ this friend in
+Albuquerque. She was, as it seemed to her, present in the room where he
+was, and saw everything in it with the same degree of distinctness as
+though she were actually present. She noticed the matting on the floor,
+the willowware furniture, bed, rocking-chair, footstool, and other
+articles. He was talking with a companion, a person of very striking
+appearance, whom she also minutely observed as regarded personal
+appearance, dress, and position in the room.
+
+He was saying to this companion that he was about to start for New York
+for the purpose of interesting capitalists in a system of irrigation which
+he had proposed. His companion was laughing sarcastically and ridiculing
+the whole scheme. He persisted, and the conversation was animated--almost
+bitter.
+
+Three weeks later, early one morning, she dreamed that this man was in New
+York. She saw him coming up the street leading to her house, and saw her
+father go forward to meet him. At breakfast she told her father her dream,
+and they also talked freely about her former dream or vision of three
+weeks before.
+
+After breakfast her father sat upon the front stoop reading the morning
+paper, and M. L. went about some work. Suddenly she heard her father call
+out in a startled sort of way: "Mary, sure enough, here comes G.!" She
+stepped to the window and there was G. coming up the street and her father
+going forward to meet him exactly as she had seen him in her dream. He had
+just arrived from the West, and had come for the very purpose indicated by
+his conversation in M. L.'s vision. After some general conversation M. L.
+said to G.; "By the way, who was that remarkable person you were talking
+with about this journey, three weeks ago?" mentioning the night of her
+dream. With evident surprise he said:
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+She then related the whole dream just as she had experienced it, even to
+the minutest details. His astonishment was profound. He declared that the
+details which she gave could never have been so exactly described except
+by some one actually present; and with some annoyance he accused her of
+playing the spy.
+
+There are many other instances of remarkable clairvoyant vision on her
+part, and especially two which have occurred within the year--the visions
+having been fully described before the events were known.
+
+Such are a few among hundreds of cases which might be adduced as examples
+of the clairvoyant power. They are from every period of history, from the
+earliest down to our own times. Looked at broadly, they at least show that
+a belief in the clairvoyant power of some specially endowed persons has
+existed throughout the historic period; they also exhibit a great
+similarity in their character and the circumstances under which they are
+observed.
+
+Apollonius stops short in his discourse, apparently in his natural state,
+sees the assassination of Domitian, and shouts, "Strike the tyrant!"
+
+Fitzgerald at Brunswick suddenly beholds the burning factories at Fall
+River, and shouts his orders to the firemen. Others spontaneously go into
+the somnambulic condition and only then become clairvoyant; while still
+others need the assistance of a second person to produce somnambulism and
+independent vision.
+
+What is the nature and what the method of this peculiar vision which has
+been named clairvoyance?
+
+Is it a quickening and extension of ordinary vision, or is it a visual
+perception obtained in some other manner, independent of the natural organ
+of sight?
+
+It has been noted how vastly the action of the senses may be augmented by
+cultivation, but never has cultivation increased vision to such an extent
+as to discover a penny a thousand miles away and through opaque coverings.
+Besides, the clairvoyant vision is exercised quite independent of the
+bodily eye. The eyes may be closed, they may be turned upward or inward so
+that no portion of the pupil is exposed to the action of light, or they
+may be covered with thick pads of cotton or closed with plasters or
+bandages, yet the clairvoyant vision in proper subjects is obtained in
+just the same degree and with just the same certainty as when the eyes are
+fully exposed to the light.
+
+It is true there has been much doubt and discussion on this vital point,
+the objectors maintaining that sight was possible and practicable by
+experts, notwithstanding the precautions used in blindfolding; in short,
+that the whole thing might safely be set down as deception and fraud.
+
+In the face of facts such as are here cited, and the thousand others that
+might be adduced, it is hardly possible to treat this charge seriously.
+
+To such objectors, cumulative evidence regarding facts out of their own
+mental horizon is useless. Their motto is: "No amount of evidence can
+establish a miracle;" and their definition of a miracle is something done,
+or alleged to have been done, contrary to the laws of nature. But the
+objector who refuses credence to well-attested facts on that ground alone,
+simply assumes that he is acquainted with all the laws of nature.
+
+A miracle, really, is only something alleged to have been done, and we are
+not able to explain how; nevertheless, it may be perfectly in accordance
+with natural laws which we did not understand or even know existed. To the
+West Indian, whom Columbus found in the New World, an eclipse of the sun
+was a miracle of the most terrible character; to the astronomer it was a
+simple fact in nature. To the ignorant boor, "talking with Chicago" or
+cabling between New York and London is a miracle; to the electrician it is
+an everyday, well-understood affair. For a long time scientific men did
+not believe in the existence of globular, slowly-moving electricity; if
+such a thing had existed, it certainly should have put in an appearance
+before members of the "Academy," or "Royal Society" some time in the
+course of all these years; but it never had done so; only a few cooks,
+blacksmiths, or back-woodsmen had ever seen it, and they certainly were
+not the sort of people to report scientific matter; they did not know how
+to observe, and undoubtedly "they did not see what they thought they saw."
+But for all that, globular, slowly-moving electricity is now a well known
+fact in nature.
+
+Neither the West Indian, the ignorant boor, nor the man of science had, at
+the time these several facts were presented to him, "any place in the
+existing fabric of his thought into which such facts could be fitted." The
+fabric of thought in each case must be changed, enlarged, modified, before
+the alleged facts could be received or assimilated.
+
+The objector to the fact of clairvoyance and other facts in the new
+psychology is often simply deficient in the knowledge which would enable
+him properly to judge of these facts; he may be an excellent
+mathematician, physicist, editor, or even physician, but he has been
+educated to deal with a certain class of facts, and only by certain
+methods, and he is wholly unfitted to deal with another class of facts,
+perhaps requiring quite different treatment.
+
+An excellent chemist might not be just the man to analyze questions of
+finance or to testify as an expert on the tariff, or a suspension bridge;
+the "texture of his thought" would need some modifying to fit him for
+these duties; indeed, he is fortunate if he can even be quite sure of
+morphia when he sees it; it might be a ptomaine.
+
+If, then, the objector to well authenticated facts in any department of
+research expects his objections to be seriously considered, he must, at
+least, exhibit some intelligence in that department of research to which
+his objection relates.
+
+I shall then simply reiterate the statement that there is abundant
+evidence of visual perception by some specially constituted persons,
+independent of any use of the physical organ of sight.
+
+What the exact nature or method of this supranormal vision is, may not yet
+be absolutely settled, any more than the exact nature of light or of life
+or even of electricity is settled, and each of their various methods of
+action known, though of the fact itself in any of these cases there is no
+doubt.
+
+From a careful consideration of the best authenticated facts and examples,
+we are led to believe that the faculty of clairvoyance is no supernatural
+gift, but may be possessed, to some degree, by many, perhaps by all,
+people; that it is a natural condition, developed and brought into
+exercise by a few, but undeveloped and dormant in most; that the faculty
+may include not only the power of obtaining visual perceptions at a
+distance and under circumstances which render ordinary vision impossible,
+but also the perception of general truth and the relation of things in
+nature to such a degree as to render the person who possesses it a teacher
+and prophet of seemingly supernatural endowments. Carefully excluding
+cases of unusual extension, or skill in using normal perceptive faculties,
+and also thought-transference, which, although bearing a certain relation
+to clairvoyance, should not be confounded with it, the phenomena of
+independent clairvoyance appear in certain persons under the following
+conditions:--
+
+In certain states, brought about by disease, and at the near approach of
+death, in the hypnotic condition, whether self-induced or produced by the
+influence of a second person, and especially in the condition known as
+trance; it may also appear in sleep of the ordinary kind--in dreams, and
+especially in the condition of reverie or the state between sleeping and
+waking; a few persons also possess the clairvoyant faculty while in their
+natural condition, without losing their normal consciousness. In general
+it may be said that the faculty is most likely to appear when there exists
+a condition of abstraction, and the mind is acting without the restraint
+and guidance of the usual consciousness--and it reaches its most perfect
+exercise when this usual guidance ceases entirely--the body becoming
+inactive and anæsthetic and the mind acting independent of its usual
+manifesting organs. Such is the condition in trance.
+
+This view is, of course, in direct opposition to the materialistic
+philosophy which makes the mind simply a "group of phenomena," the result
+of organization, and absolutely dependent upon that organization for its
+action, and even for its existence. To discuss this question here would
+occupy too much space; besides, one of the objects of these papers is to
+show this mind, spirit, psychos, mentality, "group of phenomena,"
+whatever it may be, and whatever name may be applied to it, acting under
+circumstances which will enable us to consider with greater intelligence
+this very question, viz.: Whether the mind, under some circumstances, is
+not capable of intelligent action independent of the brain and the whole
+material organization through which it ordinarily manifests itself.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+DOUBLE OR MULTIPLEX PERSONALITY.
+
+
+If there be any one thing in the empirical psychology of the past which
+has been considered settled past all controversy, it is the unity and
+continuity of human personality. Whatever might be believed or doubted
+concerning the after life, for this life at least believers and skeptics
+alike are united in the full assurance of a true, permanent, and
+unmistakable self. The philosopher Reid, a hundred years ago, in
+discussing this subject, wrote as follows:--
+
+"My thoughts and actions and feelings change every moment. They have no
+continued but a successive existence, but that self or I to which they
+belong is permanent, and has the same relation to all succeeding thoughts,
+actions, and feelings which I call mine. The identity of a person is
+perfect--it admits of no degrees--and is not divisible into parts."
+
+Now, while this dogma, which still expresses the general consensus of
+mankind, may in a sense be well founded, still certain facts have been
+ascertained by the observant scouts in the outlying fields of psychology
+which, unless they can be interpreted to mean something different from
+their seeming and obvious import, make strongly against that stability and
+unquestioned oneness of human personality about which every individual in
+his own consciousness may feel so absolutely certain. What are these facts
+which have come to the notice of students of psychology?
+
+The case of Félida X., reported by Dr. Azam of Bordeaux, is one of the
+earliest to attract the serious attention of medical men and students of
+psychology, and has become classic in relation to the subject.
+
+She was a nervous child, given to moody spells and hysterical attacks,
+and, in 1856, when she was about fourteen years of age, she also began to
+have more serious attacks of an epileptiform character, from which she
+would emerge into a new and unusual condition, which was at first taken to
+be somnambulism. In this condition her general appearance was quite
+changed, and she talked and acted in a manner altogether different from
+her usual self. These attacks were at first very brief, lasting only a few
+minutes, but gradually they increased in duration until they occupied
+hours, and even days.
+
+In her usual state she had no recollection and no knowledge whatever of
+her second condition, and the whole time spent in that condition was to
+her a blank; on the other hand, all the different occasions when she had
+been in this second condition were linked together, constituting a
+distinct chain of memories and a personality just as consciously distinct
+and conspicuous as her original self. In her second state she not only had
+the distinct memories connected with her own secondary personality, but
+she also knew facts concerning the first or original self, but only as she
+might have knowledge of any other person.
+
+The two personalities were entirely different in character and
+disposition; the original one was sickly, indolent, and melancholy, while
+the new one was in good health, and in disposition bright, cheerful, and
+industrious. She married early in life, and was intelligent and efficient
+in the care of her family, rearing children and attending to the little
+business of a shop. At length this secondary self came to occupy nearly
+the whole time, and considered herself the normal personality, as, indeed,
+she was, being superior in every way to the original one. She knew very
+well how unhappy and miserable was the condition of the primary self,
+and, while she pitied her and did what she could to assist her, she
+disliked to have her return. She called the condition of the primary self,
+"that stupid state."
+
+The lapses of the original or No. 1 personality became at length so
+frequent, or rather, so continuous, that she lost the proper knowledge and
+relation of things about her. She was a stranger in her own home, and on
+that account became still more morose and melancholy. To relieve as much
+as possible this distressing state of affairs the second self, or No. 2,
+when she knew that No. 1 was about to appear, would write her a letter,
+informing her of the general condition of the household, whom she might
+expect to meet, and where she would find certain needful articles; she
+would also offer advice regarding the conduct of affairs, which was always
+appropriate and useful and far superior to the judgment of the original
+self in the matters to which it referred.
+
+As a second well marked and abundantly authenticated example of this
+divided or secondary personality, I will refer to a case in our own
+country and in our own vicinity.
+
+Jan. 17th, 1887, Ansel Bourne, an evangelist, left his home in Rhode
+Island, and, after transacting some business in Providence, one item of
+which was to draw some money to pay for a farm for which he had bargained,
+he went to Boston, then to New York, then to Philadelphia, and, finally,
+to Norristown, Penn., fifteen or twenty miles from Philadelphia, where he
+opened a small store for the sale of stationery, confectionery, and
+five-cent articles. In this business he was known as A. J. Brown. He lived
+in a room partitioned off from the back of the store, eating, sleeping,
+and doing his own cooking there. He rented the store from a Mr. Earl, who
+also, with his family, lived in the building. Mr. Brown went back and
+forth to Philadelphia for goods to keep up his stock, and seems to have
+conducted his business as if accustomed to it.
+
+Sunday, March 13th, he went to church, and at night went to bed as usual.
+On Monday, March 14th, about 5 o'clock in the morning, he awoke and found
+himself in what appeared to him an altogether new and strange place; he
+thought he must have broken into the place, and was much troubled, fearing
+arrest. Finally, after waiting two hours in great uneasiness of mind, he
+got up and found the door locked on the inside. He went out into the hall,
+and, hearing some one moving about, he rapped at the door. Mr. Earl, his
+landlord, opened it, and said: "Good-morning, Mr. Brown."
+
+"Where am I?" said Mr. Brown.
+
+"You are all right," replied Mr. Earl.
+
+"I'm all wrong, and my name is not Brown. Where am I?"
+
+"You are in Norristown."
+
+"Where is Norristown?"
+
+"In Pennsylvania, about seventeen miles west of Philadelphia."
+
+"What day of the month is it?" inquired Mr. Brown.
+
+"The 14th," replied Mr. Earl.
+
+"Does time run backward here? When I left home it was the 17th."
+
+"Seventeenth of what?" said Mr. Earl.
+
+"Seventeenth of January."
+
+"Now it is the 14th of March," said Mr. Earl.
+
+Mr. Earl thought Mr. Brown was out of his mind, and sent for a physician.
+To the doctor he said his name was Ansel Bourne; that he remembered seeing
+the Adams Express wagons on Dorrance Street in Providence on Jan. 17th,
+and remembered nothing since, until he awoke here this morning, March
+14th.
+
+"These people," said he, "tell me that I have been here six weeks, and
+have been living with them all this time; I have no recollection of ever
+having seen one of them, until this morning."
+
+His nephew, Mr. H., was telegraphed to in Providence.
+
+"Do you know Ansel Bourne?"
+
+Reply: "He is my uncle; wire me where he is, and if well."
+
+Mr. H., went on to Norristown, took charge of his uncle and his affairs,
+sold out his store property, and Mr. A. J. Brown went back and resumed his
+life in Rhode Island as Ansel Bourne, but the time from Jan. 17th to March
+14th was to him a blank.
+
+Prof. James of Harvard and Dr. Hodgson, Secretary of the American Branch
+of the Society for Psychical Research, who reported this case to the
+society, now became interested in the matter. They went to see Ansel
+Bourne and learned the above history; but of the journey from Providence
+to Norristown in January no account of any kind could be obtained.
+Finally, he was put into the hypnotic condition, when he was again A. J.
+Brown, and gave a connected account of his journey to Boston, New York,
+Philadelphia, and of his stay in each of these cities; of his arrival at
+Norristown, and of his experience there up to the morning of March 14th,
+when everything was again confused. As A. J. Brown he knew of Ansel
+Bourne and of his remarkable history, but could not state positively that
+he had ever met him.
+
+This transition was repeatedly made. Immediately on being put in the
+hypnotic trance and aroused to somnambulism he was A. J. Brown, a distinct
+personality, perfectly sane, and with a full appreciation of the relation
+of things as relating to that personality, and with a distinct chain of
+memories, beliefs, and affections; but, when introduced to the wife of
+Ansel Bourne, he entirely repudiated the idea of her ever having been his
+wife, though he might some time have seen her.
+
+Immediately on being awakened from this hypnotic condition he was Ansel
+Bourne, with his usual consciousness, beliefs, affections, and chain of
+memories; but the primary Ansel Bourne personality had no knowledge
+whatever of the secondary, or A. J. Brown, personality, and for any act,
+either criminal or righteous, committed by the person A. J. Brown, the
+person Ansel Bourne had no more knowledge and consequently no more
+responsibility than for any good or bad action committed by a person in
+Australia and of whose existence he was ignorant.
+
+A few other cases quite similar and in every respect of equal interest
+have been observed, notably that known as Louis V., which was reported by
+Dr. Voisin of Paris and by several other well-known French physicians,
+under whose care from time to time he has been, and whose several reports
+have been summed up by Mr. Frederick W. H. Myers, the efficient London
+Secretary of the Society for Psychical Research.
+
+Here the stability of personality was unsettled at the age of fourteen by
+a terrible fright from a viper. Four or five distinct personalities were
+represented.
+
+(1) In his childhood, previous to his fright by the viper, he had good
+health and was an ordinary, quiet, obedient, well-behaved boy.
+
+(2) A new personality, of which the primary self had no knowledge, was
+induced by the fright. This No. 2 personality had frequent epileptic
+attacks, but was able to work, learning the trade of a tailor.
+
+(3) After one of these attacks of great violence, lasting fifty hours,
+another personality came to the surface--a greedy, violent, quarrelsome,
+drunken, thievish vagabond, paralyzed on one side, and with an impediment
+in his speech. He was an anarchist, an atheist, and a blackguard, always
+ranting and thrusting his opinions upon those about him, perpetrating bad
+jokes, and practicing disgusting familiarities with his physicians and
+attendants. In this state, he knows nothing of the tailor's business, but
+he is a private of marines.
+
+(4) He is a quiet, sensible man, retiring in behavior and modest in
+speech. If he is asked his opinions upon politics or religion, he
+bashfully replies that he would rather leave such things to wiser heads
+than his. In this condition he is without paralysis and speaks distinctly.
+
+(5) As a man forty years of age he returns to the condition of childhood
+previous to his fright--a child in intellect and knowledge, having no
+occupation; he is simply an ordinary, quiet, well-behaved, obedient boy.
+
+Each of these personalities was distinct from all the others; the earlier
+ones had no knowledge of those which came after them; the later ones had a
+knowledge of the earlier ones, but only as they might have knowledge of
+any other person.
+
+A fourth typical case is that of Alma Z., recently reported by me for _The
+Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases_. In this case, an unusually
+healthy, strongly intellectual girl, an expert in athletic sport and a
+leader wherever she might be, on account of overwork, and finally, of
+broken-down health, developed a second, and, later, a third personality.
+Each was widely different from the others, all were normal so far as a
+perfect knowledge of and adaptation to their surroundings were concerned,
+and all were of unusual intellectual force and brightness, as well as
+moral worth; but each was distinct, peculiar, and even in marked contrast
+to the others in many important characteristics. No. 1 had no knowledge of
+No. 2 nor of No. 3, except from circumstances and the report of others,
+and also from letters which passed between them giving information to No.
+1 regarding changes which had occurred in her absence, as, for instance,
+of expected company or other engagement which it would be important for
+her to know.
+
+Both of the later personalities were peculiarly fond of No. 1, and devoted
+to her welfare on account of her superior knowledge and admirable
+character. The case has been under my observation, both professionally and
+socially, for many years, and, in addition to its typical character, it
+presented an example of the singular fact of the persistence of the later
+personality, with the ability to observe, retain its chain of memories,
+and afterward report them, while the primary self was at the same time the
+dominant and active personality.
+
+An instance of this occurred at one of the concerts of a distinguished
+pianist a few years since. No. 3 was the reigning personality, and she was
+herself a lover of music and an excellent critic. Beethoven's concerto in
+C major was on the programme, and was being performed in a most charming
+manner by soloist and orchestra. I was sitting near her in the box, when
+all at once I noticed a change in the expression of her face, which
+denoted the presence of No. 1. She listened with intense interest and
+pleasure to the performance, and at its close I spoke a few words to her,
+and she replied in her usual charming manner. It was No. 1 without doubt.
+Soon after, she leaned back in her chair, took two or three quick, short
+inspirations, and No. 3 was present again. She turned to me smiling and
+said:
+
+"So No. 1 came for her favorite concerto; wasn't it splendid that she
+could hear it?"
+
+I said: "Yes; but how did you know she was here?"
+
+"Oh, I sat on the front of the box," she said. "I heard the music, too,
+and I saw you speaking to her."
+
+The four cases here briefly outlined represent both sexes, two distinct
+nationalities, and widely-varying conditions in life. In each case one or
+more personalities crop out, so to speak, come to the surface, and become
+the conscious, active, ruling personality, distinct from the original
+self, having entirely different mental, moral, and even physical,
+characteristics; different tastes, and different sentiments and opinions;
+personalities entirely unknown to the original self, which no one
+acquainted with that original self had any reason to suppose existed in
+connection with that organization.
+
+The cases present so many points of similarity in their history as to
+render it probable, if not certain, that some common principle, law, or
+mental state underlies them all--some law which, if clearly defined, would
+be valuable in reducing to order the seemingly lawless mass of phenomena
+which constantly meets us in this new and but little explored field of
+research.
+
+It may be, also, that other mental states more frequently met with and
+more easily observed present points in common with these more striking and
+unusual ones; and that they also may assist us in finding the clue.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+NATURAL SOMNAMBULISM--HYPNOTIC SOMNAMBULISM--DREAMS.
+
+
+The first of these more accessible conditions to claim attention is
+natural somnambulism, or sleep-walking. The phenomena of this peculiar
+state have been observed from time immemorial, and have always been looked
+upon as one of the most wonderful and interesting subjects in the domain
+of the old psychology.
+
+In this state the subject, while apparently in ordinary sleep, arises from
+his bed and proceeds, sometimes to perform the most ordinary, everyday
+actions--cooking a dinner, washing clothes, sawing wood, or going out to a
+neighboring market town to transact business; sometimes, on the other
+hand, he does the most unusual things; he performs perilous journeys in
+dangerous and unfamiliar places in perfect safety and with unusual ease;
+sometimes intellectual work of a difficult nature, such as had baffled the
+student in his waking hours, is easily accomplished, and he finds the
+solution of his mathematical problem or the needed point in his argument
+all plainly wrought out and prepared for him when he goes to his desk the
+following morning; moreover, if the work from any cause should be
+interrupted, and the same conditions recur upon the following or some
+subsequent night, it may be resumed at the point where it was interrupted;
+or if the somnambulist talks, as well as acts, in his sleep the
+conversation shows that each succeeding occasion is connected with
+previous ones, all together constituting a chain of memories similar to
+that of the different personalities which have been presented in the four
+cases already described.
+
+Sometimes all these different actions are accomplished without light or
+with the eyes fast closed, or else open and staring, but without vision.
+Sometimes, however, the new personality developed in the sleep of the
+somnambulist fails to come into proper relations with his surroundings,
+when he may also fail to accomplish the dangerous journey, and may walk
+from an open window or an unguarded balcony with disastrous results.
+
+The second condition which presents analogies to the duplex or multiplex
+personalities, which are under consideration, is that of the somnambulism
+which occurs in the hypnotic sleep. While usually the hypnotic subject is
+passive and unconsciously receives the suggestions which are impressed
+upon him, not unfrequently a personality comes to the front which acts
+independently, and presents all the characteristics which we have found
+pertaining to a distinct personality.
+
+A rare example of this alternating personality brought about by hypnotism
+is afforded by the French subject, Mme. B., whose acquaintance we have
+already made as a subject upon whom hypnotism at a distance was
+successfully carried out by Prof. Janet and Dr. Gibert of Havre. As we
+have already seen, in her ordinary condition Mme. B. is a stolid,
+substantial, honest French peasant, about forty years of age, of very
+moderate intelligence, and without any education or any ambition for
+notoriety. In this state Prof. Janet calls her Léonie.
+
+Hypnotized, she is at once changed into a bright, vivacious,
+mischief-loving, rather noisy personality, who considers herself on
+excellent terms with the doctor, and whom the professor names Léontine.
+Later, by further hypnotization and a deeper trance, there appears a
+sedate, sensible personality, intellectually much superior to Léonie, the
+primary self, and much more dignified than the vivacious Léontine, and
+this third personality Prof. Janet calls Léonore.
+
+Léontine, the hypnotic or second self, knows Léonie, the original Mme. B.,
+very well, and is very anxious not to be confounded with her. She always
+calls her "the other one," and laughs at her stupidity. She says, "That
+good woman is not I, she is too stupid." One day Prof. Janet hypnotized
+Léonie, and as usual at once Léontine was present. Prof. Janet then
+suggested to Léontine that when she awoke and Léonie had resumed the
+command, she (Léontine) should take off the apron of Léonie, their common
+apron, on their one physical personality, and then tie it on again. She
+was then aroused from her hypnotic condition, and at once Léonie was
+present without the slightest knowledge of Léontine, for she never knew of
+this second personality, nor of hypnotic suggestion in any form. Léonie,
+supposing the professor's experiment was over, was conducting him to the
+door, talking indifferently in her slow, dull way, and at the same time
+unconsciously her fingers were working at her apron-strings. The loosened
+apron was falling off when the professor called her attention to it. She
+exclaimed, "Why, my apron is falling off!" and then, fully conscious of
+what she was doing, she replaced and tied it on again. She then continued
+her talk. She only supposed that somehow accidentally the apron had come
+untied and she had retied it, and that was all.
+
+To the now submerged Léontine, however, this was not enough; her mission
+had not been completed, and at her silent prompting Léonie again fumbled
+at the apron-strings; unconsciously she untied and took off the apron, and
+then put it on again without her attention having been drawn to what she
+had now the second time done. The next day Prof. Janet again hypnotized
+Léonie and Léontine made her appearance.
+
+"Well," said she, "I did what you told me yesterday. How stupid 'the other
+one' looked while I took her apron off? Why did you tell her that her
+apron was falling off? Just for that, I had to do the job all over again."
+
+Here the hypnotic or secondary self, as in my own reported case, appears
+as a persistent entity, remembering and reasoning, while the primary self
+was at the same time in command of their common body. Léontine not only
+caused Léonie to untie and retie her apron, but she enjoyed the fun,
+remembered it, and told it the next day.
+
+Again Léonore was as much ashamed of Léontine's flippancy as Léontine was
+of Léonie's stupidity.
+
+"You see well enough," she said, "that I am not that prattler, that
+madcap. We do not resemble each other in the least."
+
+In fact, she sometimes gave Léontine good counsel in regard to her
+behavior, and in a peculiar manner--by producing the hallucination of
+hearing a voice, thus again showing the conscious activity of the
+submerged self while a primary self was at the same time dominant and
+active. As Dr. Janet relates the incident, Léontine was one day in an
+excited, hysterical condition, noisy and troublesome with her chatter,
+when suddenly she stopped her senseless talk and cried out with terror:
+
+"Oh! Who is it there talking to me like that?"
+
+"No one was speaking to you."
+
+"Yes, there on the left." And she opened a closet door in the direction
+indicated, to see that no one was hidden there.
+
+"What is it that you hear?" asked the professor.
+
+"I hear a voice on the left there which keeps saying to me: 'Enough,
+enough; be quiet. You are a nuisance!'" which, the professor remarks, was
+exactly the truth.
+
+Léonore, in her turn, was then brought to the surface.
+
+"What was it that happened," asked Prof. Janet, "when Léontine was so
+frightened?"
+
+"Oh, nothing," she replied. "I told her she was a nuisance and to keep
+quiet. I saw she was annoying you. I don't know why she was so
+frightened."
+
+I may be pardoned for mentioning one other fact regarding the relationship
+of these singular personalities, because it illustrates more pointedly if
+possible than anything else their entire duplex and separate character.
+Léonie or Madame B. is married, but Léontine is not. Madame B. however,
+was hypnotized at her accouchements, and became Léontine. So Léontine was
+the presiding personality when the children were born. Léontine therefore
+considers herself the mother of two children, and would be greatly grieved
+were any doubts expressed regarding her right of motherhood in them.
+
+The analogies between the mental conditions presented respectively in
+ordinary somnambulism and the somnambulism of the hypnotic trance, and the
+mental conditions presented in the four cases previously recited are
+numerous and obvious; in fact, they seem as indeed they are, like the
+same conditions differently produced and varying in the length of time
+they occupy, and it is evident that in them there is brought to view a
+mental state of sufficient uniformity, as well as of sufficient interest
+and importance, to be worthy of serious consideration.
+
+The facts thus far brought into view are these: That in a considerable
+number of persons there may be developed, either spontaneously or
+artificially, a second personality different in character and distinct in
+its consciousness and memories from the primary or original self; that
+this second personality is not a mere change of consciousness, but in some
+sense it is a different entity, having a power of observation, attention
+and memory not only when the primary self is submerged and without
+consciousness or volition, but also at the same time that the primary self
+is in action, performing its usual offices, and in its turn it is equally
+capable of managing the affairs and performing the offices properly
+pertaining to the common body whenever needed for that purpose.
+
+Reckoning these different personalities as No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, etc., No.
+1 has no knowledge of No. 2, nor of any succeeding personality, nor of
+their acts, but the time occupied by them is to No. 1 a blank, during
+which it is without volition, memory, or consciousness. No. 2 has a
+distinct consciousness and chain of memories of its own, but it also knows
+more or less perfectly the history and acts of No. 1--it knows this
+history, however, only as pertaining to a third person; it knows nothing
+of No. 3, nor of any personality subsequently coming into activity. No. 3
+has also its distinct personality, and knows both No. 1 and No. 2, but
+knows them only as separate and distinct personalities; it does not know
+any personality coming into activity after itself.
+
+So distinct are these personalities that No. 2 not only may not possess
+the acquirements, as, for instance, the book knowledge, trade, or
+occupation of No. 1, but may possess other capabilities and acquirements
+entirely foreign to No. 1, and of which it possessed no knowledge.
+
+Ansel Bourne was a farmer and preacher, and knew nothing of storekeeping.
+A. J. Brown, the second personality, was a business man, neither farmer
+nor preacher. Louis V., as No. 2, was a tailor, and a very good boy; as
+No. 3, he was a private of marines, and knew nothing of tailoring, and he
+was a moral monster; while, in what might be called his No. 5 condition,
+he was again an undeveloped child, as he was before his fright.
+
+Still another fact which comes prominently into view in examining these
+cases is that the No. 2 personality may not, by any means, be inferior to
+the No. 1, or original self. In none of the cases cited has the
+intellectual capacity of the later developed personality been inferior to
+that of the original self, and generally it was notably superior; only in
+the No. 3 personality of Louis V. was the moral state worse than in No. 1,
+and, in general, the moral standing of No. 2 or No. 3 was fully equal to
+the primary self.
+
+The emergence and dominance of a secondary personality, therefore, does
+not by any means imply that the general standing of the individual
+dominated by this second personality, as judged by disinterested
+observers, is in any way inferior to the same individual dominated by the
+primary self, but, on the contrary, a superior personality is rather to be
+expected, and especially is this true when the secondary personality is
+intelligently sought and brought to view by means of hypnotism.
+
+It is, however, quite impossible by any _á priori_ reasoning, or from the
+character of the primary self, to form any definite estimate concerning
+the character or general characteristics of any new personality which may
+make its appearance, either spontaneously or through the aid of
+hypnotism.
+
+Having become to a certain degree familiarized with the idea that in some
+persons, at least, and under some peculiar circumstances, a second
+personality may come to the surface and take the place for a longer or
+shorter time of the primary self, it may be asked whether, after all,
+these comparatively few persons in which this unusual phenomena has been
+observed are essentially different in their mental constitution from other
+people.
+
+When those best acquainted with the slender and melancholy Félida N., or
+the ordinary, quiet, well-behaved Louis V.; the industrious and respected
+evangelist Ansel Bourne, or the large-brained, intellectual leader of
+women, Alma Z., saw them in their ordinary state, before any subliminal
+personality had emerged and made itself known, no one of those most
+intimate acquaintances, no expert in character-reading, no student of
+mental science could have given any reasonable intimation that any one of
+them would develop a second personality, much less give any trustworthy
+opinion as to the character which the new personality would possess.
+
+A few months ago I was called in haste to see a patient, a large, strong
+man of one hundred and eighty pounds weight, who had been thrown down and
+trampled upon by his nineteen-year-old son during an attack of
+somnambulism, and had received such serious injuries as to require
+immediate surgical aid. The next day this son came to consult me regarding
+his unfortunate habit of sleep-walking, which has often got him into
+trouble before, and has now resulted in serious injury to his father. He
+is a slight youth of one hundred and twenty pounds weight, light hair,
+gray eyes, and a bright, frank face, expressive of good health and good
+nature--"a perfect gentleman," as his father expressed it, "when himself,
+but ten men cannot manage him when he gets up in his sleep; he will do
+what he sets out to do."
+
+Who would ever imagine that this slender, good-natured, gentlemanly lad,
+sooner than any other lad, would in his sleep develop somnambulism and a
+second personality, or that when it came that second personality should
+prove a stubborn Samson?
+
+Little could Prof. Janet imagine that beneath the surface consciousness of
+that serene and stupid Léonie dwelt the frisky, vivacious, fun-loving
+Léontine, waiting only the magic key of hypnotism to unlock and bring her
+to the surface to reign instead of the heavy Léonie.
+
+The people who, in various ways, develop second personalities may not
+differ, it seems, in any perceptible manner from other people; is it not
+quite possible, then, that other normal, ordinary people, possess a second
+personality, deep-down beneath their ordinary, everyday self, and that
+under conditions which favor a readjustment, this hidden subliminal self
+may emerge and become for a longer or a shorter time the conscious, acting
+one; and not only so, but may prove to be the brighter and better
+organized of the two?
+
+Having now, as it were, a chart, imperfect though it be, of this outlying
+region, having some idea what to look for, and in what direction to look
+for it, it is possible that glimpses of this subliminal personality which
+each one unconsciously carries with him may be obtained under ordinary
+conditions and in everyday life, more frequently and more easily than we
+had imagined; for, as Ribot expresses it, the ordinary conscious
+personality is only a feeble portion of the whole psychical personality.
+
+One example of this more usual form of double personality is afforded in
+ordinary dreaming. The dream country, like most of this outlying
+territory, has for the most part been studied without chart or compass.
+There is scarcely a point connected with the discussion of the subject
+upon which the most eminent authorities are not divided; it is Locke
+against Descartes, Hamilton against Locke, and Hobbes against the field.
+
+If there be any one point, however, on which there is tolerable unanimity
+among all writers, ancient and modern, great and small, it is the absence
+in dreams of the normal acts and processes of volition, and, especially,
+of the faculty of attention. Now, this is exactly the condition which is
+conducive to the more or less perfect emergence and activity of the
+subliminal self, under whatever circumstances it occurs.
+
+There is first, loss of consciousness from catalepsy, fright, depressing
+illness, hypnotism, or natural sleep, that is to say, the power of
+attention or volition in the primary self is abolished; then comes a
+readjustment of personalities, varying in completeness according to the
+ease with which, in different persons, this readjustment may be effected,
+and according to the completeness of the abolition of the power of
+attention and volition.
+
+In sleep the conditions are favorable for this readjustment, and the
+subliminal self comes more or less perfectly to the surface; then appears
+that most peculiar and interesting series of pictures and visions which we
+call dreams; sometimes the rearranged, or rather unarranged, impressions
+and perceptions of the waking hours brought together, possibly just before
+the power of attention is entirely lost; sometimes the Puck-like work of
+the subliminal personality, the Léontines of the dream-country influencing
+the unconscious or semi-conscious primary self; sometimes the veridical or
+truth-telling dreams, which have been the wonder of all ages, and
+sometimes giving complete and active supremacy to the subliminal self as
+in natural somnambulism. Another portion of the field in which it might be
+profitable to look for evidence of the existence of a subliminal
+personality is in the eccentric work of genius; and still another, in the
+unexpected and often heroic actions of seemingly ordinary persons under
+the stress and stimulus of a great emotion, as of joy, sorrow, or anger,
+or of intense excitement, as for instance, the soldier in battle, the
+fireman at the post of danger, or the philosopher or astronomer on the eve
+of a new discovery; in all these cases the ordinary personality with its
+intense self-consciousness and self-considering carefulness is
+submerged--it disappears--the power of voluntary attention to mental
+states or physical action is lost; a new and superior personality comes to
+the surface and takes control. The supreme moment passes, and the primary
+self resumes sway, scarcely conscious of what has been done or how it was
+accomplished; even sensation has been abolished, and it is only now that
+he discovers the bleeding bullet-wound, the charred member, or the broken
+bone.
+
+In physical science, whenever some new fact or law or principle has been
+discovered, it is at once seen that many things which before were obscure,
+or perhaps could only be accounted for by a theory of chance, or of direct
+interference by an omnipotent Deity, are now illuminated by a new light,
+and order reigns where before only confusion and darkness were visible.
+Something of the same sort is beginning to be recognized in the world of
+mental and psychical phenomena. If the mathematical exactness which
+measured the force of gravity, or placed the sun in one of the foci of an
+ellipse instead of the centre of a circle cannot be applied here, it is
+only on account of the vast complexity of the problem presented, and of
+which we know so few of the elements.
+
+When matter alone is concerned we know exactly how it will act under given
+conditions. When life is added, the problem becomes more complex. The
+general law of evolution and the special law of natural selection in the
+development of species are accepted facts, although we cannot with success
+apply to them mathematical formulæ. When mind is added to life, the
+problem becomes still more complicated and mathematical exactness still
+less likely to be attained. Many facts, however, are being ascertained in
+psychical science, and some principles are being established which help to
+bring order out of confusion and shed light on some dark places.
+
+The recognition of a subliminal self as forming a part of the psychical
+organization of man will throw light upon many obscure mental phenomena
+and bring order out of seemingly hopeless confusion. Placed before us as a
+working hypothesis, many other facts, before errant and unclassified,
+group themselves about it in wonderful clearness and harmony.
+
+Granting, then, provisionally at least, the reality of the secondary self,
+what are its relations to the primary self and their common physical
+organization, and how came it to occupy these relations? Mr. Frederick W.
+H. Myers, to whom I have already referred, whose acute intellect and
+scholarly attainments have been of the highest value to the society in
+every department of its investigations, has also taken up this subject
+with his usual skill and judgment. He looks upon it from the standpoint
+of evolution, commencing with the earliest period of animal life. He
+compares the whole psychical organization, together with its manifesting
+physical organization, to the thousand looms of a vast manufactory.
+
+The looms are complex and of varying patterns, for turning out different
+sorts of work. They are also used in various combinations, and there are
+various driving bands and connecting machinery by which they may severally
+be connected or disconnected, but the motive power which drives the whole
+is constant for all, and all works automatically to turn out the styles of
+goods that are needed.
+
+"Now, how did I come to have my looms and driving-gear arranged in this
+particular way? Not, certainly, through any deliberate choice of my own.
+My ancestor, the ascidian, in fact, inherited the business when it
+consisted of little more than a single spindle; since his day my nearer
+ancestors have added loom after loom."
+
+Changes have been going on continually; some of the looms are now quite
+out of date, have long been unused, and are quite out of repair or fallen
+to pieces. Others are kept in order because the style of goods which they
+turn out is still useful and necessary. But the class of goods called for
+has greatly changed of late. For instance, the machinery at present in
+operation is best adapted to turning out goods of a decidedly egoistic
+style, for self-preservation, persistence in the struggle for life, and
+for self-gratification; but a style is beginning to be called for of the
+altruistic pattern. For this kind of goods the machinery is not well
+adapted. It is old-fashioned, and changes are necessary. If there are any
+looms in the establishment unknown and unused which can be turned to
+account, or any way of modifying such as we have to meet the demand, it is
+for our interest to know it.
+
+But the methods of adjustment, and arrangements for bringing new looms
+into operation are hidden and difficult of access, so we observe factories
+where spontaneous readjustments are going on and new looms, not known to
+have been in the establishment, are being brought automatically into
+action and are found to work fairly well. Such instances are found in the
+establishment of Félida X. or Louis V., from which valuable hints are
+obtained regarding changes and readjustments.
+
+Furthermore, in hypnotism, we find a safe and, at the same time, powerful
+lever, for readjustment, by means of which in some establishments new
+looms can be brought into play and shut off again almost at will; and
+often while the new looms are at work doing good service we are able to
+get at the old ones, repair and modernize them so as to make them useful,
+and the immense value of hypnotism in this educational and reformatory
+work has hardly begun to be known or appreciated. A single instance out of
+many must suffice for illustration.
+
+In the summer of 1884 there was at the Salpêtriére a young woman of a
+deplorable type, Jeanne S., who was a criminal lunatic, filthy, violent,
+and with a life history of impurity and crime. M. Auguste Voisin, one of
+the physicians of the staff, undertook to hypnotize her May 31st. At that
+time she was so violent that she could only be kept quiet by a
+strait-jacket and the constant cold douche to her head. She would not look
+at M. Voisin, but raved and spat at him. He persisted, kept his face near
+and opposite to hers, and his eyes following hers constantly. In ten
+minutes she was in a sound sleep, and soon passed into the somnambulistic
+condition. The process was repeated many days, and gradually she became
+sane while in the hypnotic condition, but still raved when she awoke.
+
+Gradually, then, she began to accept hypnotic suggestion, and would obey
+trivial orders given her while asleep, such as to sweep her room, etc.;
+then suggestions regarding her general behavior; then, in her hypnotic
+condition, she began to express regret for her past life and form
+resolutions of amendment, which she fully adhered to when she awoke. Two
+years later she was a nurse in one of the Paris hospitals, and her conduct
+was irreproachable. M. Voisin has followed up this case by others equally
+striking.
+
+Such is an imperfect sketch of the discoveries, experiments, and studies
+which have been made in the domain of human personality. It is merely a
+sketch, and certainly it is in no spirit of dogmatism that it is
+presented; but as a collection of facts relating to human nature and the
+constitution and action of the human mind, it is at least curious.
+
+It need not destroy our convictions regarding the essential unity of
+personality, but it must necessarily enlarge our conceptions of what
+_constitutes an individual_, and how under various circumstances that
+individual may act.
+
+From many points of view, and in relation to many departments of study and
+of human development--legal, moral, social, and educational--the subject
+presents important bearings; and, furthermore, in the solution of other
+psychological problems it will be found to possess the greatest possible
+interest and value.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+AUTOMATISM--PLANCHETTE.
+
+
+Our ordinary actions, both physical and mental, are, for the most part,
+subject to our own voluntary guidance and choice. Of this, at least, we
+feel sure. We work, walk, talk, play upon an instrument, read a book, or
+write a letter, because we choose to do these things; and ordinarily they
+are done under the full guidance of our will and intelligence. Sometimes,
+however, actions are performed by us without our choice or guidance, and
+even without our consciousness, and such actions are called automatic. The
+thrifty housewife, perhaps also being of a literary turn of mind, may
+become deeply absorbed in an exciting novel, while at the same time her
+busy fingers, without thought or effort on her part, skilfully ply the
+knitting needles, or her well accustomed foot, with gentle motion, rocks
+the cradle.
+
+During an exciting conversation, or the absorbing consideration of some
+important subject or problem, the act of walking is performed without will
+or consciousness; the pianoforte player runs his scales and roulades with
+marvellous rapidity and precision while reading a book or carrying on an
+animated conversation. Such actions are performed automatically.
+
+When we come to examine a large number of actions performed in this
+automatic manner, we observe that they exhibit great diversity in the kind
+and degree of automatism displayed in their performance. In the cases
+above mentioned the mind is simply altogether engaged in doing one thing,
+and at the same time the muscles go on without any conscious direction or
+supervision, doing altogether another thing, but generally something which
+they had before been accustomed to do. This is often called
+absent-mindedness; it is also one of the most common and simple forms of
+automatism. We set the machine to work, and it goes itself.
+
+Another kind of automatism is that which often appears in connection with
+peculiar gifts or talents, and is especially associated with genius. It is
+seen, for example, in the poet and the orator, and in those capable of
+improvisation, especially in music or in verse. The pianist or organist
+seats himself at the instrument without the remotest idea of what he is to
+perform--he simply commences. The theme he is to present, the various
+melodies, harmonies, changes, and modulations which come at his touch are
+often as much a surprise and delight to himself as to the most interested
+listener. Something within him furnishes and formulates the ideas, and
+causes him to express them artistically upon the instrument of his choice
+without any effort, or even supervision of his own--he is simply conscious
+of what is produced--but if he should undertake consciously to guide or in
+any way interfere with the production, the extraordinary beauty and
+excellence of the performance would at once cease.
+
+Still another kind of automatism is illustrated in somnambulism. The
+somnambulist arises from his bed in his sleep, and proceeds to prepare a
+meal or work out a mathematical problem or write a thesis or a letter, or
+sometimes to describe distant scenes and events transpiring far away. Here
+the actions, both physical and mental, are performed, not only without the
+exercise of the actor's own choice or control, but he has no knowledge of
+them whatever. They are altogether outside the domain of his
+consciousness, and have their origin in some centre of intelligence quite
+apart from his own ordinary consciousness, and they only appear or find
+expression through his physical organization. Let us examine a little more
+closely into these different forms of automatism.
+
+Twenty-five years ago a curious little piece of mechanism--apparently half
+toy and half an instrument for amateur conjuring--made its appearance in
+the windows of the toyshops and bookstores of the United States. It was a
+little heart-shaped piece of mahogany, or other hard wood, about seven
+inches by five in dimensions, with two casters serving for feet at the
+base of the heart, while a closely-fitting pencil passed through a hole at
+the point or apex.
+
+Thus a tripod was formed, moving with perfect ease and freedom in any
+direction, while the pencil, which formed the third foot, left its plain
+and continuous tracing wherever the instrument was moved.
+
+This little toy was called Planchette, and wonderful tales were told of
+its strange performances when rightly used. Evenly adjusted upon a plain
+wood table, if a properly-constituted person placed his or her finger-tips
+lightly upon its surface, it soon began to move about, without any
+muscular effort or any wish or will on the part of the operator; a broad,
+smooth sheet of paper being placed beneath it upon the table, figures,
+words, and sentences were plainly traced by the pencil, all in the style
+of a veritable oracle, and greatly to the delight of the curious, the
+wonder of the superstitious, and the mystification of people generally.
+
+Not every one, however, could command the services of the modern oracle;
+only to the touch of a certain few was it responsive; to the many it was
+still and silent as a sphinx. One in ten, perhaps, could obtain a scrawl;
+one in twenty, intelligible sentences, and one in a hundred could produce
+remarkable results. Few persons witnessing its performances under
+favorable circumstances failed to be interested, but different people
+looked at it from quite different standpoints. The habitual doubter saw in
+it only a well-managed trick, which, however, he failed to detect; the
+spiritualist saw undoubted evidence of spiritual manifestations, while the
+great majority of common-sense people saw writing done, evidently without
+will or effort on the part of the writer, producing messages of every
+grade, from the most commonplace twaddle, foolishness, and even falsehood,
+to the exhibition of intelligence of a high order, a sparkling wit, and a
+perception of events, past, present, and sometimes even of those still in
+the future, most acute and unusual. What was the cause of these
+involuntary movements, or whence came the messages written, they did not
+know, and few even cared to speculate.
+
+That was twenty-five years ago, and the two theories already alluded to
+were about the only ones adduced to account for the phenomena. Dr.
+Carpenter's theory of "unconscious cerebration" and "unconscious muscular
+action" did not cover the ground; there was altogether too much
+cerebration not to have a consciousness connected with it in some way. The
+theory did not cover the facts. Twenty-five years have failed to detect
+the long-talked-of trick of the skeptic; they have also failed to
+substantiate the claim of spiritualists, and Planchette-writing is almost
+as much a mystery as ever.
+
+Fairly studied, then, what does Planchette really do? From a physical
+standpoint its performances are simply automatic writing or drawing. To
+deny the automatic character of the movements of Planchette at this day is
+simply absurd. That writing can be produced with it voluntarily, no one
+doubts, but that it generally is produced automatically, that is, without
+the choice or control of the writers, and without their knowledge of what
+is being written, it would be waste of time here to attempt to prove; the
+theory of fraud is untenable, and the real question at issue is the
+psychical one, namely, whence come the messages which it brings?
+
+These messages may be divided into three general classes: (1) Those which
+are trivial or irrelevant. (2) Those which show intelligence and have some
+unmistakable relation to the subject of which they purport to give
+information, but all of which is known either to the writers or some
+person present. (3) Those which bring, or profess to bring, information
+unknown in any way, either to the writer or any person present.
+
+The first of these divisions need not detain us, though it contains a very
+large share of all the messages received, as it simply illustrates the
+fact of automatism, which is equally well illustrated in the other classes
+of messages, which are of a more interesting character. The second class,
+namely, messages which show intelligence and have an unmistakable relation
+to the subject concerning which information is asked, and yet contain
+nothing beyond the knowledge of the writers or of persons present, is also
+very large.
+
+The following is a sketch of my own first experience with Planchette. I
+may remark that subsequent trials brought out the fact that for myself
+alone Planchette will do nothing; it will not even move a hair's-breadth;
+but when, as is often the case, two persons are needed for success, I am
+often selected by Planchette to assist when it is consulted in the matter.
+On one occasion, I was calling at a friend's house, in the spring of 1868.
+Planchette was then much in vogue, and one stood on a side-table in the
+room. A young daughter of my friend--a school-girl fifteen or sixteen
+years of age--remarked that Planchette would move and sometimes even write
+for her, and she asked me to join her in a trial. I consented, and, to our
+surprise, the moment our fingers were placed lightly upon the instrument
+it moved off with great energy. Questions were then asked, and the answers
+were written with promptness and intelligence, greatly to the amusement of
+the company. Desiring to know who our mysterious correspondent might be,
+we politely said, "Planchette, will you kindly inform us who it is that
+writes these answers?" to which it replied, "Peter Stuyvesant."
+
+"Old Governor Stuyvesant?" we asked.
+
+"Yes," was the reply.
+
+Now it so happened that a short time previous to our séance the old pear
+tree, known as the Stuyvesant pear tree, which had stood for more than two
+hundred years at the corner of Thirteenth Street and Third Avenue, having
+become decayed and tottering, was thrown down by a blow from a passing
+truck and had been ruthlessly chopped to pieces by workmen; and the event
+had been generally noticed and commented upon. Accordingly we replied,
+
+"We are very glad to hear from you, Governor. How about the old pear
+tree?"
+
+To this a reply was promptly written, but neither of us had the slightest
+idea what it might be. The young lady took up the paper and commenced to
+read, but was shocked and greatly confused to find, clearly written, in a
+hand quite foreign to us both, "It's a ---- ---- shame!" the blanks here
+being filled by the most emphatic expletives, and without the slightest
+abbreviation.
+
+Another excellent Planchette-writer was Miss V., a friend of the family,
+who was spending a few days at my house in March, 1889. She was a young
+German lady of unusual intelligence, vivacity, and good sound sense. She
+knew of spiritualism only by passing remarks which she might have heard,
+and had never either seen or heard of Planchette. She was herself a
+somnambulist, or, rather, a somniloquist, for she never walked in her
+sleep, but talked with the greatest ease, carrying on long conversations
+without the slightest memory afterwards of what had been said. She was
+also an excellent hypnotic subject, and the suggested effects of medicines
+were much more prompt and certain than the effect of the medicines
+themselves, when used in the ordinary way.
+
+For experiment one evening I proposed that we should try Planchette. As
+soon as our fingers were placed upon the instrument, it moved off across
+the table with the greatest promptness, and at once it replied to
+questions with unusual appropriateness and intelligence. The astonishment
+of Miss V. was altogether too profound and too apparent to admit of any
+suspicion of collusion on her part, and she had seen that the board would
+not move for me alone, yet she could not be persuaded that when we wrote
+together there was not some trick, and that I did not move the board
+voluntarily to produce the writing.
+
+At length a message came concerning one of her own relatives, of whom she
+was sure that I could have no knowledge whatever, and she was convinced
+that at all events that message could not have originated with me.
+Accordingly she became a most valuable and interested partner in the
+experiments, and the chief medium through whom Planchette gave its
+communications.
+
+Our sittings continued four or five consecutive evenings, and hundreds of
+communications and answers to questions were given by different
+intelligences or personalities, with entirely different modes of
+expression and different kinds of writing; some were religious, some
+philosophical, some were anxious to give advice, and some were profane;
+this last-mentioned phase appearing especially if we were persistent in
+inquiring too closely into the identity and former condition of the
+communicating personality.
+
+On one occasion a message was written which was so strange in its
+appearance that none of us could at first make it out. At length we
+discovered some familiar negro phrase, and applying this key, we found we
+had a message of regular plantation negro talk, bearing a very strong
+resemblance to Uncle Remus's talk to the little boy, which some of us had
+just been reading. On asking who the "intelligence" was, it wrote, "Oh,
+I'se a good ole coon."
+
+Neither Miss V. nor myself had ever heard such a dialect spoken, nor knew
+that any sort of person of the negro race was ever called a "coon."
+
+On another occasion, Miss V. was anxious to know and asked Planchette if a
+relative of hers, whom she named, was staying in town that night. The
+answer came, "Yes." "Where is he stopping?" Answer: "At the H. House."
+"What is he doing now?" Answer: "He has just finished his dinner, settled
+his bill at the cashier's desk, and is now walking up Broadway with his
+cousin." She afterward learned that this information was correct in every
+particular.
+
+On the last evening of our experiments the force displayed in the writing
+was something surprising. Miss V. always experienced a certain amount of
+pain in her arms while writing, as if she were holding the electrodes of a
+battery through which a mild current was passing. On this occasion the
+pain was almost unbearable, so that she frequently cried out, and was
+obliged to remove her hands from the board for relief.
+
+The writing was so violent that it could be heard in the next room, and at
+times it seemed as though the board would surely be broken. Seeing so much
+force exhibited, I allowed my fingers merely to touch the surface of the
+board, but so lightly that my hands did not move with it at all, but
+simply retained contact, the board sliding along beneath them. The
+writing continued with just the same violence. I then called the attention
+of Miss V. to what I was doing, and requested her to adjust her hands in a
+similar manner. She did so, and the instrument continued to write several
+words, with gradually diminishing force, moving under our hands, while our
+hands did not follow at all the movements of the instrument, until at
+length it gradually stopped, like a machine when the power is turned off.
+
+Miss V. does not reside in the city, but while I was writing this chapter
+she was in town, and spent a few hours at my house. We were both anxious
+to try Planchette again. When we placed our fingers upon the board, the
+writing commenced at once, and intelligent answers were given to about
+twenty questions, some of the answers, especially those relating to
+distant friends, being quite contrary to our impressions and our hopes,
+but they were afterward found to be true.
+
+We remembered the experiment just related, which was made more than four
+years ago. The force on this occasion was not at all to be compared with
+what it was then, but we said, "Now, Planchette, we want to ask a favor of
+you; will you repeat the experiment of four years ago, and move under our
+hands, while our hands remain stationary?" It replied, "Since you are so
+polite, I will try; perhaps I can move it a little."
+
+We then planted our elbows firmly upon the table, curved our wrists, so as
+to allow the tips of our fingers to rest in the lightest possible manner
+upon the surface of the board. Four of us were watching with great
+interest for the result. After a moment's hesitation, slowly the board
+moved nearly an inch and stopped, but the movement was so obvious and
+decided, and without any movement of our hands, that a simultaneous shout
+went up from us all, and "Well done, Planchette!" The experiment was
+successfully repeated several times, the tracing of the pencil in each
+case showing a movement of from one to two inches.
+
+A most valuable series of experiments in Planchette-writing was recently
+carried on by the late Rev. Mr. Newnham, vicar of Maker, Davenport,
+England, a member of the Society for Psychical Research, together with his
+wife. They were fully reported to Mr. F. W. H. Myers, secretary of the
+society.
+
+The experiments extended over a period of eight months, and more than
+three hundred questions and answers were recorded. Mrs. Newnham alone was
+the operator, and the important peculiarity in these experiments was,
+that although quite in her normal condition, yet in no instance here
+related did she see the question written to which she wrote the answer,
+nor did she hear it asked, nor did she have any conscious knowledge,
+either of question or answer, until the answer was written and read. She
+sat upon a low chair at a low table some eight or ten feet from her
+husband, while he sat at a rather high table, with his back to her. In
+this position he silently wrote out the questions, it being impossible for
+her to see either the paper, the motion of his hand, or the expression of
+his face, and their good faith, as well as that of many intelligent
+witnesses, is pledged to the truth of this statement.
+
+Mr. Newnham remarks that Planchette commenced to move immediately upon the
+first trial, and often the answer to questions prepared as just described
+was commenced before the question was fully written out.
+
+At their first sitting, finding that the instrument would write, he
+proposed, silently, in writing, six questions, three the answers to which
+might be known to Mrs. Newnham, and three relating to his own private
+affairs, and of which the answers could not have been known to her. All
+six were immediately answered in a manner denoting complete intelligence,
+both of the question and the proper answer. He then wrote: "Write down the
+lowest temperature here this winter." Answer: "8." The actual lowest
+temperature had been 7.6 degrees, so 8 was the nearest whole degree, but
+Mrs. Newnham remarked at once that had she been asked the question she
+should have written 7, and not 8, because she did not remember the
+fraction, but did remember that the figure was 7 something.
+
+Again it was asked, "Is it the operator's brain, or an immaterial spirit
+that moves Planchette? Answer 'brain' or 'force.'"
+
+"Will."
+
+"Is it the will of a living person or of an immaterial spirit? Answer
+'force' or 'spirit.'"
+
+"Wife."
+
+"Give, first, the wife's Christian name, and then my favorite name for
+her." This was accurately done.
+
+"What is your own name?"
+
+"Only wife."
+
+"We are not quite sure of the meaning of your answer. Explain."
+
+"Wife."
+
+"Who are you that writes?"
+
+"Wife."
+
+"Does no one tell wife what to write? If so, who?"
+
+"Spirit."
+
+"Whose spirit?"
+
+"Wife's brain."
+
+"But how does wife's brain know certain secrets?"
+
+"Wife's spirit unconsciously guides."
+
+"Can you foresee the future?"
+
+"No."
+
+On another occasion it was asked: "Write out the prayer used at the
+advancement of a Mark Master Mason."
+
+"Answer: Almighty Ruler of the Universe and Architect of all Worlds, we
+beseech Thee to accept this, our brother, whom we have this day received
+into our most honorable company of Mark Master Masons. Grant him to be a
+worthy member of our brotherhood, and may he be in his own person a
+perfect mirror of all Masonic virtues. Grant that all our doings may be to
+Thy honor and glory and to the welfare of all mankind."
+
+Mr. Newnham adds: "This prayer was written off instantaneously and very
+rapidly. I must say that no prayer in the slightest degree resembling it
+is made use of in the ritual of any Masonic degree, and yet it contains
+more than one strictly accurate technicality connected with the degree of
+Mark Master Mason. My wife has never seen any Masonic prayers, whether in
+'Carlile,' or any other real or spurious ritual of the Masonic Order."
+
+The whole report shows the same instantaneous appreciation of the written
+questions, by the intelligence and appropriateness with which the answer
+was framed, though Mrs. Newnham never had any idea what the question was
+until after the answer was written and read, and the answers very often
+were entirely contrary to the prejudices and expectations of both the
+persons engaged in the experiments.
+
+The following case may fairly be placed in the third class of messages,
+namely, those conveying intelligence which seems to be beyond the possible
+knowledge of the writer or of any person present. It is a well
+authenticated and interesting example of Planchette-writing, reported to
+Mr. Myers, the reporter being Mr. Hensleigh Wedgwood, a cousin and
+brother-in-law of Charles Darwin, and himself a savant of no small
+reputation. Two ladies, sisters, whom he designates as Mrs. R. and Mrs.
+V., were for many years intimate and valued friends of Mr. Wedgwood, and
+it was in co-operation with one or the other of these ladies that the
+results to be noted, along with much other interesting matter, were
+obtained.
+
+Sitting alone, neither of the ladies nor Mr. Wedgwood was able to obtain
+any results at all with Planchette; the board remained absolutely
+motionless. The two ladies together could obtain no writing, but only wavy
+lines, made rapidly, like a person writing at full speed, but with Mr.
+Wedgwood co-operating with either of the ladies the writing was
+intelligible, but was much stronger and more vivacious with Mrs. V. than
+with Mrs. R. The following extracts are from Mrs. R.'s journal of a
+sitting, June 26, 1889:
+
+"With Mr. W. and Mrs. R. at the board, Planchette writes: 'A spirit is
+here who thinks he will be able to write, through the medium. Hold very
+steady, and he will try first to draw.' We turned the page, and a sketch
+was made, rudely enough, of course, but with much apparent care.
+Planchette then wrote:
+
+"'Very sorry can't do better; was meant for test; must write for you
+instead. (Signed) J. G.'
+
+"We did not fully understand this drawing; and Mr. W. asked, 'Will J. G.
+try again?' which it did. Below the drawing it wrote: 'Now look.' We did,
+and this time clearly comprehended the arm and sword. Mr. W. asked, 'What
+does the drawing represent?'
+
+"'Something given to me.'
+
+"Mrs. R. asked, 'Are you a man or a woman?'
+
+"'A man--John G.'
+
+"Mr. W. asked, 'How was it given to you?'
+
+"'On paper and other things.'
+
+"Mr. W. 'We don't know J. G. Have you anything to do with us?'
+
+"'No connection.'
+
+"Mr. W. said he knew of a J. Gifford, and wondered if that was the name.
+
+"'Not Gifford; Gurwood.'
+
+"Mr. W. suggested that he had been killed in storming some fort.
+
+"'I wish I had died fighting.'
+
+"'Were you a soldier?'
+
+"'I was in the army.'
+
+"'Can you say what rank?'
+
+"'No; it was the pen did for me, not the sword.'
+
+"We suggested that he was an author who had failed or been maligned.
+
+"'I did not fail. I was not slandered. Too much for me after--the pen was
+too much for me after my wound.'
+
+"Asked to repeat, it wrote: 'I was wounded in the Peninsula. It will be
+forty-four years next Christmas Day since I killed myself--I killed
+myself. John Gurwood.'"
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Leaving Mrs. R.'s diary, the following is the account Mr. Wedgwood wrote
+of the séance at the time:--
+
+"JUNE 26, 1889.--Had a sitting at Planchette with Mrs. R. this morning.
+Planchette said there was a spirit there who thought it could draw if we
+wished it. We said we should be glad if he would try. Accordingly
+Planchette made a rude attempt at a hand and arm proceeding from an
+embattled wall and holding a sword. A second attempt made the subject
+clearer. Planchette said it was meant for a test. The spirit signed it 'J.
+G.' No connection of ours, he said. We gradually elicited that his name
+was John Gurwood, who was wounded in the Peninsula in 1810, and killed
+himself on Christmas Day, 1845. It was not the wound but the pen that did
+it.
+
+"JULY 5, 1889.--I made the foregoing memorandum the same day, having very
+little expectation that there would be any verification.
+
+  "H. WEDGWOOD."
+
+Quoting again from Mrs. R.'s journal: "Friday, Sept. 27.--Mr. Wedgwood
+came, and we had two sittings--in the afternoon and evening. I think the
+same spirit wrote throughout, beginning without signature, but when asked
+the name, writing John Gurwood. The effort, at first incoherent, developed
+afterward into the following sentences: 'Sword--when I broke in, on the
+table with plan of fortress--belonged to my prisoner--I will tell you his
+name to-night. It was on the table when I broke in. He did not expect me.
+I took him unawares. He was in his room, looking at a plan, and the sword
+was on the table. Will try and let you know how I took the sword
+to-night.'
+
+"In the evening, after dinner: 'I fought my way in. His name was
+Banier--Banier--Banier. The sword was lying on a table by a written scheme
+of defence. Oh, my head! Banier had a plan written out for defence of the
+fortress. It was lying on the table, and his sword was by it.... Look! I
+have tried to tell you what you can verify.'"
+
+Mr. Wedgwood reports his verification as follows:--
+
+"When I came to verify the messages of Planchette, I speedily found that
+Col. Gurwood, the editor of the duke's dispatches, led the forlorn hope at
+the storming of Ciudad Rodrigo in 1812 (note Planchette's error in date),
+and received a wound in his skull from a musket-ball, 'which affected him
+for the remainder of his life,' (_Annual Register_, 1845). In recognition
+of the bravery shown on that occasion, he received a grant of arms in
+1812, registered in the College of Arms as having been passed 'upon the
+narrative that he (Capt. G.) had led the forlorn hope at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and that after the storming of the fortress the Duke of Wellington
+presented him with the sword of the governor who had been taken prisoner
+by Capt. Gurwood.'"
+
+The services thus specified were symbolized in the crest, described in the
+"Book of Family Crests": "Out of a mural coronet, a castle ruined in the
+centre, and therefrom an arm in armor embowed, holding a cimeter."
+
+It was evidently this crest that Planchette was trying to sketch. The
+_Annual Register_ of 1845 also confirms Planchette's assertion that Col.
+Gurwood killed himself on Christmas Day of that year, and adds: "It is
+thought that this laborious undertaking (editing the dispatches) produced
+a relaxation of the nervous system and consequent depression of spirits.
+In a fit of despondency the unfortunate gentleman terminated his life."
+Compare Planchette: "Pen was too much for me after the wound."
+
+Here are described four instances of automatic writing by means of
+Planchette. Two of these cases were reported to Mr. Myers, who has
+thoroughly canvassed them as regards their authenticity, as well as the
+ability and good faith of the persons concerned, both in the writing and
+reporting; and he has made use of them in his own able argument upon the
+same subject.
+
+In the other cases the messages were written under my own observation, my
+own hands also being upon the board. In the case of Mr. and Mrs. Newnham
+the intelligence which furnished the messages disclaimed altogether the
+aid of any spirit except "wife's spirit," which did "unconsciously guide."
+In the case reported by Mr. Wedgwood and Mrs. R., the intelligence
+distinctly claimed to be from Col. John Gurwood, who had died nearly fifty
+years before. In my own cases, in that written with the co-operation of
+my friend's school-girl daughter, the intelligence claimed to be that of
+Peter Stuyvesant, while in those written with Miss V., various names were
+given, none of which was recognized as belonging to a person of whom we
+had ever had any knowledge, and all bore abundant evidence of being
+fictitious. One, indeed, professed to be "Beecher," and declined to give
+an opinion on the prospective trotting qualities of a colt, on the ground
+that he was "no horseman"; and in our later experiments, when closely
+questioned, it distinctly stated that the intelligence came from the mind
+of Miss V. herself.
+
+Let us analyze these messages a little further. Those written by Mr. and
+Mrs. Newnham were remarkable, not only because Mrs. Newnham was writing
+without any conscious knowledge of what was being written, but neither had
+she any conscious knowledge of the questions to which she was writing the
+answers. Evidently, then, her own ordinary consciousness was not acting at
+all in the matter regarding either the questions or answers, for she was
+fully awake, in her normal condition, and perfectly competent to judge of
+her own mental state and actions. Nevertheless, there was some
+intelligence acting reasonably and consciously, and making use of her
+hand to register its thoughts.
+
+In a former chapter I have described and illustrated a somewhat unusual
+mental phenomenon, to which the name thought-transference, or telepathy,
+has been given; and in another I have endeavored to demonstrate the
+existence of a secondary or subliminal self or personality.
+
+If I mistake not, it is here, in these two comparatively little known and,
+until recently, little studied, psychical conditions, that we shall find
+the key to message-bearing automatism, as well as other manifestations of
+intelligence which have heretofore been considered mysterious and occult.
+Applying this key to the Newnham Planchette-writing, the secondary
+personality or subliminal self of Mrs. Newnham took immediate cognizance
+of the questions silently and secretly written out by her husband,
+although they were utterly unknown to her ordinary or primary self, and
+made use of her hands to communicate the answer.
+
+The answer, also, was of course unknown to her primary self, but her
+subliminal self, in addition to its own private and constant stock of
+knowledge and opinions, had the advantage of more subtle means of securing
+other knowledge necessary for a proper answer, and so sought it in her
+husband's mind, or wherever it could be obtained. The sources of
+information accessible to the subliminal self, through means analogous to
+those which have been named--thought-transference and telepathy--are
+certainly various, and their limit is not yet known. We may mention,
+however, in this connection, besides the mind of the automatic writer--the
+mind of the questioner, and also the minds of other persons present, in
+any or all of which may be stored up knowledge or impressions of which the
+ordinary consciousness or memory retains no trace; it may be a scene
+witnessed in childhood; a newspaper paragraph read many years ago; a
+casual remark overheard, but not even noticed--all these and many more are
+sources of information upon which the subliminal self may draw for
+answers, which, when written out by the automatist, seem absolutely
+marvellous, not to say miraculous or supernatural.
+
+Thus, the prayer at the ceremony of the advancement of a Mark Master
+Mason, although language entirely unfamiliar to Mrs. Newnham, was
+perfectly familiar to her husband, who was himself a Mason, and, I
+believe, a chaplain in the order; and while the form was not one actually
+used, it contained strictly accurate technicalities, and would have been
+perfectly appropriate to such an occasion.
+
+The messages written by Mr. Wedgwood and Mrs. R. profess to come directly
+from the spirit of Colonel Gurwood; but without absolutely discarding that
+theory, having the key to which I have referred, let us see if such a
+supposition is necessary to explain the facts.
+
+It may be conceded at once that neither Mr. Wedgwood nor either of the
+ladies with whom he wrote had any conscious knowledge of Col. Gurwood--his
+military career, or his sad taking off; but they were all intelligent
+people. John Gurwood, as it turned out, was a noted man; he was an officer
+in the Peninsular War, under the Duke of Wellington, performed an act of
+special bravery and daring, in the performance of which he was severely
+wounded, and for which he was afterward granted a coat of arms. He was
+also afterward chosen to edit the duke's dispatches. All this was recorded
+in the _Annual Register_ for 1845, soon after Gurwood's death, together
+with a description in the language of heraldry of the crest or coat of
+arms which had been granted him many years before.
+
+It is scarcely possible that such an event would not have been noticed in
+the newspapers at the time of Gurwood's death, and nothing is more
+probable than that some of these intelligent persons had read these
+accounts, or as children heard them read or referred to, though they may
+now have been entirely absent from their ordinary consciousness and
+memory. At all events, the subliminal self or secondary consciousness of
+Mrs. R., whom Planchette designates as "the medium," or of Mr. Wedgwood,
+may have come into relationship with the sources of information necessary
+to furnish the messages which it communicated, and these sources may have
+been the knowledge or impressions unconsciously received many years before
+by some of those present, the generally diffused knowledge of these facts
+which doubtless prevailed in the community at the time of Gurwood's death,
+and the full printed accounts of these events, many copies of which were
+extant.
+
+From the description of Gurwood's coat of arms the idea could easily have
+been obtained which Planchette rudely represented in drawing, constituting
+what is called a test, and also the other knowledge concerning his
+military career and death which appeared in the various messages.
+
+Regarding cases coming under my own observation, the incident relating to
+Peter Stuyvesant's pear tree was well known to us both, and had only
+recently been a matter of general conversation, and all of those present
+had a more or less distinct idea of Peter Stuyvesant himself, derived from
+Irving's "Knickerbocker's History of New York."
+
+Of the cases observed with Miss V., as before stated, nearly all the names
+given of "authorities," as we called them, were evidently fictitious,
+scarcely one being recognized, and none were of persons with whom we had
+any connection, and some did not claim any other origin than our
+subliminal consciousness, as was also the case with messages written by
+Mrs. Newnham.
+
+If, then, some of the messages are surely the work of the subliminal self
+of the writer, aided by its more acute and more far-reaching perceptions,
+and if nearly all may be accounted for in the same way, the probability
+that all such messages have the same origin is greatly increased, and in
+the same degree the necessity for the spiritualistic theory is diminished,
+since it is evident that of two theories for explaining a new fact we
+should accept that one which better harmonizes with facts already
+established.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+AUTOMATIC WRITING, DRAWING AND PAINTING.
+
+
+The subject of Automatism has thus far been illustrated by reference to
+Planchette-writing alone. It was selected because it is the kind most
+frequently seen and most easily proved by experiment. The little
+instrument Planchette, however, is not essential; it is used because,
+being placed on casters, it is more easily moved.
+
+The Chinese, long ago, used for the same purpose a little basket, with
+style attached, placed upon two even chopsticks.
+
+The same results also occur with some persons when the pencil is simply
+held in the usual manner for writing. The hand then being allowed to
+remain perfectly passive, automatic movements first take place--the hand
+moving round and round or across the paper, and then follows writing or
+drawing, as the case may be. Some persons produce written messages in
+_mirror writing_--that is, reversed--or so written that it can only be
+easily read by causing it to be reflected in a mirror. This kind of
+writing is sometimes produced on the first attempt of the experimenter,
+and even by young children without any experience or knowledge of the
+subject.
+
+As previously shown, different strata of consciousness may, and in some
+well observed cases, most certainly do, exist in the same individual. In
+these well observed cases, each separate consciousness had its own
+distinct chain of memories and its own characteristics and peculiarities;
+and these distinct chains of memories and well defined characteristics
+constitute, so far as we can judge, distinct personalities. At all events,
+they are centres of intelligence and mental activity which are altogether
+independent of the ordinary, everyday consciousness or personality, and
+often altogether superior to it. Accordingly this other centre of
+intelligence and mental activity has been named the _second personality or
+subliminal self_; that is, a consciousness or self or personality beneath
+the threshold, so to speak, of the ordinary or primary self.
+
+Ansel Bourne and A. J. Brown were separate and distinct personalities,
+having entirely distinct, and apparently unrelated, chains of memory,
+distinct characteristics, opinions, and peculiarities, acting at
+different times through the same body.
+
+Ansel Bourne was the usual or primary personality; A. J. Brown was a
+second personality, a separate focus of intelligence and mental activity,
+a subliminal self. What the exact relationship existing between these two
+personalities may be we do not attempt at present to explain; but that
+they exist and act independent of each other we know. In other instances,
+as, for example, that of Madame B., the hypnotic subject of Prof. Janet of
+Havre, and also that of Alma Z., we have been able to observe these
+separate centres of intelligence, these distinct personalities, both in
+action at the same time, upon altogether separate and unrelated subjects.
+Sometimes the subliminal self takes full control, making itself the active
+ruling personality to the entire exclusion of the primary self; and
+sometimes it only sends messages to the primary or ordinary self, by
+suggestion, mental pictures, or vivid impressions made upon the organs of
+sense and producing the sensation of seeing, hearing, or touch.
+
+To illustrate these different methods of communication between the
+ordinary and subliminal self, suppose an individual, whom we will
+designate as X., manifests this peculiar condition of double
+consciousness. As we have seen, the subliminal self often takes cognizance
+of things concerning which the ordinary self is entirely ignorant, but it
+may not always have the power to impress the primary self with this
+knowledge, nor to take full possession, so as to be able to impart it to
+others by speaking or writing. This is the usual condition of most
+persons; with some peculiarly constituted persons, however, the
+possibility of being so impressed surely exists, and with them these
+impressions are direct and vivid.
+
+Our individual, X., is one in whom this ability to receive impressions in
+this manner exists.
+
+To illustrate: Suppose first that X. is asleep, is taking his after-dinner
+nap, and that children playing in his grounds have set fire to some straw
+in close proximity to buildings near by. No one notices the danger. X. is
+asleep, but his subliminal self is on the alert--like the second self of
+the somnambulist or subject in the hypnotic trance--it sees that unless
+checked there will be a destructive conflagration. It impresses upon X. a
+dream of fire so vivid that he wakes in alarm, discovers the mischief and
+averts the danger. Or suppose X. to be awake and sitting in his office in
+a distant part of the house, quite unconscious of anything unusual. All at
+once he becomes restless, unable to pursue his work; he is impelled to
+leave his desk, to go out, to walk in the direction of the fire, and thus
+become aware of the danger. Or again, that X. is an automatic writer--that
+paper and pencil are at hand and he receives a sudden impulse to write. He
+has no knowledge of what he is writing, but upon examination he finds it a
+warning to look after the threatening fire; or still again, that he hears
+a voice distinctly saying, "Look out for fire;" or sees a distinct picture
+of the place and circumstances of the fire; all these are possible methods
+by which the subliminal self might communicate to X., the ordinary
+personality, the danger which was threatening.
+
+Automatism, therefore, does not necessarily take the form of written
+messages, but may take any form by which the subliminal self can best
+transmit its message to the primary self--or in the same way from one
+person to another, whether by words written or spoken automatically--by
+voices heard, by action influenced, as when X. is influenced to leave his
+office and walk, or the mischievous Léontine unties the apron of Léonie,
+or by vision or vivid mental picture, as when Peter sees a "sheet let
+down by the four corners," from which he learns an important lesson.
+
+The messages received automatically may not all be true; they may be
+trivial and even false; on the other hand, they may not only be true and
+important but they may convey information quite out of the power of the
+primary self to acquire by any ordinary use of the senses. Nor need we be
+greatly surprised at this; it is a normal function of the subliminal self;
+with some persons that function is active, with others it is dormant, but
+in all, at some moment in life, circumstances may arise which shall awaken
+that function into activity.
+
+A remarkable example of messages received by automatic writing is that
+furnished by Mr. W. T. Stead, occurring in his own experience. Mr. Stead
+is a well-known author, journalist, and the editor of the London edition
+of the _Review of Reviews_, in which magazine his experiences have, on
+various occasions, been published.
+
+As he regards the matter, there is an _invisible intelligence_ which
+controls his hand, but the persons with whom he is in communication are
+alive and visible--for instance his own son on various occasions, also
+persons in his employ, writers upon his magazine, casual acquaintances,
+and even strangers.
+
+None of these persons participate in any active or conscious way in the
+communications. Mr. F. W. H. Myers has often conversed with Mr. Stead and
+with several of his involuntary correspondents in relation to the
+phenomena, and the facts are so simple and open, and the persons connected
+with them so intelligent and evidently sincere and truthful, that no doubt
+can be entertained as to the reality of the incidents, however they may be
+interpreted.
+
+One of the most remarkable of these involuntary correspondents is known as
+Miss A., a lady employed by him in literary work of an important
+character. She testifies in regard to the matter: "I, the subject of Mr.
+Stead's automatic writing, known as 'A.,' testify to the correctness of
+the statements made in this report. I would like to add what I think more
+wonderful than many things Mr. Stead has cited, namely, the correctness
+with which, on several occasions, he has given the names of persons whom
+he has never seen nor heard of before. I remember on one occasion a person
+calling upon me with a very uncommon name. The next day I saw Mr. Stead
+and he read to me what his hand had written of the visit of that person,
+giving the name absolutely correctly. Mr. Stead has never seen that
+person, and until then had no knowledge of his existence."
+
+The following is a description of a journey made by Miss A., automatically
+written by Mr. Stead, he at the time not having the slightest knowledge
+where she was, what she was doing, or that she intended making any such
+journey. The slight inaccuracies are noted:--
+
+"I went to the Waterloo station by the twelve o'clock train, and got to
+Hampton Court about one. When we got out we went to a hotel and had
+dinner. It cost nearly three shillings. After dinner I went to the
+picture-galleries. I was very much pleased with the paintings of many of
+the ceilings. I was interested in most of the portraits of Lely. After
+seeing the galleries I went into the grounds. How beautiful they are! I
+saw a great vine, that lovely English garden, the avenue of elms, the
+canal, the great water sheet, the three views, the fountain, the gold
+fishes, and then lost myself in the maze. I got home about nine o'clock.
+It cost me altogether about six shillings." On communicating this to Miss
+A. she found that everything was correct with two exceptions. She went
+down by the two o'clock train instead of the twelve, and got to Hampton
+Court about three. The dinner cost her two and elevenpence, which was
+nearly three shillings, and the total was six and threepence. The places
+were visited in the order mentioned.
+
+A second instance was where the needs of a comparative stranger were
+written out by Mr. Stead's hand. Mr. Stead goes on to say: "Last February
+I met a correspondent in a railway carriage with whom I had a very casual
+acquaintance. Knowing that he was in considerable distress, our
+conversation fell into a more or less confidential train in which I
+divined that his difficulty was chiefly financial. I said I did not know
+whether I could be of any help to him, but asked him to let me know
+exactly how things stood--what were his debts, his expectations, and so
+forth. He said he really could not tell me, and I refrained from pressing
+him.
+
+"That night I received a letter from him apologizing for not having given
+the information, but saying he really could not. I received that letter
+about ten o'clock, and about two o'clock next morning, before going to
+sleep, I sat down in my bedroom and said: 'You did not like to tell me
+your exact financial condition face to face, but now you can do so through
+my hand. Just write and tell me exactly how things stand. How much money
+do you owe?' My hand wrote, 'My debts are £90.' In answer to a further
+inquiry whether the figures were accurately stated, 'ninety pounds' was
+then written in full. 'Is that all?' I asked. My hand wrote 'Yes, and how
+I am to pay I do not know.' 'Well,' I said; 'how much do you want for that
+piece of property you wish to sell?' My hand wrote, 'What I hope is, say,
+£100 for that. It seems a great deal, but I must get money somehow. Oh, if
+I could get anything to do--I would gladly do anything!' 'What does it
+cost you to live?' I asked. My hand wrote, 'I do not think I could
+possibly live under £200 a year. If I were alone I could live on £50 per
+annum.'
+
+"The next day I made a point of seeking my friend. He said: 'I hope you
+were not offended at my refusing to tell you my circumstances, but really
+I do not think it would be right to trouble you with them.' I said: 'I am
+not offended in the least, and I hope you will not be offended when I tell
+you what I have done.' I then explained this automatic, telepathic method
+of communication. I said: 'I do not know whether there is a word of truth
+in what my hand has written. I hesitate at telling you, for I confess I
+think the sum which was written as the amount of your debts cannot be
+correctly stated; it seems to me much too small, considering the distress
+in which you seemed to be; therefore I will read you that first, and if
+that is right I will read you the rest; but if it is wrong I will consider
+it is rubbish and that your mind in no way influenced my hand.' He was
+interested but incredulous. But, I said, 'Before I read you anything will
+you form a definite idea in your mind as to how much your debts amount to;
+secondly, as to the amount of money you hope to get for that property;
+thirdly, what it costs you to keep up your establishment with your
+relatives; and fourthly, what you could live upon if you were by
+yourself?' 'Yes,' he said, 'I have thought of all those things.' I then
+read out. 'The amount of your debts is about £90.' He started. 'Yes,' he
+said, 'that is right.' Then I said: 'As that is right I will read the
+rest. You hope to get £100 for your property.' 'Yes,' he said, 'that was
+the figure that was in my mind, though I hesitated to mention it for it
+seems too much.' 'You say you cannot live upon less than £200 a year with
+your present establishment.' 'Yes,' he said, 'that is exactly right.' 'But
+if you were by yourself you could live on £50 a year.' 'Well,' said he, 'a
+pound a week was what I had fixed in my mind.' Therefore there had been a
+perfectly accurate transcription of the thoughts in the mind of a
+comparative stranger written out with my own hand at a time when we were
+at a distance of some miles apart, within a few hours of the time when he
+had written apologizing for not having given me the information for which
+I had asked."
+
+In the following case the correspondent is a foreign lady, doing some work
+for the _Review_, but whom Mr. Stead had only met once in his life. On the
+occasion now referred to be was to meet her at Redcar Station at about
+three o'clock in the afternoon. He was stopping at a house ten minutes'
+walk from the station, and it occurred to him that "about three o'clock,"
+as mentioned in her letter, might mean _before_ three; and it was now only
+twenty minutes of three. No timetable was at hand: he simply asked her to
+use his hand to tell him what time the train was due. This was done
+without ever having had any communication with her upon the subject of
+automatic writing. She (by Mr. Stead's hand) immediately wrote her name,
+and said the train was due at Redcar Station at ten minutes of three.
+Accordingly he had to leave at once--but before starting he said, "Where
+are you at this moment?" The answer came, "I am in the train at
+Middlesborough railway station, on my way from Hartpool to Redcar."
+
+On arriving at the station he consulted the timetable and found the train
+was due at 2:52. The train, however, was late. At three o'clock it had not
+arrived; at five minutes past three, getting uneasy at the delay, he took
+paper and pencil in his hand and asked where she was.
+
+Her name was at once written and there was added: "I am in the train
+rounding the curve before you come to Redcar Station--I will be with you
+in a minute."
+
+"Why the mischief have you been so late?" he mentally asked. His hand
+wrote, "We were detained at Middlesborough so long--I don't know why."
+
+He put the paper in his pocket and walked to the end of the platform just
+as the train came in.
+
+He immediately went to his friend and exclaimed:--"How late you are! What
+on earth has been the matter?" To which she replied: "I do not know; the
+train stopped so long at Middlesborough--it seemed as if it never would
+start."
+
+This narrative was fully corroborated by the lady who was the passenger
+referred to.
+
+In all these cases it should be noticed the so-called correspondent took
+no active part in the experiment, was not conscious of communicating
+anything, nor of trying to do so; nor is there any evidence of a third
+party or any intervening intelligence or personality; but the subliminal
+self of the writer went forth and acquired the needed information and
+transferred it automatically to the primary self, as was the case in the
+Planchette-writing of Mrs. Newnham and the Wedgwood cases.
+
+During the years 1874 and 1875 I had under my care Mrs. Juliette T.
+Burton, the wife of a physician who came to New York from the South at the
+close of the war. She was a woman of refinement, education, and excellent
+literary ability. She wrote with unusual facility, and her articles were
+accepted by newspapers and magazines, and brought her a considerable
+income. I knew her well, and her honesty, good faith, and strong
+common-sense were conspicuous. She died of phthisis in 1875. It is to her
+varied automatic powers as illustrating our subject that I would call
+attention.
+
+Many of her best articles were prepared without conscious effort of her
+own, either physical or mental; she simply prepared pencils and paper,
+became passive, and her hand wrote. Sometimes she had a plan to write up a
+certain subject, and sometimes the subject as well as the matter came
+automatically.
+
+She knew that she was writing, but of what was written she had no
+knowledge until she read her own manuscript.
+
+She had no talent for drawing nor for painting; she could not, in her
+ordinary condition, draw a face, nor even a leaf, which could be
+recognized. Soon after coming to New York she began to see faces and other
+pictures before her on the blank paper and to sketch them with marvellous
+rapidity and exactness, all in the same automatic manner as that in which
+she did her writing. These drawings were not crude, but were strongly
+characteristic and were delicately done with ordinary lead pencils,
+several of which were prepared beforehand with sharp delicate points. I
+remember one drawing in particular--a man's head about half life-size,
+with full flowing beard. At first glance there was nothing peculiar about
+the picture, except that one would say that it was a strong and
+characteristic face; but on close examination in a strong light, and
+especially through a reading-glass, the beard was seen to be made up
+entirely of exceedingly minute faces of sheep; every face was perfectly
+formed and characteristic, and there were thousands of them. It was done
+with the same wonderful rapidity which characterized all her automatic
+work.
+
+Later she was impelled to procure colors, brushes, and all the materials
+for painting in oil; and although she had never even seen that kind of
+work done, and had not the slightest idea how to mix the colors to produce
+desired tints, nor how to apply them to produce desired effects, yet at a
+single sitting in a darkened room she produced a head of singular strength
+and character and possessing at least some artistic merit. Certainly no
+one could imagine it to be the first attempt of a person entirely without
+natural talent for either drawing or painting. It was done on common brown
+cardboard, and it has been in my possession for the past twenty-two years.
+The reproduction which appears as frontispiece to the present volume gives
+some idea of its character.
+
+The impression received by the painter was that it was the portrait of an
+Englishman named Nathan Early.[1] No date was assigned.
+
+    [1] See Frontispiece.
+
+As a further illustration of her automatic power, it may be mentioned that
+another uncultivated faculty developed itself, namely, the power of
+referring to past events in the lives of those who were in her presence.
+The knowledge of past events so conveyed was frequently most remarkable
+and was circumstantially correct, even rivalling in this respect the
+reports which we have of Jung-Stilling and Zschokke.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+CRYSTAL-GAZING.
+
+
+Automatic messages fall naturally into two general classes: (1) _Motor_
+messages, or those received by means of writing, speaking, drawing, or
+some _activity_ of the body, and (2) _sensory_ messages, or those received
+_passively_ by means of an impression made upon some of the senses, as,
+for example, seeing, hearing, or feeling.
+
+The motor messages spelt out by raps and table-tipping, and the
+performances of trance-speakers and spiritualistic mediums need not detain
+us at present; so far as the messages themselves are concerned they offer
+no new elements for consideration. The utterances of trance-speakers as a
+rule are not rich in verifiable facts, though some of their performances
+are truly remarkable as presenting a phase of improvisation automatically
+given; and the same may be said of mediumistic utterances generally; they
+have the same value as automatic writing, whether produced by Planchette,
+or passively holding the pencil in the hand; and so far as they are honest
+they probably have the same origin, namely, the secondary consciousness or
+subliminal self of the medium. As regards the force which makes the raps
+or tips the table, it is altogether a different subject and its
+consideration here would be unnecessary and out of place.
+
+I hasten to present cases of automatism where the messages brought are
+given by other means than writing, speaking, or any movement or activity
+of the body, but which belong to the _sensory_ class, and are received by
+impressions made upon the senses. Of these the most common are those made
+upon the sense of sight.
+
+To this class belong visions, dreams, distinct mental pictures presented
+under widely varying circumstances and conditions, in trance, in the
+hypnotic condition, in sleep, or directly conveyed to the primary
+conscious self. To simply _think_ how a person, a building, or a landscape
+looks is one thing, but to have a full mental picture, possessing
+dimensions, and a stability which admits of being closely examined in
+detail, is quite another thing.
+
+A little girl of my acquaintance, on returning from the country after
+several weeks of absence from her father, said to him,--"Why, papa, I
+could have you with me whenever I liked, this summer, though it was only
+your head and shoulders that I could see; but I could place you where I
+liked and could look at you a long time before you went away." Without
+knowing it the child exactly described a true vision--her thought of her
+father was visualized, _externalized_, given a form which had
+definiteness, which could be placed and examined in detail, and was more
+or less permanent.
+
+Various artificial expedients have been resorted to in order to assist in
+this process of distinct visualization; and of these artificial means one
+of the most important and effective is known as crystal-gazing.
+
+It is a fact not often commented upon--indeed not often alluded to in
+general literature--that the crystal has from the earliest times been made
+use of for the purpose of producing visions, and for divination and
+prophecy. Not only has the crystal been used for this purpose, but also
+the mirror, a cup or glass of water or wine, or even some dark and
+glistening substance like treacle or ink poured into the palm of the hand,
+have all been used in a similar manner. The same practice is still
+observed amongst the people of India as well as the Arabs in northern
+Africa and other localities. An instance or two at the outset will
+illustrate the method and uses of the procedure.
+
+Mr. E. W. Lane, in his "Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians,"
+published in 1836, gives this example:--
+
+Mr. Salt, the English consul-general to that country, had greatly
+interested Mr. Lane by some experiences which he related, and had thus
+excited his curiosity to witness some of these experiments himself. Mr.
+Salt had suspected some of his servants of theft, but could not decide
+which one was guilty; so it was arranged to test the powers of some of the
+native seers. Accordingly a magician was sent for; a boy was also
+necessary to act as seer, or as we would say crystal-gazer, and for this
+purpose Mr. Salt selected one himself.
+
+The magician wrote several charms, consisting of Arabic words, on pieces
+of paper, which were burnt in a brazier with a charcoal fire along with
+incense and perfumes. He then drew a diagram in the palm of the boy's
+right hand, and into the middle of this diagram he poured some ink. He
+then asked the boy to look intently at the ink in the palm of his hand.
+The boy soon began to see figures of persons in the ink, and presently
+described the thief so minutely that he was at once recognized by Mr.
+Salt, and on being arrested and accused of the crime he immediately
+confessed his guilt.
+
+Further investigation by Mr. Lane and Mr. Salt furnished other interesting
+results. A boy eight or nine years of age was usually chosen at random
+from those who happened to be passing by. Invocations were written upon
+paper by the magician, calling upon his familiar spirit, and also a verse
+from the Koran "to open the boy's eyes in a supernatural manner so as to
+make his sight pierce into what is to us the invisible world." These were
+thrown into a brazier with live charcoal and burned with aromatic seeds
+and drugs. The magic square, that is a square within a square, was drawn
+in the boy's palm, and certain Arabic characters were written in the
+spaces between the squares; ink was then poured into the centre, and upon
+that the boy was to gaze intently. In this way visions were produced and
+various persons and scenes were described. Finally, Mr. Lane desired that
+Lord Nelson should be called for. The boy described a man in European
+clothes of dark blue, who had lost his left arm; but looking closer he
+added--"No, it is placed to his breast."
+
+Lord Nelson had lost his right arm and it was his custom to carry the
+empty sleeve attached to his breast. Mr. Lane adds, "Without saying that
+I suspected the boy had made a mistake I asked the magician whether
+objects appeared in the ink as if actually before the boy's eyes, or as if
+in a glass, which made the right side appear the left? He replied, 'They
+appear as in a mirror,' This rendered the boy's description faultless."
+
+It is remarkable to notice how prevalent this mode of divination or
+second-sight has been in all ages. Traces of the same procedure have been
+found in Egypt, Persia, China, India, Greece, and Rome, and notably in
+Europe generally, from the tenth to the sixteenth centuries. A lady who
+withholds her name from the public, but who is perfectly well known to Mr.
+Myers, of the Society for Psychical Research, and who chooses to be known
+as Miss X., has been at great pains to collect curious information upon
+this subject and has added her own very interesting experience in
+crystal-gazing. She writes, "It is interesting to observe the close
+resemblance in the various methods of employing the mirror, and in the
+mystic symbolism which surrounds it, not only in different ages, but in
+different countries. From the time of the Assyrian monarch represented on
+the walls of the northwest palace of Nimrod down to the seventeenth
+century, when Dr. Dee placed his 'Shew Stone' on a cushioned table in the
+goodly little chapel next his chamber in the college of which he was
+warden at Manchester, the seer has surrounded himself with the ceremonials
+of worship, whether to propitiate Pan or Osiris, or to disconcert Ahriman
+or the Prince of Darkness."
+
+The early Jewish Scriptures abound in indications of the same practice.
+When the patriarch Joseph put his silver cup in the mouth of his young
+brother Benjamin's sack, in order that he might have a pretext for
+recalling his brethren after he had sent them away, his steward, in
+accusing them of theft, uses this language: "Is not this the cup in which
+my lord drinketh, and _whereby indeed he divineth_?" Showing the same use
+of the cup for purposes of divination as that indicated on the walls of
+the Assyrian Palace.
+
+The Urim and Thummim, as their names indicate, were doubtless stones of
+unusual splendor set in the high-priest's "breast-plate of judgment," and
+they were made use of to "inquire of the Lord."
+
+When Joshua was to be set apart as a leader of the people, he was brought
+to Eleazar the priest, who should lay his hands on him and "ask counsel
+for him _after the judgment_ of _Urim_ before the Lord." In the last days
+of Saul's career as King of Israel he desired to "inquire of the Lord"
+regarding his future fortunes, but "the Lord answered him not, neither by
+dreams, nor by _Urim_, nor by prophets;" and it is not uninteresting to
+note that Saul in his strait directly sought the Witch of Endor, from whom
+he obtained what proved to be true information regarding the disasters
+which were to overwhelm him.
+
+In a Persian romance it is noted that "if a mirror be covered with ink and
+placed in front of any one it will indicate whatever he wishes to know."
+
+The Greeks had a variety of methods of divination by crystal-gazing.
+Sometimes it was by the mirror placed so as to reflect light upon the
+surface of a fountain of clear water, sometimes by mirrors alone;
+sometimes they made use of glass vessels filled with water and surrounded
+with torches, sometimes of natural crystals, and sometimes even of a
+child's "nails covered with oil and soot," so as to reflect the rays of
+the sun.
+
+The Romans made special use of crystals and mirrors, and children were
+particularly employed for mirror-reading when consulting regarding
+important events; thus in a manner taking the place of the early oracles.
+From Jewish and Pagan practices as a means of divination, clairvoyance and
+prophecy, the art of the crystal seer seems to have passed to early
+Christian times without material change except in ceremonials. These seers
+are mentioned in the counsels of the Church as specularii, children often
+acting as the seers, and although in some quarters they were looked upon
+with suspicion as heretics, and were under the ban of the Church, yet they
+had an extensive following.
+
+Thomas Aquinas, speaking of the peculiar power of seeing visions possessed
+by children, says it is not to be ascribed to any virtue or innocence of
+theirs, nor any power of nature, but that it is the work of the devil.
+
+In Wagner's beautiful opera of Parsifal, based upon the legend of the Holy
+Grail, reference to the same custom is more than once evident. The second
+act opens with a scene representing the enchanted castle of Klingsor; the
+magician himself is seen gazing into a bright metallic mirror, in which he
+sees Parsifal approaching and recognizes and fears him as the promised
+guiltless one--the true king and guardian of the Grail--an office to which
+he himself had once aspired. In fact the Grail itself, in its earliest
+mythical and traditional form, as well as in its later development as a
+distinctly Christian symbol, was an instrument of divination and prophecy.
+The Druids had their basin, sometimes filled with aromatic herbs,
+sometimes with the blood of the sacrificed victim; but in either case it
+was potent for securing the proper psychic condition in the officiating
+priest or soothsayer; and while Arabic and Indian myths present the same
+idea, sometimes as a cup of divination, and sometimes as a brilliant
+stone, the British Islands were the main source of the traditions which
+eventually culminated in the legends of the Holy Grail, with its full
+store of beautiful and touching incidents, prophecies, and forms of
+worship. In each the special guardians and knights of the Grail appear,
+with Parsifal, the simple-minded, pure and pitiful knight as its restorer
+and king when lost or in unworthy hands.
+
+In the German version of the twelfth century as given by Wolfram, in his
+Parzival, the Grail is a beautiful, sacred stone, enshrined in the
+magnificent temple at Montsalvat, guarded by the consecrated knights and
+the sick and erring, but repentant, King Amfortas. While the unhappy king
+was worshipping with gaze intent upon the Sacred Emblem, suddenly letters
+of fire surrounded it and he read the cheering prophecy:
+
+  "In the loving soul of a guiltless one
+  Put thy faith--Him have I chosen."
+
+Kufferath remarks, "The religious emblem soon became a symbolic object--it
+revealed to its worshippers the knowledge of the future, the mystery of
+the world, the treasures of human knowledge, and imparted a poetic
+inspiration." So it comes to pass that in the legend in its latest
+form--the splendid work of the Master of Bayreuth, the Holy Grail, as a
+chalice and Christian emblem, is still endowed with the same miraculous
+power, and is rescued from the unfortunate guardianship of Amfortas by the
+"loving soul of a guiltless one"--the simple, tried, and much-enduring
+Parsifal, miraculously promised long before by the Grail itself.
+
+It will be seen, then, that crystal-gazing in its various forms has, from
+the earliest times, been practised with great ceremony for the purpose of
+acquiring knowledge concerning affairs and events unknown and often not
+discoverable by ordinary methods.
+
+Stripped of its fictitious accessories--its charms, incantations, incense
+and prayers--one single important fact remains common in the most ancient
+and the most modern usages, and that fact is the steady and continuous
+gazing at a bright object. It is identical with Braid's method of inducing
+the hypnotic trance, with Luys' method, causing his patients to gaze at
+revolving mirrors, and with the method of hypnotizers generally who desire
+their patients to direct their gaze toward some specified, and preferably
+some bright or reflecting object.
+
+In crystal gazing, as ordinarily practised, the full hypnotic condition is
+not usually induced; but in many cases a condition of reverie occurs, in
+which pictures or visions fill the mind or appear externalized in the
+crystal or mirror. With some persons this condition so favorable to
+visualizing, is produced by simply becoming passive; with others the
+gazing at a bright or reflecting object assists in securing that end,
+while with many none of these means, nor yet the assistance of the most
+skilful hypnotizer, avails to secure the message-bearing action of the
+subliminal self.
+
+The experiences of Miss X., in crystal-gazing are devoid of the interest
+imparted by exciting incident, and on that very account are the more
+valuable as illustrating our subject. She has friends of whose experiments
+she has carefully observed the results, and she has some seventy cases or
+experiments of her own of which she has kept carefully prepared notes,
+always made directly or within an hour after each experiment. For a
+crystal she recommends "a good-sized magnifying glass placed on a dark
+background."
+
+She classifies her results as follows:--
+
+(1) After-images or recrudescent memories coming up from the subconscious
+strata to which they had fallen.
+
+(2) Objectivations, or the visualizing of ideas or images which already
+exist consciously or unconsciously in the mind.
+
+(3) Visions possibly telepathic, or clairvoyant, implying acquirement of
+knowledge by supranormal means.
+
+The following are some of Miss X.'s experiments:--
+
+She had been occupying herself with accounts and opened a drawer to take
+out her banking book; accidentally her hand came in contact with the
+crystal she was in the habit of using, and she welcomed the suggestion of
+a change of occupation. Figures, however, were still uppermost, and the
+crystal showed her nothing but the combination 7694. Dismissing this as
+probably the number of the cab she had driven in that morning, or a
+chance combination of figures with which she had been occupied, she laid
+aside the crystal and took up her banking book, which certainly she had
+not seen for several months. Greatly to her surprise she found that 7694
+was the number of her book, plainly indicated on the cover.
+
+She declares that she would have utterly failed to recall the figures, and
+could not even have guessed the number of digits nor the value of the
+first figure.
+
+Again:--Having carelessly destroyed a letter without preserving the
+address of her correspondent she tried in vain to recall it. She knew the
+county, and, searching on a map, she recognized the name of the town, one
+quite unfamiliar to her, but she had no clue to the house or street, till
+at length it occurred to her to test the value of the crystal as a means
+of recalling forgotten knowledge. A short inspection showed her the words,
+"H. House," in gray letters on a white ground. Having nothing better to
+rely upon she risked posting the letter to the address so curiously
+supplied. A day or two brought an answer--on paper headed "H. House" in
+gray letters on a white ground.
+
+One more illustration from Miss X., one of her earliest experiments,
+numbered 11, in her notebook. There came into the crystal a vision
+perplexing and wholly unexpected: a quaint old chair, an aged hand, a worn
+black coat-sleeve resting on the arm of the chair. It was slowly
+recognized as a recollection of a room in a country vicarage which she had
+not been in and had seldom thought of since she was a child of ten. But
+whence came the vision, and why to-day? The clue was found. That same day
+she had been reading Dante, a book which she had first learned to read and
+enjoy by the help of the aged vicar with the "worn black coat-sleeve"
+resting on the same quaint, oak chair-arm in that same corner of the study
+in the country vicarage.
+
+Here are two cases from the same writer belonging to the third division of
+her classification, namely, where an explanation of the vision requires
+the introduction of a telepathic influence. On Monday, February 11th, she
+took up the crystal with the deliberate wish and intention of seeing a
+certain figure which occupied her thoughts at the time; but instead of the
+desired figure the field was preoccupied by a plain little nosegay of
+daffodils, such as might be formed by two or three fine flowers bunched
+together. This presented itself in several different positions
+notwithstanding her wish to be rid of it, so as to have the field clear
+for her desired picture. She concluded that the vision came in consequence
+of her having the day before seen the first daffodils of the season on a
+friend's dinner-table. But the resemblance to these was not at all
+complete, as they were loosely arranged with ferns and ivy, whereas the
+crystal vision was a compact little bunch without foliage of any kind. On
+Thursday, February 14th, she very unexpectedly received as a "Valentine" a
+painting on a blue satin ground, of a bunch of daffodils corresponding
+exactly with her crystal vision. She also ascertained that on Monday the
+11th, the artist had spent several hours in making studies of these
+flowers, arranged in different positions.
+
+Again:--On Saturday, March 9th, she had written a rather impatient note to
+a friend, accusing her of having, on her return from the Continent, spent
+several days in London without visiting her. On Sunday evening following,
+she found her friend before her in the crystal, but could not understand
+why she held up in a deprecating manner what seemed to be a music
+portfolio. However, she made a note of the vision and sketched the
+portfolio. On Monday she received an answer to her impatient letter,
+pleading guilty to the charge of neglect, but urging as an excuse that she
+was attending the Royal Academy of Music and was engaged there the greater
+part of every day. Such an excuse was to the last degree unexpected, as
+her friend was a married woman and had never given serious attention to
+music. It was true, however--and she afterwards learned that she carried a
+portfolio which was the counterpart of the one she had sketched from her
+crystal vision.
+
+The following incident in which an East India army officer, Col. Wickham,
+his wife, Princess di Cristoforo, and Ruth, their educated native servant,
+were the chief actors, illustrates another phase of crystal-gazing. All
+three of the actors participating in the incident were well known
+personally to Mr. Myers, who reports the case. Briefly stated: In 1885,
+Colonel, then Major, Wickham, was stationed with the Royal Artillery at
+Colabra, about two miles from Bombay. Mrs. Wickham was accustomed to
+experiment with some of the Indian servants and especially Ruth, by having
+her look in a glass of magnetized water. One morning Lord Reay was
+expected to arrive at Bombay, and there was to be a grand full-dress
+parade of the English troops. While sitting at the breakfast table the
+major directed his orderly to see that his uniform was in readiness. The
+man obeyed, but soon returned with a dejected air, and stammered
+out--"Sahib, me no can find the dress pouch-belt." A general hunt for the
+lost article was instituted, but to no purpose; the pouch-belt was
+absolutely missing. The enraged major stormed and accused the servants of
+stealing it, which only produced a tumult and a storm of denials from them
+all. "Now," cried the major, "is an excellent opportunity to test the
+seeing powers of Ruth. Bring her in at once and let her try if she can
+find my pouch-belt." Accordingly a tumbler was filled with water, and Mrs.
+W. placing it on her left hand made passes over it with her right. Water
+so treated could always be detected with absolute certainty by Ruth,
+simply by tasting it--a fact not uncommonly observed, and which was an
+additional proof that she possessed unusual perceptive power. Into this
+glass of water Ruth gazed intently, but she could discern nothing. She was
+commanded to find the thief, but no thief could be seen. Changing her
+tactics, Mrs. W. then commanded Ruth to see where the major was the last
+time he wore the belt. At once she described the scene of a grand parade
+which took place months before, and which they all recognized. "Do not
+take your eyes off from the major for a moment," said Mrs. W., and Ruth
+continued to gaze intently at the pageant in the glass. At length the
+parade ended and Ruth said, "Sahib has gone into a big house by the water;
+all his regimentals are put in the tin case, but the pouch-belt is left
+out; it is hanging on a peg in the dressing-room of the big house by the
+water." "The yacht club!" cried the major. "Patilla, send some one at once
+to see if the belt has been left there." The search was rewarded by
+finding the belt as described, and the servants returned bringing it with
+a grand tumult of triumph. On many other occasions was Ruth's aid
+successfully invoked to find lost articles.
+
+Instead of a glass of water, some springs and wells when gazed into have
+the same effect of producing visions, especially when a mirror is so held
+at the same time as to reflect light upon the surface of the water.
+Springs of this sort have been reported at various periods in the past,
+some being frequented for health and some for purposes of divination. The
+latest instance of a well possessing the quality or power of producing
+visions is that upon the farm of Col. J. J. Deyer at Handsoms, Va. It was
+in May, 1892, that the curious influence pertaining to this well was
+first observed and soon it was thronged with visitors. Faces, both
+familiar and strange, of people living and of those long dead, and
+hundreds of other objects, animate and inanimate, were distinctly seen
+upon the surface of the water. The water of the well is _unusually clear_
+and the bottom of _white sand_ is clearly visible. A mirror is held over
+the top of the well with face toward the water so as to throw reflected
+light upon the surface. At first Miss Deyer, the colonel's daughter,
+always held the mirror, but afterwards it was found that any one who could
+hold the mirror _steadily_ performed the duty equally well. If the mirror
+was held unsteadily the pictures were indistinct or failed to appear at
+all; and the brighter the day the better the pictures. Many level headed
+men and some well qualified to observe curious psychical phenomena visited
+the well, and nearly all were convinced that, under favorable
+circumstances, remarkable pictures appeared; naturally, however, different
+causes were assigned for these appearances. Prof. Dolbear and Mr. T. E.
+Allen, from the American Psychical Society, saw nothing remarkable during
+their visit to the well, and referred the pictures seen by so many people
+to the reflection of objects about the well, aided by the mental
+excitement and expectation of so many spectators. This explanation,
+however, seems hardly sufficient to account for the hallucinations of so
+large a number of persons kept up for so long a time. At all events, an
+interesting psychic element of some sort was active.
+
+Col. Deyer is an intelligent man, commanding the respect of his neighbors,
+and has held an appointment of considerable importance under the
+government at Washington. In a letter dated December 2d, 1893, he
+says:--"Thousands of people from various sections of the Union have
+visited the place--of course some laugh at it. I do myself sometimes, as I
+am not superstitious and take little stock in spooks or anything connected
+therewith; but the well is here, and still shows up many wondrous things,
+but not so plentiful nor so plainly as it did a year ago."
+
+We have presented in this well the most favorable conditions possible for
+crystal-gazing--a body of unusually clear sparkling water, lying upon a
+white sand bottom, and the rays of the sun reflected into it by means of a
+mirror;--no better "cup of divination" could be desired, nor any better
+circumstances for securing the psychical conditions favorable for the
+action of the subliminal self.
+
+The various methods of practising crystal-gazing here noticed may be
+looked upon simply as so many different forms of _sensory automatism_,
+referable in these instances to the sense of sight; and whether produced
+by using the "cup of divination," the ink or treacle in the palm of the
+hand, the jewels of the Jewish high-priest, the ordinary crystal or stone
+of the early Christian centuries, and even down to the experiments of Miss
+X., and the Society for Psychical Research, or last of all, the wells or
+springs of clear water, either the early ones of Greece and Rome, or the
+latest one on the farm of Col. Deyer, they are all simply methods of
+securing such a condition by gazing fixedly at a bright object, as best to
+facilitate communication between the ordinary or primary self, and the
+secondary or subliminal self. It is the first, and perhaps the most
+important, in a series of sensory automatisms, or those having reference
+to the senses, in distinction from motor automatisms, or those produced by
+various automatic actions of the body.
+
+These sensory automatisms are usually looked upon as hallucinations--but
+so far as the term hallucination conveys the idea of deception or falsity
+it is inappropriate, since the messages brought in this manner are just as
+real--just as veridical or truth-telling as automatic writing or
+speaking.
+
+Hearing is another form of sensory automatism, which, while less common
+than that of seeing, has also been noticed in all ages.
+
+The child Samuel, ministering to the High Priest Eli, three times in one
+night, heard himself called by name, and three times came to Eli saying,
+"Here am I;" adding at last, "for surely thou didst call me." The wise
+high-priest recognized the rare psychic qualities of the child and brought
+him up for the priesthood in place of his own wayward sons; and he became
+the great seer of Israel.
+
+Socrates was accustomed to hear a voice which always admonished him when
+the course he was pursuing or contemplating was wrong or harmful; but it
+was silent when the contemplated course was right. This was the famous
+"Dæmon of Socrates," and was described and discussed by Xenophon and Plato
+as well as other Greek writers and many modern ones. Socrates himself
+called it the "Divine Sign." And on that account he was accused of
+introducing new gods, and thus offering indignity to the accredited gods
+of Greece. On this, as one of the leading charges, Socrates was tried and
+condemned to death; but in all the proceedings connected with his trial
+and condemnation he persisted in his course which he knew would end in his
+death, rather than be false to his convictions of duty and right; and this
+he did because the voice--the "Divine Sign"--which always before had
+restrained him in any wrong course, was not heard restraining him in his
+present course.
+
+Only once was it heard, and that was to restrain him from preparing any
+set argument in his defence before his judges. So he accepted his sentence
+and drank the hemlock, surrounded by his friends, to whom he calmly
+explained that death could not be an evil thing, not only from the
+arguments which he had adduced, but also because the Divine Sign, which
+never failed to admonish him when pursuing any harmful course, had not
+admonished nor restrained him in this course which had led directly to his
+death.
+
+Joan of Arc heard voices, which in childhood only guided her in her
+ordinary duties, but which in her early womanhood made her one of the most
+conspicuous figures in the history of her time. They placed her, a young
+and unknown peasant girl, as a commander at the head of the defeated,
+disorganized, and discouraged armies of France, aroused them to
+enthusiasm, made them victorious, freed her country from the power of
+England, and placed the rightful prince upon the throne. She also heard
+and obeyed her guiding voices, even unto martyrdom.
+
+Numerous instances might be cited occurring in ancient and also in modern
+times where the subliminal self has sent its message of instruction,
+guidance, warning, or restraint to the primary self by means of
+impressions made upon the organ of hearing. Socrates, Joan of Arc,
+Swedenborg, and many others considered these instructions infallible,
+supernatural, or divine; but in other cases the messages so given have
+been trivial, perhaps even false, thus removing the element of
+infallibility and absolute truthfulness from messages of this sort, and at
+the same time casting a doubt upon their supernatural character in any
+case. It seems wisest, therefore, at least to examine these and all cases
+of automatically received messages, whether by writing, trance-speaking,
+dreams, visions, or the hearing of voices, with a definite conception of a
+real and natural cause and origin for these messages in a subliminal self,
+forming a definite part of each individual: bearing in mind also that this
+subliminal self possesses powers and characteristics varying in each
+individual case, in many cases greatly transcending the powers and
+capabilities of the normal or primary self. But infallibility, though
+sometimes claimed, is by no means to be expected from this source, and the
+messages coming from each subliminal self must be judged and valued
+according to their own intrinsic character and merit, just as a message
+coming to us from any primary self, whether known or unknown to us, must
+be judged and valued according to its source, character, and merit.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+PHANTASMS.
+
+
+Perhaps no department of Psychical Research is looked upon from such
+divers and even quite opposite standpoints as that which relates to
+Apparitions or Phantasms. Many intelligent people, in a general way,
+accept them as realities but assign for them a supernatural origin; while
+others discredit them altogether because they have apparently no basis
+except an assumed supernatural one.
+
+It has been said that primitive, undeveloped, and ignorant people almost
+universally believe in ghosts; while with the advance of civilization,
+culture, and general intelligence, the frequency of alleged apparitions
+and the belief in ghosts diminishes or altogether disappears. If this
+statement were to stand unqualified, by so much would the reality and
+respectability of phantasms be discredited. Possibly, however, it may be
+found that the last word has not yet been said, and that there may exist
+a scientific aspect for even so unstable and diaphanous a subject as
+ghosts.
+
+Instead of going over the literature of the subject from the earliest
+times--a literature, by the way, which in the hands of Tylor, Maury,
+Scott, Ralston, Mrs. Crowe and others certainly does not lack interest--it
+will better suit our present purpose to examine some facts relative to
+perception in general and vision in particular, and give some examples
+illustrating different phases of the subject.
+
+Perception may be defined as the cognizance which the mind takes of
+impressions presented to it through the organs of sense, and possibly also
+by other means.
+
+One class of perceptions is universally recognized and is in a measure
+understood, namely, perceptions arising from impressions made by
+recognized external objects or forces upon the organs of sense, sight,
+hearing, smell, taste, and also the general sense of touch. These
+perceptions in particular are designated as _real_ or _true_, because they
+correspond to recognized external realities.
+
+But impressions are also made upon the organs of special sense by
+influences which are not recognized as having any objective reality, but
+which nevertheless affect the senses in a manner often identical with that
+in which they are affected by recognized external objects, and they cause
+the same perceptions to arise in the mind. Hence another broad class of
+perceptions includes those which are taken cognizance of by the mind from
+impressions made upon the organs of sense in other ways and by other means
+than by external objects, and often where there is no evidence that any
+external object exists corresponding to the impression so made.
+Perceptions arising in these various ways are called _hallucinations_.
+
+On close examination, however, it is found that the sharp line of
+separation between what has and what has not an objective reality is not
+easily drawn, any more than in biology the sharp line between animal and
+vegetable life can be easily drawn, or at the lower end of the scale
+between the living and the not living.
+
+So the origin of those perceptions which are classed as hallucinations has
+always been a subject of controversy, even among philosophers of the
+greatest merit and eminence.
+
+Without following out the discussions which have arisen on this
+point--discussions which are often confusing and generally inconclusive,
+a fairly distinct view of the subject may be obtained by considering the
+origin of these perceptions under three heads--namely:--
+
+(1) Perceptions which are reckoned as hallucinations may be originated
+_centrally_; that is, they may arise wholly within the mind itself without
+any direct external stimulus. For instance the characters drawn by the
+novelist may become so real to him, and even to some of his readers, that
+they become _externalized_--actual objects of visual perception and are
+seen to act and even heard to speak. The instance is repeatedly quoted of
+the painter who, after carefully studying a sitter's appearance, could
+voluntarily project it visibly into space and paint the portrait, not from
+the original, but from the phantasm so produced; and of another who could
+externalize and project other mental pictures in the same manner, pictures
+which so interested him and were so subject to the ordinary laws of vision
+that he would request any one who took a position in front of them, to
+move away so as not to obstruct his view.
+
+It will be noticed in these cases that although the perception has its
+origin centrally, in the mind itself, and is even voluntarily produced,
+still, it is seen as an impression made upon the visual organ in exactly
+the same manner as a picture thrown upon the retina by a real external
+object; it disappears when the eyes are closed or an opaque object
+intervenes, and follows the laws of optics in general; hence, strictly
+speaking, these perceptions are also real.
+
+(2) Perceptions may have their origin _peripherally_--that is, the point
+of excitation which causes the act of perception in the mind may exist in
+the external sense organs themselves, even when no external object
+corresponding to the perception exists at the time, or it is not in a
+position on account of distance or intervening objects to affect the
+senses.
+
+In examining the cases which may be placed under this head they resolve
+themselves into two classes: those which occur in connection with some
+disease or defect in the sense organ concerned, and those which are
+recrudescences or after-visions, arising from over-excitation of those
+organs; for instance, after looking through a window in a very bright
+light--even a considerable length of time afterwards--on shutting the eyes
+or looking into a dark room, an image of the window is seen with all its
+divisions and peculiarities of construction distinctly presented. To the
+country lad returning home at night from his first visit to the circus
+the whole scene is again presented; and ring, horses, equestrians,
+acrobats and clowns are all seen and externalized with the utmost
+distinctness; even the crack of the ring-master's whip is heard and the
+jokes and antics of the clowns repeated.
+
+(3) Perceptions may have their origin telepathically--that is, scenes and
+incidents transpiring at a distance far too great to affect the bodily
+organs of sense in any direct or ordinary way do, nevertheless, in some
+way, cause perceptions to arise in the mind corresponding to those same
+scenes and incidents.
+
+This is comparatively a new proposition in psychology and has for its
+basis studies and experiments which have only been systematically made
+within the past fourteen years. These studies and experiments relate to
+telepathy, automatism, and the action of the subliminal self. They have
+been undertaken and carried on by various societies interested in
+experimental psychology, but chiefly by the English Society for Psychical
+Research, some of the results of whose labors have been briefly sketched
+in the preceding chapters.
+
+In addition to the reports of these societies an important contribution to
+the subject of apparitions was published by the then secretaries of the
+Society for Psychical Research, the late Mr. Edmund Gurney, Mr. Frederick
+W. H. Myers, and Mr. Frank Podmore.
+
+It appeared under the title, _Phantasms of the Living_, and contained more
+than seven hundred instances relating to various forms of hallucinations
+and phantasms--carefully studied and authenticated cases which were
+selected from several thousand presented for examination. It is to these
+sources chiefly that I shall refer for cases illustrating the subject
+under consideration.
+
+It seems hardly necessary to recapitulate here the experiments on which
+the doctrine of telepathy or thought-transference is
+established--experiments which have been carefully made by so many well
+qualified persons, and which have proved convincing to nearly every one,
+whether scientific or unscientific, who has patiently followed them,
+though of course not convincing to those who choose to remain ignorant of
+the facts.
+
+The same is true regarding the subject of automatism and the existence and
+action of the subliminal self. It remains to show the interesting
+relations which these subjects bear to hallucinations in general, and
+especially to phantasms and apparitions.
+
+It is well known that hallucinations can be voluntarily or purposely
+produced by one person in the mind of another, and in various ways, though
+few perhaps consider to what an extent this is possible. In many of the
+most astonishing feats of the conjurer, and especially of the Indian
+fakir, suggestion and the imagination are brought into service to aid in
+producing the illusions.
+
+Regarding the hallucinations which may be produced in the mind of the
+hypnotized subject by the hypnotizer there can be no doubt.
+
+The following case is in point and illustrates telepathic influence
+excited at a distance as well. It is from _Phantasms of the Living_, and
+the agent, Mr. E. M. Glissold, of 3 Oxford Square, W., writes
+substantially as follows:--
+
+"In the year 1878 there was a carpenter named Gannaway employed by me to
+mend a gate in my garden; when a friend of mine (Moens) called upon me and
+the conversation turned upon mesmerism. He asked me if I knew anything
+about it myself. On my replying in the affirmative he said, 'Can you
+mesmerize any one at a distance?' I said that I had never tried to do so,
+but that there was a man in the garden whom I could easily mesmerize, and
+that I would try the experiment with this man if he (Moens) would tell me
+what to do. He then said, 'Form an impression of the man whom you wish to
+mesmerize, in your own mind, and then wish him strongly to come to you.'
+
+"I very much doubted the success of the experiment, but I followed the
+directions of my friend, and I was extremely astonished to hear the steps
+of the man whom I wished to appear, running after me; he came up to me
+directly and asked me what I wanted with him. I will add that my friend
+and I had been walking in the garden and had seen and spoken with the
+carpenter, but when I wished him to come to me I was quite out of his
+sight behind the garden wall, one hundred yards distant, and had neither
+by conversation nor otherwise led him to believe that I intended to
+mesmerize him.
+
+"On another occasion, when the Hon. Auberon Herbert was present, the
+following scene occurred. Gannaway was mesmerized and stood in one corner
+of the dining-room. Herbert sat at the table and wrote the following
+programme, each scene of which Mr. Glissold, the magnetizer, was to
+_silently call up in his own mind_.
+
+"(1) I see a house in flames.
+
+"(2) I see a woman looking out of a window.
+
+"(3) She has a child in her arms.
+
+"(4) She throws it out of the window.
+
+"(5) Is it hurt--?
+
+"Gannaway became much excited, describing each scene as it passed through
+the mind of his hypnotizer. Several well known persons add their testimony
+to the above statement."
+
+A single case of mental action so strange and unusual, no matter how well
+authenticated, might not impress a cautious truth-seeker, but when
+fortified by well studied cases in the experience of such men as Esdaile,
+as shown in his remarkable experiments upon the natives of India, and
+especially his well known one of hypnotizing the blind man at a distance,
+also those of Prof. Janet, Prof. Richet, Dr. Gibert, and Dr. Héricourt, in
+France under the observation of Mr. Myers and other members of the Society
+for Psychical Research, and hundreds of other cases of hypnotizing at a
+distance, or silently influencing the subject without hypnotization, the
+matter then challenges attention and belief;--and it is from abundant
+observation of such cases, from the simplest examples of
+thought-transference to the most wonderful exhibition of perceptive power
+at great distances, that the doctrine of Telepathy is founded.
+
+In the following case the agent was able to project his own semblance or
+phantasm a distance of several miles; and it was then distinctly perceived
+by a young lady, a friend of the agent. The circumstances were these:--Two
+young men, Mr. A. H. W. Cleave and Mr. H. P. Sparks, aged respectively
+eighteen and nineteen years, were fellow-students of engineering at the
+Navy Yard, Portsmouth, England. While there, they engaged in some mesmeric
+experiments, and after a time Sparks was able to put Cleave thoroughly
+into the hypnotic condition. The following is Mr. Sparks' account of what
+occurred.
+
+"For the last year or fifteen months I have been in the habit of
+mesmerizing a fellow-student of mine. The way I did it was by simply
+looking into his eyes as he lay in an easy position on a bed. This
+produced sleep. After a few times I found that this sleep was deepened by
+making long passes after the patient was off. Then comes the remarkable
+part of this sort of mesmerism." (Mr. Sparks then describes his subject's
+ability to see in his trance places in which he was interested if he
+resolved to see them before he was hypnotized.) "However, it has been
+during the last week or so I have been surprised and startled by an
+extraordinary affair. Last Friday evening (Jan. 15th, 1886), he (Cleave)
+expressed his wish to see a young lady living in Wandsworth, and he also
+said he would try to make himself seen by her. I accordingly mesmerized
+him and continued the long passes for about twenty minutes, concentrating
+my will on his idea. When he came round (after one hour and twenty
+minutes' trance) he said he had seen her in the dining-room; and that
+after a time she grew restless; then suddenly she looked straight at him,
+and then covered her eyes with her hands; just then he came round. Last
+Monday evening (Jan. 18th) we did the same thing, and this time he said he
+thought he had frightened her, as after she had looked at him a few
+minutes she fell back in her chair in a sort of faint. Her little brother
+was in the room at the time. Of course after this he expected a letter if
+the vision was real; and on Wednesday morning he received a letter from
+the young lady, asking whether anything had happened to him, as on Friday
+evening she was startled by seeing him standing at the door of the room.
+After a minute he disappeared and she thought it might have been fancy;
+but on Monday evening she was still more startled by seeing him again, and
+this time much clearer, and it so frightened her that she nearly fainted."
+
+Mr. Cleave also writes a very interesting account of his experience in
+the matter, and two fellow-students who were in the room during the
+experiments also write corroborating the statements made.
+
+The following is a copy of the letter in which the young lady, Miss A.,
+describes her side of the affair. It is addressed, "Mr. A. H. W. Cleave,
+H. M. S. _Marlborough_, Portsmouth," and is postmarked Wandsworth, Jan.
+19th, 1886.
+
+    "WANDSWORTH,
+    "Tuesday morning.
+
+    "DEAR ARTHUR,--Has anything happened to you? Please write and let me
+    know at once, for I have been so frightened.
+
+    "Last Tuesday evening I was sitting in the dining-room reading, when I
+    happened to look up, and could have declared I saw you standing at the
+    door looking at me. I put my handkerchief to my eyes, and when I
+    looked again you were gone.
+
+    "I thought it must have been only my fancy, but last night (Monday)
+    while I was at supper I saw you again just as before, and was so
+    frightened that I nearly fainted. Luckily only my brother was there or
+    it would have attracted attention. Now do write at once and tell me
+    how you are. I really cannot write any more now."
+
+Probably the young lady is in error regarding the date of the first
+experiment, which may be accounted for by her excited condition--the shock
+of the last experiment having proved decidedly serious, as was afterwards
+discovered, and she begged that the experiment might never be repeated.
+
+Both young men mention Friday as the day of their first decided success,
+but they were experimenting on previous days, including Tuesday, when the
+young lady writes she first saw Cleave's phantasm. Concerning the date of
+the last experiment there is no question.
+
+Effects similar to those just related may also occur where the agent is in
+ordinary sleep, or at least when no hypnotizing process is made use of.
+The agent in this case first formulates the wish or strong resolution to
+be present and be seen at a certain place or by a certain person, and then
+goes to sleep, and generally remains unconscious of the result until
+learned from the percipient.
+
+In the following case the name of the agent is withheld from publication,
+though known to Mr. Myers who reports the case; the percipient is the Rev.
+W. Stainton-Moses. The agent goes on to state:--
+
+"One evening early last year (1878), I resolved to try to appear to Z.
+(Mr. Moses) at some miles distant. I did not inform him beforehand of my
+intended experiment, but retired to rest shortly before midnight with
+thoughts intently fixed on Z., with whose room and surroundings, however,
+I was quite unacquainted. I soon fell asleep and woke up the next morning
+unconscious of anything having taken place. On seeing Z. a few days
+afterwards I inquired, 'Did anything happen at your rooms on Saturday
+night?' 'Yes,' he replied, 'a great deal happened. I had been sitting over
+the fire with M., smoking and chatting. About 12:30 he rose to leave, and
+I let him out myself. I returned to the fire to finish my pipe when I saw
+you sitting in the chair just vacated by him. I looked intently at you,
+and then took up a newspaper to assure myself I was not dreaming, but on
+laying it down I saw you still there. While I gazed without speaking, you
+faded away. Though I imagined you must be fast asleep in bed at that hour,
+yet you appeared dressed in your ordinary garments, such as you usually
+wear every day.' 'Then my experiment seems to have succeeded,' I said.
+'The next time I come ask me what I want, as I had fixed on my mind
+certain questions to ask you, but I was probably waiting for an
+invitation to speak.'
+
+"A few weeks later the experiment was repeated with equal success, I, as
+before, not informing Z. when it was made. On this occasion he not only
+questioned me upon the subject which was at that time under very warm
+discussion between us, but detained me by the exercise of his will, some
+time after I had intimated a desire to leave. As on the former occasion no
+recollection remained of the event, or seeming event, of the preceding
+night."
+
+Mr. Moses writes, September 27th, 1885, confirming this account. Mr. Moses
+also says that he has never on any other occasion seen the figure of a
+living person in a place where the person was not.
+
+The next case, while presenting features similar to the last, differs from
+it in this respect: that there are two percipients. It is copied from the
+manuscript book of the agent, Mr. S. H. B.
+
+Mr. B. writes:--"On a certain Sunday evening in November, 1881, having
+been reading of the great power which the human will is capable of
+exercising, I determined with the whole force of my being that I would be
+present in spirit in the front bedroom, on the second floor of a house
+situated at 22 Hogarth Road, Kensington, in which room slept two ladies of
+my acquaintance, Miss L. S. V. and Miss E. C. V., aged respectively
+twenty-five and eleven years. I lived at this time at 23 Kildare Gardens,
+a distance of about three miles from Hogarth Road, and I had not mentioned
+in any way my intention of trying this experiment to either of the above
+named ladies, for the simple reason that it was only on retiring to rest
+upon Sunday night that I made up my mind to do so. The time at which I
+determined I would be there was one o'clock in the morning, and I also had
+a strong intention of making my presence perceptible.
+
+"On the following Thursday I went to see the ladies in question, and in
+the course of conversation (without any allusion to the subject on my
+part), the elder one told me that on the previous Sunday night she had
+been much terrified by perceiving me standing by her bedside, and that she
+screamed when the apparition advanced towards her, and awoke her little
+sister who also saw me. I asked her if she was awake at the time, and she
+replied most decidedly in the affirmative; and upon my inquiring the time
+of the occurrence, she replied about one o'clock in the morning."
+
+Miss Verity's account is as follows:--
+
+    "On a certain Sunday evening, about twelve months since, at our house
+    in Hogarth Road, Kensington, I distinctly saw Mr. B. in my room about
+    one o'clock. I was perfectly awake and was much terrified. I awoke my
+    sister by screaming, and she saw the apparition herself. Three days
+    after, when I saw Mr. B., I told him what had happened; but it was
+    some time before I could recover from the shock I had received, and
+    the remembrance is too vivid to be ever erased from my memory.
+
+    "L. S. VERITY."
+
+Miss E. C. Verity writes:--
+
+    "I remember the occurrence of the event described by my sister in the
+    annexed paragraph, and her description is quite correct. I saw the
+    apparition at the same time and under the same circumstances."
+
+Miss A. S. Verity writes:--
+
+    "I remember quite clearly the evening my eldest sister awoke me by
+    calling to me from an adjoining room, and upon my going to her
+    bedside, where she slept with my youngest sister, they both told me
+    they had seen S. H. B. standing in the room. The time was about one
+    o'clock. S. H. B. was in evening dress, they told me."
+
+The following case, while of the same general character, presents this
+remarkable difference: that the agent's mind was not at all directed to
+the real percipient, but only to the _place_ where the percipient happened
+to be. It is from the notebook of Mr. S. H. B. who was also the agent.
+
+"On Friday, December 1st, 1882, at 9:30 P. M. I went into a room alone and
+sat by the fireside, and endeavored so strongly to fix my mind upon the
+interior of a house at Kew (viz., Clarence Road), in which resided Miss V.
+and her two sisters, that I seemed to be actually in the house.
+
+"During this experiment I must have fallen into a mesmeric sleep, for,
+although I was conscious, I could not move my limbs. I did not seem to
+have lost the power of moving them, but I could not make the effort to do
+so.... At 10 P. M. I regained my normal state by an effort of the will and
+wrote down on a sheet of note-paper the foregoing statements.
+
+"When I went to bed on this same night, I determined that I would be in
+the front bedroom of the above-mentioned house at 12 P. M., and remain
+there until I had made my presence perceptible to the inmates of that
+room. On the next day, Saturday, I went to Kew to spend the evening, and
+met there a married sister of Miss V. (viz., Mrs. L.). This lady I had
+only met once before and that was at a ball, two years previous to the
+above date. We were both in fancy dress at the time, and as we did not
+exchange more than half a dozen words, this lady would naturally have lost
+any vivid recollection of my appearance even if she had noticed it.
+
+"In the course of conversation (although I did not for a moment think of
+asking her any questions on such a subject), she told me that on the
+previous night she had seen me distinctly on two occasions. She had spent
+the night at Clarence Road, and had slept in the front bedroom. At about
+half-past nine, she had seen me in the passage going from one room to
+another, and at 12 P. M., when she was wide-awake, she had seen me enter
+the bedroom and walk round to where she was lying and take her hair (which
+is very long), into my hand. She told me that the apparition took hold of
+her hand and gazed intently into it, whereupon she spoke, saying, 'You
+need not look at the lines for I have never had any trouble.'
+
+"She then awoke her sister, Miss V., who was sleeping with her, and told
+her about it. After hearing this account I took the statement which I had
+written down the previous evening from my pocket and showed it to some of
+the persons present, who were much astonished, although incredulous.
+
+"I asked Mrs. L. if she was not dreaming at the time of the latter
+experience, but she stoutly denied, and stated that she had forgotten what
+I was like, but seeing me so distinctly she recognized me at once. At my
+request she wrote a brief account of her impressions and signed it."
+
+The following is the lady's statement:--
+
+    "On Friday, December 1st, 1882, I was on a visit to my sister, at 21
+    Clarence Road, Kew, and about 9:30 P. M. I was going from my bedroom
+    to get some water from the bath-room, when I distinctly saw Mr. S. B.
+    whom I had only seen once before, two years ago, walk before me past
+    the bath-room, toward the bedroom at the end of the landing.
+
+    "About 11 o'clock we retired for the night; about 12 o'clock I was
+    still awake, and the door opened and Mr. S. B. came into the room and
+    walked around to the bedside, and there stood with one foot on the
+    ground, and the other knee resting on a chair. He then took my hair
+    into his hand, after which he took my hand in his and looked very
+    intently into the palm. 'Ah,' I said (speaking to him), 'you need not
+    look at the lines for I never had any trouble.' I then awoke my
+    sister; I was not nervous, but excited, and began to fear some serious
+    illness would befall her, she being delicate at the time, but she is
+    progressing more favorably now.
+
+    "H. L."
+
+    (Full name signed.)
+
+Miss Verity also corroborates this statement.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The following is still another case of one mind acting upon another mind
+at a distance and at least in a most unusual way. Call it mind-projection,
+making one's self visible at a distance, sending out the subliminal
+self--call it what we may--it is a glimpse of a phenomenon, rare in its
+occurrence, but which nevertheless has been observed a sufficient number
+of times to claim serious attention, and calm and candid consideration.
+The case is from _Phantasms of the Living_, and is furnished by "Mrs.
+Russell of Belgaum, India, wife of Mr. H. R. Russell, Educational
+Inspector in the Bombay Presidency." It differs from those already cited
+in the fact that it is unconnected with either sleep or hypnotism, but
+both agent and percipient were awake and in a perfectly normal condition.
+
+Mrs. Russell writes:--
+
+    "June 8th, 1886.
+
+    "As desired I write down the following facts as well as I can recall
+    them. I was living in Scotland, my mother and sisters in Germany. I
+    lived with a very dear friend of mine, and went to Germany every year
+    to see my people. It had so happened that I could not go home as usual
+    for two years, when on a sudden I made up my mind to go and see my
+    family. They knew nothing of my intention; I had never gone in early
+    spring before; and I had no time to let them know by letter that I was
+    going to set off. I did not like to send a telegram for fear of
+    frightening my mother. The thought came to me to will with all my
+    might to appear to one of my sisters, never mind which of them, in
+    order to give them warning of my coming. I only thought most intensely
+    for a few minutes of them, wishing with all my might to be seen by one
+    of them--half present myself, in vision, at home. I did not take more
+    than ten minutes, I think. I started by the Leith steamer on Saturday
+    night, end of April, 1859. I wished to appear at home about 6 o'clock
+    P. M. that same Saturday.
+
+    "I arrived at home at 6 o'clock on Tuesday morning following. I
+    entered the house without any one seeing me, the hall being cleaned
+    and the front door open. I walked into the room. One of my sisters
+    stood with her back to the door; she turned round when she heard the
+    door opening, and on seeing me, stared at me, turning deadly pale, and
+    letting what she had in her hand fall. I had been silent. Then I spoke
+    and said, 'It is I. Why do you look so frightened?' When she answered,
+    'I thought I saw you again as Stinchen (another sister) saw you on
+    Saturday.'
+
+    "When I inquired, she told me that on Saturday evening about 6
+    o'clock, my sister saw me quite clearly, entering the room in which
+    she was, by one door, passing through it, opening the door of another
+    room in which my mother was, and shutting the door behind me. She
+    rushed after what she thought was I, calling out my name, and was
+    quite stupefied when she did not find me with my mother. My mother
+    could not understand my sister's excitement. They looked everywhere
+    for me, but of course did not find me. My mother was very miserable;
+    she thought I might be dying.
+
+    "My sister who had seen me (i. e. my apparition) was out that morning
+    when I arrived. I sat down on the stairs to watch, when she came in,
+    the effect of my real appearance on her. When she looked up and saw
+    me, sitting motionless, she called out my name and nearly fainted.
+
+    "My sister had never seen anything unearthly either before that or
+    afterwards; and I have never made any such experiments since--nor will
+    I, as the sister that saw me first when I really came home, had a very
+    severe illness afterwards, caused by the shock to her nerves.
+
+    "J. M. RUSSELL."
+
+Mrs. Russell's sister, in answer to her inquiry whether she remembered the
+incident, replied: "Of course I remember the matter as well as though it
+had happened to-day. Pray don't come appearing to me again!"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+We started out with this proposition. Perceptions--those of the class
+denominated hallucinations--may have their origin telepathically. In proof
+and illustration of that proposition we have so far presented a single
+class of cases, namely, Those where the hallucination was produced with
+will and purpose on the part of the agent. The cases present the following
+conditions:--
+
+(1) The agent being in a normal condition--the percipient hypnotized, the
+hypnotic condition having been produced at a distance of a hundred
+yards--and from a point from which the percipient could not be seen.
+
+(2) The agent in the hypnotic condition; a definite hallucination strongly
+desired and decided upon beforehand was produced, the percipient being in
+a normal state.
+
+(3) The agent was in normal sleep. Hallucination decided upon before going
+to sleep was produced--the percipient awake and in normal condition.
+
+(4) Both agent and percipient awake and normal--hallucination produced at
+a distance of four hundred miles. In one case the phantasm is seen by two
+percipients, and in another case the _place_ only where the phantasm
+should appear was strongly in the agent's mind; and while the sisters who
+_usually_ occupied that room might naturally be expected to be the
+percipients, as a matter of fact another person, a married sister who
+happened to be visiting them--a comparative stranger to the agent--was
+occupying the room and became the percipient.
+
+In each of these cases a definite purpose was formed by the agent to
+produce a certain hallucination or present a certain picture--generally a
+representation or phantasm of himself to the percipient. A picture or
+phantasm is seen by the intended percipient, and, on comparison, in each
+case it is found that it is _the same phantasm_ that the agent had
+_endeavored_ to project and make visible, and that it was perceived in the
+same place and at the same time that the agent had intended that it should
+be seen.
+
+Can these statements be received as true and reliable? In reply we say,
+the evidence having been carefully examined is of such a character as to
+entitle it to belief, and the errors of observation and reporting are
+trifling, and not such as would injure the credibility of statements made
+regarding any event which was a matter of ordinary observation; moreover,
+these cases now have become so numerous and have been so carefully
+observed that they should be judged by the ordinary rules of evidence; and
+by that rule they should be received.
+
+Having been received, how can they be explained?
+
+It may be answered:--
+
+(1) That these apparent sequences presenting the relation of cause and
+effect are merely chance coincidences. But on carefully applying the
+doctrine of chances, it is found that the probability that these
+coincidences of time and place, and the identity of the pictures presented
+and perceived, occurred by chance, would be only one in a number so large
+as to make it difficult to represent it in figures, and quite impossible
+for any mind to comprehend. And that such a coincidence should occur
+repeatedly in one person's experience is absolutely incredible.
+
+(2) The circumstances of distance and situation render it certain that the
+phantasms could not have been communicated or presented to the percipient
+through any of the usual channels of communication--by means of the
+physical organs of sense--even granting that they could be so transferred
+under favorable conditions.
+
+If, then, these cases must be received as authentic and true, and if they
+cannot be disposed of as chance coincidences, nor explained by any
+ordinary method or law of production or transmission, then there must be
+_some other_ method of mental interaction, and mental intercommunication
+_not usually recognized_, by means of which these pictures or phantasms
+are produced or transferred, and this unusual method of mental
+interaction and intercommunication we designate _telepathy_. What the
+exact method is by which this unusual interaction is accomplished is not
+fully demonstrated, any more than are the methods of the various
+interacting forces between the sun and the planets or amongst the planets
+themselves. The hypothesis of a universal or inter-stellar ether has never
+been demonstrated; it is only a hypothesis framed because it is necessary
+in order to explain and support another undemonstrated theory, namely, the
+vibratory or wave theory of light. We do not know what the substance or
+force which we call _attraction_ really is. Light has one method of
+movement and action, sound another, heat another, and electricity another,
+but most of the propositions concerning these methods of action are only
+theories or hypotheses having a greater or less degree of probability as
+the case may be. They were invented to account for certain actual and
+undeniable phenomena, and they are respected by all men of science or
+other persons having sufficient knowledge of these different subjects to
+entitle them to an opinion. The same thing is true of telepathy; its facts
+must be known and its theories well considered by those who assume to sit
+in judgment upon them; and when known they are respected. The Copernican
+theory of the planetary movements was formulated three hundred and fifty
+years ago; it was one hundred and fifty years later when Newton proposed
+the first rational theory regarding a force which might explain these
+motions. For this he was ridiculed and even ostracized by the
+self-constituted judges of his day. Telepathy has been the subject of
+careful study and experiment comparatively only a few years, and it can
+hardly, at this early date, expect better treatment at the hands of its
+critics. Its facts, however, remain, and its explanatory theories are
+being duly considered.
+
+What, then, are the theories or hypotheses which may aid us in forming an
+idea of the manner in which a thought, a conception, or a mental picture
+may pass between two persons so situated that no communication could pass
+between them through the ordinary channels of communication--sight,
+hearing, or touch? Let us suppose two persons A and B to be so situated. A
+is the agent or person having unusual ability to impress his own thought,
+or any conception or mental picture which he may form in his own mind,
+upon some other mind; and B is the percipient or a person having unusual
+ability to receive or perceive such thoughts or mental pictures. Suppose
+these two people to be in the country and engaged in farming. Upon a
+certain morning A takes his axe and goes to the woods, half a mile
+distant, and is engaged in cutting brush and trees for the purpose of
+clearing the land, and B goes into the garden to care for the growing
+vegetables. After an hour spent in these respective occupations, B becomes
+disquieted, even alarmed, oppressed with the feeling that some misfortune
+has happened and that A is needing his assistance. He is unable to
+continue his work and at once starts for the woods to seek for A. He finds
+that A has received a glancing blow from his axe which has deeply wounded
+his foot, disabled him, and put his life in immediate danger from
+hemorrhage. Here the thought of A in his extreme peril goes out intensely
+to B, desiring his presence; and B, by some unusual perceptive power,
+takes cognizance of this intense thought and wish. This is telepathy.
+Again, suppose B hears a voice which he recognizes as A's calling his name
+and with a peculiar effect which B recognizes as distress or entreaty. Or,
+again, that B sees a picture or representation of A lying wounded and
+bleeding, still it is a telepathic impulse from A and taken cognizance of
+by B which constitutes the communication between them, whatever the exact
+nature or method of the communication may be.
+
+The theories or hypotheses which have been put forward regarding the
+method by which this telepathic influence or impact is conveyed may be
+noted as follows:--
+
+(1) That of a vibratory medium, always present and analogous to the
+atmosphere for propagating sound or the universal ether for propagating
+light.
+
+(2) An effluence of some sort emanating from the persons concerned and
+acting as a medium for the time being.
+
+(3) A sixth sense.
+
+(4) A duplex personality or subliminal self.
+
+First, then, as regards the vibratory hypothesis; it would demand a
+variety of media to convey separately something corresponding to the sense
+of sight, the sense of hearing, and to each of the other senses--touch,
+taste, and smell--as all these sensations have been telepathically
+transmitted, or else there must exist one single medium capable of
+transmitting these many widely different methods of sensation
+separately,--either of which suppositions are, to say the least,
+bewildering. Such a medium must also possess a power of penetrating or
+acting through intervening obstacles, such as no medium with which we are
+acquainted possesses; and, lastly, in addition to numerous apparently
+insurmountable difficulties and insufficiencies, there is no proof
+whatever that any such vibratory medium exists.
+
+Second. Regarding a vital effluence or some physical emanation or aura
+belonging to each individual, and by means of which communication is
+possible between persons separated by too great a distance to permit
+communication through the ordinary channels; it is at least conceivable
+that such an aura or personal atmosphere exists, and by some it is claimed
+to be demonstrated; but admitting its existence, that it would be capable
+of fulfilling the numerous functions demanded of it in the premises is
+doubtful.
+
+Third. That the telepathic intercommunication is accomplished by means of
+a sixth sense--a sort of compend of all the other senses, with added
+powers as regards distance and intervening obstacles--is a hypothesis
+which has been urged by some, and is at least intelligible; but, while it
+presents an intelligible explanation of such facts as clairvoyance and the
+hearing of voices, there is a large class of facts, as we shall see, which
+utterly refuse to fall into line or be explained by this hypothesis.
+
+Fourth. The hypothesis of different strata of personality--or of a second
+or subliminal self--is the one which best fulfils the necessary conditions
+and also harmonizes the greatest number of facts when arranged with
+reference to this idea. There is also real, substantial evidence that such
+a second personality actually exists, some of the facts bearing upon this
+subject having been presented in former chapters.
+
+Those of my readers who have carefully followed the cases of unusual
+mental action there presented--cases of thought-transference, of
+clairvoyance, of remarkable mind-action in the hypnotic trance and in
+natural somnambulism--in well marked examples of double consciousness as
+shown in the cases of Félida X., of Alma Z., of Ansel Bourne, and the
+hypnotic subject, Madame B., in her various personalities of Léonie,
+Léontine, and Léonore, in automatic action as displayed in
+Planchette-writing, in trance-speaking and in crystal-gazing, cannot have
+failed to observe, throughout the whole series, mind acting rationally and
+intelligently, quite independently of the ordinary consciousness, and even
+at times independently of the whole physical organization. We have
+considered the evidence which points to the fact, or at least to the
+theory of a subliminal self, or another personality, in some manner bound
+up in that complicated physical and mental mechanism which constitutes
+what we term an individual. We have seen that there are weighty proofs
+that such a secondary or subliminal, or, if you choose so to designate it,
+_supranormal_ self, actually exists, and that it exhibits functions and
+powers far exceeding the functions and powers of the ordinary self. We
+have seen it expressing its own personal opinions, its own likes and
+dislikes, quite different and opposite to the opinions, likes, and
+dislikes of the ordinary self; having its own separate series of
+remembered actions or chain of memories, its own antecedent history, and
+its separate present interests; and especially performing actions
+altogether beyond the powers of the ordinary self. We have seen it going
+out to great distances, seeing and describing scenes and events there
+taking place--for example, Swedenborg at Gottenburg witnessing the
+conflagration at Stockholm; Dr. Gerault's clairvoyant maid-servant, Marie,
+in France, seeing the sad death of her neighbor's son, Limoges, the
+ropemaker, while serving in the Crimea; and also the serious illness of
+Dr. Gerault's military friend in Algiers. Fitzgerald, at Brunswick, Me.,
+seeing and describing the Fall River fire three hundred miles away, and
+Mrs. Porter, at Bridgeport, Conn., describing the burning of the steamer
+_Henry Clay_ while it was occurring on the Hudson River near the village
+of Yonkers. We have seen this same subliminal self in the case of Mr.
+Stead, going out and acquiring desired knowledge relating to the location,
+occupation, and needs of persons from whom he desired such information,
+and bringing it back and reporting it by means of automatic writing.
+Again, we have seen this subliminal self in the case of Mrs. Newnham,
+perceiving the silently written and sometimes even the unwritten questions
+of her husband, and automatically writing the answers by means of
+Planchette; and we have seen it producing hallucinations of hearing as in
+the case of Léonore causing Léontine to hear a voice reproving her for her
+flippancy.
+
+A remarkable series of facts are here pointed out, facts some of which are
+akin to those which have for ages been lying about in the lumber rooms of
+history or in out-of-the-way corners of men's memories, neglected and
+discredited, because unexplained, unaccounted for, forming no part of any
+recognized system of mental action, and some only recently observed and
+even now looked at askance for the same reason. They have remained a mass
+of undigested and unarranged facts, without system, without any
+ascertained relation to each other, pointing to no definite principle,
+defined by no definite law. It is only within the past decade that these
+facts have been studied with reference to the action of a subliminal self.
+
+But this new and startling idea being once admitted and brought to the
+front, it is found that not only in the whole series of observed automatic
+actions in the somnambulism of the hypnotic state, and that of ordinary
+sleep, are the organs of the unconscious body made use of by this
+subconscious or subliminal self, but also in dreams, in reverie, in
+moments of abstraction, of strong emotion or mental excitement, and even
+in the case of some peculiarly susceptible persons in the ordinary waking
+condition, this subliminal self can greatly influence and sometimes take
+entire control of the action of the body.
+
+It will be seen then, how wide and important is the range of phenomena in
+which the subliminal self appears as an active agent, impressing its own
+special knowledge, however acquired, its ideas, pictures, and images upon
+the primary self, and causing them to be perceived, remembered, and
+expressed by it; and with this unusual power in view, evidently it is in
+this direction also that we must look for the key to that still more
+remarkable series of phenomena which are known as phantasms or
+apparitions.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+PHANTASMS CONTINUED.
+
+
+So far a single class of cases has been brought forward in proof and
+illustration of our proposition, that _sensation may be produced
+telepathically_, namely, the voluntary class; as for instance, when it has
+been resolved beforehand and strongly desired and willed that a
+representation or apparition of one's self should be seen and recognized
+by another person at a specified time and place, and it has been so
+recognized. This class contains fewer recorded cases, but, on the other
+hand, they are specially valuable, because the element of error arising
+from chance coincidence is almost entirely excluded. In addition to these
+voluntary or prearranged cases there is, however, another and much larger
+class of cases which occur spontaneously, unthought of, and unexpected by
+the percipient as well as by the agent.
+
+Passing over cases of an indefinite or undefined sense of danger or
+peril--or of a "presence"--we will proceed to notice some well
+authenticated cases of spontaneous impressions of a definite character
+made upon the senses, and especially upon the sense of sight. This
+definite impression may be made upon the senses of the percipient in
+dreams--especially those of a veridical character, where there is a
+definite reality corresponding in time and circumstances.
+
+It may also be made when the percipient is in a condition of reverie,
+between sleeping and waking, and even when wide awake and in a perfectly
+normal condition.
+
+This definite impression of seeing or hearing may be made upon a single
+percipient, or it may be perceived by several persons at once.
+
+The following may serve as examples of _veridical dreams_. They were
+carefully examined by the editors of _Phantasms of the Living_, and
+especially by Mr. Gurney. Only initials in the first case were given for
+publication.
+
+"In the year 1857, I had a brother in the very centre of the Indian
+Mutiny. I had been ill in the spring and taken from my lessons in the
+school-room, consequently, I heard more of what was going on from the
+newspapers than a girl of thirteen ordinarily would in those days. We
+were in the habit of hearing regularly from my brother, but in June and
+July of that year no letters came, and what arrived in August proved to
+have been written quite early in the spring, and were full of disturbances
+around his station.
+
+"He was in the service of the East India Company--an officer in the 8th
+Native Infantry. I was always devoted to him, and I grieved and fretted
+far more than any of my elders knew at his danger. I cannot say that I
+dreamt constantly of him, but when I did the impressions were very vivid
+and abiding.
+
+"On one occasion his personal appearance was being discussed and I
+remarked, 'He is not like that now, he has no beard nor whiskers;' and
+when asked why I said such a thing, I replied, 'I know it, for I have seen
+him in my dreams;' and this brought a severe reprimand from my governess,
+who never allowed 'such nonsense' to be talked of.
+
+"On the morning of the 25th of September, quite early, I awoke from a
+dream, to find my sister holding me and much alarmed. I had screamed and
+struggled, crying out, 'Is he really dead?' When I fully awoke, I felt a
+burning sensation in my head. I could not speak for a moment or two; I
+knew my sister was there, but I neither saw nor felt her.
+
+"In about a minute, during which she said my eyes were staring beyond her,
+I ceased struggling cried out, 'Harry's dead, they have shot him,' and
+fainted. When I recovered I found my sister had been sent away, and an
+aunt who had always looked after me, was sitting by my bed.
+
+"In order to soothe my excitement, she allowed me to tell my dream, trying
+all the time to persuade me to regard it as a natural consequence of my
+anxiety.
+
+"When, in my narration, I said he was riding with another officer and
+mounted soldiers behind them, she exclaimed 'My dear, that shows you it is
+only a dream, for your brother is in an _infantry_, not a cavalry,
+regiment.'
+
+"Nothing, however, shook my feeling that I had seen a reality; and she was
+so much struck by my persistence that she privately made notes of the
+dates and of the incidents, even to the minutest details of my dream, and
+then for a few days the matter dropped, but I felt the truth was coming
+nearer and nearer to all. In a short time the news came in the
+papers:--'Shot down on the morning of the 25th, when on his way to
+Lucknow.' A few days later came one of his missing letters, telling how
+his own regiment had mutinied, and that he had been transferred to a
+command in the 12th Irregular Cavalry, bound to join Havelock's force in
+the relief of Lucknow.
+
+"Some eight years after, the officer who was riding by him when he fell,
+Captain or Major Grant, visited us and when, in compliance with my aunt's
+request, he detailed the incidents of that sad hour, his narration tallied
+(even to the description of buildings on their left) with the notes she
+had taken the morning of my dream. I should also add that we heard my
+brother had made the alteration in his beard and whiskers, just about the
+time that I had spoken of him as wearing them differently."
+
+  "L. A. W."
+
+The next case which I will present is from Dr. A. K. Young, F. R. C. S.
+I., of the Terrace, Monaghan, Ireland.
+
+One Monday night, in December, 1836, Dr. Young had the following dream,
+or, as he would prefer to call it, revelation. He found himself suddenly
+at the gate of Major N. M.'s avenue, many miles from his home. Close to
+him was a group of persons, one of them a woman with a basket on her arm,
+the rest men, four of whom were tenants of his own, while the others were
+unknown to him. Some of the strangers seemed to be murderously assaulting
+H. W., one of his tenants, and he interfered. He goes on to say:
+
+"I struck violently at the man on my left and then with greater violence
+at the man's face to my right. Finding to my surprise that I did not knock
+him down either, I struck again and again with all the violence of a man
+frenzied at the sight of my poor friend's murder. To my great amazement I
+saw that my arms, although visible to my eye, were without substance; and
+the bodies of the men I struck at and my own came close together after
+each blow through the shadowy arms I struck with. My blows were delivered
+with more extreme violence than I ever before exerted; but I became
+painfully convinced of my incompetency. I have no consciousness of what
+happened after this feeling of unsubstantiality came upon me."
+
+Next morning, Dr. Young experienced the stiffness and soreness of violent
+bodily exercise and was informed by his wife that in the course of the
+night he had much alarmed her by striking out again and again with his
+arms in a terrific manner, "as if fighting for his life." He in turn
+informed her of his dream and begged her to remember the names of the
+actors in it who were known to him.
+
+On the morning of the following day, Wednesday, he received a letter from
+his agent, who resided in the town close to the scene of his dream,
+informing him that his tenant, H. W., had been found on Tuesday morning at
+Major N. M.'s gate speechless and apparently dying from a fracture of the
+skull, and that there was no trace of the murderers. That night Dr. Young
+started for the town and arrived there on Thursday morning. On his way to
+a meeting of the magistrates he met the senior magistrate of that part of
+the country and requested him to give orders for the arrest of the three
+men whom, besides H. W., he had recognized in his dream, and to have them
+examined separately. This was done. The three men gave identical accounts
+of the occurrence, and all named the woman who was with them. She was then
+arrested and gave precisely similar testimony.
+
+They said that between eleven and twelve on Monday night they had been
+walking homeward, all together along the road, when they were overtaken by
+three strangers, two of whom savagely assaulted H. W., while the other
+prevented his friends from interfering. The man H. W. did not die, and no
+clue was ever found to the assassins.
+
+The Bishop of Clogher writes confirmatory of Dr. Young's account.
+
+"Borderland cases" are those in which the percipient, though seeming to
+himself to be awake, may be in bed, has perhaps been asleep, and is in
+that condition between sleeping and waking known as reverie and which we
+have seen is favorable for the action of the subliminal self, either as
+agent or percipient.
+
+Passing, then, from dreams to "Borderland cases," the first example under
+this head which I will present is from Mrs. Richardson, of Combe Down,
+Bath, England.
+
+She writes:--
+
+    "August 26th, 1882.
+
+    "On September 9th, 1848, at the Siege of Mooltan, my husband,
+    Major-General Richardson, C. B., then adjutant of his regiment, was
+    most severely wounded, and supposing himself dying, asked one of the
+    officers with him to take the ring off his finger and send it to his
+    wife, who at that time was fully one hundred and fifty miles distant,
+    at Ferozepore. On the night of September 9th, 1848, I was lying in my
+    bed between sleeping and waking, when I distinctly saw my husband
+    being carried off the field seriously wounded, and heard his voice
+    saying, 'Take this ring off my finger and send it to my wife.'
+
+    "All the next day I could not get the sight nor the voice out of my
+    mind. In due time I heard of Gen. Richardson having been severely
+    wounded in the assault on Mooltan. He survived, however, and is still
+    living. It was not for some time after the siege that I heard from
+    Colonel L., the officer who helped to carry Gen. Richardson off the
+    field, that the request as to the ring was actually made to him, just
+    as I had heard it at Ferozepore at that very time.
+
+    "M. A. RICHARDSON."
+
+The following questions were addressed to Gen. Richardson.
+
+1. "Does Gen. Richardson remember saying, when he was wounded at Mooltan,
+'Take this ring off my finger and send it to my wife,' or words to that
+effect?"
+
+Ans. "Most distinctly; I made the request to my commanding officer, Major
+E. S. Lloyd, who was supporting me while my man was gone for assistance."
+
+2. "Can you remember the _time_ of the incident?"
+
+Ans. "So far as my memory serves me, I was wounded about nine P. M., on
+Sunday, the 9th September, 1848."
+
+3. "Had Gen. Richardson, before he left home, promised or said anything to
+Mrs. R. as to sending his ring to her in case he should be wounded?"
+
+Ans. "To the best of my recollection, never. Nor had I any kind of
+presentiment on the subject. I naturally felt that with such a fire as we
+were exposed to, I might get hurt."
+
+The next case is from Miss Hosmer, the celebrated sculptor. It was written
+out by Miss Balfour, from the account given by Lydia Maria Child, and
+corrected by Miss Hosmer, July 15th, 1885.
+
+"An Italian girl named Rosa was in my employ for some time, but was
+finally obliged to return home to her sister on account of confirmed
+ill-health. When I took my customary exercise on horseback, I frequently
+called to see her. On one of these occasions I called about six o'clock P.
+M., and found her brighter than I had seen her for some time past. I had
+long relinquished hopes of her recovery, but there was nothing in her
+appearance that gave me the impression of immediate danger. I left her
+with the expectation of calling to see her again many times. She
+expressed a wish to have a bottle of a certain kind of wine, which I
+promised to bring her myself next morning.
+
+"During the remainder of the evening I do not recollect that Rosa was in
+my thoughts after I parted with her. I retired to rest in good health and
+in a quiet frame of mind. But I woke from a sound sleep with an oppressive
+feeling that some one was in the room.
+
+"I reflected that no one could get in except my maid, who had the key to
+one of the two doors of my room--both of which doors were locked. I was
+able dimly to distinguish the furniture in the room. My bed was in the
+middle of the room with a screen around the foot of it. Thinking some one
+might be behind the screen I said, 'Who's there?' but got no answer. Just
+then the clock in the adjacent room struck five; and at that moment I saw
+the figure of Rosa standing by my bedside; and in some way, though I could
+not venture to say it was through the medium of speech, the impression was
+conveyed to me from her of these words: 'Adesso son felice, son contenta.'
+And with that the figure vanished.
+
+"At the breakfast table I said to the friend who shared the apartment with
+me, 'Rosa is dead.' 'What do you mean by that?' she inquired; 'you told
+me she seemed better yesterday.' I related the occurrence of the morning
+and told her I had a strong impression Rosa was dead. She laughed and said
+I had dreamed it all. I assured her I was thoroughly awake. She continued
+to jest on the subject and slightly annoyed me by her persistence in
+believing it a dream when I was perfectly sure of having been wide awake.
+To settle the question I summoned a messenger, and sent him to inquire how
+Rosa did. He returned with the answer that she died that morning at five
+o'clock.
+
+  "H. G. HOSMER."
+
+I will also introduce here as a "Borderland case" an extract from _The
+Life and Times of Lord Brougham, written by himself_ (1871), the extract
+being an entry in his journal during a journey in Sweden in December,
+1799. It is as follows:--
+
+"We set out for Gothenburg [apparently on December 18th], determined to
+make for Norway. About one in the morning, arriving at a decent inn, we
+decided to stop over night. Tired with the cold of yesterday, I was glad
+to take advantage of a hot bath before I turned in, and here a most
+remarkable thing happened to me--so remarkable that I must tell the story
+from the beginning.
+
+"After I left the High School, I went with G., my most intimate friend, to
+attend the classes at the University. There was no divinity class, but we
+frequently in our walks discussed and speculated upon many grave
+subjects--among others, on the immortality of the soul, and a future
+state. This question, and the possibility, I will not say of ghosts
+walking, but of the dead appearing to the living, were subjects of much
+speculation; and we actually committed the folly of drawing up an
+agreement written with our blood, to the effect that which ever of us died
+first should appear to the other, and thus solve any doubts we had
+entertained of the 'life after death.' After we had finished our classes
+at college, G. went to India, having got an appointment there in the Civil
+Service.
+
+"He seldom wrote to me, and after the lapse of a few years I had almost
+forgotten him; moreover, his family having little connection with
+Edinburgh, I seldom saw or heard anything of them, or of him through them,
+so that all his school-boy intimacy had died out, and I had nearly
+forgotten his existence. I had taken, as I have said, a warm bath, and
+while lying in it and enjoying the comfort of the heat after the late
+freezing I had undergone, I turned my head round, looking towards the
+chair on which I had deposited my clothes, as I was about to get out of
+the bath. On the chair sat G., looking calmly at me.
+
+"How I got out of the bath I know not, but on recovering my senses I found
+myself sprawling on the floor. The apparition, or whatever it was that had
+taken the likeness of G., had disappeared.
+
+"This vision produced such a shock that I had no inclination to talk about
+it even to Stewart; but the impression it made upon me was too vivid to be
+easily forgotten; and so strongly was I affected by it that I have here
+written down the whole history, with the date, 19th December, and all the
+particulars, as they are now fresh before me.
+
+"No doubt I had fallen asleep; and that the appearance presented so
+distinctly to my eyes was a dream, I cannot for a moment doubt; yet for
+years I had had no communication with G., nor had there been anything to
+recall him to my recollection; nothing had taken place during our Swedish
+travels either connected with G. or with India, or with anything relating
+to him, or to any member of his family. I could not discharge from my mind
+the impression that G. must have died, and that his appearance to me was
+to be received as a proof of a future state; yet all the while I felt
+convinced that the whole was a dream; and so painfully vivid, so unfading
+the impression, that I could not bring myself to talk of it or make the
+slightest allusion to it."
+
+In October, 1862, Lord Brougham added as a postscript:--
+
+"I have just been copying out from my journal the account of this strange
+dream: _Certissima mortis imago!_ And now to finish the story, begun about
+sixty years ago. Soon after my return to Edinburgh, there arrived a letter
+from India, announcing G.'s death, and stating that he had died on the
+19th of December!
+
+"Singular coincidence! Yet, when one reflects on the vast number of dreams
+which night after night pass through our brains, the number of
+coincidences between the vision and the event are perhaps fewer and less
+remarkable than a fair calculation of chances would warrant us to expect.
+Nor is it surprising, considering the variety of thoughts in sleep, and
+that they all bear some analogy to the affairs of life, that a dream
+should sometimes coincide with a contemporaneous, or even with a future,
+event. This is not much more wonderful than that a person whom we have had
+no reason to expect should appear to us at the very moment we have been
+thinking or speaking of him. So common is this, that it has for ages grown
+into the proverb, 'Speak of the devil.' I believe every such seeming
+miracle is, like every ghost story, capable of explanation."
+
+I have introduced in full Lord Brougham's statement of the case and his
+method of reasoning upon it; let us for a moment analyze each.
+
+I have also introduced Harriet Hosmer's experience along with that of Lord
+Brougham, because they are both notable persons whose evidence regarding
+matters of fact could not be impugned, and whose strength of character,
+honesty of purpose, and knowledge of affairs enables us to throw out of
+account any idea of imposture or self-deception in either case. These
+cases, then, must be received as having actually occurred as related; and
+being so received they render all the more credible other cases reported
+by persons less well known.
+
+What was the character of the apparitions or appearances which were
+presented; were they, properly speaking, dreams? In Miss Hosmer's
+statement she stoutly affirms that she was awake, and she gives good
+reasons for so believing, namely, before she _saw_ anything, but only
+_felt_ that some one was in the room, she _awoke_ from a sound sleep; she
+reasoned with herself regarding the possibility of any one getting into
+the room; she called out: "Who's there?" She saw the furniture, heard the
+clock strike, and counted five; and in another account which I also have,
+she heard the familiar noises about the house of servants at their usual
+work, and she resolved to get up. All this before she saw anything
+unusual; then turning her head she saw Rosa. Clearly this was not a dream
+but a vision occurring possibly in a condition of reverie.
+
+Taking up Lord Brougham's case: in simply recording the facts in his diary
+he speaks of his experience as a _vision_ and the idea that it was a
+_dream_ was evidently an after-thought. He was _enjoying_ the heat; he was
+_about to get out of the bath_; he _turned_ his head. He describes the
+sensations and actions of a man who is awake, or certainly not in a
+condition to have dreams disconnected with his actual surroundings. After
+all this, looking toward the chair upon which he had deposited his
+clothes--still a part of his surroundings, of which he was perfectly
+conscious--he saw G. on the chair _looking calmly at him_.
+
+Now to have _dreamt_ of G., his old school-fellow and friend, looking
+calmly at him, would not have been anything shocking nor even surprising;
+it would not have been even _uncommon_ among dreams--it would have been
+nothing out of the ordinary course of nature. Dreams seldom shock or even
+surprise us--surely not unless there is something intrinsically shocking
+represented by them; but when we see the phantasm of a person whom we know
+cannot be there--that is unusual, that is not in the ordinary course of
+nature, as we are accustomed to observe nature, and it surprises us,
+shocks us, perhaps frightens us; but it does so because we are awake and
+can reason about it and compare its strangeness with the usual order of
+things.
+
+Lord Brougham was awake, he did so reason, and was accordingly shocked.
+
+So vivid was the apparition that he tumbled out of the bath and fainted.
+It is only some time after this, when writing up his diary, that he has no
+doubt that he had fallen asleep. Preconceived theories about apparitions
+now come up in his mind and get him into trouble; he must _explain_ his
+vision.
+
+Now for the explanation. Lord Brougham finds, on returning to Scotland,
+that his former friend is dead, and that the time of his death
+corresponded with the time at which he had seen his apparition in Sweden,
+December 19th.
+
+"Singular coincidence!" That is Lord Brougham's explanation; and that is
+the usual explanation; but it is ill-considered--it is weak--it does not
+cover the ground.
+
+Lord Brougham had but two theories from which to choose: namely, Chance
+and Supernaturalism; and of the two horns of the dilemma he chose the
+easier one.
+
+Let us, however, place ourselves, for the moment, on his ground, namely,
+that (1) It was a dream; and (2) dreams are so numerous that it is not
+surprising that some of them coincide with contemporaneous events.
+
+Evidently the more numerous the coincidences, or the dreams which
+correspond to contemporaneous events, the weaker becomes the theory of
+_chance_ coincidences. Supposing, then, Lord Brougham's case to have been
+unique, that not another similar case was known to have occurred, then we
+should have no particular hesitation in assigning it to the category of
+chance coincidences; but even then it would be out of the order of _usual_
+coincidences both in interest and the number of separate points involved;
+it would excite special interest, but the reference of it to chance would
+not be considered unreasonable: if, however, three or four such cases had
+been reported and discussed in a generation, thoughtful people would
+begin to inquire if there might not be some relation of sequence, or
+possibly of cause and effect; but when hundreds of cases have been
+reported, because they have been systematically sought for--veridical
+dreams connected with the moment of the death of the agent, with fainting,
+with trance, with moments of supreme excitement, or of extreme danger, so
+many different conditions in which by careful observation it is found that
+such hallucinations and symbols relating to actual contemporaneous
+occurrences originate and are telepathically transmitted--the matter is
+then quite removed from the category of chance coincidences, and any
+attempt to force these cases there to-day denotes either ignorance of
+established facts or inability to appreciate logical reasoning or even
+mathematical demonstration. This is all upon the supposition that the case
+in question was a dream. On the other hand, now place the case where it
+really belongs as a _waking_ or Borderland _vision_--an event in a class a
+hundred-fold less numerous than dreams--and in which class corresponding
+events are at least tenfold _more numerous_, and we see how conspicuously
+weak is the coincidence theory.
+
+Neither need the other horn of the dilemma, namely, Supernaturalism, any
+longer be taken. A newly recognized method of mental interaction is
+gradually coming into view; a new principle and law in psychology is being
+established; and under this law the erratic and discredited facts of
+history as well as the facts of present observation and experiment are
+falling into line and becoming intelligible.
+
+The new principle or law, as we have seen, is this: Perceptions, of the
+class which have usually been known as hallucinations, may be originated
+and transferred _telepathically_; in other words, there is a subliminal
+self, which, under various conditions on the part of either agent or
+percipient, or both, may come to the surface and act, impressing the
+sensitive percipient through the senses, by dreams, visions, and
+apparitions, as well as through hallucinations of hearing and touch.
+
+Returning to our well considered cases illustrating some of these various
+conditions: having presented examples of veridical or truth-telling
+dreams, and of waking or borderland visions also corresponding to actual
+events taking place at the same time, I will next present cases where the
+percipient was _undoubtedly awake_ and in a normal condition. The
+following case is reported on the authority of Surgeon Harris of the Royal
+Artillery, who, with his two daughters, was a witness of the occurrence:
+
+"A party of children, sons and daughters of the officers of artillery
+stationed at Woolwich, were playing in the garden. Suddenly a little girl
+screamed, and stood staring with an aspect of terror at a willow tree
+standing in the grounds. Her companions gathered round, asking what ailed
+her. 'Oh!' said she, 'there--there. Don't you see? There's papa lying on
+the ground, and the blood running from a big wound.' All assured her that
+they could see nothing of the kind. But she persisted, describing the
+wound and the position of the body, still expressing surprise that they
+did not see what she so plainly saw. Two of her companions were daughters
+of one of the surgeons of the regiment, whose house adjoined the garden.
+They called their father, who at once came to the spot. He found the child
+in a state of extreme terror and agony, took her into his house, assured
+her it was only a fancy, and having given her restoratives sent her home.
+The incident was treated by all as what the doctor had called it, a fancy,
+and no more was thought of it. News from India, where the child's father
+was stationed, was in those days slow in coming, but the arrival of the
+mail in due course brought the information that the father of the child
+had been killed by a shot, and died under a tree. Making allowances for
+difference in time, it was found to have been about the moment when the
+daughter had the vision at Woolwich."
+
+The next case is from Mr. Francis Dart Fenton, formerly in the native
+department of the Government, Auckland, New Zealand. In 1852, when the
+incident occurred, Mr. Fenton was engaged in forming a settlement on the
+banks of the Waikato.
+
+He writes:--
+
+    "March 25th, 1860.
+
+    "Two sawyers, Frank Philps and Jack Mulholland, were engaged cutting
+    timber for the Rev. R. Maunsell, at the mouth of the Awaroa Creek, a
+    very lonely place, a vast swamp, no people within miles of them. As
+    usual, they had a Maori with them to assist in felling trees. He came
+    from Tihorewam, a village on the other side of the river, about six
+    miles off. As Frank and the native were cross-cutting a tree, the
+    native stopped suddenly and said, 'What are you come for?' looking in
+    the direction of Frank. Frank replied, 'What do you mean?' He said, 'I
+    am not speaking to you; I am speaking to my brother.' Frank said,
+    'Where is he?' The native replied, 'Behind you. What do you want?'
+    (to the other Maori). Frank looked round and saw nobody; the native no
+    longer saw any one, but laid down the saw and said, 'I shall go across
+    the river; my brother is dead.' Frank laughed at him, and reminded him
+    that he had left him quite well on Sunday (five days before), and
+    there had been no communication since. The Maori spoke no more, but
+    got into his canoe and pulled across. When he arrived at the
+    landing-place, he met people coming to fetch him. His brother had just
+    died. I knew him well."
+
+In answer to inquiries as to his authority for this narrative, Mr. Fenton
+writes the editors of _Phantasms of the Living_:--
+
+    "December 18th, 1883.
+
+    "I knew all the parties well, and it is quite true. Incidents of this
+    sort are not infrequent among the Maoris.
+
+    "F. D. FENTON,
+
+    "Late Chief Judge, Native Law Court of New Zealand."
+
+The following case was first published in the _Spiritual Magazine_ in
+1861, by Robert H. Collyer, M. D., F. C. S.
+
+Although published in a spiritual publication, Dr. Collyer states that he
+himself is not a believer in spiritualism, but, on the contrary, is a
+materialist and has been for forty years.
+
+He writes from Beta House, 8 Alpha Road, St. John's Wood, N. W.:--
+
+    "April 15th, 1861.
+
+    "On January 3d, 1856, my brother Joseph being in command of the
+    steamer _Alice_, on the Mississippi, just above New Orleans, she came
+    in collision with another steamer. The concussion caused the flagstaff
+    or pole to fall with great violence, which coming in contact with my
+    brother's head, actually divided the skull, causing of necessity
+    instant death. In October, 1857, I visited the United States. When at
+    my father's residence, Camden, New Jersey, the melancholy death of my
+    brother became the subject of conversation, and my mother narrated to
+    me that at the very time of the accident the apparition of my brother
+    Joseph was presented to her. This fact was corroborated by my father
+    and four sisters. Camden, N. J., is distant from the scene of the
+    accident, in a direct line, over one thousand miles. My mother
+    mentioned the fact of the apparition on the morning of the 4th of
+    January to my father and sisters; nor was it until the 16th, or
+    thirteen days after, that a letter was received confirming in every
+    particular the extraordinary visitation. It will be important to
+    mention that my brother William and his wife lived near the locality
+    of the dreadful accident, and are now living in Philadelphia; they
+    have also corroborated to me the details of the impression produced
+    upon my mother."
+
+Dr. Collyer then quotes a letter from his mother which contains the
+following sentences:--
+
+    "CAMDEN, N. J., UNITED STATES,
+    "March 27th, 1861.
+
+    "MY BELOVED SON,--On the 3d of January, 1856, I did not feel well and
+    retired early to bed. Some time after I felt uneasy and sat up in bed;
+    I looked around the room, and to my utter amazement, saw Joseph
+    standing at the door looking at me with great earnestness; his head
+    was bandaged up, a dirty night-cap on, and a dirty white garment,
+    something like a surplice. He was much disfigured about the eyes and
+    face. It made me quite uncomfortable the rest of the night. The next
+    morning Mary came into my room early. I told her I was sure I was
+    going to have bad news from Joseph. I told all the family at the
+    breakfast table. They replied, 'It was only a dream and nonsense;' but
+    that did not change my opinion. It preyed on my mind, and on the 16th
+    of January I received the news of his death; and singular to say both
+    William and his wife, who were there, say that he was exactly attired
+    as I saw him.
+
+      "Your ever affectionate mother,
+        "ANNE E. COLLYER."
+
+In reply to questions, Dr. Collyer wrote: "My father, who was a scientific
+man, calculated the difference of longitude between Camden and New Orleans
+and found that the mental impression was at the exact time of my brother's
+death....
+
+"In the published account I omitted to state that my brother Joseph, prior
+to his death, had retired for the night in his berth; his vessel was
+moored alongside the levee, at the time of the collision by another
+steamer coming down the Mississippi. Of course my brother was in his
+_nightgown_. He ran on deck on being called and informed that a steamer
+was in close proximity to his own. These circumstances were communicated
+to me by my brother William, who was on the spot at the time of the
+accident."
+
+In addition to these accounts, Mr. Podmore says:--
+
+"I called upon Dr. Collyer on March 25th, 1884. He told me that he
+received a full account of the story verbally from his father, mother, and
+brother in 1857.... He was quite certain of the precise coincidence of
+time."
+
+A sister also writes corroborating all the main statements.
+
+Other senses besides that of sight may receive the telepathic impression.
+In the following cases the sense of hearing was so impressed. The first
+account is from Commander T. W. Aylesbury, late of the Indian Navy. It is
+from Mr. Gurney's collection in _Phantasms of the Living_.
+
+"The writer when thirteen years of age was capsized in a boat when landing
+on the Island of Bally, east of Java, and was nearly drowned. On coming to
+the surface after being repeatedly submerged, the boy called out for his
+mother. This amused the boat's crew, who spoke of it afterwards and jeered
+him a good deal about it. Months after, on arrival in England, the boy
+went to his home, and while telling his mother of his narrow escape he
+said, 'While I was under the water I saw you all sitting in this room; you
+were working on something white. I saw you all--mother, Emily, Eliza, and
+Ellen.' His mother at once said, 'Why, yes, and I _heard_ you cry out for
+me, and I sent Emily to look out of the window, for I remarked that
+something had happened to that poor boy.' The time, owing to the
+difference in longitude, corresponded with the time when the voice was
+heard."
+
+Commander Aylesbury adds in another letter:
+
+"I saw their features (my mother's and sisters'), the room and the
+furniture, and particularly the old-fashioned Venetian blinds. My eldest
+sister was seated next to my mother."
+
+The following is an extract from a letter written to Commander Aylesbury
+by one of his sisters and forwarded to Mr. Gurney, in 1883:--
+
+"I distinctly remember the incident you mention in your letter (the voice
+calling 'Mother'); it made such an impression upon my mind I shall never
+forget it. We were all sitting quietly at work one evening; it was about
+nine o'clock. I think it must have been late in the summer, as we had left
+the street door open. We first heard a faint cry of 'Mother'; we all
+looked up and said to one another, 'Did you hear that? some one cried out
+"Mother."' We had scarcely finished speaking when the voice again called
+'Mother' twice in quick succession, the last cry a frightened, agonizing
+cry. We all started up and mother said to me, 'Go to the door and see what
+is the matter.' I ran directly into the street and stood some few minutes,
+but all was silent, and not a person to be seen; it was a lovely evening,
+not a breath of air. Mother was sadly upset about it. I remember she paced
+the room and feared something had happened to you. She wrote down the
+date the next day, and when you came home and told us how nearly you had
+been drowned, and the time of day, father said it would be about the time
+nine o'clock would be with us. I know the date and the time corresponded."
+
+In the next case three of the senses--sight, hearing, and touch were
+concerned. It is from Mr. Gurney's collection.
+
+    "From Mr. Algeron Joy, 20 Walton Place, S. W.
+
+    "Aug. 16th, 1883.
+
+    "About 1862 I was walking in a country lane near Cardiff by myself,
+    when I was overtaken by two young colliers who suddenly attacked me.
+    One of them gave me a violent blow on the eye which knocked me down,
+    half-stunned. I distinctly remembered afterwards all that I had been
+    thinking about, both immediately prior to the attack and for some time
+    after it.
+
+    "Up to the moment of the attack and for some time previously, I was
+    absorbed in a calculation connected with Penarth Docks, then in
+    construction, on which I was employed. My train of thought was
+    interrupted for a moment by the sound of footsteps behind me. I looked
+    back and saw the two young men, but thought no more of them, and
+    immediately returned to my calculations.
+
+    "On receiving the blow, I began speculating on their object, what they
+    were going to do next, how I could best defend myself, or escape from
+    them; and when they ran away, and I had picked myself up I thought of
+    trying to identify them and of denouncing them at the police station,
+    to which I proceeded after following them until I lost sight of them.
+
+    "In short, I am positive that for about half an hour previous to the
+    attack, and for an hour or two after it, there was no connection
+    whatever, direct or indirect, between my thoughts and a person at that
+    moment in London, and whom I will call 'A.'
+
+    "Two days afterwards, I received a letter from 'A,' written on the day
+    after the assault, asking me what I had been doing and thinking about
+    at 4:30 P. M., on the day previous to that on which he was writing. He
+    continued: 'I had just passed your club and was thinking of you, when
+    I recognized your footstep behind me. You laid your hand heavily on my
+    shoulder. I turned, and saw you as distinctly as I ever saw you in my
+    life. You looked distressed, and in answer to my greeting and inquiry,
+    'What's the matter?' You said, 'Go home, old fellow, I've been hurt.
+    You will get a letter from me in the morning, telling you all about
+    it.' You then vanished instantaneously.
+
+    "The assault took place as near 4:30 as possible, certainly between
+    4:15 and 4:45. I wrote an account of it to 'A' on the following day,
+    so our letters crossed, he receiving mine, not the next morning as my
+    _double_ had promised, but on the succeeding one at about the same
+    time as I received his. 'A' solemnly assured me that he knew no one in
+    or near Cardiff, and that my account was the only one he had received
+    of the incident. From my intimate personal knowledge of him I am
+    certain that he is incapable of uttering an untruth. But there are
+    reasons why I cannot give his name even in confidence.
+
+    "ALGERON JOY."
+
+Apparitions are perhaps more frequently seen by a single percipient; there
+are, however, numerous well authenticated cases where they have been seen
+by several persons at the same time, sometimes by the whole and sometimes
+only by a part of the persons present.
+
+Such cases are called _collective_. Here are two such cases reported to
+Mr. Gurney by physicians.
+
+First, one from Dr. Wyld, 41 Courtfield Road, S. W.
+
+    "December, 1882.
+
+    "Miss L. and her mother were for fifteen years my most intimate
+    friends; they were ladies of the highest intelligence and perfectly
+    truthful, and their story was confirmed by one of the servants, the
+    other I could not trace.
+
+    "Miss L., some years before I made her acquaintance, occupied much of
+    her time in visiting the poor. One day as she walked homewards she
+    felt cold and tired and longed to be at home warming herself at the
+    kitchen fire. At or about the minute corresponding to this wish, the
+    two servants being in the kitchen, the door-handle was seen to turn,
+    the door opened, and in walked Miss L., and going up to the fire she
+    held out her hands and warmed herself, and the servants saw she had a
+    pair of _green_ kid gloves on her hands. She suddenly disappeared
+    before their eyes, and the two servants in great alarm went upstairs
+    and told the mother what they had seen, including the green kid
+    gloves. The mother feared something was wrong, but she attempted to
+    quiet the servants by reminding them that Miss L. always wore black
+    and never green gloves, and that therefore the 'ghost' could not have
+    been that of her daughter.
+
+    "In about half an hour the veritable Miss L. entered the house, and
+    going into the kitchen warmed herself at the fire; and she had on a
+    pair of _green_ kid gloves which she had bought on her way home, not
+    being able to get a suitable black pair.
+
+    "G. WYLD, M. D."
+
+The next case is from Dr. Wm. M. Buchanan, 12 Rutland Square, Edinburgh.
+
+He writes:--
+
+    "The following circumstance took place at a villa about one and a half
+    miles from Glasgow, and was told me by my wife. Of its truth I am as
+    certain as if I had been a witness. The house had a lawn in front of
+    about three or four acres in extent, with a lodge at the gateway
+    distinctly seen from the house, which was about eighty yards' distant.
+    Two of the family were going to visit a friend seven miles' distant,
+    and on the previous day it had been arranged to take a lady, Miss W.,
+    with them, who was to be in waiting at a place about a mile distant.
+    Three of the family and a lady visitor were standing at one of the
+    dining-room windows waiting for the carriage, when they, including my
+    wife, saw Miss W. open the gate at the lodge. The wind had disarranged
+    the front of a pelisse which she wore, which they distinctly saw her
+    adjust. She wore a light gray-colored beaver hat, and had a
+    handkerchief at her mouth; it was supposed she was suffering from
+    toothache to which she was subject. She entered the lodge to the
+    surprise of her friends, and as she did not leave it, a servant was
+    sent to ask her to join the family; but she was informed that Miss W.
+    had not been there, and it was afterwards ascertained that no one
+    except the woman's husband had been in the lodge that morning.
+
+    "The carriage arrived at the house about ten A. M., and Miss W. was
+    found at the place agreed upon, in the dress in which she appeared at
+    the lodge, and suffering from toothache. As she was a nervous person,
+    nothing was said to her about her appearance at the gate. She died
+    nine years afterwards."
+
+    Sometimes an apparition seemingly intended for one person is not
+    perceived by that person, but is seen by some other person present who
+    may be a stranger to the agent or person whose image is seen. The
+    following case is in point. It is from Mrs. Clerke, of Clifton Lodge,
+    Farquhar Road, Upper Norwood, S. E., and also belongs to Mr. Gurney's
+    collection:--
+
+    "In the month of August, 1864, about three or four o'clock in the
+    afternoon, I was sitting reading in the verandah of our house in
+    Barbadoes. My black nurse was driving my little girl, about eighteen
+    months or so old, in her perambulator in the garden. I got up after
+    some time to go into the house, not having noticed anything at all,
+    when this black woman said to me, 'Missis, who was that gentleman that
+    was talking to you just now?' 'There was no one talking to me,' I
+    said. 'Oh, yes, dere was, Missis--a very pale gentleman, very tall,
+    and he talked to you and you was very rude, for you never answered
+    him.' I repeated there was no one, and got rather cross with the
+    woman, and she begged me to write down the day, for she knew she had
+    seen some one. I did, and in a few days I heard of the death of my
+    brother in Tobago. Now the curious part is this, that I did not see
+    him, but she--a stranger to him--did; and she said that he seemed very
+    anxious for me to notice him.
+
+    "MAY CLERKE."
+
+In answer to inquiries Mrs. Clerke says:--
+
+"(1) The day of the death was the same, for I wrote it down. I think it
+was the third of August, but I know it was the same.
+
+"(2) The description 'very tall and pale' was accurate.
+
+"(3) I had no idea he was ill. He was only a few days ill.
+
+"(4) The woman had never seen him. She had been with me about eighteen
+months and I considered her truthful. She had no object in telling me."
+
+Her husband, Colonel Clerke, corroborates as follows:--
+
+"I well remember that on the day on which Mr. John Brersford, my wife's
+brother, died in Tobago--after a short illness of which we were not
+aware--our black nurse declared she saw, at as nearly as possible the time
+of his death, a gentleman exactly answering to Mr. Brersford's
+description, leaning over the back of Mrs. Clerke's easy-chair in the open
+verandah. The figure was not seen by any one else.
+
+  "SHADWELL H. CLERKE."
+
+In this instance, looking upon the dying brother as the agent and the
+sister as the _intended_ percipient, the question arises, why was _she_
+unable to perceive the telepathic influence which presented the likeness
+of her brother, while the colored nurse, an entire stranger to him, sees
+and describes him standing by his sister's chair and apparently anxious
+that she should recognize him?
+
+In another of Mr. Gurney's cases, of four persons present in a business
+office where the phantasm of a fifth well-known person appeared, two
+persons saw the phantasm and two did not.
+
+Abridged from Mr. Gurney's account the circumstances were as follows:--
+
+The narrator is Mr. R. Mouat, of 60 Huntingdon St., Barnsbury, N., and the
+incident occurred in his office on Thursday, September 5th, 1867. The
+persons concerned were the Rev. Mr. H., who had a desk in the same office
+and who may be considered the _agent_; Mr. Mouat, himself, and Mr. R., a
+gentleman from an office upstairs in the same building, the _percipients_;
+while a clerk and a porter who were also present saw nothing.
+
+Mr. Mouat goes into his office at 10:45 o'clock on the morning of
+September 5th, sees his clerk and the porter in conversation, and the Rev.
+Mr. H. standing at the corner of a table at the back of the clerk. He is
+about to speak to Mr. H. about his being there so early (more than an hour
+before his usual time), when the clerk commenced speaking to him about
+business and especially a telegram concerning which something was amiss.
+This conversation lasted several minutes and was decidedly animated.
+During this scene, Mr. R., from an office upstairs, comes in and listens
+to the excited conversation. He looks at Mr. H. in a comical way,
+motioning with his head toward the two disputants, as much as to say "they
+are having it hot;" but to Mr. R.'s disgust Mr. H. does not respond to the
+joke. Mr. R. and the porter then leave the room. Mr. Mouat turns to Mr.
+H., who was all the while standing at the corner of the table, notices
+that he looks downcast, and is without his neck-tie; he says to him,
+"Well, what is the matter with _you_, you look so sour?" Mr. H. makes no
+reply, but looks fixedly at Mr. Mouat. Having finished some papers he was
+reading Mr. Mouat noticed Mr. H. still standing at the table. The clerk at
+that moment handed Mr. Mouat a letter saying, "Here, sir, is a letter from
+Mr. H."
+
+No sooner was the name pronounced than Mr. H. disappeared in a second.
+
+Mr. Mouat is dumfounded--so much so that the clerk notices it. It is then
+discovered that the clerk has not seen Mr. H. at all, and declares that he
+has not been in the office that morning. The letter from Mr. H. was
+written on the previous day and informs Mr. Mouat that he is ill, and will
+not be at the office the next day, and asks to have his letters sent to
+his house.
+
+The next day, Friday, Mr. H. enters the office at his usual hour, twelve
+o'clock; and on being asked by Mr. Mouat where he was the previous day at
+10:45 o'clock, he replied that at that time he had just finished
+breakfast--was at home with his wife, and did not leave the house all day.
+
+The following Monday Mr. Mouat meets Mr. R. and asks him if he remembers
+being in his office the previous Thursday morning. R. replies that he
+does, perfectly. Does he remember who were present and what was going on?
+"Yes," said Mr. R., "you were having an animated confab with your clerk
+about a telegram. Besides yourself and the clerk there were present the
+porter and Mr. H."
+
+On being informed that Mr. H. was at home, fourteen miles' distant, at
+that time, Mr. R. became indignant that any one should insinuate that he
+did not know a man was present when he saw him. He insisted on calling the
+porter to corroborate him; but on being questioned, the porter, like the
+clerk, declared that he did not see anything of Mr. H. that morning.
+
+Here, in broad daylight, of four persons present and engaged in business,
+two saw Mr. H. and addressed him either in words or by signs, while two
+others with equal opportunities did not see him at all.
+
+The Rev. Mr. H. at home during the time had no particular experience of
+any kind. All that can be said is, that, it must have been about his usual
+time for starting for the office; he had sent a letter about his mail
+which he knew would then be received, and all the general routine and
+habit of his life would tend to direct his mind to that locality at that
+particular time. He was ill as he appeared to be to those who saw his
+_appearance_ at the office, and very likely he was negligently dressed.
+
+Why should two of those present have seen his apparition, and two others
+have failed to see it? For the simple reason that, as in ordinary
+thought-transference, or in the "willing game" some are _good subjects_,
+or percipients, and others are not. For the same reason that of ten
+persons making trial of Planchette-writing, the board will move for only
+two or three out of the whole number--that is, in only a few would the
+hands act automatically in response to a subliminal self; and for the same
+reason it may also be true that amongst several persons, in only a few of
+those present, can the sense of sight or hearing be effected by a
+phantasm.
+
+In many instances, children, and in some instances, very young children,
+have been the percipients--children too young to perceive any difference
+between the phantasm and a real person, and who have accordingly addressed
+it and spoken of it as they would of a real person. Even animals,
+especially horses and dogs, have given unmistakable evidence--by
+crouching, trembling, and fright--of perceiving the same phantasms that
+have been seen by persons who were present with them. The phantom being,
+so to speak, _in the air_, it is perceived by those whose organization is
+so adjusted as to make it _impressionable_, and to constitute, to a
+greater or less degree, what is known as a _sensitive_.
+
+Doubtless, on close examination, it would be found that persons capable of
+hypnotization, though they may never have been hypnotized, natural
+somnambulists, persons accustomed to vivid dreaming, reverie, abstraction,
+and kindred states, in other words, persons in whom the subliminal self
+sometimes gives indications of independent action, are most likely to have
+some _marked_ psychical experience. It may be only once in a lifetime, and
+this one instance _may_ be the perception of a phantasmal appearance.
+
+In bringing to a close these examples of apparitions, I wish to introduce
+one which has specially impressed me. It was the experience of a child--it
+is reported by the percipient herself. The statement is singularly
+straightforward, and simple; something was done on account of the vision
+which impressed the circumstance upon others who did not see it, for
+prompt action founded upon what was seen, saved a life. I give it in the
+percipient's own words, written to Mr. Gurney. It is from Mrs. Brettany, 2
+Eckington Villas, Ashbourne Grove, Dulwich.
+
+She writes:--
+
+    "November, 1884.
+
+    "When I was a child I had many remarkable experiences of a psychical
+    nature, and which I remember to have looked upon as ordinary and
+    natural at the time.
+
+    "On one occasion (I am unable to fix the date, but I must have been
+    about ten years old) I was walking in a country lane at A., the place
+    where my parents then resided. I was reading geometry as I walked
+    along, a subject little likely to produce fancies, or morbid phenomena
+    of any kind, when, in a moment, I saw a bedroom, known as the White
+    Room in my home, and upon the floor lay my mother, to all appearances
+    dead.
+
+    "The vision must have remained some minutes, during which time my real
+    surroundings appeared to pale and die out; but as the vision faded
+    actual surroundings came back, at first dimly, and then clearly. I
+    could not doubt that what I had seen was real. So instead of going
+    home, I went at once to the house of our medical man, and found him at
+    home. He at once set out with me for my home, on the way putting
+    questions I could not answer, as my mother was to all appearances well
+    when I left home.
+
+    "I led the doctor straight to the White Room, where we found my mother
+    actually lying as in my vision. This was true, even to minute details.
+
+    "She had been seized suddenly by an attack of the heart, and would
+    soon have breathed her last but for the doctor's timely arrival. I
+    shall get my father and mother to read this and sign it."
+
+    "JEANIE GWYNNE-BRETTANY."
+
+Mrs. Brettany's parents write:--
+
+    "We certify that the above is correct."
+
+    "S. G. GWYNNE.
+    "J. W. GWYNNE."
+
+In answer to inquiries, Mrs. Brettany states further:
+
+    "The White Room in which I saw my mother, and afterwards actually
+    found her, was out of use. It was unlikely she should be there.
+
+    "She was found lying in the attitude in which I had seen her. I found
+    a handkerchief with a lace border beside her on the floor. This I had
+    distinctly noticed in my vision. There were other particulars of
+    coincidence which I cannot put here."
+
+Mrs. Brettany's father writes further:--
+
+    "I distinctly remember being surprised by seeing my daughter in
+    company with the family doctor, outside the door of my residence; and
+    I asked, 'Who is ill?' She replied, 'Mamma.' She led the way at once
+    to the 'White Room,' where we found my wife lying in a swoon on the
+    floor. It was when I asked when she had been taken ill that I found it
+    must have been after my daughter had left the house. None of the
+    servants in the house knew anything of the sudden illness, which our
+    doctor assured me would have been fatal had he not arrived when he
+    did.
+
+    "My wife was quite well when I left her in the morning."
+
+    "S. G. GWYNNE."
+
+Taking, as we must, the main incidents of this narrative as true, we have
+either a simple case of clairvoyance on the part of Mrs. Brettany as a
+child, or else, on the other hand, the subliminal self of the unconscious
+mother hastened to impress the situation upon the sensitive child, and
+with the definite good result which is recorded.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+CONCLUSIONS.
+
+
+In gathering up the results of these investigations, it must be stated
+that in showing their relation to science there is no thought of any
+detraction from the nobility and greatness of scientific labor and
+achievement in the material world--that is grand almost beyond expression.
+The attitude of science is conservative, and it is right; but sooner or
+later it must awake to the fact that here is a new field for investigation
+which comes strictly within the limits of its aims, and even of its
+methods. Many individual members of the great body of scientific workers
+see and know this; gradually the majority will see it.
+
+On the other hand, it must be stated that there is no intention of
+covering the whole ground of alleged occult psychic phenomena, but only a
+portion, even of such as relate to our present life. The subject of the
+return of spirits is untouched; it is only shown that the domain of
+alleged spiritualistic manifestations is deeply trenched upon by the
+action of the subliminal self of living people; what lies beyond that is
+neither affirmed nor denied; it rests upon ground yet to be cleared up and
+considered; and any facts open to satisfactory investigation are always
+welcomed by any of the many persons and societies interested in
+discovering what is true relating to it.
+
+Confining ourselves within the limits assigned, if the series of alleged
+facts which has been presented in the preceding chapters be true, then we
+are in the presence of a momentous reality which, for importance and
+value, has not been exceeded, if, indeed, it has been approached by any of
+the discoveries of modern times.
+
+But, it may be said, your alleged facts are not new; they are coeval with
+history, with mythology, with folk-lore, with religion. Granted that the
+facts are old, that similar ones have been known from very early times,
+how have these facts been treated by the leaders of thought in the
+nineteenth century?
+
+That the earth goes round the sun is an old fact, yet it was not made
+patent and credible, even to the cultivated, much less to the average
+mind, till recent times. Evolution has been going on since millions of
+years before the human race came into existence--it is a very ancient
+fact, yet it is only within the memory of men still living that it has
+been found out and accepted. So telepathy has existed ever since the race
+was young, yet few even now know the facts, observations, and experiments
+upon which its existence is predicated or comprehend either its theories
+or its importance. The subliminal self has been active in every age of
+which we have any record. Yet it has never been recognized as forming a
+part of each and every individual's mental outfit, but its wonderful
+action has either been discredited altogether, or else has been credited
+to foreign or supernatural agencies.
+
+But telepathy can no longer be classed with fads and fancies; if not
+already an accepted fact, it has certainly attained to the dignity of a
+theory supported by both facts and experiments; a theory which has
+attracted to its study a large company of competent men in every civilized
+country.
+
+A theory, no matter in what department of investigation it may be found,
+whether relating to matter or mind, is strong in proportion to the number
+of facts which it will bring into line, harmonize and reduce to system. It
+is that which makes the Nebular Theory of the formation of the planetary
+system so wonderfully strong; it harmonizes and reduces to system so many
+known but otherwise unrelated and unsystematized facts; and it is easier
+to find excuses or form minor theories to account for isolated and
+apparently erratic facts, like the retrograde motions of the satellites of
+Uranus and Neptune, than to give up a theory, at once so grand in itself
+and at the same time harmonizing so many important astronomical phenomena.
+The same is true of the undulatory theory of light, and again of the
+theory of evolution, which forty years ago was looked upon as a flimsy
+hypothesis, but which is now universally accepted as an established truth.
+Some of the facts are still unclassified and unexplained, yet it so
+harmonizes in general the facts of the visible world, that instead of a
+mass of disjointed and heterogeneous objects and phenomena, such as men
+beheld in nature only a hundred years ago, the arbitrary work of a blind
+chance or a capricious Creator, we now behold a beautiful and orderly
+sequence, progression, and unfolding of the natural world according to
+laws which command our admiration and stimulate our reverence.
+
+Apart from recent studies, exactly the same condition of chaos and
+confusion exists regarding psychical phenomena as existed concerning the
+facts in the physical world only a hundred years ago. Nor is it likening
+great things to small when we compare the nebular hypothesis, or the
+theory of evolution, conceptions which have educated an age and vastly
+enlarged the boundary of human thought, to the theory of telepathy and the
+fact and power of the subliminal self. For if it was important that men
+should know the laws governing inanimate matter, to comprehend the orbits
+and motions of the planets; if it developed the understanding to
+contemplate the grandeur of their movements, the vast spaces which they
+traverse, and the wonderful speed with which they accomplish their various
+journeys--if such knowledge has enlarged the capacity of men's minds,
+given them truer notions of the magnitude of the universe, and grander
+conceptions of nature and the infinite power and intelligence which
+pervades and is exhibited in it, is it not equally important and equally
+improving and practical to study the subtler forces which pervade living
+organisms, the still finer laws and adjustments which govern the action of
+mind?
+
+It has been contended by a large and intelligent class of writers, and
+those who most pride themselves on scientific methods and the
+infallibility of scientific inductions, that mind is only the product of
+organization and ceases to have any activity or even existence when the
+organs through which it usually manifests itself have perished. The
+general consensus of mankind is a sharp protest against this
+conclusion--but the experimental proofs have, to many, seemed in favor of
+this scientific denial;--the healthy brain in general exhibits a healthy
+mental activity, the diseased or imperfect brain shows impaired mental
+action, and the disorganized brain simply exhibits no mental activity nor
+any evidence whatever of the existence of mind. Nevertheless, it is a lame
+argument; it is simply an attempt to prove a negative.
+
+The healthy rose emits an agreeable odor which our senses appreciate. You
+may destroy the rose--it does not prove that the fragrance which it
+emitted does not still exist even though our senses fail to appreciate it.
+
+But experiment and scientific methods have also somewhat to say upon this
+subject. And first, in August, 1874, twenty-two years ago, at the moment
+when the materialistic school was at the height of its influence, both the
+scientific and religious world were brought to a momentary
+standstill--like a ship under full headway suddenly struck by a tidal
+wave--when one of the most eminent scientific men of his time, or of any
+time, standing in his place as president of the foremost scientific
+association in the world, spoke as follows: "Abandoning all disguise, the
+confession which I feel bound to make before you is that I prolong the
+vision backward across the boundary of experimental evidence and discover
+in matter, which we, in our ignorance, and notwithstanding our professed
+reverence for its Creator, have hitherto covered with opprobrium, the
+promise and potency of every form of life."[2]
+
+    [2] Prof. Tyndall's address before the British Association at Belfast,
+    August, 1874.
+
+On that day the tap-root of materialism was wounded, and materialism
+itself has been an invalid of increasing languor and desuetude ever since.
+On the other hand, supernaturalism in every form was left in little better
+plight.
+
+To thinking men of all classes this bold declaration opened up the grand
+thought, not new, but newly formulated and endorsed, that as the seed
+contained all the possibilities of the future plant--the ovum all the
+possibilities of the future animal, so matter, which had been thought so
+lightly of, contained within itself the germ, potency, and promise of
+nature in all her subsequent developments--of the vast universe of suns
+and systems, planets and satellites, and of every form of life,
+sensation, and intelligence which in due process of evolution has appeared
+upon their surfaces. It pointed the way to the thought of an infinite
+causal energy and intelligence pervading matter and working through nature
+in all its various grades of life from the first organized cell up to the
+grandest man. It gave a new meaning to mind in man, as being an
+individualized portion of that divine potency which ever existed in
+matter, and which acting through constantly improving and developing
+organisms, amidst constantly improving environments, at length appeared a
+differentiated, individualized, seeing, reasoning, knowing, loving spirit.
+
+The mind, then, is of importance. It is no transient visitor which may
+have made its appearance by chance--a concatenation of coincidences,
+fortunate or unfortunate, but it is the intelligent tenant and master of a
+singularly beautiful and complicated house, a house which has been
+millions upon millions of years in the building, and yet which will be
+lightly laid aside when it ceases to accommodate and fulfil the needs of
+its tenant.
+
+Who and what, then, is this lordly tenant whose germ was coeval with
+matter, whose birth was in the first living cell which appeared upon the
+planet, whose apprenticeship has been served through every grade of
+existence from the humble polyp upwards, whose education has been carried
+on through the brain and organs of every grade of animal life with its
+countless expedients for existence and enjoyment, until now, as lord of
+its domain, it looks back upon its long course of development and
+education, looks about upon its environments and wonders at itself, at
+what it sees, and at what it prophesies. Truly what is this tenant, what
+are its powers, and why is it here at all?
+
+These are the questions which it has been the business of the strongest
+and wisest to discuss, from the time men began to think and record their
+thoughts until the present time; but how various and unsatisfactory have
+been the conclusions. The mental philosophers, psychologists, and
+encyclopedists simply present a chaos of conflicting definitions,
+principles, and premises, upon none of which are they in full agreement
+amongst themselves; they are not even agreed regarding the nature of
+mind--whether it is material or immaterial--how it should be studied, how
+it is related to the body, indeed whether it is an entity at all, or
+simply "a series of feelings or possibilities of them"; whether it
+possesses innate ideas or is simply an accretion of experiences. In
+short, the stock of generally received facts relating to mind has always
+remained exceedingly small. Psychologists have busied themselves chiefly
+about its usual and obvious actions, and when in full relation to the
+body, ignoring all other mental action or arbitrarily excluding it as
+abnormal and not to be taken into account in the study of normal mind; so
+with only half the subject under consideration true results could hardly
+be attained.
+
+Since the organization of the Society for Psychical Research, in 1882, new
+fields of investigation have been undertaken and the _unusual_ phenomena
+connected with the operations of mind have been systematically studied. A
+very hasty and imperfect sketch of this study and of the results obtained
+has been given in the preceding chapters, but for the use here made of
+these studies in connection with his own observations the writer alone is
+responsible. In these studies the field of investigation has been greatly
+extended beyond that examined by the old philosophers and physiologists.
+Beyond the usual activities in which we constantly see the mind
+engaged--observation of surroundings made by the senses, memory of them,
+reasoning about them, and putting them in new combinations in science,
+literature, or art--new activities have been observed, activities lying
+entirely outside the old lines, in new and hitherto unexplored fields.
+
+It has been demonstrated by experiment after experiment carefully made by
+competent persons that sensations, ideas, information, and mental pictures
+can be transferred from one mind to another without the aid of speech,
+sight, hearing, touch, or any of the ordinary methods of communicating
+such information or impressions. That is, Telepathy is a fact, and mind
+communicates with mind through channels other than the ordinary use of the
+senses.
+
+It has been demonstrated that in the hypnotic condition, in ordinary
+somnambulism, in the dreams and vision of ordinary sleep, in reverie, and
+in various other subjective conditions the mind may perceive scenes and
+events at the moment transpiring at such a distance away or under such
+physical conditions as to render it impossible that knowledge of these
+scenes and events could be obtained by means of the senses acting in their
+usual manner. That is, mind under some circumstances _sees_ without the
+use of the physical organ of sight.
+
+Again, it has been demonstrated that some persons can voluntarily project
+the mind--some mind--some centre of intelligence or independent mental
+activity, clothed in a recognizable form, a distance of one, a hundred, or
+a thousand miles, and that it can there make itself known and recognized,
+perform acts, and even carry on a conversation with the person to whom it
+was sent. That is, mind can _act_ at a distance from, and independent of,
+the physical body and the organs through which it usually manifests
+itself.
+
+These propositions present an aspect of mind which the authorities in the
+old fields of psychology have failed to observe or to recognize; or if
+they have at times caught a glimpse of it they have rather chosen to close
+their eyes and deny altogether the phenomena which these propositions
+imply, because they found it was impossible to classify them in their
+system. It has been to a degree a repetition of the folly exhibited by
+Galileo's contemporaries and critics, who refused to look through his
+telescope lest their favorite theories of the universe should be damaged.
+Nevertheless, this newly studied aspect exists, and is adding greatly to
+our knowledge of the nature and action of mind.
+
+Still another class of unusual mental phenomena found in this outlying
+field of psychology is that known under the general name of automatism;
+and by this is meant something more than the "unconscious cerebration" and
+"unconscious muscular action" of the physiologists, and something quite
+different from that.
+
+There is, first, the class of motor automatisms, including
+Planchette-writing and other methods of automatic writing, drawing,
+painting, and kindred performances, also poetical or metrical
+improvisations, and trance, and so-called inspirational speaking:--Second,
+there are the sensory automatisms; or such as are manifested by
+impressions made upon the senses and which are reckoned as hallucinations.
+The impression of hearing a voice, of feeling a touch, or seeing a vision
+may be reckoned as examples of this kind of automatism.
+
+No other division of this newly cultivated field presents so many unusual
+and debatable phenomena. Not only do those modern mysteries,
+Planchette-writing, trance-speaking, and mediumistic utterances come
+easily under this class of mental phenomena, but all that vast array of
+alleged supernatural phenomena which pervades the literature of every
+nation since the time when men first began to record their experiences.
+The oracles of the Greeks and Romans, the dæmon of Socrates, the voices
+of Joan of Arc, and the widespread custom of divination by means of
+crystal-gazing in some of its many forms have already been referred to and
+their relation to automatism or the action of the subliminal self has been
+noted.
+
+There is still one important class of persons who have wielded an enormous
+influence upon mankind, an influence in the main wholesome, elevating, and
+developing, whose relation to automatism demands a passing consideration.
+I refer to the religious chiefs of the world.
+
+As prominent examples of those founders of religions we will briefly
+notice Moses, Zoroaster, Mahomet, and Swedenborg. Each either professed
+himself to be, or his followers have credited him with being, the inspired
+mouthpiece of the Deity. There can be no doubt in the minds of candid
+students that each one of these religious leaders was perfectly honest,
+both as regards his conception of the character and importance of his
+doctrines and also regarding the method by which he professed to receive
+them. Each believed that what he taught was ultimate and infallible truth,
+and was received directly from the Deity. It is evident, however, that
+from whatever source they were derived the doctrines could not all be
+ultimate truth, since they were not in harmony amongst themselves; but
+the authors of them all present their claim to inspiration, and whose
+claim to accept and whose to reject it is difficult to decide. But
+accepting the theory that each promulgated the doctrines, theological,
+cosmological, and ethical, that came to him automatically through the
+superior perception of the subliminal self, all the phenomena fall into
+line with the well ascertained action of that subliminal self.
+
+The truth which Moses saw was such as was adapted to his age and the
+people with whom he had to deal. So there came to his perception not only
+the sublime laws received at Sinai, but also the particulars regarding the
+tabernacle and its furnishing--the rings and the curtains, the dishes and
+spoons and bowls and covers, the rams' skins dyed red, the badgers' skins,
+and the staves of shittim wood. The same also is true regarding the
+teachings of Zoroaster.
+
+The splendid results which followed the promulgation of Mahomet's
+revelation to a few insignificant Arab tribes are proof of its vital germ
+of truth and of its adaptability to the soil into which it fell. It
+developed into a civilization from which, at a later period, a benighted
+and debased Christianity relighted its torch.
+
+Also the teachings of Swedenborg, notwithstanding the apparent egotism of
+the man and the tiresome verbiage of many of his communications, are
+elevating and refining in character and useful to those who are attracted
+to them. That in either case an infinite Deity spoke the commonplace which
+is attributed to Him in these communications is incredible, but to suppose
+it all, both the grand and the trivial, the work of the subconscious self
+of the respective authors is in accordance with what we know of automatism
+and of the wonderful work of the subliminal self when left free to
+exercise its highest activities.
+
+Let us examine with some care the history of two examples of unusual or
+supranormal mental action, the first found in one of the earliest of human
+records, and reckoned as fully inspired; the other equally unusual
+occurring within the last half century and making no claim to any
+supernatural assistance.
+
+The first example is presented in the first chapter of Genesis, and is a
+clear, connected, and in the main correct, though by no means complete,
+account of the changing conditions of the earth in the earliest geological
+periods, and of the appearance in their proper order of the different
+grades of life upon its surface. That such a written account should have
+existed three thousand years before any scientifically constructed
+schedule even of the order in which plants and animals succeeded each
+other, much less of the manner in which the earth was prepared for their
+reception and nurture, is a most remarkable circumstance, regarded either
+from a literary or a scientific standpoint. It has been criticised for its
+lack of scientific exactness, and the supposed error of representing light
+as created before the sun, ignoring the early existence of aquatic life,
+and similar points. But let us take our stand with the grand old seer,
+whoever he may have been, whom we know as Moses, who gave to the world
+this graphic account of the order of creation so many centuries before
+science had thrown its light upon the condition of the earth in those
+far-off ages, and let us endeavor to see what his quickened vision enabled
+him to behold.
+
+The panorama opens and discloses in an hour the grand progressive action
+of millions upon millions of years.
+
+The first picture represents the created earth covered with water and
+enveloped in a thick mantle of steaming mist, causing a condition of
+absolute and impenetrable darkness upon its surface. In the language of
+the seer, "The earth was without form and void; and darkness was upon the
+face of the deep." For ages the unbroken ocean which covered the earth was
+heated by internal fires; the rising vapor as it met the cooler atmosphere
+above was condensed and fell in one constant downpour of rain. Unceasing,
+steaming mist, vapor, and rain, wholly impenetrable to light: such were
+the conditions.
+
+At length, as the cooling process went on, the density of the mists was
+diminished;--the wonderful fiat went forth, "Let light be"--and light was.
+But still the mantle hung close upon the unbroken ocean.
+
+The second picture appears. Not only was there light but a firmament--an
+arch with a clear space underneath it; and it divided the waters which
+were above it from the waters which were beneath it.
+
+Picture the third. The waters were gathered together and the continents
+appeared; and the land was covered with verdure--plants and trees, each
+bearing seed after its kind. Of the inhabitants of the sea the seer had
+taken no account. It was simply a picture that he saw--a natural,
+phenomenal representation.
+
+Picture the fourth. The mists and clouds are altogether dispelled. The
+clear sky appears. The sun comes forth to rule the day--the moon to rule
+the night. The stars also appear.
+
+Picture the fifth. The lower orders of animals are in full possession of
+the earth and sea--fish, fowl, and sea-monsters.
+
+Picture the sixth. The higher orders of creation, mammals and man.
+
+Such was the phenomenal aspect of the various epochs of creation roughly
+outlined, strong, distinct, and in the main true. Not even the scientific
+critic with his present knowledge could combine more strength and truth,
+with so few strokes of the brush.
+
+Relieved of the burden of inspiration and the necessity for presenting
+absolute and unchangeable truth, and presenting the seer as simply telling
+what he saw, the picture is wonderful, and the telling is most graphic. It
+needed no deity nor angel to tell it--it was there--and the subliminal
+self of the seer whose special faculty it was to see, perceived the scene
+in all its grandeur. He also was the one best fitted to perceive the laws
+which should make his people great, and describe the forms and ceremonies
+which should captivate their senses and lead them on to higher
+intellectual, moral, and ethical development.
+
+Next take the other example. Fifty years ago a young man, not yet twenty
+years of age, uneducated, a grocer's boy and shoemaker's apprentice, was
+hypnotized; and it was found that he had a most remarkable mental or
+psychical constitution. He had most unusual experiences, and presented
+unusual psychical phenomena which need not be recounted here.
+
+At length it was impressed upon him as it might have been upon Socrates or
+Joan of Arc, or Swedenborg or Mahomet, that he had a mission and had a
+message to give to the world. He came from the rural town where he had
+spent his boyhood to the city of New York and hired a room on a prominent
+thoroughfare. He then, in his abnormal condition, proceeded to choose
+those who should be specially associated with him in his work--men of
+character and ability whom he did not even know in his normal state.
+First: Three witnesses were chosen who should be fully cognizant of
+everything relating to the method by which the message or book was
+produced. Of these one was a clergyman, one a physician, and one an
+intelligent layman. Second: A scribe qualified to write out the messages
+as he dictated them, to edit and publish them. Third: A physician to put
+him into the hypnotic, or as it was then called, the magnetic condition,
+in which he was to dictate his messages.
+
+The first lecture was given November 28th, 1845, and the last June 21st,
+1847. During this time 157 lectures were given, varying in length from
+forty minutes to four hours, and they were all carefully written out by
+the scribe. To 140 of these manuscripts were attached 267 names of persons
+who listened to them and subscribed their names as witnesses at the end of
+each lecture--to some a single signature was affixed, to some, many. Any
+person really desirous of knowing the purport of these lectures and the
+manner of their delivery could be admitted by making application
+beforehand.
+
+At each sitting the speaker was first put into the deep hypnotic trance in
+which he was rigid and unconscious; but his sub-conscious or second self
+was active and lucid, and associated with the principles and knowledge
+which he needed and which he was to communicate. From this condition he
+came back to the somnambulic state in which he dictated that which he had
+acquired in the deep trance, or what he called the "superior condition";
+and the transition from one of these states to the other took place many
+times during each lecture. Such were the conditions under which Andrew
+Jackson Davis produced the _Principles of Nature--Her Divine
+Revelation_--a book of nearly 800 pages, divided into three parts:--First,
+a setting forth of first principles, which served as a philosophical
+explanation or key to the main work. Second, a cosmogony or description of
+the method by which the universe came to its present state of development,
+and third, a statement of the ethical principles upon which society should
+be based and the practical working of these principles. It assumes to be
+thoroughly scientific and philosophical. It has literary faults, and there
+is plenty of opportunity for cavil and scientific fault-finding; but these
+remarkable facts remain.
+
+A poor boy, thoroughly well known and vouched for by his neighbors for his
+strict integrity, having had only five months of ordinary district school
+instruction for his education, having never read a scientific or
+philosophical book, and not a dozen all told of every kind, having never
+associated with people of education except in the most casual way, yet in
+the manner just described he dictated a book containing the outlines of a
+thoroughly sound and reasonable system of philosophy, theology, and
+ethics, and a complete system of cosmogony representing the most advanced
+views in geology, which was then in its infancy--astronomy, chemistry, and
+other departments of physical science, criticising current scientific
+opinions, and in points where he differed from these opinions giving full
+and cogent reason for that difference.
+
+On March 16th, 17th, and 20th, 1846, he announced the fact of the motion
+of our sun and solar system about a still greater centre, in harmony with
+the Nebular Hypothesis by which he explained the formation of the whole
+vast system. He also announced the existence of an eighth and ninth
+planet, and the apparently abnormal revolution of the satellites of
+Uranus. Neptune, the eighth planet, had not then been discovered and was
+not found until six months later. On the 29th of April he announced the
+discovery and application of diamagnetism by Faraday, concerning which
+none of his associates had any knowledge, and which I believe had not then
+been noticed in this country. He gave a distinct and vivid description of
+the formation of the different bodies constituting the solar system, of
+the introduction of life upon our planet, and of its evolution from grade
+to grade from the lowest to the highest--all in minute detail, in general
+accord with established scientific deduction and in scientific and
+technical language. In several particulars he differed from the received
+opinions, and gave his reasons for so doing. No claim was made to
+inspiration nor to the presentation of absolute or infallible truth, but
+when hypnotized and in what he termed the "superior condition," his
+perceptive faculties were vastly increased, and that which he then
+perceived he made known. He simply gave the truth as he saw it, and he
+commended it to the judgment and reason of mankind for reception or
+rejection. In other words, the subliminal self was brought into action by
+hypnotism, and then by means of its greatly increased perceptive powers he
+gathered knowledge from various sources quite inaccessible to him in his
+ordinary state, and seemingly inaccessible also to others.
+
+Concerning the truth or falsity of the revelations beyond what was already
+known or has since been confirmed by science, I do not assume to pronounce
+judgment; but that this also, as well as the first chapter of Genesis,
+from either a literary or scientific standpoint, is one of the most
+remarkable productions of this or of any age, will not be denied by any
+competent and candid examiner; while the remarkable character of the book
+will be still better appreciated when the status of the theory of
+evolution and of the science of geology fifty years ago is taken into the
+account.
+
+Here are presented two prominent examples of supranormal mental
+activity--one in the early ages of man's development, when _everything_
+was supernatural, the immediate work of a god--the other in man's later
+development when natural law is found intervening between phenomena and
+their cause, and when it is found possible for men to comprehend the fact
+that truth, extraordinary and even that which had previously been unknown
+or was beyond the reach of the senses in their ordinary state, may
+nevertheless be discovered or revealed by other means than direct
+communications from Deity.
+
+It is seen, then, how various and how wonderfully important are the mental
+phenomena grouped under the general designation of automatism.
+
+Many examples of this and other classes of unusual mental action have been
+given in previous chapters, not as cumulative evidence of their
+verity--that would require volumes, but simply to illustrate the subject
+and give some degree of definiteness to our reasoning regarding them. Not
+even all the _classes_ of facts properly belonging to our subject have
+here been represented; but taking them as they have been enumerated and
+hastily described, they constitute a body of well observed and well
+authenticated facts and phenomena of undeniable interest, and if received
+as true their importance is certainly to be compared with the greatest
+discoveries of modern science. They are, however, the very facts which the
+science and philosophy of to-day hesitates to accept. The only exception
+to this statement is found in the treatment lately accorded to hypnotism,
+which after a hundred years of hesitation, rejection and even ridicule,
+has at length been definitely received as regards its main facts. It is
+true, however, that in numerous other instances the evidence regarding
+unusual mental states and phenomena is equally weighty and unimpeachable;
+but because these phenomena are unusual, marvelous or seemingly
+miraculous, belonging to no recognized class of mental action, therefore
+it is argued, they cannot be genuine; there _must be_ some flaw in the
+evidence and they cannot be accepted.
+
+It is tedious going over the arguments which reduce this mode of reasoning
+to an absurdity. The same reasoning has been applied to every important
+discovery in physical science for the past three hundred years; and if it
+were carried out to its logical conclusions no substantial advance in
+human knowledge could ever take place, since every discovery or
+observation of phenomena outside of known laws must on that ground be
+rejected. And the history of scientific discoveries shows that this has
+actually been the case. The announcement of the discovery of the movements
+of the planets around the sun, of the attraction of gravitation, of the
+identity of lightning with electricity, of the relation and derivation of
+species in the world of living forms--of the discovery of living toads in
+geological strata of untold antiquity, and scores of other now accepted
+facts, were accounted visionary and were received with scoffs and jeers by
+the accredited leaders of science, because they were outside of any known
+natural laws; and it was only after the study and contemplation of the new
+discoveries had educated and enlarged the minds of a new generation of men
+to a better understanding of the extent and magnitude of nature and her
+laws that the scoffs subsided and the new facts quietly took their places
+as accredited science.
+
+The same process is going on regarding mental phenomena to-day. It may
+require a generation for men unused to think in this direction to become
+familiarized with the thought that telepathy, clairvoyance, and the
+subliminal self, with its augmented powers, are facts in nature; but
+thousands of intelligent people, and many accustomed to examine facts
+critically and according to approved methods, are already so interpreting
+nature, and their number is constantly increasing.
+
+Such are some of the facts discovered by the pioneers in this outlying
+field of psychology. In attempting to explain or account for them it is
+useless to take refuge in the hazy definitions of the old psychologists,
+or to imagine that the secret is bound up in the vital processes which
+occupy the biologist and physiologist, interesting and important as those
+studies are; even the neurologist can help us comparatively little--he can
+tell us all about diseases of the nervous system and how they manifest
+themselves, and his labor has earned for him the gratitude of mankind; but
+he cannot tell us how thinking is accomplished, nor what thought is; he
+cannot tell the cause of so normal and easily observed a phenomenon as
+ordinary sleep, much less of the new faculties which are developed in
+somnambulism. In all these related departments of science, in considering
+mental phenomena it is found convenient to deny the existence of that for
+which they cannot account. Nature's processes, however, are simple when
+once we comprehend them, so much so that we wonder at their simplicity,
+and wonder that we ever could have failed to understand them; and we learn
+to distrust explanations which are involved and complicated, knowing that
+error often lies that way. And of this kind for the most part, the
+attempted explanations of mental processes in terms of physiology have
+proved to be; they are complicated, inapplicable, and unsatisfactory; and
+they give no aid in the generalizations which have hitherto been so much
+needed.
+
+The phenomena in this new field at first sight seem heterogeneous, without
+system or any common bond; they seem each to demand a separate origin and
+field. But let the idea of the subliminal self, intelligent, and endowed
+with its higher perceptive faculties, be presented, and lo! all these
+refractory phenomena fall into place in one harmonious system. The
+subliminal self is the active and efficient agent in telepathy--it is that
+which sees and hears and acts far away from the body, and reports the
+knowledge which it gains to the ordinary senses, sometimes by motor and
+sometimes by sensory automatism--by automatic writing, speaking, audition,
+the vision, the phantasm. It acts sometimes while the primary self is
+fully conscious--better and most frequently in reverie, in dreams, in
+somnambulism, but best of all when the ordinary self is altogether
+subjective and the body silent, inactive, and insensible, as in that
+strange condition which accompanies the higher phases of trance and
+lucidity, into which few enter, either spontaneously or by the aid of
+hypnotism. Then still retaining its attenuated vital connection, it goes
+forth and sees with extended vision and gathers truth from a thousand
+various and hidden sources.
+
+Will it act less freely, less intelligently, with less consciousness and
+individuality when that attenuated vital connection is severed, and the
+body lies--untenanted?
+
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+INDEX.
+
+
+  A.
+
+  A., Miss, Perceives an induced phantom, 236
+
+  A., Miss, Her journey automatically described, 188
+
+  A. B., Clairvoyance of, 102-105
+
+  Alexis,     "         , 86-87
+
+  Anæsthesia, local, produced by hypnotism, 67
+
+  Apollonius, Clairvoyance of, 80
+
+  Apparitions or Phantasms, Collective Cases, 293, 294, 295, 299
+
+  Automatism, 151
+      "       Ancient and modern, 331
+      "       Grades or kinds of, 151-154
+      "       Motor and sensory, 198, 319
+
+  Automatisms, Sensory, considered as hallucinations, 219
+      "           "     manifested by hearing, 220
+      "        The dæmon of Socrates, 220
+      "        Voices and visions of Joan of Arc, 221
+
+  Automatic writing, by Planchette, 158, 180
+      "        "        Mr. W. T. Stead, 186-193
+      "     drawing and painting by Mrs. Burton, 194
+
+  Aylesbury, Commander T. W., Case by, 289
+
+
+  B.
+
+  B., Madame, Hypnotic subject, 58-61, 131-135, 183
+
+  Barrett, Prof. W. T., and the S. P. R., 5
+
+  Bernheim, Prof., His theories of hypnotism, 36
+    "         "    Post hypnotic suggestions, cases, 63-67
+
+  Bishop, The mind-reader, 8
+
+  Bourne, Ansel, Double personality of, 119, 182
+
+  Borderland cases. Between sleeping and waking, 269
+      "        "  --visions, 269, 271, 273
+
+  Braid, His theory of hypnotism, 31
+
+  Brettany, Mrs., Vision, percipient awake, 304
+
+  Brittan, Dr. S. B., Cases reported by, 99-101
+
+  Brown, A. J., A second personality, 119, 182
+
+  Brougham, Lord, Borderland case, 273-279
+
+  Buchanan, Dr. W. B., Case by, collective, 295
+
+  Burton, Mrs. Julietta T., Automatic writing, 194
+    "      "       "        Drawing and painting by, 195
+    "      "       "        Portrait, by (Frontispiece), 196
+    "      "       "        Psychometric powers, 199
+
+
+  C.
+
+  Carpenter, Dr. Wm. B., His theory, 9
+
+  Charcot, Prof., His theory of hypnotism, 33
+
+  Chiefs, Religious, 320
+    "         "      Moses, Zoroaster, Mahomet, Swedenborg, 320
+
+  Clairvoyance, 74
+       "        Instances of, 78-109
+       "        Ancient and modern, 81
+       "        Nature of, 109
+
+  Cleave, Mr. A. H. W., and Mr. H. P. Sparks, Phantasm produced by, 234
+
+  Clerke, May, Case reported by, 296
+
+  Collyer, Dr. R. H., Case, vision, reported by, 285, 288
+
+  Coues, Dr. E., Case reported by, 88-90
+
+  Crystal-gazing, Used for producing visions, 200
+    "      "      Cases reported by Mr. E. W. Lane, 201
+    "      "      Practised in all ages, 203
+    "      "      Amongst the Hebrews, 204
+    "      "        "      "  Greeks, 205
+    "      "      In the Opera of Parsifal, 206
+    "      "      The Shew-stone of Dr. Dee, 204
+    "      "      What it really is, 208
+    "      "      Experiments of Miss X., 209-214
+    "      "      Col. Wickham's pouch-belt found by, 214
+    "      "      Springs and wells used for, 216
+
+  Cumberland, Mind-reader, 8
+
+
+  D.
+
+  Davis, A. J., Production of _Principles of Nature, Her Divine
+    Revelation_, by, 328
+
+  Deyer, Col. J. J., His well, in relation to Crystal-gazing, 216
+
+  Diagrams, Illustrating thought-transference, 19
+
+  Dreams, Definite impressions during, 263
+    "     Veridical, cases of, 263, 266
+
+  Dufay, Dr., Case reported by, 95
+
+
+  E.
+
+  Elliotson, Dr., Mesmeric treatment by, 43
+
+
+  F.
+
+  Fenton, Mr, F. D., Vision, case reported by, 284
+
+  Fitzgerald, John, Clairvoyance of, 101
+
+
+  G.
+
+  Gerault, Dr., Clairvoyance, case reported by, 95
+
+  Gibert, Dr., Experiments, hypnotizing at a distance, 59
+
+  Ghost-stories, Status of, 1
+
+  Glissoid, Mr. E. M., Hypnotic experiments by, 231
+
+  Gurney, Mr. E., Experiments, 21
+    "       "     Cases reported, 263-266, 284-289, 291-294, 295, 299
+
+  Gurwood, John, His supposed spirit, 170
+     "      "    His crest, 171
+     "      "    In the Peninsular War, 173
+
+  Guthrie, Malcolm, Experiments in Thought-Transference, 18
+
+
+  H.
+
+  Hammond, Dr. Wm. A., Experiments reported by, 56
+
+  Harris, Surgeon, A child's vision, case reported, 282
+
+  Hauffé, Madame, The Seeress of Proverst, 83-86
+
+  Hodgson, Dr. Richard, Case reported by, 122
+
+  Hosmer, Harriet, Borderland case, 271
+
+  Hypnotism, In literature, 2
+      "      Historical sketch of, 28
+      "      Braid's theory of, 31
+      "      Mesmer's theory of, 29
+      "      Charcot's theory of, 33
+      "      Bernheim's theory of, 36-39
+      "      Stages of, 41, 51, 52
+      "      Therapeutic effects of, 42-50
+      "      Psychic aspect of, 51-71
+      "      Rapport in, 54
+      "      Suggestion in, 61-67
+
+  Hypnotizing at a distance, 57
+      "         "     "    Experiments by Prof. Janet and Dr. Gibert, 58
+      "         "     "    Experiments by Prof Richet and Dr. Héricourt, 60
+
+
+  I.
+
+  Individual, The, Conception of, 149
+
+
+  J.
+
+  James, Prof., Case examined by, 122
+
+  Jane, Clairvoyance of, 90-94
+
+  Janet, Prof., Hypnotizing at a distance, 60
+    "     "     Hypnotic experiments by, 131
+
+  Joan of Arc, Her voices and visions, 221
+
+  Joy, Mr. A., Case hallucination affecting sight, hearing and touch, 291
+
+
+  L.
+
+  L. A. W., Remarkable dream or vision, 263
+
+  Léonie, Léontine, Léonore, 131-135
+
+  Liébeault, Dr., Suggestion fulfilled after many days, 63
+      "       "   Suggests a disappearance, 66
+
+  Lucidity, See Clairvoyance.
+
+
+  M.
+
+  "Marie," Clairvoyance of, 95-99
+
+  Mesmer, Anton, 29
+
+  Mesmerists, The early, 31
+
+  Mesmerization of inanimate objects, 69
+
+  Magnetized water, Detection of, 71, 215
+
+  M. L., Clairvoyance of, 105-108
+
+  Moses, The vision of, 323
+
+  Mouat, Mr. R., Narrates a case, phantasms, 299
+
+  Myers, Mr. F. W. H., His important work, 145
+    "     "     "      Cases examined and reported by, 91, 124, 164, 214
+
+
+  N.
+
+  Newnham, Rev. Mr. and Mrs., Planchette writing, 164-168
+
+
+  O.
+
+  Oracles, Greek, 79
+
+
+  P.
+
+  Perception, Definition of, 225
+
+  Perceptions, which are reckoned as hallucinations, 226
+
+  Personality, Double or multiplex, 116
+       "          "         "       cases of, 117, 124-128
+       "          "   in dreaming, 141
+
+  _Phantasms of the Living_, Cases from, 231, 263, 289
+       "     Produced at a distance, case, 234-238
+       "     Collective cases, 293, 294, 295-299
+
+  Phenomena, Psychical, Compared with physical, 311
+
+  Planchette, 154-180
+
+  Podmore, Mr. F., Case by, 288
+
+  Psychical Research, Eng. Society for, established, 3
+
+  Puysegur, Marquis de, 30
+
+
+  R.
+
+  R., Miss, and Miss V., Planchette writing, 168
+
+  Rapport, Hypnotic, Example, 56
+     "        "      Experiments by Mr. Gurney and Dr. Myers, 56
+     "        "      Experiments by Dr. Hammond, 56
+     "        "      At a distance, 57
+
+  Reed, On Personality, 116
+
+  Revelation, A modern, 327
+
+  Richardson, Mrs. M. A., Borderland case reported by, 269
+
+  Russell, Mrs. J. M., Case by, 246-248
+
+  Ruth, Mrs. Wickham's servant, Crystal-gazing, 214
+
+
+  S.
+
+  Sidgwick, Prof. H., Vice-Pres. S. P. R., 5
+     "      Mrs. H., Cases reported by, 88-94
+
+  Society for Psychical Research, formation of, 3-5, 316
+
+  Socrates, Dæmon of, 220
+
+  Somnambulism, 129
+       "        Hypnotic, 131
+
+  Stainton, Moses, Rev. W., Phantoms perceived by, 237, 238
+
+  Stead, W. T., His automatic writing, 186
+    "      "    Miss A.'s journey automatically described by, 188
+    "      "    Needs of a stranger written out by, 189
+    "      "    His correspondent in a railway car, 192
+
+  Stewart, Prof. Balfour, 5
+
+  Subliminal self, The key to many psychical phenomena, 260
+      "       "    Sources of information of, 177
+      "       "    Theory of, 257
+
+  Suggestion, Post-hypnotic, 61
+
+  Smith, J. W., and Kate, Experiments, 22
+
+  Swedenborg, Clairvoyance of, 81-83
+
+
+  T.
+
+  Telepathy, Theories regarding, 250-261
+      "      Explained by the action of the subliminal self, 257-261
+      "      No longer a mere fancy, 309
+
+  Thought-transference, First report on, 6
+     "         "        Classification, 11
+     "         "        Experiments by diagrams, 18
+     "         "        Tested by taste, 21
+     "         "           "      objects, 13
+     "         "           "      cards, 13
+     "         "           "      fictitious names, 14
+     "         "           "      two percipients, 23, 24
+
+  Tyndall, Prof., His Belfast address, effect of, 312-313
+
+
+  U.
+
+  Urim and Thummim, A method of Crystal-gazing, 204
+
+
+  V.
+
+  V., Louis, Case of, 124
+
+  V., Miss, Planchette writing by, 159-164
+
+  Verity, The Misses, perceive induced phantasms, 239-244
+
+  Visions, Percipient being awake, 282
+     "     Cases, 282, 284-286, 289-291, 304
+
+  Voisin, Dr., Cases reported by, 124, 148
+
+
+  W.
+
+  Water, magnetized, detected by patients, 71, 77
+
+  Wedgwood, Mr. H., Planchette-writing, 168-174
+
+  Willing game, 6
+
+  Wyld, Dr., Case reported by, 294
+
+
+  X.
+
+  X., Case illustrating sensory automatism, 184
+
+  X., Félida, Case, double personality, 117-119
+
+  X. Miss., On Crystal-gazing, 209
+
+
+  Y.
+
+  Young, Dr. A. K., Remarkable dream or vision, 266
+
+
+  Z.
+
+  Z., Alma, Case of, 125
+
+  _Zoist, The_, Report of cases in, 42
+
+
+
+
+_January, 1897._
+
+Henry Holt & Co.'s
+
+Newest Books.
+
+
+The Island of Cuba.
+
+By Lieut. A. S. ROWAN, U. S. A., and Prof. M. M. RAMSAY. With Maps and
+Index. 12mo, $1.25.
+
+    "Excellent and timely, a clear and judicial account of Cuba and its
+    history."--_The Dial._ "Conveys just the information needed at this
+    time."--_Philadelphia Times._
+
+
+English Literature.
+
+By BERNHARD TEN BRINK. Vol. II. Part 2. From the Middle of the Fourteenth
+Century to the Accession of Elizabeth. 12mo, $2.00.
+
+    "Has taken highest rank in its department."--_Outlook._
+
+Earlier Volumes:--_Vol. I._ To Wyclif. $2.00.--_Vol. II._ Part 1. Through
+the Renaissance. $2.00.
+
+Ten Brink's Lectures on Shakespeare. $1.25.
+
+
+Telepathy and the Subliminal Self.
+
+By Dr. R. OSGOOD MASON. A work treating of hypnotism, automatism, trance,
+and phantasms. (_To be published at once._) 12mo.
+
+    "It is with the hope of aiding somewhat in the efforts now being made
+    to rescue from an uncertain and unreasoning supernaturalism some of
+    the most valuable facts in nature, and some of the most interesting
+    and beautiful psychical phenomena in human experience, that this book
+    is offered to the public."--_From the Preface._
+
+
+A Diplomat in London. (1871-77.)
+
+By CHARLES GAVARD. A book giving interesting light on the diplomacy of the
+Commune, and on the English aristocracy of the time. (_To be published at
+once._) 12mo.
+
+
+In India.
+
+By ANDRÉ CHEVRILLON. 12mo, $1.50.
+
+    "A masterpiece.... Such a vivid reflection of the country, its people,
+    its architecture, and its religion, that we become unconscious of the
+    printed page, for we see and feel that mystery of the
+    world--India."--_Bookman._
+
+
+
+
+Richard Brinsley Sheridan.
+
+By W. FRASER RAE. With an Introduction by Sheridan's great-grandson, the
+Marquess of Dufferin. With portraits. 2 vols., 8vo, $7.00.
+
+    "A story of romantic and human interest."--_Atlantic Monthly._ "A
+    marvelously ingenious and deft piece of biographical narration.... Mr.
+    Rae has told a full and interesting story, and has told it well."--_N.
+    Y. Tribune._ "The best biography of Sheridan in existence."--_Review
+    of Reviews._
+
+
+Social Forces in German Literature.
+
+By Prof. KUNO FRANCKE. 8vo, $2.00 _net_. (_This book is being translated
+into German._)
+
+    "We owe a debt of gratitude to the author ... his exposition is
+    admirable."--_Nation._
+
+
+On Parody.
+
+By ARTHUR SHADWELL MARTIN. An essay on the art, and humorous selections.
+12mo, $1.25.
+
+    "Of infinite delight and resource to lovers of English
+    verse."--_Outlook._ "Full of good examples."--_Nation._
+
+
+Modern Political Orations. (1838-1888.)
+
+Twenty-four speeches by Brougham, Macaulay, Fox, Cobden, Bulwer-Lytton,
+Bright, Morley, Beaconsfield, Gladstone, Chamberlain, Parnell, McCarthy,
+Churchill, etc., etc. Edited by LEOPOLD WAGNER. $1.00 _net_.
+
+
+Russian Politics.
+
+By HERBERT M. THOMPSON. With maps. $2.00.
+
+    "Most intelligible and interesting."--_Atlantic Monthly._
+
+
+Animal Symbolism in Ecclesiastical Architecture.
+
+By E. P. EVANS. With 78 Illustrations. $2 _net_.
+
+    "Many a ponderous and voluminous work on mediæval history and art,
+    requiring months for its study, is really far less valuable than this
+    little book."--The Hon. ANDREW D. WHITE, in Appleton's _Popular
+    Science Monthly_.
+
+
+International Bimetallism.
+
+By FRANCIS A. WALKER. 3d edition. $1.25.
+
+    "An elaborate study of bimetallism from the first bimetallist in the
+    United States, and there is not a syllable in it that is favorable to
+    the free, unlimited, and independent coinage of silver by the United
+    States."--_Christian Register._
+
+
+
+
+Henry Holt & Co.'s Recent Fiction.
+
+
+The Honorable Peter Stirling.
+
+By PAUL L. FORD. A brilliant novel of New York Political Life. _Sixteenth
+edition._ $1.50.
+
+    "Timely, manly, thoroughbred, and eminently suggestive."--_Atlantic
+    Monthly._
+
+
+Emma Lou: Her Book.
+
+By MARY M. MEARS. 12mo, $1.00.
+
+    "The neatest, closest, and most accurate description of village life
+    in exactly the way an uncommonly bright girl would see it. It is its
+    exceeding naturalness which is so taking.... We are inclined to give
+    the book the highest of encomiums as a sound, wholesome, and most
+    amusing story."--_N. Y. Times._
+
+
+The Buckram Series.
+
+Narrow 16mo, with frontispiece, 75c. each.
+
+    "That admirable Buckram Series--to which a dull book is never
+    admitted."--_N. Y. Times._
+
+
+Out of Bounds.
+
+Being the Adventures of an Unadventurous Young Man. By A. GARRY.
+
+    "An exceedingly good story ... graceful and interesting."--_N. Y.
+    Commercial Advertiser._ "A story which none will read but to
+    enjoy."--_Boston Times._
+
+
+_Earlier Issues._
+
+Anthony Hope's Romances.
+
+    6 vols. The Prisoner of Zenda (31st Ed.). The Indiscretion of the
+    Duchess (10th Ed.). A Man of Mark (9th Ed.). The Dolly Dialogues (9th
+    Ed.). A Change of Air (9th Ed.). Sport Royal (3d Ed.).
+
+A Man and His Womankind. A novel. By NORA VYNNÉ.
+
+Sir Quixote of the Moors. A Scotch Romance. By JOHN BUCHAN.
+
+Lady Bonnie's Experiment. A quaint pastoral. By TIGHE HOPKINS.
+
+Kafir Stories. Tales of adventure. By WM. CHAS. SCULLY.
+
+The Master-Knot (2d Edition). And "Another Story." By CONOVER DUFF.
+
+The Time Machine. The Story of an Invention. By H. G. WELLS.
+
+Tenement Tales of New York. By J. W. SULLIVAN.
+
+Slum Stories of London. (_Neighbors of Ours._) By H. W. NEVINSON.
+
+The Ways of Yale (6th Edition). Sketches, mainly humorous. By H. A. BEERS.
+
+A Suburban Pastoral (5th Edition). American stories. By HENRY A. BEERS.
+
+Jack O'Doon (2d Edition). An American novel. By MARIA BEALE.
+
+Quaker Idyls (5th Edition). By Mrs. S. M. H. GARDNER.
+
+John Ingerfield (6th Edition). A love tragedy. By JEROME K. JEROME.
+
+
+
+
+_Sixteenth Edition of a New York Novel._
+
+The Hon. Peter Stirling
+
+And what people thought of him.
+
+By PAUL LEICESTER FORD. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
+
+
+_The Nation_: "Floods of light on the _raison d'être_, origin, and methods
+of the dark figure that directs the destinies of our cities.... So
+strongly imagined and logically drawn that it satisfies the demand for the
+appearance of truth in art.... Telling scenes and incidents and
+descriptions of political organization, all of which are literal
+transcripts of life and fact--not dry irrelevancies thrown in by way of
+imparting information, but lively detail, needful for a clear
+understanding of Stirling's progress from the humble chairmanship of a
+primary to the dictator's throne.... In the use of dramatic possibilities,
+Mr. Ford is discreet and natural, and without giving Stirling a heroic
+pose, manages to win for him very hearty sympathy and belief. Stirling's
+private and domestic story is well knit with that of his public
+adventures.... A very good novel."
+
+_The Atlantic Monthly_: "Commands our very sincere respect ... there is no
+glaring improbability about his story ... the highly dramatic crisis of
+the story.... The tone and manner of the book are noble.... A timely,
+manly, thoroughbred, and eminently suggestive book."
+
+_The Review of Reviews_: "His relations with women were of unconventional
+sincerity and depth.... Worth reading on several accounts."
+
+_The Dial_: "One of the strongest and most vital characters that have
+appeared in our fiction.... A very charming love-story. To discern the
+soul of good in so evil a thing as Municipal politics calls for sympathies
+that are not often united with a sane ethical outlook; but Peter Stirling
+is possessed of the one without losing his sense of the other, and it is
+this combination of qualities that make him so impressive and admirable a
+figure.... Both a readable and an ethically helpful book."
+
+_The New York Tribune_: "A portrait which is both alive and easily
+recognizable."
+
+_New York Times_: "Mr. Ford's able political novel."
+
+_The Literary World_: "A fine, tender love-story.... A very unusual but,
+let us believe, a possible character.... Peter Stirling is a man's
+hero.... Very readable and enjoyable."
+
+_The Independent_: "Full of life. The interest never flags.... It is long
+since we have read a better novel or one more thoroughly and naturally
+American."
+
+_The Boston Advertiser_: "Sure to excite attention and win popularity."
+
+
+
+
+Anthony Hope's Romances
+
+In Buckram Series.
+
+18mo, with Frontispieces, 75 cents each.
+
+
+The Prisoner of Zenda. _32d Edition._
+
+    "A glorious story, which cannot be too warmly recommended to all who
+    love a tale that stirs the blood. Perhaps not the least among its many
+    good qualities is the fact that its chivalry is of the nineteenth, not
+    of the sixteenth, century; that it is a tale of brave men and true,
+    and of a fair woman of to-day. The Englishman who saves the king ...
+    is as interesting a knight as was Bayard.... The story holds the
+    reader's attention from first to last."--_Critic._
+
+
+The Indiscretion of the Duchess. _10th Edition._
+
+    "Told with an old-time air of romance that gives the fascination of an
+    earlier day; an air of good faith, almost of religious chivalry, gives
+    reality to their extravagance.... Marks Mr. Hope as a wit, if he were
+    not a romancer."--_Nation._
+
+
+A Man of Mark. _9th Edition._
+
+    "More plentifully charged with humor, and the plot is every whit as
+    original as that of Zenda ... returns to the entrancing manner of 'The
+    Prisoner of Zenda.'... The whole game of playing at revolution is
+    pictured with such nearness and intimacy of view that the wildest
+    things happen as though they were every-day occurrences.... Two
+    triumphs of picturesque description--the overthrow and escape of the
+    President, and the night attack on the bank. The charmingly wicked
+    Christina is equal to anything that Mr. Hope has done, with the
+    possible exception of the always piquant Dolly."--_Life._
+
+
+The Dolly Dialogues. _9th Edition._
+
+    "Characterized by a delicious drollery; ... beneath the surface play
+    of words lies a tragi-comedy of life.... There is infinite suggestion
+    in every line."--_Boston Transcript._
+
+
+A Change of Air. _9th Edition._
+
+With portrait and notice of the author.
+
+    "A highly clever performance, with little touches that recall both
+    Balzac and Meredith.... Is endowed with exceeding originality."--_New
+    York Times._
+
+
+Sport Royal. _3d Edition._
+
+    "His many admirers will be happy to find in these stories full
+    evidence that Anthony Hope can write short stories fully as dramatic
+    in incident as his popular novels."--_Philadelphia Call._
+
+
+HENRY HOLT & CO., 29 W. 23d St., New York.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Telepathy and the Subliminal Self, by 
+R. Osgood Mason
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37203-8.txt or 37203-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37203/
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/37203-8.zip b/37203-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6ea6c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-8.zip
diff --git a/37203-h.zip b/37203-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a7375b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h.zip
diff --git a/37203-h/37203-h.htm b/37203-h/37203-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cebd3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/37203-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8566 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Telepathy and the Subliminal Self, by R. Osgood Mason.
+    </title>
+
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+    p {margin-top: .75em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+
+    body {margin-left: 12%; margin-right: 12%;}
+
+    .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller; text-align: right; font-style: normal;}
+
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {text-align: center; clear: both;}
+
+    hr {width: 33%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; clear: both;}
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+	.dent {padding-left: 2em;}
+    .bt {border-top: solid black 1px; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;}
+    .bb {border-bottom: solid black 1px; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;}
+    .btr {border-top: solid black 1px; border-right: solid black 1px; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;}
+    .br {border-right: solid black 1px; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;}
+    .bbr {border-bottom: solid black 1px; border-right: solid black 1px; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;}
+	.none {padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;}
+
+    .giant {font-size: 200%}
+    .huge {font-size: 150%}
+    .large {font-size: 125%}
+
+    .blockquot {margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .poem {margin-left: 15%;}
+    .index {margin-left: 20%;}
+
+    .right {text-align: right;}
+    .center {text-align: center;}
+
+    .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .smcaplc {text-transform: lowercase; font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+    a:link {color:#0000ff; text-decoration:none}
+    a:visited {color:#6633cc; text-decoration:none}
+
+    .spacer {padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em;}
+
+    .verts {margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%;}
+
+    .hang {margin-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em;}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Telepathy and the Subliminal Self, by R. Osgood Mason
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Telepathy and the Subliminal Self
+
+Author: R. Osgood Mason
+
+Release Date: August 25, 2011 [EBook #37203]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" /></div>
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h1>TELEPATHY AND THE<br />SUBLIMINAL SELF</h1>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p><a name="frontis" id="frontis"></a>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/frontis.jpg" alt="" /></div>
+<p class="center">NATHAN EARLY<br />
+<small><i>Phototype from an Automatic Painting.</i> (See <a href="#Page_196">page 196</a>.)</small></p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="huge">TELEPATHY</span><br />
+<small>AND</small><br />
+<span class="huge">THE SUBLIMINAL SELF</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><small>AN ACCOUNT OF RECENT INVESTIGATIONS REGARDING<br />
+HYPNOTISM, AUTOMATISM, DREAMS, PHANTASMS,<br />
+AND RELATED PHENOMENA</small></p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center"><small>BY</small><br />
+R. OSGOOD MASON, A.M., M.D.<br />
+<i>Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine</i></p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/printer.jpg" alt="" /></div>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center">NEW YORK<br />
+HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY<br />
+1897</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center">Copyright, 1897,<br />
+BY<br />
+HENRY HOLT &amp; CO.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[Pg iii]</a></span></p>
+<h2>PREFACE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>To whatever conclusions it may lead us, there is no mistaking the fact
+that now more than ever before is the public interested in matters
+relating to the &#8220;New Psychology.&#8221; Scarcely a day passes that notice of
+some unusual psychical experience or startling phenomenon does not appear
+in popular literature. The newspaper, the magazine, and the novel vie with
+each other in their efforts to excite interest and attract attention by
+the display of these strange incidents, presented sometimes with
+intelligence and taste, but oftener with a culpable disregard of both
+taste and truth.</p>
+
+<p>The general reader is not yet critical regarding these matters, but he is
+at least interested, and desires to know what can be relied upon as
+established truth amongst these various reports. There is inquiry
+concerning Telepathy or Thought-Transference&mdash;is it a fact or is it a
+delusion? Has Hypnotism any actual standing either in science<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[Pg iv]</a></span> or common
+sense? What of Clairvoyance, Planchette, Trance and Trance utterances,
+Crystal-Gazing and Apparitions?</p>
+
+<p>In the following papers intelligent readers, both in and out of the
+medical profession, will find these subjects fairly stated and discussed,
+and to some of the questions asked, fair and reasonable answers given. It
+is with the hope of aiding somewhat in the efforts now being made to
+rescue from an uncertain and unreasoning supernaturalism some of the most
+valuable facts in nature, and some of the most interesting and beautiful
+psychical phenomena in human experience, that this book is offered to the
+public.</p>
+
+<p>To such studies, however, it is objected by some that the principles
+involved in these unusual mental actions are too vague and the facts too
+new and unsubstantiated to be deserving of serious consideration; but it
+should be remembered that all our knowledge, even that which is now
+reckoned as science, was once vague and tentative; it is absurd,
+therefore, to ignore newly-found facts simply because they are new and
+their laws unknown; nevertheless, in psychical matters especially, this is
+the tendency of the age.</p>
+
+<p>But even if upon the practical side these studies should be deemed
+unsatisfactory, it would not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[Pg v]</a></span> follow that they are without use or
+interest. It is a truism that our western civilization is over-intense and
+practical; it is materialistic, hard, mechanical; it values nothing, it
+believes in nothing that cannot be weighed, measured, analyzed, labelled
+and appraised;&mdash;feeling, intuition, aspiration, monitions, glimpses of
+knowledge that are from within&mdash;not external nor distinctly
+cognizable,&mdash;these are all slighted, despised, trampled upon by a
+supercilious dilettanteism on the one hand and an uninstructed
+philistinism on the other, and the result has been a development that is
+abnormal, unsymmetrical, deformed, and tending to disintegration.</p>
+
+<p>To a few, oriental mysticism, to others the hasty deductions of
+spiritualism, and to many more the supernaturalism of the various
+religious systems, offer at least a partial, though often exaggerated,
+antidote to this inherent vice, because they all contemplate a spiritual
+or at least a transcendental aspect of man&#8217;s nature in contrast to that
+which is purely material. But even these partial remedies are not
+available to all, and they are unsatisfactory to many.</p>
+
+<p>As a basis to a more symmetrical and permanent development, some generally
+recognized facts relative to the constitution and action of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[Pg vi]</a></span> these more
+subtle forces in our being must be certified; and as an introduction to
+that work, it is hoped that these studies in the outlying fields of
+psychology will not be found valueless.</p>
+
+<p>A portion of the papers here presented are republished, much revised, by
+courtesy of <i>The New York Times</i>.</p>
+
+<p><br /><span class="smcap">New York</span>, <i>October, 1896</i>.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="table">
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td align="right"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Psychical Research&mdash;Telepathy or Thought-Transference</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Mesmerism and Hypnotism&mdash;History and Therapeutic Effects</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Hypnotism&mdash;Psychical Aspect</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Lucidity or Clairvoyance</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_74">74</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Double or Multiplex Personality</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_116">116</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Natural Somnambulism&mdash;Hypnotic Somnambulism&mdash;Dreams</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Automatism&mdash;Planchette</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Automatic Writing, Drawing and Painting</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_181">181</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[Pg viii]</a></span><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Crystal-gazing</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_198">198</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Phantasms</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_224">224</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Phantasms, Continued</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_262">262</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Conclusions</td>
+    <td align="right"><a href="#Page_307">307</a></td></tr></table>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">PSYCHICAL RESEARCH&mdash;TELEPATHY OR THOUGHT-TRANSFERENCE.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>The status of the old-fashioned ghost story has, within the past ten
+years, perceptibly changed. Formerly, by the credulous generality of
+people, it was almost universally accepted without reason and without
+critical examination. It was looked upon as supernatural, and supernatural
+things were neither to be doubted nor reasoned about, and there the matter
+ended.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, the more learned and scientific, equally without reason
+or critical examination, utterly repudiated and scorned all alleged facts
+and occurrences relating to the subject. &#8220;We know what the laws of nature
+are,&#8221; they said, &#8220;and alleged occurrences which go beyond or contravene
+these laws are upon their face illusions and frauds.&#8221; And so, with them
+also, there the matter ended.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, while the irreclaimably <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>superstitious and credulous on
+the one hand, and the unco-scientific and conservative on the other,
+equally without knowledge and equally without reason, have gone on
+believing and disbelieving, a large number of people&mdash;intelligent,
+inquiring, quick-witted, and reasonable, some scientific and some
+unscientific&mdash;have come to think seriously regarding unusual occurrences
+and phenomena, either witnessed or experienced by themselves or related by
+others, and whose reality they could not doubt, although their relations
+to ordinary conditions of life were mysterious and occult.</p>
+
+<p>In the investigation of these subjects some new and unfamiliar terms have
+come into more or less common use. We hear of mind-reading, telepathy,
+hypnotism, clairvoyance, and psychical research, some of which terms still
+stand for something mysterious, uncanny, perhaps even supernatural, but
+they have at least excited interest and inquiry. The subjects which they
+represent have even permeated general literature; the novelist has made
+use of this widespread interest in occult subjects and has introduced many
+of the strange and weird features which they present into his department
+of literature. Some have made use of this new material without knowledge
+or taste, merely to excite wonder and attract the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span> vulgar, while others
+use it philosophically, with knowledge and discrimination, for the purpose
+of educating their readers in a new and important department of knowledge
+and thought.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the more scientific, societies have been formed, reports have been
+read and published, so that in scientific and literary circles as well as
+among the unlearned the subject has become one of interest.</p>
+
+<p>The object of these papers will be briefly to tell in connection with my
+own observations, what is known and what is thought by others who have
+studied the subject carefully, and especially what has been done by the
+English Society for Psychical Research and kindred societies.</p>
+
+<p>When an expedition is sent out for the purpose of exploring new and
+unknown regions, it is often necessary to send forward scouts to obtain
+some general ideas concerning the nature of the country, its conformation,
+water-courses, inhabitants, and food supplies. The scouts return and
+report what they have discovered; their reports are listened to with
+interest, and upon these reports often depend the movements and success of
+the whole expedition. It will easily be seen how important it is that the
+scouts should be intelligent, sharp-witted, courageous and truthful; and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>
+it will also be evident that the report of these scouts concerning the new
+and unknown country is much more valuable than the preconceived opinions
+of geographers and philosophers, no matter how eminent they may be, who
+have simply stayed at home, enjoyed their easy-chair, and declared
+off-hand that the new country was useless and uninhabitable.</p>
+
+<p>The outlying fields of psychology, which are now the subject of psychical
+research, are comparatively a new and unexplored region, and until within
+a few years it has been considered a barren and unproductive one, into
+which it was silly, disreputable, and even dangerous to enter; the region
+was infested with dream-mongers, spiritualists, clairvoyants, mesmerists,
+and cranks, and the more vigorously it was shunned the safer would he be
+who had a reputation of any kind to lose.</p>
+
+<p>Such substantially was the condition of public sentiment, and especially
+of sentiment in strictly scientific circles, fourteen years ago, when the
+English Society for Psychical Research came into being. The first movement
+in the direction of systematic study and exploration in this new field was
+a preliminary meeting called by Prof. W. F. Barrett, Fellow of the Royal
+Society of Edinburgh, and a few other gentlemen on Jan. 6, 1882,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> when the
+formation of such a society was proposed; and in the following month the
+society was definitely organized and officers were chosen. The first
+general meeting for business and listening to reports took place July 17th
+of the same year.</p>
+
+<p>The persons associated in this society were of the most staid and
+respectable character, noted for solid sense, and a sufficient number of
+them for practical work were also trained in scientific methods, and were
+already eminent in special departments of science.</p>
+
+<p>Prof. Henry Sidgwick, Trinity College, Cambridge, was President; Prof. W.
+F. Barrett, F. R. S. E., Royal College of Science, Dublin, and Prof.
+Balfour Stewart, F. R. S., Owens College, Manchester, were
+Vice-Presidents, and among the members were a large number of well-known
+names of Fellows of various learned and royal societies, professional men,
+and members of Parliament, altogether giving character to the society, as
+well as assuring sensible methods in its work. Among the subjects first
+taken up for examination and, so far as possible, for experimental study,
+were the following:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) Thought-transference, or an examination into the nature and extent of
+any influence which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span> may be exerted by one mind upon another, apart from
+any generally recognized mode of perception or communication.</p>
+
+<p>(2) The study of hypnotism and the forms of so-called mesmeric trance.</p>
+
+<p>(3) An investigation of well-authenticated reports regarding apparitions
+and disturbances in houses reputed to be haunted.</p>
+
+<p>(4) An inquiry into various psychical phenomena commonly called
+Spiritualistic.</p>
+
+<p>The first report made to the society was concerning thought-reading, or
+thought-transference, and was a description of various experiments
+undertaken with a view to determine the question whether one person or one
+mind can receive impressions or intelligence from another person or mind
+without communication by word, touch, or sign, or by any means whatsoever
+apart from the ordinary and recognized methods of perception, or the
+ordinary channels of communication.</p>
+
+<p>What is meant by thought-transference is perhaps most simply illustrated
+by the common amusement known as the &#8220;willing game&#8221;; it is played as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>The person to be influenced or &#8220;willed&#8221; is sent out of the room; those
+remaining then agree upon some act which that person is to be willed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> to
+accomplish; as, for instance, to take some particular piece of bric-&agrave;-brac
+from a table or cabinet and place it upon the piano, or to find some
+article which has been purposely hidden. The person to be willed is then
+brought back into the room; the leader of the game places one hand lightly
+upon her shoulder or arm, and the whole company think intently upon the
+act agreed upon in her absence. If the game is successful, the person so
+willed goes, with more or less promptness, takes the piece of bric-&agrave;-brac
+thought of, and places it upon the piano, as before agreed upon by the
+company, or she goes with more or less directness and discovers the hidden
+article. Nervous agitation, excitement, even faintness or actual syncope,
+are not unusual accompaniments of the effort on the part of the person so
+willed, circumstances which at least show the unusual character of the
+performance and also the necessity for caution in conducting it.</p>
+
+<p>If the game is played honestly, as it generally is, the person to be
+willed, when she returns to the room, is absolutely ignorant of what act
+she is expected to perform, and the person with whom she is placed in
+contact does not intentionally give her any clue or information during the
+progress of the game.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>In the more formal experiments the person who is willed is known as the
+sensitive, subject, or percipient; the person who conducts the experiment
+is known as the agent or operator. The sensitive is presumed to receive,
+in some unusual manner, from the minds of the agent and the company, an
+impression regarding the action to be performed, without communication
+between them in any ordinary manner.</p>
+
+<p>This is one of the simplest forms of thought-transference; it is, of
+course, liable to many errors, and is useless as a scientific test.</p>
+
+<p>Bishop, Cumberland, and other mind readers who have exhibited their
+remarkable powers all over the world, were doubtless sensitives who
+possessed this power of perception or receiving impressions in a high
+degree, so that minute objects, such as an ordinary watch-key, hidden in a
+barrel of rubbish in a cellar and in a distant part of an unfamiliar city,
+is quickly found, the sensitive being connected with the agent by the
+slightest contact, or perhaps only by a string or wire.</p>
+
+<p>The question at issue in all these cases is the same, namely, do the
+sensitives receive their impressions regarding what they have to do from
+the mind of the agent by some process other<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span> than the ordinary means of
+communication, such as seeing, hearing, or touch; or do they, by the
+exceeding delicacy of their perception, receive impressions from slight
+indications unintentionally and unconsciously conveyed to them by the
+agent through the slight contact which is kept up between them?</p>
+
+<p>The opinion of a majority of scientific persons has been altogether averse
+to the theory of thought-transference from one mind to another without the
+aid of the senses and the ordinary means of communication; and they have
+maintained that intimations of the thing to be done by the sensitive were
+conveyed by slight muscular movements unconsciously made by the agent and
+perhaps unconsciously received by the sensitive. To explain, or rather to
+formulate these cases, Dr. William B. Carpenter, the eminent English
+physiologist, proposed the theory of &#8220;unconscious muscular action&#8221; on the
+part of the agent and &#8220;unconscious cerebration&#8221; on the part of the
+sensitive; and his treatment of the whole subject in his &#8220;Mental
+Physiology,&#8221; which was published twenty years ago, and also in his book on
+&#8220;Mesmerism and Spiritualism,&#8221; was thought by many to be conclusive against
+the theory of mind-reading or thought-transference. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>Especially was this
+view entertained by the more conservative portion of the various
+scientific bodies interested in the subject, and also by that large class
+of people, scientific and otherwise, who save themselves much trouble by
+taking their opinions ready made.</p>
+
+<p>It was a very easy way of disposing of the matter, so thoroughly
+scientific, and it did not involve the necessity of studying any new force
+or getting into trouble with any new laws of mental action; it was simply
+delightful, and the physiologists rubbed their hands gleefully over the
+apparent discomfiture of the shallow cranks who imagined they had
+discovered something new. There was only one troublesome circumstance
+about the whole affair. It was this: that cases were every now and then
+making their appearance which absolutely refused to be explained by the
+new theory of Dr. Carpenter, and the only way of disposing of these
+troublesome cases was to declare that the people who observed them did not
+know how to observe, and did not see what they thought they saw.</p>
+
+<p>This was the state of the question, and this the way in which it was
+generally regarded, when it was taken up for investigation by the Society
+for Psychical Research.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>Experiments on the subject of thought-transference fall naturally into
+four classes:</p>
+
+<p>(1) Those where some prearranged action is accomplished, personal contact
+being maintained between the operator and the sensitive.</p>
+
+<p>(2) Similar performances where there is no contact whatever.</p>
+
+<p>(3) Where a name, number, object, or card is guessed or perceived and
+expressed by speech or writing without any perceptible means of obtaining
+intelligence by the senses or through any of the ordinary channels of
+communication.</p>
+
+<p>(4) Where the same ideas have occurred or the same impressions have been
+conveyed at the same moment to the minds of two or more persons widely
+separated from each other.</p>
+
+<p>The first and second of these classes are simply examples of the &#8220;willing
+game&#8221; carried on under more strict conditions, but they are not counted as
+of special value on account of the possibility of information being
+conveyed when contact is permitted, and by means of slight signals, mere
+movements of the eye, finger, or lip, which might quickly be seized upon
+and interpreted by the sensitive, even when there was no actual contact.
+The third and fourth class, however, seem to exclude<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> these and all other
+ordinary or recognizable means of communication.</p>
+
+<p>The following are examples of the third class, namely, where some object,
+number, name, or card has been guessed or perceived without the aid of the
+senses, and without any of the ordinary means of communication between the
+operator and the subject.</p>
+
+<p>The first experiments here reported were made in the family of a
+clergyman, by himself, together with his five daughters, ranging from ten
+to seventeen years of age, all thoroughly healthy persons, and without any
+peculiar nervous development. The daughters and sometimes, also, a young
+maid-servant, were the sensitives, and the clergyman, when alone with his
+family, acted as agent. The test experiments made in this family were
+conducted by two competent and well-qualified observers, members of the
+society, and no member of the family was permitted to know the word, name,
+or object selected, except that the child chosen to act as sensitive was
+told to what class the object belonged; for instance, whether it was a
+number, card, or name of some person or place.</p>
+
+<p>The child was then sent out of the room and kept under observation while
+the test object was agreed upon, and was then recalled by one of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>
+experimenters; and while giving her answers she &#8220;stood near the door with
+downcast eyes,&#8221; and often with her back to the company. The experiments
+were conducted in perfect silence excepting the child&#8217;s answer and the
+&#8220;right&#8221; or &#8220;wrong&#8221; of the agent.</p>
+
+<p>It has been charged that these children, later, were caught signalling
+during the experiments. This is true by their own confession, but it is
+also true that there was no signalling during the earlier experiments,
+also that the signalling when used did not improve the results, and
+furthermore that after they began signalling the effort to keep the mind
+consciously active and acute during their trials injured the passive
+condition necessary for success, and eventually destroyed their
+sensitiveness and thought-reading power altogether.</p>
+
+<p>Besides, most of the tests were made when only the one child was in the
+room, and, as will be noticed, many of the tests were of such a nature
+that signalling would be out of the question, especially with their little
+experience and clumsy code.</p>
+
+<p>The following results were obtained, the name of the object agreed upon
+being given in italics:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><i>A white-handled penknife.</i> Was named and color given on the first trial.
+<i>A box of almonds.</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> Named correctly. <i>A three-penny piece.</i> Failed. <i>A
+box of chocolate.</i> A button box. <i>A penknife, hidden.</i> Failed to state
+where it was.</p>
+
+<p>Trial with cards, to be named:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><i>Two of clubs.</i> Right. <i>Seven of diamonds.</i> Right. <i>Four of spades.</i>
+Failed. <i>Four of hearts.</i> Right. <i>King of hearts.</i> Right. <i>Two of
+diamonds.</i> Right. <i>Ace of hearts.</i> Right. <i>Nine of spades.</i> Right. <i>Five
+of diamonds.</i> Four of diamonds (wrong); then four of hearts, (wrong); then
+five of diamonds, which was right on the third trial. <i>Two of spades.</i>
+Right. <i>Eight of diamonds.</i> Wrong. <i>Ace of diamonds.</i> Wrong. <i>Three of
+hearts.</i> Right. <i>Four of clubs.</i> Wrong. <i>Ace of spades.</i> Wrong.</p>
+
+<p>The following results were obtained with fictitious names:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><i>William Stubbs.</i> Right. <i>Eliza Holmes.</i> Eliza H. <i>Isaac Harding.</i> Right.
+<i>Sophia Shaw.</i> Right. <i>Hester Willis.</i> Cassandra&mdash;then Hester Wilson.
+<i>John Jones.</i> Right. <i>Timothy Taylor.</i> Tom, then Timothy Taylor. <i>Esther
+Ogle.</i> Right. <i>Arthur Higgins.</i> Right. <i>Alfred Henderson.</i> Right. <i>Amy
+Frogmore.</i> Amy Freemore, then Amy Frogmore. <i>Albert Snelgrove.</i> Albert
+Singrore, then Albert Grover.</p>
+
+<p>On another occasion the following result was obtained with cards, Mary,
+the eldest daughter,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> being the percipient: In thirty-one successive
+trials the first only was an entire failure, six of spades being given in
+answer for the eight of spades. Of the remaining thirty consecutive
+trials, in seventeen the card was correctly named on the first attempt,
+nine on the second, and four on the third.</p>
+
+<p>It should here be observed, that according to the calculus of
+probabilities, the chances that an ordinary guesser would be correct in
+his guess on the first trial is, in cards, of course, one in fifty-one,
+but in these trials, numbering 382 in all, and extending over six days,
+the average was one in three, and second and third guesses being allowed
+the successes were more than one in two, almost two in three.</p>
+
+<p>The chances against guessing the card correctly five times in succession
+are more than 1,000,000 to 1, and against this happening eight times in
+succession are more than 142,000,000 to 1, yet the former happened several
+times and the latter twice&mdash;once with cards and once with fictitious
+names, the chances against success in the latter case being almost
+incalculable.</p>
+
+<p>The following experiments were also made among many others, Miss Maud
+Creery being the percipient:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>&#8220;(1) What town have we thought of? A. Buxton: which was correct.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(2) What town have we thought of? A. Derby. What part did you think of
+first? A. Railway station. (So did I.) What next? A. The market-place. (So
+did I.)</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(3) What town have we thought of? A. Something commencing with L. (Pause
+of a minute.) Lincoln. (Correct.)</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(4) What town have we thought of? A. Fairfield. What part did you think
+of first? A. The road to it. (So did I.) What next? A. The triangular
+green behind the Bull&#8217;s Head Inn. (So did I.)&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In seeking an explanation for these remarkable results coincidence and
+chance may, it would seem, be utterly excluded. Touch and hearing must
+also be excluded, since the guesser did not come in contact with any
+person during the experiments, and they were conducted in perfect silence
+excepting the answers of the percipient or the &#8220;yes&#8221; or &#8220;no&#8221; of the agent.</p>
+
+<p>We have left, then, only the unconscious indications which might possibly
+be given by look, movement of a finger, lip, or muscle by persons who were
+present especially on account of their desire and ability to detect any
+such communication,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> and on account of their ability to avoid giving
+information in any such manner themselves.</p>
+
+<p>It seems, in fact, quite incredible that information thus conveyed could
+be sufficient to affect the result in so large a number of experiments,
+especially where the experiments included the names of places and
+fictitious names of persons. Even where signalling is successfully carried
+on, as, for instance, in stage tricks, it is a regular feat of memory
+accomplished between two people who have studied and practised it
+assiduously for a long time, while here were simply children, brought in
+contact, without rehearsal, with strangers, whose object it was to detect
+the trick if any were practised among them.</p>
+
+<p>We are forced, then, to the conclusion that the knowledge which these
+sensitives exhibited concerning the objects, names, or cards which were
+given them as tests, did not come to them by any ordinary sense of
+perception obtained either legitimately or by trick, but came to them
+directly from the minds of other persons acting as agents and striving to
+impress them, and that this knowledge or these impressions were received
+by some means other than through the ordinary channels of communication.</p>
+
+<p>Another method of demonstrating <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>thought-transference which should be
+mentioned here, is by means of diagrams. The experiment may be made as
+follows:&mdash;The percipient, being blindfolded, is seated at a table with his
+back to the operator, without contact and in perfect silence. A
+diagram&mdash;for instance, a circle with a cross in the centre&mdash;is distinctly
+drawn by a third person and so held as to be in full view of the operator,
+who looks at it in silence, steadily and with concentrated attention.</p>
+
+<p>The impression made by the diagram upon the mind of the operator is
+gradually perceived by the percipient, who, after a time varying from a
+few seconds to several minutes, declares himself ready. The bandages are
+then removed from his eyes, and to the best of his ability he draws the
+impression which came to him while blindfolded. The results have varied in
+accuracy, very much as did the results in the experiments with objects and
+cards already described.</p>
+
+<p>The following diagrams are from drawings and reproductions made in the
+manner just described. They are from the proceedings of the Society for
+Psychical Research, and were the result of experiments made by Mr. Malcolm
+Guthrie and Mr. James Birchall, two prominent and cultivated citizens of
+Liverpool, together with three or four<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> ladies, personal friends of
+theirs, all of whom undertook the experiments with the definite purpose of
+testing the truth or falsity of thought-transference.</p>
+
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="5" summary="table">
+<tr><td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1a.jpg" alt="" /></td><td><span class="spacer">&nbsp;</span></td>
+    <td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1b.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">I. Original Drawing.</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td align="center">I. Reproduction.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1c.jpg" alt="" /></td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1d.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">II. Original Drawing.</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td align="center">II. Reproduction.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1e.jpg" alt="" /></td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1f.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">III. Original Drawing.</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td align="center">III. Reproduction.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1g.jpg" alt="" /></td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td align="center" valign="bottom"><img src="images/image1h.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">IV. Original Drawing.</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td align="center">IV. Reproduction.</td></tr></table>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>I will also quote another experiment, which is only a fair example of a
+very large number, carefully carried out from April to November, 1883. In
+many of the experiments members of the Committee on Thought-transference
+from the S. P. R. were present.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">April</span> 20th, 1883.&mdash;Present, Mr. Guthrie, Mr. Birchall, Mr. Steel, and four
+ladies:&mdash;</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="table">
+<tr><td class="btr" align="center">AGENT.</td>
+    <td class="btr" align="center">PERCIPIENT.</td>
+    <td class="btr" align="center">OBJECT.</td>
+    <td class="bt" align="center">RESULT.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="btr" align="center">Mrs. E.</td>
+    <td class="btr" align="center">Miss R.</td>
+    <td class="btr">A square of pink silk on black satin.</td>
+    <td class="bt">&#8220;Pink ... Square.&#8221; Answered almost instantly.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br">A ring of white silk on black satin.</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;Can&#8217;t see it.&#8221;</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">Miss R.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">Miss E.</td>
+    <td class="br">Word R E S, letter by letter.</td>
+    <td class="none">Each letter was named correctly by Miss E.<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">as it was placed before Miss R.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br">Letter Q.</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;Q.&#8221; First answer.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br">Letter F.</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;F.&#8221; First answer.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">All present.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">Miss R.</td>
+    <td class="br">A gilt cross held by Mr. G. behind<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">the percipient.</span></td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;It is a cross.&#8221; Asked, which way is it held,<br />
+    <span style="margin-left: 1em;">percipient replied, &#8220;The right way.&#8221; Correct.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="br">A yellow paper knife.</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;Yellow ... is it a feather?... It looks like a<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">knife with a thin handle.&#8221;</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="bbr" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="bbr" align="center">do.</td>
+    <td class="bbr">A pair of scissors standing open<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">and upright.</span></td>
+    <td class="bb">&#8220;It is silver ... No, it is steel ... It is a pair<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">of scissors standing upright.&#8221;</span></td></tr></table>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>Success was different on different occasions, but this represents an
+ordinary series of experiments at one sitting. In these experiments with
+objects, the percipient was blindfolded and the object moreover was kept
+out of range of vision. In some experiments slight contact was permitted,
+and in some it was not, but it was found that contact had little if any
+effect upon the result.</p>
+
+<p>Remarkable success was also obtained in the transference of sensation,
+such as taste, smell, or pain, while the percipient was in a normal
+condition, that is, not hypnotized.</p>
+
+<p>The following is an average example of the transference of taste:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>The tasters, Mr. Guthrie (M. G.), Mr. Gurney (E. G.), and Mr. Myers (M.).
+The percipients were two young ladies in Mr. Guthrie&#8217;s employ.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Sept. 3, 1883.</span></p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="table">
+<tr><td class="btr" align="center">TASTERS.</td>
+    <td class="btr" align="center">PERCIPIENT.</td>
+    <td class="btr" align="center">SUBSTANCE.</td>
+    <td class="bt" align="center">ANSWER GIVEN.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="btr" align="center">E. G. &amp; M.</td>
+    <td class="btr" align="center">E.</td>
+    <td class="btr" align="center">Worcestershire Sauce.</td>
+    <td class="bt">&#8220;Worcestershire Sauce.&#8221;</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">M. G.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">R.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">"</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;Vinegar.&#8221;</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">E. G. &amp; M.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">E.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">Port wine.</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;Between eau de Cologne and beer.&#8221;</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">M. G.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">R.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">"</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;Raspberry Vinegar.&#8221;</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br" align="center">E. G. &amp; M.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">E.</td>
+    <td class="br" align="center">Bitter aloes.</td>
+    <td class="none">&#8220;Horrible and bitter.&#8221;</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="bbr" align="center">M. G.</td>
+    <td class="bbr" align="center">R.</td>
+    <td class="bbr" align="center">Alum.</td>
+    <td class="bb">&#8220;A taste of ink&mdash;of iron&mdash;of vinegar.<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">I feel it on my lips&mdash;it is as though</span><br />
+    <span style="margin-left: 1em;"> I had been eating alum.&#8221;</span></td></tr></table>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>Some very striking experiments were made by Mr. J. W. Smith of Brunswick
+Place, Leeds, as agent, and his sister Kate as percipient. Their success
+with diagrams fully equalled those already given, and with objects the
+results have seldom been equalled. The following trials were made March
+11th, 1884. The intelligence and good faith of the participants is
+undoubted.</p>
+
+<p>Agent: J. W. Smith. Percipient: Kate Smith.</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="5" summary="table">
+<tr><td align="center"><span class="smcap">Object selected.</span></td><td><span class="spacer">&nbsp;</span></td>
+    <td align="center"><span class="smcap">Named.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Figure 8</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td>Correct first time.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Figure 5</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Black cross on white ground</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Color blue</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td class="dent">Cipher (0)</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+    <td><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="dent" colspan="3">Pair of Scissors.&mdash;Percipient was not told what (i. e. what<br />
+<span style="margin-left: .5em;">form of experiment, figure, color or object) was to be</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: .5em;">next&mdash;but carefully and without noise a pair of scissors</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: .5em;">was placed on white ground, and in about one minute</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: .5em;">and a half she exclaimed: &#8220;Scissors!&#8221;</span></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>The number of facts and experiments bearing upon this division of our
+subject is well-nigh inexhaustible; those already presented will serve as
+illustrations and will also show upon what sort of evidence is founded the
+probability that perceptions and impressions are really conveyed from one
+mind to another in some other manner than by the ordinary and recognized
+methods of communication.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>It remains to give one or two illustrations of the fourth division of the
+subject, namely, where similar thoughts have simultaneously occurred, or
+similar impressions have been made upon the minds of persons at a distance
+from each other without any known method of communication between them.</p>
+
+<p>The first case was received and examined by the society in the summer of
+1885. One of the percipients writes as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My sister-in-law, Sarah Eustance, of Stretton, was lying sick unto death,
+and my wife had gone over there from Lawton Chapel (twelve or thirteen
+miles off) to see and tend her in her last moments. On the night before
+her death I was sleeping at home alone, and, awaking, I heard a voice
+distinctly call me.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thinking it was my niece Rosanna, the only other occupant of the house, I
+went to her room and found her awake and nervous. I asked her whether she
+had called me. She answered: &#8216;No; but something awoke me, when I heard
+some one calling.&#8217; On my wife returning home after her sister&#8217;s death she
+told me how anxious her sister had been to see me, craving for me to be
+sent for, and saying, &#8216;Oh, how I want to see Done once more!&#8217; and soon
+after became speechless. But<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> the curious part was that, about the same
+time that she was &#8216;craving,&#8217; I and my niece heard the call.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In answer to a letter of inquiry he further writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My wife, who went from Lawton that particular Sunday to see her sister,
+will testify, that as she attended upon her (after the departure of the
+minister) during the night, she was asking and craving for me, repeatedly
+saying, &#8216;Oh, I wish I could see Uncle Done and Rosie once more before I
+go!&#8217; and soon after she became unconscious, or at least ceased speaking,
+and died the next day, of which fact I was not aware until my wife
+returned on the evening of the Fourth of July.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Sewill, the Rosie referred to, writes as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was awakened suddenly, without apparent cause, and heard a voice
+calling me distinctly, thus: &#8216;Rosie, Rosie, Rosie.&#8217; We (my uncle and
+myself) were the only occupants of the house that night, aunt being away
+attending upon her sister. I never was called before or since.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The second case is reported by a medical man of excellent reputation to
+whom the incident was related by both Lady G. and her sister, the
+percipients in the case. It is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>&#8220;Lady G. and her sister had been spending the evening with their mother,
+who was in her usual health and spirits when they left her. In the middle
+of the night the sister awoke in a fright and said to her husband: &#8216;I must
+go to my mother at once; do order the carriage. I am sure she is taken
+ill.&#8217; The husband, after trying in vain to convince his wife that it was
+only a fancy, ordered the carriage. As she was approaching her mother&#8217;s
+house, where two roads meet, she saw Lady G.&#8217;s carriage approaching. As
+soon as they met, each asked the other why she was there at that
+unseasonable hour, and both made the same reply:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;I could not sleep, feeling sure my mother was ill, and so I came to
+see.&#8217; As they came in sight of the house they saw their mother&#8217;s
+confidential maid at the door, who told them, when they arrived, that
+their mother had been taken suddenly ill and was dying, and that she had
+expressed an earnest wish to see her daughters.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The reporter adds:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The mother was a lady of strong will and always had a great influence
+over her daughters.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Many well-authenticated instances of a similar character could be cited,
+but the above are sufficient for illustration, which is the object here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>
+chiefly in view, and other facts still further illustrating this division
+of the subject will appear in other relations.</p>
+
+<p>The foregoing facts and experiments are sufficient to indicate what is
+understood by thought-transference, or telepathy, and also to indicate
+what might be called the skirmishing ground between the class of
+psychologists represented by the active workers in the Society for
+Psychical Research and kindred societies on the one hand, and the
+conservative scientists, mostly physiologists, who are incredulous of any
+action of the mind for which they cannot find an appropriate organ and a
+proper method, on the other.</p>
+
+<p>It is not claimed that thought-transference as here set forth is
+established beyond all possibility of doubt or cavil, especially from
+those who choose to remain ignorant of the facts, but only that its facts
+are solid and their interpretation reasonable, and that
+thought-transference has now the same claim to acceptance by well-informed
+people that many of the now accepted facts in physical science had in its
+early days of growth and development.</p>
+
+<p>The reality of thought-transference being once established, a vast field
+for investigation is opened up; a new law, as it were, is discovered; and
+how<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> far-reaching and important its influence and bearing may be upon
+alleged facts and phenomena which heretofore have been disbelieved, or set
+down as chance occurrences, or explained away as hallucinations, is at
+present the interesting study of the experimental psychologist.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">MESMERISM AND HYPNOTISM&mdash;HISTORY AND THERAPEUTIC EFFECTS.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>No department of psychical research is at present exciting so widespread
+an interest as that which is known under the name of Hypnotism; and
+inquiries are constantly made by those to whom the subject is new,
+regarding its nature and effects, and also how, if at all, it differs from
+the mesmerism and animal magnetism of many years ago.</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, these questions are more easily asked than answered, and
+well-informed persons, and even those considered experts in the subject,
+would doubtless give different and perhaps opposing answers to them. A
+short historical sketch may help in forming an opinion.</p>
+
+<p>From the remotest periods of human history to the present time, certain
+peculiar and unusual conditions of mind, sometimes associated with
+abnormal conditions of body, have been observed,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> during which unusual
+conditions, words have unconsciously been spoken, sometimes seemingly
+meaningless, but sometimes conveying knowledge of events at that moment
+taking place at a distance, sometimes foretelling future events, and
+sometimes words of warning, instruction, or command.</p>
+
+<p>The Egyptians and Assyrians had their magi, the Greeks and Romans their
+oracles, the Hebrews their seers and prophets, every great religion its
+inspired teachers, and every savage nation had, under some name, its seer
+or medicine-man.</p>
+
+<p>Socrates had his d&aelig;mon, Joan of Arc her voices and visions, the
+Highlanders their second sight, Spiritualists their mediums and
+&#8220;controls.&#8221; Even Sitting Bull had his vision in which he foresaw the
+approach and destruction of Custer&#8217;s army.</p>
+
+<p>Until a little more than a hundred years ago all persons affected in any
+of these unusual ways were supposed to be endowed with some sort of
+supernatural power, or to be under external and supernatural influence,
+either divine or satanic.</p>
+
+<p>About 1773 Mesmer, an educated German physician, philosopher, and mystic,
+commenced the practice of curing disease by means of magnets passed over
+the affected parts and over the body of the patient from head to foot.
+Afterward seeing Gassner, a Swabian priest, curing his patients<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> by
+command, and applying his hands to the affected parts, he discarded his
+magnets, concluding that the healing power or influence was not in them,
+but in himself; and he called that influence animal magnetism.</p>
+
+<p>Mesmer also found that a certain proportion of his patients went into a
+sleep more or less profound under his manipulations, during which
+somnambulism, or sleep-walking, appeared. But Mesmer&#8217;s chief personal
+interest lay in certain theories regarding the nature of the
+newly-discovered power or agent, and in its therapeutic effects; his
+theories, however, were not understood nor appreciated by the physicians
+of his time, and his cures were looked upon by them as being simply
+quackery.</p>
+
+<p>Nevertheless, it was he who first took the whole subject of these abnormal
+or supranormal conditions out of the domain of the supernatural, and in
+attempting to show their relation to natural forces he placed them in the
+domain of nature as proper subjects of rational study and investigation;
+and for this, at least, Mesmer should be honored.</p>
+
+<p>Under Mesmer&#8217;s pupil, the Marquis de Puysegur, the facts and methods
+relating to the magnetic sleep and magnetic cures were more carefully<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>
+observed and more fully published. Then followed Petetin, Husson, and
+Dupotet, Elliotson in England and Esdaile in India. So from Mesmer in 1773
+to Dupotet and Elliotson in 1838 we have the period of the &#8220;early
+mesmerists.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>During this period the hypnotic sleep was induced by means of passes, the
+operators never for a moment doubting that the influence which produced
+sleep was a power of some sort proceeding from themselves and producing
+its effect upon the patient.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the condition of sleep or lethargy, the following
+conditions were well known to the &#8220;early mesmerists&#8221;; somnambulism, or
+sleep-walking, catalepsy, an&aelig;sthesia, and amnesia, or absence of all
+knowledge of what transpired during the sleep. Suggestion during sleep was
+also made use of, and was even then proposed as an agent in education and
+in the cure of vice.</p>
+
+<p>This was the condition of the subject in 1842, when Braid, an English
+surgeon, made some new and interesting experiments. He showed that the
+so-called mesmeric sleep could be produced in some patients by other
+processes than those used by the early mesmerists; especially could this
+be accomplished by having the patient gaze steadily at a fixed brilliant
+object or point, without<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> resorting to passes or manipulations of any
+kind.</p>
+
+<p>He introduced the word hypnotism, which has since been generally adopted;
+he also proposed some new theories relating to the nature of the hypnotic
+sleep, regarding it as a &#8220;profound nervous change,&#8221; and he still further
+developed the idea and use of suggestion. Otherwise no important changes
+were made by him in the status of the subject. It was not looked upon with
+favor by the profession generally, and its advocates were for the most
+part still considered as cranks and persons whose scientific and
+professional standing and character were not above suspicion.</p>
+
+<p>The period of twenty-five years from 1850 to 1875, was a sort of
+occultation of hypnotism. Braidism suffered nearly the same fate as
+mesmerism&mdash;it was neglected and tabooed. A few capable and honest men,
+like Li&eacute;beault of Nancy and Azam of Bordeaux, worked on, and from time to
+time published their observations; but for the most part these workers
+were neglected and even scorned.</p>
+
+<p>To acknowledge one&#8217;s belief in animal magnetism or hypnotism was bad form,
+and he who did it must be content to suffer a certain degree of both
+social and professional ostracism. The field<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span> was given over to town-hall
+lectures on mesmerism, by &#8220;professors&#8221; whose titles were printed in
+quotation marks even by the local papers which recorded their exploits.</p>
+
+<p>But a change was about to be inaugurated. In 1877 Prof. Charcot, then one
+of the most scientific, most widely-known, and most highly-esteemed of
+living physicians, not only in France but in all the world, was appointed,
+with two colleagues, to investigate the treatment of hysteria by means of
+metallic disks&mdash;a subject which was then attracting the attention of the
+medical profession in France.</p>
+
+<p>So, curiously enough, it happened that Charcot commenced exactly where
+Mesmer had commenced a hundred years before. He experimented upon
+hysterical patients in his wards at La Salp&ecirc;tri&egrave;re, and, as a result, he
+rediscovered mesmerism under the name of hypnotism, just a century after
+it had been discovered by Mesmer and disowned by the French Academy.</p>
+
+<p>But Charcot, after having satisfied himself by his experiments, did not
+hesitate to announce his full belief in the facts and phenomena of
+hypnotism, and that was sufficient to rehabilitate the long-neglected
+subject. The attention of the scientific world was at once turned toward
+it, it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> became a legitimate subject of study, and hypnotism at once became
+respectable. From that time to the present it has formed one of the most
+conspicuous and interesting subjects of psychical study; it has become to
+psychology what determining the value of a single character is to reading
+an ancient inscription in a lost or unknown language&mdash;it is a bit of the
+unknown expressed in terms of the known and helps to furnish clues to
+still greater discoveries.</p>
+
+<p>With the scientific interest in hypnotism which was brought about through
+the great name and influence of Charcot, all doubt concerning the reality
+of the phenomena which it presents disappeared. Hypnotism was a fact and
+had come to stay.</p>
+
+<p>Charcot, who conducted his experiments chiefly among nervous or hysterical
+patients, looked upon the hypnotic condition as a disease, and considered
+the phenomena presented by hypnotic subjects as akin to hysteria. In
+addition to the method of producing the hypnotic condition used by Braid,
+he used, among others, what he called &#8220;massive stimulation,&#8221; which
+consisted in first fully absorbing the subject&#8217;s attention and then
+producing a shock by the loud sounding of a concealed gong, or the sudden
+display or sudden<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> withdrawal of an electric light. By this means
+hysterical subjects were often thrown into a condition of catalepsy, from
+which somnambulism and other hypnotic phenomena were sometimes deduced.</p>
+
+<p>I have myself seen nervous patients thrown into the cataleptic state by
+the &#8220;massive stimulation&#8221; of a huge truck passing by, loaded with clanging
+rails or building iron, or by other sudden shock, but I did not consider
+the process therapeutic nor in any way useful to the patient. Indeed, I
+have considered the present method of transporting those beams and rails
+of iron through our streets and past our dwellings, without the slightest
+attempt to modify their shocking din and clangor, a piece of savagery
+which should at once be made the subject of special legislation looking to
+the prompt punishment of the perpetrators of the outrage.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, neither the methods employed, the psychical
+conditions induced, nor the therapeutic effects attained at La
+Salp&ecirc;tri&egrave;re, where most of these experiments were at that time carried on,
+were such as to particularly commend themselves to students of psychology.
+Nevertheless the great name and approval of Charcot served to command for
+hypnotism the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> attention and the favorable consideration of the scientific
+world.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after the experiments of Charcot and his associates in Paris were
+published, Prof. Bernheim commenced a most thorough and important study of
+the subject in the wards of the hospital at Nancy. These studies were
+made, not upon persons who were already subjects of nervous disease, as
+was the case with Charcot&#8217;s patients, but, on the contrary, upon those
+whose nervous condition was perfectly normal, and even upon those whose
+general health was perfect.</p>
+
+<p>The result of Bernheim&#8217;s experiments proved that a very large percentage
+of all persons, sick or well, could be put into the hypnotic condition. He
+claimed that suggestion was the great factor and influence, both in
+bringing about the condition, and also in the mental phenomena observed,
+and the cures which were accomplished.</p>
+
+<p>He claimed, moreover, that the hypnotic sleep did not differ from ordinary
+sleep, and that no magnetism nor other personal element, influence, or
+force entered in any way into the process&mdash;it was all the power and
+influence of suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>Four distinct and important periods then are found in the history of
+hypnotism:</p>
+
+<p>First, the period of the early mesmerists, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>extending from the time of
+Mesmer, 1773, until that of Braid, 1842&mdash;nearly seventy years&mdash;during
+which the theory of animal magnetism, or of some actual force or subtle
+influence proceeding from the operator to the subject, prevailed.</p>
+
+<p>Second, the period of thirty-five years during which the influence of
+Braid&#8217;s experiments predominated, showing that other methods, and
+especially that by the fixed gaze, were efficient in producing the
+hypnotic sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Third, the short period during which the influence of Charcot and the
+Paris school prevailed.</p>
+
+<p>Fourth, the period since Bernheim began to publish his experiments, and
+which may be called the period of suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>With this brief sketch in mind, we are prepared to examine some of the
+more important phenomena of hypnotism, both in its early and its later
+developments. A simple case would be as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>A patient comes to the physician&#8217;s office complaining of continual
+headaches, general debility, nervousness, and unsatisfactory sleep. She is
+willing to be hypnotized, and is accompanied by a friend. The physician
+seats her comfortably in a chair, and, seating himself opposite her, he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>
+takes her thumbs lightly between his own thumbs and fingers, asks her to
+look steadily at some convenient object&mdash;perhaps a shirt-stud or a
+specified button upon his coat. Presently her eyelids quiver and then
+droop slowly over her eyes; he gently closes them with the tips of his
+fingers, holds them lightly for a moment, and she is asleep.</p>
+
+<p>He then makes several slow passes over her face and down the front of her
+body from head to foot, also some over her head and away from it, all
+without contact and without speaking to her. He lets her sleep ten or
+fifteen minutes&mdash;longer, if convenient&mdash;and then, making two or three
+upward passes over her face, he says promptly: &#8220;All right; wake up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>She slowly opens her eyes, probably smiles, and looks a little foolish at
+having slept. He inquires how she feels. She replies:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I feel remarkably well&mdash;so rested&mdash;as though I had slept a whole night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How is your head?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>(Looking surprised.) &#8220;It is quite well&mdash;the pain is all gone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Very well,&#8221; he says. &#8220;You will continue to feel better and stronger, and
+you will have good sleep at night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>And so it proves. Bernheim or a pupil of his would sit, or perhaps stand,
+near his patient, and in a quiet but firm voice talk of sleep.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sleep is what you need. Sleep is helpful and will do you good. Already,
+while I am talking to you, you are beginning to feel drowsy. Your eyes are
+tired; your lids are drooping; you are growing more and more sleepy; your
+lids droop more and more.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Then, if the eyelids seem heavy, he presses them down over the eyes, all
+the time affirming sleep. If sleep comes, he has succeeded; if not, he
+resorts to gestures, passes, the steady gaze, or whatever he thinks likely
+to aid his suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>When the patient is asleep he suggests that when she awakes her pains and
+nervousness will be gone, and that she will have quiet and refreshing
+sleep at night. What is the condition of the patient while under the
+influence of this induced sleep? Pulse and respiration are little, if at
+all, changed; they may be slightly accelerated at first, and later, if
+very deep sleep occurs, they may be slightly retarded. Temperature is
+seldom changed at all, though, if abnormally high before the sleep is
+induced, it frequently falls during the sleep.</p>
+
+<p>If the hand be raised, or the arm be drawn up high above the head,
+generally it will remain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span> elevated until it is touched and replaced, or
+the patient is told that he can let it fall, when he slowly lowers it.</p>
+
+<p>In many cases the limbs of the patient may be flexed or the body placed in
+any position, and that position will be retained for a longer or shorter
+period, sometimes for hours, without change. Sometimes the condition is
+one of rigidity so firm that the head may be placed upon one chair and the
+heels upon another, and the body will remain stiff like a bridge from one
+chair to the other, even when a heavy weight is placed upon the middle of
+the patient&#8217;s body or another person is seated upon it. This is the full
+cataleptic condition.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes the whole body will be in a condition of an&aelig;sthesia, so that
+needles may be thrust deep into the flesh without evoking any sign of pain
+or any sensation whatever. Sometimes, when this condition of an&aelig;sthesia
+does not appear with the sleep, it may be induced by passes, or by
+suggesting that a certain limb or the whole body is without feeling. In
+this condition the most serious surgical operations have been performed
+without the slightest suffering on the part of the patient.</p>
+
+<p>From the deep sleep the patient often passes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> of his own accord into a
+condition in which he walks, talks, reads, writes, and obeys the slightest
+wish or suggestion of the hypnotizer&mdash;and yet he is asleep. This is called
+the alert stage, or the condition of somnambulism, and is the most
+peculiar, interesting, and wonderful of all.</p>
+
+<p>The two chief stages of the hypnotic condition, then, are, first: the
+lethargic stage; second, the alert stage.</p>
+
+<p>The stage of lethargy may be very light&mdash;a mere drowsiness&mdash;or very
+deep&mdash;a heavy slumber&mdash;and it is often accompanied by a cataleptic state,
+more or less marked in degree.</p>
+
+<p>The alert stage may also vary and may be characterized by somnambulism,
+varying in character from a simple sleepy &#8220;yes&#8221; or &#8220;no&#8221; in answer to
+questions asked by his hypnotizer, to the most wonderful, even
+supranormal, mental activity.</p>
+
+<p>From any of these states the subject may be awakened by his hypnotizer
+simply making a few upward passes or by saying in a firm voice, &#8220;All
+right, wake up,&#8221; or, again, by affirming to the patient that he will awake
+when he (the hypnotizer) has counted up to a certain number, as, for
+instance, five.</p>
+
+<p>Generally, upon awakening, the subject has no<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> knowledge or remembrance of
+anything which has transpired during his hypnotic condition. This is known
+as amnesia. Sometimes, however, a hazy recollection of what has happened
+remains, especially if the hypnotic condition has been only slight.</p>
+
+<p>Up to the present time hypnotism has been studied from two separate and
+important standpoints and for two well-defined purposes: (1) For its
+therapeutic effects, or its use in the treatment of disease and relief of
+pain; (2) for the mental or psychical phenomena which it presents.</p>
+
+<p>The following cases will illustrate its study and use from the therapeutic
+standpoint&mdash;and, first, two cases treated by the old mesmerists, 1843-53.
+They are from reports published in The Zoist:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) Q. I. P., a well-known artist, fifty years ago, had been greatly
+troubled and distressed by weak and inflamed eyes, accompanied by
+ulceration of the cornea, a condition which had lasted more than four
+years. He was never free from the disease, and often it was so severe as
+to prevent work in his studio, and especially reading, for months at a
+time. He had been under the care of the best oculists, both in New York
+and London, for long periods and at different times, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> with very little
+temporary and no permanent relief.</p>
+
+<p>He was urged, as a last resort, to try animal magnetism, as it was then
+called. Accordingly, he consulted a mesmeric practitioner in London, and
+was treated by passes made over the back of the head and down the spine
+and from the centre of the forehead backward and outward over the temples
+and down the sides of the head.</p>
+
+<p>All other treatment was discontinued. No mesmeric phenomena of any kind
+were produced, not even sleep, but from the first day a degree of comfort
+and also improvement was experienced.</p>
+
+<p>The treatment was given one hour daily for one month. The improvement was
+decided and uninterrupted, such as had never before been experienced under
+any form of medical or surgical treatment, no matter how thoroughly
+carried out. The general health was greatly improved, and the eyes were so
+much benefited that they could be relied upon constantly, both for
+painting and reading, and the cure was permanent.</p>
+
+<p>(2) A case of rheumatism treated by Dr. Elliotson of London. The patient,
+G. F., age thirty-five years, was a laborer, and had suffered from
+rheumatism seven weeks. When he applied to Dr. Elliotson, the doctor was
+sitting in his office,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span> in company with three friends&mdash;one a medical
+gentleman, and all skeptics regarding mesmerism.</p>
+
+<p>They all, however, expressed a desire to see the treatment, and,
+accordingly, the patient was brought in. He came with difficulty, upon
+crutches, his face betokening extreme pain. He had never been mesmerized.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor sat down opposite his patient, took his thumbs in his hands,
+and gazed steadily in his eyes. In twenty minutes he fell into the
+mesmeric sleep. Several of the mesmeric phenomena were then produced in
+the presence of his skeptical friends, after which he was allowed to sleep
+undisturbed for two hours. No suggestions regarding his disease are
+reported as having been made to the patient during his sleep.</p>
+
+<p>He was awakened by reverse passes. Being fairly aroused, he arose from his
+chair, walked up and down the room without difficulty, and was perfectly
+unconscious of all that had transpired during his sleep; he only knew he
+came into the room suffering, and on crutches, and that he was now free
+from pain and could walk with ease without them. He left one crutch with
+the doctor and went out twirling the other in his hand. He remained
+perfectly well.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Elliotson afterward tried on three different<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> occasions to hypnotize
+him but without success. Others also tried, but all attempts in this
+direction failed.</p>
+
+<p>I will here introduce one or two cases from my own notebook:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) A. C., a young girl of Irish parentage, fifteen years old, light skin,
+dark hair and eyes, and heavy eyebrows. Her father had &#8220;fits&#8221; for several
+years previous to his death. I first saw the patient Dec. 4, 1872; this
+was five years before Charcot&#8217;s experiments, and nearly ten years before
+those of Bernheim.</p>
+
+<p>She was then having frequent epileptic attacks, characterized by sudden
+loss of consciousness, convulsions, foaming at the mouth, biting the
+tongue, and dark color. She had her first attack six months before I saw
+her, and they had increased in frequency and in severity until now they
+occurred twenty or more times a day, sometimes lasting many minutes, and
+sometimes only a few seconds; sometimes they were of very great severity.</p>
+
+<p>She had received many falls, burns, and bruises in consequence of their
+sudden accession. They occurred both day and night. On my second visit I
+determined to try hypnotism. Patient went to sleep in eight minutes, slept
+a short time and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> awoke without interference. She was immediately put to
+sleep again; she slept only a few minutes, and again awoke.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dec. 7.</span>&mdash;Her friends report that the attacks have not been so frequent and
+not nearly so violent since my last visit. Hypnotized; patient went into a
+profound sleep and remained one hour; she was then awakened by reverse
+passes.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dec. 8.</span>&mdash;The attacks have been still less frequent and severe; she has
+slept quietly; appetite good. Hypnotized and allowed her to sleep two
+hours, and then awoke her by the upward passes.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dec. 9.</span>&mdash;There has been still more marked improvement; the attacks have
+been very few, none lasting more than half a minute. Hypnotized and
+allowed her to remain asleep three hours. Awoke her with some difficulty,
+and she was still somewhat drowsy when I left. She went to sleep in the
+afternoon and slept soundly four hours; awoke and ate her supper; went to
+sleep again and slept soundly all night.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dec. 10.</span>&mdash;There has been no return of the attacks. A month later she had
+had no return of the attacks. She soon after left town, and I have not
+heard of her since. In this case no suggestions whatever were made.</p>
+
+<p>(2) B. X., twenty-four years of age, a sporting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> man; obstinate,
+independent, self-willed, a leader in his circle. He had been a hard
+drinker from boyhood. He had been injured by a fall three years before,
+and had been subject to severe attacks of h&aelig;matemesis. I had known him for
+three or four months previous to June, 1891. At that time he came into my
+office one evening somewhat under the influence of alcoholic stimulants.
+After talking a few moments, I advised him to lie down on the lounge. I
+made no remarks about his drinking, nor about sleep. I simply took his two
+thumbs in my hands and sat quietly beside him. Presently I made a few long
+passes from head to feet, and in five minutes he was fast asleep.</p>
+
+<p>His hands and arms, outstretched and raised high up, remained exactly as
+they were placed. Severe pinching elicited no sign of sensation. He was in
+the deep hypnotic sleep.</p>
+
+<p>I then spoke to him in a distinct and decided manner. I told him he was
+ruining his life and making his family very unhappy by his habit of
+intemperance. I then told him very decidedly that when he awoke he would
+have no more desire for alcoholic stimulants of any kind; that he would
+look upon them all as his enemies, and he would refuse them under all
+circumstances; that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> even the smell of them would be disagreeable to him.
+I repeated the suggestions and then awoke him by making a few passes
+upward over his face, I did not inform him that I had hypnotized him, nor
+speak to him at all about his habit of drinking. I prescribed for some
+ailment for which he had visited me and he went away.</p>
+
+<p>I neither saw nor heard from him again for three months, when I received a
+letter from him from a distant city, informing me that he had not drank a
+drop of spirituous liquor since he was in my office that night. His health
+was perfect, and he had no more vomiting of blood.</p>
+
+<p>June, 1892, one year from the time I had hypnotized him, he came into my
+office in splendid condition. He had drank nothing during the whole year.
+I have not heard from him since.</p>
+
+<p>The following case illustrates Bernheim&#8217;s method:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Mlle. J., teacher, thirty-two years old, came to the clinique, Feb. 17,
+1887, for chorea, or St. Vitus&#8217;s dance. Nearly two weeks previous she had
+been roughly reprimanded by her superior which had greatly affected her.
+She could scarcely sleep or eat; she had nausea, pricking sensations in
+both arms, delirium at times, and now incessant<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> movements, sometimes as
+frequent as two every second, in both the right arm and leg.</p>
+
+<p>She can neither write nor attend to her school duties. Bernheim hypnotizes
+her by his method. She goes easily into the somnambulic condition. In
+three or four minutes, under the influence of suggestion, the movements of
+the hand and foot cease; upon waking up, they reappear, but less
+frequently. A second hypnotization, with suggestion, checks them
+completely.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Feb.</span> 19th.&mdash;Says she has been very comfortable; the pricking sensations
+have ceased. No nervous movements until nine o&#8217;clock this morning, when
+they returned, about ten or eleven every minute. New hypnotization and
+suggestion, during which the motions cease, and they remain absent when
+she wakes.</p>
+
+<p>21st.&mdash;Has had slight pains and a few choraic movements.</p>
+
+<p>25th.&mdash;Is doing well; has no movements; says she is cured.</p>
+
+<p>She returned a few times during the next four months with slight nervous
+movements, which were promptly relieved by hypnotizing and suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>Bernheim, in his book, &#8220;Suggestive Therapeutics,&#8221; gives details of over
+one hundred cases,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> mostly neuralgic and rheumatic, most of which are
+described as cured, either quickly or by repeated hypnotization and
+suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>The Zoist, a journal devoted to psychology and mesmerism nearly fifty
+years ago, gives several hundred cases of treatment and cure by the early
+mesmerists, some of them very remarkable, and also many cases of surgical
+operations of the most severe or dangerous character painlessly done under
+the an&aelig;sthetic influence of mesmerism before the benign effects of ether
+or chloroform were known. These cases are not often referred to by the
+modern student of hypnotism. Nevertheless, they constitute a storehouse of
+well-observed facts which have an immense interest and value.</p>
+
+<p>It will thus be seen that throughout the whole history of hypnotism, under
+whatever name it has been studied, one of its chief features has been its
+power to relieve suffering and cure disease; and at the present day, while
+many physicians who are quite ignorant of its uses, in general terms deny
+its practicability, few who have any real knowledge of it are so unjust or
+regardless of facts as to deny its therapeutic effects.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">HYPNOTISM&mdash;PSYCHICAL ASPECT.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>As before remarked the phenomena of hypnotism may be viewed from two
+distinct standpoints&mdash;one, that from which the physical and especially the
+therapeutic features are most prominent, the standpoint from which we have
+already viewed the subject; the other is the psychical or mental aspect,
+which presents phenomena no less striking, and is the one which is
+especially attractive to the most earnest students of psychology.</p>
+
+<p>The hypnotic condition has been variously divided and subdivided by
+different students and different writers upon the subject; Charcot, for
+instance, makes three distinct states, which he designates (1) catalepsy,
+(2) lethargy, and (3) somnambulism, while Bernheim proposes five states,
+or, as he designates them, degrees of hypnotism, namely, (1) sleepiness,
+(2) light sleep, (3) deep sleep, (4) very deep sleep, (5) somnambulism.</p>
+
+<p>All these divisions are arbitrary and unnatural;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> Bernheim&#8217;s five degrees
+have no definite limit or line of separation one from the other, and
+Charcot&#8217;s condition of catalepsy is only lethargy or sleep in which the
+subject may, to a greater or less degree, maintain the position in which
+he is placed by his hypnotizer.</p>
+
+<p>There are, however, as already stated, two distinct and definite
+conditions, namely, (1) lethargy, or the inactive stage, and (2)
+somnambulism, or the alert stage, and if, in examining the subject, we
+make this simple division, we shall free it from much confusion and
+unnecessary verbiage.</p>
+
+<p>When a subject is hypnotized by any soothing process, he first experiences
+a sensation of drowsiness, and then in a space of time, usually varying
+from two to twenty minutes, he falls into a more or less profound slumber.
+His breathing is full and quiet, his pulse normal; he is unconscious of
+his surroundings; or possibly he may be quiet, restful, indisposed to
+move, but having a consciousness, probably dim and imperfect, of what is
+going on about him.</p>
+
+<p>This is the condition of lethargy, and in it most subjects, but not all,
+retain to a greater or less degree whatever position the hypnotizer
+imposes upon them; they sleep on, often maintaining what, under ordinary
+circumstances, would be a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span> most uncomfortable position, for hours,
+motionless as a statue of bronze or stone.</p>
+
+<p>If, now, he speaks of his own accord, or his magnetizer speaks to him and
+he replies, he is in the somnambulic or alert stage. He may open his eyes,
+talk in a clear and animated manner; he may walk about, and show even more
+intellectual acuteness and physical activity than when in his normal
+state, or he may merely nod assent or answer slowly to his hypnotizer&#8217;s
+questions; still, he is in the somnambulic or alert stage of hypnotism.</p>
+
+<p>The following are some of the phenomena which have been observed in this
+stage. It is not necessary to rehearse the stock performances of
+lecture-room hypnotists. While under the influence of hypnotic suggestion
+a lad, for instance, is made to go through the pantomime of fishing in an
+imaginary brook, a dignified man to canter around the stage on all fours,
+under the impression that he is a pony, or watch an imaginary mouse-hole
+in the most alert and interested manner while believing himself a cat; or
+the subject is made to take castor oil with every expression of delight,
+or reject the choicest wines with disgust, believing them to be nauseous
+drugs, or stagger with drunkenness under the influence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span> of a glass of pure
+water, supposed to be whisky.</p>
+
+<p>All these things have been done over and over for the last forty years,
+and people have not known whether to consider them a species of necromancy
+or well-practiced tricks, in which the performers were accomplices, or,
+perhaps, a few more thoughtful and better-instructed people have looked
+upon them as involving psychological problems of the greatest interest,
+which might some day strongly influence all our systems of mental
+philosophy.</p>
+
+<p>But whether done by the mesmerist of forty years ago or the hypnotist of
+the past decade, they were identical in character, and were simply genuine
+examples of the great power of suggestion when applied to persons under
+the mesmeric or hypnotic influence. Such exhibitions, however, are
+unnecessary and undignified, if not positively degrading, to both subject
+and operator, whether given by the self-styled professor of the town-hall
+platform or the aspiring clinical professor of nervous diseases before his
+packed amphitheatre of admiring students.</p>
+
+<p>One of the most singular as well as important points in connection with
+hypnotism is the rapport or relationship which exists between the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>hypnotizer and the hypnotized subject. The manner in which the hypnotic
+sleep is induced is of little importance. The important thing, if results
+of any kind are to be obtained, is that rapport should be established.</p>
+
+<p>This relationship is exhibited in various ways. Generally, while in the
+hypnotic state, the subject hears no voice but that of his hypnotizer; he
+does no bidding but his, he receives no suggestions but from him, and no
+one else can awaken him from his sleep.</p>
+
+<p>If another person interferes, trying to impose his influence upon the
+sleeping subject, or attempts to waken him, distressing and even alarming
+results may appear. The degree to which this rapport exists varies greatly
+in different cases, but almost always, perhaps we should say always, the
+condition exists in some degree. In some rare cases this rapport is of a
+still higher and more startling character, exhibiting phenomena so
+contrary to, or rather, so far exceeding, our usual experience as to be a
+surprise to all and a puzzle to the wisest.</p>
+
+<p>One of these curious phenomena is well exhibited in what is known as
+community of sensation, or the perception by the subject of sensations
+experienced by the operator. The following<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> experiment, observed by Mr.
+Gurney and Dr. Myers of the Society for Psychical Research, will
+illustrate this phase of the subject.</p>
+
+<p>The sensitive in this experiment is designated as Mr. C., and the operator
+as Mr. S. There was no contact or any communication whatsoever of the
+ordinary kind between them. C. was hypnotized, but was not informed of the
+nature of the experiment which was to be tried. The operator stood behind
+the hypnotized subject, and Mr. Gurney, standing behind the operator,
+handed him the different substances to be used in the experiment, and he,
+in turn, placed them in his own mouth.</p>
+
+<p>Salt was first so tasted by the operator, whereupon the subject, C.,
+instantly and loudly cried out: &#8220;What&#8217;s that salt stuff?&#8221; Sugar was given.
+C. replied, &#8220;Sweeter; not so bad as before.&#8221; Powdered ginger; reply, &#8220;Hot,
+dries up your mouth; reminds me of mustard.&#8221; Sugar given again; reply, &#8220;A
+little better&mdash;a sweetish taste.&#8221; Other substances were tried, with
+similar results, the last one tasted being vinegar, when it was found that
+C. had fallen into the deeper lethargic condition and made no reply.</p>
+
+<p>Another experiment is reported by Dr. William A. Hammond of Washington.
+The doctor said:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>&#8220;A most remarkable fact is, that some few subjects of hypnotism experience
+sensations from impressions made upon the hypnotizer. Thus, there is a
+subject upon whom I sometimes operate whom I can shut up in a room with an
+observer, while I go into another closed room at a distance of one hundred
+feet or more with another observer. This one, for instance, scratches my
+hand with a pin, and instantly the hypnotized subject rubs his
+corresponding hand, and says, &#8216;Don&#8217;t scratch my hand so;&#8217; or my hair is
+pulled, and immediately he puts his hand to his head and says, &#8216;Don&#8217;t pull
+my hair;&#8217; and so on, feeling every sensation that I experience.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This experiment, it must be borne in mind, is conducted in closed rooms a
+hundred feet apart, and through at least two partitions or closed doors,
+and over that distance and through these intervening obstacles peculiar
+and definite sensations experienced by one person are perceived and
+definitely described by another person, no ordinary means of communication
+existing between them. This is an example of the rapport existing between
+the operator and hypnotized subject carried to an unusual degree.</p>
+
+<p>The following experiments are examples of hypnotizing at a distance, or
+telepathic hypnotism,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span> and while illustrating still further the rapport,
+or curious relationship, existing between hypnotizer and subject, are also
+illustrations of the rarer psychic phenomena of hypnotism.</p>
+
+<p>The first series of experiments is given by Prof. Pierre Janet of Havre
+and Dr. Gibert, a prominent physician of the same city. The subject was
+Mme. B., a heavy, rather stolid, middle-aged peasant woman, without any
+ambition for notoriety, or to be known as a sensitive; on the contrary,
+she disliked it, and the experiments were disagreeable to her. She was,
+however an excellent example of close rapport with her hypnotizer.</p>
+
+<p>While in the deep sleep, and perfectly insensible to ordinary stimuli,
+however violent, contact, or even the proximity of her hypnotizer&#8217;s hand,
+caused contractures, which a light touch from him would also remove. No
+one else could produce the slightest effect. After about ten minutes in
+this deep trance she usually passed into the alert, or somnambulic stage,
+from which also no one but the operator could arouse her. Hypnotization
+was difficult or impossible unless the operator concentrated his thoughts
+upon the desired result, but by simply willing, without passes or any
+physical means whatsoever, the hypnotic condition could be quickly
+induced.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>Various experiments in simply willing post-hypnotic acts, without
+suggestion through any of the ordinary channels of communication, were
+also perfectly successful. Dr. Gibert then made three experiments in
+putting this subject to sleep when she was in another part of the town, a
+third of a mile away from the operator, and at a time fixed by a third
+person, the experiment also being wholly unexpected by the subject.</p>
+
+<p>On two of these occasions Prof. Janet found the subject in a deep trance
+ten minutes after the willing to sleep, and no one but Dr. Gibert, who had
+put her to sleep, could rouse her. In the third experiment the subject
+experienced the hypnotic influence and desire to sleep, but resisted it
+and kept herself awake by washing her hands in cold water.</p>
+
+<p>During a second series of experiments made with the same subject, several
+members of the Society for Psychical Research were present and took an
+active part in them. Apart from trials made in the same or an adjoining
+room, twenty-one experiments were made when the subject was at distances
+varying from one-half to three-fourths of a mile away from her hypnotizer.
+Of these, six were reckoned as failures, or only partial successes; there
+remained, then, fifteen perfect <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>successes in which the subject, Mme. B.,
+was found entranced fifteen minutes after the willing or mental
+suggestion. During one of these experiments, the subject was willed by Dr.
+Gibert to come through several intervening streets to him at his own
+house, which she accomplished in the somnambulic condition, and under the
+observation of Prof. Janet and several other physicians.</p>
+
+<p>Another series of experiments was made with another subject by Dr.
+H&eacute;ricourt, one of Prof. Richet&#8217;s coadjutors. The experiments included the
+gradual extension of the distance through which the willing power was
+successful, first to another room, then to another street, and a distant
+part of the city.</p>
+
+<p>One day, while attempting to hypnotize her in another street, three
+hundred yards distant, at 3 o&#8217;clock <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span>, he was suddenly called away to
+attend a patient, and forgot all about his hypnotic subject. Afterward he
+remembered that he was to meet her at 4:30, and went to keep his
+appointment. But not finding her, he thought possibly the experiment,
+which had been interrupted might, after all, have proved successful. Upon
+this supposition, at 5 o&#8217;clock he willed her to awake.</p>
+
+<p>That evening, without being questioned at all, she gave the following
+account of herself: At<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> 3 <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span> she was overcome by an irresistible desire
+to sleep, a most unusual thing for her at that hour. She went into an
+adjoining room, fell insensible upon a sofa, where she was afterward found
+by her servant, cold and motionless, as if dead.</p>
+
+<p>Attempts on the part of the servant to rouse her proved ineffectual, but
+gave her great distress. She woke spontaneously and free from pain at 5
+o&#8217;clock.</p>
+
+<p>By no means the least interesting of the higher phenomena of hypnotism are
+post-hypnotic suggestions, or the fulfilment after waking of suggestions
+impressed upon the subject when asleep.</p>
+
+<p>A few summers ago at a little gathering of intelligent people, much
+interest was manifested and a general desire to see some hypnotic
+experiments. Accordingly, one of the ladies whose good sense and good
+faith could not be doubted, was hypnotized and put into the condition of
+profound lethargy. After a few slight experiments, exhibiting an&aelig;sthesia,
+hallucinations of taste, plastic pose, and the like, I said to her in a
+decided manner:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now I am about to waken you. I will count five, and when I say the word
+&#8216;five&#8217; you will promptly, but quietly and without any excitement, awake.
+Your mind will be perfectly clear,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> and you will feel rested and refreshed
+by your sleep. Presently you will approach Mrs. O., and will be attracted
+by the beautiful shell comb which she wears in her hair, and you will ask
+her to permit you to examine it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>I then commenced counting slowly, and at the word &#8220;five&#8221; she awoke, opened
+her eyes promptly, looked bright and happy, and expressed herself as
+feeling comfortable and greatly rested, as though she had slept through a
+whole night. She rose from her chair, mingled with the company, and
+presently approaching Mrs. O., exclaimed:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What a beautiful comb! Please allow me to examine it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>And suiting the action to the word, she placed her hand lightly on the
+lady&#8217;s head, examined the comb, and expressed great admiration for it; in
+short, she fulfilled with great exactness the whole suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>She was perfectly unconscious that any suggestion had been made to her;
+she was greatly surprised to see that she was the centre of observation,
+and especially at the ripple of laughter which greeted her admiration of
+the comb.</p>
+
+<p>To another young lady, hypnotized in like manner, I suggested that on
+awaking she should<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> approach the young daughter of our hostess, who was
+present, holding a favorite kitten in her arms, and should say to her,
+&#8220;What a pretty kitten you have! What is her name?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The suggestion was fulfilled to the letter. It was only afterward that I
+learned that this young lady had a very decided aversion to cats, and
+always avoided them if possible.</p>
+
+<p>Suggestions for post-hypnotic fulfilment are sometimes carried out after a
+considerable time has elapsed, and upon the precise day suggested.</p>
+
+<p>Bernheim, in August, 1883, suggested to S., an old soldier, while in the
+hypnotic sleep, that upon the 3d of October following, sixty-three days
+after the suggestion, he should go to Dr. Li&eacute;beault&#8217;s house; that he would
+there see the President of the Republic, who would give to him a medal.</p>
+
+<p>Promptly on the day designated he went. Dr. Li&eacute;beault states that S. came
+at 12:50 o&#8217;clock; he greeted M. F., who met him at the door as he came in,
+and then went to the left side of the office without paying any attention
+to any one. Dr. Li&eacute;beault continues:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I saw him bow respectfully and heard him speak the word &#8216;Excellence.&#8217;
+Just then he held out his right hand, and said, &#8216;Thank your Excellence.&#8217;
+Then I asked him to whom he was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> speaking. &#8216;Why, to the President of the
+Republic.&#8217; He then bowed, and a few minutes later took his departure.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A patient of my own, a young man with whom I occasionally experiment,
+exhibits some of the different phases and phenomena of hypnotism in a
+remarkable manner. He goes quickly into the stage of profound lethargy;
+after allowing him to sleep a few moments, I say to him: &#8220;Now you can open
+your eyes and you can see and talk with me, but you are still asleep, and
+you will remember nothing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He opens his eyes at once, smiles, gets up and walks, and chats in a
+lively manner. If I say: &#8220;Now you are in the deep sleep again,&#8221; and pass
+my hand downward before his eyes, immediately his eyes close and he is in
+a profound slumber. If five seconds later I again say, &#8220;Now you can open
+your eyes,&#8221; he is again immediately in the alert stage.</p>
+
+<p>For experiment I then take half a dozen plain blank cards, exactly alike,
+and in one corner of one of the cards I put a minute dot, so that upon
+close inspection it can be recognized. Holding these in my hand, I say to
+him:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here are six cards; five of them are blank, but this one (the one I have
+marked, he only seeing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span> the plain side) has a picture of myself upon it.
+It is a particularly good picture, and I have had it prepared specially
+for this occasion. Do you see the picture?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course I do,&#8221; he replies. &#8220;What do you think of it?&#8221; I ask him. He
+looks at me carefully and compares my face with the suggested picture on
+the card and replies, &#8220;It is excellent.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Very well, give me the cards.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He hands them to me and I shuffle and disarrange them as much as possible.
+I then show them to him, holding them in my hand, and say:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now show me the card which has my picture upon it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He selects it at once. I only know it is correct by looking for the dot
+upon the back, which has all the while been kept carefully concealed from
+him.</p>
+
+<p>I then say to him: &#8220;Now, I am going to awaken you, and when awake you will
+come to the desk, select from the cards which I now place there the one
+which has my picture, and show it to me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He awakes at my counting when I reach the word five, as I have suggested
+to him. He remembers nothing of what has passed since he was hypnotized,
+but thinks he has had a long and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span> delightful sleep. I sit at my desk; he
+walks up to it, examines the six cards which are lying there, selects one,
+and showing it to me, remarks, &#8220;There is your picture.&#8221; It was the same
+marked card.</p>
+
+<p>On another occasion, while he was asleep and in the alert stage, Mrs. M.
+was present. I introduced her, and he spoke to her with perfect propriety.
+Afterward I said: &#8220;Now, I will awake you, but you will only see me. Mrs.
+M. you will not see at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>I then awoke him, as usual. He commenced talking to me in a perfectly
+natural and unrestrained manner. Mrs. M. stood by my side between him and
+myself, but he paid not the slightest attention to her; she then withdrew,
+and I remarked indifferently:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wasn&#8217;t it a little peculiar of you not to speak to Mrs. M. before she
+went out?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Speak to Mrs. M!&#8221; he exclaimed, with evident surprise. &#8220;I did not know
+she had been in the room.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>One day when Drs. Li&eacute;beault and Bernheim were together at their clinic at
+the hospital, Dr. Li&eacute;beault suggested to a hypnotized patient that when
+she awoke she would no longer see Dr. Bernheim, but that she would
+recognize his hat,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> would put it on her head, and offer to take it to him.</p>
+
+<p>When she awoke, Dr. Bernheim was standing in front of her. She was asked:
+&#8220;Where is Dr. Bernheim?&#8221; She replied: &#8220;He is gone, but here is his hat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Bernheim then said to her, &#8220;Here I am, madam; I am not gone, you
+recognize me, perfectly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>She was silent, taking not the slightest notice of him. Some one else
+addressed her; she replied with perfect propriety. Finally, when about to
+go out she took up Dr. Bernheim&#8217;s hat, put it on her head, saying she
+would take it to him; but to her Dr. Bernheim was not present.</p>
+
+<p>To the number of curious phenomena, both physical and mental, connected
+with hypnotism, it is difficult to find a limit; a few others seem too
+important in their bearing upon the subject to be omitted, even in this
+hasty survey.</p>
+
+<p>Some curious experiments in the production of local an&aelig;sthesia were
+observed by the committee on mesmerism from the Society for Psychical
+Research.</p>
+
+<p>The subject was in his normal condition and blindfolded; his arms were
+then passed through<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span> holes in a thick paper screen, extending in front of
+him and far above his head, and his ten fingers were spread out upon a
+table. Two of the fingers were then silently pointed out by a third person
+to Mr. S., the operator, who proceeded to make passes over the designated
+fingers.</p>
+
+<p>Care was taken that such a distance was maintained between the fingers of
+the subject and operator that no contact was possible, and no currents of
+air or sensation of heat were produced by which the subject might possibly
+divine which of his fingers were the subject of experiment. In short, the
+strictest test conditions in every particular, were observed. After the
+passes had been continued for a minute, or even less time, the operator
+simply holding his own fingers pointed downward toward the designated
+fingers of the subject, the two fingers so treated were found to be
+perfectly stiff and insensible. A strong current of electricity, wounding
+with a pointed instrument, burning with a match&mdash;all failed to elicit the
+slightest sign of pain or discomfort, while the slightest injury to the
+unmagnetized fingers quickly elicited cries and protests. When told to
+double up his fist the two magnetized fingers remained rigid and
+immovable, and utterly refused to be folded up with the others.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>A series of one hundred and sixty experiments of this character was made
+with five different subjects. Of these, only seven were failures. In
+another series of forty-one experiments this curious fact was observed. In
+all these experiments the operator, while making the passes in the same
+manner and under the same conditions as in the former series, silently
+willed that the effect should not follow; that is, that insensibility and
+rigidity should not occur. In thirty-six of these experiments
+insensibility did not occur; in five cases the insensibility and rigidity
+occurred&mdash;in two cases perfectly, in three imperfectly.</p>
+
+<p>That some quality is imparted even to inanimate objects by some
+mesmerizers, by passes or handling, through which a sensitive or subject
+is able to recognize and select that object from among many others, seems
+to be a well-established fact. The following experiments are in point:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>A gentleman well known to the committee of investigation, and who was
+equally interested with it in securing reliable results, was selected as a
+subject. He was accustomed to be hypnotized by the operator, but in the
+present case he remained perfectly in his normal condition.</p>
+
+<p>One member of the committee took the subject<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> into a separate room on
+another floor and engaged him closely in conversation. The operator
+remained with other members of the committee. Ten small miscellaneous
+articles, such as a piece of sealing wax, a penknife, paperweight,
+card-case, pocketbook, and similar articles were scattered upon a table.
+One was designated by the committee, over which the mesmerist made passes,
+sometimes with light contact.</p>
+
+<p>This was continued for one or two minutes, and when the process was
+completed the mesmerist was conducted out and to a third room. The
+articles were then rearranged in a manner quite different from that in
+which they had been left by the operator, and the subject from the floor
+above was brought into the room. The several objects were then examined by
+the sensitive, who upon taking the mesmerized object in his hand,
+immediately recognized it as the one treated by his mesmerizer.</p>
+
+<p>The experiment was then varied by using ten small volumes exactly alike.
+One volume was selected by the committee, over which the operator simply
+made passes with out any contact whatsoever. Three or four other volumes
+of the set were also handled and passes made over them by a member of the
+committee.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>The operator then being excluded, the sensitive was brought in and
+immediately selected the magnetized volume. This he did four times in
+succession. In reply to the question as to how he was able to distinguish
+the magnetized object from others, he said that when he took the right
+object in his hand he experienced a mild tingling sensation.</p>
+
+<p>My own experiments with magnetized water have presented similar results.
+The water was treated by simply holding the fingers of both hands brought
+together in a clump, for about a minute just over the cup of water, but
+without any contact whatsoever. This water was then given to the subject
+without her knowing that she was taking part in an experiment; but
+alternating it or giving it irregularly with water which had not been so
+treated, and given by a third person, in every case the magnetized water
+was at once detected with great certainty. In describing the sensation
+produced by the magnetized water one patient said the sensation was an
+agreeable warmth and stimulation upon the tongue, another that it was a
+&#8220;sparkle&#8221; like aerated water; it sparkled in her mouth and all the way
+down into her stomach. Such are a few among the multitude of facts and
+phenomena relating<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span> to hypnotism. They suffice to settle and make sure
+some matters which until lately have been looked upon as questionable,
+and, on the other hand, they bring into prominence others of the greatest
+interest which demand further study.</p>
+
+<p>Among the subjects which may be considered established may be placed,</p>
+
+<p>(1) The reality of the hypnotic condition.</p>
+
+<p>(2) The increased and unusual power of suggestion over the hypnotized
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>(3) The usefulness of hypnotism as a therapeutic agent.</p>
+
+<p>(4) The perfect reality and natural, as contrasted with supernatural,
+character of many wonderful phenomena, both physical and psychical,
+exhibited in the hypnotic state.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, much remains for future study;</p>
+
+<p>(1) The exact nature of the influence which produces the hypnotic
+condition is not known.</p>
+
+<p>(2) Neither is the nature of the rapport or peculiar relationship which
+exists between the hypnotizer and the hypnotized subject&mdash;a relationship
+which is sometimes so close that the subject hears no voice but that of
+his hypnotizer, perceives and experiences the same sensations of taste,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>
+touch, and feeling generally as are experienced by him, and can be
+awakened only by him.</p>
+
+<p>(3) Nor is it known by what peculiar process suggestion is rendered so
+potent, turning, for the time being, at least, water into wine, vulgar
+weeds into choicest flowers, a lady&#8217;s drawing-room into a fishpond, and
+clear skies and quiet waters into lightning-rent storm-clouds and
+tempest-tossed waves; turning laughter into sadness, and tears into mirth.</p>
+
+<p>In dealing with the subject of hypnotism in this hasty and general way,
+only such facts and phenomena have been presented as are well known and
+accepted by well-informed students of the subjects. Others still more
+wonderful will later claim our attention.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">LUCIDITY OR CLAIRVOYANCE.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>While there is doubtless a recognized standard of normal perception, yet
+the acuteness with which sensations are perceived by different
+individuals, even in ordinary health, passes through a wide scale of
+variation, both above and below this standard. The difference in the
+ability to see and recognize natural objects, signs, and indications,
+between the ordinary city denizen and, for instance, the American Indian
+or the white frontiersman, hunter, or scout, is something marvellous.</p>
+
+<p>So, also, regarding the power to distinguish colors. One person may not be
+able to distinguish even the simple or primary colors, as, for example,
+red from blue or green, while the weavers of Central or Eastern Asia
+distinguish with certainty two hundred or three hundred shades which are
+entirely undistinguishable to ordinary Western eyes.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>So of sound. One ear can hardly be said to make any distinction whatever
+regarding pitch, while to another the slightest variation is perfectly
+perceptible. Some even do not hear at all sounds above or below a certain
+pitch; some persons of ordinary hearing within a certain range of pitch,
+nevertheless, have never heard the song of the canary bird, and perhaps
+have lived through a large portion of their lives without even knowing
+that it was a song-bird at all. Its song was above the range of their
+hearing. Some never hear the sound of the piccolo, or octave flute, while
+others miss entirely the lowest notes of the organ.</p>
+
+<p>There is the same great difference in perception by touch, taste, and
+smell. In certain conditions of disease, accompanied by great depression
+of the vital forces, this deviation from normal perception is greatly
+increased. I have had a patient who presented the following
+briefly-outlined phenomena:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>After a long illness, during which other interesting psychical phenomena
+were manifested, as convalescence progressed, I had occasion to notice
+instances of supernormal perception, and to test it I made use of the
+following expedient: Taking an old-fashioned copper cent, I carefully
+enveloped it in a piece of ordinary tissue paper. This<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> was then covered
+by another and then another, until the coin had acquired six complete
+envelopes of the paper, and formed a little flat parcel, easily held in
+the palm of my hand.</p>
+
+<p>Taking this with me, I visited my patient. She was lying upon a sofa, and
+as I entered the room I took a chair and sat leisurely down beside her,
+having the little package close in the palm of my right hand. I took her
+right hand in mine in such a manner that the little package was between
+our hands in close contact with her palm as well as my own. I remarked
+upon the weather and commenced the routine duty of feeling her pulse with
+my left hand. A minute or two was then passed in banter and conversation,
+designed to thoroughly engage her attention, when all at once she
+commenced to wipe her mouth with her handkerchief and to spit and sputter
+with her tongue and lips, as if to rid herself of some offensive taste or
+substance. She then looked up suspiciously at me and said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wonder what you are doing with me now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Then suddenly pulling her hand away from mine she exclaimed:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know what it is; you have put a nasty piece of copper in my hand.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Through all these coverings the coppery emanation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span> from the coin had
+penetrated her system, reached her tongue, and was perceptible to her
+supernormal taste.</p>
+
+<p>This patient could distinguish with absolute certainty &#8220;mesmerized&#8221; water
+from that which had not been so treated; my finger, also, pointed at her
+even at a distance and when her back was turned to me caused convulsive
+action, and the same result followed when the experiment was made through
+a closed door, and when she did not suspect that I was in the
+neighborhood.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen, then, how marvellously the action of certain senses may
+be exalted by long and careful training on the one hand, and suddenly by
+disease on the other. We have seen, moreover, how some persons known as
+sensitives are able to receive impressions by thought-transference so as
+to name cards, repeat words and fictitious names, both of persons and
+places, merely thought of but not spoken by another person known as the
+agent or operator, and to draw diagrams unmistakably like those formed in
+the mind or intently looked upon by the agent.</p>
+
+<p>We have also seen how the hypnotized or mesmerized subject is able to
+detect objects which have only been touched or handled by the mesmerizer,
+and even to feel pain inflicted upon him,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> and recognize by taste
+substances put in the mesmerizer&#8217;s mouth.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen, then, that not only increased but entirely supernormal
+perception on the part of some individuals is a well-established fact. But
+all these conditions of increased power of perception, and especially
+thought-transference, must be carefully distinguished from independent
+clairvoyance. It is not the purpose of this paper to discuss the method or
+philosophy of clairvoyance, but simply to call attention to
+well-authenticated facts illustrating the exercise of this power, and to
+briefly point to the current theories regarding it.</p>
+
+<p>A belief in supernormal perception, and especially in the clairvoyant
+vision, is apparent in the history, however meagre it may be, of every
+ancient nation.</p>
+
+<p>Hebrew history is full of instances of it. A striking example is recorded
+as occurring during the long war between Syria and Israel. The King of
+Syria had good reasons for suspecting that in some manner the King of
+Israel was made acquainted with all his intended military operations,
+since he was always prepared to thwart them at every point. Accordingly he
+called together his chiefs and demanded to know who it was among<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> them who
+thus favored the King of Israel, to which one of the chiefs replied: &#8220;It
+is none of thy servants, O King: but Elisha, a prophet that is in Israel,
+telleth the King of Israel the words that thou speakest in thy chamber.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Pythagoras, a century before the time of Socrates, found this faculty
+believed in, and made use of in Egypt, Babylon, and India, and he himself,
+as the founder of the early Greek philosophy and culture, practised and
+taught the esoteric as well as the exoteric methods of acquiring
+knowledge, and he is credited with having acquired by esoteric
+methods&mdash;internal or mental perception and clairvoyant vision&mdash;a knowledge
+of the true theory of the solar system as expounded and demonstrated in a
+later day by Copernicus.</p>
+
+<p>As an example of responses by the Greek oracles, take the experience of
+Cr&oelig;sus, the rich King of Lydia. He sent messengers to ascertain if the
+Pythoness could tell what he, the King of Lydia, was doing on a certain
+specified day. The answer came:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="poem">&#8220;I number the sands&mdash;I fathom the sea.<br />
+I hear the dumb&mdash;I know the thoughts of the silent.<br />
+There cometh to me the odor of lamb&#8217;s flesh.<br />
+It is seething, mixed with the flesh of a tortoise.<br />
+Brass is beneath it, and brass is also above it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The messenger returned and delivered the reply,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span> when he found that
+Cr&oelig;sus, in order to do something most unlikely to be either guessed or
+discovered, had cut in pieces a lamb and a tortoise, and seethed them
+together in a brazen vessel having a brazen cover.</p>
+
+<p>Apollonius Tyaneus, a Pythagorian philosopher and chief of a school of
+philosophy which was the predecessor of the Alexandrian Neo-Platonists, is
+credited with most remarkable clairvoyant powers. Many instances of this
+faculty are recorded and believed upon the best of ancient authority.</p>
+
+<p>One instance relates to the assassination of Domitian. Apollonius was in
+the midst of a discourse at Ephesus, when suddenly he stopped as though
+having lost his train of thought. After a moment&#8217;s hesitation, to the
+astonishment of his auditors, he cried out: &#8220;Strike! strike the tyrant.&#8221;
+Seeing the surprise of the people he explained that at the very moment at
+which he had stopped in his discourse the tyrant was slain. Subsequent
+information proved that Domitian, the reigning tyrant, was assassinated at
+that very moment.</p>
+
+<p>Ancient historians, philosophers and poets all unite in defending the
+truth of the oracles and their power of perceiving events transpiring at
+a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span> distance, and also of foreseeing those in the future. Herodotus gives
+more than seventy examples of oracular responses, dreams and portents
+which he affirms were literally fulfilled. Livy gives more than fifty,
+Cicero many striking cases; and Xenophon, Plato, Tacitus, Suetonius, and a
+host of other writers all give evidence in the same direction. Now whether
+these responses and visions were, as all these intelligent people
+supposed, from a supernatural source, or as we shall endeavor to show, had
+their origin in certain faculties naturally appertaining to the mind, and
+which at certain times and under certain favorable circumstances came into
+activity, it certainly shows that the most intelligent men amongst all the
+most cultivated nations of the past have been firm believers in the
+reality of clairvoyance.</p>
+
+<p>Coming down to later times, Emanuel Swedenborg, and Frederica Hauff&eacute;, the
+seeress of Proverst, were marked examples of the clairvoyant faculty. Some
+have affected to discredit Swedenborg&#8217;s clairvoyant powers, but apart from
+his revelations regarding a spiritual world, which, of course, it is at
+present impossible to substantiate, whatever may be our belief regarding
+them, if human testimony is to be regarded of any value whatever in
+matters of this kind, the following<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span> oft-told incident should be counted
+as established for a verity.</p>
+
+<p>On a Saturday afternoon in September, 1756, Swedenborg arrived in
+Gottenburg from England. Gottenburg is three hundred miles from Stockholm,
+which was the home of Swedenborg. On the same evening he was the guest of
+Mr. William Castel, with fifteen other persons, who were invited to meet
+him, and who, on that account, may be supposed to have been of more than
+ordinary consequence and intelligence.</p>
+
+<p>About six o&#8217;clock Swedenborg seemed preoccupied and restless. He went out
+into the street, but soon returned, anxious and disturbed. He said that at
+that moment a great fire was raging at Stockholm. He declared that the
+house of one of his friends was already destroyed, and that his own was in
+danger. At eight o&#8217;clock he announced that the fire was arrested only
+three doors from his own house.</p>
+
+<p>The information, and the peculiar manner in which it was imparted, created
+a great sensation, not only in the company assembled at Mr. Castel&#8217;s, but
+throughout the city. On Sunday morning the governor sent for Swedenborg,
+who gave him a detailed account of the conflagration and the course it had
+pursued. On Monday, the third<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> day, a courier arrived from Stockholm, who
+also gave the governor a detailed account of the fire, which agreed in
+every respect with that already given by Swedenborg.</p>
+
+<p>Nearly a century after Swedenborg, lived Mme. Hauff&eacute;, known as the seeress
+of Proverst. She died in 1829 at the age of twenty-eight years. As a child
+she exhibited peculiar psychical tendencies, but it was only during the
+last six years of her life, and after exhausting illnesses, that her
+peculiar clairvoyant powers were conspicuously developed.</p>
+
+<p>Justinus Kerner, an eminent physician and man of letters, was her
+attending physician during the last three years of her life, and afterward
+became her biographer. She first came under his care at Weinsberg in 1826.
+At that time her debility was excessive, and nearly every day she fell
+spontaneously into the somnambulic condition, became clairvoyant, and
+related her visions. On the day of her arrival at Weinsberg, having gone
+into this trance condition, she sent for Kerner but he refused to see her
+until she awoke. He then told her that he would never see her nor listen
+to her while she was in this abnormal state. I mention this simply to show
+that her physician was not then at all in sympathy with her regarding<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> her
+peculiar psychological condition, though afterward he became thoroughly
+convinced of its genuineness and of her honesty. He relates the following
+incident, which, with many others, came under his own observation:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Soon after her arrival at Weinsberg, and while still a perfect stranger to
+her surroundings, while in her somnambulic condition, she said that a man
+was near her and desired to speak with her, but that she could not
+understand what he wanted to say. She said he squinted terribly, and that
+his presence disturbed her, and she desired him to go away. On his second
+appearance, some weeks later, she said he brought with him a sheet of
+paper with figures upon it, and that he came up from a vault directly
+underneath her room.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, the wine vaults of Mr. F., a wine merchant doing
+business the next door, extended under Mme. Hauff&eacute;&#8217;s apartment, and
+Kerner, who was an old resident of the place, recognized from the
+seeress&#8217;s description of her visitor a man who formerly was in Mr. F.&#8217;s
+employ as manager and bookkeeper. This man had died six years before, and
+had left something wrong with his accounts&mdash;in fact, there was a deficit
+of 1,000 florins, and the manager&#8217;s private book was missing. The widow
+had been sued<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> for the amount, and the matter was still unsettled. Again
+and again did this apparition come to Mme. Hauff&eacute;, bringing his paper and
+entreating her to interest herself in this affair. He declared that the
+necessary paper to clear up the whole matter was in a building sixty paces
+from her bed.</p>
+
+<p>Mme. Hauff&eacute; said that in that building she saw a tall gentleman engaged in
+writing in a small room, which opened into a large one where there was a
+desk and chests; that one of the chests was open, and that on the desk was
+a pile of papers, among which she recognized the missing document.</p>
+
+<p>The wine merchant, being present, recognized the office of the chief
+bailiff, who had the business in charge. Kerner went at once to the office
+and found everything as described, but, not finding the missing paper,
+concluded that her clairvoyance was at fault.</p>
+
+<p>Mme. Hauff&eacute;, in her description of the paper said it had columns of
+figures upon it, and at the bottom was the number 80. Kerner prepared a
+paper corresponding to this description, and at the next s&eacute;ance presented
+it to her as the missing document. But she at once rejected it, saying the
+paper was still where she had before seen it.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>On renewing the search the paper was found as described, and the bailiff
+was to bring it on the following day. He came accordingly. In her sleep,
+the seeress exclaimed:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The paper is no longer in its place, but this is wonderful. The paper
+which the man always has in his hand lies open. Now I can read more: &#8216;To
+be carried to my private book,&#8217; and that is what he always points to.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The bailiff was astonished, for instead of bringing the paper with him as
+Kerner had directed, he had left it lying open on his desk. All these
+things are attested by the bailiff, the wine merchant, Kerner, and others
+who witnessed them. Kerner himself visited the seeress more than a
+thousand times, and although during the first part of his observations he
+was skeptical, he was never able to detect her in the slightest attempt at
+deception. She was in no way elated over her peculiar power, on the
+contrary, she disliked to speak of it, and would gladly have been free
+from it altogether. Her clairvoyant powers were tested by hundreds of
+excellent observers during the last four years of her life.</p>
+
+<p>The case of Alexis, the noted French somnambulist and clairvoyant, is
+worthy of notice here. I remember very well the account of a s&eacute;ance at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> a
+gathering of prominent Americans in Paris in 1853, of which the following
+is an abstract:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Thick masses of cotton were bound firmly over his eyes in such a manner as
+to render it impossible for him to see in the ordinary way, and in this
+condition he described pictures, read signatures of letters folded in
+several envelopes, played games of cards with almost uniform success, and,
+being asked to select the best pianist in the room from a number present,
+who simply presented their hands for his inspection, he quickly selected a
+young man not yet eighteen years old, who had won four first prizes at the
+Conservatoire, and was really the best pianist of his age in Europe.</p>
+
+<p>In playing cards he picked up the trick with a rapidity and certainty
+which showed how clearly he knew the position of the cards upon the table.
+Keeping those dealt to him in his left hand he held the card he intended
+to play in his right, and never once changed the card upon the play of his
+partner. He knew his adversary&#8217;s hand as well as his own. The writer adds:
+&#8220;The cards used were bought by myself, half an hour before, so that any
+suspicion of prepared cards would be idle and absurd.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It remains to note some more recent instances reported by persons well
+known and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> specially qualified to judge of their truthfulness and value.</p>
+
+<p>The first case which I will present is embodied in a report &#8220;On the
+Evidence of Clairvoyance,&#8221; by Mrs. Henry Sidgwick, wife of Prof. Sidgwick,
+formerly president of the Society for Psychical Research. It was furnished
+by Dr. Elliott Coues of Washington, D. C., where the incident occurred,
+and was afterward investigated by Mr. F. W. H. Myers, secretary of the
+society. Both the persons participating in the incident were well known to
+Prof. Coues, and were both persons of prominence, one, Mrs. C., being well
+known as a writer and lecturer, and the other, designated as Mrs. B., was
+well known for her rare psychic faculties and her absolute integrity.</p>
+
+<p>The incidents of the case are simple and unimportant, but they have a
+special value on account of their clearness, freedom from the possibility
+of external suggestion, and the well known ability and integrity of the
+reporter. The following are the points in the case:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>In Washington, D. C., January 14, 1889, between 2 and 3 o&#8217;clock <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span>,
+Mrs. C., having been engaged in writing in the Congressional Library, left
+the building at 2:40 o&#8217;clock, and one or two minutes later was at her
+residence, in Delaware<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span> Avenue, carrying her papers in her hand. In
+ascending the steps leading from the street to the front yard she stumbled
+and fell. She was not hurt, but &#8220;picked herself up&#8221; and went into the
+house.</p>
+
+<p>About the same hour, certainly between 2 and 3 o&#8217;clock, Mrs. B., sitting
+sewing in her room a mile and a half away, sees the occurrence in all its
+details. The ladies are friends. They had met the day previous, but not
+since. The vision is wholly a surprise to Mrs. B. Nevertheless, it is so
+vivid that she at once sits down and writes to Mrs. C., describing
+minutely the occurrence, which letter Mrs. C. receives the next morning
+with much surprise. The following is an extract from the letter:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was sitting in my room sewing this afternoon about 2 o&#8217;clock, when what
+should I see but your own dear self&mdash;but heavens! in what a position! You
+were falling up the front steps in the yard.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You had on your black skirt and velvet waist, your little straw bonnet,
+and in your hand were some papers. When you fell, your hat went in one
+direction and your papers in another. You very quickly put on your bonnet,
+picked up your papers, and lost no time in getting into the house. You did
+not appear to be hurt, but looked <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>somewhat mortified. It was all so plain
+to me that I had ten notions to one to dress myself and come over and see
+if it were true, but finally concluded that a sober, industrious woman
+like yourself would not be stumbling around at that rate, and thought I&#8217;d
+best not go on a wild-goose chase.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, what do you think of such a vision as that? Is there any possible
+truth in it? I feel almost ready to scream with laughter whenever I think
+of it; you did look too funny spreading yourself out in the front yard.
+&#8216;Great was the fall thereof.&#8217; I can distinctly call to mind the house in
+which you live, but for the life of me I cannot tell whether there are any
+steps from the sidewalk into the yard, as I saw them, or not.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In answer to Mr. Myers&#8217; letter of inquiry to Mrs. C., she says that the
+incident was described exactly&mdash;the dress as correctly as she could have
+described it herself. There were two steps from the sidewalk to the yard,
+and it was on the top one of these two steps that Mrs. C. stumbled. The
+manner of the fall, the behavior of the bonnet and papers, and her own
+sensations were all correctly described.</p>
+
+<p>The next case&mdash;also embodied in the same report and examined in the same
+careful manner<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span> by Mr. Myers&mdash;was the exhibition of clairvoyant powers by
+a woman called Jane, the wife of a pitman in the County of Durham, in
+England. She received no fees and was averse to being experimented with
+for fear of being ridiculed or called a witch by her associates.</p>
+
+<p>She was a particularly refined woman for one of her class, sweet, gentle,
+with delicately cut features, religious and conscientious to a remarkable
+degree. She was a marked example of those who, in the trance condition,
+could not be induced by suggestion to do a wrong or a mean act, or one
+which she would consider wrong in her normal state. In her sleep she was
+an&aelig;sthetic, felt herself quite on an equality with the operator, always
+spoke of herself as &#8220;we,&#8221; and of her normal self as &#8220;that girl.&#8221; The
+following instance of her clairvoyance was furnished by Dr. F., who knew
+her well for many years, and is from notes taken at the time:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>On the morning of the day fixed for the experiment the doctor arranged
+with a patient in a neighboring village that he should be in a particular
+room between the hours of 8 and 10 in the evening. The patient was just
+recovering from a severe illness and was weak and very thin and emaciated.
+This gentleman and the doctor were<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> the only persons who knew anything of
+the arrangement or the proposed experiment.</p>
+
+<p>After having secured the proper somnambulic condition in the subject, Dr.
+F. directed her attention to the house where his patient was supposed to
+be awaiting the experiment, as arranged. She entered the house, described
+correctly the rooms passed through, in one of which she mentioned a lady
+with black hair lying on a sofa, but no gentleman. The doctor&#8217;s report
+then goes on as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;After a little she described the door opening and asked with a tone of
+great surprise:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Is that a man?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I replied, &#8216;Yes; is he thin or fat?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Very fat,&#8217; she answered; &#8216;but has the gentleman a cork leg?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I assured her that he had not, and tried to puzzle her still more about
+him. She, however, persisted in her statement that he was very fat, and
+said that he had a great &#8216;corporation,&#8217; and asked me whether I did not
+think such a fat man must eat and drink a great deal to get such a
+corporation as that. She also described him as sitting by the table with
+papers beside him, and a glass of brandy and water.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Is it not wine?&#8217; I asked.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>&#8220;&#8216;No,&#8217; she said, &#8216;It&#8217;s brandy.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Is it not whisky or rum?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;No, it is brandy,&#8217; was the answer; &#8216;and now,&#8217; she continued,&#8216;the lady is
+going to get her supper, but the fat gentleman does not take any.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I requested her to tell me the color of his hair, but she only replied
+that the lady&#8217;s hair was dark. I then inquired if he had any brains in his
+head, but she seemed altogether puzzled about him, and only said she could
+not see any. I then asked her if she could see his name upon any of the
+papers lying about. She replied, &#8216;Yes;&#8217; and upon my saying that the name
+began with E, she spelled each letter of the name, &#8220;Eglinton.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was so convinced that I had at last detected her in a complete mistake
+that I arose and declined proceeding further in the experiment, stating
+that, although her description of the house and the name of the person was
+correct, in everything connected with the gentleman himself she had told
+the exact opposite of the truth.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On the following morning Mr. E., my patient, asked me the result of the
+experiment. He had found himself unable to sit up so late, he said, but
+wishful fairly to test the powers of the clairvoyante, he had ordered his
+clothes to be stuffed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span> into the form of a human figure, and, to make the
+contrast more striking, he had an extra pillow pushed into the clothes, so
+as to form a &#8216;corporation.&#8217; This figure had been placed by the table in a
+sitting position and a glass of brandy and water and the newspapers placed
+beside it. The name, he said, was spelled correctly, though up to that
+time I had been in the habit of writing it &#8216;Eglington&#8217; instead of
+&#8216;Eglinton.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Alfred Backman of Kolmar, Sweden, a corresponding member of the
+Society for Psychical Research and a good practical hypnotist has had
+unusually good fortune in finding clairvoyants among his own patients in
+that northern country. Two in particular, Anna Samuelson and Alma Redberg,
+gave most excellent examples of clairvoyant vision, describing rooms,
+surroundings, persons, and also events which were at the moment
+transpiring, though quite unknown and unsuspected by any one present at
+the experiment. Several of these cases are included in Mrs. Sidgwick&#8217;s
+report. Instead of these cases, however, I prefer to adduce an instance or
+two reported by Dr. Dufay, a reputable physician of Blois and subsequently
+a senator of France. The cases were first reported to the French <i>Soci&eacute;t&eacute;
+de Psychologie Physiologique</i>, which was presided<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span> over by Charcot, and
+published in the <i>Revue Philosophique</i> for September, 1888.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Gerault, a friend of Dr. Dufay, had a maid-servant named Marie, who
+was a natural <i>somnambule</i>, but who was also frequently hypnotized by Dr.
+Gerault. Dr. Dufay witnessed the following experiments:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Being hypnotized, Marie was describing to a young lady soon to be married,
+some characteristics of her lover, much to the amusement of the lady, who
+was clapping her hands and laughing merrily. Suddenly, almost with the
+rapidity of lightning, the scene changed from gay to grave. The
+somnambulist panted for breath, tears flowed down her face, and
+perspiration bathed her brow. She seemed ready to fall, and called on Dr.
+Gerault for assistance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is the matter, Marie?&#8221; said the doctor; &#8220;from what are you
+suffering?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah, sir!&#8221; said she; &#8220;ah, sir! how terrible! he is dead!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who is dead? Is it one of my patients?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Limoges, the ropemaker&mdash;you know, in the Crimea&mdash;he has just died. Poor
+folks&mdash;poor folks!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come, come, my child,&#8221; said the doctor, &#8220;you are dreaming&mdash;it is only a
+bad dream.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>&#8220;A dream,&#8221; replied the somnambulist. &#8220;But I am not asleep. I see him&mdash;he
+has just drawn his last breath. Poor boy! Look at him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>And she pointed with her hand, as if to direct attention to the scene
+which was so vivid before her. At the same time she would have run away,
+but hardly had she risen to go when she fell back, unable to move. It was
+a long time before she became calm, but, on coming to herself, she had no
+recollection of anything which had occurred. Some time after, Limoges
+senior received news of the death of his son. It occurred near
+Constantinople on the same day that Marie had witnessed it in her
+clairvoyant vision.</p>
+
+<p>On another occasion there was a s&eacute;ance at which ten or twelve persons were
+present. Marie was put to sleep and had told the contents of several
+pockets and sealed packages prepared for the purpose. Dr. Dufay came in
+late purposely, so as to be as much out of rapport with her as possible.
+He had just received a letter from an officer in Algiers, stating that he
+had been very ill with dysentery from sleeping under canvas during the
+rainy season. This letter he had placed in a thick envelope, without
+address or postmark, and carefully stuck down the edges. This again was
+placed in another dark envelope and closed in like<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span> manner. No one but
+himself knew of the existence of this letter.</p>
+
+<p>Unobserved, he passed the letter to a lady present, indicating that it was
+to be given to Dr. Gerault, who received it without knowing from whom it
+came, and placed it in Marie&#8217;s hand.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What have you in your hand?&#8221; asked the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A letter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;To whom is it directed?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;To M. Dufay.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;By whom?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A military gentleman whom I do not know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of what does he write?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He is ill&mdash;he writes of his illness.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can you name his illness?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes; very well. It is like the old woodcutter&#8217;s of Mesland, who is
+not yet well.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I understand; it is dysentery. Now listen, Marie. It would give M. Dufay
+much pleasure if you would go and see his friend, the military gentleman,
+and find out how he is at present.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, it is too far; it would be a long journey.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But we are waiting for you. Please go without losing time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>(A long pause.) &#8220;I cannot go on; there is water, a lot of water.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>&#8220;And you do not see any bridge?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course there is no bridge.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps there is a boat to cross in, as there is to cross the Loire at
+Chaumont.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Boats&mdash;yes&mdash;but this Loire is a regular flood; it frightens me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come, come; take courage&mdash;embark.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>(A long silence, agitation, pallor, nausea.) &#8220;Have you arrived?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nearly; but I am much fatigued, and I do not see any people on shore.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Land and go on; you will soon find some one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There, now I see some people&mdash;they are all women, dressed in white. But
+that is queer&mdash;they all have beards.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go to them and ask where you will find the military gentleman.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>(After a pause.) &#8220;They do not speak as we do&mdash;and I have been obliged to
+wait while they called a little boy with a red cap, who understands me. He
+leads me on, slowly, because we are walking in sand. Ah! there is the
+military gentleman. He has red trousers and an officer&#8217;s cap. But he is so
+very thin and ill. What a pity he has not some of your medicine!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What does he say caused his illness?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>&#8220;He shows me his bed&mdash;three planks on pickets&mdash;over wet sand.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thanks. Advise him to go to the hospital, and now return to Blois.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The letter was then opened and read to the company and caused no little
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>Remarkable instances of clairvoyance have not been frequently reported in
+America. Nevertheless, well-authenticated cases are by no means wanting.
+Dr. S. B. Brittan, in his book entitled &#8220;Man and His Relations,&#8221; relates
+several such cases. The following came under his own observation:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>In the autumn of 1855 he saw Mr. Charles Baker of Michigan, who, while out
+on a hunting excursion, had been accidentally shot by his companion. The
+charge passed through his pocket, demolishing several articles and
+carrying portions of the contents of the pocket deep into the fleshy part
+of his thigh. The accident was of a serious character, causing extreme
+suffering, great debility, and emaciation, lasting several months, as well
+as much anxiety regarding his ultimate recovery.</p>
+
+<p>He was in this low condition when seen by Dr. Brittan. The doctor soon
+after returned East, and called on Mrs. Metler of Hartford, with whose<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>
+clairvoyant power he was familiar, and requested her to examine into the
+condition of a young man who had been shot. No information was given as to
+his residence, condition, or the circumstances attending the accident.</p>
+
+<p>She directly found the patient, described the wound, and declared that
+there was a piece of copper still in the wound, and that he would not
+recover until it was removed.</p>
+
+<p>Young Baker, however, was sure he had no copper in his pocket at the time
+of the accident; the medical attendant found no indications of it, so it
+was concluded that the clairvoyant had made a mistake.</p>
+
+<p>Later, however, a foreign substance made its appearance in the wound, and
+was removed by the mother of the patient with a pair of embroidery
+scissors; it proved to be a copper cent. The removal of the foreign
+substance was followed by rapid recovery. The discovery of the copper coin
+was made by the clairvoyant while at a distance of nearly one thousand
+miles from the patient.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. H. Porter, while at her home in Bridgeport, Conn., in the presence of
+the same writer, declared that a large steamer was on fire on the Hudson
+River; that among other objects in the vicinity she could clearly
+distinguish the village<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> of Yonkers, and that the name of the steamer was
+the Henry Clay. The whole sad catastrophe was described by her with
+minuteness, as if occurring in her immediate presence.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the New York papers gave a full account of the burning of
+the Henry Clay off the village of Yonkers&mdash;an occurrence which, doubtless,
+some of my readers may still remember&mdash;corresponding in every important
+particular with that given by the clairvoyant.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. John Fitzgerald of Brunswick, Me., once a somewhat noted temperance
+lecturer, but at the time now referred to a bedridden invalid, saw,
+clairvoyantly, and fully described the great fire in Fall River, Mass., in
+1874, by which a large factory was destroyed. He described the
+commencement and progress of the fire, the means employed to rescue the
+operatives, criticised the work of the firemen, shouted directions, as if
+he were present, and at last as the roof fell in, he fell back upon the
+pillow and said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is all over&mdash;the roof has fallen, and those poor people are burned.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It was not until three days later that Mrs. Fitzgerald obtained a paper
+containing an account of the fire. This she read to her husband, who
+frequently interrupted her to tell her what<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> would come next as &#8220;he had
+seen it all.&#8221; The account corresponded almost exactly with the description
+given by Mr. Fitzgerald while the fire was in progress.</p>
+
+<p>I have, myself, recently found a very excellent subject whom I will call
+A. B., whom I first hypnotized on account of illness, but who afterward
+proved to have psychic perception and clairvoyant powers of a remarkable
+character. Once, while in the hypnotic condition, I asked her if she could
+go away and see what was transpiring in other places, as for instance, at
+her own home. She replied that she would try. I then told her to go to her
+home, in a small town three hundred miles away and quite unknown to me,
+and see who was in the house and what they were doing. After a minute of
+perfect silence she said: &#8220;I am there.&#8221; &#8220;Go in,&#8221; I said, &#8220;and tell me what
+you find.&#8221; She said: &#8220;There is no one at home but my mother. She is
+sitting in the dining-room by a window; there is a screen in the window
+which was not there when I left home. My mother is sewing.&#8221; &#8220;What sort of
+sewing is it?&#8221; I asked. &#8220;It is a waist for D.&#8221; (her little brother). I
+wrote down every detail of her description, and then awoke her. She had no
+recollection of anything which had transpired, but said she had had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> a
+restful sleep. I then desired her to write at once to her mother and ask
+who was in the house at four o&#8217;clock this same afternoon, where she was,
+and what she was doing.</p>
+
+<p>The answer came, describing everything exactly as set down in my notes.</p>
+
+<p>On another occasion when I made my visit, it happened to be the day of the
+races occurring at a well known track some ten miles away, and members of
+the household where she was residing had gone to witness them. Neither she
+nor I had ever attended these races&mdash;we knew nothing of the appearance of
+the place, of the events that were expected, nor even of the ordinary
+routine of the sport. She was put into the deep hypnotic sleep, and
+thinking it a good opportunity to test her clairvoyance, I requested her
+to go to the grounds and I carefully directed her on her journey. Once
+within the inclosure she described the bright and cheerful appearance&mdash;the
+pavilion, the judge&#8217;s stand, and the position of persons whom she knew.
+She said there was no race at the time; but that boys were going around
+among the spectators and getting money; that the people seemed excited;
+that they stood up and held out money, and beckoned to the boys to
+come&mdash;but she did not know what it meant. I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> suggested that perhaps they
+were betting. She seemed to look carefully and then said: &#8220;That is just
+what they are doing.&#8221; She then described the race which followed, was much
+excited, and told who of the persons she knew were winners. I then said:
+&#8220;You will remember all this and be able to tell M. when she comes home.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It was found that everything had transpired as she had described. One of
+the races had been a failure, the horses coming in neck and neck; all bets
+were cancelled and new bets were made, which caused the excitement which
+she had witnessed. She surprised those who were present by the accuracy of
+her description, both of the place and the events, especially of the
+excitement caused by making the new bets.</p>
+
+<p>On the same occasion, before awakening her, I said to her: &#8220;Now, I have
+something very particular to say to you and I want you to pay close
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This evening when your dinner is brought up to you&mdash;you, A. B.&#8217;s second
+self, will make A. B. see me come in and stand here at the foot of the
+bed. I shall say to you: &#8216;Hello! you are at dinner. Well, I won&#8217;t disturb
+you,&#8217; and immediately I shall go. And you will write me about my visit.&#8221; I
+then awoke her in the usual<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> manner. This was Tuesday, July 3, 1894. On
+Thursday following I received this note, which I have in my possession.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Dear Dr. Mason</span>:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;As I was eating my dinner on Tuesday I heard some one say
+&#8216;Good-evening.&#8217; I turned around surprised, as I had heard no one enter
+the room, and there at the foot of the bed I saw <i>you</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I said &#8216;Halloo! won&#8217;t you sit down?&#8217; you said: &#8216;Are you taking your
+dinner? Then I won&#8217;t detain you,&#8217; and before I could detain you, you
+disappeared as mysteriously as you had come. Why did you leave so
+suddenly? Were you angry? Mary, the nurse, says you were not here at
+all at dinner-time. I say you were. Which of us is right?</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;Sincerely,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 10em;">&#8220;A. B.&#8221;</span></p>
+
+<p>(Full name signed.)</p></div>
+
+<p>The clairvoyant faculty is sometimes exercised in sleep, and hence the
+importance so often attached to dreams. I have a patient, Miss M. L.,
+thirty-five years of age, who has been under my observation for the past
+fifteen years, and for whose truthfulness and good sense I can fully
+vouch. From childhood she has been a constant and most<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> troublesome
+somnambulist, walking almost every night, until two years ago when I first
+hypnotized her and suggested that she should not again leave her bed while
+asleep, and she has not done so.</p>
+
+<p>This person&#8217;s dreams are marvellously vivid, but her most vivid ones she
+does not call dreams. She says, &#8220;When I dream I dream, but when I see I
+see.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Nine years ago, M. L., had a friend in New Mexico whom I will call G.,
+from whom she had not heard for months, and of whose surroundings she knew
+absolutely nothing.</p>
+
+<p>One night she dreamed, or, as she expresses it, <i>saw</i> this friend in
+Albuquerque. She was, as it seemed to her, present in the room where he
+was, and saw everything in it with the same degree of distinctness as
+though she were actually present. She noticed the matting on the floor,
+the willowware furniture, bed, rocking-chair, footstool, and other
+articles. He was talking with a companion, a person of very striking
+appearance, whom she also minutely observed as regarded personal
+appearance, dress, and position in the room.</p>
+
+<p>He was saying to this companion that he was about to start for New York
+for the purpose of interesting capitalists in a system of irrigation which
+he had proposed. His companion was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span> laughing sarcastically and ridiculing
+the whole scheme. He persisted, and the conversation was animated&mdash;almost
+bitter.</p>
+
+<p>Three weeks later, early one morning, she dreamed that this man was in New
+York. She saw him coming up the street leading to her house, and saw her
+father go forward to meet him. At breakfast she told her father her dream,
+and they also talked freely about her former dream or vision of three
+weeks before.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast her father sat upon the front stoop reading the morning
+paper, and M. L. went about some work. Suddenly she heard her father call
+out in a startled sort of way: &#8220;Mary, sure enough, here comes G.!&#8221; She
+stepped to the window and there was G. coming up the street and her father
+going forward to meet him exactly as she had seen him in her dream. He had
+just arrived from the West, and had come for the very purpose indicated by
+his conversation in M. L.&#8217;s vision. After some general conversation M. L.
+said to G.; &#8220;By the way, who was that remarkable person you were talking
+with about this journey, three weeks ago?&#8221; mentioning the night of her
+dream. With evident surprise he said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>She then related the whole dream just as she<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span> had experienced it, even to
+the minutest details. His astonishment was profound. He declared that the
+details which she gave could never have been so exactly described except
+by some one actually present; and with some annoyance he accused her of
+playing the spy.</p>
+
+<p>There are many other instances of remarkable clairvoyant vision on her
+part, and especially two which have occurred within the year&mdash;the visions
+having been fully described before the events were known.</p>
+
+<p>Such are a few among hundreds of cases which might be adduced as examples
+of the clairvoyant power. They are from every period of history, from the
+earliest down to our own times. Looked at broadly, they at least show that
+a belief in the clairvoyant power of some specially endowed persons has
+existed throughout the historic period; they also exhibit a great
+similarity in their character and the circumstances under which they are
+observed.</p>
+
+<p>Apollonius stops short in his discourse, apparently in his natural state,
+sees the assassination of Domitian, and shouts, &#8220;Strike the tyrant!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fitzgerald at Brunswick suddenly beholds the burning factories at Fall
+River, and shouts his orders to the firemen. Others spontaneously go<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> into
+the somnambulic condition and only then become clairvoyant; while still
+others need the assistance of a second person to produce somnambulism and
+independent vision.</p>
+
+<p>What is the nature and what the method of this peculiar vision which has
+been named clairvoyance?</p>
+
+<p>Is it a quickening and extension of ordinary vision, or is it a visual
+perception obtained in some other manner, independent of the natural organ
+of sight?</p>
+
+<p>It has been noted how vastly the action of the senses may be augmented by
+cultivation, but never has cultivation increased vision to such an extent
+as to discover a penny a thousand miles away and through opaque coverings.
+Besides, the clairvoyant vision is exercised quite independent of the
+bodily eye. The eyes may be closed, they may be turned upward or inward so
+that no portion of the pupil is exposed to the action of light, or they
+may be covered with thick pads of cotton or closed with plasters or
+bandages, yet the clairvoyant vision in proper subjects is obtained in
+just the same degree and with just the same certainty as when the eyes are
+fully exposed to the light.</p>
+
+<p>It is true there has been much doubt and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>discussion on this vital point,
+the objectors maintaining that sight was possible and practicable by
+experts, notwithstanding the precautions used in blindfolding; in short,
+that the whole thing might safely be set down as deception and fraud.</p>
+
+<p>In the face of facts such as are here cited, and the thousand others that
+might be adduced, it is hardly possible to treat this charge seriously.</p>
+
+<p>To such objectors, cumulative evidence regarding facts out of their own
+mental horizon is useless. Their motto is: &#8220;No amount of evidence can
+establish a miracle;&#8221; and their definition of a miracle is something done,
+or alleged to have been done, contrary to the laws of nature. But the
+objector who refuses credence to well-attested facts on that ground alone,
+simply assumes that he is acquainted with all the laws of nature.</p>
+
+<p>A miracle, really, is only something alleged to have been done, and we are
+not able to explain how; nevertheless, it may be perfectly in accordance
+with natural laws which we did not understand or even know existed. To the
+West Indian, whom Columbus found in the New World, an eclipse of the sun
+was a miracle of the most terrible character; to the astronomer it was a
+simple fact in nature. To the ignorant boor,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> &#8220;talking with Chicago&#8221; or
+cabling between New York and London is a miracle; to the electrician it is
+an everyday, well-understood affair. For a long time scientific men did
+not believe in the existence of globular, slowly-moving electricity; if
+such a thing had existed, it certainly should have put in an appearance
+before members of the &#8220;Academy,&#8221; or &#8220;Royal Society&#8221; some time in the
+course of all these years; but it never had done so; only a few cooks,
+blacksmiths, or back-woodsmen had ever seen it, and they certainly were
+not the sort of people to report scientific matter; they did not know how
+to observe, and undoubtedly &#8220;they did not see what they thought they saw.&#8221;
+But for all that, globular, slowly-moving electricity is now a well known
+fact in nature.</p>
+
+<p>Neither the West Indian, the ignorant boor, nor the man of science had, at
+the time these several facts were presented to him, &#8220;any place in the
+existing fabric of his thought into which such facts could be fitted.&#8221; The
+fabric of thought in each case must be changed, enlarged, modified, before
+the alleged facts could be received or assimilated.</p>
+
+<p>The objector to the fact of clairvoyance and other facts in the new
+psychology is often simply<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> deficient in the knowledge which would enable
+him properly to judge of these facts; he may be an excellent
+mathematician, physicist, editor, or even physician, but he has been
+educated to deal with a certain class of facts, and only by certain
+methods, and he is wholly unfitted to deal with another class of facts,
+perhaps requiring quite different treatment.</p>
+
+<p>An excellent chemist might not be just the man to analyze questions of
+finance or to testify as an expert on the tariff, or a suspension bridge;
+the &#8220;texture of his thought&#8221; would need some modifying to fit him for
+these duties; indeed, he is fortunate if he can even be quite sure of
+morphia when he sees it; it might be a ptomaine.</p>
+
+<p>If, then, the objector to well authenticated facts in any department of
+research expects his objections to be seriously considered, he must, at
+least, exhibit some intelligence in that department of research to which
+his objection relates.</p>
+
+<p>I shall then simply reiterate the statement that there is abundant
+evidence of visual perception by some specially constituted persons,
+independent of any use of the physical organ of sight.</p>
+
+
+<p>What the exact nature or method of this supranormal vision is, may not yet
+be absolutely settled, any more than the exact nature of light or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> of life
+or even of electricity is settled, and each of their various methods of
+action known, though of the fact itself in any of these cases there is no
+doubt.</p>
+
+<p>From a careful consideration of the best authenticated facts and examples,
+we are led to believe that the faculty of clairvoyance is no supernatural
+gift, but may be possessed, to some degree, by many, perhaps by all,
+people; that it is a natural condition, developed and brought into
+exercise by a few, but undeveloped and dormant in most; that the faculty
+may include not only the power of obtaining visual perceptions at a
+distance and under circumstances which render ordinary vision impossible,
+but also the perception of general truth and the relation of things in
+nature to such a degree as to render the person who possesses it a teacher
+and prophet of seemingly supernatural endowments. Carefully excluding
+cases of unusual extension, or skill in using normal perceptive faculties,
+and also thought-transference, which, although bearing a certain relation
+to clairvoyance, should not be confounded with it, the phenomena of
+independent clairvoyance appear in certain persons under the following
+conditions:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>In certain states, brought about by disease, and at the near approach of
+death, in the hypnotic<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> condition, whether self-induced or produced by the
+influence of a second person, and especially in the condition known as
+trance; it may also appear in sleep of the ordinary kind&mdash;in dreams, and
+especially in the condition of reverie or the state between sleeping and
+waking; a few persons also possess the clairvoyant faculty while in their
+natural condition, without losing their normal consciousness. In general
+it may be said that the faculty is most likely to appear when there exists
+a condition of abstraction, and the mind is acting without the restraint
+and guidance of the usual consciousness&mdash;and it reaches its most perfect
+exercise when this usual guidance ceases entirely&mdash;the body becoming
+inactive and an&aelig;sthetic and the mind acting independent of its usual
+manifesting organs. Such is the condition in trance.</p>
+
+<p>This view is, of course, in direct opposition to the materialistic
+philosophy which makes the mind simply a &#8220;group of phenomena,&#8221; the result
+of organization, and absolutely dependent upon that organization for its
+action, and even for its existence. To discuss this question here would
+occupy too much space; besides, one of the objects of these papers is to
+show this mind, spirit, psychos, mentality, &#8220;group of phenomena,&#8221;
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>whatever it may be, and whatever name may be applied to it, acting under
+circumstances which will enable us to consider with greater intelligence
+this very question, viz.: Whether the mind, under some circumstances, is
+not capable of intelligent action independent of the brain and the whole
+material organization through which it ordinarily manifests itself.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">DOUBLE OR MULTIPLEX PERSONALITY.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>If there be any one thing in the empirical psychology of the past which
+has been considered settled past all controversy, it is the unity and
+continuity of human personality. Whatever might be believed or doubted
+concerning the after life, for this life at least believers and skeptics
+alike are united in the full assurance of a true, permanent, and
+unmistakable self. The philosopher Reid, a hundred years ago, in
+discussing this subject, wrote as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My thoughts and actions and feelings change every moment. They have no
+continued but a successive existence, but that self or I to which they
+belong is permanent, and has the same relation to all succeeding thoughts,
+actions, and feelings which I call mine. The identity of a person is
+perfect&mdash;it admits of no degrees&mdash;and is not divisible into parts.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Now, while this dogma, which still expresses<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span> the general consensus of
+mankind, may in a sense be well founded, still certain facts have been
+ascertained by the observant scouts in the outlying fields of psychology
+which, unless they can be interpreted to mean something different from
+their seeming and obvious import, make strongly against that stability and
+unquestioned oneness of human personality about which every individual in
+his own consciousness may feel so absolutely certain. What are these facts
+which have come to the notice of students of psychology?</p>
+
+<p>The case of F&eacute;lida X., reported by Dr. Azam of Bordeaux, is one of the
+earliest to attract the serious attention of medical men and students of
+psychology, and has become classic in relation to the subject.</p>
+
+<p>She was a nervous child, given to moody spells and hysterical attacks,
+and, in 1856, when she was about fourteen years of age, she also began to
+have more serious attacks of an epileptiform character, from which she
+would emerge into a new and unusual condition, which was at first taken to
+be somnambulism. In this condition her general appearance was quite
+changed, and she talked and acted in a manner altogether different from
+her usual self. These attacks were at first very brief, lasting only a few
+minutes, but gradually<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> they increased in duration until they occupied
+hours, and even days.</p>
+
+<p>In her usual state she had no recollection and no knowledge whatever of
+her second condition, and the whole time spent in that condition was to
+her a blank; on the other hand, all the different occasions when she had
+been in this second condition were linked together, constituting a
+distinct chain of memories and a personality just as consciously distinct
+and conspicuous as her original self. In her second state she not only had
+the distinct memories connected with her own secondary personality, but
+she also knew facts concerning the first or original self, but only as she
+might have knowledge of any other person.</p>
+
+<p>The two personalities were entirely different in character and
+disposition; the original one was sickly, indolent, and melancholy, while
+the new one was in good health, and in disposition bright, cheerful, and
+industrious. She married early in life, and was intelligent and efficient
+in the care of her family, rearing children and attending to the little
+business of a shop. At length this secondary self came to occupy nearly
+the whole time, and considered herself the normal personality, as, indeed,
+she was, being superior in every way to the original one. She knew very
+well how <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>unhappy and miserable was the condition of the primary self,
+and, while she pitied her and did what she could to assist her, she
+disliked to have her return. She called the condition of the primary self,
+&#8220;that stupid state.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The lapses of the original or No. 1 personality became at length so
+frequent, or rather, so continuous, that she lost the proper knowledge and
+relation of things about her. She was a stranger in her own home, and on
+that account became still more morose and melancholy. To relieve as much
+as possible this distressing state of affairs the second self, or No. 2,
+when she knew that No. 1 was about to appear, would write her a letter,
+informing her of the general condition of the household, whom she might
+expect to meet, and where she would find certain needful articles; she
+would also offer advice regarding the conduct of affairs, which was always
+appropriate and useful and far superior to the judgment of the original
+self in the matters to which it referred.</p>
+
+<p>As a second well marked and abundantly authenticated example of this
+divided or secondary personality, I will refer to a case in our own
+country and in our own vicinity.</p>
+
+<p>Jan. 17th, 1887, Ansel Bourne, an evangelist, left his home in Rhode
+Island, and, after <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>transacting some business in Providence, one item of
+which was to draw some money to pay for a farm for which he had bargained,
+he went to Boston, then to New York, then to Philadelphia, and, finally,
+to Norristown, Penn., fifteen or twenty miles from Philadelphia, where he
+opened a small store for the sale of stationery, confectionery, and
+five-cent articles. In this business he was known as A. J. Brown. He lived
+in a room partitioned off from the back of the store, eating, sleeping,
+and doing his own cooking there. He rented the store from a Mr. Earl, who
+also, with his family, lived in the building. Mr. Brown went back and
+forth to Philadelphia for goods to keep up his stock, and seems to have
+conducted his business as if accustomed to it.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday, March 13th, he went to church, and at night went to bed as usual.
+On Monday, March 14th, about 5 o&#8217;clock in the morning, he awoke and found
+himself in what appeared to him an altogether new and strange place; he
+thought he must have broken into the place, and was much troubled, fearing
+arrest. Finally, after waiting two hours in great uneasiness of mind, he
+got up and found the door locked on the inside. He went out into the hall,
+and, hearing some one moving about, he rapped at the door. Mr. Earl,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span> his
+landlord, opened it, and said: &#8220;Good-morning, Mr. Brown.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where am I?&#8221; said Mr. Brown.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are all right,&#8221; replied Mr. Earl.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m all wrong, and my name is not Brown. Where am I?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are in Norristown.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where is Norristown?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In Pennsylvania, about seventeen miles west of Philadelphia.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What day of the month is it?&#8221; inquired Mr. Brown.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The 14th,&#8221; replied Mr. Earl.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Does time run backward here? When I left home it was the 17th.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Seventeenth of what?&#8221; said Mr. Earl.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Seventeenth of January.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now it is the 14th of March,&#8221; said Mr. Earl.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Earl thought Mr. Brown was out of his mind, and sent for a physician.
+To the doctor he said his name was Ansel Bourne; that he remembered seeing
+the Adams Express wagons on Dorrance Street in Providence on Jan. 17th,
+and remembered nothing since, until he awoke here this morning, March
+14th.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;These people,&#8221; said he, &#8220;tell me that I have been here six weeks, and
+have been living with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span> them all this time; I have no recollection of ever
+having seen one of them, until this morning.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His nephew, Mr. H., was telegraphed to in Providence.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you know Ansel Bourne?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Reply: &#8220;He is my uncle; wire me where he is, and if well.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. H., went on to Norristown, took charge of his uncle and his affairs,
+sold out his store property, and Mr. A. J. Brown went back and resumed his
+life in Rhode Island as Ansel Bourne, but the time from Jan. 17th to March
+14th was to him a blank.</p>
+
+<p>Prof. James of Harvard and Dr. Hodgson, Secretary of the American Branch
+of the Society for Psychical Research, who reported this case to the
+society, now became interested in the matter. They went to see Ansel
+Bourne and learned the above history; but of the journey from Providence
+to Norristown in January no account of any kind could be obtained.
+Finally, he was put into the hypnotic condition, when he was again A. J.
+Brown, and gave a connected account of his journey to Boston, New York,
+Philadelphia, and of his stay in each of these cities; of his arrival at
+Norristown, and of his experience there up to the morning of March 14th,
+when everything<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> was again confused. As A. J. Brown he knew of Ansel
+Bourne and of his remarkable history, but could not state positively that
+he had ever met him.</p>
+
+<p>This transition was repeatedly made. Immediately on being put in the
+hypnotic trance and aroused to somnambulism he was A. J. Brown, a distinct
+personality, perfectly sane, and with a full appreciation of the relation
+of things as relating to that personality, and with a distinct chain of
+memories, beliefs, and affections; but, when introduced to the wife of
+Ansel Bourne, he entirely repudiated the idea of her ever having been his
+wife, though he might some time have seen her.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately on being awakened from this hypnotic condition he was Ansel
+Bourne, with his usual consciousness, beliefs, affections, and chain of
+memories; but the primary Ansel Bourne personality had no knowledge
+whatever of the secondary, or A. J. Brown, personality, and for any act,
+either criminal or righteous, committed by the person A. J. Brown, the
+person Ansel Bourne had no more knowledge and consequently no more
+responsibility than for any good or bad action committed by a person in
+Australia and of whose existence he was ignorant.</p>
+
+<p>A few other cases quite similar and in every<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> respect of equal interest
+have been observed, notably that known as Louis V., which was reported by
+Dr. Voisin of Paris and by several other well-known French physicians,
+under whose care from time to time he has been, and whose several reports
+have been summed up by Mr. Frederick W. H. Myers, the efficient London
+Secretary of the Society for Psychical Research.</p>
+
+<p>Here the stability of personality was unsettled at the age of fourteen by
+a terrible fright from a viper. Four or five distinct personalities were
+represented.</p>
+
+<p>(1) In his childhood, previous to his fright by the viper, he had good
+health and was an ordinary, quiet, obedient, well-behaved boy.</p>
+
+<p>(2) A new personality, of which the primary self had no knowledge, was
+induced by the fright. This No. 2 personality had frequent epileptic
+attacks, but was able to work, learning the trade of a tailor.</p>
+
+<p>(3) After one of these attacks of great violence, lasting fifty hours,
+another personality came to the surface&mdash;a greedy, violent, quarrelsome,
+drunken, thievish vagabond, paralyzed on one side, and with an impediment
+in his speech. He was an anarchist, an atheist, and a blackguard, always
+ranting and thrusting his opinions upon<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> those about him, perpetrating bad
+jokes, and practicing disgusting familiarities with his physicians and
+attendants. In this state, he knows nothing of the tailor&#8217;s business, but
+he is a private of marines.</p>
+
+<p>(4) He is a quiet, sensible man, retiring in behavior and modest in
+speech. If he is asked his opinions upon politics or religion, he
+bashfully replies that he would rather leave such things to wiser heads
+than his. In this condition he is without paralysis and speaks distinctly.</p>
+
+<p>(5) As a man forty years of age he returns to the condition of childhood
+previous to his fright&mdash;a child in intellect and knowledge, having no
+occupation; he is simply an ordinary, quiet, well-behaved, obedient boy.</p>
+
+<p>Each of these personalities was distinct from all the others; the earlier
+ones had no knowledge of those which came after them; the later ones had a
+knowledge of the earlier ones, but only as they might have knowledge of
+any other person.</p>
+
+<p>A fourth typical case is that of Alma Z., recently reported by me for <i>The
+Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases</i>. In this case, an unusually
+healthy, strongly intellectual girl, an expert in athletic sport and a
+leader wherever she might be, on account of overwork, and finally, of
+broken-down health, developed a second, and, later, a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span> third personality.
+Each was widely different from the others, all were normal so far as a
+perfect knowledge of and adaptation to their surroundings were concerned,
+and all were of unusual intellectual force and brightness, as well as
+moral worth; but each was distinct, peculiar, and even in marked contrast
+to the others in many important characteristics. No. 1 had no knowledge of
+No. 2 nor of No. 3, except from circumstances and the report of others,
+and also from letters which passed between them giving information to No.
+1 regarding changes which had occurred in her absence, as, for instance,
+of expected company or other engagement which it would be important for
+her to know.</p>
+
+<p>Both of the later personalities were peculiarly fond of No. 1, and devoted
+to her welfare on account of her superior knowledge and admirable
+character. The case has been under my observation, both professionally and
+socially, for many years, and, in addition to its typical character, it
+presented an example of the singular fact of the persistence of the later
+personality, with the ability to observe, retain its chain of memories,
+and afterward report them, while the primary self was at the same time the
+dominant and active personality.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>An instance of this occurred at one of the concerts of a distinguished
+pianist a few years since. No. 3 was the reigning personality, and she was
+herself a lover of music and an excellent critic. Beethoven&#8217;s concerto in
+C major was on the programme, and was being performed in a most charming
+manner by soloist and orchestra. I was sitting near her in the box, when
+all at once I noticed a change in the expression of her face, which
+denoted the presence of No. 1. She listened with intense interest and
+pleasure to the performance, and at its close I spoke a few words to her,
+and she replied in her usual charming manner. It was No. 1 without doubt.
+Soon after, she leaned back in her chair, took two or three quick, short
+inspirations, and No. 3 was present again. She turned to me smiling and
+said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So No. 1 came for her favorite concerto; wasn&#8217;t it splendid that she
+could hear it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>I said: &#8220;Yes; but how did you know she was here?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I sat on the front of the box,&#8221; she said. &#8220;I heard the music, too,
+and I saw you speaking to her.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The four cases here briefly outlined represent both sexes, two distinct
+nationalities, and widely-varying conditions in life. In each case one or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>
+more personalities crop out, so to speak, come to the surface, and become
+the conscious, active, ruling personality, distinct from the original
+self, having entirely different mental, moral, and even physical,
+characteristics; different tastes, and different sentiments and opinions;
+personalities entirely unknown to the original self, which no one
+acquainted with that original self had any reason to suppose existed in
+connection with that organization.</p>
+
+<p>The cases present so many points of similarity in their history as to
+render it probable, if not certain, that some common principle, law, or
+mental state underlies them all&mdash;some law which, if clearly defined, would
+be valuable in reducing to order the seemingly lawless mass of phenomena
+which constantly meets us in this new and but little explored field of
+research.</p>
+
+<p>It may be, also, that other mental states more frequently met with and
+more easily observed present points in common with these more striking and
+unusual ones; and that they also may assist us in finding the clue.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">NATURAL SOMNAMBULISM&mdash;HYPNOTIC SOMNAMBULISM&mdash;DREAMS.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>The first of these more accessible conditions to claim attention is
+natural somnambulism, or sleep-walking. The phenomena of this peculiar
+state have been observed from time immemorial, and have always been looked
+upon as one of the most wonderful and interesting subjects in the domain
+of the old psychology.</p>
+
+<p>In this state the subject, while apparently in ordinary sleep, arises from
+his bed and proceeds, sometimes to perform the most ordinary, everyday
+actions&mdash;cooking a dinner, washing clothes, sawing wood, or going out to a
+neighboring market town to transact business; sometimes, on the other
+hand, he does the most unusual things; he performs perilous journeys in
+dangerous and unfamiliar places in perfect safety and with unusual ease;
+sometimes intellectual work of a difficult nature, such as had baffled the
+student in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> his waking hours, is easily accomplished, and he finds the
+solution of his mathematical problem or the needed point in his argument
+all plainly wrought out and prepared for him when he goes to his desk the
+following morning; moreover, if the work from any cause should be
+interrupted, and the same conditions recur upon the following or some
+subsequent night, it may be resumed at the point where it was interrupted;
+or if the somnambulist talks, as well as acts, in his sleep the
+conversation shows that each succeeding occasion is connected with
+previous ones, all together constituting a chain of memories similar to
+that of the different personalities which have been presented in the four
+cases already described.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes all these different actions are accomplished without light or
+with the eyes fast closed, or else open and staring, but without vision.
+Sometimes, however, the new personality developed in the sleep of the
+somnambulist fails to come into proper relations with his surroundings,
+when he may also fail to accomplish the dangerous journey, and may walk
+from an open window or an unguarded balcony with disastrous results.</p>
+
+<p>The second condition which presents analogies to the duplex or multiplex
+personalities, which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span> are under consideration, is that of the somnambulism
+which occurs in the hypnotic sleep. While usually the hypnotic subject is
+passive and unconsciously receives the suggestions which are impressed
+upon him, not unfrequently a personality comes to the front which acts
+independently, and presents all the characteristics which we have found
+pertaining to a distinct personality.</p>
+
+<p>A rare example of this alternating personality brought about by hypnotism
+is afforded by the French subject, Mme. B., whose acquaintance we have
+already made as a subject upon whom hypnotism at a distance was
+successfully carried out by Prof. Janet and Dr. Gibert of Havre. As we
+have already seen, in her ordinary condition Mme. B. is a stolid,
+substantial, honest French peasant, about forty years of age, of very
+moderate intelligence, and without any education or any ambition for
+notoriety. In this state Prof. Janet calls her L&eacute;onie.</p>
+
+<p>Hypnotized, she is at once changed into a bright, vivacious,
+mischief-loving, rather noisy personality, who considers herself on
+excellent terms with the doctor, and whom the professor names L&eacute;ontine.
+Later, by further hypnotization and a deeper trance, there appears a
+sedate, sensible personality, intellectually much superior<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> to L&eacute;onie, the
+primary self, and much more dignified than the vivacious L&eacute;ontine, and
+this third personality Prof. Janet calls L&eacute;onore.</p>
+
+<p>L&eacute;ontine, the hypnotic or second self, knows L&eacute;onie, the original Mme. B.,
+very well, and is very anxious not to be confounded with her. She always
+calls her &#8220;the other one,&#8221; and laughs at her stupidity. She says, &#8220;That
+good woman is not I, she is too stupid.&#8221; One day Prof. Janet hypnotized
+L&eacute;onie, and as usual at once L&eacute;ontine was present. Prof. Janet then
+suggested to L&eacute;ontine that when she awoke and L&eacute;onie had resumed the
+command, she (L&eacute;ontine) should take off the apron of L&eacute;onie, their common
+apron, on their one physical personality, and then tie it on again. She
+was then aroused from her hypnotic condition, and at once L&eacute;onie was
+present without the slightest knowledge of L&eacute;ontine, for she never knew of
+this second personality, nor of hypnotic suggestion in any form. L&eacute;onie,
+supposing the professor&#8217;s experiment was over, was conducting him to the
+door, talking indifferently in her slow, dull way, and at the same time
+unconsciously her fingers were working at her apron-strings. The loosened
+apron was falling off when the professor called her attention to it. She
+exclaimed, &#8220;Why, my apron is falling off!&#8221; and then, fully<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span> conscious of
+what she was doing, she replaced and tied it on again. She then continued
+her talk. She only supposed that somehow accidentally the apron had come
+untied and she had retied it, and that was all.</p>
+
+<p>To the now submerged L&eacute;ontine, however, this was not enough; her mission
+had not been completed, and at her silent prompting L&eacute;onie again fumbled
+at the apron-strings; unconsciously she untied and took off the apron, and
+then put it on again without her attention having been drawn to what she
+had now the second time done. The next day Prof. Janet again hypnotized
+L&eacute;onie and L&eacute;ontine made her appearance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said she, &#8220;I did what you told me yesterday. How stupid &#8216;the other
+one&#8217; looked while I took her apron off? Why did you tell her that her
+apron was falling off? Just for that, I had to do the job all over again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Here the hypnotic or secondary self, as in my own reported case, appears
+as a persistent entity, remembering and reasoning, while the primary self
+was at the same time in command of their common body. L&eacute;ontine not only
+caused L&eacute;onie to untie and retie her apron, but she enjoyed the fun,
+remembered it, and told it the next day.</p>
+
+<p>Again L&eacute;onore was as much ashamed of L&eacute;ontine&#8217;s<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>
+flippancy as L&eacute;ontine was of L&eacute;onie&#8217;s stupidity.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You see well enough,&#8221; she said, &#8220;that I am not that prattler, that
+madcap. We do not resemble each other in the least.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In fact, she sometimes gave L&eacute;ontine good counsel in regard to her
+behavior, and in a peculiar manner&mdash;by producing the hallucination of
+hearing a voice, thus again showing the conscious activity of the
+submerged self while a primary self was at the same time dominant and
+active. As Dr. Janet relates the incident, L&eacute;ontine was one day in an
+excited, hysterical condition, noisy and troublesome with her chatter,
+when suddenly she stopped her senseless talk and cried out with terror:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh! Who is it there talking to me like that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No one was speaking to you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, there on the left.&#8221; And she opened a closet door in the direction
+indicated, to see that no one was hidden there.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it that you hear?&#8221; asked the professor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hear a voice on the left there which keeps saying to me: &#8216;Enough,
+enough; be quiet. You are a nuisance!&#8217;&#8221; which, the professor remarks, was
+exactly the truth.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>L&eacute;onore, in her turn, was then brought to the surface.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What was it that happened,&#8221; asked Prof. Janet, &#8220;when L&eacute;ontine was so
+frightened?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, nothing,&#8221; she replied. &#8220;I told her she was a nuisance and to keep
+quiet. I saw she was annoying you. I don&#8217;t know why she was so
+frightened.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>I may be pardoned for mentioning one other fact regarding the relationship
+of these singular personalities, because it illustrates more pointedly if
+possible than anything else their entire duplex and separate character.
+L&eacute;onie or Madame B. is married, but L&eacute;ontine is not. Madame B. however,
+was hypnotized at her accouchements, and became L&eacute;ontine. So L&eacute;ontine was
+the presiding personality when the children were born. L&eacute;ontine therefore
+considers herself the mother of two children, and would be greatly grieved
+were any doubts expressed regarding her right of motherhood in them.</p>
+
+<p>The analogies between the mental conditions presented respectively in
+ordinary somnambulism and the somnambulism of the hypnotic trance, and the
+mental conditions presented in the four cases previously recited are
+numerous and obvious; in fact, they seem as indeed they are, like<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span> the
+same conditions differently produced and varying in the length of time
+they occupy, and it is evident that in them there is brought to view a
+mental state of sufficient uniformity, as well as of sufficient interest
+and importance, to be worthy of serious consideration.</p>
+
+<p>The facts thus far brought into view are these: That in a considerable
+number of persons there may be developed, either spontaneously or
+artificially, a second personality different in character and distinct in
+its consciousness and memories from the primary or original self; that
+this second personality is not a mere change of consciousness, but in some
+sense it is a different entity, having a power of observation, attention
+and memory not only when the primary self is submerged and without
+consciousness or volition, but also at the same time that the primary self
+is in action, performing its usual offices, and in its turn it is equally
+capable of managing the affairs and performing the offices properly
+pertaining to the common body whenever needed for that purpose.</p>
+
+<p>Reckoning these different personalities as No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, etc., No.
+1 has no knowledge of No. 2, nor of any succeeding personality, nor of
+their acts, but the time occupied by them is to No. 1 a blank, during
+which it is without volition, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>memory, or consciousness. No. 2 has a
+distinct consciousness and chain of memories of its own, but it also knows
+more or less perfectly the history and acts of No. 1&mdash;it knows this
+history, however, only as pertaining to a third person; it knows nothing
+of No. 3, nor of any personality subsequently coming into activity. No. 3
+has also its distinct personality, and knows both No. 1 and No. 2, but
+knows them only as separate and distinct personalities; it does not know
+any personality coming into activity after itself.</p>
+
+<p>So distinct are these personalities that No. 2 not only may not possess
+the acquirements, as, for instance, the book knowledge, trade, or
+occupation of No. 1, but may possess other capabilities and acquirements
+entirely foreign to No. 1, and of which it possessed no knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>Ansel Bourne was a farmer and preacher, and knew nothing of storekeeping.
+A. J. Brown, the second personality, was a business man, neither farmer
+nor preacher. Louis V., as No. 2, was a tailor, and a very good boy; as
+No. 3, he was a private of marines, and knew nothing of tailoring, and he
+was a moral monster; while, in what might be called his No. 5 condition,
+he was again an undeveloped child, as he was before his fright.</p>
+
+<p>Still another fact which comes prominently into<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> view in examining these
+cases is that the No. 2 personality may not, by any means, be inferior to
+the No. 1, or original self. In none of the cases cited has the
+intellectual capacity of the later developed personality been inferior to
+that of the original self, and generally it was notably superior; only in
+the No. 3 personality of Louis V. was the moral state worse than in No. 1,
+and, in general, the moral standing of No. 2 or No. 3 was fully equal to
+the primary self.</p>
+
+<p>The emergence and dominance of a secondary personality, therefore, does
+not by any means imply that the general standing of the individual
+dominated by this second personality, as judged by disinterested
+observers, is in any way inferior to the same individual dominated by the
+primary self, but, on the contrary, a superior personality is rather to be
+expected, and especially is this true when the secondary personality is
+intelligently sought and brought to view by means of hypnotism.</p>
+
+<p>It is, however, quite impossible by any <i>&aacute; priori</i> reasoning, or from the
+character of the primary self, to form any definite estimate concerning
+the character or general characteristics of any new personality which may
+make its appearance, either spontaneously or through the aid of
+hypnotism.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>Having become to a certain degree familiarized with the idea that in some
+persons, at least, and under some peculiar circumstances, a second
+personality may come to the surface and take the place for a longer or
+shorter time of the primary self, it may be asked whether, after all,
+these comparatively few persons in which this unusual phenomena has been
+observed are essentially different in their mental constitution from other
+people.</p>
+
+<p>When those best acquainted with the slender and melancholy F&eacute;lida N., or
+the ordinary, quiet, well-behaved Louis V.; the industrious and respected
+evangelist Ansel Bourne, or the large-brained, intellectual leader of
+women, Alma Z., saw them in their ordinary state, before any subliminal
+personality had emerged and made itself known, no one of those most
+intimate acquaintances, no expert in character-reading, no student of
+mental science could have given any reasonable intimation that any one of
+them would develop a second personality, much less give any trustworthy
+opinion as to the character which the new personality would possess.</p>
+
+<p>A few months ago I was called in haste to see a patient, a large, strong
+man of one hundred and eighty pounds weight, who had been thrown down<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> and
+trampled upon by his nineteen-year-old son during an attack of
+somnambulism, and had received such serious injuries as to require
+immediate surgical aid. The next day this son came to consult me regarding
+his unfortunate habit of sleep-walking, which has often got him into
+trouble before, and has now resulted in serious injury to his father. He
+is a slight youth of one hundred and twenty pounds weight, light hair,
+gray eyes, and a bright, frank face, expressive of good health and good
+nature&mdash;&#8220;a perfect gentleman,&#8221; as his father expressed it, &#8220;when himself,
+but ten men cannot manage him when he gets up in his sleep; he will do
+what he sets out to do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Who would ever imagine that this slender, good-natured, gentlemanly lad,
+sooner than any other lad, would in his sleep develop somnambulism and a
+second personality, or that when it came that second personality should
+prove a stubborn Samson?</p>
+
+<p>Little could Prof. Janet imagine that beneath the surface consciousness of
+that serene and stupid L&eacute;onie dwelt the frisky, vivacious, fun-loving
+L&eacute;ontine, waiting only the magic key of hypnotism to unlock and bring her
+to the surface to reign instead of the heavy L&eacute;onie.</p>
+
+<p>The people who, in various ways, develop<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span> second personalities may not
+differ, it seems, in any perceptible manner from other people; is it not
+quite possible, then, that other normal, ordinary people, possess a second
+personality, deep-down beneath their ordinary, everyday self, and that
+under conditions which favor a readjustment, this hidden subliminal self
+may emerge and become for a longer or a shorter time the conscious, acting
+one; and not only so, but may prove to be the brighter and better
+organized of the two?</p>
+
+<p>Having now, as it were, a chart, imperfect though it be, of this outlying
+region, having some idea what to look for, and in what direction to look
+for it, it is possible that glimpses of this subliminal personality which
+each one unconsciously carries with him may be obtained under ordinary
+conditions and in everyday life, more frequently and more easily than we
+had imagined; for, as Ribot expresses it, the ordinary conscious
+personality is only a feeble portion of the whole psychical personality.</p>
+
+<p>One example of this more usual form of double personality is afforded in
+ordinary dreaming. The dream country, like most of this outlying
+territory, has for the most part been studied without chart or compass.
+There is scarcely a point connected with the discussion of the subject
+upon<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span> which the most eminent authorities are not divided; it is Locke
+against Descartes, Hamilton against Locke, and Hobbes against the field.</p>
+
+<p>If there be any one point, however, on which there is tolerable unanimity
+among all writers, ancient and modern, great and small, it is the absence
+in dreams of the normal acts and processes of volition, and, especially,
+of the faculty of attention. Now, this is exactly the condition which is
+conducive to the more or less perfect emergence and activity of the
+subliminal self, under whatever circumstances it occurs.</p>
+
+<p>There is first, loss of consciousness from catalepsy, fright, depressing
+illness, hypnotism, or natural sleep, that is to say, the power of
+attention or volition in the primary self is abolished; then comes a
+readjustment of personalities, varying in completeness according to the
+ease with which, in different persons, this readjustment may be effected,
+and according to the completeness of the abolition of the power of
+attention and volition.</p>
+
+<p>In sleep the conditions are favorable for this readjustment, and the
+subliminal self comes more or less perfectly to the surface; then appears
+that most peculiar and interesting series of pictures and visions which we
+call dreams; sometimes the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> rearranged, or rather unarranged, impressions
+and perceptions of the waking hours brought together, possibly just before
+the power of attention is entirely lost; sometimes the Puck-like work of
+the subliminal personality, the L&eacute;ontines of the dream-country influencing
+the unconscious or semi-conscious primary self; sometimes the veridical or
+truth-telling dreams, which have been the wonder of all ages, and
+sometimes giving complete and active supremacy to the subliminal self as
+in natural somnambulism. Another portion of the field in which it might be
+profitable to look for evidence of the existence of a subliminal
+personality is in the eccentric work of genius; and still another, in the
+unexpected and often heroic actions of seemingly ordinary persons under
+the stress and stimulus of a great emotion, as of joy, sorrow, or anger,
+or of intense excitement, as for instance, the soldier in battle, the
+fireman at the post of danger, or the philosopher or astronomer on the eve
+of a new discovery; in all these cases the ordinary personality with its
+intense self-consciousness and self-considering carefulness is
+submerged&mdash;it disappears&mdash;the power of voluntary attention to mental
+states or physical action is lost; a new and superior personality comes to
+the surface and takes control. The supreme moment<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> passes, and the primary
+self resumes sway, scarcely conscious of what has been done or how it was
+accomplished; even sensation has been abolished, and it is only now that
+he discovers the bleeding bullet-wound, the charred member, or the broken
+bone.</p>
+
+<p>In physical science, whenever some new fact or law or principle has been
+discovered, it is at once seen that many things which before were obscure,
+or perhaps could only be accounted for by a theory of chance, or of direct
+interference by an omnipotent Deity, are now illuminated by a new light,
+and order reigns where before only confusion and darkness were visible.
+Something of the same sort is beginning to be recognized in the world of
+mental and psychical phenomena. If the mathematical exactness which
+measured the force of gravity, or placed the sun in one of the foci of an
+ellipse instead of the centre of a circle cannot be applied here, it is
+only on account of the vast complexity of the problem presented, and of
+which we know so few of the elements.</p>
+
+<p>When matter alone is concerned we know exactly how it will act under given
+conditions. When life is added, the problem becomes more complex. The
+general law of evolution and the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> special law of natural selection in the
+development of species are accepted facts, although we cannot with success
+apply to them mathematical formul&aelig;. When mind is added to life, the
+problem becomes still more complicated and mathematical exactness still
+less likely to be attained. Many facts, however, are being ascertained in
+psychical science, and some principles are being established which help to
+bring order out of confusion and shed light on some dark places.</p>
+
+<p>The recognition of a subliminal self as forming a part of the psychical
+organization of man will throw light upon many obscure mental phenomena
+and bring order out of seemingly hopeless confusion. Placed before us as a
+working hypothesis, many other facts, before errant and unclassified,
+group themselves about it in wonderful clearness and harmony.</p>
+
+<p>Granting, then, provisionally at least, the reality of the secondary self,
+what are its relations to the primary self and their common physical
+organization, and how came it to occupy these relations? Mr. Frederick W.
+H. Myers, to whom I have already referred, whose acute intellect and
+scholarly attainments have been of the highest value to the society in
+every department of its investigations, has also taken up this subject
+with his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> usual skill and judgment. He looks upon it from the standpoint
+of evolution, commencing with the earliest period of animal life. He
+compares the whole psychical organization, together with its manifesting
+physical organization, to the thousand looms of a vast manufactory.</p>
+
+<p>The looms are complex and of varying patterns, for turning out different
+sorts of work. They are also used in various combinations, and there are
+various driving bands and connecting machinery by which they may severally
+be connected or disconnected, but the motive power which drives the whole
+is constant for all, and all works automatically to turn out the styles of
+goods that are needed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, how did I come to have my looms and driving-gear arranged in this
+particular way? Not, certainly, through any deliberate choice of my own.
+My ancestor, the ascidian, in fact, inherited the business when it
+consisted of little more than a single spindle; since his day my nearer
+ancestors have added loom after loom.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Changes have been going on continually; some of the looms are now quite
+out of date, have long been unused, and are quite out of repair or fallen
+to pieces. Others are kept in order because the style of goods which they
+turn out is still useful<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> and necessary. But the class of goods called for
+has greatly changed of late. For instance, the machinery at present in
+operation is best adapted to turning out goods of a decidedly egoistic
+style, for self-preservation, persistence in the struggle for life, and
+for self-gratification; but a style is beginning to be called for of the
+altruistic pattern. For this kind of goods the machinery is not well
+adapted. It is old-fashioned, and changes are necessary. If there are any
+looms in the establishment unknown and unused which can be turned to
+account, or any way of modifying such as we have to meet the demand, it is
+for our interest to know it.</p>
+
+<p>But the methods of adjustment, and arrangements for bringing new looms
+into operation are hidden and difficult of access, so we observe factories
+where spontaneous readjustments are going on and new looms, not known to
+have been in the establishment, are being brought automatically into
+action and are found to work fairly well. Such instances are found in the
+establishment of F&eacute;lida X. or Louis V., from which valuable hints are
+obtained regarding changes and readjustments.</p>
+
+<p>Furthermore, in hypnotism, we find a safe and, at the same time, powerful
+lever, for readjustment,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> by means of which in some establishments new
+looms can be brought into play and shut off again almost at will; and
+often while the new looms are at work doing good service we are able to
+get at the old ones, repair and modernize them so as to make them useful,
+and the immense value of hypnotism in this educational and reformatory
+work has hardly begun to be known or appreciated. A single instance out of
+many must suffice for illustration.</p>
+
+<p>In the summer of 1884 there was at the Salp&ecirc;tri&eacute;re a young woman of a
+deplorable type, Jeanne S., who was a criminal lunatic, filthy, violent,
+and with a life history of impurity and crime. M. Auguste Voisin, one of
+the physicians of the staff, undertook to hypnotize her May 31st. At that
+time she was so violent that she could only be kept quiet by a
+strait-jacket and the constant cold douche to her head. She would not look
+at M. Voisin, but raved and spat at him. He persisted, kept his face near
+and opposite to hers, and his eyes following hers constantly. In ten
+minutes she was in a sound sleep, and soon passed into the somnambulistic
+condition. The process was repeated many days, and gradually she became
+sane while in the hypnotic condition, but still raved when she awoke.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>Gradually, then, she began to accept hypnotic suggestion, and would obey
+trivial orders given her while asleep, such as to sweep her room, etc.;
+then suggestions regarding her general behavior; then, in her hypnotic
+condition, she began to express regret for her past life and form
+resolutions of amendment, which she fully adhered to when she awoke. Two
+years later she was a nurse in one of the Paris hospitals, and her conduct
+was irreproachable. M. Voisin has followed up this case by others equally
+striking.</p>
+
+<p>Such is an imperfect sketch of the discoveries, experiments, and studies
+which have been made in the domain of human personality. It is merely a
+sketch, and certainly it is in no spirit of dogmatism that it is
+presented; but as a collection of facts relating to human nature and the
+constitution and action of the human mind, it is at least curious.</p>
+
+<p>It need not destroy our convictions regarding the essential unity of
+personality, but it must necessarily enlarge our conceptions of what
+<i>constitutes an individual</i>, and how under various circumstances that
+individual may act.</p>
+
+<p>From many points of view, and in relation to many departments of study and
+of human development&mdash;legal, moral, social, and educational&mdash;the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span> subject
+presents important bearings; and, furthermore, in the solution of other
+psychological problems it will be found to possess the greatest possible
+interest and value.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">AUTOMATISM&mdash;PLANCHETTE.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>Our ordinary actions, both physical and mental, are, for the most part,
+subject to our own voluntary guidance and choice. Of this, at least, we
+feel sure. We work, walk, talk, play upon an instrument, read a book, or
+write a letter, because we choose to do these things; and ordinarily they
+are done under the full guidance of our will and intelligence. Sometimes,
+however, actions are performed by us without our choice or guidance, and
+even without our consciousness, and such actions are called automatic. The
+thrifty housewife, perhaps also being of a literary turn of mind, may
+become deeply absorbed in an exciting novel, while at the same time her
+busy fingers, without thought or effort on her part, skilfully ply the
+knitting needles, or her well accustomed foot, with gentle motion, rocks
+the cradle.</p>
+
+<p>During an exciting conversation, or the absorbing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> consideration of some
+important subject or problem, the act of walking is performed without will
+or consciousness; the pianoforte player runs his scales and roulades with
+marvellous rapidity and precision while reading a book or carrying on an
+animated conversation. Such actions are performed automatically.</p>
+
+<p>When we come to examine a large number of actions performed in this
+automatic manner, we observe that they exhibit great diversity in the kind
+and degree of automatism displayed in their performance. In the cases
+above mentioned the mind is simply altogether engaged in doing one thing,
+and at the same time the muscles go on without any conscious direction or
+supervision, doing altogether another thing, but generally something which
+they had before been accustomed to do. This is often called
+absent-mindedness; it is also one of the most common and simple forms of
+automatism. We set the machine to work, and it goes itself.</p>
+
+<p>Another kind of automatism is that which often appears in connection with
+peculiar gifts or talents, and is especially associated with genius. It is
+seen, for example, in the poet and the orator, and in those capable of
+improvisation, especially in music or in verse. The pianist or organist<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>
+seats himself at the instrument without the remotest idea of what he is to
+perform&mdash;he simply commences. The theme he is to present, the various
+melodies, harmonies, changes, and modulations which come at his touch are
+often as much a surprise and delight to himself as to the most interested
+listener. Something within him furnishes and formulates the ideas, and
+causes him to express them artistically upon the instrument of his choice
+without any effort, or even supervision of his own&mdash;he is simply conscious
+of what is produced&mdash;but if he should undertake consciously to guide or in
+any way interfere with the production, the extraordinary beauty and
+excellence of the performance would at once cease.</p>
+
+<p>Still another kind of automatism is illustrated in somnambulism. The
+somnambulist arises from his bed in his sleep, and proceeds to prepare a
+meal or work out a mathematical problem or write a thesis or a letter, or
+sometimes to describe distant scenes and events transpiring far away. Here
+the actions, both physical and mental, are performed, not only without the
+exercise of the actor&#8217;s own choice or control, but he has no knowledge of
+them whatever. They are altogether outside the domain of his
+consciousness,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> and have their origin in some centre of intelligence quite
+apart from his own ordinary consciousness, and they only appear or find
+expression through his physical organization. Let us examine a little more
+closely into these different forms of automatism.</p>
+
+<p>Twenty-five years ago a curious little piece of mechanism&mdash;apparently half
+toy and half an instrument for amateur conjuring&mdash;made its appearance in
+the windows of the toyshops and bookstores of the United States. It was a
+little heart-shaped piece of mahogany, or other hard wood, about seven
+inches by five in dimensions, with two casters serving for feet at the
+base of the heart, while a closely-fitting pencil passed through a hole at
+the point or apex.</p>
+
+<p>Thus a tripod was formed, moving with perfect ease and freedom in any
+direction, while the pencil, which formed the third foot, left its plain
+and continuous tracing wherever the instrument was moved.</p>
+
+<p>This little toy was called Planchette, and wonderful tales were told of
+its strange performances when rightly used. Evenly adjusted upon a plain
+wood table, if a properly-constituted person placed his or her finger-tips
+lightly upon its surface, it soon began to move about, without any<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>
+muscular effort or any wish or will on the part of the operator; a broad,
+smooth sheet of paper being placed beneath it upon the table, figures,
+words, and sentences were plainly traced by the pencil, all in the style
+of a veritable oracle, and greatly to the delight of the curious, the
+wonder of the superstitious, and the mystification of people generally.</p>
+
+<p>Not every one, however, could command the services of the modern oracle;
+only to the touch of a certain few was it responsive; to the many it was
+still and silent as a sphinx. One in ten, perhaps, could obtain a scrawl;
+one in twenty, intelligible sentences, and one in a hundred could produce
+remarkable results. Few persons witnessing its performances under
+favorable circumstances failed to be interested, but different people
+looked at it from quite different standpoints. The habitual doubter saw in
+it only a well-managed trick, which, however, he failed to detect; the
+spiritualist saw undoubted evidence of spiritual manifestations, while the
+great majority of common-sense people saw writing done, evidently without
+will or effort on the part of the writer, producing messages of every
+grade, from the most commonplace twaddle, foolishness, and even falsehood,
+to the exhibition of intelligence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span> of a high order, a sparkling wit, and a
+perception of events, past, present, and sometimes even of those still in
+the future, most acute and unusual. What was the cause of these
+involuntary movements, or whence came the messages written, they did not
+know, and few even cared to speculate.</p>
+
+<p>That was twenty-five years ago, and the two theories already alluded to
+were about the only ones adduced to account for the phenomena. Dr.
+Carpenter&#8217;s theory of &#8220;unconscious cerebration&#8221; and &#8220;unconscious muscular
+action&#8221; did not cover the ground; there was altogether too much
+cerebration not to have a consciousness connected with it in some way. The
+theory did not cover the facts. Twenty-five years have failed to detect
+the long-talked-of trick of the skeptic; they have also failed to
+substantiate the claim of spiritualists, and Planchette-writing is almost
+as much a mystery as ever.</p>
+
+<p>Fairly studied, then, what does Planchette really do? From a physical
+standpoint its performances are simply automatic writing or drawing. To
+deny the automatic character of the movements of Planchette at this day is
+simply absurd. That writing can be produced with it voluntarily, no one
+doubts, but that it generally is produced <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>automatically, that is, without
+the choice or control of the writers, and without their knowledge of what
+is being written, it would be waste of time here to attempt to prove; the
+theory of fraud is untenable, and the real question at issue is the
+psychical one, namely, whence come the messages which it brings?</p>
+
+<p>These messages may be divided into three general classes: (1) Those which
+are trivial or irrelevant. (2) Those which show intelligence and have some
+unmistakable relation to the subject of which they purport to give
+information, but all of which is known either to the writers or some
+person present. (3) Those which bring, or profess to bring, information
+unknown in any way, either to the writer or any person present.</p>
+
+<p>The first of these divisions need not detain us, though it contains a very
+large share of all the messages received, as it simply illustrates the
+fact of automatism, which is equally well illustrated in the other classes
+of messages, which are of a more interesting character. The second class,
+namely, messages which show intelligence and have an unmistakable relation
+to the subject concerning which information is asked, and yet contain
+nothing beyond the knowledge of the writers or of persons present, is also
+very large.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>The following is a sketch of my own first experience with Planchette. I
+may remark that subsequent trials brought out the fact that for myself
+alone Planchette will do nothing; it will not even move a hair&#8217;s-breadth;
+but when, as is often the case, two persons are needed for success, I am
+often selected by Planchette to assist when it is consulted in the matter.
+On one occasion, I was calling at a friend&#8217;s house, in the spring of 1868.
+Planchette was then much in vogue, and one stood on a side-table in the
+room. A young daughter of my friend&mdash;a school-girl fifteen or sixteen
+years of age&mdash;remarked that Planchette would move and sometimes even write
+for her, and she asked me to join her in a trial. I consented, and, to our
+surprise, the moment our fingers were placed lightly upon the instrument
+it moved off with great energy. Questions were then asked, and the answers
+were written with promptness and intelligence, greatly to the amusement of
+the company. Desiring to know who our mysterious correspondent might be,
+we politely said, &#8220;Planchette, will you kindly inform us who it is that
+writes these answers?&#8221; to which it replied, &#8220;Peter Stuyvesant.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Old Governor Stuyvesant?&#8221; we asked.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>Now it so happened that a short time previous to our s&eacute;ance the old pear
+tree, known as the Stuyvesant pear tree, which had stood for more than two
+hundred years at the corner of Thirteenth Street and Third Avenue, having
+become decayed and tottering, was thrown down by a blow from a passing
+truck and had been ruthlessly chopped to pieces by workmen; and the event
+had been generally noticed and commented upon. Accordingly we replied,</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We are very glad to hear from you, Governor. How about the old pear
+tree?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>To this a reply was promptly written, but neither of us had the slightest
+idea what it might be. The young lady took up the paper and commenced to
+read, but was shocked and greatly confused to find, clearly written, in a
+hand quite foreign to us both, &#8220;It&#8217;s a &mdash;&mdash; &mdash;&mdash; shame!&#8221; the blanks here
+being filled by the most emphatic expletives, and without the slightest
+abbreviation.</p>
+
+<p>Another excellent Planchette-writer was Miss V., a friend of the family,
+who was spending a few days at my house in March, 1889. She was a young
+German lady of unusual intelligence, vivacity, and good sound sense. She
+knew of spiritualism only by passing remarks which she might have heard,
+and had never either seen or heard of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>Planchette. She was herself a
+somnambulist, or, rather, a somniloquist, for she never walked in her
+sleep, but talked with the greatest ease, carrying on long conversations
+without the slightest memory afterwards of what had been said. She was
+also an excellent hypnotic subject, and the suggested effects of medicines
+were much more prompt and certain than the effect of the medicines
+themselves, when used in the ordinary way.</p>
+
+<p>For experiment one evening I proposed that we should try Planchette. As
+soon as our fingers were placed upon the instrument, it moved off across
+the table with the greatest promptness, and at once it replied to
+questions with unusual appropriateness and intelligence. The astonishment
+of Miss V. was altogether too profound and too apparent to admit of any
+suspicion of collusion on her part, and she had seen that the board would
+not move for me alone, yet she could not be persuaded that when we wrote
+together there was not some trick, and that I did not move the board
+voluntarily to produce the writing.</p>
+
+<p>At length a message came concerning one of her own relatives, of whom she
+was sure that I could have no knowledge whatever, and she was convinced
+that at all events that message could not have originated with me.
+Accordingly she became<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span> a most valuable and interested partner in the
+experiments, and the chief medium through whom Planchette gave its
+communications.</p>
+
+<p>Our sittings continued four or five consecutive evenings, and hundreds of
+communications and answers to questions were given by different
+intelligences or personalities, with entirely different modes of
+expression and different kinds of writing; some were religious, some
+philosophical, some were anxious to give advice, and some were profane;
+this last-mentioned phase appearing especially if we were persistent in
+inquiring too closely into the identity and former condition of the
+communicating personality.</p>
+
+<p>On one occasion a message was written which was so strange in its
+appearance that none of us could at first make it out. At length we
+discovered some familiar negro phrase, and applying this key, we found we
+had a message of regular plantation negro talk, bearing a very strong
+resemblance to Uncle Remus&#8217;s talk to the little boy, which some of us had
+just been reading. On asking who the &#8220;intelligence&#8221; was, it wrote, &#8220;Oh,
+I&#8217;se a good ole coon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Neither Miss V. nor myself had ever heard such a dialect spoken, nor knew
+that any sort of person of the negro race was ever called a &#8220;coon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>On another occasion, Miss V. was anxious to know and asked Planchette if a
+relative of hers, whom she named, was staying in town that night. The
+answer came, &#8220;Yes.&#8221; &#8220;Where is he stopping?&#8221; Answer: &#8220;At the H. House.&#8221;
+&#8220;What is he doing now?&#8221; Answer: &#8220;He has just finished his dinner, settled
+his bill at the cashier&#8217;s desk, and is now walking up Broadway with his
+cousin.&#8221; She afterward learned that this information was correct in every
+particular.</p>
+
+<p>On the last evening of our experiments the force displayed in the writing
+was something surprising. Miss V. always experienced a certain amount of
+pain in her arms while writing, as if she were holding the electrodes of a
+battery through which a mild current was passing. On this occasion the
+pain was almost unbearable, so that she frequently cried out, and was
+obliged to remove her hands from the board for relief.</p>
+
+<p>The writing was so violent that it could be heard in the next room, and at
+times it seemed as though the board would surely be broken. Seeing so much
+force exhibited, I allowed my fingers merely to touch the surface of the
+board, but so lightly that my hands did not move with it at all, but
+simply retained contact, the board sliding along<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span> beneath them. The
+writing continued with just the same violence. I then called the attention
+of Miss V. to what I was doing, and requested her to adjust her hands in a
+similar manner. She did so, and the instrument continued to write several
+words, with gradually diminishing force, moving under our hands, while our
+hands did not follow at all the movements of the instrument, until at
+length it gradually stopped, like a machine when the power is turned off.</p>
+
+<p>Miss V. does not reside in the city, but while I was writing this chapter
+she was in town, and spent a few hours at my house. We were both anxious
+to try Planchette again. When we placed our fingers upon the board, the
+writing commenced at once, and intelligent answers were given to about
+twenty questions, some of the answers, especially those relating to
+distant friends, being quite contrary to our impressions and our hopes,
+but they were afterward found to be true.</p>
+
+<p>We remembered the experiment just related, which was made more than four
+years ago. The force on this occasion was not at all to be compared with
+what it was then, but we said, &#8220;Now, Planchette, we want to ask a favor of
+you; will you repeat the experiment of four years ago, and move under our
+hands, while our hands remain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span> stationary?&#8221; It replied, &#8220;Since you are so
+polite, I will try; perhaps I can move it a little.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>We then planted our elbows firmly upon the table, curved our wrists, so as
+to allow the tips of our fingers to rest in the lightest possible manner
+upon the surface of the board. Four of us were watching with great
+interest for the result. After a moment&#8217;s hesitation, slowly the board
+moved nearly an inch and stopped, but the movement was so obvious and
+decided, and without any movement of our hands, that a simultaneous shout
+went up from us all, and &#8220;Well done, Planchette!&#8221; The experiment was
+successfully repeated several times, the tracing of the pencil in each
+case showing a movement of from one to two inches.</p>
+
+<p>A most valuable series of experiments in Planchette-writing was recently
+carried on by the late Rev. Mr. Newnham, vicar of Maker, Davenport,
+England, a member of the Society for Psychical Research, together with his
+wife. They were fully reported to Mr. F. W. H. Myers, secretary of the
+society.</p>
+
+<p>The experiments extended over a period of eight months, and more than
+three hundred questions and answers were recorded. Mrs. Newnham alone was
+the operator, and the important peculiarity in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> these experiments was,
+that although quite in her normal condition, yet in no instance here
+related did she see the question written to which she wrote the answer,
+nor did she hear it asked, nor did she have any conscious knowledge,
+either of question or answer, until the answer was written and read. She
+sat upon a low chair at a low table some eight or ten feet from her
+husband, while he sat at a rather high table, with his back to her. In
+this position he silently wrote out the questions, it being impossible for
+her to see either the paper, the motion of his hand, or the expression of
+his face, and their good faith, as well as that of many intelligent
+witnesses, is pledged to the truth of this statement.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Newnham remarks that Planchette commenced to move immediately upon the
+first trial, and often the answer to questions prepared as just described
+was commenced before the question was fully written out.</p>
+
+<p>At their first sitting, finding that the instrument would write, he
+proposed, silently, in writing, six questions, three the answers to which
+might be known to Mrs. Newnham, and three relating to his own private
+affairs, and of which the answers could not have been known to her. All
+six were immediately answered in a manner denoting <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>complete intelligence,
+both of the question and the proper answer. He then wrote: &#8220;Write down the
+lowest temperature here this winter.&#8221; Answer: &#8220;8.&#8221; The actual lowest
+temperature had been 7.6 degrees, so 8 was the nearest whole degree, but
+Mrs. Newnham remarked at once that had she been asked the question she
+should have written 7, and not 8, because she did not remember the
+fraction, but did remember that the figure was 7 something.</p>
+
+<p>Again it was asked, &#8220;Is it the operator&#8217;s brain, or an immaterial spirit
+that moves Planchette? Answer &#8216;brain&#8217; or &#8216;force.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Will.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is it the will of a living person or of an immaterial spirit? Answer
+&#8216;force&#8217; or &#8216;spirit.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give, first, the wife&#8217;s Christian name, and then my favorite name for
+her.&#8221; This was accurately done.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is your own name?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Only wife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We are not quite sure of the meaning of your answer. Explain.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who are you that writes?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>&#8220;Does no one tell wife what to write? If so, who?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Spirit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whose spirit?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wife&#8217;s brain.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But how does wife&#8217;s brain know certain secrets?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wife&#8217;s spirit unconsciously guides.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can you foresee the future?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>On another occasion it was asked: &#8220;Write out the prayer used at the
+advancement of a Mark Master Mason.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Answer: Almighty Ruler of the Universe and Architect of all Worlds, we
+beseech Thee to accept this, our brother, whom we have this day received
+into our most honorable company of Mark Master Masons. Grant him to be a
+worthy member of our brotherhood, and may he be in his own person a
+perfect mirror of all Masonic virtues. Grant that all our doings may be to
+Thy honor and glory and to the welfare of all mankind.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Newnham adds: &#8220;This prayer was written off instantaneously and very
+rapidly. I must say that no prayer in the slightest degree resembling it
+is made use of in the ritual of any Masonic<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> degree, and yet it contains
+more than one strictly accurate technicality connected with the degree of
+Mark Master Mason. My wife has never seen any Masonic prayers, whether in
+&#8216;Carlile,&#8217; or any other real or spurious ritual of the Masonic Order.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The whole report shows the same instantaneous appreciation of the written
+questions, by the intelligence and appropriateness with which the answer
+was framed, though Mrs. Newnham never had any idea what the question was
+until after the answer was written and read, and the answers very often
+were entirely contrary to the prejudices and expectations of both the
+persons engaged in the experiments.</p>
+
+<p>The following case may fairly be placed in the third class of messages,
+namely, those conveying intelligence which seems to be beyond the possible
+knowledge of the writer or of any person present. It is a well
+authenticated and interesting example of Planchette-writing, reported to
+Mr. Myers, the reporter being Mr. Hensleigh Wedgwood, a cousin and
+brother-in-law of Charles Darwin, and himself a savant of no small
+reputation. Two ladies, sisters, whom he designates as Mrs. R. and Mrs.
+V., were for many years intimate and valued friends of Mr. Wedgwood, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>
+it was in co-operation with one or the other of these ladies that the
+results to be noted, along with much other interesting matter, were
+obtained.</p>
+
+<p>Sitting alone, neither of the ladies nor Mr. Wedgwood was able to obtain
+any results at all with Planchette; the board remained absolutely
+motionless. The two ladies together could obtain no writing, but only wavy
+lines, made rapidly, like a person writing at full speed, but with Mr.
+Wedgwood co-operating with either of the ladies the writing was
+intelligible, but was much stronger and more vivacious with Mrs. V. than
+with Mrs. R. The following extracts are from Mrs. R.&#8217;s journal of a
+sitting, June 26, 1889:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;With Mr. W. and Mrs. R. at the board, Planchette writes: &#8216;A spirit is
+here who thinks he will be able to write, through the medium. Hold very
+steady, and he will try first to draw.&#8217; We turned the page, and a sketch
+was made, rudely enough, of course, but with much apparent care.
+Planchette then wrote:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Very sorry can&#8217;t do better; was meant for test; must write for you
+instead. (Signed) J. G.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We did not fully understand this drawing; and Mr. W. asked, &#8216;Will J. G.
+try again?&#8217; which it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> did. Below the drawing it wrote: &#8216;Now look.&#8217; We did,
+and this time clearly comprehended the arm and sword. Mr. W. asked, &#8216;What
+does the drawing represent?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Something given to me.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mrs. R. asked, &#8216;Are you a man or a woman?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;A man&mdash;John G.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. W. asked, &#8216;How was it given to you?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;On paper and other things.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. W. &#8216;We don&#8217;t know J. G. Have you anything to do with us?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;No connection.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. W. said he knew of a J. Gifford, and wondered if that was the name.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Not Gifford; Gurwood.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. W. suggested that he had been killed in storming some fort.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;I wish I had died fighting.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Were you a soldier?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;I was in the army.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Can you say what rank?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;No; it was the pen did for me, not the sword.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We suggested that he was an author who had failed or been maligned.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;I did not fail. I was not slandered. Too much for me after&mdash;the pen was
+too much for me after my wound.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>&#8220;Asked to repeat, it wrote: &#8216;I was wounded in the Peninsula. It will be
+forty-four years next Christmas Day since I killed myself&mdash;I killed
+myself. John Gurwood.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Leaving Mrs. R.&#8217;s diary, the following is the account Mr. Wedgwood wrote
+of the s&eacute;ance at the time:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">June 26, 1889.</span>&mdash;Had a sitting at Planchette with Mrs. R. this morning.
+Planchette said there was a spirit there who thought it could draw if we
+wished it. We said we should be glad if he would try. Accordingly
+Planchette made a rude attempt at a hand and arm proceeding from an
+embattled wall and holding a sword. A second attempt made the subject
+clearer. Planchette said it was meant for a test. The spirit signed it &#8216;J.
+G.&#8217; No connection of ours, he said. We gradually elicited that his name
+was John <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>Gurwood, who was wounded in the Peninsula in 1810, and killed
+himself on Christmas Day, 1845. It was not the wound but the pen that did
+it.</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/image2.jpg" alt="" /></div>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">July 5, 1889.</span>&mdash;I made the foregoing memorandum the same day, having very
+little expectation that there would be any verification.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">H. Wedgwood.</span>&#8221;</span></p>
+
+<p>Quoting again from Mrs. R.&#8217;s journal: &#8220;Friday, Sept. 27.&mdash;Mr. Wedgwood
+came, and we had two sittings&mdash;in the afternoon and evening. I think the
+same spirit wrote throughout, beginning without signature, but when asked
+the name, writing John Gurwood. The effort, at first incoherent, developed
+afterward into the following sentences: &#8216;Sword&mdash;when I broke in, on the
+table with plan of fortress&mdash;belonged to my prisoner&mdash;I will tell you his
+name to-night. It was on the table when I broke in. He did not expect me.
+I took him unawares. He was in his room, looking at a plan, and the sword
+was on the table. Will try and let you know how I took the sword
+to-night.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the evening, after dinner: &#8216;I fought my way in. His name was
+Banier&mdash;Banier&mdash;Banier. The sword was lying on a table by a written scheme
+of defence. Oh, my head! Banier had a plan written out for defence of the
+fortress. It was lying on the table, and his sword was by it....<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> Look! I
+have tried to tell you what you can verify.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Wedgwood reports his verification as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When I came to verify the messages of Planchette, I speedily found that
+Col. Gurwood, the editor of the duke&#8217;s dispatches, led the forlorn hope at
+the storming of Ciudad Rodrigo in 1812 (note Planchette&#8217;s error in date),
+and received a wound in his skull from a musket-ball, &#8216;which affected him
+for the remainder of his life,&#8217; (<i>Annual Register</i>, 1845). In recognition
+of the bravery shown on that occasion, he received a grant of arms in
+1812, registered in the College of Arms as having been passed &#8216;upon the
+narrative that he (Capt. G.) had led the forlorn hope at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and that after the storming of the fortress the Duke of Wellington
+presented him with the sword of the governor who had been taken prisoner
+by Capt. Gurwood.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The services thus specified were symbolized in the crest, described in the
+&#8220;Book of Family Crests&#8221;: &#8220;Out of a mural coronet, a castle ruined in the
+centre, and therefrom an arm in armor embowed, holding a cimeter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It was evidently this crest that Planchette was trying to sketch. The
+<i>Annual Register</i> of 1845<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> also confirms Planchette&#8217;s assertion that Col.
+Gurwood killed himself on Christmas Day of that year, and adds: &#8220;It is
+thought that this laborious undertaking (editing the dispatches) produced
+a relaxation of the nervous system and consequent depression of spirits.
+In a fit of despondency the unfortunate gentleman terminated his life.&#8221;
+Compare Planchette: &#8220;Pen was too much for me after the wound.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Here are described four instances of automatic writing by means of
+Planchette. Two of these cases were reported to Mr. Myers, who has
+thoroughly canvassed them as regards their authenticity, as well as the
+ability and good faith of the persons concerned, both in the writing and
+reporting; and he has made use of them in his own able argument upon the
+same subject.</p>
+
+<p>In the other cases the messages were written under my own observation, my
+own hands also being upon the board. In the case of Mr. and Mrs. Newnham
+the intelligence which furnished the messages disclaimed altogether the
+aid of any spirit except &#8220;wife&#8217;s spirit,&#8221; which did &#8220;unconsciously guide.&#8221;
+In the case reported by Mr. Wedgwood and Mrs. R., the intelligence
+distinctly claimed to be from Col. John Gurwood, who had died nearly fifty
+years before. In my own cases,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span> in that written with the co-operation of
+my friend&#8217;s school-girl daughter, the intelligence claimed to be that of
+Peter Stuyvesant, while in those written with Miss V., various names were
+given, none of which was recognized as belonging to a person of whom we
+had ever had any knowledge, and all bore abundant evidence of being
+fictitious. One, indeed, professed to be &#8220;Beecher,&#8221; and declined to give
+an opinion on the prospective trotting qualities of a colt, on the ground
+that he was &#8220;no horseman&#8221;; and in our later experiments, when closely
+questioned, it distinctly stated that the intelligence came from the mind
+of Miss V. herself.</p>
+
+<p>Let us analyze these messages a little further. Those written by Mr. and
+Mrs. Newnham were remarkable, not only because Mrs. Newnham was writing
+without any conscious knowledge of what was being written, but neither had
+she any conscious knowledge of the questions to which she was writing the
+answers. Evidently, then, her own ordinary consciousness was not acting at
+all in the matter regarding either the questions or answers, for she was
+fully awake, in her normal condition, and perfectly competent to judge of
+her own mental state and actions. Nevertheless, there was some
+intelligence acting reasonably and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>consciously, and making use of her
+hand to register its thoughts.</p>
+
+<p>In a former chapter I have described and illustrated a somewhat unusual
+mental phenomenon, to which the name thought-transference, or telepathy,
+has been given; and in another I have endeavored to demonstrate the
+existence of a secondary or subliminal self or personality.</p>
+
+<p>If I mistake not, it is here, in these two comparatively little known and,
+until recently, little studied, psychical conditions, that we shall find
+the key to message-bearing automatism, as well as other manifestations of
+intelligence which have heretofore been considered mysterious and occult.
+Applying this key to the Newnham Planchette-writing, the secondary
+personality or subliminal self of Mrs. Newnham took immediate cognizance
+of the questions silently and secretly written out by her husband,
+although they were utterly unknown to her ordinary or primary self, and
+made use of her hands to communicate the answer.</p>
+
+<p>The answer, also, was of course unknown to her primary self, but her
+subliminal self, in addition to its own private and constant stock of
+knowledge and opinions, had the advantage of more subtle means of securing
+other knowledge<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span> necessary for a proper answer, and so sought it in her
+husband&#8217;s mind, or wherever it could be obtained. The sources of
+information accessible to the subliminal self, through means analogous to
+those which have been named&mdash;thought-transference and telepathy&mdash;are
+certainly various, and their limit is not yet known. We may mention,
+however, in this connection, besides the mind of the automatic writer&mdash;the
+mind of the questioner, and also the minds of other persons present, in
+any or all of which may be stored up knowledge or impressions of which the
+ordinary consciousness or memory retains no trace; it may be a scene
+witnessed in childhood; a newspaper paragraph read many years ago; a
+casual remark overheard, but not even noticed&mdash;all these and many more are
+sources of information upon which the subliminal self may draw for
+answers, which, when written out by the automatist, seem absolutely
+marvellous, not to say miraculous or supernatural.</p>
+
+<p>Thus, the prayer at the ceremony of the advancement of a Mark Master
+Mason, although language entirely unfamiliar to Mrs. Newnham, was
+perfectly familiar to her husband, who was himself a Mason, and, I
+believe, a chaplain in the order; and while the form was not one actually<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>
+used, it contained strictly accurate technicalities, and would have been
+perfectly appropriate to such an occasion.</p>
+
+<p>The messages written by Mr. Wedgwood and Mrs. R. profess to come directly
+from the spirit of Colonel Gurwood; but without absolutely discarding that
+theory, having the key to which I have referred, let us see if such a
+supposition is necessary to explain the facts.</p>
+
+<p>It may be conceded at once that neither Mr. Wedgwood nor either of the
+ladies with whom he wrote had any conscious knowledge of Col. Gurwood&mdash;his
+military career, or his sad taking off; but they were all intelligent
+people. John Gurwood, as it turned out, was a noted man; he was an officer
+in the Peninsular War, under the Duke of Wellington, performed an act of
+special bravery and daring, in the performance of which he was severely
+wounded, and for which he was afterward granted a coat of arms. He was
+also afterward chosen to edit the duke&#8217;s dispatches. All this was recorded
+in the <i>Annual Register</i> for 1845, soon after Gurwood&#8217;s death, together
+with a description in the language of heraldry of the crest or coat of
+arms which had been granted him many years before.</p>
+
+<p>It is scarcely possible that such an event would<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> not have been noticed in
+the newspapers at the time of Gurwood&#8217;s death, and nothing is more
+probable than that some of these intelligent persons had read these
+accounts, or as children heard them read or referred to, though they may
+now have been entirely absent from their ordinary consciousness and
+memory. At all events, the subliminal self or secondary consciousness of
+Mrs. R., whom Planchette designates as &#8220;the medium,&#8221; or of Mr. Wedgwood,
+may have come into relationship with the sources of information necessary
+to furnish the messages which it communicated, and these sources may have
+been the knowledge or impressions unconsciously received many years before
+by some of those present, the generally diffused knowledge of these facts
+which doubtless prevailed in the community at the time of Gurwood&#8217;s death,
+and the full printed accounts of these events, many copies of which were
+extant.</p>
+
+<p>From the description of Gurwood&#8217;s coat of arms the idea could easily have
+been obtained which Planchette rudely represented in drawing, constituting
+what is called a test, and also the other knowledge concerning his
+military career and death which appeared in the various messages.</p>
+
+<p>Regarding cases coming under my own <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>observation, the incident relating to
+Peter Stuyvesant&#8217;s pear tree was well known to us both, and had only
+recently been a matter of general conversation, and all of those present
+had a more or less distinct idea of Peter Stuyvesant himself, derived from
+Irving&#8217;s &#8220;Knickerbocker&#8217;s History of New York.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Of the cases observed with Miss V., as before stated, nearly all the names
+given of &#8220;authorities,&#8221; as we called them, were evidently fictitious,
+scarcely one being recognized, and none were of persons with whom we had
+any connection, and some did not claim any other origin than our
+subliminal consciousness, as was also the case with messages written by
+Mrs. Newnham.</p>
+
+<p>If, then, some of the messages are surely the work of the subliminal self
+of the writer, aided by its more acute and more far-reaching perceptions,
+and if nearly all may be accounted for in the same way, the probability
+that all such messages have the same origin is greatly increased, and in
+the same degree the necessity for the spiritualistic theory is diminished,
+since it is evident that of two theories for explaining a new fact we
+should accept that one which better harmonizes with facts already
+established.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">AUTOMATIC WRITING, DRAWING AND PAINTING.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>The subject of Automatism has thus far been illustrated by reference to
+Planchette-writing alone. It was selected because it is the kind most
+frequently seen and most easily proved by experiment. The little
+instrument Planchette, however, is not essential; it is used because,
+being placed on casters, it is more easily moved.</p>
+
+<p>The Chinese, long ago, used for the same purpose a little basket, with
+style attached, placed upon two even chopsticks.</p>
+
+<p>The same results also occur with some persons when the pencil is simply
+held in the usual manner for writing. The hand then being allowed to
+remain perfectly passive, automatic movements first take place&mdash;the hand
+moving round and round or across the paper, and then follows writing or
+drawing, as the case may be. Some persons produce written messages in
+<i>mirror writing</i>&mdash;that is, reversed&mdash;or so written that it can only<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> be
+easily read by causing it to be reflected in a mirror. This kind of
+writing is sometimes produced on the first attempt of the experimenter,
+and even by young children without any experience or knowledge of the
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>As previously shown, different strata of consciousness may, and in some
+well observed cases, most certainly do, exist in the same individual. In
+these well observed cases, each separate consciousness had its own
+distinct chain of memories and its own characteristics and peculiarities;
+and these distinct chains of memories and well defined characteristics
+constitute, so far as we can judge, distinct personalities. At all events,
+they are centres of intelligence and mental activity which are altogether
+independent of the ordinary, everyday consciousness or personality, and
+often altogether superior to it. Accordingly this other centre of
+intelligence and mental activity has been named the <i>second personality or
+subliminal self</i>; that is, a consciousness or self or personality beneath
+the threshold, so to speak, of the ordinary or primary self.</p>
+
+<p>Ansel Bourne and A. J. Brown were separate and distinct personalities,
+having entirely distinct, and apparently unrelated, chains of memory,
+distinct characteristics, opinions, and peculiarities,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> acting at
+different times through the same body.</p>
+
+<p>Ansel Bourne was the usual or primary personality; A. J. Brown was a
+second personality, a separate focus of intelligence and mental activity,
+a subliminal self. What the exact relationship existing between these two
+personalities may be we do not attempt at present to explain; but that
+they exist and act independent of each other we know. In other instances,
+as, for example, that of Madame B., the hypnotic subject of Prof. Janet of
+Havre, and also that of Alma Z., we have been able to observe these
+separate centres of intelligence, these distinct personalities, both in
+action at the same time, upon altogether separate and unrelated subjects.
+Sometimes the subliminal self takes full control, making itself the active
+ruling personality to the entire exclusion of the primary self; and
+sometimes it only sends messages to the primary or ordinary self, by
+suggestion, mental pictures, or vivid impressions made upon the organs of
+sense and producing the sensation of seeing, hearing, or touch.</p>
+
+<p>To illustrate these different methods of communication between the
+ordinary and subliminal self, suppose an individual, whom we will
+designate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span> as X., manifests this peculiar condition of double
+consciousness. As we have seen, the subliminal self often takes cognizance
+of things concerning which the ordinary self is entirely ignorant, but it
+may not always have the power to impress the primary self with this
+knowledge, nor to take full possession, so as to be able to impart it to
+others by speaking or writing. This is the usual condition of most
+persons; with some peculiarly constituted persons, however, the
+possibility of being so impressed surely exists, and with them these
+impressions are direct and vivid.</p>
+
+<p>Our individual, X., is one in whom this ability to receive impressions in
+this manner exists.</p>
+
+<p>To illustrate: Suppose first that X. is asleep, is taking his after-dinner
+nap, and that children playing in his grounds have set fire to some straw
+in close proximity to buildings near by. No one notices the danger. X. is
+asleep, but his subliminal self is on the alert&mdash;like the second self of
+the somnambulist or subject in the hypnotic trance&mdash;it sees that unless
+checked there will be a destructive conflagration. It impresses upon X. a
+dream of fire so vivid that he wakes in alarm, discovers the mischief and
+averts the danger. Or suppose X. to be awake and sitting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span> in his office in
+a distant part of the house, quite unconscious of anything unusual. All at
+once he becomes restless, unable to pursue his work; he is impelled to
+leave his desk, to go out, to walk in the direction of the fire, and thus
+become aware of the danger. Or again, that X. is an automatic writer&mdash;that
+paper and pencil are at hand and he receives a sudden impulse to write. He
+has no knowledge of what he is writing, but upon examination he finds it a
+warning to look after the threatening fire; or still again, that he hears
+a voice distinctly saying, &#8220;Look out for fire;&#8221; or sees a distinct picture
+of the place and circumstances of the fire; all these are possible methods
+by which the subliminal self might communicate to X., the ordinary
+personality, the danger which was threatening.</p>
+
+<p>Automatism, therefore, does not necessarily take the form of written
+messages, but may take any form by which the subliminal self can best
+transmit its message to the primary self&mdash;or in the same way from one
+person to another, whether by words written or spoken automatically&mdash;by
+voices heard, by action influenced, as when X. is influenced to leave his
+office and walk, or the mischievous L&eacute;ontine unties the apron of L&eacute;onie,
+or by vision or vivid mental picture, as when Peter<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> sees a &#8220;sheet let
+down by the four corners,&#8221; from which he learns an important lesson.</p>
+
+<p>The messages received automatically may not all be true; they may be
+trivial and even false; on the other hand, they may not only be true and
+important but they may convey information quite out of the power of the
+primary self to acquire by any ordinary use of the senses. Nor need we be
+greatly surprised at this; it is a normal function of the subliminal self;
+with some persons that function is active, with others it is dormant, but
+in all, at some moment in life, circumstances may arise which shall awaken
+that function into activity.</p>
+
+<p>A remarkable example of messages received by automatic writing is that
+furnished by Mr. W. T. Stead, occurring in his own experience. Mr. Stead
+is a well-known author, journalist, and the editor of the London edition
+of the <i>Review of Reviews</i>, in which magazine his experiences have, on
+various occasions, been published.</p>
+
+<p>As he regards the matter, there is an <i>invisible intelligence</i> which
+controls his hand, but the persons with whom he is in communication are
+alive and visible&mdash;for instance his own son on various occasions, also
+persons in his employ, writers upon his magazine, casual acquaintances,
+and even strangers.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>None of these persons participate in any active or conscious way in the
+communications. Mr. F. W. H. Myers has often conversed with Mr. Stead and
+with several of his involuntary correspondents in relation to the
+phenomena, and the facts are so simple and open, and the persons connected
+with them so intelligent and evidently sincere and truthful, that no doubt
+can be entertained as to the reality of the incidents, however they may be
+interpreted.</p>
+
+<p>One of the most remarkable of these involuntary correspondents is known as
+Miss A., a lady employed by him in literary work of an important
+character. She testifies in regard to the matter: &#8220;I, the subject of Mr.
+Stead&#8217;s automatic writing, known as &#8216;A.,&#8217; testify to the correctness of
+the statements made in this report. I would like to add what I think more
+wonderful than many things Mr. Stead has cited, namely, the correctness
+with which, on several occasions, he has given the names of persons whom
+he has never seen nor heard of before. I remember on one occasion a person
+calling upon me with a very uncommon name. The next day I saw Mr. Stead
+and he read to me what his hand had written of the visit of that person,
+giving the name absolutely correctly. Mr. Stead has never seen that
+person,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> and until then had no knowledge of his existence.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The following is a description of a journey made by Miss A., automatically
+written by Mr. Stead, he at the time not having the slightest knowledge
+where she was, what she was doing, or that she intended making any such
+journey. The slight inaccuracies are noted:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I went to the Waterloo station by the twelve o&#8217;clock train, and got to
+Hampton Court about one. When we got out we went to a hotel and had
+dinner. It cost nearly three shillings. After dinner I went to the
+picture-galleries. I was very much pleased with the paintings of many of
+the ceilings. I was interested in most of the portraits of Lely. After
+seeing the galleries I went into the grounds. How beautiful they are! I
+saw a great vine, that lovely English garden, the avenue of elms, the
+canal, the great water sheet, the three views, the fountain, the gold
+fishes, and then lost myself in the maze. I got home about nine o&#8217;clock.
+It cost me altogether about six shillings.&#8221; On communicating this to Miss
+A. she found that everything was correct with two exceptions. She went
+down by the two o&#8217;clock train instead of the twelve, and got to Hampton
+Court about three. The dinner cost<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span> her two and elevenpence, which was
+nearly three shillings, and the total was six and threepence. The places
+were visited in the order mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>A second instance was where the needs of a comparative stranger were
+written out by Mr. Stead&#8217;s hand. Mr. Stead goes on to say: &#8220;Last February
+I met a correspondent in a railway carriage with whom I had a very casual
+acquaintance. Knowing that he was in considerable distress, our
+conversation fell into a more or less confidential train in which I
+divined that his difficulty was chiefly financial. I said I did not know
+whether I could be of any help to him, but asked him to let me know
+exactly how things stood&mdash;what were his debts, his expectations, and so
+forth. He said he really could not tell me, and I refrained from pressing
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That night I received a letter from him apologizing for not having given
+the information, but saying he really could not. I received that letter
+about ten o&#8217;clock, and about two o&#8217;clock next morning, before going to
+sleep, I sat down in my bedroom and said: &#8216;You did not like to tell me
+your exact financial condition face to face, but now you can do so through
+my hand. Just write and tell me exactly how things stand. How much money
+do you owe?&#8217; My hand wrote,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span> &#8216;My debts are &pound;90.&#8217; In answer to a further
+inquiry whether the figures were accurately stated, &#8216;ninety pounds&#8217; was
+then written in full. &#8216;Is that all?&#8217; I asked. My hand wrote &#8216;Yes, and how
+I am to pay I do not know.&#8217; &#8216;Well,&#8217; I said; &#8216;how much do you want for that
+piece of property you wish to sell?&#8217; My hand wrote, &#8216;What I hope is, say,
+&pound;100 for that. It seems a great deal, but I must get money somehow. Oh, if
+I could get anything to do&mdash;I would gladly do anything!&#8217; &#8216;What does it
+cost you to live?&#8217; I asked. My hand wrote, &#8216;I do not think I could
+possibly live under &pound;200 a year. If I were alone I could live on &pound;50 per
+annum.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The next day I made a point of seeking my friend. He said: &#8216;I hope you
+were not offended at my refusing to tell you my circumstances, but really
+I do not think it would be right to trouble you with them.&#8217; I said: &#8216;I am
+not offended in the least, and I hope you will not be offended when I tell
+you what I have done.&#8217; I then explained this automatic, telepathic method
+of communication. I said: &#8216;I do not know whether there is a word of truth
+in what my hand has written. I hesitate at telling you, for I confess I
+think the sum which was written as the amount of your debts cannot be
+correctly stated; it seems<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> to me much too small, considering the distress
+in which you seemed to be; therefore I will read you that first, and if
+that is right I will read you the rest; but if it is wrong I will consider
+it is rubbish and that your mind in no way influenced my hand.&#8217; He was
+interested but incredulous. But, I said, &#8216;Before I read you anything will
+you form a definite idea in your mind as to how much your debts amount to;
+secondly, as to the amount of money you hope to get for that property;
+thirdly, what it costs you to keep up your establishment with your
+relatives; and fourthly, what you could live upon if you were by
+yourself?&#8217; &#8216;Yes,&#8217; he said, &#8216;I have thought of all those things.&#8217; I then
+read out. &#8216;The amount of your debts is about &pound;90.&#8217; He started. &#8216;Yes,&#8217; he
+said, &#8216;that is right.&#8217; Then I said: &#8216;As that is right I will read the
+rest. You hope to get &pound;100 for your property.&#8217; &#8216;Yes,&#8217; he said, &#8216;that was
+the figure that was in my mind, though I hesitated to mention it for it
+seems too much.&#8217; &#8216;You say you cannot live upon less than &pound;200 a year with
+your present establishment.&#8217; &#8216;Yes,&#8217; he said, &#8216;that is exactly right.&#8217; &#8216;But
+if you were by yourself you could live on &pound;50 a year.&#8217; &#8216;Well,&#8217; said he, &#8216;a
+pound a week was what I had fixed in my mind.&#8217; Therefore there had been a
+perfectly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> accurate transcription of the thoughts in the mind of a
+comparative stranger written out with my own hand at a time when we were
+at a distance of some miles apart, within a few hours of the time when he
+had written apologizing for not having given me the information for which
+I had asked.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In the following case the correspondent is a foreign lady, doing some work
+for the <i>Review</i>, but whom Mr. Stead had only met once in his life. On the
+occasion now referred to be was to meet her at Redcar Station at about
+three o&#8217;clock in the afternoon. He was stopping at a house ten minutes&#8217;
+walk from the station, and it occurred to him that &#8220;about three o&#8217;clock,&#8221;
+as mentioned in her letter, might mean <i>before</i> three; and it was now only
+twenty minutes of three. No timetable was at hand: he simply asked her to
+use his hand to tell him what time the train was due. This was done
+without ever having had any communication with her upon the subject of
+automatic writing. She (by Mr. Stead&#8217;s hand) immediately wrote her name,
+and said the train was due at Redcar Station at ten minutes of three.
+Accordingly he had to leave at once&mdash;but before starting he said, &#8220;Where
+are you at this moment?&#8221; The answer came, &#8220;I am in the train at
+Middlesborough<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span> railway station, on my way from Hartpool to Redcar.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>On arriving at the station he consulted the timetable and found the train
+was due at 2:52. The train, however, was late. At three o&#8217;clock it had not
+arrived; at five minutes past three, getting uneasy at the delay, he took
+paper and pencil in his hand and asked where she was.</p>
+
+<p>Her name was at once written and there was added: &#8220;I am in the train
+rounding the curve before you come to Redcar Station&mdash;I will be with you
+in a minute.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why the mischief have you been so late?&#8221; he mentally asked. His hand
+wrote, &#8220;We were detained at Middlesborough so long&mdash;I don&#8217;t know why.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He put the paper in his pocket and walked to the end of the platform just
+as the train came in.</p>
+
+<p>He immediately went to his friend and exclaimed:&mdash;&#8220;How late you are! What
+on earth has been the matter?&#8221; To which she replied: &#8220;I do not know; the
+train stopped so long at Middlesborough&mdash;it seemed as if it never would
+start.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This narrative was fully corroborated by the lady who was the passenger
+referred to.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>In all these cases it should be noticed the so-called correspondent took
+no active part in the experiment, was not conscious of communicating
+anything, nor of trying to do so; nor is there any evidence of a third
+party or any intervening intelligence or personality; but the subliminal
+self of the writer went forth and acquired the needed information and
+transferred it automatically to the primary self, as was the case in the
+Planchette-writing of Mrs. Newnham and the Wedgwood cases.</p>
+
+<p>During the years 1874 and 1875 I had under my care Mrs. Juliette T.
+Burton, the wife of a physician who came to New York from the South at the
+close of the war. She was a woman of refinement, education, and excellent
+literary ability. She wrote with unusual facility, and her articles were
+accepted by newspapers and magazines, and brought her a considerable
+income. I knew her well, and her honesty, good faith, and strong
+common-sense were conspicuous. She died of phthisis in 1875. It is to her
+varied automatic powers as illustrating our subject that I would call
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>Many of her best articles were prepared without conscious effort of her
+own, either physical or mental; she simply prepared pencils and paper,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>
+became passive, and her hand wrote. Sometimes she had a plan to write up a
+certain subject, and sometimes the subject as well as the matter came
+automatically.</p>
+
+<p>She knew that she was writing, but of what was written she had no
+knowledge until she read her own manuscript.</p>
+
+<p>She had no talent for drawing nor for painting; she could not, in her
+ordinary condition, draw a face, nor even a leaf, which could be
+recognized. Soon after coming to New York she began to see faces and other
+pictures before her on the blank paper and to sketch them with marvellous
+rapidity and exactness, all in the same automatic manner as that in which
+she did her writing. These drawings were not crude, but were strongly
+characteristic and were delicately done with ordinary lead pencils,
+several of which were prepared beforehand with sharp delicate points. I
+remember one drawing in particular&mdash;a man&#8217;s head about half life-size,
+with full flowing beard. At first glance there was nothing peculiar about
+the picture, except that one would say that it was a strong and
+characteristic face; but on close examination in a strong light, and
+especially through a reading-glass, the beard was seen to be made up
+entirely of exceedingly minute faces of sheep;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> every face was perfectly
+formed and characteristic, and there were thousands of them. It was done
+with the same wonderful rapidity which characterized all her automatic
+work.</p>
+
+<p>Later she was impelled to procure colors, brushes, and all the materials
+for painting in oil; and although she had never even seen that kind of
+work done, and had not the slightest idea how to mix the colors to produce
+desired tints, nor how to apply them to produce desired effects, yet at a
+single sitting in a darkened room she produced a head of singular strength
+and character and possessing at least some artistic merit. Certainly no
+one could imagine it to be the first attempt of a person entirely without
+natural talent for either drawing or painting. It was done on common brown
+cardboard, and it has been in my possession for the past twenty-two years.
+The reproduction which appears as frontispiece to the present volume gives
+some idea of its character.</p>
+
+<p>The impression received by the painter was that it was the portrait of an
+Englishman named Nathan Early.<small><a name="f1.1" id="f1.1" href="#f1">[1]</a></small> No date was assigned.</p>
+
+<p>As a further illustration of her automatic power, it may be mentioned that
+another uncultivated faculty developed itself, namely, the power of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>
+referring to past events in the lives of those who were in her presence.
+The knowledge of past events so conveyed was frequently most remarkable
+and was circumstantially correct, even rivalling in this respect the
+reports which we have of Jung-Stilling and Zschokke.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">CRYSTAL-GAZING.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>Automatic messages fall naturally into two general classes: (1) <i>Motor</i>
+messages, or those received by means of writing, speaking, drawing, or
+some <i>activity</i> of the body, and (2) <i>sensory</i> messages, or those received
+<i>passively</i> by means of an impression made upon some of the senses, as,
+for example, seeing, hearing, or feeling.</p>
+
+<p>The motor messages spelt out by raps and table-tipping, and the
+performances of trance-speakers and spiritualistic mediums need not detain
+us at present; so far as the messages themselves are concerned they offer
+no new elements for consideration. The utterances of trance-speakers as a
+rule are not rich in verifiable facts, though some of their performances
+are truly remarkable as presenting a phase of improvisation automatically
+given; and the same may be said of mediumistic utterances generally; they
+have the same value as automatic writing, whether <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>produced by Planchette,
+or passively holding the pencil in the hand; and so far as they are honest
+they probably have the same origin, namely, the secondary consciousness or
+subliminal self of the medium. As regards the force which makes the raps
+or tips the table, it is altogether a different subject and its
+consideration here would be unnecessary and out of place.</p>
+
+<p>I hasten to present cases of automatism where the messages brought are
+given by other means than writing, speaking, or any movement or activity
+of the body, but which belong to the <i>sensory</i> class, and are received by
+impressions made upon the senses. Of these the most common are those made
+upon the sense of sight.</p>
+
+<p>To this class belong visions, dreams, distinct mental pictures presented
+under widely varying circumstances and conditions, in trance, in the
+hypnotic condition, in sleep, or directly conveyed to the primary
+conscious self. To simply <i>think</i> how a person, a building, or a landscape
+looks is one thing, but to have a full mental picture, possessing
+dimensions, and a stability which admits of being closely examined in
+detail, is quite another thing.</p>
+
+<p>A little girl of my acquaintance, on returning from the country after
+several weeks of absence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span> from her father, said to him,&mdash;&#8220;Why, papa, I
+could have you with me whenever I liked, this summer, though it was only
+your head and shoulders that I could see; but I could place you where I
+liked and could look at you a long time before you went away.&#8221; Without
+knowing it the child exactly described a true vision&mdash;her thought of her
+father was visualized, <i>externalized</i>, given a form which had
+definiteness, which could be placed and examined in detail, and was more
+or less permanent.</p>
+
+<p>Various artificial expedients have been resorted to in order to assist in
+this process of distinct visualization; and of these artificial means one
+of the most important and effective is known as crystal-gazing.</p>
+
+<p>It is a fact not often commented upon&mdash;indeed not often alluded to in
+general literature&mdash;that the crystal has from the earliest times been made
+use of for the purpose of producing visions, and for divination and
+prophecy. Not only has the crystal been used for this purpose, but also
+the mirror, a cup or glass of water or wine, or even some dark and
+glistening substance like treacle or ink poured into the palm of the hand,
+have all been used in a similar manner. The same practice is still
+observed amongst the people of India as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span> well as the Arabs in northern
+Africa and other localities. An instance or two at the outset will
+illustrate the method and uses of the procedure.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. E. W. Lane, in his &#8220;Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians,&#8221;
+published in 1836, gives this example:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Salt, the English consul-general to that country, had greatly
+interested Mr. Lane by some experiences which he related, and had thus
+excited his curiosity to witness some of these experiments himself. Mr.
+Salt had suspected some of his servants of theft, but could not decide
+which one was guilty; so it was arranged to test the powers of some of the
+native seers. Accordingly a magician was sent for; a boy was also
+necessary to act as seer, or as we would say crystal-gazer, and for this
+purpose Mr. Salt selected one himself.</p>
+
+<p>The magician wrote several charms, consisting of Arabic words, on pieces
+of paper, which were burnt in a brazier with a charcoal fire along with
+incense and perfumes. He then drew a diagram in the palm of the boy&#8217;s
+right hand, and into the middle of this diagram he poured some ink. He
+then asked the boy to look intently at the ink in the palm of his hand.
+The boy soon began to see figures of persons in the ink, and presently
+described the thief so minutely that he was at once<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span> recognized by Mr.
+Salt, and on being arrested and accused of the crime he immediately
+confessed his guilt.</p>
+
+<p>Further investigation by Mr. Lane and Mr. Salt furnished other interesting
+results. A boy eight or nine years of age was usually chosen at random
+from those who happened to be passing by. Invocations were written upon
+paper by the magician, calling upon his familiar spirit, and also a verse
+from the Koran &#8220;to open the boy&#8217;s eyes in a supernatural manner so as to
+make his sight pierce into what is to us the invisible world.&#8221; These were
+thrown into a brazier with live charcoal and burned with aromatic seeds
+and drugs. The magic square, that is a square within a square, was drawn
+in the boy&#8217;s palm, and certain Arabic characters were written in the
+spaces between the squares; ink was then poured into the centre, and upon
+that the boy was to gaze intently. In this way visions were produced and
+various persons and scenes were described. Finally, Mr. Lane desired that
+Lord Nelson should be called for. The boy described a man in European
+clothes of dark blue, who had lost his left arm; but looking closer he
+added&mdash;&#8220;No, it is placed to his breast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Lord Nelson had lost his right arm and it was his custom to carry the
+empty sleeve attached to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span> his breast. Mr. Lane adds, &#8220;Without saying that
+I suspected the boy had made a mistake I asked the magician whether
+objects appeared in the ink as if actually before the boy&#8217;s eyes, or as if
+in a glass, which made the right side appear the left? He replied, &#8216;They
+appear as in a mirror,&#8217; This rendered the boy&#8217;s description faultless.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It is remarkable to notice how prevalent this mode of divination or
+second-sight has been in all ages. Traces of the same procedure have been
+found in Egypt, Persia, China, India, Greece, and Rome, and notably in
+Europe generally, from the tenth to the sixteenth centuries. A lady who
+withholds her name from the public, but who is perfectly well known to Mr.
+Myers, of the Society for Psychical Research, and who chooses to be known
+as Miss X., has been at great pains to collect curious information upon
+this subject and has added her own very interesting experience in
+crystal-gazing. She writes, &#8220;It is interesting to observe the close
+resemblance in the various methods of employing the mirror, and in the
+mystic symbolism which surrounds it, not only in different ages, but in
+different countries. From the time of the Assyrian monarch represented on
+the walls of the northwest palace of Nimrod down to the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span> seventeenth
+century, when Dr. Dee placed his &#8216;Shew Stone&#8217; on a cushioned table in the
+goodly little chapel next his chamber in the college of which he was
+warden at Manchester, the seer has surrounded himself with the ceremonials
+of worship, whether to propitiate Pan or Osiris, or to disconcert Ahriman
+or the Prince of Darkness.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The early Jewish Scriptures abound in indications of the same practice.
+When the patriarch Joseph put his silver cup in the mouth of his young
+brother Benjamin&#8217;s sack, in order that he might have a pretext for
+recalling his brethren after he had sent them away, his steward, in
+accusing them of theft, uses this language: &#8220;Is not this the cup in which
+my lord drinketh, and <i>whereby indeed he divineth</i>?&#8221; Showing the same use
+of the cup for purposes of divination as that indicated on the walls of
+the Assyrian Palace.</p>
+
+<p>The Urim and Thummim, as their names indicate, were doubtless stones of
+unusual splendor set in the high-priest&#8217;s &#8220;breast-plate of judgment,&#8221; and
+they were made use of to &#8220;inquire of the Lord.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>When Joshua was to be set apart as a leader of the people, he was brought
+to Eleazar the priest, who should lay his hands on him and &#8220;ask counsel<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>
+for him <i>after the judgment</i> of <i>Urim</i> before the Lord.&#8221; In the last days
+of Saul&#8217;s career as King of Israel he desired to &#8220;inquire of the Lord&#8221;
+regarding his future fortunes, but &#8220;the Lord answered him not, neither by
+dreams, nor by <i>Urim</i>, nor by prophets;&#8221; and it is not uninteresting to
+note that Saul in his strait directly sought the Witch of Endor, from whom
+he obtained what proved to be true information regarding the disasters
+which were to overwhelm him.</p>
+
+<p>In a Persian romance it is noted that &#8220;if a mirror be covered with ink and
+placed in front of any one it will indicate whatever he wishes to know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The Greeks had a variety of methods of divination by crystal-gazing.
+Sometimes it was by the mirror placed so as to reflect light upon the
+surface of a fountain of clear water, sometimes by mirrors alone;
+sometimes they made use of glass vessels filled with water and surrounded
+with torches, sometimes of natural crystals, and sometimes even of a
+child&#8217;s &#8220;nails covered with oil and soot,&#8221; so as to reflect the rays of
+the sun.</p>
+
+<p>The Romans made special use of crystals and mirrors, and children were
+particularly employed for mirror-reading when consulting regarding
+important events; thus in a manner taking the place<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> of the early oracles.
+From Jewish and Pagan practices as a means of divination, clairvoyance and
+prophecy, the art of the crystal seer seems to have passed to early
+Christian times without material change except in ceremonials. These seers
+are mentioned in the counsels of the Church as specularii, children often
+acting as the seers, and although in some quarters they were looked upon
+with suspicion as heretics, and were under the ban of the Church, yet they
+had an extensive following.</p>
+
+<p>Thomas Aquinas, speaking of the peculiar power of seeing visions possessed
+by children, says it is not to be ascribed to any virtue or innocence of
+theirs, nor any power of nature, but that it is the work of the devil.</p>
+
+<p>In Wagner&#8217;s beautiful opera of Parsifal, based upon the legend of the Holy
+Grail, reference to the same custom is more than once evident. The second
+act opens with a scene representing the enchanted castle of Klingsor; the
+magician himself is seen gazing into a bright metallic mirror, in which he
+sees Parsifal approaching and recognizes and fears him as the promised
+guiltless one&mdash;the true king and guardian of the Grail&mdash;an office to which
+he himself had once aspired. In fact the Grail itself, in its earliest
+mythical and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span> traditional form, as well as in its later development as a
+distinctly Christian symbol, was an instrument of divination and prophecy.
+The Druids had their basin, sometimes filled with aromatic herbs,
+sometimes with the blood of the sacrificed victim; but in either case it
+was potent for securing the proper psychic condition in the officiating
+priest or soothsayer; and while Arabic and Indian myths present the same
+idea, sometimes as a cup of divination, and sometimes as a brilliant
+stone, the British Islands were the main source of the traditions which
+eventually culminated in the legends of the Holy Grail, with its full
+store of beautiful and touching incidents, prophecies, and forms of
+worship. In each the special guardians and knights of the Grail appear,
+with Parsifal, the simple-minded, pure and pitiful knight as its restorer
+and king when lost or in unworthy hands.</p>
+
+<p>In the German version of the twelfth century as given by Wolfram, in his
+Parzival, the Grail is a beautiful, sacred stone, enshrined in the
+magnificent temple at Montsalvat, guarded by the consecrated knights and
+the sick and erring, but repentant, King Amfortas. While the unhappy king
+was worshipping with gaze intent upon the Sacred Emblem, suddenly letters
+of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span> fire surrounded it and he read the cheering prophecy:</p>
+
+<p class="poem">&#8220;In the loving soul of a guiltless one<br />
+Put thy faith&mdash;Him have I chosen.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Kufferath remarks, &#8220;The religious emblem soon became a symbolic object&mdash;it
+revealed to its worshippers the knowledge of the future, the mystery of
+the world, the treasures of human knowledge, and imparted a poetic
+inspiration.&#8221; So it comes to pass that in the legend in its latest
+form&mdash;the splendid work of the Master of Bayreuth, the Holy Grail, as a
+chalice and Christian emblem, is still endowed with the same miraculous
+power, and is rescued from the unfortunate guardianship of Amfortas by the
+&#8220;loving soul of a guiltless one&#8221;&mdash;the simple, tried, and much-enduring
+Parsifal, miraculously promised long before by the Grail itself.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen, then, that crystal-gazing in its various forms has, from
+the earliest times, been practised with great ceremony for the purpose of
+acquiring knowledge concerning affairs and events unknown and often not
+discoverable by ordinary methods.</p>
+
+<p>Stripped of its fictitious accessories&mdash;its charms, incantations, incense
+and prayers&mdash;one single important fact remains common in the most ancient<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>
+and the most modern usages, and that fact is the steady and continuous
+gazing at a bright object. It is identical with Braid&#8217;s method of inducing
+the hypnotic trance, with Luys&#8217; method, causing his patients to gaze at
+revolving mirrors, and with the method of hypnotizers generally who desire
+their patients to direct their gaze toward some specified, and preferably
+some bright or reflecting object.</p>
+
+<p>In crystal gazing, as ordinarily practised, the full hypnotic condition is
+not usually induced; but in many cases a condition of reverie occurs, in
+which pictures or visions fill the mind or appear externalized in the
+crystal or mirror. With some persons this condition so favorable to
+visualizing, is produced by simply becoming passive; with others the
+gazing at a bright or reflecting object assists in securing that end,
+while with many none of these means, nor yet the assistance of the most
+skilful hypnotizer, avails to secure the message-bearing action of the
+subliminal self.</p>
+
+<p>The experiences of Miss X., in crystal-gazing are devoid of the interest
+imparted by exciting incident, and on that very account are the more
+valuable as illustrating our subject. She has friends of whose experiments
+she has carefully<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span> observed the results, and she has some seventy cases or
+experiments of her own of which she has kept carefully prepared notes,
+always made directly or within an hour after each experiment. For a
+crystal she recommends &#8220;a good-sized magnifying glass placed on a dark
+background.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>She classifies her results as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) After-images or recrudescent memories coming up from the subconscious
+strata to which they had fallen.</p>
+
+<p>(2) Objectivations, or the visualizing of ideas or images which already
+exist consciously or unconsciously in the mind.</p>
+
+<p>(3) Visions possibly telepathic, or clairvoyant, implying acquirement of
+knowledge by supranormal means.</p>
+
+<p>The following are some of Miss X.&#8217;s experiments:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>She had been occupying herself with accounts and opened a drawer to take
+out her banking book; accidentally her hand came in contact with the
+crystal she was in the habit of using, and she welcomed the suggestion of
+a change of occupation. Figures, however, were still uppermost, and the
+crystal showed her nothing but the combination 7694. Dismissing this as
+probably<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span> the number of the cab she had driven in that morning, or a
+chance combination of figures with which she had been occupied, she laid
+aside the crystal and took up her banking book, which certainly she had
+not seen for several months. Greatly to her surprise she found that 7694
+was the number of her book, plainly indicated on the cover.</p>
+
+<p>She declares that she would have utterly failed to recall the figures, and
+could not even have guessed the number of digits nor the value of the
+first figure.</p>
+
+<p>Again:&mdash;Having carelessly destroyed a letter without preserving the
+address of her correspondent she tried in vain to recall it. She knew the
+county, and, searching on a map, she recognized the name of the town, one
+quite unfamiliar to her, but she had no clue to the house or street, till
+at length it occurred to her to test the value of the crystal as a means
+of recalling forgotten knowledge. A short inspection showed her the words,
+&#8220;H. House,&#8221; in gray letters on a white ground. Having nothing better to
+rely upon she risked posting the letter to the address so curiously
+supplied. A day or two brought an answer&mdash;on paper headed &#8220;H. House&#8221; in
+gray letters on a white ground.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>One more illustration from Miss X., one of her earliest experiments,
+numbered 11, in her notebook. There came into the crystal a vision
+perplexing and wholly unexpected: a quaint old chair, an aged hand, a worn
+black coat-sleeve resting on the arm of the chair. It was slowly
+recognized as a recollection of a room in a country vicarage which she had
+not been in and had seldom thought of since she was a child of ten. But
+whence came the vision, and why to-day? The clue was found. That same day
+she had been reading Dante, a book which she had first learned to read and
+enjoy by the help of the aged vicar with the &#8220;worn black coat-sleeve&#8221;
+resting on the same quaint, oak chair-arm in that same corner of the study
+in the country vicarage.</p>
+
+<p>Here are two cases from the same writer belonging to the third division of
+her classification, namely, where an explanation of the vision requires
+the introduction of a telepathic influence. On Monday, February 11th, she
+took up the crystal with the deliberate wish and intention of seeing a
+certain figure which occupied her thoughts at the time; but instead of the
+desired figure the field was preoccupied by a plain little nosegay of
+daffodils, such as might be formed by two or three fine flowers bunched
+together.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span> This presented itself in several different positions
+notwithstanding her wish to be rid of it, so as to have the field clear
+for her desired picture. She concluded that the vision came in consequence
+of her having the day before seen the first daffodils of the season on a
+friend&#8217;s dinner-table. But the resemblance to these was not at all
+complete, as they were loosely arranged with ferns and ivy, whereas the
+crystal vision was a compact little bunch without foliage of any kind. On
+Thursday, February 14th, she very unexpectedly received as a &#8220;Valentine&#8221; a
+painting on a blue satin ground, of a bunch of daffodils corresponding
+exactly with her crystal vision. She also ascertained that on Monday the
+11th, the artist had spent several hours in making studies of these
+flowers, arranged in different positions.</p>
+
+<p>Again:&mdash;On Saturday, March 9th, she had written a rather impatient note to
+a friend, accusing her of having, on her return from the Continent, spent
+several days in London without visiting her. On Sunday evening following,
+she found her friend before her in the crystal, but could not understand
+why she held up in a deprecating manner what seemed to be a music
+portfolio. However, she made a note of the vision and sketched the
+portfolio. On Monday<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span> she received an answer to her impatient letter,
+pleading guilty to the charge of neglect, but urging as an excuse that she
+was attending the Royal Academy of Music and was engaged there the greater
+part of every day. Such an excuse was to the last degree unexpected, as
+her friend was a married woman and had never given serious attention to
+music. It was true, however&mdash;and she afterwards learned that she carried a
+portfolio which was the counterpart of the one she had sketched from her
+crystal vision.</p>
+
+<p>The following incident in which an East India army officer, Col. Wickham,
+his wife, Princess di Cristoforo, and Ruth, their educated native servant,
+were the chief actors, illustrates another phase of crystal-gazing. All
+three of the actors participating in the incident were well known
+personally to Mr. Myers, who reports the case. Briefly stated: In 1885,
+Colonel, then Major, Wickham, was stationed with the Royal Artillery at
+Colabra, about two miles from Bombay. Mrs. Wickham was accustomed to
+experiment with some of the Indian servants and especially Ruth, by having
+her look in a glass of magnetized water. One morning Lord Reay was
+expected to arrive at Bombay, and there was to be a grand full-dress
+parade of the English troops. While sitting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span> at the breakfast table the
+major directed his orderly to see that his uniform was in readiness. The
+man obeyed, but soon returned with a dejected air, and stammered
+out&mdash;&#8220;Sahib, me no can find the dress pouch-belt.&#8221; A general hunt for the
+lost article was instituted, but to no purpose; the pouch-belt was
+absolutely missing. The enraged major stormed and accused the servants of
+stealing it, which only produced a tumult and a storm of denials from them
+all. &#8220;Now,&#8221; cried the major, &#8220;is an excellent opportunity to test the
+seeing powers of Ruth. Bring her in at once and let her try if she can
+find my pouch-belt.&#8221; Accordingly a tumbler was filled with water, and Mrs.
+W. placing it on her left hand made passes over it with her right. Water
+so treated could always be detected with absolute certainty by Ruth,
+simply by tasting it&mdash;a fact not uncommonly observed, and which was an
+additional proof that she possessed unusual perceptive power. Into this
+glass of water Ruth gazed intently, but she could discern nothing. She was
+commanded to find the thief, but no thief could be seen. Changing her
+tactics, Mrs. W. then commanded Ruth to see where the major was the last
+time he wore the belt. At once she described the scene of a grand parade
+which took place months before,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span> and which they all recognized. &#8220;Do not
+take your eyes off from the major for a moment,&#8221; said Mrs. W., and Ruth
+continued to gaze intently at the pageant in the glass. At length the
+parade ended and Ruth said, &#8220;Sahib has gone into a big house by the water;
+all his regimentals are put in the tin case, but the pouch-belt is left
+out; it is hanging on a peg in the dressing-room of the big house by the
+water.&#8221; &#8220;The yacht club!&#8221; cried the major. &#8220;Patilla, send some one at once
+to see if the belt has been left there.&#8221; The search was rewarded by
+finding the belt as described, and the servants returned bringing it with
+a grand tumult of triumph. On many other occasions was Ruth&#8217;s aid
+successfully invoked to find lost articles.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of a glass of water, some springs and wells when gazed into have
+the same effect of producing visions, especially when a mirror is so held
+at the same time as to reflect light upon the surface of the water.
+Springs of this sort have been reported at various periods in the past,
+some being frequented for health and some for purposes of divination. The
+latest instance of a well possessing the quality or power of producing
+visions is that upon the farm of Col. J. J. Deyer at Handsoms, Va. It was
+in May, 1892, that the curious<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> influence pertaining to this well was
+first observed and soon it was thronged with visitors. Faces, both
+familiar and strange, of people living and of those long dead, and
+hundreds of other objects, animate and inanimate, were distinctly seen
+upon the surface of the water. The water of the well is <i>unusually clear</i>
+and the bottom of <i>white sand</i> is clearly visible. A mirror is held over
+the top of the well with face toward the water so as to throw reflected
+light upon the surface. At first Miss Deyer, the colonel&#8217;s daughter,
+always held the mirror, but afterwards it was found that any one who could
+hold the mirror <i>steadily</i> performed the duty equally well. If the mirror
+was held unsteadily the pictures were indistinct or failed to appear at
+all; and the brighter the day the better the pictures. Many level headed
+men and some well qualified to observe curious psychical phenomena visited
+the well, and nearly all were convinced that, under favorable
+circumstances, remarkable pictures appeared; naturally, however, different
+causes were assigned for these appearances. Prof. Dolbear and Mr. T. E.
+Allen, from the American Psychical Society, saw nothing remarkable during
+their visit to the well, and referred the pictures seen by so many people
+to the reflection of objects about the well, aided by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> the mental
+excitement and expectation of so many spectators. This explanation,
+however, seems hardly sufficient to account for the hallucinations of so
+large a number of persons kept up for so long a time. At all events, an
+interesting psychic element of some sort was active.</p>
+
+<p>Col. Deyer is an intelligent man, commanding the respect of his neighbors,
+and has held an appointment of considerable importance under the
+government at Washington. In a letter dated December 2d, 1893, he
+says:&mdash;&#8220;Thousands of people from various sections of the Union have
+visited the place&mdash;of course some laugh at it. I do myself sometimes, as I
+am not superstitious and take little stock in spooks or anything connected
+therewith; but the well is here, and still shows up many wondrous things,
+but not so plentiful nor so plainly as it did a year ago.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>We have presented in this well the most favorable conditions possible for
+crystal-gazing&mdash;a body of unusually clear sparkling water, lying upon a
+white sand bottom, and the rays of the sun reflected into it by means of a
+mirror;&mdash;no better &#8220;cup of divination&#8221; could be desired, nor any better
+circumstances for securing the psychical conditions favorable for the
+action of the subliminal self.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>The various methods of practising crystal-gazing here noticed may be
+looked upon simply as so many different forms of <i>sensory automatism</i>,
+referable in these instances to the sense of sight; and whether produced
+by using the &#8220;cup of divination,&#8221; the ink or treacle in the palm of the
+hand, the jewels of the Jewish high-priest, the ordinary crystal or stone
+of the early Christian centuries, and even down to the experiments of Miss
+X., and the Society for Psychical Research, or last of all, the wells or
+springs of clear water, either the early ones of Greece and Rome, or the
+latest one on the farm of Col. Deyer, they are all simply methods of
+securing such a condition by gazing fixedly at a bright object, as best to
+facilitate communication between the ordinary or primary self, and the
+secondary or subliminal self. It is the first, and perhaps the most
+important, in a series of sensory automatisms, or those having reference
+to the senses, in distinction from motor automatisms, or those produced by
+various automatic actions of the body.</p>
+
+<p>These sensory automatisms are usually looked upon as hallucinations&mdash;but
+so far as the term hallucination conveys the idea of deception or falsity
+it is inappropriate, since the messages brought in this manner are just as
+real&mdash;just as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span> veridical or truth-telling as automatic writing or
+speaking.</p>
+
+<p>Hearing is another form of sensory automatism, which, while less common
+than that of seeing, has also been noticed in all ages.</p>
+
+<p>The child Samuel, ministering to the High Priest Eli, three times in one
+night, heard himself called by name, and three times came to Eli saying,
+&#8220;Here am I;&#8221; adding at last, &#8220;for surely thou didst call me.&#8221; The wise
+high-priest recognized the rare psychic qualities of the child and brought
+him up for the priesthood in place of his own wayward sons; and he became
+the great seer of Israel.</p>
+
+<p>Socrates was accustomed to hear a voice which always admonished him when
+the course he was pursuing or contemplating was wrong or harmful; but it
+was silent when the contemplated course was right. This was the famous
+&#8220;D&aelig;mon of Socrates,&#8221; and was described and discussed by Xenophon and Plato
+as well as other Greek writers and many modern ones. Socrates himself
+called it the &#8220;Divine Sign.&#8221; And on that account he was accused of
+introducing new gods, and thus offering indignity to the accredited gods
+of Greece. On this, as one of the leading charges, Socrates was tried and
+condemned to death; but in all the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span> proceedings connected with his trial
+and condemnation he persisted in his course which he knew would end in his
+death, rather than be false to his convictions of duty and right; and this
+he did because the voice&mdash;the &#8220;Divine Sign&#8221;&mdash;which always before had
+restrained him in any wrong course, was not heard restraining him in his
+present course.</p>
+
+<p>Only once was it heard, and that was to restrain him from preparing any
+set argument in his defence before his judges. So he accepted his sentence
+and drank the hemlock, surrounded by his friends, to whom he calmly
+explained that death could not be an evil thing, not only from the
+arguments which he had adduced, but also because the Divine Sign, which
+never failed to admonish him when pursuing any harmful course, had not
+admonished nor restrained him in this course which had led directly to his
+death.</p>
+
+<p>Joan of Arc heard voices, which in childhood only guided her in her
+ordinary duties, but which in her early womanhood made her one of the most
+conspicuous figures in the history of her time. They placed her, a young
+and unknown peasant girl, as a commander at the head of the defeated,
+disorganized, and discouraged armies of France, aroused them to
+enthusiasm, made them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span> victorious, freed her country from the power of
+England, and placed the rightful prince upon the throne. She also heard
+and obeyed her guiding voices, even unto martyrdom.</p>
+
+<p>Numerous instances might be cited occurring in ancient and also in modern
+times where the subliminal self has sent its message of instruction,
+guidance, warning, or restraint to the primary self by means of
+impressions made upon the organ of hearing. Socrates, Joan of Arc,
+Swedenborg, and many others considered these instructions infallible,
+supernatural, or divine; but in other cases the messages so given have
+been trivial, perhaps even false, thus removing the element of
+infallibility and absolute truthfulness from messages of this sort, and at
+the same time casting a doubt upon their supernatural character in any
+case. It seems wisest, therefore, at least to examine these and all cases
+of automatically received messages, whether by writing, trance-speaking,
+dreams, visions, or the hearing of voices, with a definite conception of a
+real and natural cause and origin for these messages in a subliminal self,
+forming a definite part of each individual: bearing in mind also that this
+subliminal self possesses powers and characteristics varying in each
+individual case, in many cases greatly transcending the powers and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>
+capabilities of the normal or primary self. But infallibility, though
+sometimes claimed, is by no means to be expected from this source, and the
+messages coming from each subliminal self must be judged and valued
+according to their own intrinsic character and merit, just as a message
+coming to us from any primary self, whether known or unknown to us, must
+be judged and valued according to its source, character, and merit.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">PHANTASMS.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>Perhaps no department of Psychical Research is looked upon from such
+divers and even quite opposite standpoints as that which relates to
+Apparitions or Phantasms. Many intelligent people, in a general way,
+accept them as realities but assign for them a supernatural origin; while
+others discredit them altogether because they have apparently no basis
+except an assumed supernatural one.</p>
+
+<p>It has been said that primitive, undeveloped, and ignorant people almost
+universally believe in ghosts; while with the advance of civilization,
+culture, and general intelligence, the frequency of alleged apparitions
+and the belief in ghosts diminishes or altogether disappears. If this
+statement were to stand unqualified, by so much would the reality and
+respectability of phantasms be discredited. Possibly, however, it may be
+found that the last word has not yet been said,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span> and that there may exist
+a scientific aspect for even so unstable and diaphanous a subject as
+ghosts.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of going over the literature of the subject from the earliest
+times&mdash;a literature, by the way, which in the hands of Tylor, Maury,
+Scott, Ralston, Mrs. Crowe and others certainly does not lack interest&mdash;it
+will better suit our present purpose to examine some facts relative to
+perception in general and vision in particular, and give some examples
+illustrating different phases of the subject.</p>
+
+<p>Perception may be defined as the cognizance which the mind takes of
+impressions presented to it through the organs of sense, and possibly also
+by other means.</p>
+
+<p>One class of perceptions is universally recognized and is in a measure
+understood, namely, perceptions arising from impressions made by
+recognized external objects or forces upon the organs of sense, sight,
+hearing, smell, taste, and also the general sense of touch. These
+perceptions in particular are designated as <i>real</i> or <i>true</i>, because they
+correspond to recognized external realities.</p>
+
+<p>But impressions are also made upon the organs of special sense by
+influences which are not <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>recognized as having any objective reality, but
+which nevertheless affect the senses in a manner often identical with that
+in which they are affected by recognized external objects, and they cause
+the same perceptions to arise in the mind. Hence another broad class of
+perceptions includes those which are taken cognizance of by the mind from
+impressions made upon the organs of sense in other ways and by other means
+than by external objects, and often where there is no evidence that any
+external object exists corresponding to the impression so made.
+Perceptions arising in these various ways are called <i>hallucinations</i>.</p>
+
+<p>On close examination, however, it is found that the sharp line of
+separation between what has and what has not an objective reality is not
+easily drawn, any more than in biology the sharp line between animal and
+vegetable life can be easily drawn, or at the lower end of the scale
+between the living and the not living.</p>
+
+<p>So the origin of those perceptions which are classed as hallucinations has
+always been a subject of controversy, even among philosophers of the
+greatest merit and eminence.</p>
+
+<p>Without following out the discussions which have arisen on this
+point&mdash;discussions which are often confusing and generally inconclusive,
+a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span> fairly distinct view of the subject may be obtained by considering the
+origin of these perceptions under three heads&mdash;namely:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) Perceptions which are reckoned as hallucinations may be originated
+<i>centrally</i>; that is, they may arise wholly within the mind itself without
+any direct external stimulus. For instance the characters drawn by the
+novelist may become so real to him, and even to some of his readers, that
+they become <i>externalized</i>&mdash;actual objects of visual perception and are
+seen to act and even heard to speak. The instance is repeatedly quoted of
+the painter who, after carefully studying a sitter&#8217;s appearance, could
+voluntarily project it visibly into space and paint the portrait, not from
+the original, but from the phantasm so produced; and of another who could
+externalize and project other mental pictures in the same manner, pictures
+which so interested him and were so subject to the ordinary laws of vision
+that he would request any one who took a position in front of them, to
+move away so as not to obstruct his view.</p>
+
+<p>It will be noticed in these cases that although the perception has its
+origin centrally, in the mind itself, and is even voluntarily produced,
+still, it is seen as an impression made upon the visual<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span> organ in exactly
+the same manner as a picture thrown upon the retina by a real external
+object; it disappears when the eyes are closed or an opaque object
+intervenes, and follows the laws of optics in general; hence, strictly
+speaking, these perceptions are also real.</p>
+
+<p>(2) Perceptions may have their origin <i>peripherally</i>&mdash;that is, the point
+of excitation which causes the act of perception in the mind may exist in
+the external sense organs themselves, even when no external object
+corresponding to the perception exists at the time, or it is not in a
+position on account of distance or intervening objects to affect the
+senses.</p>
+
+<p>In examining the cases which may be placed under this head they resolve
+themselves into two classes: those which occur in connection with some
+disease or defect in the sense organ concerned, and those which are
+recrudescences or after-visions, arising from over-excitation of those
+organs; for instance, after looking through a window in a very bright
+light&mdash;even a considerable length of time afterwards&mdash;on shutting the eyes
+or looking into a dark room, an image of the window is seen with all its
+divisions and peculiarities of construction distinctly presented. To the
+country lad returning home at night from his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span> first visit to the circus
+the whole scene is again presented; and ring, horses, equestrians,
+acrobats and clowns are all seen and externalized with the utmost
+distinctness; even the crack of the ring-master&#8217;s whip is heard and the
+jokes and antics of the clowns repeated.</p>
+
+<p>(3) Perceptions may have their origin telepathically&mdash;that is, scenes and
+incidents transpiring at a distance far too great to affect the bodily
+organs of sense in any direct or ordinary way do, nevertheless, in some
+way, cause perceptions to arise in the mind corresponding to those same
+scenes and incidents.</p>
+
+<p>This is comparatively a new proposition in psychology and has for its
+basis studies and experiments which have only been systematically made
+within the past fourteen years. These studies and experiments relate to
+telepathy, automatism, and the action of the subliminal self. They have
+been undertaken and carried on by various societies interested in
+experimental psychology, but chiefly by the English Society for Psychical
+Research, some of the results of whose labors have been briefly sketched
+in the preceding chapters.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the reports of these societies an important contribution to
+the subject of apparitions<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span> was published by the then secretaries of the
+Society for Psychical Research, the late Mr. Edmund Gurney, Mr. Frederick
+W. H. Myers, and Mr. Frank Podmore.</p>
+
+<p>It appeared under the title, <i>Phantasms of the Living</i>, and contained more
+than seven hundred instances relating to various forms of hallucinations
+and phantasms&mdash;carefully studied and authenticated cases which were
+selected from several thousand presented for examination. It is to these
+sources chiefly that I shall refer for cases illustrating the subject
+under consideration.</p>
+
+<p>It seems hardly necessary to recapitulate here the experiments on which
+the doctrine of telepathy or thought-transference is
+established&mdash;experiments which have been carefully made by so many well
+qualified persons, and which have proved convincing to nearly every one,
+whether scientific or unscientific, who has patiently followed them,
+though of course not convincing to those who choose to remain ignorant of
+the facts.</p>
+
+<p>The same is true regarding the subject of automatism and the existence and
+action of the subliminal self. It remains to show the interesting
+relations which these subjects bear to hallucinations in general, and
+especially to phantasms and apparitions.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>It is well known that hallucinations can be voluntarily or purposely
+produced by one person in the mind of another, and in various ways, though
+few perhaps consider to what an extent this is possible. In many of the
+most astonishing feats of the conjurer, and especially of the Indian
+fakir, suggestion and the imagination are brought into service to aid in
+producing the illusions.</p>
+
+<p>Regarding the hallucinations which may be produced in the mind of the
+hypnotized subject by the hypnotizer there can be no doubt.</p>
+
+<p>The following case is in point and illustrates telepathic influence
+excited at a distance as well. It is from <i>Phantasms of the Living</i>, and
+the agent, Mr. E. M. Glissold, of 3 Oxford Square, W., writes
+substantially as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the year 1878 there was a carpenter named Gannaway employed by me to
+mend a gate in my garden; when a friend of mine (Moens) called upon me and
+the conversation turned upon mesmerism. He asked me if I knew anything
+about it myself. On my replying in the affirmative he said, &#8216;Can you
+mesmerize any one at a distance?&#8217; I said that I had never tried to do so,
+but that there was a man in the garden whom I could easily mesmerize, and
+that I would try the experiment with this man if he (Moens) would tell me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>
+what to do. He then said, &#8216;Form an impression of the man whom you wish to
+mesmerize, in your own mind, and then wish him strongly to come to you.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I very much doubted the success of the experiment, but I followed the
+directions of my friend, and I was extremely astonished to hear the steps
+of the man whom I wished to appear, running after me; he came up to me
+directly and asked me what I wanted with him. I will add that my friend
+and I had been walking in the garden and had seen and spoken with the
+carpenter, but when I wished him to come to me I was quite out of his
+sight behind the garden wall, one hundred yards distant, and had neither
+by conversation nor otherwise led him to believe that I intended to
+mesmerize him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On another occasion, when the Hon. Auberon Herbert was present, the
+following scene occurred. Gannaway was mesmerized and stood in one corner
+of the dining-room. Herbert sat at the table and wrote the following
+programme, each scene of which Mr. Glissold, the magnetizer, was to
+<i>silently call up in his own mind</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(1) I see a house in flames.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(2) I see a woman looking out of a window.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(3) She has a child in her arms.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>&#8220;(4) She throws it out of the window.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(5) Is it hurt&mdash;?</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Gannaway became much excited, describing each scene as it passed through
+the mind of his hypnotizer. Several well known persons add their testimony
+to the above statement.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A single case of mental action so strange and unusual, no matter how well
+authenticated, might not impress a cautious truth-seeker, but when
+fortified by well studied cases in the experience of such men as Esdaile,
+as shown in his remarkable experiments upon the natives of India, and
+especially his well known one of hypnotizing the blind man at a distance,
+also those of Prof. Janet, Prof. Richet, Dr. Gibert, and Dr. H&eacute;ricourt, in
+France under the observation of Mr. Myers and other members of the Society
+for Psychical Research, and hundreds of other cases of hypnotizing at a
+distance, or silently influencing the subject without hypnotization, the
+matter then challenges attention and belief;&mdash;and it is from abundant
+observation of such cases, from the simplest examples of
+thought-transference to the most wonderful exhibition of perceptive power
+at great distances, that the doctrine of Telepathy is founded.</p>
+
+<p>In the following case the agent was able to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span> project his own semblance or
+phantasm a distance of several miles; and it was then distinctly perceived
+by a young lady, a friend of the agent. The circumstances were these:&mdash;Two
+young men, Mr. A. H. W. Cleave and Mr. H. P. Sparks, aged respectively
+eighteen and nineteen years, were fellow-students of engineering at the
+Navy Yard, Portsmouth, England. While there, they engaged in some mesmeric
+experiments, and after a time Sparks was able to put Cleave thoroughly
+into the hypnotic condition. The following is Mr. Sparks&#8217; account of what
+occurred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;For the last year or fifteen months I have been in the habit of
+mesmerizing a fellow-student of mine. The way I did it was by simply
+looking into his eyes as he lay in an easy position on a bed. This
+produced sleep. After a few times I found that this sleep was deepened by
+making long passes after the patient was off. Then comes the remarkable
+part of this sort of mesmerism.&#8221; (Mr. Sparks then describes his subject&#8217;s
+ability to see in his trance places in which he was interested if he
+resolved to see them before he was hypnotized.) &#8220;However, it has been
+during the last week or so I have been surprised and startled by an
+extraordinary affair. Last Friday evening (Jan. 15th, 1886), he (Cleave)
+expressed his wish to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span> see a young lady living in Wandsworth, and he also
+said he would try to make himself seen by her. I accordingly mesmerized
+him and continued the long passes for about twenty minutes, concentrating
+my will on his idea. When he came round (after one hour and twenty
+minutes&#8217; trance) he said he had seen her in the dining-room; and that
+after a time she grew restless; then suddenly she looked straight at him,
+and then covered her eyes with her hands; just then he came round. Last
+Monday evening (Jan. 18th) we did the same thing, and this time he said he
+thought he had frightened her, as after she had looked at him a few
+minutes she fell back in her chair in a sort of faint. Her little brother
+was in the room at the time. Of course after this he expected a letter if
+the vision was real; and on Wednesday morning he received a letter from
+the young lady, asking whether anything had happened to him, as on Friday
+evening she was startled by seeing him standing at the door of the room.
+After a minute he disappeared and she thought it might have been fancy;
+but on Monday evening she was still more startled by seeing him again, and
+this time much clearer, and it so frightened her that she nearly fainted.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Cleave also writes a very interesting <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>account of his experience in
+the matter, and two fellow-students who were in the room during the
+experiments also write corroborating the statements made.</p>
+
+<p>The following is a copy of the letter in which the young lady, Miss A.,
+describes her side of the affair. It is addressed, &#8220;Mr. A. H. W. Cleave,
+H. M. S. <i>Marlborough</i>, Portsmouth,&#8221; and is postmarked Wandsworth, Jan.
+19th, 1886.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right"><span style="padding-right: 6em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Wandsworth</span>,</span><br />
+<span style="padding-right: 3em;">&#8220;Tuesday morning.</span></p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">Dear Arthur</span>,&mdash;Has anything happened to you? Please write and let me
+know at once, for I have been so frightened.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Last Tuesday evening I was sitting in the dining-room reading, when I
+happened to look up, and could have declared I saw you standing at the
+door looking at me. I put my handkerchief to my eyes, and when I
+looked again you were gone.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought it must have been only my fancy, but last night (Monday)
+while I was at supper I saw you again just as before, and was so
+frightened that I nearly fainted. Luckily only my brother was there or
+it would have attracted attention. Now do write at once and tell me
+how you are. I really cannot write any more now.&#8221;</p></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>Probably the young lady is in error regarding the date of the first
+experiment, which may be accounted for by her excited condition&mdash;the shock
+of the last experiment having proved decidedly serious, as was afterwards
+discovered, and she begged that the experiment might never be repeated.</p>
+
+<p>Both young men mention Friday as the day of their first decided success,
+but they were experimenting on previous days, including Tuesday, when the
+young lady writes she first saw Cleave&#8217;s phantasm. Concerning the date of
+the last experiment there is no question.</p>
+
+<p>Effects similar to those just related may also occur where the agent is in
+ordinary sleep, or at least when no hypnotizing process is made use of.
+The agent in this case first formulates the wish or strong resolution to
+be present and be seen at a certain place or by a certain person, and then
+goes to sleep, and generally remains unconscious of the result until
+learned from the percipient.</p>
+
+<p>In the following case the name of the agent is withheld from publication,
+though known to Mr. Myers who reports the case; the percipient is the Rev.
+W. Stainton-Moses. The agent goes on to state:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>&#8220;One evening early last year (1878), I resolved to try to appear to Z.
+(Mr. Moses) at some miles distant. I did not inform him beforehand of my
+intended experiment, but retired to rest shortly before midnight with
+thoughts intently fixed on Z., with whose room and surroundings, however,
+I was quite unacquainted. I soon fell asleep and woke up the next morning
+unconscious of anything having taken place. On seeing Z. a few days
+afterwards I inquired, &#8216;Did anything happen at your rooms on Saturday
+night?&#8217; &#8216;Yes,&#8217; he replied, &#8216;a great deal happened. I had been sitting over
+the fire with M., smoking and chatting. About 12:30 he rose to leave, and
+I let him out myself. I returned to the fire to finish my pipe when I saw
+you sitting in the chair just vacated by him. I looked intently at you,
+and then took up a newspaper to assure myself I was not dreaming, but on
+laying it down I saw you still there. While I gazed without speaking, you
+faded away. Though I imagined you must be fast asleep in bed at that hour,
+yet you appeared dressed in your ordinary garments, such as you usually
+wear every day.&#8217; &#8216;Then my experiment seems to have succeeded,&#8217; I said.
+&#8216;The next time I come ask me what I want, as I had fixed on my mind
+certain questions to ask you, but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span> I was probably waiting for an
+invitation to speak.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A few weeks later the experiment was repeated with equal success, I, as
+before, not informing Z. when it was made. On this occasion he not only
+questioned me upon the subject which was at that time under very warm
+discussion between us, but detained me by the exercise of his will, some
+time after I had intimated a desire to leave. As on the former occasion no
+recollection remained of the event, or seeming event, of the preceding
+night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Moses writes, September 27th, 1885, confirming this account. Mr. Moses
+also says that he has never on any other occasion seen the figure of a
+living person in a place where the person was not.</p>
+
+<p>The next case, while presenting features similar to the last, differs from
+it in this respect: that there are two percipients. It is copied from the
+manuscript book of the agent, Mr. S. H. B.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. B. writes:&mdash;&#8220;On a certain Sunday evening in November, 1881, having
+been reading of the great power which the human will is capable of
+exercising, I determined with the whole force of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span> my being that I would be
+present in spirit in the front bedroom, on the second floor of a house
+situated at 22 Hogarth Road, Kensington, in which room slept two ladies of
+my acquaintance, Miss L. S. V. and Miss E. C. V., aged respectively
+twenty-five and eleven years. I lived at this time at 23 Kildare Gardens,
+a distance of about three miles from Hogarth Road, and I had not mentioned
+in any way my intention of trying this experiment to either of the above
+named ladies, for the simple reason that it was only on retiring to rest
+upon Sunday night that I made up my mind to do so. The time at which I
+determined I would be there was one o&#8217;clock in the morning, and I also had
+a strong intention of making my presence perceptible.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On the following Thursday I went to see the ladies in question, and in
+the course of conversation (without any allusion to the subject on my
+part), the elder one told me that on the previous Sunday night she had
+been much terrified by perceiving me standing by her bedside, and that she
+screamed when the apparition advanced towards her, and awoke her little
+sister who also saw me. I asked her if she was awake at the time, and she
+replied most decidedly in the affirmative; and upon my inquiring the time
+of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span> the occurrence, she replied about one o&#8217;clock in the morning.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Miss Verity&#8217;s account is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>&#8220;On a certain Sunday evening, about twelve months since, at our house
+in Hogarth Road, Kensington, I distinctly saw Mr. B. in my room about
+one o&#8217;clock. I was perfectly awake and was much terrified. I awoke my
+sister by screaming, and she saw the apparition herself. Three days
+after, when I saw Mr. B., I told him what had happened; but it was
+some time before I could recover from the shock I had received, and
+the remembrance is too vivid to be ever erased from my memory.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">L. S. Verity.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>Miss E. C. Verity writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;I remember the occurrence of the event described by my sister in the
+annexed paragraph, and her description is quite correct. I saw the
+apparition at the same time and under the same circumstances.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Miss A. S. Verity writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;I remember quite clearly the evening my eldest sister awoke me by
+calling to me from an <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>adjoining room, and upon my going to her
+bedside, where she slept with my youngest sister, they both told me
+they had seen S. H. B. standing in the room. The time was about one
+o&#8217;clock. S. H. B. was in evening dress, they told me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The following case, while of the same general character, presents this
+remarkable difference: that the agent&#8217;s mind was not at all directed to
+the real percipient, but only to the <i>place</i> where the percipient happened
+to be. It is from the notebook of Mr. S. H. B. who was also the agent.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On Friday, December 1st, 1882, at 9:30 <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span> I went into a room alone and
+sat by the fireside, and endeavored so strongly to fix my mind upon the
+interior of a house at Kew (viz., Clarence Road), in which resided Miss V.
+and her two sisters, that I seemed to be actually in the house.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;During this experiment I must have fallen into a mesmeric sleep, for,
+although I was conscious, I could not move my limbs. I did not seem to
+have lost the power of moving them, but I could not make the effort to do
+so.... At 10 <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span> I regained my normal state by an effort of the will and
+wrote down on a sheet of note-paper the foregoing statements.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>&#8220;When I went to bed on this same night, I determined that I would be in
+the front bedroom of the above-mentioned house at 12 <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span>, and remain
+there until I had made my presence perceptible to the inmates of that
+room. On the next day, Saturday, I went to Kew to spend the evening, and
+met there a married sister of Miss V. (viz., Mrs. L.). This lady I had
+only met once before and that was at a ball, two years previous to the
+above date. We were both in fancy dress at the time, and as we did not
+exchange more than half a dozen words, this lady would naturally have lost
+any vivid recollection of my appearance even if she had noticed it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the course of conversation (although I did not for a moment think of
+asking her any questions on such a subject), she told me that on the
+previous night she had seen me distinctly on two occasions. She had spent
+the night at Clarence Road, and had slept in the front bedroom. At about
+half-past nine, she had seen me in the passage going from one room to
+another, and at 12 <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span>, when she was wide-awake, she had seen me enter
+the bedroom and walk round to where she was lying and take her hair (which
+is very long), into my hand. She told me that the apparition took hold of
+her hand and gazed intently into it,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span> whereupon she spoke, saying, &#8216;You
+need not look at the lines for I have never had any trouble.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She then awoke her sister, Miss V., who was sleeping with her, and told
+her about it. After hearing this account I took the statement which I had
+written down the previous evening from my pocket and showed it to some of
+the persons present, who were much astonished, although incredulous.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I asked Mrs. L. if she was not dreaming at the time of the latter
+experience, but she stoutly denied, and stated that she had forgotten what
+I was like, but seeing me so distinctly she recognized me at once. At my
+request she wrote a brief account of her impressions and signed it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The following is the lady&#8217;s statement:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>&#8220;On Friday, December 1st, 1882, I was on a visit to my sister, at 21
+Clarence Road, Kew, and about 9:30 <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span> I was going from my bedroom
+to get some water from the bath-room, when I distinctly saw Mr. S. B.
+whom I had only seen once before, two years ago, walk before me past
+the bath-room, toward the bedroom at the end of the landing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;About 11 o&#8217;clock we retired for the night; about 12 o&#8217;clock I was
+still awake, and the door <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>opened and Mr. S. B. came into the room and
+walked around to the bedside, and there stood with one foot on the
+ground, and the other knee resting on a chair. He then took my hair
+into his hand, after which he took my hand in his and looked very
+intently into the palm. &#8216;Ah,&#8217; I said (speaking to him), &#8216;you need not
+look at the lines for I never had any trouble.&#8217; I then awoke my
+sister; I was not nervous, but excited, and began to fear some serious
+illness would befall her, she being delicate at the time, but she is
+progressing more favorably now.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;H. L.&#8221;</span></p>
+
+<p>(Full name signed.)</p></div>
+
+<p>Miss Verity also corroborates this statement.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<p>The following is still another case of one mind acting upon another mind
+at a distance and at least in a most unusual way. Call it mind-projection,
+making one&#8217;s self visible at a distance, sending out the subliminal
+self&mdash;call it what we may&mdash;it is a glimpse of a phenomenon, rare in its
+occurrence, but which nevertheless has been observed a sufficient number
+of times to claim serious attention, and calm and candid consideration.
+The case is from <i>Phantasms of the Living</i>, and is furnished by &#8220;Mrs.
+Russell of Belgaum,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span> India, wife of Mr. H. R. Russell, Educational
+Inspector in the Bombay Presidency.&#8221; It differs from those already cited
+in the fact that it is unconnected with either sleep or hypnotism, but
+both agent and percipient were awake and in a perfectly normal condition.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Russell writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right">&#8220;June 8th, 1886.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;As desired I write down the following facts as well as I can recall
+them. I was living in Scotland, my mother and sisters in Germany. I
+lived with a very dear friend of mine, and went to Germany every year
+to see my people. It had so happened that I could not go home as usual
+for two years, when on a sudden I made up my mind to go and see my
+family. They knew nothing of my intention; I had never gone in early
+spring before; and I had no time to let them know by letter that I was
+going to set off. I did not like to send a telegram for fear of
+frightening my mother. The thought came to me to will with all my
+might to appear to one of my sisters, never mind which of them, in
+order to give them warning of my coming. I only thought most intensely
+for a few minutes of them, wishing with all my might to be seen by one
+of them&mdash;half present myself, in <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span>vision, at home. I did not take more
+than ten minutes, I think. I started by the Leith steamer on Saturday
+night, end of April, 1859. I wished to appear at home about 6 o&#8217;clock
+<span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span> that same Saturday.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I arrived at home at 6 o&#8217;clock on Tuesday morning following. I
+entered the house without any one seeing me, the hall being cleaned
+and the front door open. I walked into the room. One of my sisters
+stood with her back to the door; she turned round when she heard the
+door opening, and on seeing me, stared at me, turning deadly pale, and
+letting what she had in her hand fall. I had been silent. Then I spoke
+and said, &#8216;It is I. Why do you look so frightened?&#8217; When she answered,
+&#8216;I thought I saw you again as Stinchen (another sister) saw you on
+Saturday.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When I inquired, she told me that on Saturday evening about 6
+o&#8217;clock, my sister saw me quite clearly, entering the room in which
+she was, by one door, passing through it, opening the door of another
+room in which my mother was, and shutting the door behind me. She
+rushed after what she thought was I, calling out my name, and was
+quite stupefied when she did not find me with my mother. My mother
+could not understand my sister&#8217;s excitement. They looked everywhere
+for <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span>me, but of course did not find me. My mother was very miserable;
+she thought I might be dying.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My sister who had seen me (i. e. my apparition) was out that morning
+when I arrived. I sat down on the stairs to watch, when she came in,
+the effect of my real appearance on her. When she looked up and saw
+me, sitting motionless, she called out my name and nearly fainted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My sister had never seen anything unearthly either before that or
+afterwards; and I have never made any such experiments since&mdash;nor will
+I, as the sister that saw me first when I really came home, had a very
+severe illness afterwards, caused by the shock to her nerves.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">J. M. Russell.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>Mrs. Russell&#8217;s sister, in answer to her inquiry whether she remembered the
+incident, replied: &#8220;Of course I remember the matter as well as though it
+had happened to-day. Pray don&#8217;t come appearing to me again!&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<p>We started out with this proposition. Perceptions&mdash;those of the class
+denominated hallucinations&mdash;may have their origin telepathically. In proof
+and illustration of that proposition we have so far presented a single
+class of cases, namely,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span> Those where the hallucination was produced with
+will and purpose on the part of the agent. The cases present the following
+conditions:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) The agent being in a normal condition&mdash;the percipient hypnotized, the
+hypnotic condition having been produced at a distance of a hundred
+yards&mdash;and from a point from which the percipient could not be seen.</p>
+
+<p>(2) The agent in the hypnotic condition; a definite hallucination strongly
+desired and decided upon beforehand was produced, the percipient being in
+a normal state.</p>
+
+<p>(3) The agent was in normal sleep. Hallucination decided upon before going
+to sleep was produced&mdash;the percipient awake and in normal condition.</p>
+
+<p>(4) Both agent and percipient awake and normal&mdash;hallucination produced at
+a distance of four hundred miles. In one case the phantasm is seen by two
+percipients, and in another case the <i>place</i> only where the phantasm
+should appear was strongly in the agent&#8217;s mind; and while the sisters who
+<i>usually</i> occupied that room might naturally be expected to be the
+percipients, as a matter of fact another person, a married sister who
+happened to be visiting them&mdash;a comparative stranger to the agent&mdash;was
+occupying the room and became the percipient.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span>In each of these cases a definite purpose was formed by the agent to
+produce a certain hallucination or present a certain picture&mdash;generally a
+representation or phantasm of himself to the percipient. A picture or
+phantasm is seen by the intended percipient, and, on comparison, in each
+case it is found that it is <i>the same phantasm</i> that the agent had
+<i>endeavored</i> to project and make visible, and that it was perceived in the
+same place and at the same time that the agent had intended that it should
+be seen.</p>
+
+<p>Can these statements be received as true and reliable? In reply we say,
+the evidence having been carefully examined is of such a character as to
+entitle it to belief, and the errors of observation and reporting are
+trifling, and not such as would injure the credibility of statements made
+regarding any event which was a matter of ordinary observation; moreover,
+these cases now have become so numerous and have been so carefully
+observed that they should be judged by the ordinary rules of evidence; and
+by that rule they should be received.</p>
+
+<p>Having been received, how can they be explained?</p>
+
+<p>It may be answered:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) That these apparent sequences presenting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span> the relation of cause and
+effect are merely chance coincidences. But on carefully applying the
+doctrine of chances, it is found that the probability that these
+coincidences of time and place, and the identity of the pictures presented
+and perceived, occurred by chance, would be only one in a number so large
+as to make it difficult to represent it in figures, and quite impossible
+for any mind to comprehend. And that such a coincidence should occur
+repeatedly in one person&#8217;s experience is absolutely incredible.</p>
+
+<p>(2) The circumstances of distance and situation render it certain that the
+phantasms could not have been communicated or presented to the percipient
+through any of the usual channels of communication&mdash;by means of the
+physical organs of sense&mdash;even granting that they could be so transferred
+under favorable conditions.</p>
+
+<p>If, then, these cases must be received as authentic and true, and if they
+cannot be disposed of as chance coincidences, nor explained by any
+ordinary method or law of production or transmission, then there must be
+<i>some other</i> method of mental interaction, and mental intercommunication
+<i>not usually recognized</i>, by means of which these pictures or phantasms
+are produced or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span> transferred, and this unusual method of mental
+interaction and intercommunication we designate <i>telepathy</i>. What the
+exact method is by which this unusual interaction is accomplished is not
+fully demonstrated, any more than are the methods of the various
+interacting forces between the sun and the planets or amongst the planets
+themselves. The hypothesis of a universal or inter-stellar ether has never
+been demonstrated; it is only a hypothesis framed because it is necessary
+in order to explain and support another undemonstrated theory, namely, the
+vibratory or wave theory of light. We do not know what the substance or
+force which we call <i>attraction</i> really is. Light has one method of
+movement and action, sound another, heat another, and electricity another,
+but most of the propositions concerning these methods of action are only
+theories or hypotheses having a greater or less degree of probability as
+the case may be. They were invented to account for certain actual and
+undeniable phenomena, and they are respected by all men of science or
+other persons having sufficient knowledge of these different subjects to
+entitle them to an opinion. The same thing is true of telepathy; its facts
+must be known and its theories well considered by those<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span> who assume to sit
+in judgment upon them; and when known they are respected. The Copernican
+theory of the planetary movements was formulated three hundred and fifty
+years ago; it was one hundred and fifty years later when Newton proposed
+the first rational theory regarding a force which might explain these
+motions. For this he was ridiculed and even ostracized by the
+self-constituted judges of his day. Telepathy has been the subject of
+careful study and experiment comparatively only a few years, and it can
+hardly, at this early date, expect better treatment at the hands of its
+critics. Its facts, however, remain, and its explanatory theories are
+being duly considered.</p>
+
+<p>What, then, are the theories or hypotheses which may aid us in forming an
+idea of the manner in which a thought, a conception, or a mental picture
+may pass between two persons so situated that no communication could pass
+between them through the ordinary channels of communication&mdash;sight,
+hearing, or touch? Let us suppose two persons A and B to be so situated. A
+is the agent or person having unusual ability to impress his own thought,
+or any conception or mental picture which he may form in his own mind,
+upon some other mind; and B is the percipient<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span> or a person having unusual
+ability to receive or perceive such thoughts or mental pictures. Suppose
+these two people to be in the country and engaged in farming. Upon a
+certain morning A takes his axe and goes to the woods, half a mile
+distant, and is engaged in cutting brush and trees for the purpose of
+clearing the land, and B goes into the garden to care for the growing
+vegetables. After an hour spent in these respective occupations, B becomes
+disquieted, even alarmed, oppressed with the feeling that some misfortune
+has happened and that A is needing his assistance. He is unable to
+continue his work and at once starts for the woods to seek for A. He finds
+that A has received a glancing blow from his axe which has deeply wounded
+his foot, disabled him, and put his life in immediate danger from
+hemorrhage. Here the thought of A in his extreme peril goes out intensely
+to B, desiring his presence; and B, by some unusual perceptive power,
+takes cognizance of this intense thought and wish. This is telepathy.
+Again, suppose B hears a voice which he recognizes as A&#8217;s calling his name
+and with a peculiar effect which B recognizes as distress or entreaty. Or,
+again, that B sees a picture or representation of A lying wounded and
+bleeding, still it is a telepathic<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span> impulse from A and taken cognizance of
+by B which constitutes the communication between them, whatever the exact
+nature or method of the communication may be.</p>
+
+<p>The theories or hypotheses which have been put forward regarding the
+method by which this telepathic influence or impact is conveyed may be
+noted as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>(1) That of a vibratory medium, always present and analogous to the
+atmosphere for propagating sound or the universal ether for propagating
+light.</p>
+
+<p>(2) An effluence of some sort emanating from the persons concerned and
+acting as a medium for the time being.</p>
+
+<p>(3) A sixth sense.</p>
+
+<p>(4) A duplex personality or subliminal self.</p>
+
+<p>First, then, as regards the vibratory hypothesis; it would demand a
+variety of media to convey separately something corresponding to the sense
+of sight, the sense of hearing, and to each of the other senses&mdash;touch,
+taste, and smell&mdash;as all these sensations have been telepathically
+transmitted, or else there must exist one single medium capable of
+transmitting these many widely different methods of sensation
+separately,&mdash;either of which suppositions are, to say the least,
+bewildering.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span> Such a medium must also possess a power of penetrating or
+acting through intervening obstacles, such as no medium with which we are
+acquainted possesses; and, lastly, in addition to numerous apparently
+insurmountable difficulties and insufficiencies, there is no proof
+whatever that any such vibratory medium exists.</p>
+
+<p>Second. Regarding a vital effluence or some physical emanation or aura
+belonging to each individual, and by means of which communication is
+possible between persons separated by too great a distance to permit
+communication through the ordinary channels; it is at least conceivable
+that such an aura or personal atmosphere exists, and by some it is claimed
+to be demonstrated; but admitting its existence, that it would be capable
+of fulfilling the numerous functions demanded of it in the premises is
+doubtful.</p>
+
+<p>Third. That the telepathic intercommunication is accomplished by means of
+a sixth sense&mdash;a sort of compend of all the other senses, with added
+powers as regards distance and intervening obstacles&mdash;is a hypothesis
+which has been urged by some, and is at least intelligible; but, while it
+presents an intelligible explanation of such facts as clairvoyance and the
+hearing of voices, there is a large class of facts, as we shall see, which
+utterly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span> refuse to fall into line or be explained by this hypothesis.</p>
+
+<p>Fourth. The hypothesis of different strata of personality&mdash;or of a second
+or subliminal self&mdash;is the one which best fulfils the necessary conditions
+and also harmonizes the greatest number of facts when arranged with
+reference to this idea. There is also real, substantial evidence that such
+a second personality actually exists, some of the facts bearing upon this
+subject having been presented in former chapters.</p>
+
+<p>Those of my readers who have carefully followed the cases of unusual
+mental action there presented&mdash;cases of thought-transference, of
+clairvoyance, of remarkable mind-action in the hypnotic trance and in
+natural somnambulism&mdash;in well marked examples of double consciousness as
+shown in the cases of F&eacute;lida X., of Alma Z., of Ansel Bourne, and the
+hypnotic subject, Madame B., in her various personalities of L&eacute;onie,
+L&eacute;ontine, and L&eacute;onore, in automatic action as displayed in
+Planchette-writing, in trance-speaking and in crystal-gazing, cannot have
+failed to observe, throughout the whole series, mind acting rationally and
+intelligently, quite independently of the ordinary consciousness, and even
+at times independently of the whole physical organization. We have
+considered the evidence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span> which points to the fact, or at least to the
+theory of a subliminal self, or another personality, in some manner bound
+up in that complicated physical and mental mechanism which constitutes
+what we term an individual. We have seen that there are weighty proofs
+that such a secondary or subliminal, or, if you choose so to designate it,
+<i>supranormal</i> self, actually exists, and that it exhibits functions and
+powers far exceeding the functions and powers of the ordinary self. We
+have seen it expressing its own personal opinions, its own likes and
+dislikes, quite different and opposite to the opinions, likes, and
+dislikes of the ordinary self; having its own separate series of
+remembered actions or chain of memories, its own antecedent history, and
+its separate present interests; and especially performing actions
+altogether beyond the powers of the ordinary self. We have seen it going
+out to great distances, seeing and describing scenes and events there
+taking place&mdash;for example, Swedenborg at Gottenburg witnessing the
+conflagration at Stockholm; Dr. Gerault&#8217;s clairvoyant maid-servant, Marie,
+in France, seeing the sad death of her neighbor&#8217;s son, Limoges, the
+ropemaker, while serving in the Crimea; and also the serious illness of
+Dr. Gerault&#8217;s military friend in Algiers. Fitzgerald, at <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>Brunswick, Me.,
+seeing and describing the Fall River fire three hundred miles away, and
+Mrs. Porter, at Bridgeport, Conn., describing the burning of the steamer
+<i>Henry Clay</i> while it was occurring on the Hudson River near the village
+of Yonkers. We have seen this same subliminal self in the case of Mr.
+Stead, going out and acquiring desired knowledge relating to the location,
+occupation, and needs of persons from whom he desired such information,
+and bringing it back and reporting it by means of automatic writing.
+Again, we have seen this subliminal self in the case of Mrs. Newnham,
+perceiving the silently written and sometimes even the unwritten questions
+of her husband, and automatically writing the answers by means of
+Planchette; and we have seen it producing hallucinations of hearing as in
+the case of L&eacute;onore causing L&eacute;ontine to hear a voice reproving her for her
+flippancy.</p>
+
+<p>A remarkable series of facts are here pointed out, facts some of which are
+akin to those which have for ages been lying about in the lumber rooms of
+history or in out-of-the-way corners of men&#8217;s memories, neglected and
+discredited, because unexplained, unaccounted for, forming no part of any
+recognized system of mental action, and some only recently observed and
+even now<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span> looked at askance for the same reason. They have remained a mass
+of undigested and unarranged facts, without system, without any
+ascertained relation to each other, pointing to no definite principle,
+defined by no definite law. It is only within the past decade that these
+facts have been studied with reference to the action of a subliminal self.</p>
+
+<p>But this new and startling idea being once admitted and brought to the
+front, it is found that not only in the whole series of observed automatic
+actions in the somnambulism of the hypnotic state, and that of ordinary
+sleep, are the organs of the unconscious body made use of by this
+subconscious or subliminal self, but also in dreams, in reverie, in
+moments of abstraction, of strong emotion or mental excitement, and even
+in the case of some peculiarly susceptible persons in the ordinary waking
+condition, this subliminal self can greatly influence and sometimes take
+entire control of the action of the body.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen then, how wide and important is the range of phenomena in
+which the subliminal self appears as an active agent, impressing its own
+special knowledge, however acquired, its ideas, pictures, and images upon
+the primary self, and causing them to be perceived, remembered, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span>
+expressed by it; and with this unusual power in view, evidently it is in
+this direction also that we must look for the key to that still more
+remarkable series of phenomena which are known as phantasms or
+apparitions.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">PHANTASMS CONTINUED.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>So far a single class of cases has been brought forward in proof and
+illustration of our proposition, that <i>sensation may be produced
+telepathically</i>, namely, the voluntary class; as for instance, when it has
+been resolved beforehand and strongly desired and willed that a
+representation or apparition of one&#8217;s self should be seen and recognized
+by another person at a specified time and place, and it has been so
+recognized. This class contains fewer recorded cases, but, on the other
+hand, they are specially valuable, because the element of error arising
+from chance coincidence is almost entirely excluded. In addition to these
+voluntary or prearranged cases there is, however, another and much larger
+class of cases which occur spontaneously, unthought of, and unexpected by
+the percipient as well as by the agent.</p>
+
+<p>Passing over cases of an indefinite or undefined<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span> sense of danger or
+peril&mdash;or of a &#8220;presence&#8221;&mdash;we will proceed to notice some well
+authenticated cases of spontaneous impressions of a definite character
+made upon the senses, and especially upon the sense of sight. This
+definite impression may be made upon the senses of the percipient in
+dreams&mdash;especially those of a veridical character, where there is a
+definite reality corresponding in time and circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>It may also be made when the percipient is in a condition of reverie,
+between sleeping and waking, and even when wide awake and in a perfectly
+normal condition.</p>
+
+<p>This definite impression of seeing or hearing may be made upon a single
+percipient, or it may be perceived by several persons at once.</p>
+
+<p>The following may serve as examples of <i>veridical dreams</i>. They were
+carefully examined by the editors of <i>Phantasms of the Living</i>, and
+especially by Mr. Gurney. Only initials in the first case were given for
+publication.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the year 1857, I had a brother in the very centre of the Indian
+Mutiny. I had been ill in the spring and taken from my lessons in the
+school-room, consequently, I heard more of what was going on from the
+newspapers than a girl of thirteen ordinarily would in those days.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span> We
+were in the habit of hearing regularly from my brother, but in June and
+July of that year no letters came, and what arrived in August proved to
+have been written quite early in the spring, and were full of disturbances
+around his station.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He was in the service of the East India Company&mdash;an officer in the 8th
+Native Infantry. I was always devoted to him, and I grieved and fretted
+far more than any of my elders knew at his danger. I cannot say that I
+dreamt constantly of him, but when I did the impressions were very vivid
+and abiding.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On one occasion his personal appearance was being discussed and I
+remarked, &#8216;He is not like that now, he has no beard nor whiskers;&#8217; and
+when asked why I said such a thing, I replied, &#8216;I know it, for I have seen
+him in my dreams;&#8217; and this brought a severe reprimand from my governess,
+who never allowed &#8216;such nonsense&#8217; to be talked of.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On the morning of the 25th of September, quite early, I awoke from a
+dream, to find my sister holding me and much alarmed. I had screamed and
+struggled, crying out, &#8216;Is he really dead?&#8217; When I fully awoke, I felt a
+burning sensation in my head. I could not speak for a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span> moment or two; I
+knew my sister was there, but I neither saw nor felt her.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In about a minute, during which she said my eyes were staring beyond her,
+I ceased struggling cried out, &#8216;Harry&#8217;s dead, they have shot him,&#8217; and
+fainted. When I recovered I found my sister had been sent away, and an
+aunt who had always looked after me, was sitting by my bed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In order to soothe my excitement, she allowed me to tell my dream, trying
+all the time to persuade me to regard it as a natural consequence of my
+anxiety.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When, in my narration, I said he was riding with another officer and
+mounted soldiers behind them, she exclaimed &#8216;My dear, that shows you it is
+only a dream, for your brother is in an <i>infantry</i>, not a cavalry,
+regiment.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing, however, shook my feeling that I had seen a reality; and she was
+so much struck by my persistence that she privately made notes of the
+dates and of the incidents, even to the minutest details of my dream, and
+then for a few days the matter dropped, but I felt the truth was coming
+nearer and nearer to all. In a short time the news came in the
+papers:&mdash;&#8216;Shot down on the morning of the 25th, when on his way to
+Lucknow.&#8217; A few days later came one of his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span> missing letters, telling how
+his own regiment had mutinied, and that he had been transferred to a
+command in the 12th Irregular Cavalry, bound to join Havelock&#8217;s force in
+the relief of Lucknow.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Some eight years after, the officer who was riding by him when he fell,
+Captain or Major Grant, visited us and when, in compliance with my aunt&#8217;s
+request, he detailed the incidents of that sad hour, his narration tallied
+(even to the description of buildings on their left) with the notes she
+had taken the morning of my dream. I should also add that we heard my
+brother had made the alteration in his beard and whiskers, just about the
+time that I had spoken of him as wearing them differently.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;L. A. W.&#8221;</span></p>
+
+<p>The next case which I will present is from Dr. A. K. Young, F. R. C. S.
+I., of the Terrace, Monaghan, Ireland.</p>
+
+<p>One Monday night, in December, 1836, Dr. Young had the following dream,
+or, as he would prefer to call it, revelation. He found himself suddenly
+at the gate of Major N. M.&#8217;s avenue, many miles from his home. Close to
+him was a group of persons, one of them a woman with a basket on her arm,
+the rest men, four of whom<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span> were tenants of his own, while the others were
+unknown to him. Some of the strangers seemed to be murderously assaulting
+H. W., one of his tenants, and he interfered. He goes on to say:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I struck violently at the man on my left and then with greater violence
+at the man&#8217;s face to my right. Finding to my surprise that I did not knock
+him down either, I struck again and again with all the violence of a man
+frenzied at the sight of my poor friend&#8217;s murder. To my great amazement I
+saw that my arms, although visible to my eye, were without substance; and
+the bodies of the men I struck at and my own came close together after
+each blow through the shadowy arms I struck with. My blows were delivered
+with more extreme violence than I ever before exerted; but I became
+painfully convinced of my incompetency. I have no consciousness of what
+happened after this feeling of unsubstantiality came upon me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Next morning, Dr. Young experienced the stiffness and soreness of violent
+bodily exercise and was informed by his wife that in the course of the
+night he had much alarmed her by striking out again and again with his
+arms in a terrific manner, &#8220;as if fighting for his life.&#8221; He in turn
+informed her of his dream and begged her to remember the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span> names of the
+actors in it who were known to him.</p>
+
+<p>On the morning of the following day, Wednesday, he received a letter from
+his agent, who resided in the town close to the scene of his dream,
+informing him that his tenant, H. W., had been found on Tuesday morning at
+Major N. M.&#8217;s gate speechless and apparently dying from a fracture of the
+skull, and that there was no trace of the murderers. That night Dr. Young
+started for the town and arrived there on Thursday morning. On his way to
+a meeting of the magistrates he met the senior magistrate of that part of
+the country and requested him to give orders for the arrest of the three
+men whom, besides H. W., he had recognized in his dream, and to have them
+examined separately. This was done. The three men gave identical accounts
+of the occurrence, and all named the woman who was with them. She was then
+arrested and gave precisely similar testimony.</p>
+
+<p>They said that between eleven and twelve on Monday night they had been
+walking homeward, all together along the road, when they were overtaken by
+three strangers, two of whom savagely assaulted H. W., while the other
+prevented his friends from interfering. The man H. W. did<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span> not die, and no
+clue was ever found to the assassins.</p>
+
+<p>The Bishop of Clogher writes confirmatory of Dr. Young&#8217;s account.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Borderland cases&#8221; are those in which the percipient, though seeming to
+himself to be awake, may be in bed, has perhaps been asleep, and is in
+that condition between sleeping and waking known as reverie and which we
+have seen is favorable for the action of the subliminal self, either as
+agent or percipient.</p>
+
+<p>Passing, then, from dreams to &#8220;Borderland cases,&#8221; the first example under
+this head which I will present is from Mrs. Richardson, of Combe Down,
+Bath, England.</p>
+
+<p>She writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right">&#8220;August 26th, 1882.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On September 9th, 1848, at the Siege of Mooltan, my husband,
+Major-General Richardson, C. B., then adjutant of his regiment, was
+most severely wounded, and supposing himself dying, asked one of the
+officers with him to take the ring off his finger and send it to his
+wife, who at that time was fully one hundred and fifty miles distant,
+at Ferozepore. On the night of September 9th, 1848, I was lying in my
+bed between sleeping and waking, when I distinctly saw my husband
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span>being carried off the field seriously wounded, and heard his voice
+saying, &#8216;Take this ring off my finger and send it to my wife.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All the next day I could not get the sight nor the voice out of my
+mind. In due time I heard of Gen. Richardson having been severely
+wounded in the assault on Mooltan. He survived, however, and is still
+living. It was not for some time after the siege that I heard from
+Colonel L., the officer who helped to carry Gen. Richardson off the
+field, that the request as to the ring was actually made to him, just
+as I had heard it at Ferozepore at that very time.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;M. A. <span class="smcap">Richardson</span>.&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>The following questions were addressed to Gen. Richardson.</p>
+
+<p>1. &#8220;Does Gen. Richardson remember saying, when he was wounded at Mooltan,
+&#8216;Take this ring off my finger and send it to my wife,&#8217; or words to that
+effect?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ans. &#8220;Most distinctly; I made the request to my commanding officer, Major
+E. S. Lloyd, who was supporting me while my man was gone for assistance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>2. &#8220;Can you remember the <i>time</i> of the incident?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span>Ans. &#8220;So far as my memory serves me, I was
+wounded about nine <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span>, on Sunday, the 9th September, 1848.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>3. &#8220;Had Gen. Richardson, before he left home, promised or said anything to
+Mrs. R. as to sending his ring to her in case he should be wounded?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ans. &#8220;To the best of my recollection, never. Nor had I any kind of
+presentiment on the subject. I naturally felt that with such a fire as we
+were exposed to, I might get hurt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The next case is from Miss Hosmer, the celebrated sculptor. It was written
+out by Miss Balfour, from the account given by Lydia Maria Child, and
+corrected by Miss Hosmer, July 15th, 1885.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An Italian girl named Rosa was in my employ for some time, but was
+finally obliged to return home to her sister on account of confirmed
+ill-health. When I took my customary exercise on horseback, I frequently
+called to see her. On one of these occasions I called about six o&#8217;clock <span class="smcaplc">P.
+M.</span>, and found her brighter than I had seen her for some time past. I had
+long relinquished hopes of her recovery, but there was nothing in her
+appearance that gave me the impression of immediate danger. I left her
+with the expectation of calling to see her again many times. She
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span>expressed a wish to have a bottle of a certain kind of wine, which I
+promised to bring her myself next morning.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;During the remainder of the evening I do not recollect that Rosa was in
+my thoughts after I parted with her. I retired to rest in good health and
+in a quiet frame of mind. But I woke from a sound sleep with an oppressive
+feeling that some one was in the room.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I reflected that no one could get in except my maid, who had the key to
+one of the two doors of my room&mdash;both of which doors were locked. I was
+able dimly to distinguish the furniture in the room. My bed was in the
+middle of the room with a screen around the foot of it. Thinking some one
+might be behind the screen I said, &#8216;Who&#8217;s there?&#8217; but got no answer. Just
+then the clock in the adjacent room struck five; and at that moment I saw
+the figure of Rosa standing by my bedside; and in some way, though I could
+not venture to say it was through the medium of speech, the impression was
+conveyed to me from her of these words: &#8216;Adesso son felice, son contenta.&#8217;
+And with that the figure vanished.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;At the breakfast table I said to the friend who shared the apartment with
+me, &#8216;Rosa is dead.&#8217; &#8216;What do you mean by that?&#8217; she inquired; &#8216;you<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span> told
+me she seemed better yesterday.&#8217; I related the occurrence of the morning
+and told her I had a strong impression Rosa was dead. She laughed and said
+I had dreamed it all. I assured her I was thoroughly awake. She continued
+to jest on the subject and slightly annoyed me by her persistence in
+believing it a dream when I was perfectly sure of having been wide awake.
+To settle the question I summoned a messenger, and sent him to inquire how
+Rosa did. He returned with the answer that she died that morning at five
+o&#8217;clock.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">H. G. Hosmer.</span>&#8221;</span></p>
+
+<p>I will also introduce here as a &#8220;Borderland case&#8221; an extract from <i>The
+Life and Times of Lord Brougham, written by himself</i> (1871), the extract
+being an entry in his journal during a journey in Sweden in December,
+1799. It is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We set out for Gothenburg [apparently on December 18th], determined to
+make for Norway. About one in the morning, arriving at a decent inn, we
+decided to stop over night. Tired with the cold of yesterday, I was glad
+to take advantage of a hot bath before I turned in, and here a most
+remarkable thing happened to me&mdash;so remarkable that I must tell the story
+from the beginning.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span>&#8220;After I left the High School, I went with G., my most intimate friend, to
+attend the classes at the University. There was no divinity class, but we
+frequently in our walks discussed and speculated upon many grave
+subjects&mdash;among others, on the immortality of the soul, and a future
+state. This question, and the possibility, I will not say of ghosts
+walking, but of the dead appearing to the living, were subjects of much
+speculation; and we actually committed the folly of drawing up an
+agreement written with our blood, to the effect that which ever of us died
+first should appear to the other, and thus solve any doubts we had
+entertained of the &#8216;life after death.&#8217; After we had finished our classes
+at college, G. went to India, having got an appointment there in the Civil
+Service.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He seldom wrote to me, and after the lapse of a few years I had almost
+forgotten him; moreover, his family having little connection with
+Edinburgh, I seldom saw or heard anything of them, or of him through them,
+so that all his school-boy intimacy had died out, and I had nearly
+forgotten his existence. I had taken, as I have said, a warm bath, and
+while lying in it and enjoying the comfort of the heat after the late
+freezing I had undergone, I turned my head<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span> round, looking towards the
+chair on which I had deposited my clothes, as I was about to get out of
+the bath. On the chair sat G., looking calmly at me.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How I got out of the bath I know not, but on recovering my senses I found
+myself sprawling on the floor. The apparition, or whatever it was that had
+taken the likeness of G., had disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This vision produced such a shock that I had no inclination to talk about
+it even to Stewart; but the impression it made upon me was too vivid to be
+easily forgotten; and so strongly was I affected by it that I have here
+written down the whole history, with the date, 19th December, and all the
+particulars, as they are now fresh before me.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No doubt I had fallen asleep; and that the appearance presented so
+distinctly to my eyes was a dream, I cannot for a moment doubt; yet for
+years I had had no communication with G., nor had there been anything to
+recall him to my recollection; nothing had taken place during our Swedish
+travels either connected with G. or with India, or with anything relating
+to him, or to any member of his family. I could not discharge from my mind
+the impression that G. must have died, and that his appearance to me was
+to be received<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</a></span> as a proof of a future state; yet all the while I felt
+convinced that the whole was a dream; and so painfully vivid, so unfading
+the impression, that I could not bring myself to talk of it or make the
+slightest allusion to it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In October, 1862, Lord Brougham added as a postscript:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have just been copying out from my journal the account of this strange
+dream: <i>Certissima mortis imago!</i> And now to finish the story, begun about
+sixty years ago. Soon after my return to Edinburgh, there arrived a letter
+from India, announcing G.&#8217;s death, and stating that he had died on the
+19th of December!</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Singular coincidence! Yet, when one reflects on the vast number of dreams
+which night after night pass through our brains, the number of
+coincidences between the vision and the event are perhaps fewer and less
+remarkable than a fair calculation of chances would warrant us to expect.
+Nor is it surprising, considering the variety of thoughts in sleep, and
+that they all bear some analogy to the affairs of life, that a dream
+should sometimes coincide with a contemporaneous, or even with a future,
+event. This is not much more wonderful than that a person whom we have had
+no reason to expect should appear to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span> us at the very moment we have been
+thinking or speaking of him. So common is this, that it has for ages grown
+into the proverb, &#8216;Speak of the devil.&#8217; I believe every such seeming
+miracle is, like every ghost story, capable of explanation.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>I have introduced in full Lord Brougham&#8217;s statement of the case and his
+method of reasoning upon it; let us for a moment analyze each.</p>
+
+<p>I have also introduced Harriet Hosmer&#8217;s experience along with that of Lord
+Brougham, because they are both notable persons whose evidence regarding
+matters of fact could not be impugned, and whose strength of character,
+honesty of purpose, and knowledge of affairs enables us to throw out of
+account any idea of imposture or self-deception in either case. These
+cases, then, must be received as having actually occurred as related; and
+being so received they render all the more credible other cases reported
+by persons less well known.</p>
+
+<p>What was the character of the apparitions or appearances which were
+presented; were they, properly speaking, dreams? In Miss Hosmer&#8217;s
+statement she stoutly affirms that she was awake, and she gives good
+reasons for so believing, namely, before she <i>saw</i> anything, but only
+<i>felt</i> that some one was in the room, she <i>awoke</i> from a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</a></span> sound sleep; she
+reasoned with herself regarding the possibility of any one getting into
+the room; she called out: &#8220;Who&#8217;s there?&#8221; She saw the furniture, heard the
+clock strike, and counted five; and in another account which I also have,
+she heard the familiar noises about the house of servants at their usual
+work, and she resolved to get up. All this before she saw anything
+unusual; then turning her head she saw Rosa. Clearly this was not a dream
+but a vision occurring possibly in a condition of reverie.</p>
+
+<p>Taking up Lord Brougham&#8217;s case: in simply recording the facts in his diary
+he speaks of his experience as a <i>vision</i> and the idea that it was a
+<i>dream</i> was evidently an after-thought. He was <i>enjoying</i> the heat; he was
+<i>about to get out of the bath</i>; he <i>turned</i> his head. He describes the
+sensations and actions of a man who is awake, or certainly not in a
+condition to have dreams disconnected with his actual surroundings. After
+all this, looking toward the chair upon which he had deposited his
+clothes&mdash;still a part of his surroundings, of which he was perfectly
+conscious&mdash;he saw G. on the chair <i>looking calmly at him</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Now to have <i>dreamt</i> of G., his old school-fellow and friend, looking
+calmly at him, would not have been anything shocking nor even surprising;
+it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</a></span> would not have been even <i>uncommon</i> among dreams&mdash;it would have been
+nothing out of the ordinary course of nature. Dreams seldom shock or even
+surprise us&mdash;surely not unless there is something intrinsically shocking
+represented by them; but when we see the phantasm of a person whom we know
+cannot be there&mdash;that is unusual, that is not in the ordinary course of
+nature, as we are accustomed to observe nature, and it surprises us,
+shocks us, perhaps frightens us; but it does so because we are awake and
+can reason about it and compare its strangeness with the usual order of
+things.</p>
+
+<p>Lord Brougham was awake, he did so reason, and was accordingly shocked.</p>
+
+<p>So vivid was the apparition that he tumbled out of the bath and fainted.
+It is only some time after this, when writing up his diary, that he has no
+doubt that he had fallen asleep. Preconceived theories about apparitions
+now come up in his mind and get him into trouble; he must <i>explain</i> his
+vision.</p>
+
+<p>Now for the explanation. Lord Brougham finds, on returning to Scotland,
+that his former friend is dead, and that the time of his death
+corresponded with the time at which he had seen his apparition in Sweden,
+December 19th.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</a></span>&#8220;Singular coincidence!&#8221; That is Lord Brougham&#8217;s explanation; and that is
+the usual explanation; but it is ill-considered&mdash;it is weak&mdash;it does not
+cover the ground.</p>
+
+<p>Lord Brougham had but two theories from which to choose: namely, Chance
+and Supernaturalism; and of the two horns of the dilemma he chose the
+easier one.</p>
+
+<p>Let us, however, place ourselves, for the moment, on his ground, namely,
+that (1) It was a dream; and (2) dreams are so numerous that it is not
+surprising that some of them coincide with contemporaneous events.</p>
+
+<p>Evidently the more numerous the coincidences, or the dreams which
+correspond to contemporaneous events, the weaker becomes the theory of
+<i>chance</i> coincidences. Supposing, then, Lord Brougham&#8217;s case to have been
+unique, that not another similar case was known to have occurred, then we
+should have no particular hesitation in assigning it to the category of
+chance coincidences; but even then it would be out of the order of <i>usual</i>
+coincidences both in interest and the number of separate points involved;
+it would excite special interest, but the reference of it to chance would
+not be considered unreasonable: if, however, three or four such cases had
+been <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</a></span>reported and discussed in a generation, thoughtful people would
+begin to inquire if there might not be some relation of sequence, or
+possibly of cause and effect; but when hundreds of cases have been
+reported, because they have been systematically sought for&mdash;veridical
+dreams connected with the moment of the death of the agent, with fainting,
+with trance, with moments of supreme excitement, or of extreme danger, so
+many different conditions in which by careful observation it is found that
+such hallucinations and symbols relating to actual contemporaneous
+occurrences originate and are telepathically transmitted&mdash;the matter is
+then quite removed from the category of chance coincidences, and any
+attempt to force these cases there to-day denotes either ignorance of
+established facts or inability to appreciate logical reasoning or even
+mathematical demonstration. This is all upon the supposition that the case
+in question was a dream. On the other hand, now place the case where it
+really belongs as a <i>waking</i> or Borderland <i>vision</i>&mdash;an event in a class a
+hundred-fold less numerous than dreams&mdash;and in which class corresponding
+events are at least tenfold <i>more numerous</i>, and we see how conspicuously
+weak is the coincidence theory.</p>
+
+<p>Neither need the other horn of the dilemma,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</a></span> namely, Supernaturalism, any
+longer be taken. A newly recognized method of mental interaction is
+gradually coming into view; a new principle and law in psychology is being
+established; and under this law the erratic and discredited facts of
+history as well as the facts of present observation and experiment are
+falling into line and becoming intelligible.</p>
+
+<p>The new principle or law, as we have seen, is this: Perceptions, of the
+class which have usually been known as hallucinations, may be originated
+and transferred <i>telepathically</i>; in other words, there is a subliminal
+self, which, under various conditions on the part of either agent or
+percipient, or both, may come to the surface and act, impressing the
+sensitive percipient through the senses, by dreams, visions, and
+apparitions, as well as through hallucinations of hearing and touch.</p>
+
+<p>Returning to our well considered cases illustrating some of these various
+conditions: having presented examples of veridical or truth-telling
+dreams, and of waking or borderland visions also corresponding to actual
+events taking place at the same time, I will next present cases where the
+percipient was <i>undoubtedly awake</i> and in a normal condition. The
+following case is reported on the authority of Surgeon Harris of the Royal
+Artillery,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</a></span> who, with his two daughters, was a witness of the occurrence:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A party of children, sons and daughters of the officers of artillery
+stationed at Woolwich, were playing in the garden. Suddenly a little girl
+screamed, and stood staring with an aspect of terror at a willow tree
+standing in the grounds. Her companions gathered round, asking what ailed
+her. &#8216;Oh!&#8217; said she, &#8216;there&mdash;there. Don&#8217;t you see? There&#8217;s papa lying on
+the ground, and the blood running from a big wound.&#8217; All assured her that
+they could see nothing of the kind. But she persisted, describing the
+wound and the position of the body, still expressing surprise that they
+did not see what she so plainly saw. Two of her companions were daughters
+of one of the surgeons of the regiment, whose house adjoined the garden.
+They called their father, who at once came to the spot. He found the child
+in a state of extreme terror and agony, took her into his house, assured
+her it was only a fancy, and having given her restoratives sent her home.
+The incident was treated by all as what the doctor had called it, a fancy,
+and no more was thought of it. News from India, where the child&#8217;s father
+was stationed, was in those days slow in coming, but the arrival of the
+mail in due course brought<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</a></span> the information that the father of the child
+had been killed by a shot, and died under a tree. Making allowances for
+difference in time, it was found to have been about the moment when the
+daughter had the vision at Woolwich.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The next case is from Mr. Francis Dart Fenton, formerly in the native
+department of the Government, Auckland, New Zealand. In 1852, when the
+incident occurred, Mr. Fenton was engaged in forming a settlement on the
+banks of the Waikato.</p>
+
+<p>He writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right">&#8220;March 25th, 1860.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Two sawyers, Frank Philps and Jack Mulholland, were engaged cutting
+timber for the Rev. R. Maunsell, at the mouth of the Awaroa Creek, a
+very lonely place, a vast swamp, no people within miles of them. As
+usual, they had a Maori with them to assist in felling trees. He came
+from Tihorewam, a village on the other side of the river, about six
+miles off. As Frank and the native were cross-cutting a tree, the
+native stopped suddenly and said, &#8216;What are you come for?&#8217; looking in
+the direction of Frank. Frank replied, &#8216;What do you mean?&#8217; He said, &#8216;I
+am not speaking to you; I am speaking to my brother.&#8217; Frank said,
+&#8216;Where is he?&#8217; The native replied, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</a></span>&#8216;Behind you. What do you want?&#8217;
+(to the other Maori). Frank looked round and saw nobody; the native no
+longer saw any one, but laid down the saw and said, &#8216;I shall go across
+the river; my brother is dead.&#8217; Frank laughed at him, and reminded him
+that he had left him quite well on Sunday (five days before), and
+there had been no communication since. The Maori spoke no more, but
+got into his canoe and pulled across. When he arrived at the
+landing-place, he met people coming to fetch him. His brother had just
+died. I knew him well.&#8221;</p></div>
+
+<p>In answer to inquiries as to his authority for this narrative, Mr. Fenton
+writes the editors of <i>Phantasms of the Living</i>:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right">&#8220;December 18th, 1883.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I knew all the parties well, and it is quite true. Incidents of this
+sort are not infrequent among the Maoris.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">F. D. Fenton</span>,</span></p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Late Chief Judge, Native Law Court of New Zealand.&#8221;</p></div>
+
+<p>The following case was first published in the <i>Spiritual Magazine</i> in
+1861, by Robert H. Collyer, M. D., F. C. S.</p>
+
+<p>Although published in a spiritual publication, Dr. Collyer states that he
+himself is not a believer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</a></span> in spiritualism, but, on the contrary, is a
+materialist and has been for forty years.</p>
+
+<p>He writes from Beta House, 8 Alpha Road, St. John&#8217;s Wood, N. W.:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right">&#8220;April 15th, 1861.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On January 3d, 1856, my brother Joseph being in command of the
+steamer <i>Alice</i>, on the Mississippi, just above New Orleans, she came
+in collision with another steamer. The concussion caused the flagstaff
+or pole to fall with great violence, which coming in contact with my
+brother&#8217;s head, actually divided the skull, causing of necessity
+instant death. In October, 1857, I visited the United States. When at
+my father&#8217;s residence, Camden, New Jersey, the melancholy death of my
+brother became the subject of conversation, and my mother narrated to
+me that at the very time of the accident the apparition of my brother
+Joseph was presented to her. This fact was corroborated by my father
+and four sisters. Camden, N. J., is distant from the scene of the
+accident, in a direct line, over one thousand miles. My mother
+mentioned the fact of the apparition on the morning of the 4th of
+January to my father and sisters; nor was it until the 16th, or
+thirteen days after, that a letter was received confirming in every
+particular the extraordinary <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</a></span>visitation. It will be important to
+mention that my brother William and his wife lived near the locality
+of the dreadful accident, and are now living in Philadelphia; they
+have also corroborated to me the details of the impression produced
+upon my mother.&#8221;</p></div>
+
+<p>Dr. Collyer then quotes a letter from his mother which contains the
+following sentences:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right"><span style="padding-right: 4em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Camden, N. J., United States</span>,</span><br />
+<span style="padding-right: 6em;">&#8220;March 27th, 1861.</span></p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<span class="smcap">My beloved Son</span>,&mdash;On the 3d of January, 1856, I did not feel well and
+retired early to bed. Some time after I felt uneasy and sat up in bed;
+I looked around the room, and to my utter amazement, saw Joseph
+standing at the door looking at me with great earnestness; his head
+was bandaged up, a dirty night-cap on, and a dirty white garment,
+something like a surplice. He was much disfigured about the eyes and
+face. It made me quite uncomfortable the rest of the night. The next
+morning Mary came into my room early. I told her I was sure I was
+going to have bad news from Joseph. I told all the family at the
+breakfast table. They replied, &#8216;It was only a dream and nonsense;&#8217; but
+that did not change my opinion. It preyed on my mind, and on the 16th
+of January I received the news of his death; and singular to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</a></span> say both
+William and his wife, who were there, say that he was exactly attired
+as I saw him.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;Your ever affectionate mother,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 10em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Anne E. Collyer</span>.&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>In reply to questions, Dr. Collyer wrote: &#8220;My father, who was a scientific
+man, calculated the difference of longitude between Camden and New Orleans
+and found that the mental impression was at the exact time of my brother&#8217;s
+death....</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the published account I omitted to state that my brother Joseph, prior
+to his death, had retired for the night in his berth; his vessel was
+moored alongside the levee, at the time of the collision by another
+steamer coming down the Mississippi. Of course my brother was in his
+<i>nightgown</i>. He ran on deck on being called and informed that a steamer
+was in close proximity to his own. These circumstances were communicated
+to me by my brother William, who was on the spot at the time of the
+accident.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In addition to these accounts, Mr. Podmore says:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I called upon Dr. Collyer on March 25th, 1884. He told me that he
+received a full account of the story verbally from his father, mother, and
+brother in 1857.... He was quite certain of the precise coincidence of
+time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</a></span>A sister also writes corroborating all the main statements.</p>
+
+<p>Other senses besides that of sight may receive the telepathic impression.
+In the following cases the sense of hearing was so impressed. The first
+account is from Commander T. W. Aylesbury, late of the Indian Navy. It is
+from Mr. Gurney&#8217;s collection in <i>Phantasms of the Living</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The writer when thirteen years of age was capsized in a boat when landing
+on the Island of Bally, east of Java, and was nearly drowned. On coming to
+the surface after being repeatedly submerged, the boy called out for his
+mother. This amused the boat&#8217;s crew, who spoke of it afterwards and jeered
+him a good deal about it. Months after, on arrival in England, the boy
+went to his home, and while telling his mother of his narrow escape he
+said, &#8216;While I was under the water I saw you all sitting in this room; you
+were working on something white. I saw you all&mdash;mother, Emily, Eliza, and
+Ellen.&#8217; His mother at once said, &#8216;Why, yes, and I <i>heard</i> you cry out for
+me, and I sent Emily to look out of the window, for I remarked that
+something had happened to that poor boy.&#8217; The time, owing to the
+difference in longitude, corresponded with the time when the voice was
+heard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Commander Aylesbury adds in another letter:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</a></span>&#8220;I saw their features (my mother&#8217;s and sisters&#8217;), the room and the
+furniture, and particularly the old-fashioned Venetian blinds. My eldest
+sister was seated next to my mother.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The following is an extract from a letter written to Commander Aylesbury
+by one of his sisters and forwarded to Mr. Gurney, in 1883:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I distinctly remember the incident you mention in your letter (the voice
+calling &#8216;Mother&#8217;); it made such an impression upon my mind I shall never
+forget it. We were all sitting quietly at work one evening; it was about
+nine o&#8217;clock. I think it must have been late in the summer, as we had left
+the street door open. We first heard a faint cry of &#8216;Mother&#8217;; we all
+looked up and said to one another, &#8216;Did you hear that? some one cried out
+&#8220;Mother.&#8221;&#8217; We had scarcely finished speaking when the voice again called
+&#8216;Mother&#8217; twice in quick succession, the last cry a frightened, agonizing
+cry. We all started up and mother said to me, &#8216;Go to the door and see what
+is the matter.&#8217; I ran directly into the street and stood some few minutes,
+but all was silent, and not a person to be seen; it was a lovely evening,
+not a breath of air. Mother was sadly upset about it. I remember she paced
+the room and feared something had happened to you. She wrote down the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</a></span>
+date the next day, and when you came home and told us how nearly you had
+been drowned, and the time of day, father said it would be about the time
+nine o&#8217;clock would be with us. I know the date and the time corresponded.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In the next case three of the senses&mdash;sight, hearing, and touch were
+concerned. It is from Mr. Gurney&#8217;s collection.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+
+<p>&#8220;From Mr. Algeron Joy, 20 Walton Place, S. W.</p>
+
+<p class="right">&#8220;Aug. 16th, 1883.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;About 1862 I was walking in a country lane near Cardiff by myself,
+when I was overtaken by two young colliers who suddenly attacked me.
+One of them gave me a violent blow on the eye which knocked me down,
+half-stunned. I distinctly remembered afterwards all that I had been
+thinking about, both immediately prior to the attack and for some time
+after it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Up to the moment of the attack and for some time previously, I was
+absorbed in a calculation connected with Penarth Docks, then in
+construction, on which I was employed. My train of thought was
+interrupted for a moment by the sound of footsteps behind me. I looked
+back and saw the two young men, but thought no more<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</a></span> of them, and
+immediately returned to my calculations.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On receiving the blow, I began speculating on their object, what they
+were going to do next, how I could best defend myself, or escape from
+them; and when they ran away, and I had picked myself up I thought of
+trying to identify them and of denouncing them at the police station,
+to which I proceeded after following them until I lost sight of them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In short, I am positive that for about half an hour previous to the
+attack, and for an hour or two after it, there was no connection
+whatever, direct or indirect, between my thoughts and a person at that
+moment in London, and whom I will call &#8216;A.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Two days afterwards, I received a letter from &#8216;A,&#8217; written on the day
+after the assault, asking me what I had been doing and thinking about
+at 4:30 <span class="smcaplc">P. M.</span>, on the day previous to that on which he was writing. He
+continued: &#8216;I had just passed your club and was thinking of you, when
+I recognized your footstep behind me. You laid your hand heavily on my
+shoulder. I turned, and saw you as distinctly as I ever saw you in my
+life. You looked distressed, and in answer to my greeting and inquiry,
+&#8216;What&#8217;s the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</a></span> matter?&#8217; You said, &#8216;Go home, old fellow, I&#8217;ve been hurt.
+You will get a letter from me in the morning, telling you all about
+it.&#8217; You then vanished instantaneously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The assault took place as near 4:30 as possible, certainly between
+4:15 and 4:45. I wrote an account of it to &#8216;A&#8217; on the following day,
+so our letters crossed, he receiving mine, not the next morning as my
+<i>double</i> had promised, but on the succeeding one at about the same
+time as I received his. &#8216;A&#8217; solemnly assured me that he knew no one in
+or near Cardiff, and that my account was the only one he had received
+of the incident. From my intimate personal knowledge of him I am
+certain that he is incapable of uttering an untruth. But there are
+reasons why I cannot give his name even in confidence.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Algeron Joy.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>Apparitions are perhaps more frequently seen by a single percipient; there
+are, however, numerous well authenticated cases where they have been seen
+by several persons at the same time, sometimes by the whole and sometimes
+only by a part of the persons present.</p>
+
+<p>Such cases are called <i>collective</i>. Here are two such cases reported to
+Mr. Gurney by physicians.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</a></span>First, one from Dr. Wyld, 41 Courtfield Road, S. W.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right">&#8220;December, 1882.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Miss L. and her mother were for fifteen years my most intimate
+friends; they were ladies of the highest intelligence and perfectly
+truthful, and their story was confirmed by one of the servants, the
+other I could not trace.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Miss L., some years before I made her acquaintance, occupied much of
+her time in visiting the poor. One day as she walked homewards she
+felt cold and tired and longed to be at home warming herself at the
+kitchen fire. At or about the minute corresponding to this wish, the
+two servants being in the kitchen, the door-handle was seen to turn,
+the door opened, and in walked Miss L., and going up to the fire she
+held out her hands and warmed herself, and the servants saw she had a
+pair of <i>green</i> kid gloves on her hands. She suddenly disappeared
+before their eyes, and the two servants in great alarm went upstairs
+and told the mother what they had seen, including the green kid
+gloves. The mother feared something was wrong, but she attempted to
+quiet the servants by reminding them that Miss L. always wore black
+and never green gloves, and that therefore the &#8216;ghost&#8217; could not have
+been that of her daughter.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</a></span>&#8220;In about half an hour the veritable Miss L. entered the house, and
+going into the kitchen warmed herself at the fire; and she had on a
+pair of <i>green</i> kid gloves which she had bought on her way home, not
+being able to get a suitable black pair.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">G. Wyld</span>, M. D.&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>The next case is from Dr. Wm. M. Buchanan, 12 Rutland Square, Edinburgh.</p>
+
+<p>He writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>&#8220;The following circumstance took place at a villa about one and a half
+miles from Glasgow, and was told me by my wife. Of its truth I am as
+certain as if I had been a witness. The house had a lawn in front of
+about three or four acres in extent, with a lodge at the gateway
+distinctly seen from the house, which was about eighty yards&#8217; distant.
+Two of the family were going to visit a friend seven miles&#8217; distant,
+and on the previous day it had been arranged to take a lady, Miss W.,
+with them, who was to be in waiting at a place about a mile distant.
+Three of the family and a lady visitor were standing at one of the
+dining-room windows waiting for the carriage, when they, including my
+wife, saw Miss W. open the gate at the lodge. The wind had disarranged
+the front of a pelisse which she wore, which they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</a></span> distinctly saw her
+adjust. She wore a light gray-colored beaver hat, and had a
+handkerchief at her mouth; it was supposed she was suffering from
+toothache to which she was subject. She entered the lodge to the
+surprise of her friends, and as she did not leave it, a servant was
+sent to ask her to join the family; but she was informed that Miss W.
+had not been there, and it was afterwards ascertained that no one
+except the woman&#8217;s husband had been in the lodge that morning.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The carriage arrived at the house about ten <span class="smcaplc">A. M.</span>, and Miss W. was
+found at the place agreed upon, in the dress in which she appeared at
+the lodge, and suffering from toothache. As she was a nervous person,
+nothing was said to her about her appearance at the gate. She died
+nine years afterwards.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes an apparition seemingly intended for one person is not
+perceived by that person, but is seen by some other person present who
+may be a stranger to the agent or person whose image is seen. The
+following case is in point. It is from Mrs. Clerke, of Clifton Lodge,
+Farquhar Road, Upper Norwood, S. E., and also belongs to Mr. Gurney&#8217;s
+collection:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the month of August, 1864, about three or four o&#8217;clock in the
+afternoon, I was sitting reading<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</a></span> in the verandah of our house in
+Barbadoes. My black nurse was driving my little girl, about eighteen
+months or so old, in her perambulator in the garden. I got up after
+some time to go into the house, not having noticed anything at all,
+when this black woman said to me, &#8216;Missis, who was that gentleman that
+was talking to you just now?&#8217; &#8216;There was no one talking to me,&#8217; I
+said. &#8216;Oh, yes, dere was, Missis&mdash;a very pale gentleman, very tall,
+and he talked to you and you was very rude, for you never answered
+him.&#8217; I repeated there was no one, and got rather cross with the
+woman, and she begged me to write down the day, for she knew she had
+seen some one. I did, and in a few days I heard of the death of my
+brother in Tobago. Now the curious part is this, that I did not see
+him, but she&mdash;a stranger to him&mdash;did; and she said that he seemed very
+anxious for me to notice him.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">May Clerke.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>In answer to inquiries Mrs. Clerke says:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(1) The day of the death was the same, for I wrote it down. I think it
+was the third of August, but I know it was the same.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(2) The description &#8216;very tall and pale&#8217; was accurate.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</a></span>&#8220;(3) I had no idea he was ill. He was only a few days ill.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;(4) The woman had never seen him. She had been with me about eighteen
+months and I considered her truthful. She had no object in telling me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Her husband, Colonel Clerke, corroborates as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I well remember that on the day on which Mr. John Brersford, my wife&#8217;s
+brother, died in Tobago&mdash;after a short illness of which we were not
+aware&mdash;our black nurse declared she saw, at as nearly as possible the time
+of his death, a gentleman exactly answering to Mr. Brersford&#8217;s
+description, leaning over the back of Mrs. Clerke&#8217;s easy-chair in the open
+verandah. The figure was not seen by any one else.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Shadwell H. Clerke.&#8221;</span></span></p>
+
+<p>In this instance, looking upon the dying brother as the agent and the
+sister as the <i>intended</i> percipient, the question arises, why was <i>she</i>
+unable to perceive the telepathic influence which presented the likeness
+of her brother, while the colored nurse, an entire stranger to him, sees
+and describes him standing by his sister&#8217;s chair and apparently anxious
+that she should recognize him?</p>
+
+<p>In another of Mr. Gurney&#8217;s cases, of four persons<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</a></span> present in a business
+office where the phantasm of a fifth well-known person appeared, two
+persons saw the phantasm and two did not.</p>
+
+<p>Abridged from Mr. Gurney&#8217;s account the circumstances were as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>The narrator is Mr. R. Mouat, of 60 Huntingdon St., Barnsbury, N., and the
+incident occurred in his office on Thursday, September 5th, 1867. The
+persons concerned were the Rev. Mr. H., who had a desk in the same office
+and who may be considered the <i>agent</i>; Mr. Mouat, himself, and Mr. R., a
+gentleman from an office upstairs in the same building, the <i>percipients</i>;
+while a clerk and a porter who were also present saw nothing.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Mouat goes into his office at 10:45 o&#8217;clock on the morning of
+September 5th, sees his clerk and the porter in conversation, and the Rev.
+Mr. H. standing at the corner of a table at the back of the clerk. He is
+about to speak to Mr. H. about his being there so early (more than an hour
+before his usual time), when the clerk commenced speaking to him about
+business and especially a telegram concerning which something was amiss.
+This conversation lasted several minutes and was decidedly animated.
+During this scene, Mr. R., from an office upstairs, comes in and listens
+to the excited conversation. He looks<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</a></span> at Mr. H. in a comical way,
+motioning with his head toward the two disputants, as much as to say &#8220;they
+are having it hot;&#8221; but to Mr. R.&#8217;s disgust Mr. H. does not respond to the
+joke. Mr. R. and the porter then leave the room. Mr. Mouat turns to Mr.
+H., who was all the while standing at the corner of the table, notices
+that he looks downcast, and is without his neck-tie; he says to him,
+&#8220;Well, what is the matter with <i>you</i>, you look so sour?&#8221; Mr. H. makes no
+reply, but looks fixedly at Mr. Mouat. Having finished some papers he was
+reading Mr. Mouat noticed Mr. H. still standing at the table. The clerk at
+that moment handed Mr. Mouat a letter saying, &#8220;Here, sir, is a letter from
+Mr. H.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>No sooner was the name pronounced than Mr. H. disappeared in a second.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Mouat is dumfounded&mdash;so much so that the clerk notices it. It is then
+discovered that the clerk has not seen Mr. H. at all, and declares that he
+has not been in the office that morning. The letter from Mr. H. was
+written on the previous day and informs Mr. Mouat that he is ill, and will
+not be at the office the next day, and asks to have his letters sent to
+his house.</p>
+
+<p>The next day, Friday, Mr. H. enters the office at his usual hour, twelve
+o&#8217;clock; and on being asked<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</a></span> by Mr. Mouat where he was the previous day at
+10:45 o&#8217;clock, he replied that at that time he had just finished
+breakfast&mdash;was at home with his wife, and did not leave the house all day.</p>
+
+<p>The following Monday Mr. Mouat meets Mr. R. and asks him if he remembers
+being in his office the previous Thursday morning. R. replies that he
+does, perfectly. Does he remember who were present and what was going on?
+&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Mr. R., &#8220;you were having an animated confab with your clerk
+about a telegram. Besides yourself and the clerk there were present the
+porter and Mr. H.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>On being informed that Mr. H. was at home, fourteen miles&#8217; distant, at
+that time, Mr. R. became indignant that any one should insinuate that he
+did not know a man was present when he saw him. He insisted on calling the
+porter to corroborate him; but on being questioned, the porter, like the
+clerk, declared that he did not see anything of Mr. H. that morning.</p>
+
+<p>Here, in broad daylight, of four persons present and engaged in business,
+two saw Mr. H. and addressed him either in words or by signs, while two
+others with equal opportunities did not see him at all.</p>
+
+<p>The Rev. Mr. H. at home during the time had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</a></span> no particular experience of
+any kind. All that can be said is, that, it must have been about his usual
+time for starting for the office; he had sent a letter about his mail
+which he knew would then be received, and all the general routine and
+habit of his life would tend to direct his mind to that locality at that
+particular time. He was ill as he appeared to be to those who saw his
+<i>appearance</i> at the office, and very likely he was negligently dressed.</p>
+
+<p>Why should two of those present have seen his apparition, and two others
+have failed to see it? For the simple reason that, as in ordinary
+thought-transference, or in the &#8220;willing game&#8221; some are <i>good subjects</i>,
+or percipients, and others are not. For the same reason that of ten
+persons making trial of Planchette-writing, the board will move for only
+two or three out of the whole number&mdash;that is, in only a few would the
+hands act automatically in response to a subliminal self; and for the same
+reason it may also be true that amongst several persons, in only a few of
+those present, can the sense of sight or hearing be effected by a
+phantasm.</p>
+
+<p>In many instances, children, and in some instances, very young children,
+have been the percipients&mdash;children too young to perceive any<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</a></span> difference
+between the phantasm and a real person, and who have accordingly addressed
+it and spoken of it as they would of a real person. Even animals,
+especially horses and dogs, have given unmistakable evidence&mdash;by
+crouching, trembling, and fright&mdash;of perceiving the same phantasms that
+have been seen by persons who were present with them. The phantom being,
+so to speak, <i>in the air</i>, it is perceived by those whose organization is
+so adjusted as to make it <i>impressionable</i>, and to constitute, to a
+greater or less degree, what is known as a <i>sensitive</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Doubtless, on close examination, it would be found that persons capable of
+hypnotization, though they may never have been hypnotized, natural
+somnambulists, persons accustomed to vivid dreaming, reverie, abstraction,
+and kindred states, in other words, persons in whom the subliminal self
+sometimes gives indications of independent action, are most likely to have
+some <i>marked</i> psychical experience. It may be only once in a lifetime, and
+this one instance <i>may</i> be the perception of a phantasmal appearance.</p>
+
+<p>In bringing to a close these examples of apparitions, I wish to introduce
+one which has specially impressed me. It was the experience of a child&mdash;it
+is reported by the percipient <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</a></span>herself. The statement is singularly
+straightforward, and simple; something was done on account of the vision
+which impressed the circumstance upon others who did not see it, for
+prompt action founded upon what was seen, saved a life. I give it in the
+percipient&#8217;s own words, written to Mr. Gurney. It is from Mrs. Brettany, 2
+Eckington Villas, Ashbourne Grove, Dulwich.</p>
+
+<p>She writes:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p class="right">&#8220;November, 1884.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When I was a child I had many remarkable experiences of a psychical
+nature, and which I remember to have looked upon as ordinary and
+natural at the time.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On one occasion (I am unable to fix the date, but I must have been
+about ten years old) I was walking in a country lane at A., the place
+where my parents then resided. I was reading geometry as I walked
+along, a subject little likely to produce fancies, or morbid phenomena
+of any kind, when, in a moment, I saw a bedroom, known as the White
+Room in my home, and upon the floor lay my mother, to all appearances
+dead.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The vision must have remained some minutes, during which time my real
+surroundings appeared to pale and die out; but as the vision faded
+actual surroundings came back, at first <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</a></span>dimly, and then clearly. I
+could not doubt that what I had seen was real. So instead of going
+home, I went at once to the house of our medical man, and found him at
+home. He at once set out with me for my home, on the way putting
+questions I could not answer, as my mother was to all appearances well
+when I left home.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I led the doctor straight to the White Room, where we found my mother
+actually lying as in my vision. This was true, even to minute details.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She had been seized suddenly by an attack of the heart, and would
+soon have breathed her last but for the doctor&#8217;s timely arrival. I
+shall get my father and mother to read this and sign it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">Jeanie Gwynne-Brettany.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>Mrs. Brettany&#8217;s parents write:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+
+<p>&#8220;We certify that the above is correct.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">S. G. Gwynne.</span></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">J. W. Gwynne.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>In answer to inquiries, Mrs. Brettany states further:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>&#8220;The White Room in which I saw my mother, and afterwards actually
+found her, was out of use. It was unlikely she should be there.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She was found lying in the attitude in which I had seen her. I found
+a handkerchief with a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</a></span>lace border beside her on the floor. This I had
+distinctly noticed in my vision. There were other particulars of
+coincidence which I cannot put here.&#8221;</p></div>
+
+<p>Mrs. Brettany&#8217;s father writes further:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>&#8220;I distinctly remember being surprised by seeing my daughter in
+company with the family doctor, outside the door of my residence; and
+I asked, &#8216;Who is ill?&#8217; She replied, &#8216;Mamma.&#8217; She led the way at once
+to the &#8216;White Room,&#8217; where we found my wife lying in a swoon on the
+floor. It was when I asked when she had been taken ill that I found it
+must have been after my daughter had left the house. None of the
+servants in the house knew anything of the sudden illness, which our
+doctor assured me would have been fatal had he not arrived when he
+did.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My wife was quite well when I left her in the morning.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 8em;">&#8220;<span class="smcap">S. G. Gwynne.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div>
+
+<p>Taking, as we must, the main incidents of this narrative as true, we have
+either a simple case of clairvoyance on the part of Mrs. Brettany as a
+child, or else, on the other hand, the subliminal self of the unconscious
+mother hastened to impress the situation upon the sensitive child, and
+with the definite good result which is recorded.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">CONCLUSIONS.</span></p>
+
+
+<p>In gathering up the results of these investigations, it must be stated
+that in showing their relation to science there is no thought of any
+detraction from the nobility and greatness of scientific labor and
+achievement in the material world&mdash;that is grand almost beyond expression.
+The attitude of science is conservative, and it is right; but sooner or
+later it must awake to the fact that here is a new field for investigation
+which comes strictly within the limits of its aims, and even of its
+methods. Many individual members of the great body of scientific workers
+see and know this; gradually the majority will see it.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, it must be stated that there is no intention of
+covering the whole ground of alleged occult psychic phenomena, but only a
+portion, even of such as relate to our present life. The subject of the
+return of spirits is untouched; it is only shown that the domain of
+alleged<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</a></span> spiritualistic manifestations is deeply trenched upon by the
+action of the subliminal self of living people; what lies beyond that is
+neither affirmed nor denied; it rests upon ground yet to be cleared up and
+considered; and any facts open to satisfactory investigation are always
+welcomed by any of the many persons and societies interested in
+discovering what is true relating to it.</p>
+
+<p>Confining ourselves within the limits assigned, if the series of alleged
+facts which has been presented in the preceding chapters be true, then we
+are in the presence of a momentous reality which, for importance and
+value, has not been exceeded, if, indeed, it has been approached by any of
+the discoveries of modern times.</p>
+
+<p>But, it may be said, your alleged facts are not new; they are coeval with
+history, with mythology, with folk-lore, with religion. Granted that the
+facts are old, that similar ones have been known from very early times,
+how have these facts been treated by the leaders of thought in the
+nineteenth century?</p>
+
+<p>That the earth goes round the sun is an old fact, yet it was not made
+patent and credible, even to the cultivated, much less to the average
+mind, till recent times. Evolution has been going on since millions of
+years before the human<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</a></span> race came into existence&mdash;it is a very ancient
+fact, yet it is only within the memory of men still living that it has
+been found out and accepted. So telepathy has existed ever since the race
+was young, yet few even now know the facts, observations, and experiments
+upon which its existence is predicated or comprehend either its theories
+or its importance. The subliminal self has been active in every age of
+which we have any record. Yet it has never been recognized as forming a
+part of each and every individual&#8217;s mental outfit, but its wonderful
+action has either been discredited altogether, or else has been credited
+to foreign or supernatural agencies.</p>
+
+<p>But telepathy can no longer be classed with fads and fancies; if not
+already an accepted fact, it has certainly attained to the dignity of a
+theory supported by both facts and experiments; a theory which has
+attracted to its study a large company of competent men in every civilized
+country.</p>
+
+<p>A theory, no matter in what department of investigation it may be found,
+whether relating to matter or mind, is strong in proportion to the number
+of facts which it will bring into line, harmonize and reduce to system. It
+is that which makes the Nebular Theory of the formation of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</a></span> the planetary
+system so wonderfully strong; it harmonizes and reduces to system so many
+known but otherwise unrelated and unsystematized facts; and it is easier
+to find excuses or form minor theories to account for isolated and
+apparently erratic facts, like the retrograde motions of the satellites of
+Uranus and Neptune, than to give up a theory, at once so grand in itself
+and at the same time harmonizing so many important astronomical phenomena.
+The same is true of the undulatory theory of light, and again of the
+theory of evolution, which forty years ago was looked upon as a flimsy
+hypothesis, but which is now universally accepted as an established truth.
+Some of the facts are still unclassified and unexplained, yet it so
+harmonizes in general the facts of the visible world, that instead of a
+mass of disjointed and heterogeneous objects and phenomena, such as men
+beheld in nature only a hundred years ago, the arbitrary work of a blind
+chance or a capricious Creator, we now behold a beautiful and orderly
+sequence, progression, and unfolding of the natural world according to
+laws which command our admiration and stimulate our reverence.</p>
+
+<p>Apart from recent studies, exactly the same condition of chaos and
+confusion exists regarding psychical phenomena as existed concerning the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</a></span>
+facts in the physical world only a hundred years ago. Nor is it likening
+great things to small when we compare the nebular hypothesis, or the
+theory of evolution, conceptions which have educated an age and vastly
+enlarged the boundary of human thought, to the theory of telepathy and the
+fact and power of the subliminal self. For if it was important that men
+should know the laws governing inanimate matter, to comprehend the orbits
+and motions of the planets; if it developed the understanding to
+contemplate the grandeur of their movements, the vast spaces which they
+traverse, and the wonderful speed with which they accomplish their various
+journeys&mdash;if such knowledge has enlarged the capacity of men&#8217;s minds,
+given them truer notions of the magnitude of the universe, and grander
+conceptions of nature and the infinite power and intelligence which
+pervades and is exhibited in it, is it not equally important and equally
+improving and practical to study the subtler forces which pervade living
+organisms, the still finer laws and adjustments which govern the action of
+mind?</p>
+
+<p>It has been contended by a large and intelligent class of writers, and
+those who most pride themselves on scientific methods and the
+infallibility of scientific inductions, that mind is only the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</a></span>product of
+organization and ceases to have any activity or even existence when the
+organs through which it usually manifests itself have perished. The
+general consensus of mankind is a sharp protest against this
+conclusion&mdash;but the experimental proofs have, to many, seemed in favor of
+this scientific denial;&mdash;the healthy brain in general exhibits a healthy
+mental activity, the diseased or imperfect brain shows impaired mental
+action, and the disorganized brain simply exhibits no mental activity nor
+any evidence whatever of the existence of mind. Nevertheless, it is a lame
+argument; it is simply an attempt to prove a negative.</p>
+
+<p>The healthy rose emits an agreeable odor which our senses appreciate. You
+may destroy the rose&mdash;it does not prove that the fragrance which it
+emitted does not still exist even though our senses fail to appreciate it.</p>
+
+<p>But experiment and scientific methods have also somewhat to say upon this
+subject. And first, in August, 1874, twenty-two years ago, at the moment
+when the materialistic school was at the height of its influence, both the
+scientific and religious world were brought to a momentary
+standstill&mdash;like a ship under full headway suddenly struck by a tidal
+wave&mdash;when one of the most eminent scientific men of his time, or of any<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</a></span>
+time, standing in his place as president of the foremost scientific
+association in the world, spoke as follows: &#8220;Abandoning all disguise, the
+confession which I feel bound to make before you is that I prolong the
+vision backward across the boundary of experimental evidence and discover
+in matter, which we, in our ignorance, and notwithstanding our professed
+reverence for its Creator, have hitherto covered with opprobrium, the
+promise and potency of every form of life.&#8221;<small><a name="f2.1" id="f2.1" href="#f2">[2]</a></small></p>
+
+<p>On that day the tap-root of materialism was wounded, and materialism
+itself has been an invalid of increasing languor and desuetude ever since.
+On the other hand, supernaturalism in every form was left in little better
+plight.</p>
+
+<p>To thinking men of all classes this bold declaration opened up the grand
+thought, not new, but newly formulated and endorsed, that as the seed
+contained all the possibilities of the future plant&mdash;the ovum all the
+possibilities of the future animal, so matter, which had been thought so
+lightly of, contained within itself the germ, potency, and promise of
+nature in all her subsequent developments&mdash;of the vast universe of suns
+and systems, planets and satellites, and of every form<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</a></span> of life,
+sensation, and intelligence which in due process of evolution has appeared
+upon their surfaces. It pointed the way to the thought of an infinite
+causal energy and intelligence pervading matter and working through nature
+in all its various grades of life from the first organized cell up to the
+grandest man. It gave a new meaning to mind in man, as being an
+individualized portion of that divine potency which ever existed in
+matter, and which acting through constantly improving and developing
+organisms, amidst constantly improving environments, at length appeared a
+differentiated, individualized, seeing, reasoning, knowing, loving spirit.</p>
+
+<p>The mind, then, is of importance. It is no transient visitor which may
+have made its appearance by chance&mdash;a concatenation of coincidences,
+fortunate or unfortunate, but it is the intelligent tenant and master of a
+singularly beautiful and complicated house, a house which has been
+millions upon millions of years in the building, and yet which will be
+lightly laid aside when it ceases to accommodate and fulfil the needs of
+its tenant.</p>
+
+<p>Who and what, then, is this lordly tenant whose germ was coeval with
+matter, whose birth was in the first living cell which appeared upon the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</a></span>
+planet, whose apprenticeship has been served through every grade of
+existence from the humble polyp upwards, whose education has been carried
+on through the brain and organs of every grade of animal life with its
+countless expedients for existence and enjoyment, until now, as lord of
+its domain, it looks back upon its long course of development and
+education, looks about upon its environments and wonders at itself, at
+what it sees, and at what it prophesies. Truly what is this tenant, what
+are its powers, and why is it here at all?</p>
+
+<p>These are the questions which it has been the business of the strongest
+and wisest to discuss, from the time men began to think and record their
+thoughts until the present time; but how various and unsatisfactory have
+been the conclusions. The mental philosophers, psychologists, and
+encyclopedists simply present a chaos of conflicting definitions,
+principles, and premises, upon none of which are they in full agreement
+amongst themselves; they are not even agreed regarding the nature of
+mind&mdash;whether it is material or immaterial&mdash;how it should be studied, how
+it is related to the body, indeed whether it is an entity at all, or
+simply &#8220;a series of feelings or possibilities of them&#8221;; whether it
+possesses <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</a></span>innate ideas or is simply an accretion of experiences. In
+short, the stock of generally received facts relating to mind has always
+remained exceedingly small. Psychologists have busied themselves chiefly
+about its usual and obvious actions, and when in full relation to the
+body, ignoring all other mental action or arbitrarily excluding it as
+abnormal and not to be taken into account in the study of normal mind; so
+with only half the subject under consideration true results could hardly
+be attained.</p>
+
+<p>Since the organization of the Society for Psychical Research, in 1882, new
+fields of investigation have been undertaken and the <i>unusual</i> phenomena
+connected with the operations of mind have been systematically studied. A
+very hasty and imperfect sketch of this study and of the results obtained
+has been given in the preceding chapters, but for the use here made of
+these studies in connection with his own observations the writer alone is
+responsible. In these studies the field of investigation has been greatly
+extended beyond that examined by the old philosophers and physiologists.
+Beyond the usual activities in which we constantly see the mind
+engaged&mdash;observation of surroundings made by the senses, memory of them,
+reasoning about<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</a></span> them, and putting them in new combinations in science,
+literature, or art&mdash;new activities have been observed, activities lying
+entirely outside the old lines, in new and hitherto unexplored fields.</p>
+
+<p>It has been demonstrated by experiment after experiment carefully made by
+competent persons that sensations, ideas, information, and mental pictures
+can be transferred from one mind to another without the aid of speech,
+sight, hearing, touch, or any of the ordinary methods of communicating
+such information or impressions. That is, Telepathy is a fact, and mind
+communicates with mind through channels other than the ordinary use of the
+senses.</p>
+
+<p>It has been demonstrated that in the hypnotic condition, in ordinary
+somnambulism, in the dreams and vision of ordinary sleep, in reverie, and
+in various other subjective conditions the mind may perceive scenes and
+events at the moment transpiring at such a distance away or under such
+physical conditions as to render it impossible that knowledge of these
+scenes and events could be obtained by means of the senses acting in their
+usual manner. That is, mind under some circumstances <i>sees</i> without the
+use of the physical organ of sight.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</a></span>Again, it has been demonstrated that some persons can voluntarily project
+the mind&mdash;some mind&mdash;some centre of intelligence or independent mental
+activity, clothed in a recognizable form, a distance of one, a hundred, or
+a thousand miles, and that it can there make itself known and recognized,
+perform acts, and even carry on a conversation with the person to whom it
+was sent. That is, mind can <i>act</i> at a distance from, and independent of,
+the physical body and the organs through which it usually manifests
+itself.</p>
+
+<p>These propositions present an aspect of mind which the authorities in the
+old fields of psychology have failed to observe or to recognize; or if
+they have at times caught a glimpse of it they have rather chosen to close
+their eyes and deny altogether the phenomena which these propositions
+imply, because they found it was impossible to classify them in their
+system. It has been to a degree a repetition of the folly exhibited by
+Galileo&#8217;s contemporaries and critics, who refused to look through his
+telescope lest their favorite theories of the universe should be damaged.
+Nevertheless, this newly studied aspect exists, and is adding greatly to
+our knowledge of the nature and action of mind.</p>
+
+<p>Still another class of unusual mental phenomena<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</a></span> found in this outlying
+field of psychology is that known under the general name of automatism;
+and by this is meant something more than the &#8220;unconscious cerebration&#8221; and
+&#8220;unconscious muscular action&#8221; of the physiologists, and something quite
+different from that.</p>
+
+<p>There is, first, the class of motor automatisms, including
+Planchette-writing and other methods of automatic writing, drawing,
+painting, and kindred performances, also poetical or metrical
+improvisations, and trance, and so-called inspirational speaking:&mdash;Second,
+there are the sensory automatisms; or such as are manifested by
+impressions made upon the senses and which are reckoned as hallucinations.
+The impression of hearing a voice, of feeling a touch, or seeing a vision
+may be reckoned as examples of this kind of automatism.</p>
+
+<p>No other division of this newly cultivated field presents so many unusual
+and debatable phenomena. Not only do those modern mysteries,
+Planchette-writing, trance-speaking, and mediumistic utterances come
+easily under this class of mental phenomena, but all that vast array of
+alleged supernatural phenomena which pervades the literature of every
+nation since the time when men first began to record their experiences.
+The oracles of the Greeks and Romans, the d&aelig;mon of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</a></span> Socrates, the voices
+of Joan of Arc, and the widespread custom of divination by means of
+crystal-gazing in some of its many forms have already been referred to and
+their relation to automatism or the action of the subliminal self has been
+noted.</p>
+
+<p>There is still one important class of persons who have wielded an enormous
+influence upon mankind, an influence in the main wholesome, elevating, and
+developing, whose relation to automatism demands a passing consideration.
+I refer to the religious chiefs of the world.</p>
+
+<p>As prominent examples of those founders of religions we will briefly
+notice Moses, Zoroaster, Mahomet, and Swedenborg. Each either professed
+himself to be, or his followers have credited him with being, the inspired
+mouthpiece of the Deity. There can be no doubt in the minds of candid
+students that each one of these religious leaders was perfectly honest,
+both as regards his conception of the character and importance of his
+doctrines and also regarding the method by which he professed to receive
+them. Each believed that what he taught was ultimate and infallible truth,
+and was received directly from the Deity. It is evident, however, that
+from whatever source they were derived the doctrines could not all be
+ultimate truth, since they were not in harmony amongst<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</a></span> themselves; but
+the authors of them all present their claim to inspiration, and whose
+claim to accept and whose to reject it is difficult to decide. But
+accepting the theory that each promulgated the doctrines, theological,
+cosmological, and ethical, that came to him automatically through the
+superior perception of the subliminal self, all the phenomena fall into
+line with the well ascertained action of that subliminal self.</p>
+
+<p>The truth which Moses saw was such as was adapted to his age and the
+people with whom he had to deal. So there came to his perception not only
+the sublime laws received at Sinai, but also the particulars regarding the
+tabernacle and its furnishing&mdash;the rings and the curtains, the dishes and
+spoons and bowls and covers, the rams&#8217; skins dyed red, the badgers&#8217; skins,
+and the staves of shittim wood. The same also is true regarding the
+teachings of Zoroaster.</p>
+
+<p>The splendid results which followed the promulgation of Mahomet&#8217;s
+revelation to a few insignificant Arab tribes are proof of its vital germ
+of truth and of its adaptability to the soil into which it fell. It
+developed into a civilization from which, at a later period, a benighted
+and debased Christianity relighted its torch.</p>
+
+<p>Also the teachings of Swedenborg, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</a></span>notwithstanding the apparent egotism of
+the man and the tiresome verbiage of many of his communications, are
+elevating and refining in character and useful to those who are attracted
+to them. That in either case an infinite Deity spoke the commonplace which
+is attributed to Him in these communications is incredible, but to suppose
+it all, both the grand and the trivial, the work of the subconscious self
+of the respective authors is in accordance with what we know of automatism
+and of the wonderful work of the subliminal self when left free to
+exercise its highest activities.</p>
+
+<p>Let us examine with some care the history of two examples of unusual or
+supranormal mental action, the first found in one of the earliest of human
+records, and reckoned as fully inspired; the other equally unusual
+occurring within the last half century and making no claim to any
+supernatural assistance.</p>
+
+<p>The first example is presented in the first chapter of Genesis, and is a
+clear, connected, and in the main correct, though by no means complete,
+account of the changing conditions of the earth in the earliest geological
+periods, and of the appearance in their proper order of the different
+grades of life upon its surface. That such a written account should have
+existed three <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</a></span>thousand years before any scientifically constructed
+schedule even of the order in which plants and animals succeeded each
+other, much less of the manner in which the earth was prepared for their
+reception and nurture, is a most remarkable circumstance, regarded either
+from a literary or a scientific standpoint. It has been criticised for its
+lack of scientific exactness, and the supposed error of representing light
+as created before the sun, ignoring the early existence of aquatic life,
+and similar points. But let us take our stand with the grand old seer,
+whoever he may have been, whom we know as Moses, who gave to the world
+this graphic account of the order of creation so many centuries before
+science had thrown its light upon the condition of the earth in those
+far-off ages, and let us endeavor to see what his quickened vision enabled
+him to behold.</p>
+
+<p>The panorama opens and discloses in an hour the grand progressive action
+of millions upon millions of years.</p>
+
+<p>The first picture represents the created earth covered with water and
+enveloped in a thick mantle of steaming mist, causing a condition of
+absolute and impenetrable darkness upon its surface. In the language of
+the seer, &#8220;The earth<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</a></span> was without form and void; and darkness was upon the
+face of the deep.&#8221; For ages the unbroken ocean which covered the earth was
+heated by internal fires; the rising vapor as it met the cooler atmosphere
+above was condensed and fell in one constant downpour of rain. Unceasing,
+steaming mist, vapor, and rain, wholly impenetrable to light: such were
+the conditions.</p>
+
+<p>At length, as the cooling process went on, the density of the mists was
+diminished;&mdash;the wonderful fiat went forth, &#8220;Let light be&#8221;&mdash;and light was.
+But still the mantle hung close upon the unbroken ocean.</p>
+
+<p>The second picture appears. Not only was there light but a firmament&mdash;an
+arch with a clear space underneath it; and it divided the waters which
+were above it from the waters which were beneath it.</p>
+
+<p>Picture the third. The waters were gathered together and the continents
+appeared; and the land was covered with verdure&mdash;plants and trees, each
+bearing seed after its kind. Of the inhabitants of the sea the seer had
+taken no account. It was simply a picture that he saw&mdash;a natural,
+phenomenal representation.</p>
+
+<p>Picture the fourth. The mists and clouds are altogether dispelled. The
+clear sky appears. The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</a></span> sun comes forth to rule the day&mdash;the moon to rule
+the night. The stars also appear.</p>
+
+<p>Picture the fifth. The lower orders of animals are in full possession of
+the earth and sea&mdash;fish, fowl, and sea-monsters.</p>
+
+<p>Picture the sixth. The higher orders of creation, mammals and man.</p>
+
+<p>Such was the phenomenal aspect of the various epochs of creation roughly
+outlined, strong, distinct, and in the main true. Not even the scientific
+critic with his present knowledge could combine more strength and truth,
+with so few strokes of the brush.</p>
+
+<p>Relieved of the burden of inspiration and the necessity for presenting
+absolute and unchangeable truth, and presenting the seer as simply telling
+what he saw, the picture is wonderful, and the telling is most graphic. It
+needed no deity nor angel to tell it&mdash;it was there&mdash;and the subliminal
+self of the seer whose special faculty it was to see, perceived the scene
+in all its grandeur. He also was the one best fitted to perceive the laws
+which should make his people great, and describe the forms and ceremonies
+which should captivate their senses and lead them on to higher
+intellectual, moral, and ethical development.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</a></span>Next take the other example. Fifty years ago a young man, not yet twenty
+years of age, uneducated, a grocer&#8217;s boy and shoemaker&#8217;s apprentice, was
+hypnotized; and it was found that he had a most remarkable mental or
+psychical constitution. He had most unusual experiences, and presented
+unusual psychical phenomena which need not be recounted here.</p>
+
+<p>At length it was impressed upon him as it might have been upon Socrates or
+Joan of Arc, or Swedenborg or Mahomet, that he had a mission and had a
+message to give to the world. He came from the rural town where he had
+spent his boyhood to the city of New York and hired a room on a prominent
+thoroughfare. He then, in his abnormal condition, proceeded to choose
+those who should be specially associated with him in his work&mdash;men of
+character and ability whom he did not even know in his normal state.
+First: Three witnesses were chosen who should be fully cognizant of
+everything relating to the method by which the message or book was
+produced. Of these one was a clergyman, one a physician, and one an
+intelligent layman. Second: A scribe qualified to write out the messages
+as he dictated them, to edit and publish them. Third: A physician to put
+him into the hypnotic, or as it was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</a></span> then called, the magnetic condition,
+in which he was to dictate his messages.</p>
+
+<p>The first lecture was given November 28th, 1845, and the last June 21st,
+1847. During this time 157 lectures were given, varying in length from
+forty minutes to four hours, and they were all carefully written out by
+the scribe. To 140 of these manuscripts were attached 267 names of persons
+who listened to them and subscribed their names as witnesses at the end of
+each lecture&mdash;to some a single signature was affixed, to some, many. Any
+person really desirous of knowing the purport of these lectures and the
+manner of their delivery could be admitted by making application
+beforehand.</p>
+
+<p>At each sitting the speaker was first put into the deep hypnotic trance in
+which he was rigid and unconscious; but his sub-conscious or second self
+was active and lucid, and associated with the principles and knowledge
+which he needed and which he was to communicate. From this condition he
+came back to the somnambulic state in which he dictated that which he had
+acquired in the deep trance, or what he called the &#8220;superior condition&#8221;;
+and the transition from one of these states to the other took place many
+times during each lecture. Such were the conditions under<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</a></span> which Andrew
+Jackson Davis produced the <i>Principles of Nature&mdash;Her Divine
+Revelation</i>&mdash;a book of nearly 800 pages, divided into three parts:&mdash;First,
+a setting forth of first principles, which served as a philosophical
+explanation or key to the main work. Second, a cosmogony or description of
+the method by which the universe came to its present state of development,
+and third, a statement of the ethical principles upon which society should
+be based and the practical working of these principles. It assumes to be
+thoroughly scientific and philosophical. It has literary faults, and there
+is plenty of opportunity for cavil and scientific fault-finding; but these
+remarkable facts remain.</p>
+
+<p>A poor boy, thoroughly well known and vouched for by his neighbors for his
+strict integrity, having had only five months of ordinary district school
+instruction for his education, having never read a scientific or
+philosophical book, and not a dozen all told of every kind, having never
+associated with people of education except in the most casual way, yet in
+the manner just described he dictated a book containing the outlines of a
+thoroughly sound and reasonable system of philosophy, theology, and
+ethics, and a complete system of cosmogony representing the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span> most advanced
+views in geology, which was then in its infancy&mdash;astronomy, chemistry, and
+other departments of physical science, criticising current scientific
+opinions, and in points where he differed from these opinions giving full
+and cogent reason for that difference.</p>
+
+<p>On March 16th, 17th, and 20th, 1846, he announced the fact of the motion
+of our sun and solar system about a still greater centre, in harmony with
+the Nebular Hypothesis by which he explained the formation of the whole
+vast system. He also announced the existence of an eighth and ninth
+planet, and the apparently abnormal revolution of the satellites of
+Uranus. Neptune, the eighth planet, had not then been discovered and was
+not found until six months later. On the 29th of April he announced the
+discovery and application of diamagnetism by Faraday, concerning which
+none of his associates had any knowledge, and which I believe had not then
+been noticed in this country. He gave a distinct and vivid description of
+the formation of the different bodies constituting the solar system, of
+the introduction of life upon our planet, and of its evolution from grade
+to grade from the lowest to the highest&mdash;all in minute detail, in general
+accord with established scientific deduction<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</a></span> and in scientific and
+technical language. In several particulars he differed from the received
+opinions, and gave his reasons for so doing. No claim was made to
+inspiration nor to the presentation of absolute or infallible truth, but
+when hypnotized and in what he termed the &#8220;superior condition,&#8221; his
+perceptive faculties were vastly increased, and that which he then
+perceived he made known. He simply gave the truth as he saw it, and he
+commended it to the judgment and reason of mankind for reception or
+rejection. In other words, the subliminal self was brought into action by
+hypnotism, and then by means of its greatly increased perceptive powers he
+gathered knowledge from various sources quite inaccessible to him in his
+ordinary state, and seemingly inaccessible also to others.</p>
+
+<p>Concerning the truth or falsity of the revelations beyond what was already
+known or has since been confirmed by science, I do not assume to pronounce
+judgment; but that this also, as well as the first chapter of Genesis,
+from either a literary or scientific standpoint, is one of the most
+remarkable productions of this or of any age, will not be denied by any
+competent and candid examiner; while the remarkable character of the book
+will be still better appreciated when the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</a></span> status of the theory of
+evolution and of the science of geology fifty years ago is taken into the
+account.</p>
+
+<p>Here are presented two prominent examples of supranormal mental
+activity&mdash;one in the early ages of man&#8217;s development, when <i>everything</i>
+was supernatural, the immediate work of a god&mdash;the other in man&#8217;s later
+development when natural law is found intervening between phenomena and
+their cause, and when it is found possible for men to comprehend the fact
+that truth, extraordinary and even that which had previously been unknown
+or was beyond the reach of the senses in their ordinary state, may
+nevertheless be discovered or revealed by other means than direct
+communications from Deity.</p>
+
+<p>It is seen, then, how various and how wonderfully important are the mental
+phenomena grouped under the general designation of automatism.</p>
+
+<p>Many examples of this and other classes of unusual mental action have been
+given in previous chapters, not as cumulative evidence of their
+verity&mdash;that would require volumes, but simply to illustrate the subject
+and give some degree of definiteness to our reasoning regarding them. Not
+even all the <i>classes</i> of facts properly belonging to our subject have
+here been represented;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</a></span> but taking them as they have been enumerated and
+hastily described, they constitute a body of well observed and well
+authenticated facts and phenomena of undeniable interest, and if received
+as true their importance is certainly to be compared with the greatest
+discoveries of modern science. They are, however, the very facts which the
+science and philosophy of to-day hesitates to accept. The only exception
+to this statement is found in the treatment lately accorded to hypnotism,
+which after a hundred years of hesitation, rejection and even ridicule,
+has at length been definitely received as regards its main facts. It is
+true, however, that in numerous other instances the evidence regarding
+unusual mental states and phenomena is equally weighty and unimpeachable;
+but because these phenomena are unusual, marvelous or seemingly
+miraculous, belonging to no recognized class of mental action, therefore
+it is argued, they cannot be genuine; there <i>must be</i> some flaw in the
+evidence and they cannot be accepted.</p>
+
+<p>It is tedious going over the arguments which reduce this mode of reasoning
+to an absurdity. The same reasoning has been applied to every important
+discovery in physical science for the past three hundred years; and if it
+were carried<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</a></span> out to its logical conclusions no substantial advance in
+human knowledge could ever take place, since every discovery or
+observation of phenomena outside of known laws must on that ground be
+rejected. And the history of scientific discoveries shows that this has
+actually been the case. The announcement of the discovery of the movements
+of the planets around the sun, of the attraction of gravitation, of the
+identity of lightning with electricity, of the relation and derivation of
+species in the world of living forms&mdash;of the discovery of living toads in
+geological strata of untold antiquity, and scores of other now accepted
+facts, were accounted visionary and were received with scoffs and jeers by
+the accredited leaders of science, because they were outside of any known
+natural laws; and it was only after the study and contemplation of the new
+discoveries had educated and enlarged the minds of a new generation of men
+to a better understanding of the extent and magnitude of nature and her
+laws that the scoffs subsided and the new facts quietly took their places
+as accredited science.</p>
+
+<p>The same process is going on regarding mental phenomena to-day. It may
+require a generation for men unused to think in this direction to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</a></span>become
+familiarized with the thought that telepathy, clairvoyance, and the
+subliminal self, with its augmented powers, are facts in nature; but
+thousands of intelligent people, and many accustomed to examine facts
+critically and according to approved methods, are already so interpreting
+nature, and their number is constantly increasing.</p>
+
+<p>Such are some of the facts discovered by the pioneers in this outlying
+field of psychology. In attempting to explain or account for them it is
+useless to take refuge in the hazy definitions of the old psychologists,
+or to imagine that the secret is bound up in the vital processes which
+occupy the biologist and physiologist, interesting and important as those
+studies are; even the neurologist can help us comparatively little&mdash;he can
+tell us all about diseases of the nervous system and how they manifest
+themselves, and his labor has earned for him the gratitude of mankind; but
+he cannot tell us how thinking is accomplished, nor what thought is; he
+cannot tell the cause of so normal and easily observed a phenomenon as
+ordinary sleep, much less of the new faculties which are developed in
+somnambulism. In all these related departments of science, in considering
+mental phenomena it is found convenient to deny the existence of that for
+which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</a></span> they cannot account. Nature&#8217;s processes, however, are simple when
+once we comprehend them, so much so that we wonder at their simplicity,
+and wonder that we ever could have failed to understand them; and we learn
+to distrust explanations which are involved and complicated, knowing that
+error often lies that way. And of this kind for the most part, the
+attempted explanations of mental processes in terms of physiology have
+proved to be; they are complicated, inapplicable, and unsatisfactory; and
+they give no aid in the generalizations which have hitherto been so much
+needed.</p>
+
+<p>The phenomena in this new field at first sight seem heterogeneous, without
+system or any common bond; they seem each to demand a separate origin and
+field. But let the idea of the subliminal self, intelligent, and endowed
+with its higher perceptive faculties, be presented, and lo! all these
+refractory phenomena fall into place in one harmonious system. The
+subliminal self is the active and efficient agent in telepathy&mdash;it is that
+which sees and hears and acts far away from the body, and reports the
+knowledge which it gains to the ordinary senses, sometimes by motor and
+sometimes by sensory automatism&mdash;by automatic writing, speaking, audition,
+the vision, the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</a></span>phantasm. It acts sometimes while the primary self is
+fully conscious&mdash;better and most frequently in reverie, in dreams, in
+somnambulism, but best of all when the ordinary self is altogether
+subjective and the body silent, inactive, and insensible, as in that
+strange condition which accompanies the higher phases of trance and
+lucidity, into which few enter, either spontaneously or by the aid of
+hypnotism. Then still retaining its attenuated vital connection, it goes
+forth and sees with extended vision and gathers truth from a thousand
+various and hidden sources.</p>
+
+<p>Will it act less freely, less intelligently, with less consciousness and
+individuality when that attenuated vital connection is severed, and the
+body lies&mdash;untenanted?</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><br />THE END.</p>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</a></span></p>
+<h2>INDEX.</h2>
+
+
+<p class="index">
+<span class="large"><strong>A.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+A., Miss, Perceives an induced phantom, <a href="#Page_236">236</a><br />
+<br />
+A., Miss, Her journey automatically described, <a href="#Page_188">188</a><br />
+<br />
+A. B., Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_102">102-105</a><br />
+<br />
+Alexis, Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_86">86-87</a><br />
+<br />
+An&aelig;sthesia, local, produced by hypnotism, <a href="#Page_67">67</a><br />
+<br />
+Apollonius, Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_80">80</a><br />
+<br />
+Apparitions or Phantasms, Collective Cases, <a href="#Page_293">293</a>, <a href="#Page_294">294</a>, <a href="#Page_295">295</a>, <a href="#Page_299">299</a><br />
+<br />
+Automatism, <a href="#Page_151">151</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Ancient and modern, <a href="#Page_331">331</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Grades or kinds of, <a href="#Page_151">151-154</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Motor and sensory, <a href="#Page_198">198</a>, <a href="#Page_319">319</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Automatisms, Sensory, considered as hallucinations, <a href="#Page_219">219</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 4.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2em;">manifested by hearing, <a href="#Page_220">220</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">The d&aelig;mon of Socrates, <a href="#Page_220">220</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Voices and visions of Joan of Arc, <a href="#Page_221">221</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Automatic writing, by Planchette, <a href="#Page_158">158</a>, <a href="#Page_180">180</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3em;">Mr. W. T. Stead, <a href="#Page_186">186-193</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">drawing and painting by Mrs. Burton, <a href="#Page_194">194</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Aylesbury, Commander T. W., Case by, <a href="#Page_289">289</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>B.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+B., Madame, Hypnotic subject, <a href="#Page_58">58-61</a>, <a href="#Page_131">131-135</a>, <a href="#Page_183">183</a><br />
+<br />
+Barrett, Prof. W. T., and the S. P. R., <a href="#Page_5">5</a><br />
+<br />
+Bernheim, Prof., His theories of hypnotism, <a href="#Page_36">36</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Post hypnotic suggestions, cases, <a href="#Page_63">63-67</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Bishop, The mind-reader, <a href="#Page_8">8</a><br />
+<br />
+Bourne, Ansel, Double personality of, <a href="#Page_119">119</a>, <a href="#Page_182">182</a><br />
+<br />
+Borderland cases. Between sleeping and waking, <a href="#Page_269">269</a><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</a></span><br />
+Borderland cases&mdash;visions, <a href="#Page_269">269</a>, <a href="#Page_271">271</a>, <a href="#Page_273">273</a><br />
+<br />
+Braid, His theory of hypnotism, <a href="#Page_31">31</a><br />
+<br />
+Brettany, Mrs., Vision, percipient awake, <a href="#Page_304">304</a><br />
+<br />
+Brittan, Dr. S. B., Cases reported by, <a href="#Page_99">99-101</a><br />
+<br />
+Brown, A. J., A second personality, <a href="#Page_119">119</a>, <a href="#Page_182">182</a><br />
+<br />
+Brougham, Lord, Borderland case, <a href="#Page_273">273-279</a><br />
+<br />
+Buchanan, Dr. W. B., Case by, collective, <a href="#Page_295">295</a><br />
+<br />
+Burton, Mrs. Julietta T., Automatic writing, <a href="#Page_194">194</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Drawing and painting by, <a href="#Page_195">195</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Portrait, by (Frontispiece), <a href="#Page_196">196</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Psychometric powers, <a href="#Page_199">199</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>C.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Carpenter, Dr. Wm. B., His theory, <a href="#Page_9">9</a><br />
+<br />
+Charcot, Prof., His theory of hypnotism, <a href="#Page_33">33</a><br />
+<br />
+Chiefs, Religious, <a href="#Page_320">320</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">Moses, Zoroaster, Mahomet, Swedenborg, <a href="#Page_320">320</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Clairvoyance, <a href="#Page_74">74</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3em;">Instances of, <a href="#Page_78">78-109</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3em;">Ancient and modern, <a href="#Page_81">81</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3em;">Nature of, <a href="#Page_109">109</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Cleave, Mr. A. H. W., and Mr. H. P. Sparks, Phantasm produced by, <a href="#Page_234">234</a><br />
+<br />
+Clerke, May, Case reported by, <a href="#Page_296">296</a><br />
+<br />
+Collyer, Dr. R. H., Case, vision, reported by, <a href="#Page_285">285</a>, <a href="#Page_288">288</a><br />
+<br />
+Coues, Dr. E., Case reported by, <a href="#Page_88">88-90</a><br />
+<br />
+Crystal-gazing, Used for producing visions, <a href="#Page_200">200</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Cases reported by Mr. E. W. Lane, <a href="#Page_201">201</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Practised in all ages, <a href="#Page_203">203</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Amongst the Hebrews, <a href="#Page_204">204</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: .75em;">Greeks, <a href="#Page_205">205</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">In the Opera of Parsifal, <a href="#Page_206">206</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">The Shew-stone of Dr. Dee, <a href="#Page_204">204</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">What it really is, <a href="#Page_208">208</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Experiments of Miss X., <a href="#Page_209">209-214</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Col. Wickham&#8217;s pouch-belt found by, <a href="#Page_214">214</a></span><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</a></span><span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Springs and wells used for, <a href="#Page_216">216</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Cumberland, Mind-reader, <a href="#Page_8">8</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>D.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Davis, A. J., Production of <i>Principles of Nature, Her Divine Revelation</i>, by, <a href="#Page_328">328</a><br />
+<br />
+Deyer, Col. J. J., His well, in relation to Crystal-gazing, <a href="#Page_216">216</a><br />
+<br />
+Diagrams, Illustrating thought-transference, <a href="#Page_19">19</a><br />
+<br />
+Dreams, Definite impressions during, <a href="#Page_263">263</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Veridical, cases of, <a href="#Page_263">263</a>, <a href="#Page_266">266</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Dufay, Dr., Case reported by, <a href="#Page_95">95</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>E.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Elliotson, Dr., Mesmeric treatment by, <a href="#Page_43">43</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>F.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Fenton, Mr, F. D., Vision, case reported by, <a href="#Page_284">284</a><br />
+<br />
+Fitzgerald, John, Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_101">101</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>G.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Gerault, Dr., Clairvoyance, case reported by, <a href="#Page_95">95</a><br />
+<br />
+Gibert, Dr., Experiments, hypnotizing at a distance, <a href="#Page_59">59</a><br />
+<br />
+Ghost-stories, Status of, <a href="#Page_1">1</a><br />
+<br />
+Glissoid, Mr. E. M., Hypnotic experiments by, <a href="#Page_231">231</a><br />
+<br />
+Gurney, Mr. E., Experiments, <a href="#Page_21">21</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Cases reported, <a href="#Page_263">263-266</a>, <a href="#Page_284">284-289</a>, <a href="#Page_291">291-294</a>, <a href="#Page_295">295</a>, <a href="#Page_299">299</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Gurwood, John, His supposed spirit, <a href="#Page_170">170</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">His crest, <a href="#Page_171">171</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">In the Peninsular War, <a href="#Page_173">173</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Guthrie, Malcolm, Experiments in Thought-Transference, <a href="#Page_18">18</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>H.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Hammond, Dr. Wm. A., Experiments reported by, <a href="#Page_56">56</a><br />
+<br />
+Harris, Surgeon, A child&#8217;s vision, case reported, <a href="#Page_282">282</a><br />
+<br />
+Hauff&eacute;, Madame, The Seeress of Proverst, <a href="#Page_83">83-86</a><br />
+<br />
+Hodgson, Dr. Richard, Case reported by, <a href="#Page_122">122</a><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</a></span><br />
+Hosmer, Harriet, Borderland case, <a href="#Page_271">271</a><br />
+<br />
+Hypnotism, In literature, <a href="#Page_2">2</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Historical sketch of, <a href="#Page_28">28</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Braid&#8217;s theory of, <a href="#Page_31">31</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Mesmer&#8217;s theory of, <a href="#Page_29">29</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Charcot&#8217;s theory of, <a href="#Page_33">33</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Bernheim&#8217;s theory of, <a href="#Page_36">36-39</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Stages of, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>, <a href="#Page_52">52</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Therapeutic effects of, <a href="#Page_42">42-50</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Psychic aspect of, <a href="#Page_51">51-71</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Rapport in, <a href="#Page_54">54</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Suggestion in, <a href="#Page_61">61-67</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Hypnotizing at a distance, <a href="#Page_57">57</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">Experiments by Prof. Janet and Dr. Gibert, <a href="#Page_58">58</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">Experiments by Prof Richet and Dr. H&eacute;ricourt, <a href="#Page_60">60</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>I.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Individual, The, Conception of, <a href="#Page_149">149</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>J.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+James, Prof., Case examined by, <a href="#Page_122">122</a><br />
+<br />
+Jane, Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_90">90-94</a><br />
+<br />
+Janet, Prof., Hypnotizing at a distance, <a href="#Page_60">60</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">Hypnotic experiments by, <a href="#Page_131">131</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Joan of Arc, Her voices and visions, <a href="#Page_221">221</a><br />
+<br />
+Joy, Mr. A., Case hallucination affecting sight, hearing and touch, <a href="#Page_291">291</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>L.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+L. A. W., Remarkable dream or vision, <a href="#Page_263">263</a><br />
+<br />
+L&eacute;onie, L&eacute;ontine, L&eacute;onore, <a href="#Page_131">131-135</a><br />
+<br />
+Li&eacute;beault, Dr., Suggestion fulfilled after many days, <a href="#Page_63">63</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Suggests a disappearance, <a href="#Page_66">66</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Lucidity, See Clairvoyance.<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>M.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+&#8220;Marie,&#8221; Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_95">95-99</a><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</a></span><br />
+Mesmer, Anton, <a href="#Page_29">29</a><br />
+<br />
+Mesmerists, The early, <a href="#Page_31">31</a><br />
+<br />
+Mesmerization of inanimate objects, <a href="#Page_69">69</a><br />
+<br />
+Magnetized water, Detection of, <a href="#Page_71">71</a>, <a href="#Page_215">215</a><br />
+<br />
+M. L., Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_105">105-108</a><br />
+<br />
+Moses, The vision of, <a href="#Page_323">323</a><br />
+<br />
+Mouat, Mr. R., Narrates a case, phantasms, <a href="#Page_299">299</a><br />
+<br />
+Myers, Mr. F. W. H., His important work, <a href="#Page_145">145</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Cases examined and reported by, <a href="#Page_91">91</a>, <a href="#Page_124">124</a>, <a href="#Page_164">164</a>, <a href="#Page_214">214</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>N.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Newnham, Rev. Mr. and Mrs., Planchette writing, <a href="#Page_164">164-168</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>O.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Oracles, Greek, <a href="#Page_79">79</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>P.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Perception, Definition of, <a href="#Page_225">225</a><br />
+<br />
+Perceptions, which are reckoned as hallucinations, <a href="#Page_226">226</a><br />
+<br />
+Personality, Double or multiplex, <a href="#Page_116">116</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">cases of, <a href="#Page_117">117</a>, <a href="#Page_124">124-128</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">in dreaming, <a href="#Page_141">141</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<i>Phantasms of the Living</i>, Cases from, <a href="#Page_231">231</a>, <a href="#Page_263">263</a>, <a href="#Page_289">289</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Produced at a distance, case, <a href="#Page_234">234-238</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Collective cases, <a href="#Page_293">293</a>, <a href="#Page_294">294</a>, <a href="#Page_295">295-299</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Phenomena, Psychical, Compared with physical, <a href="#Page_311">311</a><br />
+<br />
+Planchette, <a href="#Page_154">154-180</a><br />
+<br />
+Podmore, Mr. F., Case by, <a href="#Page_288">288</a><br />
+<br />
+Psychical Research, Eng. Society for, established, <a href="#Page_3">3</a><br />
+<br />
+Puysegur, Marquis de, <a href="#Page_30">30</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>R.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+R., Miss, and Miss V., Planchette writing, <a href="#Page_168">168</a><br />
+<br />
+Rapport, Hypnotic, Example, <a href="#Page_56">56</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Experiments by Mr. Gurney and Dr. Myers, <a href="#Page_56">56</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Experiments by Dr. Hammond, <a href="#Page_56">56</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">At a distance, <a href="#Page_57">57</a></span><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</a></span><br />
+Reed, On Personality, <a href="#Page_116">116</a><br />
+<br />
+Revelation, A modern, <a href="#Page_327">327</a><br />
+<br />
+Richardson, Mrs. M. A., Borderland case reported by, <a href="#Page_269">269</a><br />
+<br />
+Russell, Mrs. J. M., Case by, <a href="#Page_246">246-248</a><br />
+<br />
+Ruth, Mrs. Wickham&#8217;s servant, Crystal-gazing, <a href="#Page_214">214</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>S.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Sidgwick, Prof. H., Vice-Pres. S. P. R., <a href="#Page_5">5</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Mrs. H., Cases reported by, <a href="#Page_88">88-94</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Society for Psychical Research, formation of, <a href="#Page_3">3-5</a>, <a href="#Page_316">316</a><br />
+<br />
+Socrates, D&aelig;mon of, <a href="#Page_220">220</a><br />
+<br />
+Somnambulism, <a href="#Page_129">129</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.25em;">Hypnotic, <a href="#Page_131">131</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Stainton, Moses, Rev. W., Phantoms perceived by, <a href="#Page_237">237</a>, <a href="#Page_238">238</a><br />
+<br />
+Stead, W. T., His automatic writing, <a href="#Page_186">186</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">Miss A.&#8217;s journey automatically described by, <a href="#Page_188">188</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">Needs of a stranger written out by, <a href="#Page_189">189</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">His correspondent in a railway car, <a href="#Page_192">192</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Stewart, Prof. Balfour, <a href="#Page_5">5</a><br />
+<br />
+Subliminal self, The key to many psychical phenomena, <a href="#Page_260">260</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Sources of information of, <a href="#Page_177">177</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Theory of, <a href="#Page_257">257</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Suggestion, Post-hypnotic, <a href="#Page_61">61</a><br />
+<br />
+Smith, J. W., and Kate, Experiments, <a href="#Page_22">22</a><br />
+<br />
+Swedenborg, Clairvoyance of, <a href="#Page_81">81-83</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>T.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Telepathy, Theories regarding, <a href="#Page_250">250-261</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">Explained by the action of the subliminal self, <a href="#Page_257">257-261</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.25em;">No longer a mere fancy, <a href="#Page_309">309</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Thought-transference, First report on, <a href="#Page_6">6</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Classification, <a href="#Page_11">11</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Experiments by diagrams, <a href="#Page_18">18</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">Tested by taste, <a href="#Page_21">21</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">objects, <a href="#Page_13">13</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">cards, <a href="#Page_13">13</a></span><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</a></span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">fictitious names, <a href="#Page_14">14</a></span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 3.75em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 2.5em;">two percipients, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>, <a href="#Page_24">24</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Tyndall, Prof., His Belfast address, effect of, <a href="#Page_312">312-313</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>U.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Urim and Thummim, A method of Crystal-gazing, <a href="#Page_204">204</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>V.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+V., Louis, Case of, <a href="#Page_124">124</a><br />
+<br />
+V., Miss, Planchette writing by, <a href="#Page_159">159-164</a><br />
+<br />
+Verity, The Misses, perceive induced phantasms, <a href="#Page_239">239-244</a><br />
+<br />
+Visions, Percipient being awake, <a href="#Page_282">282</a><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1.25em;">"</span><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Cases, <a href="#Page_282">282</a>, <a href="#Page_284">284-286</a>, <a href="#Page_289">289-291</a>, <a href="#Page_304">304</a></span><br />
+<br />
+Voisin, Dr., Cases reported by, <a href="#Page_124">124</a>, <a href="#Page_148">148</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>W.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Water, magnetized, detected by patients, <a href="#Page_71">71</a>, <a href="#Page_77">77</a><br />
+<br />
+Wedgwood, Mr. H., Planchette-writing, <a href="#Page_168">168-174</a><br />
+<br />
+Willing game, <a href="#Page_6">6</a><br />
+<br />
+Wyld, Dr., Case reported by, <a href="#Page_294">294</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>X.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+X., Case illustrating sensory automatism, <a href="#Page_184">184</a><br />
+<br />
+X., F&eacute;lida, Case, double personality, <a href="#Page_117">117-119</a><br />
+<br />
+X. Miss., On Crystal-gazing, <a href="#Page_209">209</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>Y.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Young, Dr. A. K., Remarkable dream or vision, <a href="#Page_266">266</a><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="large"><strong>Z.</strong></span><br />
+<br />
+Z., Alma, Case of, <a href="#Page_125">125</a><br />
+<br />
+<i>Zoist, The</i>, Report of cases in, <a href="#Page_42">42</a><br />
+</p>
+
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+<div class="verts">
+<p class="center"><i>January, 1897.</i></p>
+<p class="center"><span class="giant">Henry Holt &amp; Co.&#8217;s</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="large"><br />Newest Books.</span></p>
+
+
+<p><strong>The Island of Cuba.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By Lieut. <span class="smcap">A. S. Rowan</span>, U. S. A., and Prof. <span class="smcap">M. M. Ramsay</span>. With Maps and
+Index. 12mo, $1.25.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;Excellent and timely, a clear and judicial account of Cuba and its
+history.&#8221;&mdash;<i>The Dial.</i> &#8220;Conveys just the information needed at this
+time.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Philadelphia Times.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>English Literature.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Bernhard Ten Brink</span>. Vol. II. Part 2. From the Middle of the Fourteenth
+Century to the Accession of Elizabeth. 12mo, $2.00.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;Has taken highest rank in its department.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Outlook.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Earlier Volumes:&mdash;<i>Vol. I.</i> To Wyclif. $2.00.&mdash;<i>Vol. II.</i> Part 1. Through
+the Renaissance. $2.00.</p>
+
+<p>Ten Brink&#8217;s Lectures on Shakespeare. $1.25.</p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Telepathy and the Subliminal Self.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By Dr. <span class="smcap">R. Osgood Mason</span>. A work treating of hypnotism, automatism, trance,
+and phantasms. (<i>To be published at once.</i>) 12mo.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;It is with the hope of aiding somewhat in the efforts now being made
+to rescue from an uncertain and unreasoning supernaturalism some of
+the most valuable facts in nature, and some of the most interesting
+and beautiful psychical phenomena in human experience, that this book
+is offered to the public.&#8221;&mdash;<i>From the Preface.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>A Diplomat in London. (1871-77.)</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Charles Gavard</span>. A book giving interesting light on the diplomacy of the
+Commune, and on the English aristocracy of the time. (<i>To be published at
+once.</i>) 12mo.</p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>In India.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Andr&eacute; Chevrillon</span>. 12mo, $1.50.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;A masterpiece.... Such a vivid reflection of the country, its people,
+its architecture, and its religion, that we become unconscious of the
+printed page, for we see and feel that mystery of the world&mdash;India.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Bookman.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Richard Brinsley Sheridan.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">W. Fraser Rae</span>. With an Introduction by Sheridan&#8217;s great-grandson, the
+Marquess of Dufferin. With portraits. 2 vols., 8vo, $7.00.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;A story of romantic and human interest.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Atlantic Monthly.</i> &#8220;A
+marvelously ingenious and deft piece of biographical narration.... Mr.
+Rae has told a full and interesting story, and has told it well.&#8221;&mdash;<i>N.
+Y. Tribune.</i> &#8220;The best biography of Sheridan in existence.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Review of Reviews.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Social Forces in German Literature.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By Prof. <span class="smcap">Kuno Francke</span>. 8vo, $2.00 <i>net</i>. (<i>This book is being translated
+into German.</i>)</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;We owe a debt of gratitude to the author ... his exposition is
+admirable.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Nation.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>On Parody.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Arthur Shadwell Martin</span>. An essay on the art, and humorous selections.
+12mo, $1.25.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;Of infinite delight and resource to lovers of English
+verse.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Outlook.</i> &#8220;Full of good examples.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Nation.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Modern Political Orations. (1838-1888.)</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Twenty-four speeches by Brougham, Macaulay, Fox, Cobden, Bulwer-Lytton,
+Bright, Morley, Beaconsfield, Gladstone, Chamberlain, Parnell, McCarthy,
+Churchill, etc., etc. Edited by <span class="smcap">Leopold Wagner</span>. $1.00 <i>net</i>.</p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Russian Politics.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Herbert M. Thompson</span>. With maps. $2.00.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;Most intelligible and interesting.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Atlantic Monthly.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Animal Symbolism in Ecclesiastical Architecture.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">E. P. Evans</span>. With 78 Illustrations. $2 <i>net</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;Many a ponderous and voluminous work on medi&aelig;val history and art,
+requiring months for its study, is really far less valuable than this
+little book.&#8221;&mdash;The Hon. <span class="smcap">Andrew D. White</span>, in Appleton&#8217;s <i>Popular Science Monthly</i>.</p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>International Bimetallism.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Francis A. Walker</span>. 3d edition. $1.25.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;An elaborate study of bimetallism from the first bimetallist in the
+United States, and there is not a syllable in it that is favorable to
+the free, unlimited, and independent coinage of silver by the United
+States.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Christian Register.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center"><span class="giant">Henry Holt &amp; Co.&#8217;s Recent Fiction.</span></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>The Honorable Peter Stirling.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Paul L. Ford</span>. A brilliant novel of New York Political Life. <i>Sixteenth
+edition.</i> $1.50.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>&#8220;Timely, manly, thoroughbred, and eminently suggestive.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Atlantic
+Monthly.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Emma Lou: Her Book.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">By <span class="smcap">Mary M. Mears</span>. 12mo, $1.00.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;The neatest, closest, and most accurate description of village life
+in exactly the way an uncommonly bright girl would see it. It is its
+exceeding naturalness which is so taking.... We are inclined to give
+the book the highest of encomiums as a sound, wholesome, and most
+amusing story.&#8221;&mdash;<i>N. Y. Times.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>The Buckram Series.</strong></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Narrow 16mo, with frontispiece, 75c. each.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;That admirable Buckram Series&mdash;to which a dull book is never
+admitted.&#8221;&mdash;<i>N. Y. Times.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br />Out of Bounds.</p>
+
+<p>Being the Adventures of an Unadventurous Young Man. By <span class="smcap">A. Garry</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;An exceedingly good story ... graceful and interesting.&#8221;&mdash;<i>N. Y.
+Commercial Advertiser.</i> &#8220;A story which none will read but to enjoy.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Boston Times.</i></p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><i>Earlier Issues.</i></p>
+
+<p>Anthony Hope&#8217;s Romances.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">6 vols. The Prisoner of Zenda (31st Ed.). The Indiscretion of the
+Duchess (10th Ed.). A Man of Mark (9th Ed.). The Dolly Dialogues (9th
+Ed.). A Change of Air (9th Ed.). Sport Royal (3d Ed.).</p>
+
+<p>A Man and His Womankind. A novel. By <span class="smcap">Nora Vynn&eacute;</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Sir Quixote of the Moors. A Scotch Romance. By <span class="smcap">John Buchan</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Lady Bonnie&#8217;s Experiment. A quaint pastoral. By <span class="smcap">Tighe Hopkins</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Kafir Stories. Tales of adventure. By <span class="smcap">Wm. Chas. Scully</span>.</p>
+
+<p>The Master-Knot (2d Edition). And &#8220;Another Story.&#8221; By <span class="smcap">Conover Duff</span>.</p>
+
+<p>The Time Machine. The Story of an Invention. By <span class="smcap">H. G. Wells</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Tenement Tales of New York. By <span class="smcap">J. W. Sullivan</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Slum Stories of London. (<i>Neighbors of Ours.</i>) By <span class="smcap">H. W. Nevinson</span>.</p>
+
+<p>The Ways of Yale (6th Edition). Sketches, mainly humorous. By <span class="smcap">H. A. Beers</span>.</p>
+
+<p>A Suburban Pastoral (5th Edition). American stories. By <span class="smcap">Henry A. Beers</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Jack O&#8217;Doon (2d Edition). An American novel. By <span class="smcap">Maria Beale</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Quaker Idyls (5th Edition). By Mrs. <span class="smcap">S. M. H. Gardner</span>.</p>
+
+<p>John Ingerfield (6th Edition). A love tragedy. By <span class="smcap">Jerome K. Jerome</span>.</p>
+
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center"><i>Sixteenth Edition of a New York Novel.</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="large">The Hon. Peter Stirling</span><br />
+And what people thought of him.</p>
+
+<p class="center">By <span class="smcap">Paul Leicester Ford</span>. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Nation</i>: &#8220;Floods of light on the <i>raison d&#8217;&ecirc;tre</i>, origin, and methods
+of the dark figure that directs the destinies of our cities.... So
+strongly imagined and logically drawn that it satisfies the demand for the
+appearance of truth in art.... Telling scenes and incidents and
+descriptions of political organization, all of which are literal
+transcripts of life and fact&mdash;not dry irrelevancies thrown in by way of
+imparting information, but lively detail, needful for a clear
+understanding of Stirling&#8217;s progress from the humble chairmanship of a
+primary to the dictator&#8217;s throne.... In the use of dramatic possibilities,
+Mr. Ford is discreet and natural, and without giving Stirling a heroic
+pose, manages to win for him very hearty sympathy and belief. Stirling&#8217;s
+private and domestic story is well knit with that of his public
+adventures.... A very good novel.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>The Atlantic Monthly</i>: &#8220;Commands our very sincere respect ... there is no
+glaring improbability about his story ... the highly dramatic crisis of
+the story.... The tone and manner of the book are noble.... A timely,
+manly, thoroughbred, and eminently suggestive book.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>The Review of Reviews</i>: &#8220;His relations with women were of unconventional
+sincerity and depth.... Worth reading on several accounts.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>The Dial</i>: &#8220;One of the strongest and most vital characters that have
+appeared in our fiction.... A very charming love-story. To discern the
+soul of good in so evil a thing as Municipal politics calls for sympathies
+that are not often united with a sane ethical outlook; but Peter Stirling
+is possessed of the one without losing his sense of the other, and it is
+this combination of qualities that make him so impressive and admirable a
+figure.... Both a readable and an ethically helpful book.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>The New York Tribune</i>: &#8220;A portrait which is both alive and easily
+recognizable.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>New York Times</i>: &#8220;Mr. Ford&#8217;s able political novel.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>The Literary World</i>: &#8220;A fine, tender love-story.... A very unusual but,
+let us believe, a possible character.... Peter Stirling is a man&#8217;s
+hero.... Very readable and enjoyable.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>The Independent</i>: &#8220;Full of life. The interest never flags.... It is long
+since we have read a better novel or one more thoroughly and naturally
+American.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p><i>The Boston Advertiser</i>: &#8220;Sure to excite attention and win popularity.&#8221;</p>
+
+
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p class="center"><span class="giant">Anthony Hope&#8217;s Romances</span></p>
+<p class="center"><span class="large">In Buckram Series.</span></p>
+<p class="center">18mo, with Frontispieces, 75 cents each.</p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>The Prisoner of Zenda.</strong> <i>32d Edition.</i></p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;A glorious story, which cannot be too warmly recommended to all who
+love a tale that stirs the blood. Perhaps not the least among its many
+good qualities is the fact that its chivalry is of the nineteenth, not
+of the sixteenth, century; that it is a tale of brave men and true,
+and of a fair woman of to-day. The Englishman who saves the king ...
+is as interesting a knight as was Bayard.... The story holds the
+reader&#8217;s attention from first to last.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Critic.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>The Indiscretion of the Duchess.</strong> <i>10th Edition.</i></p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;Told with an old-time air of romance that gives the fascination of an
+earlier day; an air of good faith, almost of religious chivalry, gives
+reality to their extravagance.... Marks Mr. Hope as a wit, if he were
+not a romancer.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Nation.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>A Man of Mark.</strong> <i>9th Edition.</i></p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;More plentifully charged with humor, and the plot is every whit as
+original as that of Zenda ... returns to the entrancing manner of &#8216;The
+Prisoner of Zenda.&#8217;... The whole game of playing at revolution is
+pictured with such nearness and intimacy of view that the wildest
+things happen as though they were every-day occurrences.... Two
+triumphs of picturesque description&mdash;the overthrow and escape of the
+President, and the night attack on the bank. The charmingly wicked
+Christina is equal to anything that Mr. Hope has done, with the
+possible exception of the always piquant Dolly.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Life.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>The Dolly Dialogues.</strong> <i>9th Edition.</i></p>
+
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;Characterized by a delicious drollery; ... beneath the surface play
+of words lies a tragi-comedy of life.... There is infinite suggestion
+in every line.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Boston Transcript.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>A Change of Air.</strong> <i>9th Edition.</i></p>
+
+<p>With portrait and notice of the author.</p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;A highly clever performance, with little touches that recall both
+Balzac and Meredith.... Is endowed with exceeding originality.&#8221;&mdash;<i>New York Times.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><br /><strong>Sport Royal.</strong> <i>3d Edition.</i></p>
+
+<p class="blockquot">&#8220;His many admirers will be happy to find in these stories full
+evidence that Anthony Hope can write short stories fully as dramatic
+in incident as his popular novels.&#8221;&mdash;<i>Philadelphia Call.</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><br /><span class="large">HENRY HOLT &amp; CO.,</span><br />
+29 W. 23d St., New York.</p></div>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr style="width: 50%;" />
+
+<p><a name="f1" id="f1" href="#f1.1">[1]</a> See <a href="#frontis">Frontispiece</a>.</p>
+
+<p><a name="f2" id="f2" href="#f2.1">[2]</a> Prof. Tyndall&#8217;s address before the British Association at Belfast, August, 1874.</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Telepathy and the Subliminal Self, by 
+R. Osgood Mason
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37203-h.htm or 37203-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37203/
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/37203-h/images/cover.jpg b/37203-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1236fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/frontis.jpg b/37203-h/images/frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81908bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/frontis.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1a.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1a.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..435610d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1a.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1b.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9643fe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1b.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1c.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1c.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bac295a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1c.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1d.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1d.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d94e184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1d.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1e.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1e.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..749018e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1e.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1f.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1f.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..406fda6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1f.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1g.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1g.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89ac868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1g.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image1h.jpg b/37203-h/images/image1h.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf29ae8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image1h.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/image2.jpg b/37203-h/images/image2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41b04a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/image2.jpg
diff --git a/37203-h/images/printer.jpg b/37203-h/images/printer.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..515316e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203-h/images/printer.jpg
diff --git a/37203.txt b/37203.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b972705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8441 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Telepathy and the Subliminal Self, by R. Osgood Mason
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Telepathy and the Subliminal Self
+
+Author: R. Osgood Mason
+
+Release Date: August 25, 2011 [EBook #37203]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: NATHAN EARLY
+
+_Phototype from an Automatic Painting._ (See page 196.)]
+
+
+
+
+  TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF
+
+  AN ACCOUNT OF RECENT INVESTIGATIONS REGARDING
+  HYPNOTISM, AUTOMATISM, DREAMS, PHANTASMS,
+  AND RELATED PHENOMENA
+
+
+  BY R. OSGOOD MASON, A.M., M.D.
+  _Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine_
+
+
+  NEW YORK
+  HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
+  1897
+
+
+
+
+  Copyright, 1897,
+  BY
+  HENRY HOLT & CO.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+To whatever conclusions it may lead us, there is no mistaking the fact
+that now more than ever before is the public interested in matters
+relating to the "New Psychology." Scarcely a day passes that notice of
+some unusual psychical experience or startling phenomenon does not appear
+in popular literature. The newspaper, the magazine, and the novel vie with
+each other in their efforts to excite interest and attract attention by
+the display of these strange incidents, presented sometimes with
+intelligence and taste, but oftener with a culpable disregard of both
+taste and truth.
+
+The general reader is not yet critical regarding these matters, but he is
+at least interested, and desires to know what can be relied upon as
+established truth amongst these various reports. There is inquiry
+concerning Telepathy or Thought-Transference--is it a fact or is it a
+delusion? Has Hypnotism any actual standing either in science or common
+sense? What of Clairvoyance, Planchette, Trance and Trance utterances,
+Crystal-Gazing and Apparitions?
+
+In the following papers intelligent readers, both in and out of the
+medical profession, will find these subjects fairly stated and discussed,
+and to some of the questions asked, fair and reasonable answers given. It
+is with the hope of aiding somewhat in the efforts now being made to
+rescue from an uncertain and unreasoning supernaturalism some of the most
+valuable facts in nature, and some of the most interesting and beautiful
+psychical phenomena in human experience, that this book is offered to the
+public.
+
+To such studies, however, it is objected by some that the principles
+involved in these unusual mental actions are too vague and the facts too
+new and unsubstantiated to be deserving of serious consideration; but it
+should be remembered that all our knowledge, even that which is now
+reckoned as science, was once vague and tentative; it is absurd,
+therefore, to ignore newly-found facts simply because they are new and
+their laws unknown; nevertheless, in psychical matters especially, this is
+the tendency of the age.
+
+But even if upon the practical side these studies should be deemed
+unsatisfactory, it would not follow that they are without use or
+interest. It is a truism that our western civilization is over-intense and
+practical; it is materialistic, hard, mechanical; it values nothing, it
+believes in nothing that cannot be weighed, measured, analyzed, labelled
+and appraised;--feeling, intuition, aspiration, monitions, glimpses of
+knowledge that are from within--not external nor distinctly
+cognizable,--these are all slighted, despised, trampled upon by a
+supercilious dilettanteism on the one hand and an uninstructed
+philistinism on the other, and the result has been a development that is
+abnormal, unsymmetrical, deformed, and tending to disintegration.
+
+To a few, oriental mysticism, to others the hasty deductions of
+spiritualism, and to many more the supernaturalism of the various
+religious systems, offer at least a partial, though often exaggerated,
+antidote to this inherent vice, because they all contemplate a spiritual
+or at least a transcendental aspect of man's nature in contrast to that
+which is purely material. But even these partial remedies are not
+available to all, and they are unsatisfactory to many.
+
+As a basis to a more symmetrical and permanent development, some generally
+recognized facts relative to the constitution and action of these more
+subtle forces in our being must be certified; and as an introduction to
+that work, it is hoped that these studies in the outlying fields of
+psychology will not be found valueless.
+
+A portion of the papers here presented are republished, much revised, by
+courtesy of _The New York Times_.
+
+NEW YORK, _October, 1896_.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                                                  PAGE
+
+  CHAPTER I.
+    Psychical Research--Telepathy or Thought-Transference            1
+
+  CHAPTER II.
+    Mesmerism and Hypnotism--History and Therapeutic Effects        28
+
+  CHAPTER III.
+    Hypnotism--Psychical Aspect                                     51
+
+  CHAPTER IV.
+    Lucidity or Clairvoyance                                        74
+
+  CHAPTER V.
+    Double or Multiplex Personality                                116
+
+  CHAPTER VI.
+    Natural Somnambulism--Hypnotic Somnambulism--Dreams            129
+
+  CHAPTER VII.
+    Automatism--Planchette                                         151
+
+  CHAPTER VIII.
+    Automatic Writing, Drawing and Painting                        181
+
+  CHAPTER IX.
+    Crystal-gazing                                                 198
+
+  CHAPTER X.
+    Phantasms                                                      224
+
+  CHAPTER XI.
+    Phantasms, Continued                                           262
+
+  CHAPTER XII.
+    Conclusions                                                    307
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+PSYCHICAL RESEARCH--TELEPATHY OR THOUGHT-TRANSFERENCE.
+
+
+The status of the old-fashioned ghost story has, within the past ten
+years, perceptibly changed. Formerly, by the credulous generality of
+people, it was almost universally accepted without reason and without
+critical examination. It was looked upon as supernatural, and supernatural
+things were neither to be doubted nor reasoned about, and there the matter
+ended.
+
+On the other hand, the more learned and scientific, equally without reason
+or critical examination, utterly repudiated and scorned all alleged facts
+and occurrences relating to the subject. "We know what the laws of nature
+are," they said, "and alleged occurrences which go beyond or contravene
+these laws are upon their face illusions and frauds." And so, with them
+also, there the matter ended.
+
+In the meantime, while the irreclaimably superstitious and credulous on
+the one hand, and the unco-scientific and conservative on the other,
+equally without knowledge and equally without reason, have gone on
+believing and disbelieving, a large number of people--intelligent,
+inquiring, quick-witted, and reasonable, some scientific and some
+unscientific--have come to think seriously regarding unusual occurrences
+and phenomena, either witnessed or experienced by themselves or related by
+others, and whose reality they could not doubt, although their relations
+to ordinary conditions of life were mysterious and occult.
+
+In the investigation of these subjects some new and unfamiliar terms have
+come into more or less common use. We hear of mind-reading, telepathy,
+hypnotism, clairvoyance, and psychical research, some of which terms still
+stand for something mysterious, uncanny, perhaps even supernatural, but
+they have at least excited interest and inquiry. The subjects which they
+represent have even permeated general literature; the novelist has made
+use of this widespread interest in occult subjects and has introduced many
+of the strange and weird features which they present into his department
+of literature. Some have made use of this new material without knowledge
+or taste, merely to excite wonder and attract the vulgar, while others
+use it philosophically, with knowledge and discrimination, for the purpose
+of educating their readers in a new and important department of knowledge
+and thought.
+
+Amongst the more scientific, societies have been formed, reports have been
+read and published, so that in scientific and literary circles as well as
+among the unlearned the subject has become one of interest.
+
+The object of these papers will be briefly to tell in connection with my
+own observations, what is known and what is thought by others who have
+studied the subject carefully, and especially what has been done by the
+English Society for Psychical Research and kindred societies.
+
+When an expedition is sent out for the purpose of exploring new and
+unknown regions, it is often necessary to send forward scouts to obtain
+some general ideas concerning the nature of the country, its conformation,
+water-courses, inhabitants, and food supplies. The scouts return and
+report what they have discovered; their reports are listened to with
+interest, and upon these reports often depend the movements and success of
+the whole expedition. It will easily be seen how important it is that the
+scouts should be intelligent, sharp-witted, courageous and truthful; and
+it will also be evident that the report of these scouts concerning the new
+and unknown country is much more valuable than the preconceived opinions
+of geographers and philosophers, no matter how eminent they may be, who
+have simply stayed at home, enjoyed their easy-chair, and declared
+off-hand that the new country was useless and uninhabitable.
+
+The outlying fields of psychology, which are now the subject of psychical
+research, are comparatively a new and unexplored region, and until within
+a few years it has been considered a barren and unproductive one, into
+which it was silly, disreputable, and even dangerous to enter; the region
+was infested with dream-mongers, spiritualists, clairvoyants, mesmerists,
+and cranks, and the more vigorously it was shunned the safer would he be
+who had a reputation of any kind to lose.
+
+Such substantially was the condition of public sentiment, and especially
+of sentiment in strictly scientific circles, fourteen years ago, when the
+English Society for Psychical Research came into being. The first movement
+in the direction of systematic study and exploration in this new field was
+a preliminary meeting called by Prof. W. F. Barrett, Fellow of the Royal
+Society of Edinburgh, and a few other gentlemen on Jan. 6, 1882, when the
+formation of such a society was proposed; and in the following month the
+society was definitely organized and officers were chosen. The first
+general meeting for business and listening to reports took place July 17th
+of the same year.
+
+The persons associated in this society were of the most staid and
+respectable character, noted for solid sense, and a sufficient number of
+them for practical work were also trained in scientific methods, and were
+already eminent in special departments of science.
+
+Prof. Henry Sidgwick, Trinity College, Cambridge, was President; Prof. W.
+F. Barrett, F. R. S. E., Royal College of Science, Dublin, and Prof.
+Balfour Stewart, F. R. S., Owens College, Manchester, were
+Vice-Presidents, and among the members were a large number of well-known
+names of Fellows of various learned and royal societies, professional men,
+and members of Parliament, altogether giving character to the society, as
+well as assuring sensible methods in its work. Among the subjects first
+taken up for examination and, so far as possible, for experimental study,
+were the following:--
+
+(1) Thought-transference, or an examination into the nature and extent of
+any influence which may be exerted by one mind upon another, apart from
+any generally recognized mode of perception or communication.
+
+(2) The study of hypnotism and the forms of so-called mesmeric trance.
+
+(3) An investigation of well-authenticated reports regarding apparitions
+and disturbances in houses reputed to be haunted.
+
+(4) An inquiry into various psychical phenomena commonly called
+Spiritualistic.
+
+The first report made to the society was concerning thought-reading, or
+thought-transference, and was a description of various experiments
+undertaken with a view to determine the question whether one person or one
+mind can receive impressions or intelligence from another person or mind
+without communication by word, touch, or sign, or by any means whatsoever
+apart from the ordinary and recognized methods of perception, or the
+ordinary channels of communication.
+
+What is meant by thought-transference is perhaps most simply illustrated
+by the common amusement known as the "willing game"; it is played as
+follows:--
+
+The person to be influenced or "willed" is sent out of the room; those
+remaining then agree upon some act which that person is to be willed to
+accomplish; as, for instance, to take some particular piece of bric-a-brac
+from a table or cabinet and place it upon the piano, or to find some
+article which has been purposely hidden. The person to be willed is then
+brought back into the room; the leader of the game places one hand lightly
+upon her shoulder or arm, and the whole company think intently upon the
+act agreed upon in her absence. If the game is successful, the person so
+willed goes, with more or less promptness, takes the piece of bric-a-brac
+thought of, and places it upon the piano, as before agreed upon by the
+company, or she goes with more or less directness and discovers the hidden
+article. Nervous agitation, excitement, even faintness or actual syncope,
+are not unusual accompaniments of the effort on the part of the person so
+willed, circumstances which at least show the unusual character of the
+performance and also the necessity for caution in conducting it.
+
+If the game is played honestly, as it generally is, the person to be
+willed, when she returns to the room, is absolutely ignorant of what act
+she is expected to perform, and the person with whom she is placed in
+contact does not intentionally give her any clue or information during the
+progress of the game.
+
+In the more formal experiments the person who is willed is known as the
+sensitive, subject, or percipient; the person who conducts the experiment
+is known as the agent or operator. The sensitive is presumed to receive,
+in some unusual manner, from the minds of the agent and the company, an
+impression regarding the action to be performed, without communication
+between them in any ordinary manner.
+
+This is one of the simplest forms of thought-transference; it is, of
+course, liable to many errors, and is useless as a scientific test.
+
+Bishop, Cumberland, and other mind readers who have exhibited their
+remarkable powers all over the world, were doubtless sensitives who
+possessed this power of perception or receiving impressions in a high
+degree, so that minute objects, such as an ordinary watch-key, hidden in a
+barrel of rubbish in a cellar and in a distant part of an unfamiliar city,
+is quickly found, the sensitive being connected with the agent by the
+slightest contact, or perhaps only by a string or wire.
+
+The question at issue in all these cases is the same, namely, do the
+sensitives receive their impressions regarding what they have to do from
+the mind of the agent by some process other than the ordinary means of
+communication, such as seeing, hearing, or touch; or do they, by the
+exceeding delicacy of their perception, receive impressions from slight
+indications unintentionally and unconsciously conveyed to them by the
+agent through the slight contact which is kept up between them?
+
+The opinion of a majority of scientific persons has been altogether averse
+to the theory of thought-transference from one mind to another without the
+aid of the senses and the ordinary means of communication; and they have
+maintained that intimations of the thing to be done by the sensitive were
+conveyed by slight muscular movements unconsciously made by the agent and
+perhaps unconsciously received by the sensitive. To explain, or rather to
+formulate these cases, Dr. William B. Carpenter, the eminent English
+physiologist, proposed the theory of "unconscious muscular action" on the
+part of the agent and "unconscious cerebration" on the part of the
+sensitive; and his treatment of the whole subject in his "Mental
+Physiology," which was published twenty years ago, and also in his book on
+"Mesmerism and Spiritualism," was thought by many to be conclusive against
+the theory of mind-reading or thought-transference. Especially was this
+view entertained by the more conservative portion of the various
+scientific bodies interested in the subject, and also by that large class
+of people, scientific and otherwise, who save themselves much trouble by
+taking their opinions ready made.
+
+It was a very easy way of disposing of the matter, so thoroughly
+scientific, and it did not involve the necessity of studying any new force
+or getting into trouble with any new laws of mental action; it was simply
+delightful, and the physiologists rubbed their hands gleefully over the
+apparent discomfiture of the shallow cranks who imagined they had
+discovered something new. There was only one troublesome circumstance
+about the whole affair. It was this: that cases were every now and then
+making their appearance which absolutely refused to be explained by the
+new theory of Dr. Carpenter, and the only way of disposing of these
+troublesome cases was to declare that the people who observed them did not
+know how to observe, and did not see what they thought they saw.
+
+This was the state of the question, and this the way in which it was
+generally regarded, when it was taken up for investigation by the Society
+for Psychical Research.
+
+Experiments on the subject of thought-transference fall naturally into
+four classes:
+
+(1) Those where some prearranged action is accomplished, personal contact
+being maintained between the operator and the sensitive.
+
+(2) Similar performances where there is no contact whatever.
+
+(3) Where a name, number, object, or card is guessed or perceived and
+expressed by speech or writing without any perceptible means of obtaining
+intelligence by the senses or through any of the ordinary channels of
+communication.
+
+(4) Where the same ideas have occurred or the same impressions have been
+conveyed at the same moment to the minds of two or more persons widely
+separated from each other.
+
+The first and second of these classes are simply examples of the "willing
+game" carried on under more strict conditions, but they are not counted as
+of special value on account of the possibility of information being
+conveyed when contact is permitted, and by means of slight signals, mere
+movements of the eye, finger, or lip, which might quickly be seized upon
+and interpreted by the sensitive, even when there was no actual contact.
+The third and fourth class, however, seem to exclude these and all other
+ordinary or recognizable means of communication.
+
+The following are examples of the third class, namely, where some object,
+number, name, or card has been guessed or perceived without the aid of the
+senses, and without any of the ordinary means of communication between the
+operator and the subject.
+
+The first experiments here reported were made in the family of a
+clergyman, by himself, together with his five daughters, ranging from ten
+to seventeen years of age, all thoroughly healthy persons, and without any
+peculiar nervous development. The daughters and sometimes, also, a young
+maid-servant, were the sensitives, and the clergyman, when alone with his
+family, acted as agent. The test experiments made in this family were
+conducted by two competent and well-qualified observers, members of the
+society, and no member of the family was permitted to know the word, name,
+or object selected, except that the child chosen to act as sensitive was
+told to what class the object belonged; for instance, whether it was a
+number, card, or name of some person or place.
+
+The child was then sent out of the room and kept under observation while
+the test object was agreed upon, and was then recalled by one of the
+experimenters; and while giving her answers she "stood near the door with
+downcast eyes," and often with her back to the company. The experiments
+were conducted in perfect silence excepting the child's answer and the
+"right" or "wrong" of the agent.
+
+It has been charged that these children, later, were caught signalling
+during the experiments. This is true by their own confession, but it is
+also true that there was no signalling during the earlier experiments,
+also that the signalling when used did not improve the results, and
+furthermore that after they began signalling the effort to keep the mind
+consciously active and acute during their trials injured the passive
+condition necessary for success, and eventually destroyed their
+sensitiveness and thought-reading power altogether.
+
+Besides, most of the tests were made when only the one child was in the
+room, and, as will be noticed, many of the tests were of such a nature
+that signalling would be out of the question, especially with their little
+experience and clumsy code.
+
+The following results were obtained, the name of the object agreed upon
+being given in italics:--
+
+_A white-handled penknife._ Was named and color given on the first trial.
+_A box of almonds._ Named correctly. _A three-penny piece._ Failed. _A
+box of chocolate._ A button box. _A penknife, hidden._ Failed to state
+where it was.
+
+Trial with cards, to be named:--
+
+_Two of clubs._ Right. _Seven of diamonds._ Right. _Four of spades._
+Failed. _Four of hearts._ Right. _King of hearts._ Right. _Two of
+diamonds._ Right. _Ace of hearts._ Right. _Nine of spades._ Right. _Five
+of diamonds._ Four of diamonds (wrong); then four of hearts, (wrong); then
+five of diamonds, which was right on the third trial. _Two of spades._
+Right. _Eight of diamonds._ Wrong. _Ace of diamonds._ Wrong. _Three of
+hearts._ Right. _Four of clubs._ Wrong. _Ace of spades._ Wrong.
+
+The following results were obtained with fictitious names:--
+
+_William Stubbs._ Right. _Eliza Holmes._ Eliza H. _Isaac Harding._ Right.
+_Sophia Shaw._ Right. _Hester Willis._ Cassandra--then Hester Wilson.
+_John Jones._ Right. _Timothy Taylor._ Tom, then Timothy Taylor. _Esther
+Ogle._ Right. _Arthur Higgins._ Right. _Alfred Henderson._ Right. _Amy
+Frogmore._ Amy Freemore, then Amy Frogmore. _Albert Snelgrove._ Albert
+Singrore, then Albert Grover.
+
+On another occasion the following result was obtained with cards, Mary,
+the eldest daughter, being the percipient: In thirty-one successive
+trials the first only was an entire failure, six of spades being given in
+answer for the eight of spades. Of the remaining thirty consecutive
+trials, in seventeen the card was correctly named on the first attempt,
+nine on the second, and four on the third.
+
+It should here be observed, that according to the calculus of
+probabilities, the chances that an ordinary guesser would be correct in
+his guess on the first trial is, in cards, of course, one in fifty-one,
+but in these trials, numbering 382 in all, and extending over six days,
+the average was one in three, and second and third guesses being allowed
+the successes were more than one in two, almost two in three.
+
+The chances against guessing the card correctly five times in succession
+are more than 1,000,000 to 1, and against this happening eight times in
+succession are more than 142,000,000 to 1, yet the former happened several
+times and the latter twice--once with cards and once with fictitious
+names, the chances against success in the latter case being almost
+incalculable.
+
+The following experiments were also made among many others, Miss Maud
+Creery being the percipient:--
+
+"(1) What town have we thought of? A. Buxton: which was correct.
+
+"(2) What town have we thought of? A. Derby. What part did you think of
+first? A. Railway station. (So did I.) What next? A. The market-place. (So
+did I.)
+
+"(3) What town have we thought of? A. Something commencing with L. (Pause
+of a minute.) Lincoln. (Correct.)
+
+"(4) What town have we thought of? A. Fairfield. What part did you think
+of first? A. The road to it. (So did I.) What next? A. The triangular
+green behind the Bull's Head Inn. (So did I.)"
+
+In seeking an explanation for these remarkable results coincidence and
+chance may, it would seem, be utterly excluded. Touch and hearing must
+also be excluded, since the guesser did not come in contact with any
+person during the experiments, and they were conducted in perfect silence
+excepting the answers of the percipient or the "yes" or "no" of the agent.
+
+We have left, then, only the unconscious indications which might possibly
+be given by look, movement of a finger, lip, or muscle by persons who were
+present especially on account of their desire and ability to detect any
+such communication, and on account of their ability to avoid giving
+information in any such manner themselves.
+
+It seems, in fact, quite incredible that information thus conveyed could
+be sufficient to affect the result in so large a number of experiments,
+especially where the experiments included the names of places and
+fictitious names of persons. Even where signalling is successfully carried
+on, as, for instance, in stage tricks, it is a regular feat of memory
+accomplished between two people who have studied and practised it
+assiduously for a long time, while here were simply children, brought in
+contact, without rehearsal, with strangers, whose object it was to detect
+the trick if any were practised among them.
+
+We are forced, then, to the conclusion that the knowledge which these
+sensitives exhibited concerning the objects, names, or cards which were
+given them as tests, did not come to them by any ordinary sense of
+perception obtained either legitimately or by trick, but came to them
+directly from the minds of other persons acting as agents and striving to
+impress them, and that this knowledge or these impressions were received
+by some means other than through the ordinary channels of communication.
+
+Another method of demonstrating thought-transference which should be
+mentioned here, is by means of diagrams. The experiment may be made as
+follows:--The percipient, being blindfolded, is seated at a table with his
+back to the operator, without contact and in perfect silence. A
+diagram--for instance, a circle with a cross in the centre--is distinctly
+drawn by a third person and so held as to be in full view of the operator,
+who looks at it in silence, steadily and with concentrated attention.
+
+The impression made by the diagram upon the mind of the operator is
+gradually perceived by the percipient, who, after a time varying from a
+few seconds to several minutes, declares himself ready. The bandages are
+then removed from his eyes, and to the best of his ability he draws the
+impression which came to him while blindfolded. The results have varied in
+accuracy, very much as did the results in the experiments with objects and
+cards already described.
+
+The following diagrams are from drawings and reproductions made in the
+manner just described. They are from the proceedings of the Society for
+Psychical Research, and were the result of experiments made by Mr. Malcolm
+Guthrie and Mr. James Birchall, two prominent and cultivated citizens of
+Liverpool, together with three or four ladies, personal friends of
+theirs, all of whom undertook the experiments with the definite purpose of
+testing the truth or falsity of thought-transference.
+
+
+[Illustration:
+
+  I. Original Drawing.
+  I. Reproduction.
+
+  II. Original Drawing.
+  II. Reproduction.
+
+  III. Original Drawing.
+  III. Reproduction.
+
+  IV. Original Drawing.
+  IV. Reproduction.
+]
+
+
+I will also quote another experiment, which is only a fair example of a
+very large number, carefully carried out from April to November, 1883. In
+many of the experiments members of the Committee on Thought-transference
+from the S. P. R. were present.
+
+APRIL 20th, 1883.--Present, Mr. Guthrie, Mr. Birchall, Mr. Steel, and four
+ladies:--
+
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+   AGENT. |PERCIPIENT.|       OBJECT.         |         RESULT.
+  --------|-----------|-----------------------|--------------------------
+  Mrs. E. | Miss R.   | A square of pink silk | "Pink ... Square."
+          |           | on black satin.       | Answered almost
+          |           |                       | instantly.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | A ring of white silk  | "Can't see it."
+          |           | on black satin.       |
+          |           |                       |
+  Miss R. | Miss E.   | Word R E S, letter by | Each letter was named
+          |           | letter.               | correctly by Miss E. as
+          |           |                       | it was placed before
+          |           |                       | Miss R.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | Letter Q.             | "Q." First answer.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | Letter F.             | "F." First answer.
+          |           |                       |
+  All     |           |                       |
+  present.| Miss R.   | A gilt cross held by  | "It is a cross." Asked,
+          |           | Mr. G. behind the     | which way is it held,
+          |           | percipient.           | percipient replied,
+          |           |                       | "The right way." Correct.
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | A yellow paper knife. | "Yellow ... is it a
+          |           |                       | feather?... It looks
+          |           |                       | like a knife with a
+          |           |                       | thin handle."
+          |           |                       |
+    do.   |   do.     | A pair of scissors    | "It is silver ... No, it
+          |           | standing open and     | is steel ... It is a pair
+          |           | upright.              | of scissors standing
+          |           |                       | upright."
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Success was different on different occasions, but this represents an
+ordinary series of experiments at one sitting. In these experiments with
+objects, the percipient was blindfolded and the object moreover was kept
+out of range of vision. In some experiments slight contact was permitted,
+and in some it was not, but it was found that contact had little if any
+effect upon the result.
+
+Remarkable success was also obtained in the transference of sensation,
+such as taste, smell, or pain, while the percipient was in a normal
+condition, that is, not hypnotized.
+
+The following is an average example of the transference of taste:--
+
+The tasters, Mr. Guthrie (M. G.), Mr. Gurney (E. G.), and Mr. Myers (M.).
+The percipients were two young ladies in Mr. Guthrie's employ.
+
+  SEPT. 3, 1883.
+
+  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+   TASTERS. |PERCIPIENT.|   SUBSTANCE.   |     ANSWER GIVEN.
+  ----------|-----------|----------------|-----------------------------
+  E. G. & M.|    E.     | Worcestershire |
+            |           | Sauce.         | "Worcestershire Sauce."
+            |           |                |
+  M. G.     |    R.     |    "           | "Vinegar."
+            |           |                |
+  E. G. & M.|    E.     | Port wine.     | "Between eau de Cologne
+            |           |                |  and beer."
+            |           |                |
+  M. G.     |    R.     |    "           | "Raspberry Vinegar."
+            |           |                |
+  E. G. & M.|    E.     | Bitter aloes.  | "Horrible and bitter."
+            |           |                |
+  M. G.     |    R.     | Alum.          | "A taste of ink--of iron--of
+            |           |                |  vinegar. I feel it on my
+            |           |                |  lips--it is as though I had
+            |           |                |  been eating alum."
+  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Some very striking experiments were made by Mr. J. W. Smith of Brunswick
+Place, Leeds, as agent, and his sister Kate as percipient. Their success
+with diagrams fully equalled those already given, and with objects the
+results have seldom been equalled. The following trials were made March
+11th, 1884. The intelligence and good faith of the participants is
+undoubted.
+
+Agent: J. W. Smith. Percipient: Kate Smith.
+
+      OBJECT SELECTED.              NAMED.
+
+      Figure 8                      Correct first time.
+      Figure 5                         "      "     "
+      Black cross on white ground      "      "     "
+      Color blue                       "      "     "
+      Cipher (0)                       "      "     "
+
+    Pair of Scissors.--Percipient was not told what (i. e. what form of
+    experiment, figure, color or object) was to be next--but carefully and
+    without noise a pair of scissors was placed on white ground, and in
+    about one minute and a half she exclaimed: "Scissors!"
+
+The number of facts and experiments bearing upon this division of our
+subject is well-nigh inexhaustible; those already presented will serve as
+illustrations and will also show upon what sort of evidence is founded the
+probability that perceptions and impressions are really conveyed from one
+mind to another in some other manner than by the ordinary and recognized
+methods of communication.
+
+It remains to give one or two illustrations of the fourth division of the
+subject, namely, where similar thoughts have simultaneously occurred, or
+similar impressions have been made upon the minds of persons at a distance
+from each other without any known method of communication between them.
+
+The first case was received and examined by the society in the summer of
+1885. One of the percipients writes as follows:--
+
+"My sister-in-law, Sarah Eustance, of Stretton, was lying sick unto death,
+and my wife had gone over there from Lawton Chapel (twelve or thirteen
+miles off) to see and tend her in her last moments. On the night before
+her death I was sleeping at home alone, and, awaking, I heard a voice
+distinctly call me.
+
+"Thinking it was my niece Rosanna, the only other occupant of the house, I
+went to her room and found her awake and nervous. I asked her whether she
+had called me. She answered: 'No; but something awoke me, when I heard
+some one calling.' On my wife returning home after her sister's death she
+told me how anxious her sister had been to see me, craving for me to be
+sent for, and saying, 'Oh, how I want to see Done once more!' and soon
+after became speechless. But the curious part was that, about the same
+time that she was 'craving,' I and my niece heard the call."
+
+In answer to a letter of inquiry he further writes:--
+
+"My wife, who went from Lawton that particular Sunday to see her sister,
+will testify, that as she attended upon her (after the departure of the
+minister) during the night, she was asking and craving for me, repeatedly
+saying, 'Oh, I wish I could see Uncle Done and Rosie once more before I
+go!' and soon after she became unconscious, or at least ceased speaking,
+and died the next day, of which fact I was not aware until my wife
+returned on the evening of the Fourth of July."
+
+Mrs. Sewill, the Rosie referred to, writes as follows:--
+
+"I was awakened suddenly, without apparent cause, and heard a voice
+calling me distinctly, thus: 'Rosie, Rosie, Rosie.' We (my uncle and
+myself) were the only occupants of the house that night, aunt being away
+attending upon her sister. I never was called before or since."
+
+The second case is reported by a medical man of excellent reputation to
+whom the incident was related by both Lady G. and her sister, the
+percipients in the case. It is as follows:--
+
+"Lady G. and her sister had been spending the evening with their mother,
+who was in her usual health and spirits when they left her. In the middle
+of the night the sister awoke in a fright and said to her husband: 'I must
+go to my mother at once; do order the carriage. I am sure she is taken
+ill.' The husband, after trying in vain to convince his wife that it was
+only a fancy, ordered the carriage. As she was approaching her mother's
+house, where two roads meet, she saw Lady G.'s carriage approaching. As
+soon as they met, each asked the other why she was there at that
+unseasonable hour, and both made the same reply:--
+
+"'I could not sleep, feeling sure my mother was ill, and so I came to
+see.' As they came in sight of the house they saw their mother's
+confidential maid at the door, who told them, when they arrived, that
+their mother had been taken suddenly ill and was dying, and that she had
+expressed an earnest wish to see her daughters."
+
+The reporter adds:--
+
+"The mother was a lady of strong will and always had a great influence
+over her daughters."
+
+Many well-authenticated instances of a similar character could be cited,
+but the above are sufficient for illustration, which is the object here
+chiefly in view, and other facts still further illustrating this division
+of the subject will appear in other relations.
+
+The foregoing facts and experiments are sufficient to indicate what is
+understood by thought-transference, or telepathy, and also to indicate
+what might be called the skirmishing ground between the class of
+psychologists represented by the active workers in the Society for
+Psychical Research and kindred societies on the one hand, and the
+conservative scientists, mostly physiologists, who are incredulous of any
+action of the mind for which they cannot find an appropriate organ and a
+proper method, on the other.
+
+It is not claimed that thought-transference as here set forth is
+established beyond all possibility of doubt or cavil, especially from
+those who choose to remain ignorant of the facts, but only that its facts
+are solid and their interpretation reasonable, and that
+thought-transference has now the same claim to acceptance by well-informed
+people that many of the now accepted facts in physical science had in its
+early days of growth and development.
+
+The reality of thought-transference being once established, a vast field
+for investigation is opened up; a new law, as it were, is discovered; and
+how far-reaching and important its influence and bearing may be upon
+alleged facts and phenomena which heretofore have been disbelieved, or set
+down as chance occurrences, or explained away as hallucinations, is at
+present the interesting study of the experimental psychologist.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+MESMERISM AND HYPNOTISM--HISTORY AND THERAPEUTIC EFFECTS.
+
+
+No department of psychical research is at present exciting so widespread
+an interest as that which is known under the name of Hypnotism; and
+inquiries are constantly made by those to whom the subject is new,
+regarding its nature and effects, and also how, if at all, it differs from
+the mesmerism and animal magnetism of many years ago.
+
+Unfortunately, these questions are more easily asked than answered, and
+well-informed persons, and even those considered experts in the subject,
+would doubtless give different and perhaps opposing answers to them. A
+short historical sketch may help in forming an opinion.
+
+From the remotest periods of human history to the present time, certain
+peculiar and unusual conditions of mind, sometimes associated with
+abnormal conditions of body, have been observed, during which unusual
+conditions, words have unconsciously been spoken, sometimes seemingly
+meaningless, but sometimes conveying knowledge of events at that moment
+taking place at a distance, sometimes foretelling future events, and
+sometimes words of warning, instruction, or command.
+
+The Egyptians and Assyrians had their magi, the Greeks and Romans their
+oracles, the Hebrews their seers and prophets, every great religion its
+inspired teachers, and every savage nation had, under some name, its seer
+or medicine-man.
+
+Socrates had his daemon, Joan of Arc her voices and visions, the
+Highlanders their second sight, Spiritualists their mediums and
+"controls." Even Sitting Bull had his vision in which he foresaw the
+approach and destruction of Custer's army.
+
+Until a little more than a hundred years ago all persons affected in any
+of these unusual ways were supposed to be endowed with some sort of
+supernatural power, or to be under external and supernatural influence,
+either divine or satanic.
+
+About 1773 Mesmer, an educated German physician, philosopher, and mystic,
+commenced the practice of curing disease by means of magnets passed over
+the affected parts and over the body of the patient from head to foot.
+Afterward seeing Gassner, a Swabian priest, curing his patients by
+command, and applying his hands to the affected parts, he discarded his
+magnets, concluding that the healing power or influence was not in them,
+but in himself; and he called that influence animal magnetism.
+
+Mesmer also found that a certain proportion of his patients went into a
+sleep more or less profound under his manipulations, during which
+somnambulism, or sleep-walking, appeared. But Mesmer's chief personal
+interest lay in certain theories regarding the nature of the
+newly-discovered power or agent, and in its therapeutic effects; his
+theories, however, were not understood nor appreciated by the physicians
+of his time, and his cures were looked upon by them as being simply
+quackery.
+
+Nevertheless, it was he who first took the whole subject of these abnormal
+or supranormal conditions out of the domain of the supernatural, and in
+attempting to show their relation to natural forces he placed them in the
+domain of nature as proper subjects of rational study and investigation;
+and for this, at least, Mesmer should be honored.
+
+Under Mesmer's pupil, the Marquis de Puysegur, the facts and methods
+relating to the magnetic sleep and magnetic cures were more carefully
+observed and more fully published. Then followed Petetin, Husson, and
+Dupotet, Elliotson in England and Esdaile in India. So from Mesmer in 1773
+to Dupotet and Elliotson in 1838 we have the period of the "early
+mesmerists."
+
+During this period the hypnotic sleep was induced by means of passes, the
+operators never for a moment doubting that the influence which produced
+sleep was a power of some sort proceeding from themselves and producing
+its effect upon the patient.
+
+In addition to the condition of sleep or lethargy, the following
+conditions were well known to the "early mesmerists"; somnambulism, or
+sleep-walking, catalepsy, anaesthesia, and amnesia, or absence of all
+knowledge of what transpired during the sleep. Suggestion during sleep was
+also made use of, and was even then proposed as an agent in education and
+in the cure of vice.
+
+This was the condition of the subject in 1842, when Braid, an English
+surgeon, made some new and interesting experiments. He showed that the
+so-called mesmeric sleep could be produced in some patients by other
+processes than those used by the early mesmerists; especially could this
+be accomplished by having the patient gaze steadily at a fixed brilliant
+object or point, without resorting to passes or manipulations of any
+kind.
+
+He introduced the word hypnotism, which has since been generally adopted;
+he also proposed some new theories relating to the nature of the hypnotic
+sleep, regarding it as a "profound nervous change," and he still further
+developed the idea and use of suggestion. Otherwise no important changes
+were made by him in the status of the subject. It was not looked upon with
+favor by the profession generally, and its advocates were for the most
+part still considered as cranks and persons whose scientific and
+professional standing and character were not above suspicion.
+
+The period of twenty-five years from 1850 to 1875, was a sort of
+occultation of hypnotism. Braidism suffered nearly the same fate as
+mesmerism--it was neglected and tabooed. A few capable and honest men,
+like Liebeault of Nancy and Azam of Bordeaux, worked on, and from time to
+time published their observations; but for the most part these workers
+were neglected and even scorned.
+
+To acknowledge one's belief in animal magnetism or hypnotism was bad form,
+and he who did it must be content to suffer a certain degree of both
+social and professional ostracism. The field was given over to town-hall
+lectures on mesmerism, by "professors" whose titles were printed in
+quotation marks even by the local papers which recorded their exploits.
+
+But a change was about to be inaugurated. In 1877 Prof. Charcot, then one
+of the most scientific, most widely-known, and most highly-esteemed of
+living physicians, not only in France but in all the world, was appointed,
+with two colleagues, to investigate the treatment of hysteria by means of
+metallic disks--a subject which was then attracting the attention of the
+medical profession in France.
+
+So, curiously enough, it happened that Charcot commenced exactly where
+Mesmer had commenced a hundred years before. He experimented upon
+hysterical patients in his wards at La Salpetriere, and, as a result, he
+rediscovered mesmerism under the name of hypnotism, just a century after
+it had been discovered by Mesmer and disowned by the French Academy.
+
+But Charcot, after having satisfied himself by his experiments, did not
+hesitate to announce his full belief in the facts and phenomena of
+hypnotism, and that was sufficient to rehabilitate the long-neglected
+subject. The attention of the scientific world was at once turned toward
+it, it became a legitimate subject of study, and hypnotism at once became
+respectable. From that time to the present it has formed one of the most
+conspicuous and interesting subjects of psychical study; it has become to
+psychology what determining the value of a single character is to reading
+an ancient inscription in a lost or unknown language--it is a bit of the
+unknown expressed in terms of the known and helps to furnish clues to
+still greater discoveries.
+
+With the scientific interest in hypnotism which was brought about through
+the great name and influence of Charcot, all doubt concerning the reality
+of the phenomena which it presents disappeared. Hypnotism was a fact and
+had come to stay.
+
+Charcot, who conducted his experiments chiefly among nervous or hysterical
+patients, looked upon the hypnotic condition as a disease, and considered
+the phenomena presented by hypnotic subjects as akin to hysteria. In
+addition to the method of producing the hypnotic condition used by Braid,
+he used, among others, what he called "massive stimulation," which
+consisted in first fully absorbing the subject's attention and then
+producing a shock by the loud sounding of a concealed gong, or the sudden
+display or sudden withdrawal of an electric light. By this means
+hysterical subjects were often thrown into a condition of catalepsy, from
+which somnambulism and other hypnotic phenomena were sometimes deduced.
+
+I have myself seen nervous patients thrown into the cataleptic state by
+the "massive stimulation" of a huge truck passing by, loaded with clanging
+rails or building iron, or by other sudden shock, but I did not consider
+the process therapeutic nor in any way useful to the patient. Indeed, I
+have considered the present method of transporting those beams and rails
+of iron through our streets and past our dwellings, without the slightest
+attempt to modify their shocking din and clangor, a piece of savagery
+which should at once be made the subject of special legislation looking to
+the prompt punishment of the perpetrators of the outrage.
+
+As a matter of fact, neither the methods employed, the psychical
+conditions induced, nor the therapeutic effects attained at La
+Salpetriere, where most of these experiments were at that time carried on,
+were such as to particularly commend themselves to students of psychology.
+Nevertheless the great name and approval of Charcot served to command for
+hypnotism the attention and the favorable consideration of the scientific
+world.
+
+Soon after the experiments of Charcot and his associates in Paris were
+published, Prof. Bernheim commenced a most thorough and important study of
+the subject in the wards of the hospital at Nancy. These studies were
+made, not upon persons who were already subjects of nervous disease, as
+was the case with Charcot's patients, but, on the contrary, upon those
+whose nervous condition was perfectly normal, and even upon those whose
+general health was perfect.
+
+The result of Bernheim's experiments proved that a very large percentage
+of all persons, sick or well, could be put into the hypnotic condition. He
+claimed that suggestion was the great factor and influence, both in
+bringing about the condition, and also in the mental phenomena observed,
+and the cures which were accomplished.
+
+He claimed, moreover, that the hypnotic sleep did not differ from ordinary
+sleep, and that no magnetism nor other personal element, influence, or
+force entered in any way into the process--it was all the power and
+influence of suggestion.
+
+Four distinct and important periods then are found in the history of
+hypnotism:
+
+First, the period of the early mesmerists, extending from the time of
+Mesmer, 1773, until that of Braid, 1842--nearly seventy years--during
+which the theory of animal magnetism, or of some actual force or subtle
+influence proceeding from the operator to the subject, prevailed.
+
+Second, the period of thirty-five years during which the influence of
+Braid's experiments predominated, showing that other methods, and
+especially that by the fixed gaze, were efficient in producing the
+hypnotic sleep.
+
+Third, the short period during which the influence of Charcot and the
+Paris school prevailed.
+
+Fourth, the period since Bernheim began to publish his experiments, and
+which may be called the period of suggestion.
+
+With this brief sketch in mind, we are prepared to examine some of the
+more important phenomena of hypnotism, both in its early and its later
+developments. A simple case would be as follows:--
+
+A patient comes to the physician's office complaining of continual
+headaches, general debility, nervousness, and unsatisfactory sleep. She is
+willing to be hypnotized, and is accompanied by a friend. The physician
+seats her comfortably in a chair, and, seating himself opposite her, he
+takes her thumbs lightly between his own thumbs and fingers, asks her to
+look steadily at some convenient object--perhaps a shirt-stud or a
+specified button upon his coat. Presently her eyelids quiver and then
+droop slowly over her eyes; he gently closes them with the tips of his
+fingers, holds them lightly for a moment, and she is asleep.
+
+He then makes several slow passes over her face and down the front of her
+body from head to foot, also some over her head and away from it, all
+without contact and without speaking to her. He lets her sleep ten or
+fifteen minutes--longer, if convenient--and then, making two or three
+upward passes over her face, he says promptly: "All right; wake up."
+
+She slowly opens her eyes, probably smiles, and looks a little foolish at
+having slept. He inquires how she feels. She replies:
+
+"I feel remarkably well--so rested--as though I had slept a whole night."
+
+"How is your head?"
+
+(Looking surprised.) "It is quite well--the pain is all gone."
+
+"Very well," he says. "You will continue to feel better and stronger, and
+you will have good sleep at night."
+
+And so it proves. Bernheim or a pupil of his would sit, or perhaps stand,
+near his patient, and in a quiet but firm voice talk of sleep.
+
+"Sleep is what you need. Sleep is helpful and will do you good. Already,
+while I am talking to you, you are beginning to feel drowsy. Your eyes are
+tired; your lids are drooping; you are growing more and more sleepy; your
+lids droop more and more."
+
+Then, if the eyelids seem heavy, he presses them down over the eyes, all
+the time affirming sleep. If sleep comes, he has succeeded; if not, he
+resorts to gestures, passes, the steady gaze, or whatever he thinks likely
+to aid his suggestion.
+
+When the patient is asleep he suggests that when she awakes her pains and
+nervousness will be gone, and that she will have quiet and refreshing
+sleep at night. What is the condition of the patient while under the
+influence of this induced sleep? Pulse and respiration are little, if at
+all, changed; they may be slightly accelerated at first, and later, if
+very deep sleep occurs, they may be slightly retarded. Temperature is
+seldom changed at all, though, if abnormally high before the sleep is
+induced, it frequently falls during the sleep.
+
+If the hand be raised, or the arm be drawn up high above the head,
+generally it will remain elevated until it is touched and replaced, or
+the patient is told that he can let it fall, when he slowly lowers it.
+
+In many cases the limbs of the patient may be flexed or the body placed in
+any position, and that position will be retained for a longer or shorter
+period, sometimes for hours, without change. Sometimes the condition is
+one of rigidity so firm that the head may be placed upon one chair and the
+heels upon another, and the body will remain stiff like a bridge from one
+chair to the other, even when a heavy weight is placed upon the middle of
+the patient's body or another person is seated upon it. This is the full
+cataleptic condition.
+
+Sometimes the whole body will be in a condition of anaesthesia, so that
+needles may be thrust deep into the flesh without evoking any sign of pain
+or any sensation whatever. Sometimes, when this condition of anaesthesia
+does not appear with the sleep, it may be induced by passes, or by
+suggesting that a certain limb or the whole body is without feeling. In
+this condition the most serious surgical operations have been performed
+without the slightest suffering on the part of the patient.
+
+From the deep sleep the patient often passes of his own accord into a
+condition in which he walks, talks, reads, writes, and obeys the slightest
+wish or suggestion of the hypnotizer--and yet he is asleep. This is called
+the alert stage, or the condition of somnambulism, and is the most
+peculiar, interesting, and wonderful of all.
+
+The two chief stages of the hypnotic condition, then, are, first: the
+lethargic stage; second, the alert stage.
+
+The stage of lethargy may be very light--a mere drowsiness--or very
+deep--a heavy slumber--and it is often accompanied by a cataleptic state,
+more or less marked in degree.
+
+The alert stage may also vary and may be characterized by somnambulism,
+varying in character from a simple sleepy "yes" or "no" in answer to
+questions asked by his hypnotizer, to the most wonderful, even
+supranormal, mental activity.
+
+From any of these states the subject may be awakened by his hypnotizer
+simply making a few upward passes or by saying in a firm voice, "All
+right, wake up," or, again, by affirming to the patient that he will awake
+when he (the hypnotizer) has counted up to a certain number, as, for
+instance, five.
+
+Generally, upon awakening, the subject has no knowledge or remembrance of
+anything which has transpired during his hypnotic condition. This is known
+as amnesia. Sometimes, however, a hazy recollection of what has happened
+remains, especially if the hypnotic condition has been only slight.
+
+Up to the present time hypnotism has been studied from two separate and
+important standpoints and for two well-defined purposes: (1) For its
+therapeutic effects, or its use in the treatment of disease and relief of
+pain; (2) for the mental or psychical phenomena which it presents.
+
+The following cases will illustrate its study and use from the therapeutic
+standpoint--and, first, two cases treated by the old mesmerists, 1843-53.
+They are from reports published in The Zoist:--
+
+(1) Q. I. P., a well-known artist, fifty years ago, had been greatly
+troubled and distressed by weak and inflamed eyes, accompanied by
+ulceration of the cornea, a condition which had lasted more than four
+years. He was never free from the disease, and often it was so severe as
+to prevent work in his studio, and especially reading, for months at a
+time. He had been under the care of the best oculists, both in New York
+and London, for long periods and at different times, but with very little
+temporary and no permanent relief.
+
+He was urged, as a last resort, to try animal magnetism, as it was then
+called. Accordingly, he consulted a mesmeric practitioner in London, and
+was treated by passes made over the back of the head and down the spine
+and from the centre of the forehead backward and outward over the temples
+and down the sides of the head.
+
+All other treatment was discontinued. No mesmeric phenomena of any kind
+were produced, not even sleep, but from the first day a degree of comfort
+and also improvement was experienced.
+
+The treatment was given one hour daily for one month. The improvement was
+decided and uninterrupted, such as had never before been experienced under
+any form of medical or surgical treatment, no matter how thoroughly
+carried out. The general health was greatly improved, and the eyes were so
+much benefited that they could be relied upon constantly, both for
+painting and reading, and the cure was permanent.
+
+(2) A case of rheumatism treated by Dr. Elliotson of London. The patient,
+G. F., age thirty-five years, was a laborer, and had suffered from
+rheumatism seven weeks. When he applied to Dr. Elliotson, the doctor was
+sitting in his office, in company with three friends--one a medical
+gentleman, and all skeptics regarding mesmerism.
+
+They all, however, expressed a desire to see the treatment, and,
+accordingly, the patient was brought in. He came with difficulty, upon
+crutches, his face betokening extreme pain. He had never been mesmerized.
+
+The doctor sat down opposite his patient, took his thumbs in his hands,
+and gazed steadily in his eyes. In twenty minutes he fell into the
+mesmeric sleep. Several of the mesmeric phenomena were then produced in
+the presence of his skeptical friends, after which he was allowed to sleep
+undisturbed for two hours. No suggestions regarding his disease are
+reported as having been made to the patient during his sleep.
+
+He was awakened by reverse passes. Being fairly aroused, he arose from his
+chair, walked up and down the room without difficulty, and was perfectly
+unconscious of all that had transpired during his sleep; he only knew he
+came into the room suffering, and on crutches, and that he was now free
+from pain and could walk with ease without them. He left one crutch with
+the doctor and went out twirling the other in his hand. He remained
+perfectly well.
+
+Dr. Elliotson afterward tried on three different occasions to hypnotize
+him but without success. Others also tried, but all attempts in this
+direction failed.
+
+I will here introduce one or two cases from my own notebook:--
+
+(1) A. C., a young girl of Irish parentage, fifteen years old, light skin,
+dark hair and eyes, and heavy eyebrows. Her father had "fits" for several
+years previous to his death. I first saw the patient Dec. 4, 1872; this
+was five years before Charcot's experiments, and nearly ten years before
+those of Bernheim.
+
+She was then having frequent epileptic attacks, characterized by sudden
+loss of consciousness, convulsions, foaming at the mouth, biting the
+tongue, and dark color. She had her first attack six months before I saw
+her, and they had increased in frequency and in severity until now they
+occurred twenty or more times a day, sometimes lasting many minutes, and
+sometimes only a few seconds; sometimes they were of very great severity.
+
+She had received many falls, burns, and bruises in consequence of their
+sudden accession. They occurred both day and night. On my second visit I
+determined to try hypnotism. Patient went to sleep in eight minutes, slept
+a short time and awoke without interference. She was immediately put to
+sleep again; she slept only a few minutes, and again awoke.
+
+DEC. 7.--Her friends report that the attacks have not been so frequent and
+not nearly so violent since my last visit. Hypnotized; patient went into a
+profound sleep and remained one hour; she was then awakened by reverse
+passes.
+
+DEC. 8.--The attacks have been still less frequent and severe; she has
+slept quietly; appetite good. Hypnotized and allowed her to sleep two
+hours, and then awoke her by the upward passes.
+
+DEC. 9.--There has been still more marked improvement; the attacks have
+been very few, none lasting more than half a minute. Hypnotized and
+allowed her to remain asleep three hours. Awoke her with some difficulty,
+and she was still somewhat drowsy when I left. She went to sleep in the
+afternoon and slept soundly four hours; awoke and ate her supper; went to
+sleep again and slept soundly all night.
+
+DEC. 10.--There has been no return of the attacks. A month later she had
+had no return of the attacks. She soon after left town, and I have not
+heard of her since. In this case no suggestions whatever were made.
+
+(2) B. X., twenty-four years of age, a sporting man; obstinate,
+independent, self-willed, a leader in his circle. He had been a hard
+drinker from boyhood. He had been injured by a fall three years before,
+and had been subject to severe attacks of haematemesis. I had known him for
+three or four months previous to June, 1891. At that time he came into my
+office one evening somewhat under the influence of alcoholic stimulants.
+After talking a few moments, I advised him to lie down on the lounge. I
+made no remarks about his drinking, nor about sleep. I simply took his two
+thumbs in my hands and sat quietly beside him. Presently I made a few long
+passes from head to feet, and in five minutes he was fast asleep.
+
+His hands and arms, outstretched and raised high up, remained exactly as
+they were placed. Severe pinching elicited no sign of sensation. He was in
+the deep hypnotic sleep.
+
+I then spoke to him in a distinct and decided manner. I told him he was
+ruining his life and making his family very unhappy by his habit of
+intemperance. I then told him very decidedly that when he awoke he would
+have no more desire for alcoholic stimulants of any kind; that he would
+look upon them all as his enemies, and he would refuse them under all
+circumstances; that even the smell of them would be disagreeable to him.
+I repeated the suggestions and then awoke him by making a few passes
+upward over his face, I did not inform him that I had hypnotized him, nor
+speak to him at all about his habit of drinking. I prescribed for some
+ailment for which he had visited me and he went away.
+
+I neither saw nor heard from him again for three months, when I received a
+letter from him from a distant city, informing me that he had not drank a
+drop of spirituous liquor since he was in my office that night. His health
+was perfect, and he had no more vomiting of blood.
+
+June, 1892, one year from the time I had hypnotized him, he came into my
+office in splendid condition. He had drank nothing during the whole year.
+I have not heard from him since.
+
+The following case illustrates Bernheim's method:--
+
+Mlle. J., teacher, thirty-two years old, came to the clinique, Feb. 17,
+1887, for chorea, or St. Vitus's dance. Nearly two weeks previous she had
+been roughly reprimanded by her superior which had greatly affected her.
+She could scarcely sleep or eat; she had nausea, pricking sensations in
+both arms, delirium at times, and now incessant movements, sometimes as
+frequent as two every second, in both the right arm and leg.
+
+She can neither write nor attend to her school duties. Bernheim hypnotizes
+her by his method. She goes easily into the somnambulic condition. In
+three or four minutes, under the influence of suggestion, the movements of
+the hand and foot cease; upon waking up, they reappear, but less
+frequently. A second hypnotization, with suggestion, checks them
+completely.
+
+FEB. 19th.--Says she has been very comfortable; the pricking sensations
+have ceased. No nervous movements until nine o'clock this morning, when
+they returned, about ten or eleven every minute. New hypnotization and
+suggestion, during which the motions cease, and they remain absent when
+she wakes.
+
+21st.--Has had slight pains and a few choraic movements.
+
+25th.--Is doing well; has no movements; says she is cured.
+
+She returned a few times during the next four months with slight nervous
+movements, which were promptly relieved by hypnotizing and suggestion.
+
+Bernheim, in his book, "Suggestive Therapeutics," gives details of over
+one hundred cases, mostly neuralgic and rheumatic, most of which are
+described as cured, either quickly or by repeated hypnotization and
+suggestion.
+
+The Zoist, a journal devoted to psychology and mesmerism nearly fifty
+years ago, gives several hundred cases of treatment and cure by the early
+mesmerists, some of them very remarkable, and also many cases of surgical
+operations of the most severe or dangerous character painlessly done under
+the anaesthetic influence of mesmerism before the benign effects of ether
+or chloroform were known. These cases are not often referred to by the
+modern student of hypnotism. Nevertheless, they constitute a storehouse of
+well-observed facts which have an immense interest and value.
+
+It will thus be seen that throughout the whole history of hypnotism, under
+whatever name it has been studied, one of its chief features has been its
+power to relieve suffering and cure disease; and at the present day, while
+many physicians who are quite ignorant of its uses, in general terms deny
+its practicability, few who have any real knowledge of it are so unjust or
+regardless of facts as to deny its therapeutic effects.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+HYPNOTISM--PSYCHICAL ASPECT.
+
+
+As before remarked the phenomena of hypnotism may be viewed from two
+distinct standpoints--one, that from which the physical and especially the
+therapeutic features are most prominent, the standpoint from which we have
+already viewed the subject; the other is the psychical or mental aspect,
+which presents phenomena no less striking, and is the one which is
+especially attractive to the most earnest students of psychology.
+
+The hypnotic condition has been variously divided and subdivided by
+different students and different writers upon the subject; Charcot, for
+instance, makes three distinct states, which he designates (1) catalepsy,
+(2) lethargy, and (3) somnambulism, while Bernheim proposes five states,
+or, as he designates them, degrees of hypnotism, namely, (1) sleepiness,
+(2) light sleep, (3) deep sleep, (4) very deep sleep, (5) somnambulism.
+
+All these divisions are arbitrary and unnatural; Bernheim's five degrees
+have no definite limit or line of separation one from the other, and
+Charcot's condition of catalepsy is only lethargy or sleep in which the
+subject may, to a greater or less degree, maintain the position in which
+he is placed by his hypnotizer.
+
+There are, however, as already stated, two distinct and definite
+conditions, namely, (1) lethargy, or the inactive stage, and (2)
+somnambulism, or the alert stage, and if, in examining the subject, we
+make this simple division, we shall free it from much confusion and
+unnecessary verbiage.
+
+When a subject is hypnotized by any soothing process, he first experiences
+a sensation of drowsiness, and then in a space of time, usually varying
+from two to twenty minutes, he falls into a more or less profound slumber.
+His breathing is full and quiet, his pulse normal; he is unconscious of
+his surroundings; or possibly he may be quiet, restful, indisposed to
+move, but having a consciousness, probably dim and imperfect, of what is
+going on about him.
+
+This is the condition of lethargy, and in it most subjects, but not all,
+retain to a greater or less degree whatever position the hypnotizer
+imposes upon them; they sleep on, often maintaining what, under ordinary
+circumstances, would be a most uncomfortable position, for hours,
+motionless as a statue of bronze or stone.
+
+If, now, he speaks of his own accord, or his magnetizer speaks to him and
+he replies, he is in the somnambulic or alert stage. He may open his eyes,
+talk in a clear and animated manner; he may walk about, and show even more
+intellectual acuteness and physical activity than when in his normal
+state, or he may merely nod assent or answer slowly to his hypnotizer's
+questions; still, he is in the somnambulic or alert stage of hypnotism.
+
+The following are some of the phenomena which have been observed in this
+stage. It is not necessary to rehearse the stock performances of
+lecture-room hypnotists. While under the influence of hypnotic suggestion
+a lad, for instance, is made to go through the pantomime of fishing in an
+imaginary brook, a dignified man to canter around the stage on all fours,
+under the impression that he is a pony, or watch an imaginary mouse-hole
+in the most alert and interested manner while believing himself a cat; or
+the subject is made to take castor oil with every expression of delight,
+or reject the choicest wines with disgust, believing them to be nauseous
+drugs, or stagger with drunkenness under the influence of a glass of pure
+water, supposed to be whisky.
+
+All these things have been done over and over for the last forty years,
+and people have not known whether to consider them a species of necromancy
+or well-practiced tricks, in which the performers were accomplices, or,
+perhaps, a few more thoughtful and better-instructed people have looked
+upon them as involving psychological problems of the greatest interest,
+which might some day strongly influence all our systems of mental
+philosophy.
+
+But whether done by the mesmerist of forty years ago or the hypnotist of
+the past decade, they were identical in character, and were simply genuine
+examples of the great power of suggestion when applied to persons under
+the mesmeric or hypnotic influence. Such exhibitions, however, are
+unnecessary and undignified, if not positively degrading, to both subject
+and operator, whether given by the self-styled professor of the town-hall
+platform or the aspiring clinical professor of nervous diseases before his
+packed amphitheatre of admiring students.
+
+One of the most singular as well as important points in connection with
+hypnotism is the rapport or relationship which exists between the
+hypnotizer and the hypnotized subject. The manner in which the hypnotic
+sleep is induced is of little importance. The important thing, if results
+of any kind are to be obtained, is that rapport should be established.
+
+This relationship is exhibited in various ways. Generally, while in the
+hypnotic state, the subject hears no voice but that of his hypnotizer; he
+does no bidding but his, he receives no suggestions but from him, and no
+one else can awaken him from his sleep.
+
+If another person interferes, trying to impose his influence upon the
+sleeping subject, or attempts to waken him, distressing and even alarming
+results may appear. The degree to which this rapport exists varies greatly
+in different cases, but almost always, perhaps we should say always, the
+condition exists in some degree. In some rare cases this rapport is of a
+still higher and more startling character, exhibiting phenomena so
+contrary to, or rather, so far exceeding, our usual experience as to be a
+surprise to all and a puzzle to the wisest.
+
+One of these curious phenomena is well exhibited in what is known as
+community of sensation, or the perception by the subject of sensations
+experienced by the operator. The following experiment, observed by Mr.
+Gurney and Dr. Myers of the Society for Psychical Research, will
+illustrate this phase of the subject.
+
+The sensitive in this experiment is designated as Mr. C., and the operator
+as Mr. S. There was no contact or any communication whatsoever of the
+ordinary kind between them. C. was hypnotized, but was not informed of the
+nature of the experiment which was to be tried. The operator stood behind
+the hypnotized subject, and Mr. Gurney, standing behind the operator,
+handed him the different substances to be used in the experiment, and he,
+in turn, placed them in his own mouth.
+
+Salt was first so tasted by the operator, whereupon the subject, C.,
+instantly and loudly cried out: "What's that salt stuff?" Sugar was given.
+C. replied, "Sweeter; not so bad as before." Powdered ginger; reply, "Hot,
+dries up your mouth; reminds me of mustard." Sugar given again; reply, "A
+little better--a sweetish taste." Other substances were tried, with
+similar results, the last one tasted being vinegar, when it was found that
+C. had fallen into the deeper lethargic condition and made no reply.
+
+Another experiment is reported by Dr. William A. Hammond of Washington.
+The doctor said:
+
+"A most remarkable fact is, that some few subjects of hypnotism experience
+sensations from impressions made upon the hypnotizer. Thus, there is a
+subject upon whom I sometimes operate whom I can shut up in a room with an
+observer, while I go into another closed room at a distance of one hundred
+feet or more with another observer. This one, for instance, scratches my
+hand with a pin, and instantly the hypnotized subject rubs his
+corresponding hand, and says, 'Don't scratch my hand so;' or my hair is
+pulled, and immediately he puts his hand to his head and says, 'Don't pull
+my hair;' and so on, feeling every sensation that I experience."
+
+This experiment, it must be borne in mind, is conducted in closed rooms a
+hundred feet apart, and through at least two partitions or closed doors,
+and over that distance and through these intervening obstacles peculiar
+and definite sensations experienced by one person are perceived and
+definitely described by another person, no ordinary means of communication
+existing between them. This is an example of the rapport existing between
+the operator and hypnotized subject carried to an unusual degree.
+
+The following experiments are examples of hypnotizing at a distance, or
+telepathic hypnotism, and while illustrating still further the rapport,
+or curious relationship, existing between hypnotizer and subject, are also
+illustrations of the rarer psychic phenomena of hypnotism.
+
+The first series of experiments is given by Prof. Pierre Janet of Havre
+and Dr. Gibert, a prominent physician of the same city. The subject was
+Mme. B., a heavy, rather stolid, middle-aged peasant woman, without any
+ambition for notoriety, or to be known as a sensitive; on the contrary,
+she disliked it, and the experiments were disagreeable to her. She was,
+however an excellent example of close rapport with her hypnotizer.
+
+While in the deep sleep, and perfectly insensible to ordinary stimuli,
+however violent, contact, or even the proximity of her hypnotizer's hand,
+caused contractures, which a light touch from him would also remove. No
+one else could produce the slightest effect. After about ten minutes in
+this deep trance she usually passed into the alert, or somnambulic stage,
+from which also no one but the operator could arouse her. Hypnotization
+was difficult or impossible unless the operator concentrated his thoughts
+upon the desired result, but by simply willing, without passes or any
+physical means whatsoever, the hypnotic condition could be quickly
+induced.
+
+Various experiments in simply willing post-hypnotic acts, without
+suggestion through any of the ordinary channels of communication, were
+also perfectly successful. Dr. Gibert then made three experiments in
+putting this subject to sleep when she was in another part of the town, a
+third of a mile away from the operator, and at a time fixed by a third
+person, the experiment also being wholly unexpected by the subject.
+
+On two of these occasions Prof. Janet found the subject in a deep trance
+ten minutes after the willing to sleep, and no one but Dr. Gibert, who had
+put her to sleep, could rouse her. In the third experiment the subject
+experienced the hypnotic influence and desire to sleep, but resisted it
+and kept herself awake by washing her hands in cold water.
+
+During a second series of experiments made with the same subject, several
+members of the Society for Psychical Research were present and took an
+active part in them. Apart from trials made in the same or an adjoining
+room, twenty-one experiments were made when the subject was at distances
+varying from one-half to three-fourths of a mile away from her hypnotizer.
+Of these, six were reckoned as failures, or only partial successes; there
+remained, then, fifteen perfect successes in which the subject, Mme. B.,
+was found entranced fifteen minutes after the willing or mental
+suggestion. During one of these experiments, the subject was willed by Dr.
+Gibert to come through several intervening streets to him at his own
+house, which she accomplished in the somnambulic condition, and under the
+observation of Prof. Janet and several other physicians.
+
+Another series of experiments was made with another subject by Dr.
+Hericourt, one of Prof. Richet's coadjutors. The experiments included the
+gradual extension of the distance through which the willing power was
+successful, first to another room, then to another street, and a distant
+part of the city.
+
+One day, while attempting to hypnotize her in another street, three
+hundred yards distant, at 3 o'clock P. M., he was suddenly called away to
+attend a patient, and forgot all about his hypnotic subject. Afterward he
+remembered that he was to meet her at 4:30, and went to keep his
+appointment. But not finding her, he thought possibly the experiment,
+which had been interrupted might, after all, have proved successful. Upon
+this supposition, at 5 o'clock he willed her to awake.
+
+That evening, without being questioned at all, she gave the following
+account of herself: At 3 P. M. she was overcome by an irresistible desire
+to sleep, a most unusual thing for her at that hour. She went into an
+adjoining room, fell insensible upon a sofa, where she was afterward found
+by her servant, cold and motionless, as if dead.
+
+Attempts on the part of the servant to rouse her proved ineffectual, but
+gave her great distress. She woke spontaneously and free from pain at 5
+o'clock.
+
+By no means the least interesting of the higher phenomena of hypnotism are
+post-hypnotic suggestions, or the fulfilment after waking of suggestions
+impressed upon the subject when asleep.
+
+A few summers ago at a little gathering of intelligent people, much
+interest was manifested and a general desire to see some hypnotic
+experiments. Accordingly, one of the ladies whose good sense and good
+faith could not be doubted, was hypnotized and put into the condition of
+profound lethargy. After a few slight experiments, exhibiting anaesthesia,
+hallucinations of taste, plastic pose, and the like, I said to her in a
+decided manner:
+
+"Now I am about to waken you. I will count five, and when I say the word
+'five' you will promptly, but quietly and without any excitement, awake.
+Your mind will be perfectly clear, and you will feel rested and refreshed
+by your sleep. Presently you will approach Mrs. O., and will be attracted
+by the beautiful shell comb which she wears in her hair, and you will ask
+her to permit you to examine it."
+
+I then commenced counting slowly, and at the word "five" she awoke, opened
+her eyes promptly, looked bright and happy, and expressed herself as
+feeling comfortable and greatly rested, as though she had slept through a
+whole night. She rose from her chair, mingled with the company, and
+presently approaching Mrs. O., exclaimed:
+
+"What a beautiful comb! Please allow me to examine it."
+
+And suiting the action to the word, she placed her hand lightly on the
+lady's head, examined the comb, and expressed great admiration for it; in
+short, she fulfilled with great exactness the whole suggestion.
+
+She was perfectly unconscious that any suggestion had been made to her;
+she was greatly surprised to see that she was the centre of observation,
+and especially at the ripple of laughter which greeted her admiration of
+the comb.
+
+To another young lady, hypnotized in like manner, I suggested that on
+awaking she should approach the young daughter of our hostess, who was
+present, holding a favorite kitten in her arms, and should say to her,
+"What a pretty kitten you have! What is her name?"
+
+The suggestion was fulfilled to the letter. It was only afterward that I
+learned that this young lady had a very decided aversion to cats, and
+always avoided them if possible.
+
+Suggestions for post-hypnotic fulfilment are sometimes carried out after a
+considerable time has elapsed, and upon the precise day suggested.
+
+Bernheim, in August, 1883, suggested to S., an old soldier, while in the
+hypnotic sleep, that upon the 3d of October following, sixty-three days
+after the suggestion, he should go to Dr. Liebeault's house; that he would
+there see the President of the Republic, who would give to him a medal.
+
+Promptly on the day designated he went. Dr. Liebeault states that S. came
+at 12:50 o'clock; he greeted M. F., who met him at the door as he came in,
+and then went to the left side of the office without paying any attention
+to any one. Dr. Liebeault continues:--
+
+"I saw him bow respectfully and heard him speak the word 'Excellence.'
+Just then he held out his right hand, and said, 'Thank your Excellence.'
+Then I asked him to whom he was speaking. 'Why, to the President of the
+Republic.' He then bowed, and a few minutes later took his departure."
+
+A patient of my own, a young man with whom I occasionally experiment,
+exhibits some of the different phases and phenomena of hypnotism in a
+remarkable manner. He goes quickly into the stage of profound lethargy;
+after allowing him to sleep a few moments, I say to him: "Now you can open
+your eyes and you can see and talk with me, but you are still asleep, and
+you will remember nothing."
+
+He opens his eyes at once, smiles, gets up and walks, and chats in a
+lively manner. If I say: "Now you are in the deep sleep again," and pass
+my hand downward before his eyes, immediately his eyes close and he is in
+a profound slumber. If five seconds later I again say, "Now you can open
+your eyes," he is again immediately in the alert stage.
+
+For experiment I then take half a dozen plain blank cards, exactly alike,
+and in one corner of one of the cards I put a minute dot, so that upon
+close inspection it can be recognized. Holding these in my hand, I say to
+him:
+
+"Here are six cards; five of them are blank, but this one (the one I have
+marked, he only seeing the plain side) has a picture of myself upon it.
+It is a particularly good picture, and I have had it prepared specially
+for this occasion. Do you see the picture?"
+
+"Of course I do," he replies. "What do you think of it?" I ask him. He
+looks at me carefully and compares my face with the suggested picture on
+the card and replies, "It is excellent."
+
+"Very well, give me the cards."
+
+He hands them to me and I shuffle and disarrange them as much as possible.
+I then show them to him, holding them in my hand, and say:
+
+"Now show me the card which has my picture upon it."
+
+He selects it at once. I only know it is correct by looking for the dot
+upon the back, which has all the while been kept carefully concealed from
+him.
+
+I then say to him: "Now, I am going to awaken you, and when awake you will
+come to the desk, select from the cards which I now place there the one
+which has my picture, and show it to me."
+
+He awakes at my counting when I reach the word five, as I have suggested
+to him. He remembers nothing of what has passed since he was hypnotized,
+but thinks he has had a long and delightful sleep. I sit at my desk; he
+walks up to it, examines the six cards which are lying there, selects one,
+and showing it to me, remarks, "There is your picture." It was the same
+marked card.
+
+On another occasion, while he was asleep and in the alert stage, Mrs. M.
+was present. I introduced her, and he spoke to her with perfect propriety.
+Afterward I said: "Now, I will awake you, but you will only see me. Mrs.
+M. you will not see at all."
+
+I then awoke him, as usual. He commenced talking to me in a perfectly
+natural and unrestrained manner. Mrs. M. stood by my side between him and
+myself, but he paid not the slightest attention to her; she then withdrew,
+and I remarked indifferently:
+
+"Wasn't it a little peculiar of you not to speak to Mrs. M. before she
+went out?"
+
+"Speak to Mrs. M!" he exclaimed, with evident surprise. "I did not know
+she had been in the room."
+
+One day when Drs. Liebeault and Bernheim were together at their clinic at
+the hospital, Dr. Liebeault suggested to a hypnotized patient that when
+she awoke she would no longer see Dr. Bernheim, but that she would
+recognize his hat, would put it on her head, and offer to take it to him.
+
+When she awoke, Dr. Bernheim was standing in front of her. She was asked:
+"Where is Dr. Bernheim?" She replied: "He is gone, but here is his hat."
+
+Dr. Bernheim then said to her, "Here I am, madam; I am not gone, you
+recognize me, perfectly."
+
+She was silent, taking not the slightest notice of him. Some one else
+addressed her; she replied with perfect propriety. Finally, when about to
+go out she took up Dr. Bernheim's hat, put it on her head, saying she
+would take it to him; but to her Dr. Bernheim was not present.
+
+To the number of curious phenomena, both physical and mental, connected
+with hypnotism, it is difficult to find a limit; a few others seem too
+important in their bearing upon the subject to be omitted, even in this
+hasty survey.
+
+Some curious experiments in the production of local anaesthesia were
+observed by the committee on mesmerism from the Society for Psychical
+Research.
+
+The subject was in his normal condition and blindfolded; his arms were
+then passed through holes in a thick paper screen, extending in front of
+him and far above his head, and his ten fingers were spread out upon a
+table. Two of the fingers were then silently pointed out by a third person
+to Mr. S., the operator, who proceeded to make passes over the designated
+fingers.
+
+Care was taken that such a distance was maintained between the fingers of
+the subject and operator that no contact was possible, and no currents of
+air or sensation of heat were produced by which the subject might possibly
+divine which of his fingers were the subject of experiment. In short, the
+strictest test conditions in every particular, were observed. After the
+passes had been continued for a minute, or even less time, the operator
+simply holding his own fingers pointed downward toward the designated
+fingers of the subject, the two fingers so treated were found to be
+perfectly stiff and insensible. A strong current of electricity, wounding
+with a pointed instrument, burning with a match--all failed to elicit the
+slightest sign of pain or discomfort, while the slightest injury to the
+unmagnetized fingers quickly elicited cries and protests. When told to
+double up his fist the two magnetized fingers remained rigid and
+immovable, and utterly refused to be folded up with the others.
+
+A series of one hundred and sixty experiments of this character was made
+with five different subjects. Of these, only seven were failures. In
+another series of forty-one experiments this curious fact was observed. In
+all these experiments the operator, while making the passes in the same
+manner and under the same conditions as in the former series, silently
+willed that the effect should not follow; that is, that insensibility and
+rigidity should not occur. In thirty-six of these experiments
+insensibility did not occur; in five cases the insensibility and rigidity
+occurred--in two cases perfectly, in three imperfectly.
+
+That some quality is imparted even to inanimate objects by some
+mesmerizers, by passes or handling, through which a sensitive or subject
+is able to recognize and select that object from among many others, seems
+to be a well-established fact. The following experiments are in point:--
+
+A gentleman well known to the committee of investigation, and who was
+equally interested with it in securing reliable results, was selected as a
+subject. He was accustomed to be hypnotized by the operator, but in the
+present case he remained perfectly in his normal condition.
+
+One member of the committee took the subject into a separate room on
+another floor and engaged him closely in conversation. The operator
+remained with other members of the committee. Ten small miscellaneous
+articles, such as a piece of sealing wax, a penknife, paperweight,
+card-case, pocketbook, and similar articles were scattered upon a table.
+One was designated by the committee, over which the mesmerist made passes,
+sometimes with light contact.
+
+This was continued for one or two minutes, and when the process was
+completed the mesmerist was conducted out and to a third room. The
+articles were then rearranged in a manner quite different from that in
+which they had been left by the operator, and the subject from the floor
+above was brought into the room. The several objects were then examined by
+the sensitive, who upon taking the mesmerized object in his hand,
+immediately recognized it as the one treated by his mesmerizer.
+
+The experiment was then varied by using ten small volumes exactly alike.
+One volume was selected by the committee, over which the operator simply
+made passes with out any contact whatsoever. Three or four other volumes
+of the set were also handled and passes made over them by a member of the
+committee.
+
+The operator then being excluded, the sensitive was brought in and
+immediately selected the magnetized volume. This he did four times in
+succession. In reply to the question as to how he was able to distinguish
+the magnetized object from others, he said that when he took the right
+object in his hand he experienced a mild tingling sensation.
+
+My own experiments with magnetized water have presented similar results.
+The water was treated by simply holding the fingers of both hands brought
+together in a clump, for about a minute just over the cup of water, but
+without any contact whatsoever. This water was then given to the subject
+without her knowing that she was taking part in an experiment; but
+alternating it or giving it irregularly with water which had not been so
+treated, and given by a third person, in every case the magnetized water
+was at once detected with great certainty. In describing the sensation
+produced by the magnetized water one patient said the sensation was an
+agreeable warmth and stimulation upon the tongue, another that it was a
+"sparkle" like aerated water; it sparkled in her mouth and all the way
+down into her stomach. Such are a few among the multitude of facts and
+phenomena relating to hypnotism. They suffice to settle and make sure
+some matters which until lately have been looked upon as questionable,
+and, on the other hand, they bring into prominence others of the greatest
+interest which demand further study.
+
+Among the subjects which may be considered established may be placed,
+
+(1) The reality of the hypnotic condition.
+
+(2) The increased and unusual power of suggestion over the hypnotized
+subject.
+
+(3) The usefulness of hypnotism as a therapeutic agent.
+
+(4) The perfect reality and natural, as contrasted with supernatural,
+character of many wonderful phenomena, both physical and psychical,
+exhibited in the hypnotic state.
+
+On the other hand, much remains for future study;
+
+(1) The exact nature of the influence which produces the hypnotic
+condition is not known.
+
+(2) Neither is the nature of the rapport or peculiar relationship which
+exists between the hypnotizer and the hypnotized subject--a relationship
+which is sometimes so close that the subject hears no voice but that of
+his hypnotizer, perceives and experiences the same sensations of taste,
+touch, and feeling generally as are experienced by him, and can be
+awakened only by him.
+
+(3) Nor is it known by what peculiar process suggestion is rendered so
+potent, turning, for the time being, at least, water into wine, vulgar
+weeds into choicest flowers, a lady's drawing-room into a fishpond, and
+clear skies and quiet waters into lightning-rent storm-clouds and
+tempest-tossed waves; turning laughter into sadness, and tears into mirth.
+
+In dealing with the subject of hypnotism in this hasty and general way,
+only such facts and phenomena have been presented as are well known and
+accepted by well-informed students of the subjects. Others still more
+wonderful will later claim our attention.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+LUCIDITY OR CLAIRVOYANCE.
+
+
+While there is doubtless a recognized standard of normal perception, yet
+the acuteness with which sensations are perceived by different
+individuals, even in ordinary health, passes through a wide scale of
+variation, both above and below this standard. The difference in the
+ability to see and recognize natural objects, signs, and indications,
+between the ordinary city denizen and, for instance, the American Indian
+or the white frontiersman, hunter, or scout, is something marvellous.
+
+So, also, regarding the power to distinguish colors. One person may not be
+able to distinguish even the simple or primary colors, as, for example,
+red from blue or green, while the weavers of Central or Eastern Asia
+distinguish with certainty two hundred or three hundred shades which are
+entirely undistinguishable to ordinary Western eyes.
+
+So of sound. One ear can hardly be said to make any distinction whatever
+regarding pitch, while to another the slightest variation is perfectly
+perceptible. Some even do not hear at all sounds above or below a certain
+pitch; some persons of ordinary hearing within a certain range of pitch,
+nevertheless, have never heard the song of the canary bird, and perhaps
+have lived through a large portion of their lives without even knowing
+that it was a song-bird at all. Its song was above the range of their
+hearing. Some never hear the sound of the piccolo, or octave flute, while
+others miss entirely the lowest notes of the organ.
+
+There is the same great difference in perception by touch, taste, and
+smell. In certain conditions of disease, accompanied by great depression
+of the vital forces, this deviation from normal perception is greatly
+increased. I have had a patient who presented the following
+briefly-outlined phenomena:--
+
+After a long illness, during which other interesting psychical phenomena
+were manifested, as convalescence progressed, I had occasion to notice
+instances of supernormal perception, and to test it I made use of the
+following expedient: Taking an old-fashioned copper cent, I carefully
+enveloped it in a piece of ordinary tissue paper. This was then covered
+by another and then another, until the coin had acquired six complete
+envelopes of the paper, and formed a little flat parcel, easily held in
+the palm of my hand.
+
+Taking this with me, I visited my patient. She was lying upon a sofa, and
+as I entered the room I took a chair and sat leisurely down beside her,
+having the little package close in the palm of my right hand. I took her
+right hand in mine in such a manner that the little package was between
+our hands in close contact with her palm as well as my own. I remarked
+upon the weather and commenced the routine duty of feeling her pulse with
+my left hand. A minute or two was then passed in banter and conversation,
+designed to thoroughly engage her attention, when all at once she
+commenced to wipe her mouth with her handkerchief and to spit and sputter
+with her tongue and lips, as if to rid herself of some offensive taste or
+substance. She then looked up suspiciously at me and said:
+
+"I wonder what you are doing with me now."
+
+Then suddenly pulling her hand away from mine she exclaimed:
+
+"I know what it is; you have put a nasty piece of copper in my hand."
+
+Through all these coverings the coppery emanation from the coin had
+penetrated her system, reached her tongue, and was perceptible to her
+supernormal taste.
+
+This patient could distinguish with absolute certainty "mesmerized" water
+from that which had not been so treated; my finger, also, pointed at her
+even at a distance and when her back was turned to me caused convulsive
+action, and the same result followed when the experiment was made through
+a closed door, and when she did not suspect that I was in the
+neighborhood.
+
+It will be seen, then, how marvellously the action of certain senses may
+be exalted by long and careful training on the one hand, and suddenly by
+disease on the other. We have seen, moreover, how some persons known as
+sensitives are able to receive impressions by thought-transference so as
+to name cards, repeat words and fictitious names, both of persons and
+places, merely thought of but not spoken by another person known as the
+agent or operator, and to draw diagrams unmistakably like those formed in
+the mind or intently looked upon by the agent.
+
+We have also seen how the hypnotized or mesmerized subject is able to
+detect objects which have only been touched or handled by the mesmerizer,
+and even to feel pain inflicted upon him, and recognize by taste
+substances put in the mesmerizer's mouth.
+
+It will be seen, then, that not only increased but entirely supernormal
+perception on the part of some individuals is a well-established fact. But
+all these conditions of increased power of perception, and especially
+thought-transference, must be carefully distinguished from independent
+clairvoyance. It is not the purpose of this paper to discuss the method or
+philosophy of clairvoyance, but simply to call attention to
+well-authenticated facts illustrating the exercise of this power, and to
+briefly point to the current theories regarding it.
+
+A belief in supernormal perception, and especially in the clairvoyant
+vision, is apparent in the history, however meagre it may be, of every
+ancient nation.
+
+Hebrew history is full of instances of it. A striking example is recorded
+as occurring during the long war between Syria and Israel. The King of
+Syria had good reasons for suspecting that in some manner the King of
+Israel was made acquainted with all his intended military operations,
+since he was always prepared to thwart them at every point. Accordingly he
+called together his chiefs and demanded to know who it was among them who
+thus favored the King of Israel, to which one of the chiefs replied: "It
+is none of thy servants, O King: but Elisha, a prophet that is in Israel,
+telleth the King of Israel the words that thou speakest in thy chamber."
+
+Pythagoras, a century before the time of Socrates, found this faculty
+believed in, and made use of in Egypt, Babylon, and India, and he himself,
+as the founder of the early Greek philosophy and culture, practised and
+taught the esoteric as well as the exoteric methods of acquiring
+knowledge, and he is credited with having acquired by esoteric
+methods--internal or mental perception and clairvoyant vision--a knowledge
+of the true theory of the solar system as expounded and demonstrated in a
+later day by Copernicus.
+
+As an example of responses by the Greek oracles, take the experience of
+Croesus, the rich King of Lydia. He sent messengers to ascertain if the
+Pythoness could tell what he, the King of Lydia, was doing on a certain
+specified day. The answer came:--
+
+  "I number the sands--I fathom the sea.
+  I hear the dumb--I know the thoughts of the silent.
+  There cometh to me the odor of lamb's flesh.
+  It is seething, mixed with the flesh of a tortoise.
+  Brass is beneath it, and brass is also above it."
+
+The messenger returned and delivered the reply, when he found that
+Croesus, in order to do something most unlikely to be either guessed or
+discovered, had cut in pieces a lamb and a tortoise, and seethed them
+together in a brazen vessel having a brazen cover.
+
+Apollonius Tyaneus, a Pythagorian philosopher and chief of a school of
+philosophy which was the predecessor of the Alexandrian Neo-Platonists, is
+credited with most remarkable clairvoyant powers. Many instances of this
+faculty are recorded and believed upon the best of ancient authority.
+
+One instance relates to the assassination of Domitian. Apollonius was in
+the midst of a discourse at Ephesus, when suddenly he stopped as though
+having lost his train of thought. After a moment's hesitation, to the
+astonishment of his auditors, he cried out: "Strike! strike the tyrant."
+Seeing the surprise of the people he explained that at the very moment at
+which he had stopped in his discourse the tyrant was slain. Subsequent
+information proved that Domitian, the reigning tyrant, was assassinated at
+that very moment.
+
+Ancient historians, philosophers and poets all unite in defending the
+truth of the oracles and their power of perceiving events transpiring at
+a distance, and also of foreseeing those in the future. Herodotus gives
+more than seventy examples of oracular responses, dreams and portents
+which he affirms were literally fulfilled. Livy gives more than fifty,
+Cicero many striking cases; and Xenophon, Plato, Tacitus, Suetonius, and a
+host of other writers all give evidence in the same direction. Now whether
+these responses and visions were, as all these intelligent people
+supposed, from a supernatural source, or as we shall endeavor to show, had
+their origin in certain faculties naturally appertaining to the mind, and
+which at certain times and under certain favorable circumstances came into
+activity, it certainly shows that the most intelligent men amongst all the
+most cultivated nations of the past have been firm believers in the
+reality of clairvoyance.
+
+Coming down to later times, Emanuel Swedenborg, and Frederica Hauffe, the
+seeress of Proverst, were marked examples of the clairvoyant faculty. Some
+have affected to discredit Swedenborg's clairvoyant powers, but apart from
+his revelations regarding a spiritual world, which, of course, it is at
+present impossible to substantiate, whatever may be our belief regarding
+them, if human testimony is to be regarded of any value whatever in
+matters of this kind, the following oft-told incident should be counted
+as established for a verity.
+
+On a Saturday afternoon in September, 1756, Swedenborg arrived in
+Gottenburg from England. Gottenburg is three hundred miles from Stockholm,
+which was the home of Swedenborg. On the same evening he was the guest of
+Mr. William Castel, with fifteen other persons, who were invited to meet
+him, and who, on that account, may be supposed to have been of more than
+ordinary consequence and intelligence.
+
+About six o'clock Swedenborg seemed preoccupied and restless. He went out
+into the street, but soon returned, anxious and disturbed. He said that at
+that moment a great fire was raging at Stockholm. He declared that the
+house of one of his friends was already destroyed, and that his own was in
+danger. At eight o'clock he announced that the fire was arrested only
+three doors from his own house.
+
+The information, and the peculiar manner in which it was imparted, created
+a great sensation, not only in the company assembled at Mr. Castel's, but
+throughout the city. On Sunday morning the governor sent for Swedenborg,
+who gave him a detailed account of the conflagration and the course it had
+pursued. On Monday, the third day, a courier arrived from Stockholm, who
+also gave the governor a detailed account of the fire, which agreed in
+every respect with that already given by Swedenborg.
+
+Nearly a century after Swedenborg, lived Mme. Hauffe, known as the seeress
+of Proverst. She died in 1829 at the age of twenty-eight years. As a child
+she exhibited peculiar psychical tendencies, but it was only during the
+last six years of her life, and after exhausting illnesses, that her
+peculiar clairvoyant powers were conspicuously developed.
+
+Justinus Kerner, an eminent physician and man of letters, was her
+attending physician during the last three years of her life, and afterward
+became her biographer. She first came under his care at Weinsberg in 1826.
+At that time her debility was excessive, and nearly every day she fell
+spontaneously into the somnambulic condition, became clairvoyant, and
+related her visions. On the day of her arrival at Weinsberg, having gone
+into this trance condition, she sent for Kerner but he refused to see her
+until she awoke. He then told her that he would never see her nor listen
+to her while she was in this abnormal state. I mention this simply to show
+that her physician was not then at all in sympathy with her regarding her
+peculiar psychological condition, though afterward he became thoroughly
+convinced of its genuineness and of her honesty. He relates the following
+incident, which, with many others, came under his own observation:--
+
+Soon after her arrival at Weinsberg, and while still a perfect stranger to
+her surroundings, while in her somnambulic condition, she said that a man
+was near her and desired to speak with her, but that she could not
+understand what he wanted to say. She said he squinted terribly, and that
+his presence disturbed her, and she desired him to go away. On his second
+appearance, some weeks later, she said he brought with him a sheet of
+paper with figures upon it, and that he came up from a vault directly
+underneath her room.
+
+As a matter of fact, the wine vaults of Mr. F., a wine merchant doing
+business the next door, extended under Mme. Hauffe's apartment, and
+Kerner, who was an old resident of the place, recognized from the
+seeress's description of her visitor a man who formerly was in Mr. F.'s
+employ as manager and bookkeeper. This man had died six years before, and
+had left something wrong with his accounts--in fact, there was a deficit
+of 1,000 florins, and the manager's private book was missing. The widow
+had been sued for the amount, and the matter was still unsettled. Again
+and again did this apparition come to Mme. Hauffe, bringing his paper and
+entreating her to interest herself in this affair. He declared that the
+necessary paper to clear up the whole matter was in a building sixty paces
+from her bed.
+
+Mme. Hauffe said that in that building she saw a tall gentleman engaged in
+writing in a small room, which opened into a large one where there was a
+desk and chests; that one of the chests was open, and that on the desk was
+a pile of papers, among which she recognized the missing document.
+
+The wine merchant, being present, recognized the office of the chief
+bailiff, who had the business in charge. Kerner went at once to the office
+and found everything as described, but, not finding the missing paper,
+concluded that her clairvoyance was at fault.
+
+Mme. Hauffe, in her description of the paper said it had columns of
+figures upon it, and at the bottom was the number 80. Kerner prepared a
+paper corresponding to this description, and at the next seance presented
+it to her as the missing document. But she at once rejected it, saying the
+paper was still where she had before seen it.
+
+On renewing the search the paper was found as described, and the bailiff
+was to bring it on the following day. He came accordingly. In her sleep,
+the seeress exclaimed:
+
+"The paper is no longer in its place, but this is wonderful. The paper
+which the man always has in his hand lies open. Now I can read more: 'To
+be carried to my private book,' and that is what he always points to."
+
+The bailiff was astonished, for instead of bringing the paper with him as
+Kerner had directed, he had left it lying open on his desk. All these
+things are attested by the bailiff, the wine merchant, Kerner, and others
+who witnessed them. Kerner himself visited the seeress more than a
+thousand times, and although during the first part of his observations he
+was skeptical, he was never able to detect her in the slightest attempt at
+deception. She was in no way elated over her peculiar power, on the
+contrary, she disliked to speak of it, and would gladly have been free
+from it altogether. Her clairvoyant powers were tested by hundreds of
+excellent observers during the last four years of her life.
+
+The case of Alexis, the noted French somnambulist and clairvoyant, is
+worthy of notice here. I remember very well the account of a seance at a
+gathering of prominent Americans in Paris in 1853, of which the following
+is an abstract:--
+
+Thick masses of cotton were bound firmly over his eyes in such a manner as
+to render it impossible for him to see in the ordinary way, and in this
+condition he described pictures, read signatures of letters folded in
+several envelopes, played games of cards with almost uniform success, and,
+being asked to select the best pianist in the room from a number present,
+who simply presented their hands for his inspection, he quickly selected a
+young man not yet eighteen years old, who had won four first prizes at the
+Conservatoire, and was really the best pianist of his age in Europe.
+
+In playing cards he picked up the trick with a rapidity and certainty
+which showed how clearly he knew the position of the cards upon the table.
+Keeping those dealt to him in his left hand he held the card he intended
+to play in his right, and never once changed the card upon the play of his
+partner. He knew his adversary's hand as well as his own. The writer adds:
+"The cards used were bought by myself, half an hour before, so that any
+suspicion of prepared cards would be idle and absurd."
+
+It remains to note some more recent instances reported by persons well
+known and specially qualified to judge of their truthfulness and value.
+
+The first case which I will present is embodied in a report "On the
+Evidence of Clairvoyance," by Mrs. Henry Sidgwick, wife of Prof. Sidgwick,
+formerly president of the Society for Psychical Research. It was furnished
+by Dr. Elliott Coues of Washington, D. C., where the incident occurred,
+and was afterward investigated by Mr. F. W. H. Myers, secretary of the
+society. Both the persons participating in the incident were well known to
+Prof. Coues, and were both persons of prominence, one, Mrs. C., being well
+known as a writer and lecturer, and the other, designated as Mrs. B., was
+well known for her rare psychic faculties and her absolute integrity.
+
+The incidents of the case are simple and unimportant, but they have a
+special value on account of their clearness, freedom from the possibility
+of external suggestion, and the well known ability and integrity of the
+reporter. The following are the points in the case:--
+
+In Washington, D. C., January 14, 1889, between 2 and 3 o'clock P. M.,
+Mrs. C., having been engaged in writing in the Congressional Library, left
+the building at 2:40 o'clock, and one or two minutes later was at her
+residence, in Delaware Avenue, carrying her papers in her hand. In
+ascending the steps leading from the street to the front yard she stumbled
+and fell. She was not hurt, but "picked herself up" and went into the
+house.
+
+About the same hour, certainly between 2 and 3 o'clock, Mrs. B., sitting
+sewing in her room a mile and a half away, sees the occurrence in all its
+details. The ladies are friends. They had met the day previous, but not
+since. The vision is wholly a surprise to Mrs. B. Nevertheless, it is so
+vivid that she at once sits down and writes to Mrs. C., describing
+minutely the occurrence, which letter Mrs. C. receives the next morning
+with much surprise. The following is an extract from the letter:--
+
+"I was sitting in my room sewing this afternoon about 2 o'clock, when what
+should I see but your own dear self--but heavens! in what a position! You
+were falling up the front steps in the yard.
+
+"You had on your black skirt and velvet waist, your little straw bonnet,
+and in your hand were some papers. When you fell, your hat went in one
+direction and your papers in another. You very quickly put on your bonnet,
+picked up your papers, and lost no time in getting into the house. You did
+not appear to be hurt, but looked somewhat mortified. It was all so plain
+to me that I had ten notions to one to dress myself and come over and see
+if it were true, but finally concluded that a sober, industrious woman
+like yourself would not be stumbling around at that rate, and thought I'd
+best not go on a wild-goose chase.
+
+"Now, what do you think of such a vision as that? Is there any possible
+truth in it? I feel almost ready to scream with laughter whenever I think
+of it; you did look too funny spreading yourself out in the front yard.
+'Great was the fall thereof.' I can distinctly call to mind the house in
+which you live, but for the life of me I cannot tell whether there are any
+steps from the sidewalk into the yard, as I saw them, or not."
+
+In answer to Mr. Myers' letter of inquiry to Mrs. C., she says that the
+incident was described exactly--the dress as correctly as she could have
+described it herself. There were two steps from the sidewalk to the yard,
+and it was on the top one of these two steps that Mrs. C. stumbled. The
+manner of the fall, the behavior of the bonnet and papers, and her own
+sensations were all correctly described.
+
+The next case--also embodied in the same report and examined in the same
+careful manner by Mr. Myers--was the exhibition of clairvoyant powers by
+a woman called Jane, the wife of a pitman in the County of Durham, in
+England. She received no fees and was averse to being experimented with
+for fear of being ridiculed or called a witch by her associates.
+
+She was a particularly refined woman for one of her class, sweet, gentle,
+with delicately cut features, religious and conscientious to a remarkable
+degree. She was a marked example of those who, in the trance condition,
+could not be induced by suggestion to do a wrong or a mean act, or one
+which she would consider wrong in her normal state. In her sleep she was
+anaesthetic, felt herself quite on an equality with the operator, always
+spoke of herself as "we," and of her normal self as "that girl." The
+following instance of her clairvoyance was furnished by Dr. F., who knew
+her well for many years, and is from notes taken at the time:--
+
+On the morning of the day fixed for the experiment the doctor arranged
+with a patient in a neighboring village that he should be in a particular
+room between the hours of 8 and 10 in the evening. The patient was just
+recovering from a severe illness and was weak and very thin and emaciated.
+This gentleman and the doctor were the only persons who knew anything of
+the arrangement or the proposed experiment.
+
+After having secured the proper somnambulic condition in the subject, Dr.
+F. directed her attention to the house where his patient was supposed to
+be awaiting the experiment, as arranged. She entered the house, described
+correctly the rooms passed through, in one of which she mentioned a lady
+with black hair lying on a sofa, but no gentleman. The doctor's report
+then goes on as follows:--
+
+"After a little she described the door opening and asked with a tone of
+great surprise:
+
+"'Is that a man?'
+
+"I replied, 'Yes; is he thin or fat?'
+
+"'Very fat,' she answered; 'but has the gentleman a cork leg?'
+
+"I assured her that he had not, and tried to puzzle her still more about
+him. She, however, persisted in her statement that he was very fat, and
+said that he had a great 'corporation,' and asked me whether I did not
+think such a fat man must eat and drink a great deal to get such a
+corporation as that. She also described him as sitting by the table with
+papers beside him, and a glass of brandy and water.
+
+"'Is it not wine?' I asked.
+
+"'No,' she said, 'It's brandy.'
+
+"'Is it not whisky or rum?'
+
+"'No, it is brandy,' was the answer; 'and now,' she continued,'the lady is
+going to get her supper, but the fat gentleman does not take any.'
+
+"I requested her to tell me the color of his hair, but she only replied
+that the lady's hair was dark. I then inquired if he had any brains in his
+head, but she seemed altogether puzzled about him, and only said she could
+not see any. I then asked her if she could see his name upon any of the
+papers lying about. She replied, 'Yes;' and upon my saying that the name
+began with E, she spelled each letter of the name, "Eglinton."
+
+"I was so convinced that I had at last detected her in a complete mistake
+that I arose and declined proceeding further in the experiment, stating
+that, although her description of the house and the name of the person was
+correct, in everything connected with the gentleman himself she had told
+the exact opposite of the truth.
+
+"On the following morning Mr. E., my patient, asked me the result of the
+experiment. He had found himself unable to sit up so late, he said, but
+wishful fairly to test the powers of the clairvoyante, he had ordered his
+clothes to be stuffed into the form of a human figure, and, to make the
+contrast more striking, he had an extra pillow pushed into the clothes, so
+as to form a 'corporation.' This figure had been placed by the table in a
+sitting position and a glass of brandy and water and the newspapers placed
+beside it. The name, he said, was spelled correctly, though up to that
+time I had been in the habit of writing it 'Eglington' instead of
+'Eglinton.'"
+
+Dr. Alfred Backman of Kolmar, Sweden, a corresponding member of the
+Society for Psychical Research and a good practical hypnotist has had
+unusually good fortune in finding clairvoyants among his own patients in
+that northern country. Two in particular, Anna Samuelson and Alma Redberg,
+gave most excellent examples of clairvoyant vision, describing rooms,
+surroundings, persons, and also events which were at the moment
+transpiring, though quite unknown and unsuspected by any one present at
+the experiment. Several of these cases are included in Mrs. Sidgwick's
+report. Instead of these cases, however, I prefer to adduce an instance or
+two reported by Dr. Dufay, a reputable physician of Blois and subsequently
+a senator of France. The cases were first reported to the French _Societe
+de Psychologie Physiologique_, which was presided over by Charcot, and
+published in the _Revue Philosophique_ for September, 1888.
+
+Dr. Gerault, a friend of Dr. Dufay, had a maid-servant named Marie, who
+was a natural _somnambule_, but who was also frequently hypnotized by Dr.
+Gerault. Dr. Dufay witnessed the following experiments:--
+
+Being hypnotized, Marie was describing to a young lady soon to be married,
+some characteristics of her lover, much to the amusement of the lady, who
+was clapping her hands and laughing merrily. Suddenly, almost with the
+rapidity of lightning, the scene changed from gay to grave. The
+somnambulist panted for breath, tears flowed down her face, and
+perspiration bathed her brow. She seemed ready to fall, and called on Dr.
+Gerault for assistance.
+
+"What is the matter, Marie?" said the doctor; "from what are you
+suffering?"
+
+"Ah, sir!" said she; "ah, sir! how terrible! he is dead!"
+
+"Who is dead? Is it one of my patients?"
+
+"Limoges, the ropemaker--you know, in the Crimea--he has just died. Poor
+folks--poor folks!"
+
+"Come, come, my child," said the doctor, "you are dreaming--it is only a
+bad dream."
+
+"A dream," replied the somnambulist. "But I am not asleep. I see him--he
+has just drawn his last breath. Poor boy! Look at him."
+
+And she pointed with her hand, as if to direct attention to the scene
+which was so vivid before her. At the same time she would have run away,
+but hardly had she risen to go when she fell back, unable to move. It was
+a long time before she became calm, but, on coming to herself, she had no
+recollection of anything which had occurred. Some time after, Limoges
+senior received news of the death of his son. It occurred near
+Constantinople on the same day that Marie had witnessed it in her
+clairvoyant vision.
+
+On another occasion there was a seance at which ten or twelve persons were
+present. Marie was put to sleep and had told the contents of several
+pockets and sealed packages prepared for the purpose. Dr. Dufay came in
+late purposely, so as to be as much out of rapport with her as possible.
+He had just received a letter from an officer in Algiers, stating that he
+had been very ill with dysentery from sleeping under canvas during the
+rainy season. This letter he had placed in a thick envelope, without
+address or postmark, and carefully stuck down the edges. This again was
+placed in another dark envelope and closed in like manner. No one but
+himself knew of the existence of this letter.
+
+Unobserved, he passed the letter to a lady present, indicating that it was
+to be given to Dr. Gerault, who received it without knowing from whom it
+came, and placed it in Marie's hand.
+
+"What have you in your hand?" asked the doctor.
+
+"A letter."
+
+"To whom is it directed?"
+
+"To M. Dufay."
+
+"By whom?"
+
+"A military gentleman whom I do not know."
+
+"Of what does he write?"
+
+"He is ill--he writes of his illness."
+
+"Can you name his illness?"
+
+"Oh, yes; very well. It is like the old woodcutter's of Mesland, who is
+not yet well."
+
+"I understand; it is dysentery. Now listen, Marie. It would give M. Dufay
+much pleasure if you would go and see his friend, the military gentleman,
+and find out how he is at present."
+
+"Oh, it is too far; it would be a long journey."
+
+"But we are waiting for you. Please go without losing time."
+
+(A long pause.) "I cannot go on; there is water, a lot of water."
+
+"And you do not see any bridge?"
+
+"Of course there is no bridge."
+
+"Perhaps there is a boat to cross in, as there is to cross the Loire at
+Chaumont."
+
+"Boats--yes--but this Loire is a regular flood; it frightens me."
+
+"Come, come; take courage--embark."
+
+(A long silence, agitation, pallor, nausea.) "Have you arrived?"
+
+"Nearly; but I am much fatigued, and I do not see any people on shore."
+
+"Land and go on; you will soon find some one."
+
+"There, now I see some people--they are all women, dressed in white. But
+that is queer--they all have beards."
+
+"Go to them and ask where you will find the military gentleman."
+
+(After a pause.) "They do not speak as we do--and I have been obliged to
+wait while they called a little boy with a red cap, who understands me. He
+leads me on, slowly, because we are walking in sand. Ah! there is the
+military gentleman. He has red trousers and an officer's cap. But he is so
+very thin and ill. What a pity he has not some of your medicine!"
+
+"What does he say caused his illness?"
+
+"He shows me his bed--three planks on pickets--over wet sand."
+
+"Thanks. Advise him to go to the hospital, and now return to Blois."
+
+The letter was then opened and read to the company and caused no little
+astonishment.
+
+Remarkable instances of clairvoyance have not been frequently reported in
+America. Nevertheless, well-authenticated cases are by no means wanting.
+Dr. S. B. Brittan, in his book entitled "Man and His Relations," relates
+several such cases. The following came under his own observation:--
+
+In the autumn of 1855 he saw Mr. Charles Baker of Michigan, who, while out
+on a hunting excursion, had been accidentally shot by his companion. The
+charge passed through his pocket, demolishing several articles and
+carrying portions of the contents of the pocket deep into the fleshy part
+of his thigh. The accident was of a serious character, causing extreme
+suffering, great debility, and emaciation, lasting several months, as well
+as much anxiety regarding his ultimate recovery.
+
+He was in this low condition when seen by Dr. Brittan. The doctor soon
+after returned East, and called on Mrs. Metler of Hartford, with whose
+clairvoyant power he was familiar, and requested her to examine into the
+condition of a young man who had been shot. No information was given as to
+his residence, condition, or the circumstances attending the accident.
+
+She directly found the patient, described the wound, and declared that
+there was a piece of copper still in the wound, and that he would not
+recover until it was removed.
+
+Young Baker, however, was sure he had no copper in his pocket at the time
+of the accident; the medical attendant found no indications of it, so it
+was concluded that the clairvoyant had made a mistake.
+
+Later, however, a foreign substance made its appearance in the wound, and
+was removed by the mother of the patient with a pair of embroidery
+scissors; it proved to be a copper cent. The removal of the foreign
+substance was followed by rapid recovery. The discovery of the copper coin
+was made by the clairvoyant while at a distance of nearly one thousand
+miles from the patient.
+
+Mrs. H. Porter, while at her home in Bridgeport, Conn., in the presence of
+the same writer, declared that a large steamer was on fire on the Hudson
+River; that among other objects in the vicinity she could clearly
+distinguish the village of Yonkers, and that the name of the steamer was
+the Henry Clay. The whole sad catastrophe was described by her with
+minuteness, as if occurring in her immediate presence.
+
+The next morning the New York papers gave a full account of the burning of
+the Henry Clay off the village of Yonkers--an occurrence which, doubtless,
+some of my readers may still remember--corresponding in every important
+particular with that given by the clairvoyant.
+
+Mr. John Fitzgerald of Brunswick, Me., once a somewhat noted temperance
+lecturer, but at the time now referred to a bedridden invalid, saw,
+clairvoyantly, and fully described the great fire in Fall River, Mass., in
+1874, by which a large factory was destroyed. He described the
+commencement and progress of the fire, the means employed to rescue the
+operatives, criticised the work of the firemen, shouted directions, as if
+he were present, and at last as the roof fell in, he fell back upon the
+pillow and said:
+
+"It is all over--the roof has fallen, and those poor people are burned."
+
+It was not until three days later that Mrs. Fitzgerald obtained a paper
+containing an account of the fire. This she read to her husband, who
+frequently interrupted her to tell her what would come next as "he had
+seen it all." The account corresponded almost exactly with the description
+given by Mr. Fitzgerald while the fire was in progress.
+
+I have, myself, recently found a very excellent subject whom I will call
+A. B., whom I first hypnotized on account of illness, but who afterward
+proved to have psychic perception and clairvoyant powers of a remarkable
+character. Once, while in the hypnotic condition, I asked her if she could
+go away and see what was transpiring in other places, as for instance, at
+her own home. She replied that she would try. I then told her to go to her
+home, in a small town three hundred miles away and quite unknown to me,
+and see who was in the house and what they were doing. After a minute of
+perfect silence she said: "I am there." "Go in," I said, "and tell me what
+you find." She said: "There is no one at home but my mother. She is
+sitting in the dining-room by a window; there is a screen in the window
+which was not there when I left home. My mother is sewing." "What sort of
+sewing is it?" I asked. "It is a waist for D." (her little brother). I
+wrote down every detail of her description, and then awoke her. She had no
+recollection of anything which had transpired, but said she had had a
+restful sleep. I then desired her to write at once to her mother and ask
+who was in the house at four o'clock this same afternoon, where she was,
+and what she was doing.
+
+The answer came, describing everything exactly as set down in my notes.
+
+On another occasion when I made my visit, it happened to be the day of the
+races occurring at a well known track some ten miles away, and members of
+the household where she was residing had gone to witness them. Neither she
+nor I had ever attended these races--we knew nothing of the appearance of
+the place, of the events that were expected, nor even of the ordinary
+routine of the sport. She was put into the deep hypnotic sleep, and
+thinking it a good opportunity to test her clairvoyance, I requested her
+to go to the grounds and I carefully directed her on her journey. Once
+within the inclosure she described the bright and cheerful appearance--the
+pavilion, the judge's stand, and the position of persons whom she knew.
+She said there was no race at the time; but that boys were going around
+among the spectators and getting money; that the people seemed excited;
+that they stood up and held out money, and beckoned to the boys to
+come--but she did not know what it meant. I suggested that perhaps they
+were betting. She seemed to look carefully and then said: "That is just
+what they are doing." She then described the race which followed, was much
+excited, and told who of the persons she knew were winners. I then said:
+"You will remember all this and be able to tell M. when she comes home."
+
+It was found that everything had transpired as she had described. One of
+the races had been a failure, the horses coming in neck and neck; all bets
+were cancelled and new bets were made, which caused the excitement which
+she had witnessed. She surprised those who were present by the accuracy of
+her description, both of the place and the events, especially of the
+excitement caused by making the new bets.
+
+On the same occasion, before awakening her, I said to her: "Now, I have
+something very particular to say to you and I want you to pay close
+attention.
+
+"This evening when your dinner is brought up to you--you, A. B.'s second
+self, will make A. B. see me come in and stand here at the foot of the
+bed. I shall say to you: 'Hello! you are at dinner. Well, I won't disturb
+you,' and immediately I shall go. And you will write me about my visit." I
+then awoke her in the usual manner. This was Tuesday, July 3, 1894. On
+Thursday following I received this note, which I have in my possession.
+
+    "DEAR DR. MASON:--
+
+    "As I was eating my dinner on Tuesday I heard some one say
+    'Good-evening.' I turned around surprised, as I had heard no one enter
+    the room, and there at the foot of the bed I saw _you_.
+
+    "I said 'Halloo! won't you sit down?' you said: 'Are you taking your
+    dinner? Then I won't detain you,' and before I could detain you, you
+    disappeared as mysteriously as you had come. Why did you leave so
+    suddenly? Were you angry? Mary, the nurse, says you were not here at
+    all at dinner-time. I say you were. Which of us is right?
+
+      "Sincerely,
+        "A. B."
+
+    (Full name signed.)
+
+The clairvoyant faculty is sometimes exercised in sleep, and hence the
+importance so often attached to dreams. I have a patient, Miss M. L.,
+thirty-five years of age, who has been under my observation for the past
+fifteen years, and for whose truthfulness and good sense I can fully
+vouch. From childhood she has been a constant and most troublesome
+somnambulist, walking almost every night, until two years ago when I first
+hypnotized her and suggested that she should not again leave her bed while
+asleep, and she has not done so.
+
+This person's dreams are marvellously vivid, but her most vivid ones she
+does not call dreams. She says, "When I dream I dream, but when I see I
+see."
+
+Nine years ago, M. L., had a friend in New Mexico whom I will call G.,
+from whom she had not heard for months, and of whose surroundings she knew
+absolutely nothing.
+
+One night she dreamed, or, as she expresses it, _saw_ this friend in
+Albuquerque. She was, as it seemed to her, present in the room where he
+was, and saw everything in it with the same degree of distinctness as
+though she were actually present. She noticed the matting on the floor,
+the willowware furniture, bed, rocking-chair, footstool, and other
+articles. He was talking with a companion, a person of very striking
+appearance, whom she also minutely observed as regarded personal
+appearance, dress, and position in the room.
+
+He was saying to this companion that he was about to start for New York
+for the purpose of interesting capitalists in a system of irrigation which
+he had proposed. His companion was laughing sarcastically and ridiculing
+the whole scheme. He persisted, and the conversation was animated--almost
+bitter.
+
+Three weeks later, early one morning, she dreamed that this man was in New
+York. She saw him coming up the street leading to her house, and saw her
+father go forward to meet him. At breakfast she told her father her dream,
+and they also talked freely about her former dream or vision of three
+weeks before.
+
+After breakfast her father sat upon the front stoop reading the morning
+paper, and M. L. went about some work. Suddenly she heard her father call
+out in a startled sort of way: "Mary, sure enough, here comes G.!" She
+stepped to the window and there was G. coming up the street and her father
+going forward to meet him exactly as she had seen him in her dream. He had
+just arrived from the West, and had come for the very purpose indicated by
+his conversation in M. L.'s vision. After some general conversation M. L.
+said to G.; "By the way, who was that remarkable person you were talking
+with about this journey, three weeks ago?" mentioning the night of her
+dream. With evident surprise he said:
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+She then related the whole dream just as she had experienced it, even to
+the minutest details. His astonishment was profound. He declared that the
+details which she gave could never have been so exactly described except
+by some one actually present; and with some annoyance he accused her of
+playing the spy.
+
+There are many other instances of remarkable clairvoyant vision on her
+part, and especially two which have occurred within the year--the visions
+having been fully described before the events were known.
+
+Such are a few among hundreds of cases which might be adduced as examples
+of the clairvoyant power. They are from every period of history, from the
+earliest down to our own times. Looked at broadly, they at least show that
+a belief in the clairvoyant power of some specially endowed persons has
+existed throughout the historic period; they also exhibit a great
+similarity in their character and the circumstances under which they are
+observed.
+
+Apollonius stops short in his discourse, apparently in his natural state,
+sees the assassination of Domitian, and shouts, "Strike the tyrant!"
+
+Fitzgerald at Brunswick suddenly beholds the burning factories at Fall
+River, and shouts his orders to the firemen. Others spontaneously go into
+the somnambulic condition and only then become clairvoyant; while still
+others need the assistance of a second person to produce somnambulism and
+independent vision.
+
+What is the nature and what the method of this peculiar vision which has
+been named clairvoyance?
+
+Is it a quickening and extension of ordinary vision, or is it a visual
+perception obtained in some other manner, independent of the natural organ
+of sight?
+
+It has been noted how vastly the action of the senses may be augmented by
+cultivation, but never has cultivation increased vision to such an extent
+as to discover a penny a thousand miles away and through opaque coverings.
+Besides, the clairvoyant vision is exercised quite independent of the
+bodily eye. The eyes may be closed, they may be turned upward or inward so
+that no portion of the pupil is exposed to the action of light, or they
+may be covered with thick pads of cotton or closed with plasters or
+bandages, yet the clairvoyant vision in proper subjects is obtained in
+just the same degree and with just the same certainty as when the eyes are
+fully exposed to the light.
+
+It is true there has been much doubt and discussion on this vital point,
+the objectors maintaining that sight was possible and practicable by
+experts, notwithstanding the precautions used in blindfolding; in short,
+that the whole thing might safely be set down as deception and fraud.
+
+In the face of facts such as are here cited, and the thousand others that
+might be adduced, it is hardly possible to treat this charge seriously.
+
+To such objectors, cumulative evidence regarding facts out of their own
+mental horizon is useless. Their motto is: "No amount of evidence can
+establish a miracle;" and their definition of a miracle is something done,
+or alleged to have been done, contrary to the laws of nature. But the
+objector who refuses credence to well-attested facts on that ground alone,
+simply assumes that he is acquainted with all the laws of nature.
+
+A miracle, really, is only something alleged to have been done, and we are
+not able to explain how; nevertheless, it may be perfectly in accordance
+with natural laws which we did not understand or even know existed. To the
+West Indian, whom Columbus found in the New World, an eclipse of the sun
+was a miracle of the most terrible character; to the astronomer it was a
+simple fact in nature. To the ignorant boor, "talking with Chicago" or
+cabling between New York and London is a miracle; to the electrician it is
+an everyday, well-understood affair. For a long time scientific men did
+not believe in the existence of globular, slowly-moving electricity; if
+such a thing had existed, it certainly should have put in an appearance
+before members of the "Academy," or "Royal Society" some time in the
+course of all these years; but it never had done so; only a few cooks,
+blacksmiths, or back-woodsmen had ever seen it, and they certainly were
+not the sort of people to report scientific matter; they did not know how
+to observe, and undoubtedly "they did not see what they thought they saw."
+But for all that, globular, slowly-moving electricity is now a well known
+fact in nature.
+
+Neither the West Indian, the ignorant boor, nor the man of science had, at
+the time these several facts were presented to him, "any place in the
+existing fabric of his thought into which such facts could be fitted." The
+fabric of thought in each case must be changed, enlarged, modified, before
+the alleged facts could be received or assimilated.
+
+The objector to the fact of clairvoyance and other facts in the new
+psychology is often simply deficient in the knowledge which would enable
+him properly to judge of these facts; he may be an excellent
+mathematician, physicist, editor, or even physician, but he has been
+educated to deal with a certain class of facts, and only by certain
+methods, and he is wholly unfitted to deal with another class of facts,
+perhaps requiring quite different treatment.
+
+An excellent chemist might not be just the man to analyze questions of
+finance or to testify as an expert on the tariff, or a suspension bridge;
+the "texture of his thought" would need some modifying to fit him for
+these duties; indeed, he is fortunate if he can even be quite sure of
+morphia when he sees it; it might be a ptomaine.
+
+If, then, the objector to well authenticated facts in any department of
+research expects his objections to be seriously considered, he must, at
+least, exhibit some intelligence in that department of research to which
+his objection relates.
+
+I shall then simply reiterate the statement that there is abundant
+evidence of visual perception by some specially constituted persons,
+independent of any use of the physical organ of sight.
+
+What the exact nature or method of this supranormal vision is, may not yet
+be absolutely settled, any more than the exact nature of light or of life
+or even of electricity is settled, and each of their various methods of
+action known, though of the fact itself in any of these cases there is no
+doubt.
+
+From a careful consideration of the best authenticated facts and examples,
+we are led to believe that the faculty of clairvoyance is no supernatural
+gift, but may be possessed, to some degree, by many, perhaps by all,
+people; that it is a natural condition, developed and brought into
+exercise by a few, but undeveloped and dormant in most; that the faculty
+may include not only the power of obtaining visual perceptions at a
+distance and under circumstances which render ordinary vision impossible,
+but also the perception of general truth and the relation of things in
+nature to such a degree as to render the person who possesses it a teacher
+and prophet of seemingly supernatural endowments. Carefully excluding
+cases of unusual extension, or skill in using normal perceptive faculties,
+and also thought-transference, which, although bearing a certain relation
+to clairvoyance, should not be confounded with it, the phenomena of
+independent clairvoyance appear in certain persons under the following
+conditions:--
+
+In certain states, brought about by disease, and at the near approach of
+death, in the hypnotic condition, whether self-induced or produced by the
+influence of a second person, and especially in the condition known as
+trance; it may also appear in sleep of the ordinary kind--in dreams, and
+especially in the condition of reverie or the state between sleeping and
+waking; a few persons also possess the clairvoyant faculty while in their
+natural condition, without losing their normal consciousness. In general
+it may be said that the faculty is most likely to appear when there exists
+a condition of abstraction, and the mind is acting without the restraint
+and guidance of the usual consciousness--and it reaches its most perfect
+exercise when this usual guidance ceases entirely--the body becoming
+inactive and anaesthetic and the mind acting independent of its usual
+manifesting organs. Such is the condition in trance.
+
+This view is, of course, in direct opposition to the materialistic
+philosophy which makes the mind simply a "group of phenomena," the result
+of organization, and absolutely dependent upon that organization for its
+action, and even for its existence. To discuss this question here would
+occupy too much space; besides, one of the objects of these papers is to
+show this mind, spirit, psychos, mentality, "group of phenomena,"
+whatever it may be, and whatever name may be applied to it, acting under
+circumstances which will enable us to consider with greater intelligence
+this very question, viz.: Whether the mind, under some circumstances, is
+not capable of intelligent action independent of the brain and the whole
+material organization through which it ordinarily manifests itself.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+DOUBLE OR MULTIPLEX PERSONALITY.
+
+
+If there be any one thing in the empirical psychology of the past which
+has been considered settled past all controversy, it is the unity and
+continuity of human personality. Whatever might be believed or doubted
+concerning the after life, for this life at least believers and skeptics
+alike are united in the full assurance of a true, permanent, and
+unmistakable self. The philosopher Reid, a hundred years ago, in
+discussing this subject, wrote as follows:--
+
+"My thoughts and actions and feelings change every moment. They have no
+continued but a successive existence, but that self or I to which they
+belong is permanent, and has the same relation to all succeeding thoughts,
+actions, and feelings which I call mine. The identity of a person is
+perfect--it admits of no degrees--and is not divisible into parts."
+
+Now, while this dogma, which still expresses the general consensus of
+mankind, may in a sense be well founded, still certain facts have been
+ascertained by the observant scouts in the outlying fields of psychology
+which, unless they can be interpreted to mean something different from
+their seeming and obvious import, make strongly against that stability and
+unquestioned oneness of human personality about which every individual in
+his own consciousness may feel so absolutely certain. What are these facts
+which have come to the notice of students of psychology?
+
+The case of Felida X., reported by Dr. Azam of Bordeaux, is one of the
+earliest to attract the serious attention of medical men and students of
+psychology, and has become classic in relation to the subject.
+
+She was a nervous child, given to moody spells and hysterical attacks,
+and, in 1856, when she was about fourteen years of age, she also began to
+have more serious attacks of an epileptiform character, from which she
+would emerge into a new and unusual condition, which was at first taken to
+be somnambulism. In this condition her general appearance was quite
+changed, and she talked and acted in a manner altogether different from
+her usual self. These attacks were at first very brief, lasting only a few
+minutes, but gradually they increased in duration until they occupied
+hours, and even days.
+
+In her usual state she had no recollection and no knowledge whatever of
+her second condition, and the whole time spent in that condition was to
+her a blank; on the other hand, all the different occasions when she had
+been in this second condition were linked together, constituting a
+distinct chain of memories and a personality just as consciously distinct
+and conspicuous as her original self. In her second state she not only had
+the distinct memories connected with her own secondary personality, but
+she also knew facts concerning the first or original self, but only as she
+might have knowledge of any other person.
+
+The two personalities were entirely different in character and
+disposition; the original one was sickly, indolent, and melancholy, while
+the new one was in good health, and in disposition bright, cheerful, and
+industrious. She married early in life, and was intelligent and efficient
+in the care of her family, rearing children and attending to the little
+business of a shop. At length this secondary self came to occupy nearly
+the whole time, and considered herself the normal personality, as, indeed,
+she was, being superior in every way to the original one. She knew very
+well how unhappy and miserable was the condition of the primary self,
+and, while she pitied her and did what she could to assist her, she
+disliked to have her return. She called the condition of the primary self,
+"that stupid state."
+
+The lapses of the original or No. 1 personality became at length so
+frequent, or rather, so continuous, that she lost the proper knowledge and
+relation of things about her. She was a stranger in her own home, and on
+that account became still more morose and melancholy. To relieve as much
+as possible this distressing state of affairs the second self, or No. 2,
+when she knew that No. 1 was about to appear, would write her a letter,
+informing her of the general condition of the household, whom she might
+expect to meet, and where she would find certain needful articles; she
+would also offer advice regarding the conduct of affairs, which was always
+appropriate and useful and far superior to the judgment of the original
+self in the matters to which it referred.
+
+As a second well marked and abundantly authenticated example of this
+divided or secondary personality, I will refer to a case in our own
+country and in our own vicinity.
+
+Jan. 17th, 1887, Ansel Bourne, an evangelist, left his home in Rhode
+Island, and, after transacting some business in Providence, one item of
+which was to draw some money to pay for a farm for which he had bargained,
+he went to Boston, then to New York, then to Philadelphia, and, finally,
+to Norristown, Penn., fifteen or twenty miles from Philadelphia, where he
+opened a small store for the sale of stationery, confectionery, and
+five-cent articles. In this business he was known as A. J. Brown. He lived
+in a room partitioned off from the back of the store, eating, sleeping,
+and doing his own cooking there. He rented the store from a Mr. Earl, who
+also, with his family, lived in the building. Mr. Brown went back and
+forth to Philadelphia for goods to keep up his stock, and seems to have
+conducted his business as if accustomed to it.
+
+Sunday, March 13th, he went to church, and at night went to bed as usual.
+On Monday, March 14th, about 5 o'clock in the morning, he awoke and found
+himself in what appeared to him an altogether new and strange place; he
+thought he must have broken into the place, and was much troubled, fearing
+arrest. Finally, after waiting two hours in great uneasiness of mind, he
+got up and found the door locked on the inside. He went out into the hall,
+and, hearing some one moving about, he rapped at the door. Mr. Earl, his
+landlord, opened it, and said: "Good-morning, Mr. Brown."
+
+"Where am I?" said Mr. Brown.
+
+"You are all right," replied Mr. Earl.
+
+"I'm all wrong, and my name is not Brown. Where am I?"
+
+"You are in Norristown."
+
+"Where is Norristown?"
+
+"In Pennsylvania, about seventeen miles west of Philadelphia."
+
+"What day of the month is it?" inquired Mr. Brown.
+
+"The 14th," replied Mr. Earl.
+
+"Does time run backward here? When I left home it was the 17th."
+
+"Seventeenth of what?" said Mr. Earl.
+
+"Seventeenth of January."
+
+"Now it is the 14th of March," said Mr. Earl.
+
+Mr. Earl thought Mr. Brown was out of his mind, and sent for a physician.
+To the doctor he said his name was Ansel Bourne; that he remembered seeing
+the Adams Express wagons on Dorrance Street in Providence on Jan. 17th,
+and remembered nothing since, until he awoke here this morning, March
+14th.
+
+"These people," said he, "tell me that I have been here six weeks, and
+have been living with them all this time; I have no recollection of ever
+having seen one of them, until this morning."
+
+His nephew, Mr. H., was telegraphed to in Providence.
+
+"Do you know Ansel Bourne?"
+
+Reply: "He is my uncle; wire me where he is, and if well."
+
+Mr. H., went on to Norristown, took charge of his uncle and his affairs,
+sold out his store property, and Mr. A. J. Brown went back and resumed his
+life in Rhode Island as Ansel Bourne, but the time from Jan. 17th to March
+14th was to him a blank.
+
+Prof. James of Harvard and Dr. Hodgson, Secretary of the American Branch
+of the Society for Psychical Research, who reported this case to the
+society, now became interested in the matter. They went to see Ansel
+Bourne and learned the above history; but of the journey from Providence
+to Norristown in January no account of any kind could be obtained.
+Finally, he was put into the hypnotic condition, when he was again A. J.
+Brown, and gave a connected account of his journey to Boston, New York,
+Philadelphia, and of his stay in each of these cities; of his arrival at
+Norristown, and of his experience there up to the morning of March 14th,
+when everything was again confused. As A. J. Brown he knew of Ansel
+Bourne and of his remarkable history, but could not state positively that
+he had ever met him.
+
+This transition was repeatedly made. Immediately on being put in the
+hypnotic trance and aroused to somnambulism he was A. J. Brown, a distinct
+personality, perfectly sane, and with a full appreciation of the relation
+of things as relating to that personality, and with a distinct chain of
+memories, beliefs, and affections; but, when introduced to the wife of
+Ansel Bourne, he entirely repudiated the idea of her ever having been his
+wife, though he might some time have seen her.
+
+Immediately on being awakened from this hypnotic condition he was Ansel
+Bourne, with his usual consciousness, beliefs, affections, and chain of
+memories; but the primary Ansel Bourne personality had no knowledge
+whatever of the secondary, or A. J. Brown, personality, and for any act,
+either criminal or righteous, committed by the person A. J. Brown, the
+person Ansel Bourne had no more knowledge and consequently no more
+responsibility than for any good or bad action committed by a person in
+Australia and of whose existence he was ignorant.
+
+A few other cases quite similar and in every respect of equal interest
+have been observed, notably that known as Louis V., which was reported by
+Dr. Voisin of Paris and by several other well-known French physicians,
+under whose care from time to time he has been, and whose several reports
+have been summed up by Mr. Frederick W. H. Myers, the efficient London
+Secretary of the Society for Psychical Research.
+
+Here the stability of personality was unsettled at the age of fourteen by
+a terrible fright from a viper. Four or five distinct personalities were
+represented.
+
+(1) In his childhood, previous to his fright by the viper, he had good
+health and was an ordinary, quiet, obedient, well-behaved boy.
+
+(2) A new personality, of which the primary self had no knowledge, was
+induced by the fright. This No. 2 personality had frequent epileptic
+attacks, but was able to work, learning the trade of a tailor.
+
+(3) After one of these attacks of great violence, lasting fifty hours,
+another personality came to the surface--a greedy, violent, quarrelsome,
+drunken, thievish vagabond, paralyzed on one side, and with an impediment
+in his speech. He was an anarchist, an atheist, and a blackguard, always
+ranting and thrusting his opinions upon those about him, perpetrating bad
+jokes, and practicing disgusting familiarities with his physicians and
+attendants. In this state, he knows nothing of the tailor's business, but
+he is a private of marines.
+
+(4) He is a quiet, sensible man, retiring in behavior and modest in
+speech. If he is asked his opinions upon politics or religion, he
+bashfully replies that he would rather leave such things to wiser heads
+than his. In this condition he is without paralysis and speaks distinctly.
+
+(5) As a man forty years of age he returns to the condition of childhood
+previous to his fright--a child in intellect and knowledge, having no
+occupation; he is simply an ordinary, quiet, well-behaved, obedient boy.
+
+Each of these personalities was distinct from all the others; the earlier
+ones had no knowledge of those which came after them; the later ones had a
+knowledge of the earlier ones, but only as they might have knowledge of
+any other person.
+
+A fourth typical case is that of Alma Z., recently reported by me for _The
+Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases_. In this case, an unusually
+healthy, strongly intellectual girl, an expert in athletic sport and a
+leader wherever she might be, on account of overwork, and finally, of
+broken-down health, developed a second, and, later, a third personality.
+Each was widely different from the others, all were normal so far as a
+perfect knowledge of and adaptation to their surroundings were concerned,
+and all were of unusual intellectual force and brightness, as well as
+moral worth; but each was distinct, peculiar, and even in marked contrast
+to the others in many important characteristics. No. 1 had no knowledge of
+No. 2 nor of No. 3, except from circumstances and the report of others,
+and also from letters which passed between them giving information to No.
+1 regarding changes which had occurred in her absence, as, for instance,
+of expected company or other engagement which it would be important for
+her to know.
+
+Both of the later personalities were peculiarly fond of No. 1, and devoted
+to her welfare on account of her superior knowledge and admirable
+character. The case has been under my observation, both professionally and
+socially, for many years, and, in addition to its typical character, it
+presented an example of the singular fact of the persistence of the later
+personality, with the ability to observe, retain its chain of memories,
+and afterward report them, while the primary self was at the same time the
+dominant and active personality.
+
+An instance of this occurred at one of the concerts of a distinguished
+pianist a few years since. No. 3 was the reigning personality, and she was
+herself a lover of music and an excellent critic. Beethoven's concerto in
+C major was on the programme, and was being performed in a most charming
+manner by soloist and orchestra. I was sitting near her in the box, when
+all at once I noticed a change in the expression of her face, which
+denoted the presence of No. 1. She listened with intense interest and
+pleasure to the performance, and at its close I spoke a few words to her,
+and she replied in her usual charming manner. It was No. 1 without doubt.
+Soon after, she leaned back in her chair, took two or three quick, short
+inspirations, and No. 3 was present again. She turned to me smiling and
+said:
+
+"So No. 1 came for her favorite concerto; wasn't it splendid that she
+could hear it?"
+
+I said: "Yes; but how did you know she was here?"
+
+"Oh, I sat on the front of the box," she said. "I heard the music, too,
+and I saw you speaking to her."
+
+The four cases here briefly outlined represent both sexes, two distinct
+nationalities, and widely-varying conditions in life. In each case one or
+more personalities crop out, so to speak, come to the surface, and become
+the conscious, active, ruling personality, distinct from the original
+self, having entirely different mental, moral, and even physical,
+characteristics; different tastes, and different sentiments and opinions;
+personalities entirely unknown to the original self, which no one
+acquainted with that original self had any reason to suppose existed in
+connection with that organization.
+
+The cases present so many points of similarity in their history as to
+render it probable, if not certain, that some common principle, law, or
+mental state underlies them all--some law which, if clearly defined, would
+be valuable in reducing to order the seemingly lawless mass of phenomena
+which constantly meets us in this new and but little explored field of
+research.
+
+It may be, also, that other mental states more frequently met with and
+more easily observed present points in common with these more striking and
+unusual ones; and that they also may assist us in finding the clue.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+NATURAL SOMNAMBULISM--HYPNOTIC SOMNAMBULISM--DREAMS.
+
+
+The first of these more accessible conditions to claim attention is
+natural somnambulism, or sleep-walking. The phenomena of this peculiar
+state have been observed from time immemorial, and have always been looked
+upon as one of the most wonderful and interesting subjects in the domain
+of the old psychology.
+
+In this state the subject, while apparently in ordinary sleep, arises from
+his bed and proceeds, sometimes to perform the most ordinary, everyday
+actions--cooking a dinner, washing clothes, sawing wood, or going out to a
+neighboring market town to transact business; sometimes, on the other
+hand, he does the most unusual things; he performs perilous journeys in
+dangerous and unfamiliar places in perfect safety and with unusual ease;
+sometimes intellectual work of a difficult nature, such as had baffled the
+student in his waking hours, is easily accomplished, and he finds the
+solution of his mathematical problem or the needed point in his argument
+all plainly wrought out and prepared for him when he goes to his desk the
+following morning; moreover, if the work from any cause should be
+interrupted, and the same conditions recur upon the following or some
+subsequent night, it may be resumed at the point where it was interrupted;
+or if the somnambulist talks, as well as acts, in his sleep the
+conversation shows that each succeeding occasion is connected with
+previous ones, all together constituting a chain of memories similar to
+that of the different personalities which have been presented in the four
+cases already described.
+
+Sometimes all these different actions are accomplished without light or
+with the eyes fast closed, or else open and staring, but without vision.
+Sometimes, however, the new personality developed in the sleep of the
+somnambulist fails to come into proper relations with his surroundings,
+when he may also fail to accomplish the dangerous journey, and may walk
+from an open window or an unguarded balcony with disastrous results.
+
+The second condition which presents analogies to the duplex or multiplex
+personalities, which are under consideration, is that of the somnambulism
+which occurs in the hypnotic sleep. While usually the hypnotic subject is
+passive and unconsciously receives the suggestions which are impressed
+upon him, not unfrequently a personality comes to the front which acts
+independently, and presents all the characteristics which we have found
+pertaining to a distinct personality.
+
+A rare example of this alternating personality brought about by hypnotism
+is afforded by the French subject, Mme. B., whose acquaintance we have
+already made as a subject upon whom hypnotism at a distance was
+successfully carried out by Prof. Janet and Dr. Gibert of Havre. As we
+have already seen, in her ordinary condition Mme. B. is a stolid,
+substantial, honest French peasant, about forty years of age, of very
+moderate intelligence, and without any education or any ambition for
+notoriety. In this state Prof. Janet calls her Leonie.
+
+Hypnotized, she is at once changed into a bright, vivacious,
+mischief-loving, rather noisy personality, who considers herself on
+excellent terms with the doctor, and whom the professor names Leontine.
+Later, by further hypnotization and a deeper trance, there appears a
+sedate, sensible personality, intellectually much superior to Leonie, the
+primary self, and much more dignified than the vivacious Leontine, and
+this third personality Prof. Janet calls Leonore.
+
+Leontine, the hypnotic or second self, knows Leonie, the original Mme. B.,
+very well, and is very anxious not to be confounded with her. She always
+calls her "the other one," and laughs at her stupidity. She says, "That
+good woman is not I, she is too stupid." One day Prof. Janet hypnotized
+Leonie, and as usual at once Leontine was present. Prof. Janet then
+suggested to Leontine that when she awoke and Leonie had resumed the
+command, she (Leontine) should take off the apron of Leonie, their common
+apron, on their one physical personality, and then tie it on again. She
+was then aroused from her hypnotic condition, and at once Leonie was
+present without the slightest knowledge of Leontine, for she never knew of
+this second personality, nor of hypnotic suggestion in any form. Leonie,
+supposing the professor's experiment was over, was conducting him to the
+door, talking indifferently in her slow, dull way, and at the same time
+unconsciously her fingers were working at her apron-strings. The loosened
+apron was falling off when the professor called her attention to it. She
+exclaimed, "Why, my apron is falling off!" and then, fully conscious of
+what she was doing, she replaced and tied it on again. She then continued
+her talk. She only supposed that somehow accidentally the apron had come
+untied and she had retied it, and that was all.
+
+To the now submerged Leontine, however, this was not enough; her mission
+had not been completed, and at her silent prompting Leonie again fumbled
+at the apron-strings; unconsciously she untied and took off the apron, and
+then put it on again without her attention having been drawn to what she
+had now the second time done. The next day Prof. Janet again hypnotized
+Leonie and Leontine made her appearance.
+
+"Well," said she, "I did what you told me yesterday. How stupid 'the other
+one' looked while I took her apron off? Why did you tell her that her
+apron was falling off? Just for that, I had to do the job all over again."
+
+Here the hypnotic or secondary self, as in my own reported case, appears
+as a persistent entity, remembering and reasoning, while the primary self
+was at the same time in command of their common body. Leontine not only
+caused Leonie to untie and retie her apron, but she enjoyed the fun,
+remembered it, and told it the next day.
+
+Again Leonore was as much ashamed of Leontine's flippancy as Leontine was
+of Leonie's stupidity.
+
+"You see well enough," she said, "that I am not that prattler, that
+madcap. We do not resemble each other in the least."
+
+In fact, she sometimes gave Leontine good counsel in regard to her
+behavior, and in a peculiar manner--by producing the hallucination of
+hearing a voice, thus again showing the conscious activity of the
+submerged self while a primary self was at the same time dominant and
+active. As Dr. Janet relates the incident, Leontine was one day in an
+excited, hysterical condition, noisy and troublesome with her chatter,
+when suddenly she stopped her senseless talk and cried out with terror:
+
+"Oh! Who is it there talking to me like that?"
+
+"No one was speaking to you."
+
+"Yes, there on the left." And she opened a closet door in the direction
+indicated, to see that no one was hidden there.
+
+"What is it that you hear?" asked the professor.
+
+"I hear a voice on the left there which keeps saying to me: 'Enough,
+enough; be quiet. You are a nuisance!'" which, the professor remarks, was
+exactly the truth.
+
+Leonore, in her turn, was then brought to the surface.
+
+"What was it that happened," asked Prof. Janet, "when Leontine was so
+frightened?"
+
+"Oh, nothing," she replied. "I told her she was a nuisance and to keep
+quiet. I saw she was annoying you. I don't know why she was so
+frightened."
+
+I may be pardoned for mentioning one other fact regarding the relationship
+of these singular personalities, because it illustrates more pointedly if
+possible than anything else their entire duplex and separate character.
+Leonie or Madame B. is married, but Leontine is not. Madame B. however,
+was hypnotized at her accouchements, and became Leontine. So Leontine was
+the presiding personality when the children were born. Leontine therefore
+considers herself the mother of two children, and would be greatly grieved
+were any doubts expressed regarding her right of motherhood in them.
+
+The analogies between the mental conditions presented respectively in
+ordinary somnambulism and the somnambulism of the hypnotic trance, and the
+mental conditions presented in the four cases previously recited are
+numerous and obvious; in fact, they seem as indeed they are, like the
+same conditions differently produced and varying in the length of time
+they occupy, and it is evident that in them there is brought to view a
+mental state of sufficient uniformity, as well as of sufficient interest
+and importance, to be worthy of serious consideration.
+
+The facts thus far brought into view are these: That in a considerable
+number of persons there may be developed, either spontaneously or
+artificially, a second personality different in character and distinct in
+its consciousness and memories from the primary or original self; that
+this second personality is not a mere change of consciousness, but in some
+sense it is a different entity, having a power of observation, attention
+and memory not only when the primary self is submerged and without
+consciousness or volition, but also at the same time that the primary self
+is in action, performing its usual offices, and in its turn it is equally
+capable of managing the affairs and performing the offices properly
+pertaining to the common body whenever needed for that purpose.
+
+Reckoning these different personalities as No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, etc., No.
+1 has no knowledge of No. 2, nor of any succeeding personality, nor of
+their acts, but the time occupied by them is to No. 1 a blank, during
+which it is without volition, memory, or consciousness. No. 2 has a
+distinct consciousness and chain of memories of its own, but it also knows
+more or less perfectly the history and acts of No. 1--it knows this
+history, however, only as pertaining to a third person; it knows nothing
+of No. 3, nor of any personality subsequently coming into activity. No. 3
+has also its distinct personality, and knows both No. 1 and No. 2, but
+knows them only as separate and distinct personalities; it does not know
+any personality coming into activity after itself.
+
+So distinct are these personalities that No. 2 not only may not possess
+the acquirements, as, for instance, the book knowledge, trade, or
+occupation of No. 1, but may possess other capabilities and acquirements
+entirely foreign to No. 1, and of which it possessed no knowledge.
+
+Ansel Bourne was a farmer and preacher, and knew nothing of storekeeping.
+A. J. Brown, the second personality, was a business man, neither farmer
+nor preacher. Louis V., as No. 2, was a tailor, and a very good boy; as
+No. 3, he was a private of marines, and knew nothing of tailoring, and he
+was a moral monster; while, in what might be called his No. 5 condition,
+he was again an undeveloped child, as he was before his fright.
+
+Still another fact which comes prominently into view in examining these
+cases is that the No. 2 personality may not, by any means, be inferior to
+the No. 1, or original self. In none of the cases cited has the
+intellectual capacity of the later developed personality been inferior to
+that of the original self, and generally it was notably superior; only in
+the No. 3 personality of Louis V. was the moral state worse than in No. 1,
+and, in general, the moral standing of No. 2 or No. 3 was fully equal to
+the primary self.
+
+The emergence and dominance of a secondary personality, therefore, does
+not by any means imply that the general standing of the individual
+dominated by this second personality, as judged by disinterested
+observers, is in any way inferior to the same individual dominated by the
+primary self, but, on the contrary, a superior personality is rather to be
+expected, and especially is this true when the secondary personality is
+intelligently sought and brought to view by means of hypnotism.
+
+It is, however, quite impossible by any _a priori_ reasoning, or from the
+character of the primary self, to form any definite estimate concerning
+the character or general characteristics of any new personality which may
+make its appearance, either spontaneously or through the aid of
+hypnotism.
+
+Having become to a certain degree familiarized with the idea that in some
+persons, at least, and under some peculiar circumstances, a second
+personality may come to the surface and take the place for a longer or
+shorter time of the primary self, it may be asked whether, after all,
+these comparatively few persons in which this unusual phenomena has been
+observed are essentially different in their mental constitution from other
+people.
+
+When those best acquainted with the slender and melancholy Felida N., or
+the ordinary, quiet, well-behaved Louis V.; the industrious and respected
+evangelist Ansel Bourne, or the large-brained, intellectual leader of
+women, Alma Z., saw them in their ordinary state, before any subliminal
+personality had emerged and made itself known, no one of those most
+intimate acquaintances, no expert in character-reading, no student of
+mental science could have given any reasonable intimation that any one of
+them would develop a second personality, much less give any trustworthy
+opinion as to the character which the new personality would possess.
+
+A few months ago I was called in haste to see a patient, a large, strong
+man of one hundred and eighty pounds weight, who had been thrown down and
+trampled upon by his nineteen-year-old son during an attack of
+somnambulism, and had received such serious injuries as to require
+immediate surgical aid. The next day this son came to consult me regarding
+his unfortunate habit of sleep-walking, which has often got him into
+trouble before, and has now resulted in serious injury to his father. He
+is a slight youth of one hundred and twenty pounds weight, light hair,
+gray eyes, and a bright, frank face, expressive of good health and good
+nature--"a perfect gentleman," as his father expressed it, "when himself,
+but ten men cannot manage him when he gets up in his sleep; he will do
+what he sets out to do."
+
+Who would ever imagine that this slender, good-natured, gentlemanly lad,
+sooner than any other lad, would in his sleep develop somnambulism and a
+second personality, or that when it came that second personality should
+prove a stubborn Samson?
+
+Little could Prof. Janet imagine that beneath the surface consciousness of
+that serene and stupid Leonie dwelt the frisky, vivacious, fun-loving
+Leontine, waiting only the magic key of hypnotism to unlock and bring her
+to the surface to reign instead of the heavy Leonie.
+
+The people who, in various ways, develop second personalities may not
+differ, it seems, in any perceptible manner from other people; is it not
+quite possible, then, that other normal, ordinary people, possess a second
+personality, deep-down beneath their ordinary, everyday self, and that
+under conditions which favor a readjustment, this hidden subliminal self
+may emerge and become for a longer or a shorter time the conscious, acting
+one; and not only so, but may prove to be the brighter and better
+organized of the two?
+
+Having now, as it were, a chart, imperfect though it be, of this outlying
+region, having some idea what to look for, and in what direction to look
+for it, it is possible that glimpses of this subliminal personality which
+each one unconsciously carries with him may be obtained under ordinary
+conditions and in everyday life, more frequently and more easily than we
+had imagined; for, as Ribot expresses it, the ordinary conscious
+personality is only a feeble portion of the whole psychical personality.
+
+One example of this more usual form of double personality is afforded in
+ordinary dreaming. The dream country, like most of this outlying
+territory, has for the most part been studied without chart or compass.
+There is scarcely a point connected with the discussion of the subject
+upon which the most eminent authorities are not divided; it is Locke
+against Descartes, Hamilton against Locke, and Hobbes against the field.
+
+If there be any one point, however, on which there is tolerable unanimity
+among all writers, ancient and modern, great and small, it is the absence
+in dreams of the normal acts and processes of volition, and, especially,
+of the faculty of attention. Now, this is exactly the condition which is
+conducive to the more or less perfect emergence and activity of the
+subliminal self, under whatever circumstances it occurs.
+
+There is first, loss of consciousness from catalepsy, fright, depressing
+illness, hypnotism, or natural sleep, that is to say, the power of
+attention or volition in the primary self is abolished; then comes a
+readjustment of personalities, varying in completeness according to the
+ease with which, in different persons, this readjustment may be effected,
+and according to the completeness of the abolition of the power of
+attention and volition.
+
+In sleep the conditions are favorable for this readjustment, and the
+subliminal self comes more or less perfectly to the surface; then appears
+that most peculiar and interesting series of pictures and visions which we
+call dreams; sometimes the rearranged, or rather unarranged, impressions
+and perceptions of the waking hours brought together, possibly just before
+the power of attention is entirely lost; sometimes the Puck-like work of
+the subliminal personality, the Leontines of the dream-country influencing
+the unconscious or semi-conscious primary self; sometimes the veridical or
+truth-telling dreams, which have been the wonder of all ages, and
+sometimes giving complete and active supremacy to the subliminal self as
+in natural somnambulism. Another portion of the field in which it might be
+profitable to look for evidence of the existence of a subliminal
+personality is in the eccentric work of genius; and still another, in the
+unexpected and often heroic actions of seemingly ordinary persons under
+the stress and stimulus of a great emotion, as of joy, sorrow, or anger,
+or of intense excitement, as for instance, the soldier in battle, the
+fireman at the post of danger, or the philosopher or astronomer on the eve
+of a new discovery; in all these cases the ordinary personality with its
+intense self-consciousness and self-considering carefulness is
+submerged--it disappears--the power of voluntary attention to mental
+states or physical action is lost; a new and superior personality comes to
+the surface and takes control. The supreme moment passes, and the primary
+self resumes sway, scarcely conscious of what has been done or how it was
+accomplished; even sensation has been abolished, and it is only now that
+he discovers the bleeding bullet-wound, the charred member, or the broken
+bone.
+
+In physical science, whenever some new fact or law or principle has been
+discovered, it is at once seen that many things which before were obscure,
+or perhaps could only be accounted for by a theory of chance, or of direct
+interference by an omnipotent Deity, are now illuminated by a new light,
+and order reigns where before only confusion and darkness were visible.
+Something of the same sort is beginning to be recognized in the world of
+mental and psychical phenomena. If the mathematical exactness which
+measured the force of gravity, or placed the sun in one of the foci of an
+ellipse instead of the centre of a circle cannot be applied here, it is
+only on account of the vast complexity of the problem presented, and of
+which we know so few of the elements.
+
+When matter alone is concerned we know exactly how it will act under given
+conditions. When life is added, the problem becomes more complex. The
+general law of evolution and the special law of natural selection in the
+development of species are accepted facts, although we cannot with success
+apply to them mathematical formulae. When mind is added to life, the
+problem becomes still more complicated and mathematical exactness still
+less likely to be attained. Many facts, however, are being ascertained in
+psychical science, and some principles are being established which help to
+bring order out of confusion and shed light on some dark places.
+
+The recognition of a subliminal self as forming a part of the psychical
+organization of man will throw light upon many obscure mental phenomena
+and bring order out of seemingly hopeless confusion. Placed before us as a
+working hypothesis, many other facts, before errant and unclassified,
+group themselves about it in wonderful clearness and harmony.
+
+Granting, then, provisionally at least, the reality of the secondary self,
+what are its relations to the primary self and their common physical
+organization, and how came it to occupy these relations? Mr. Frederick W.
+H. Myers, to whom I have already referred, whose acute intellect and
+scholarly attainments have been of the highest value to the society in
+every department of its investigations, has also taken up this subject
+with his usual skill and judgment. He looks upon it from the standpoint
+of evolution, commencing with the earliest period of animal life. He
+compares the whole psychical organization, together with its manifesting
+physical organization, to the thousand looms of a vast manufactory.
+
+The looms are complex and of varying patterns, for turning out different
+sorts of work. They are also used in various combinations, and there are
+various driving bands and connecting machinery by which they may severally
+be connected or disconnected, but the motive power which drives the whole
+is constant for all, and all works automatically to turn out the styles of
+goods that are needed.
+
+"Now, how did I come to have my looms and driving-gear arranged in this
+particular way? Not, certainly, through any deliberate choice of my own.
+My ancestor, the ascidian, in fact, inherited the business when it
+consisted of little more than a single spindle; since his day my nearer
+ancestors have added loom after loom."
+
+Changes have been going on continually; some of the looms are now quite
+out of date, have long been unused, and are quite out of repair or fallen
+to pieces. Others are kept in order because the style of goods which they
+turn out is still useful and necessary. But the class of goods called for
+has greatly changed of late. For instance, the machinery at present in
+operation is best adapted to turning out goods of a decidedly egoistic
+style, for self-preservation, persistence in the struggle for life, and
+for self-gratification; but a style is beginning to be called for of the
+altruistic pattern. For this kind of goods the machinery is not well
+adapted. It is old-fashioned, and changes are necessary. If there are any
+looms in the establishment unknown and unused which can be turned to
+account, or any way of modifying such as we have to meet the demand, it is
+for our interest to know it.
+
+But the methods of adjustment, and arrangements for bringing new looms
+into operation are hidden and difficult of access, so we observe factories
+where spontaneous readjustments are going on and new looms, not known to
+have been in the establishment, are being brought automatically into
+action and are found to work fairly well. Such instances are found in the
+establishment of Felida X. or Louis V., from which valuable hints are
+obtained regarding changes and readjustments.
+
+Furthermore, in hypnotism, we find a safe and, at the same time, powerful
+lever, for readjustment, by means of which in some establishments new
+looms can be brought into play and shut off again almost at will; and
+often while the new looms are at work doing good service we are able to
+get at the old ones, repair and modernize them so as to make them useful,
+and the immense value of hypnotism in this educational and reformatory
+work has hardly begun to be known or appreciated. A single instance out of
+many must suffice for illustration.
+
+In the summer of 1884 there was at the Salpetriere a young woman of a
+deplorable type, Jeanne S., who was a criminal lunatic, filthy, violent,
+and with a life history of impurity and crime. M. Auguste Voisin, one of
+the physicians of the staff, undertook to hypnotize her May 31st. At that
+time she was so violent that she could only be kept quiet by a
+strait-jacket and the constant cold douche to her head. She would not look
+at M. Voisin, but raved and spat at him. He persisted, kept his face near
+and opposite to hers, and his eyes following hers constantly. In ten
+minutes she was in a sound sleep, and soon passed into the somnambulistic
+condition. The process was repeated many days, and gradually she became
+sane while in the hypnotic condition, but still raved when she awoke.
+
+Gradually, then, she began to accept hypnotic suggestion, and would obey
+trivial orders given her while asleep, such as to sweep her room, etc.;
+then suggestions regarding her general behavior; then, in her hypnotic
+condition, she began to express regret for her past life and form
+resolutions of amendment, which she fully adhered to when she awoke. Two
+years later she was a nurse in one of the Paris hospitals, and her conduct
+was irreproachable. M. Voisin has followed up this case by others equally
+striking.
+
+Such is an imperfect sketch of the discoveries, experiments, and studies
+which have been made in the domain of human personality. It is merely a
+sketch, and certainly it is in no spirit of dogmatism that it is
+presented; but as a collection of facts relating to human nature and the
+constitution and action of the human mind, it is at least curious.
+
+It need not destroy our convictions regarding the essential unity of
+personality, but it must necessarily enlarge our conceptions of what
+_constitutes an individual_, and how under various circumstances that
+individual may act.
+
+From many points of view, and in relation to many departments of study and
+of human development--legal, moral, social, and educational--the subject
+presents important bearings; and, furthermore, in the solution of other
+psychological problems it will be found to possess the greatest possible
+interest and value.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+AUTOMATISM--PLANCHETTE.
+
+
+Our ordinary actions, both physical and mental, are, for the most part,
+subject to our own voluntary guidance and choice. Of this, at least, we
+feel sure. We work, walk, talk, play upon an instrument, read a book, or
+write a letter, because we choose to do these things; and ordinarily they
+are done under the full guidance of our will and intelligence. Sometimes,
+however, actions are performed by us without our choice or guidance, and
+even without our consciousness, and such actions are called automatic. The
+thrifty housewife, perhaps also being of a literary turn of mind, may
+become deeply absorbed in an exciting novel, while at the same time her
+busy fingers, without thought or effort on her part, skilfully ply the
+knitting needles, or her well accustomed foot, with gentle motion, rocks
+the cradle.
+
+During an exciting conversation, or the absorbing consideration of some
+important subject or problem, the act of walking is performed without will
+or consciousness; the pianoforte player runs his scales and roulades with
+marvellous rapidity and precision while reading a book or carrying on an
+animated conversation. Such actions are performed automatically.
+
+When we come to examine a large number of actions performed in this
+automatic manner, we observe that they exhibit great diversity in the kind
+and degree of automatism displayed in their performance. In the cases
+above mentioned the mind is simply altogether engaged in doing one thing,
+and at the same time the muscles go on without any conscious direction or
+supervision, doing altogether another thing, but generally something which
+they had before been accustomed to do. This is often called
+absent-mindedness; it is also one of the most common and simple forms of
+automatism. We set the machine to work, and it goes itself.
+
+Another kind of automatism is that which often appears in connection with
+peculiar gifts or talents, and is especially associated with genius. It is
+seen, for example, in the poet and the orator, and in those capable of
+improvisation, especially in music or in verse. The pianist or organist
+seats himself at the instrument without the remotest idea of what he is to
+perform--he simply commences. The theme he is to present, the various
+melodies, harmonies, changes, and modulations which come at his touch are
+often as much a surprise and delight to himself as to the most interested
+listener. Something within him furnishes and formulates the ideas, and
+causes him to express them artistically upon the instrument of his choice
+without any effort, or even supervision of his own--he is simply conscious
+of what is produced--but if he should undertake consciously to guide or in
+any way interfere with the production, the extraordinary beauty and
+excellence of the performance would at once cease.
+
+Still another kind of automatism is illustrated in somnambulism. The
+somnambulist arises from his bed in his sleep, and proceeds to prepare a
+meal or work out a mathematical problem or write a thesis or a letter, or
+sometimes to describe distant scenes and events transpiring far away. Here
+the actions, both physical and mental, are performed, not only without the
+exercise of the actor's own choice or control, but he has no knowledge of
+them whatever. They are altogether outside the domain of his
+consciousness, and have their origin in some centre of intelligence quite
+apart from his own ordinary consciousness, and they only appear or find
+expression through his physical organization. Let us examine a little more
+closely into these different forms of automatism.
+
+Twenty-five years ago a curious little piece of mechanism--apparently half
+toy and half an instrument for amateur conjuring--made its appearance in
+the windows of the toyshops and bookstores of the United States. It was a
+little heart-shaped piece of mahogany, or other hard wood, about seven
+inches by five in dimensions, with two casters serving for feet at the
+base of the heart, while a closely-fitting pencil passed through a hole at
+the point or apex.
+
+Thus a tripod was formed, moving with perfect ease and freedom in any
+direction, while the pencil, which formed the third foot, left its plain
+and continuous tracing wherever the instrument was moved.
+
+This little toy was called Planchette, and wonderful tales were told of
+its strange performances when rightly used. Evenly adjusted upon a plain
+wood table, if a properly-constituted person placed his or her finger-tips
+lightly upon its surface, it soon began to move about, without any
+muscular effort or any wish or will on the part of the operator; a broad,
+smooth sheet of paper being placed beneath it upon the table, figures,
+words, and sentences were plainly traced by the pencil, all in the style
+of a veritable oracle, and greatly to the delight of the curious, the
+wonder of the superstitious, and the mystification of people generally.
+
+Not every one, however, could command the services of the modern oracle;
+only to the touch of a certain few was it responsive; to the many it was
+still and silent as a sphinx. One in ten, perhaps, could obtain a scrawl;
+one in twenty, intelligible sentences, and one in a hundred could produce
+remarkable results. Few persons witnessing its performances under
+favorable circumstances failed to be interested, but different people
+looked at it from quite different standpoints. The habitual doubter saw in
+it only a well-managed trick, which, however, he failed to detect; the
+spiritualist saw undoubted evidence of spiritual manifestations, while the
+great majority of common-sense people saw writing done, evidently without
+will or effort on the part of the writer, producing messages of every
+grade, from the most commonplace twaddle, foolishness, and even falsehood,
+to the exhibition of intelligence of a high order, a sparkling wit, and a
+perception of events, past, present, and sometimes even of those still in
+the future, most acute and unusual. What was the cause of these
+involuntary movements, or whence came the messages written, they did not
+know, and few even cared to speculate.
+
+That was twenty-five years ago, and the two theories already alluded to
+were about the only ones adduced to account for the phenomena. Dr.
+Carpenter's theory of "unconscious cerebration" and "unconscious muscular
+action" did not cover the ground; there was altogether too much
+cerebration not to have a consciousness connected with it in some way. The
+theory did not cover the facts. Twenty-five years have failed to detect
+the long-talked-of trick of the skeptic; they have also failed to
+substantiate the claim of spiritualists, and Planchette-writing is almost
+as much a mystery as ever.
+
+Fairly studied, then, what does Planchette really do? From a physical
+standpoint its performances are simply automatic writing or drawing. To
+deny the automatic character of the movements of Planchette at this day is
+simply absurd. That writing can be produced with it voluntarily, no one
+doubts, but that it generally is produced automatically, that is, without
+the choice or control of the writers, and without their knowledge of what
+is being written, it would be waste of time here to attempt to prove; the
+theory of fraud is untenable, and the real question at issue is the
+psychical one, namely, whence come the messages which it brings?
+
+These messages may be divided into three general classes: (1) Those which
+are trivial or irrelevant. (2) Those which show intelligence and have some
+unmistakable relation to the subject of which they purport to give
+information, but all of which is known either to the writers or some
+person present. (3) Those which bring, or profess to bring, information
+unknown in any way, either to the writer or any person present.
+
+The first of these divisions need not detain us, though it contains a very
+large share of all the messages received, as it simply illustrates the
+fact of automatism, which is equally well illustrated in the other classes
+of messages, which are of a more interesting character. The second class,
+namely, messages which show intelligence and have an unmistakable relation
+to the subject concerning which information is asked, and yet contain
+nothing beyond the knowledge of the writers or of persons present, is also
+very large.
+
+The following is a sketch of my own first experience with Planchette. I
+may remark that subsequent trials brought out the fact that for myself
+alone Planchette will do nothing; it will not even move a hair's-breadth;
+but when, as is often the case, two persons are needed for success, I am
+often selected by Planchette to assist when it is consulted in the matter.
+On one occasion, I was calling at a friend's house, in the spring of 1868.
+Planchette was then much in vogue, and one stood on a side-table in the
+room. A young daughter of my friend--a school-girl fifteen or sixteen
+years of age--remarked that Planchette would move and sometimes even write
+for her, and she asked me to join her in a trial. I consented, and, to our
+surprise, the moment our fingers were placed lightly upon the instrument
+it moved off with great energy. Questions were then asked, and the answers
+were written with promptness and intelligence, greatly to the amusement of
+the company. Desiring to know who our mysterious correspondent might be,
+we politely said, "Planchette, will you kindly inform us who it is that
+writes these answers?" to which it replied, "Peter Stuyvesant."
+
+"Old Governor Stuyvesant?" we asked.
+
+"Yes," was the reply.
+
+Now it so happened that a short time previous to our seance the old pear
+tree, known as the Stuyvesant pear tree, which had stood for more than two
+hundred years at the corner of Thirteenth Street and Third Avenue, having
+become decayed and tottering, was thrown down by a blow from a passing
+truck and had been ruthlessly chopped to pieces by workmen; and the event
+had been generally noticed and commented upon. Accordingly we replied,
+
+"We are very glad to hear from you, Governor. How about the old pear
+tree?"
+
+To this a reply was promptly written, but neither of us had the slightest
+idea what it might be. The young lady took up the paper and commenced to
+read, but was shocked and greatly confused to find, clearly written, in a
+hand quite foreign to us both, "It's a ---- ---- shame!" the blanks here
+being filled by the most emphatic expletives, and without the slightest
+abbreviation.
+
+Another excellent Planchette-writer was Miss V., a friend of the family,
+who was spending a few days at my house in March, 1889. She was a young
+German lady of unusual intelligence, vivacity, and good sound sense. She
+knew of spiritualism only by passing remarks which she might have heard,
+and had never either seen or heard of Planchette. She was herself a
+somnambulist, or, rather, a somniloquist, for she never walked in her
+sleep, but talked with the greatest ease, carrying on long conversations
+without the slightest memory afterwards of what had been said. She was
+also an excellent hypnotic subject, and the suggested effects of medicines
+were much more prompt and certain than the effect of the medicines
+themselves, when used in the ordinary way.
+
+For experiment one evening I proposed that we should try Planchette. As
+soon as our fingers were placed upon the instrument, it moved off across
+the table with the greatest promptness, and at once it replied to
+questions with unusual appropriateness and intelligence. The astonishment
+of Miss V. was altogether too profound and too apparent to admit of any
+suspicion of collusion on her part, and she had seen that the board would
+not move for me alone, yet she could not be persuaded that when we wrote
+together there was not some trick, and that I did not move the board
+voluntarily to produce the writing.
+
+At length a message came concerning one of her own relatives, of whom she
+was sure that I could have no knowledge whatever, and she was convinced
+that at all events that message could not have originated with me.
+Accordingly she became a most valuable and interested partner in the
+experiments, and the chief medium through whom Planchette gave its
+communications.
+
+Our sittings continued four or five consecutive evenings, and hundreds of
+communications and answers to questions were given by different
+intelligences or personalities, with entirely different modes of
+expression and different kinds of writing; some were religious, some
+philosophical, some were anxious to give advice, and some were profane;
+this last-mentioned phase appearing especially if we were persistent in
+inquiring too closely into the identity and former condition of the
+communicating personality.
+
+On one occasion a message was written which was so strange in its
+appearance that none of us could at first make it out. At length we
+discovered some familiar negro phrase, and applying this key, we found we
+had a message of regular plantation negro talk, bearing a very strong
+resemblance to Uncle Remus's talk to the little boy, which some of us had
+just been reading. On asking who the "intelligence" was, it wrote, "Oh,
+I'se a good ole coon."
+
+Neither Miss V. nor myself had ever heard such a dialect spoken, nor knew
+that any sort of person of the negro race was ever called a "coon."
+
+On another occasion, Miss V. was anxious to know and asked Planchette if a
+relative of hers, whom she named, was staying in town that night. The
+answer came, "Yes." "Where is he stopping?" Answer: "At the H. House."
+"What is he doing now?" Answer: "He has just finished his dinner, settled
+his bill at the cashier's desk, and is now walking up Broadway with his
+cousin." She afterward learned that this information was correct in every
+particular.
+
+On the last evening of our experiments the force displayed in the writing
+was something surprising. Miss V. always experienced a certain amount of
+pain in her arms while writing, as if she were holding the electrodes of a
+battery through which a mild current was passing. On this occasion the
+pain was almost unbearable, so that she frequently cried out, and was
+obliged to remove her hands from the board for relief.
+
+The writing was so violent that it could be heard in the next room, and at
+times it seemed as though the board would surely be broken. Seeing so much
+force exhibited, I allowed my fingers merely to touch the surface of the
+board, but so lightly that my hands did not move with it at all, but
+simply retained contact, the board sliding along beneath them. The
+writing continued with just the same violence. I then called the attention
+of Miss V. to what I was doing, and requested her to adjust her hands in a
+similar manner. She did so, and the instrument continued to write several
+words, with gradually diminishing force, moving under our hands, while our
+hands did not follow at all the movements of the instrument, until at
+length it gradually stopped, like a machine when the power is turned off.
+
+Miss V. does not reside in the city, but while I was writing this chapter
+she was in town, and spent a few hours at my house. We were both anxious
+to try Planchette again. When we placed our fingers upon the board, the
+writing commenced at once, and intelligent answers were given to about
+twenty questions, some of the answers, especially those relating to
+distant friends, being quite contrary to our impressions and our hopes,
+but they were afterward found to be true.
+
+We remembered the experiment just related, which was made more than four
+years ago. The force on this occasion was not at all to be compared with
+what it was then, but we said, "Now, Planchette, we want to ask a favor of
+you; will you repeat the experiment of four years ago, and move under our
+hands, while our hands remain stationary?" It replied, "Since you are so
+polite, I will try; perhaps I can move it a little."
+
+We then planted our elbows firmly upon the table, curved our wrists, so as
+to allow the tips of our fingers to rest in the lightest possible manner
+upon the surface of the board. Four of us were watching with great
+interest for the result. After a moment's hesitation, slowly the board
+moved nearly an inch and stopped, but the movement was so obvious and
+decided, and without any movement of our hands, that a simultaneous shout
+went up from us all, and "Well done, Planchette!" The experiment was
+successfully repeated several times, the tracing of the pencil in each
+case showing a movement of from one to two inches.
+
+A most valuable series of experiments in Planchette-writing was recently
+carried on by the late Rev. Mr. Newnham, vicar of Maker, Davenport,
+England, a member of the Society for Psychical Research, together with his
+wife. They were fully reported to Mr. F. W. H. Myers, secretary of the
+society.
+
+The experiments extended over a period of eight months, and more than
+three hundred questions and answers were recorded. Mrs. Newnham alone was
+the operator, and the important peculiarity in these experiments was,
+that although quite in her normal condition, yet in no instance here
+related did she see the question written to which she wrote the answer,
+nor did she hear it asked, nor did she have any conscious knowledge,
+either of question or answer, until the answer was written and read. She
+sat upon a low chair at a low table some eight or ten feet from her
+husband, while he sat at a rather high table, with his back to her. In
+this position he silently wrote out the questions, it being impossible for
+her to see either the paper, the motion of his hand, or the expression of
+his face, and their good faith, as well as that of many intelligent
+witnesses, is pledged to the truth of this statement.
+
+Mr. Newnham remarks that Planchette commenced to move immediately upon the
+first trial, and often the answer to questions prepared as just described
+was commenced before the question was fully written out.
+
+At their first sitting, finding that the instrument would write, he
+proposed, silently, in writing, six questions, three the answers to which
+might be known to Mrs. Newnham, and three relating to his own private
+affairs, and of which the answers could not have been known to her. All
+six were immediately answered in a manner denoting complete intelligence,
+both of the question and the proper answer. He then wrote: "Write down the
+lowest temperature here this winter." Answer: "8." The actual lowest
+temperature had been 7.6 degrees, so 8 was the nearest whole degree, but
+Mrs. Newnham remarked at once that had she been asked the question she
+should have written 7, and not 8, because she did not remember the
+fraction, but did remember that the figure was 7 something.
+
+Again it was asked, "Is it the operator's brain, or an immaterial spirit
+that moves Planchette? Answer 'brain' or 'force.'"
+
+"Will."
+
+"Is it the will of a living person or of an immaterial spirit? Answer
+'force' or 'spirit.'"
+
+"Wife."
+
+"Give, first, the wife's Christian name, and then my favorite name for
+her." This was accurately done.
+
+"What is your own name?"
+
+"Only wife."
+
+"We are not quite sure of the meaning of your answer. Explain."
+
+"Wife."
+
+"Who are you that writes?"
+
+"Wife."
+
+"Does no one tell wife what to write? If so, who?"
+
+"Spirit."
+
+"Whose spirit?"
+
+"Wife's brain."
+
+"But how does wife's brain know certain secrets?"
+
+"Wife's spirit unconsciously guides."
+
+"Can you foresee the future?"
+
+"No."
+
+On another occasion it was asked: "Write out the prayer used at the
+advancement of a Mark Master Mason."
+
+"Answer: Almighty Ruler of the Universe and Architect of all Worlds, we
+beseech Thee to accept this, our brother, whom we have this day received
+into our most honorable company of Mark Master Masons. Grant him to be a
+worthy member of our brotherhood, and may he be in his own person a
+perfect mirror of all Masonic virtues. Grant that all our doings may be to
+Thy honor and glory and to the welfare of all mankind."
+
+Mr. Newnham adds: "This prayer was written off instantaneously and very
+rapidly. I must say that no prayer in the slightest degree resembling it
+is made use of in the ritual of any Masonic degree, and yet it contains
+more than one strictly accurate technicality connected with the degree of
+Mark Master Mason. My wife has never seen any Masonic prayers, whether in
+'Carlile,' or any other real or spurious ritual of the Masonic Order."
+
+The whole report shows the same instantaneous appreciation of the written
+questions, by the intelligence and appropriateness with which the answer
+was framed, though Mrs. Newnham never had any idea what the question was
+until after the answer was written and read, and the answers very often
+were entirely contrary to the prejudices and expectations of both the
+persons engaged in the experiments.
+
+The following case may fairly be placed in the third class of messages,
+namely, those conveying intelligence which seems to be beyond the possible
+knowledge of the writer or of any person present. It is a well
+authenticated and interesting example of Planchette-writing, reported to
+Mr. Myers, the reporter being Mr. Hensleigh Wedgwood, a cousin and
+brother-in-law of Charles Darwin, and himself a savant of no small
+reputation. Two ladies, sisters, whom he designates as Mrs. R. and Mrs.
+V., were for many years intimate and valued friends of Mr. Wedgwood, and
+it was in co-operation with one or the other of these ladies that the
+results to be noted, along with much other interesting matter, were
+obtained.
+
+Sitting alone, neither of the ladies nor Mr. Wedgwood was able to obtain
+any results at all with Planchette; the board remained absolutely
+motionless. The two ladies together could obtain no writing, but only wavy
+lines, made rapidly, like a person writing at full speed, but with Mr.
+Wedgwood co-operating with either of the ladies the writing was
+intelligible, but was much stronger and more vivacious with Mrs. V. than
+with Mrs. R. The following extracts are from Mrs. R.'s journal of a
+sitting, June 26, 1889:
+
+"With Mr. W. and Mrs. R. at the board, Planchette writes: 'A spirit is
+here who thinks he will be able to write, through the medium. Hold very
+steady, and he will try first to draw.' We turned the page, and a sketch
+was made, rudely enough, of course, but with much apparent care.
+Planchette then wrote:
+
+"'Very sorry can't do better; was meant for test; must write for you
+instead. (Signed) J. G.'
+
+"We did not fully understand this drawing; and Mr. W. asked, 'Will J. G.
+try again?' which it did. Below the drawing it wrote: 'Now look.' We did,
+and this time clearly comprehended the arm and sword. Mr. W. asked, 'What
+does the drawing represent?'
+
+"'Something given to me.'
+
+"Mrs. R. asked, 'Are you a man or a woman?'
+
+"'A man--John G.'
+
+"Mr. W. asked, 'How was it given to you?'
+
+"'On paper and other things.'
+
+"Mr. W. 'We don't know J. G. Have you anything to do with us?'
+
+"'No connection.'
+
+"Mr. W. said he knew of a J. Gifford, and wondered if that was the name.
+
+"'Not Gifford; Gurwood.'
+
+"Mr. W. suggested that he had been killed in storming some fort.
+
+"'I wish I had died fighting.'
+
+"'Were you a soldier?'
+
+"'I was in the army.'
+
+"'Can you say what rank?'
+
+"'No; it was the pen did for me, not the sword.'
+
+"We suggested that he was an author who had failed or been maligned.
+
+"'I did not fail. I was not slandered. Too much for me after--the pen was
+too much for me after my wound.'
+
+"Asked to repeat, it wrote: 'I was wounded in the Peninsula. It will be
+forty-four years next Christmas Day since I killed myself--I killed
+myself. John Gurwood.'"
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Leaving Mrs. R.'s diary, the following is the account Mr. Wedgwood wrote
+of the seance at the time:--
+
+"JUNE 26, 1889.--Had a sitting at Planchette with Mrs. R. this morning.
+Planchette said there was a spirit there who thought it could draw if we
+wished it. We said we should be glad if he would try. Accordingly
+Planchette made a rude attempt at a hand and arm proceeding from an
+embattled wall and holding a sword. A second attempt made the subject
+clearer. Planchette said it was meant for a test. The spirit signed it 'J.
+G.' No connection of ours, he said. We gradually elicited that his name
+was John Gurwood, who was wounded in the Peninsula in 1810, and killed
+himself on Christmas Day, 1845. It was not the wound but the pen that did
+it.
+
+"JULY 5, 1889.--I made the foregoing memorandum the same day, having very
+little expectation that there would be any verification.
+
+  "H. WEDGWOOD."
+
+Quoting again from Mrs. R.'s journal: "Friday, Sept. 27.--Mr. Wedgwood
+came, and we had two sittings--in the afternoon and evening. I think the
+same spirit wrote throughout, beginning without signature, but when asked
+the name, writing John Gurwood. The effort, at first incoherent, developed
+afterward into the following sentences: 'Sword--when I broke in, on the
+table with plan of fortress--belonged to my prisoner--I will tell you his
+name to-night. It was on the table when I broke in. He did not expect me.
+I took him unawares. He was in his room, looking at a plan, and the sword
+was on the table. Will try and let you know how I took the sword
+to-night.'
+
+"In the evening, after dinner: 'I fought my way in. His name was
+Banier--Banier--Banier. The sword was lying on a table by a written scheme
+of defence. Oh, my head! Banier had a plan written out for defence of the
+fortress. It was lying on the table, and his sword was by it.... Look! I
+have tried to tell you what you can verify.'"
+
+Mr. Wedgwood reports his verification as follows:--
+
+"When I came to verify the messages of Planchette, I speedily found that
+Col. Gurwood, the editor of the duke's dispatches, led the forlorn hope at
+the storming of Ciudad Rodrigo in 1812 (note Planchette's error in date),
+and received a wound in his skull from a musket-ball, 'which affected him
+for the remainder of his life,' (_Annual Register_, 1845). In recognition
+of the bravery shown on that occasion, he received a grant of arms in
+1812, registered in the College of Arms as having been passed 'upon the
+narrative that he (Capt. G.) had led the forlorn hope at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and that after the storming of the fortress the Duke of Wellington
+presented him with the sword of the governor who had been taken prisoner
+by Capt. Gurwood.'"
+
+The services thus specified were symbolized in the crest, described in the
+"Book of Family Crests": "Out of a mural coronet, a castle ruined in the
+centre, and therefrom an arm in armor embowed, holding a cimeter."
+
+It was evidently this crest that Planchette was trying to sketch. The
+_Annual Register_ of 1845 also confirms Planchette's assertion that Col.
+Gurwood killed himself on Christmas Day of that year, and adds: "It is
+thought that this laborious undertaking (editing the dispatches) produced
+a relaxation of the nervous system and consequent depression of spirits.
+In a fit of despondency the unfortunate gentleman terminated his life."
+Compare Planchette: "Pen was too much for me after the wound."
+
+Here are described four instances of automatic writing by means of
+Planchette. Two of these cases were reported to Mr. Myers, who has
+thoroughly canvassed them as regards their authenticity, as well as the
+ability and good faith of the persons concerned, both in the writing and
+reporting; and he has made use of them in his own able argument upon the
+same subject.
+
+In the other cases the messages were written under my own observation, my
+own hands also being upon the board. In the case of Mr. and Mrs. Newnham
+the intelligence which furnished the messages disclaimed altogether the
+aid of any spirit except "wife's spirit," which did "unconsciously guide."
+In the case reported by Mr. Wedgwood and Mrs. R., the intelligence
+distinctly claimed to be from Col. John Gurwood, who had died nearly fifty
+years before. In my own cases, in that written with the co-operation of
+my friend's school-girl daughter, the intelligence claimed to be that of
+Peter Stuyvesant, while in those written with Miss V., various names were
+given, none of which was recognized as belonging to a person of whom we
+had ever had any knowledge, and all bore abundant evidence of being
+fictitious. One, indeed, professed to be "Beecher," and declined to give
+an opinion on the prospective trotting qualities of a colt, on the ground
+that he was "no horseman"; and in our later experiments, when closely
+questioned, it distinctly stated that the intelligence came from the mind
+of Miss V. herself.
+
+Let us analyze these messages a little further. Those written by Mr. and
+Mrs. Newnham were remarkable, not only because Mrs. Newnham was writing
+without any conscious knowledge of what was being written, but neither had
+she any conscious knowledge of the questions to which she was writing the
+answers. Evidently, then, her own ordinary consciousness was not acting at
+all in the matter regarding either the questions or answers, for she was
+fully awake, in her normal condition, and perfectly competent to judge of
+her own mental state and actions. Nevertheless, there was some
+intelligence acting reasonably and consciously, and making use of her
+hand to register its thoughts.
+
+In a former chapter I have described and illustrated a somewhat unusual
+mental phenomenon, to which the name thought-transference, or telepathy,
+has been given; and in another I have endeavored to demonstrate the
+existence of a secondary or subliminal self or personality.
+
+If I mistake not, it is here, in these two comparatively little known and,
+until recently, little studied, psychical conditions, that we shall find
+the key to message-bearing automatism, as well as other manifestations of
+intelligence which have heretofore been considered mysterious and occult.
+Applying this key to the Newnham Planchette-writing, the secondary
+personality or subliminal self of Mrs. Newnham took immediate cognizance
+of the questions silently and secretly written out by her husband,
+although they were utterly unknown to her ordinary or primary self, and
+made use of her hands to communicate the answer.
+
+The answer, also, was of course unknown to her primary self, but her
+subliminal self, in addition to its own private and constant stock of
+knowledge and opinions, had the advantage of more subtle means of securing
+other knowledge necessary for a proper answer, and so sought it in her
+husband's mind, or wherever it could be obtained. The sources of
+information accessible to the subliminal self, through means analogous to
+those which have been named--thought-transference and telepathy--are
+certainly various, and their limit is not yet known. We may mention,
+however, in this connection, besides the mind of the automatic writer--the
+mind of the questioner, and also the minds of other persons present, in
+any or all of which may be stored up knowledge or impressions of which the
+ordinary consciousness or memory retains no trace; it may be a scene
+witnessed in childhood; a newspaper paragraph read many years ago; a
+casual remark overheard, but not even noticed--all these and many more are
+sources of information upon which the subliminal self may draw for
+answers, which, when written out by the automatist, seem absolutely
+marvellous, not to say miraculous or supernatural.
+
+Thus, the prayer at the ceremony of the advancement of a Mark Master
+Mason, although language entirely unfamiliar to Mrs. Newnham, was
+perfectly familiar to her husband, who was himself a Mason, and, I
+believe, a chaplain in the order; and while the form was not one actually
+used, it contained strictly accurate technicalities, and would have been
+perfectly appropriate to such an occasion.
+
+The messages written by Mr. Wedgwood and Mrs. R. profess to come directly
+from the spirit of Colonel Gurwood; but without absolutely discarding that
+theory, having the key to which I have referred, let us see if such a
+supposition is necessary to explain the facts.
+
+It may be conceded at once that neither Mr. Wedgwood nor either of the
+ladies with whom he wrote had any conscious knowledge of Col. Gurwood--his
+military career, or his sad taking off; but they were all intelligent
+people. John Gurwood, as it turned out, was a noted man; he was an officer
+in the Peninsular War, under the Duke of Wellington, performed an act of
+special bravery and daring, in the performance of which he was severely
+wounded, and for which he was afterward granted a coat of arms. He was
+also afterward chosen to edit the duke's dispatches. All this was recorded
+in the _Annual Register_ for 1845, soon after Gurwood's death, together
+with a description in the language of heraldry of the crest or coat of
+arms which had been granted him many years before.
+
+It is scarcely possible that such an event would not have been noticed in
+the newspapers at the time of Gurwood's death, and nothing is more
+probable than that some of these intelligent persons had read these
+accounts, or as children heard them read or referred to, though they may
+now have been entirely absent from their ordinary consciousness and
+memory. At all events, the subliminal self or secondary consciousness of
+Mrs. R., whom Planchette designates as "the medium," or of Mr. Wedgwood,
+may have come into relationship with the sources of information necessary
+to furnish the messages which it communicated, and these sources may have
+been the knowledge or impressions unconsciously received many years before
+by some of those present, the generally diffused knowledge of these facts
+which doubtless prevailed in the community at the time of Gurwood's death,
+and the full printed accounts of these events, many copies of which were
+extant.
+
+From the description of Gurwood's coat of arms the idea could easily have
+been obtained which Planchette rudely represented in drawing, constituting
+what is called a test, and also the other knowledge concerning his
+military career and death which appeared in the various messages.
+
+Regarding cases coming under my own observation, the incident relating to
+Peter Stuyvesant's pear tree was well known to us both, and had only
+recently been a matter of general conversation, and all of those present
+had a more or less distinct idea of Peter Stuyvesant himself, derived from
+Irving's "Knickerbocker's History of New York."
+
+Of the cases observed with Miss V., as before stated, nearly all the names
+given of "authorities," as we called them, were evidently fictitious,
+scarcely one being recognized, and none were of persons with whom we had
+any connection, and some did not claim any other origin than our
+subliminal consciousness, as was also the case with messages written by
+Mrs. Newnham.
+
+If, then, some of the messages are surely the work of the subliminal self
+of the writer, aided by its more acute and more far-reaching perceptions,
+and if nearly all may be accounted for in the same way, the probability
+that all such messages have the same origin is greatly increased, and in
+the same degree the necessity for the spiritualistic theory is diminished,
+since it is evident that of two theories for explaining a new fact we
+should accept that one which better harmonizes with facts already
+established.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+AUTOMATIC WRITING, DRAWING AND PAINTING.
+
+
+The subject of Automatism has thus far been illustrated by reference to
+Planchette-writing alone. It was selected because it is the kind most
+frequently seen and most easily proved by experiment. The little
+instrument Planchette, however, is not essential; it is used because,
+being placed on casters, it is more easily moved.
+
+The Chinese, long ago, used for the same purpose a little basket, with
+style attached, placed upon two even chopsticks.
+
+The same results also occur with some persons when the pencil is simply
+held in the usual manner for writing. The hand then being allowed to
+remain perfectly passive, automatic movements first take place--the hand
+moving round and round or across the paper, and then follows writing or
+drawing, as the case may be. Some persons produce written messages in
+_mirror writing_--that is, reversed--or so written that it can only be
+easily read by causing it to be reflected in a mirror. This kind of
+writing is sometimes produced on the first attempt of the experimenter,
+and even by young children without any experience or knowledge of the
+subject.
+
+As previously shown, different strata of consciousness may, and in some
+well observed cases, most certainly do, exist in the same individual. In
+these well observed cases, each separate consciousness had its own
+distinct chain of memories and its own characteristics and peculiarities;
+and these distinct chains of memories and well defined characteristics
+constitute, so far as we can judge, distinct personalities. At all events,
+they are centres of intelligence and mental activity which are altogether
+independent of the ordinary, everyday consciousness or personality, and
+often altogether superior to it. Accordingly this other centre of
+intelligence and mental activity has been named the _second personality or
+subliminal self_; that is, a consciousness or self or personality beneath
+the threshold, so to speak, of the ordinary or primary self.
+
+Ansel Bourne and A. J. Brown were separate and distinct personalities,
+having entirely distinct, and apparently unrelated, chains of memory,
+distinct characteristics, opinions, and peculiarities, acting at
+different times through the same body.
+
+Ansel Bourne was the usual or primary personality; A. J. Brown was a
+second personality, a separate focus of intelligence and mental activity,
+a subliminal self. What the exact relationship existing between these two
+personalities may be we do not attempt at present to explain; but that
+they exist and act independent of each other we know. In other instances,
+as, for example, that of Madame B., the hypnotic subject of Prof. Janet of
+Havre, and also that of Alma Z., we have been able to observe these
+separate centres of intelligence, these distinct personalities, both in
+action at the same time, upon altogether separate and unrelated subjects.
+Sometimes the subliminal self takes full control, making itself the active
+ruling personality to the entire exclusion of the primary self; and
+sometimes it only sends messages to the primary or ordinary self, by
+suggestion, mental pictures, or vivid impressions made upon the organs of
+sense and producing the sensation of seeing, hearing, or touch.
+
+To illustrate these different methods of communication between the
+ordinary and subliminal self, suppose an individual, whom we will
+designate as X., manifests this peculiar condition of double
+consciousness. As we have seen, the subliminal self often takes cognizance
+of things concerning which the ordinary self is entirely ignorant, but it
+may not always have the power to impress the primary self with this
+knowledge, nor to take full possession, so as to be able to impart it to
+others by speaking or writing. This is the usual condition of most
+persons; with some peculiarly constituted persons, however, the
+possibility of being so impressed surely exists, and with them these
+impressions are direct and vivid.
+
+Our individual, X., is one in whom this ability to receive impressions in
+this manner exists.
+
+To illustrate: Suppose first that X. is asleep, is taking his after-dinner
+nap, and that children playing in his grounds have set fire to some straw
+in close proximity to buildings near by. No one notices the danger. X. is
+asleep, but his subliminal self is on the alert--like the second self of
+the somnambulist or subject in the hypnotic trance--it sees that unless
+checked there will be a destructive conflagration. It impresses upon X. a
+dream of fire so vivid that he wakes in alarm, discovers the mischief and
+averts the danger. Or suppose X. to be awake and sitting in his office in
+a distant part of the house, quite unconscious of anything unusual. All at
+once he becomes restless, unable to pursue his work; he is impelled to
+leave his desk, to go out, to walk in the direction of the fire, and thus
+become aware of the danger. Or again, that X. is an automatic writer--that
+paper and pencil are at hand and he receives a sudden impulse to write. He
+has no knowledge of what he is writing, but upon examination he finds it a
+warning to look after the threatening fire; or still again, that he hears
+a voice distinctly saying, "Look out for fire;" or sees a distinct picture
+of the place and circumstances of the fire; all these are possible methods
+by which the subliminal self might communicate to X., the ordinary
+personality, the danger which was threatening.
+
+Automatism, therefore, does not necessarily take the form of written
+messages, but may take any form by which the subliminal self can best
+transmit its message to the primary self--or in the same way from one
+person to another, whether by words written or spoken automatically--by
+voices heard, by action influenced, as when X. is influenced to leave his
+office and walk, or the mischievous Leontine unties the apron of Leonie,
+or by vision or vivid mental picture, as when Peter sees a "sheet let
+down by the four corners," from which he learns an important lesson.
+
+The messages received automatically may not all be true; they may be
+trivial and even false; on the other hand, they may not only be true and
+important but they may convey information quite out of the power of the
+primary self to acquire by any ordinary use of the senses. Nor need we be
+greatly surprised at this; it is a normal function of the subliminal self;
+with some persons that function is active, with others it is dormant, but
+in all, at some moment in life, circumstances may arise which shall awaken
+that function into activity.
+
+A remarkable example of messages received by automatic writing is that
+furnished by Mr. W. T. Stead, occurring in his own experience. Mr. Stead
+is a well-known author, journalist, and the editor of the London edition
+of the _Review of Reviews_, in which magazine his experiences have, on
+various occasions, been published.
+
+As he regards the matter, there is an _invisible intelligence_ which
+controls his hand, but the persons with whom he is in communication are
+alive and visible--for instance his own son on various occasions, also
+persons in his employ, writers upon his magazine, casual acquaintances,
+and even strangers.
+
+None of these persons participate in any active or conscious way in the
+communications. Mr. F. W. H. Myers has often conversed with Mr. Stead and
+with several of his involuntary correspondents in relation to the
+phenomena, and the facts are so simple and open, and the persons connected
+with them so intelligent and evidently sincere and truthful, that no doubt
+can be entertained as to the reality of the incidents, however they may be
+interpreted.
+
+One of the most remarkable of these involuntary correspondents is known as
+Miss A., a lady employed by him in literary work of an important
+character. She testifies in regard to the matter: "I, the subject of Mr.
+Stead's automatic writing, known as 'A.,' testify to the correctness of
+the statements made in this report. I would like to add what I think more
+wonderful than many things Mr. Stead has cited, namely, the correctness
+with which, on several occasions, he has given the names of persons whom
+he has never seen nor heard of before. I remember on one occasion a person
+calling upon me with a very uncommon name. The next day I saw Mr. Stead
+and he read to me what his hand had written of the visit of that person,
+giving the name absolutely correctly. Mr. Stead has never seen that
+person, and until then had no knowledge of his existence."
+
+The following is a description of a journey made by Miss A., automatically
+written by Mr. Stead, he at the time not having the slightest knowledge
+where she was, what she was doing, or that she intended making any such
+journey. The slight inaccuracies are noted:--
+
+"I went to the Waterloo station by the twelve o'clock train, and got to
+Hampton Court about one. When we got out we went to a hotel and had
+dinner. It cost nearly three shillings. After dinner I went to the
+picture-galleries. I was very much pleased with the paintings of many of
+the ceilings. I was interested in most of the portraits of Lely. After
+seeing the galleries I went into the grounds. How beautiful they are! I
+saw a great vine, that lovely English garden, the avenue of elms, the
+canal, the great water sheet, the three views, the fountain, the gold
+fishes, and then lost myself in the maze. I got home about nine o'clock.
+It cost me altogether about six shillings." On communicating this to Miss
+A. she found that everything was correct with two exceptions. She went
+down by the two o'clock train instead of the twelve, and got to Hampton
+Court about three. The dinner cost her two and elevenpence, which was
+nearly three shillings, and the total was six and threepence. The places
+were visited in the order mentioned.
+
+A second instance was where the needs of a comparative stranger were
+written out by Mr. Stead's hand. Mr. Stead goes on to say: "Last February
+I met a correspondent in a railway carriage with whom I had a very casual
+acquaintance. Knowing that he was in considerable distress, our
+conversation fell into a more or less confidential train in which I
+divined that his difficulty was chiefly financial. I said I did not know
+whether I could be of any help to him, but asked him to let me know
+exactly how things stood--what were his debts, his expectations, and so
+forth. He said he really could not tell me, and I refrained from pressing
+him.
+
+"That night I received a letter from him apologizing for not having given
+the information, but saying he really could not. I received that letter
+about ten o'clock, and about two o'clock next morning, before going to
+sleep, I sat down in my bedroom and said: 'You did not like to tell me
+your exact financial condition face to face, but now you can do so through
+my hand. Just write and tell me exactly how things stand. How much money
+do you owe?' My hand wrote, 'My debts are L90.' In answer to a further
+inquiry whether the figures were accurately stated, 'ninety pounds' was
+then written in full. 'Is that all?' I asked. My hand wrote 'Yes, and how
+I am to pay I do not know.' 'Well,' I said; 'how much do you want for that
+piece of property you wish to sell?' My hand wrote, 'What I hope is, say,
+L100 for that. It seems a great deal, but I must get money somehow. Oh, if
+I could get anything to do--I would gladly do anything!' 'What does it
+cost you to live?' I asked. My hand wrote, 'I do not think I could
+possibly live under L200 a year. If I were alone I could live on L50 per
+annum.'
+
+"The next day I made a point of seeking my friend. He said: 'I hope you
+were not offended at my refusing to tell you my circumstances, but really
+I do not think it would be right to trouble you with them.' I said: 'I am
+not offended in the least, and I hope you will not be offended when I tell
+you what I have done.' I then explained this automatic, telepathic method
+of communication. I said: 'I do not know whether there is a word of truth
+in what my hand has written. I hesitate at telling you, for I confess I
+think the sum which was written as the amount of your debts cannot be
+correctly stated; it seems to me much too small, considering the distress
+in which you seemed to be; therefore I will read you that first, and if
+that is right I will read you the rest; but if it is wrong I will consider
+it is rubbish and that your mind in no way influenced my hand.' He was
+interested but incredulous. But, I said, 'Before I read you anything will
+you form a definite idea in your mind as to how much your debts amount to;
+secondly, as to the amount of money you hope to get for that property;
+thirdly, what it costs you to keep up your establishment with your
+relatives; and fourthly, what you could live upon if you were by
+yourself?' 'Yes,' he said, 'I have thought of all those things.' I then
+read out. 'The amount of your debts is about L90.' He started. 'Yes,' he
+said, 'that is right.' Then I said: 'As that is right I will read the
+rest. You hope to get L100 for your property.' 'Yes,' he said, 'that was
+the figure that was in my mind, though I hesitated to mention it for it
+seems too much.' 'You say you cannot live upon less than L200 a year with
+your present establishment.' 'Yes,' he said, 'that is exactly right.' 'But
+if you were by yourself you could live on L50 a year.' 'Well,' said he, 'a
+pound a week was what I had fixed in my mind.' Therefore there had been a
+perfectly accurate transcription of the thoughts in the mind of a
+comparative stranger written out with my own hand at a time when we were
+at a distance of some miles apart, within a few hours of the time when he
+had written apologizing for not having given me the information for which
+I had asked."
+
+In the following case the correspondent is a foreign lady, doing some work
+for the _Review_, but whom Mr. Stead had only met once in his life. On the
+occasion now referred to be was to meet her at Redcar Station at about
+three o'clock in the afternoon. He was stopping at a house ten minutes'
+walk from the station, and it occurred to him that "about three o'clock,"
+as mentioned in her letter, might mean _before_ three; and it was now only
+twenty minutes of three. No timetable was at hand: he simply asked her to
+use his hand to tell him what time the train was due. This was done
+without ever having had any communication with her upon the subject of
+automatic writing. She (by Mr. Stead's hand) immediately wrote her name,
+and said the train was due at Redcar Station at ten minutes of three.
+Accordingly he had to leave at once--but before starting he said, "Where
+are you at this moment?" The answer came, "I am in the train at
+Middlesborough railway station, on my way from Hartpool to Redcar."
+
+On arriving at the station he consulted the timetable and found the train
+was due at 2:52. The train, however, was late. At three o'clock it had not
+arrived; at five minutes past three, getting uneasy at the delay, he took
+paper and pencil in his hand and asked where she was.
+
+Her name was at once written and there was added: "I am in the train
+rounding the curve before you come to Redcar Station--I will be with you
+in a minute."
+
+"Why the mischief have you been so late?" he mentally asked. His hand
+wrote, "We were detained at Middlesborough so long--I don't know why."
+
+He put the paper in his pocket and walked to the end of the platform just
+as the train came in.
+
+He immediately went to his friend and exclaimed:--"How late you are! What
+on earth has been the matter?" To which she replied: "I do not know; the
+train stopped so long at Middlesborough--it seemed as if it never would
+start."
+
+This narrative was fully corroborated by the lady who was the passenger
+referred to.
+
+In all these cases it should be noticed the so-called correspondent took
+no active part in the experiment, was not conscious of communicating
+anything, nor of trying to do so; nor is there any evidence of a third
+party or any intervening intelligence or personality; but the subliminal
+self of the writer went forth and acquired the needed information and
+transferred it automatically to the primary self, as was the case in the
+Planchette-writing of Mrs. Newnham and the Wedgwood cases.
+
+During the years 1874 and 1875 I had under my care Mrs. Juliette T.
+Burton, the wife of a physician who came to New York from the South at the
+close of the war. She was a woman of refinement, education, and excellent
+literary ability. She wrote with unusual facility, and her articles were
+accepted by newspapers and magazines, and brought her a considerable
+income. I knew her well, and her honesty, good faith, and strong
+common-sense were conspicuous. She died of phthisis in 1875. It is to her
+varied automatic powers as illustrating our subject that I would call
+attention.
+
+Many of her best articles were prepared without conscious effort of her
+own, either physical or mental; she simply prepared pencils and paper,
+became passive, and her hand wrote. Sometimes she had a plan to write up a
+certain subject, and sometimes the subject as well as the matter came
+automatically.
+
+She knew that she was writing, but of what was written she had no
+knowledge until she read her own manuscript.
+
+She had no talent for drawing nor for painting; she could not, in her
+ordinary condition, draw a face, nor even a leaf, which could be
+recognized. Soon after coming to New York she began to see faces and other
+pictures before her on the blank paper and to sketch them with marvellous
+rapidity and exactness, all in the same automatic manner as that in which
+she did her writing. These drawings were not crude, but were strongly
+characteristic and were delicately done with ordinary lead pencils,
+several of which were prepared beforehand with sharp delicate points. I
+remember one drawing in particular--a man's head about half life-size,
+with full flowing beard. At first glance there was nothing peculiar about
+the picture, except that one would say that it was a strong and
+characteristic face; but on close examination in a strong light, and
+especially through a reading-glass, the beard was seen to be made up
+entirely of exceedingly minute faces of sheep; every face was perfectly
+formed and characteristic, and there were thousands of them. It was done
+with the same wonderful rapidity which characterized all her automatic
+work.
+
+Later she was impelled to procure colors, brushes, and all the materials
+for painting in oil; and although she had never even seen that kind of
+work done, and had not the slightest idea how to mix the colors to produce
+desired tints, nor how to apply them to produce desired effects, yet at a
+single sitting in a darkened room she produced a head of singular strength
+and character and possessing at least some artistic merit. Certainly no
+one could imagine it to be the first attempt of a person entirely without
+natural talent for either drawing or painting. It was done on common brown
+cardboard, and it has been in my possession for the past twenty-two years.
+The reproduction which appears as frontispiece to the present volume gives
+some idea of its character.
+
+The impression received by the painter was that it was the portrait of an
+Englishman named Nathan Early.[1] No date was assigned.
+
+    [1] See Frontispiece.
+
+As a further illustration of her automatic power, it may be mentioned that
+another uncultivated faculty developed itself, namely, the power of
+referring to past events in the lives of those who were in her presence.
+The knowledge of past events so conveyed was frequently most remarkable
+and was circumstantially correct, even rivalling in this respect the
+reports which we have of Jung-Stilling and Zschokke.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+CRYSTAL-GAZING.
+
+
+Automatic messages fall naturally into two general classes: (1) _Motor_
+messages, or those received by means of writing, speaking, drawing, or
+some _activity_ of the body, and (2) _sensory_ messages, or those received
+_passively_ by means of an impression made upon some of the senses, as,
+for example, seeing, hearing, or feeling.
+
+The motor messages spelt out by raps and table-tipping, and the
+performances of trance-speakers and spiritualistic mediums need not detain
+us at present; so far as the messages themselves are concerned they offer
+no new elements for consideration. The utterances of trance-speakers as a
+rule are not rich in verifiable facts, though some of their performances
+are truly remarkable as presenting a phase of improvisation automatically
+given; and the same may be said of mediumistic utterances generally; they
+have the same value as automatic writing, whether produced by Planchette,
+or passively holding the pencil in the hand; and so far as they are honest
+they probably have the same origin, namely, the secondary consciousness or
+subliminal self of the medium. As regards the force which makes the raps
+or tips the table, it is altogether a different subject and its
+consideration here would be unnecessary and out of place.
+
+I hasten to present cases of automatism where the messages brought are
+given by other means than writing, speaking, or any movement or activity
+of the body, but which belong to the _sensory_ class, and are received by
+impressions made upon the senses. Of these the most common are those made
+upon the sense of sight.
+
+To this class belong visions, dreams, distinct mental pictures presented
+under widely varying circumstances and conditions, in trance, in the
+hypnotic condition, in sleep, or directly conveyed to the primary
+conscious self. To simply _think_ how a person, a building, or a landscape
+looks is one thing, but to have a full mental picture, possessing
+dimensions, and a stability which admits of being closely examined in
+detail, is quite another thing.
+
+A little girl of my acquaintance, on returning from the country after
+several weeks of absence from her father, said to him,--"Why, papa, I
+could have you with me whenever I liked, this summer, though it was only
+your head and shoulders that I could see; but I could place you where I
+liked and could look at you a long time before you went away." Without
+knowing it the child exactly described a true vision--her thought of her
+father was visualized, _externalized_, given a form which had
+definiteness, which could be placed and examined in detail, and was more
+or less permanent.
+
+Various artificial expedients have been resorted to in order to assist in
+this process of distinct visualization; and of these artificial means one
+of the most important and effective is known as crystal-gazing.
+
+It is a fact not often commented upon--indeed not often alluded to in
+general literature--that the crystal has from the earliest times been made
+use of for the purpose of producing visions, and for divination and
+prophecy. Not only has the crystal been used for this purpose, but also
+the mirror, a cup or glass of water or wine, or even some dark and
+glistening substance like treacle or ink poured into the palm of the hand,
+have all been used in a similar manner. The same practice is still
+observed amongst the people of India as well as the Arabs in northern
+Africa and other localities. An instance or two at the outset will
+illustrate the method and uses of the procedure.
+
+Mr. E. W. Lane, in his "Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians,"
+published in 1836, gives this example:--
+
+Mr. Salt, the English consul-general to that country, had greatly
+interested Mr. Lane by some experiences which he related, and had thus
+excited his curiosity to witness some of these experiments himself. Mr.
+Salt had suspected some of his servants of theft, but could not decide
+which one was guilty; so it was arranged to test the powers of some of the
+native seers. Accordingly a magician was sent for; a boy was also
+necessary to act as seer, or as we would say crystal-gazer, and for this
+purpose Mr. Salt selected one himself.
+
+The magician wrote several charms, consisting of Arabic words, on pieces
+of paper, which were burnt in a brazier with a charcoal fire along with
+incense and perfumes. He then drew a diagram in the palm of the boy's
+right hand, and into the middle of this diagram he poured some ink. He
+then asked the boy to look intently at the ink in the palm of his hand.
+The boy soon began to see figures of persons in the ink, and presently
+described the thief so minutely that he was at once recognized by Mr.
+Salt, and on being arrested and accused of the crime he immediately
+confessed his guilt.
+
+Further investigation by Mr. Lane and Mr. Salt furnished other interesting
+results. A boy eight or nine years of age was usually chosen at random
+from those who happened to be passing by. Invocations were written upon
+paper by the magician, calling upon his familiar spirit, and also a verse
+from the Koran "to open the boy's eyes in a supernatural manner so as to
+make his sight pierce into what is to us the invisible world." These were
+thrown into a brazier with live charcoal and burned with aromatic seeds
+and drugs. The magic square, that is a square within a square, was drawn
+in the boy's palm, and certain Arabic characters were written in the
+spaces between the squares; ink was then poured into the centre, and upon
+that the boy was to gaze intently. In this way visions were produced and
+various persons and scenes were described. Finally, Mr. Lane desired that
+Lord Nelson should be called for. The boy described a man in European
+clothes of dark blue, who had lost his left arm; but looking closer he
+added--"No, it is placed to his breast."
+
+Lord Nelson had lost his right arm and it was his custom to carry the
+empty sleeve attached to his breast. Mr. Lane adds, "Without saying that
+I suspected the boy had made a mistake I asked the magician whether
+objects appeared in the ink as if actually before the boy's eyes, or as if
+in a glass, which made the right side appear the left? He replied, 'They
+appear as in a mirror,' This rendered the boy's description faultless."
+
+It is remarkable to notice how prevalent this mode of divination or
+second-sight has been in all ages. Traces of the same procedure have been
+found in Egypt, Persia, China, India, Greece, and Rome, and notably in
+Europe generally, from the tenth to the sixteenth centuries. A lady who
+withholds her name from the public, but who is perfectly well known to Mr.
+Myers, of the Society for Psychical Research, and who chooses to be known
+as Miss X., has been at great pains to collect curious information upon
+this subject and has added her own very interesting experience in
+crystal-gazing. She writes, "It is interesting to observe the close
+resemblance in the various methods of employing the mirror, and in the
+mystic symbolism which surrounds it, not only in different ages, but in
+different countries. From the time of the Assyrian monarch represented on
+the walls of the northwest palace of Nimrod down to the seventeenth
+century, when Dr. Dee placed his 'Shew Stone' on a cushioned table in the
+goodly little chapel next his chamber in the college of which he was
+warden at Manchester, the seer has surrounded himself with the ceremonials
+of worship, whether to propitiate Pan or Osiris, or to disconcert Ahriman
+or the Prince of Darkness."
+
+The early Jewish Scriptures abound in indications of the same practice.
+When the patriarch Joseph put his silver cup in the mouth of his young
+brother Benjamin's sack, in order that he might have a pretext for
+recalling his brethren after he had sent them away, his steward, in
+accusing them of theft, uses this language: "Is not this the cup in which
+my lord drinketh, and _whereby indeed he divineth_?" Showing the same use
+of the cup for purposes of divination as that indicated on the walls of
+the Assyrian Palace.
+
+The Urim and Thummim, as their names indicate, were doubtless stones of
+unusual splendor set in the high-priest's "breast-plate of judgment," and
+they were made use of to "inquire of the Lord."
+
+When Joshua was to be set apart as a leader of the people, he was brought
+to Eleazar the priest, who should lay his hands on him and "ask counsel
+for him _after the judgment_ of _Urim_ before the Lord." In the last days
+of Saul's career as King of Israel he desired to "inquire of the Lord"
+regarding his future fortunes, but "the Lord answered him not, neither by
+dreams, nor by _Urim_, nor by prophets;" and it is not uninteresting to
+note that Saul in his strait directly sought the Witch of Endor, from whom
+he obtained what proved to be true information regarding the disasters
+which were to overwhelm him.
+
+In a Persian romance it is noted that "if a mirror be covered with ink and
+placed in front of any one it will indicate whatever he wishes to know."
+
+The Greeks had a variety of methods of divination by crystal-gazing.
+Sometimes it was by the mirror placed so as to reflect light upon the
+surface of a fountain of clear water, sometimes by mirrors alone;
+sometimes they made use of glass vessels filled with water and surrounded
+with torches, sometimes of natural crystals, and sometimes even of a
+child's "nails covered with oil and soot," so as to reflect the rays of
+the sun.
+
+The Romans made special use of crystals and mirrors, and children were
+particularly employed for mirror-reading when consulting regarding
+important events; thus in a manner taking the place of the early oracles.
+From Jewish and Pagan practices as a means of divination, clairvoyance and
+prophecy, the art of the crystal seer seems to have passed to early
+Christian times without material change except in ceremonials. These seers
+are mentioned in the counsels of the Church as specularii, children often
+acting as the seers, and although in some quarters they were looked upon
+with suspicion as heretics, and were under the ban of the Church, yet they
+had an extensive following.
+
+Thomas Aquinas, speaking of the peculiar power of seeing visions possessed
+by children, says it is not to be ascribed to any virtue or innocence of
+theirs, nor any power of nature, but that it is the work of the devil.
+
+In Wagner's beautiful opera of Parsifal, based upon the legend of the Holy
+Grail, reference to the same custom is more than once evident. The second
+act opens with a scene representing the enchanted castle of Klingsor; the
+magician himself is seen gazing into a bright metallic mirror, in which he
+sees Parsifal approaching and recognizes and fears him as the promised
+guiltless one--the true king and guardian of the Grail--an office to which
+he himself had once aspired. In fact the Grail itself, in its earliest
+mythical and traditional form, as well as in its later development as a
+distinctly Christian symbol, was an instrument of divination and prophecy.
+The Druids had their basin, sometimes filled with aromatic herbs,
+sometimes with the blood of the sacrificed victim; but in either case it
+was potent for securing the proper psychic condition in the officiating
+priest or soothsayer; and while Arabic and Indian myths present the same
+idea, sometimes as a cup of divination, and sometimes as a brilliant
+stone, the British Islands were the main source of the traditions which
+eventually culminated in the legends of the Holy Grail, with its full
+store of beautiful and touching incidents, prophecies, and forms of
+worship. In each the special guardians and knights of the Grail appear,
+with Parsifal, the simple-minded, pure and pitiful knight as its restorer
+and king when lost or in unworthy hands.
+
+In the German version of the twelfth century as given by Wolfram, in his
+Parzival, the Grail is a beautiful, sacred stone, enshrined in the
+magnificent temple at Montsalvat, guarded by the consecrated knights and
+the sick and erring, but repentant, King Amfortas. While the unhappy king
+was worshipping with gaze intent upon the Sacred Emblem, suddenly letters
+of fire surrounded it and he read the cheering prophecy:
+
+  "In the loving soul of a guiltless one
+  Put thy faith--Him have I chosen."
+
+Kufferath remarks, "The religious emblem soon became a symbolic object--it
+revealed to its worshippers the knowledge of the future, the mystery of
+the world, the treasures of human knowledge, and imparted a poetic
+inspiration." So it comes to pass that in the legend in its latest
+form--the splendid work of the Master of Bayreuth, the Holy Grail, as a
+chalice and Christian emblem, is still endowed with the same miraculous
+power, and is rescued from the unfortunate guardianship of Amfortas by the
+"loving soul of a guiltless one"--the simple, tried, and much-enduring
+Parsifal, miraculously promised long before by the Grail itself.
+
+It will be seen, then, that crystal-gazing in its various forms has, from
+the earliest times, been practised with great ceremony for the purpose of
+acquiring knowledge concerning affairs and events unknown and often not
+discoverable by ordinary methods.
+
+Stripped of its fictitious accessories--its charms, incantations, incense
+and prayers--one single important fact remains common in the most ancient
+and the most modern usages, and that fact is the steady and continuous
+gazing at a bright object. It is identical with Braid's method of inducing
+the hypnotic trance, with Luys' method, causing his patients to gaze at
+revolving mirrors, and with the method of hypnotizers generally who desire
+their patients to direct their gaze toward some specified, and preferably
+some bright or reflecting object.
+
+In crystal gazing, as ordinarily practised, the full hypnotic condition is
+not usually induced; but in many cases a condition of reverie occurs, in
+which pictures or visions fill the mind or appear externalized in the
+crystal or mirror. With some persons this condition so favorable to
+visualizing, is produced by simply becoming passive; with others the
+gazing at a bright or reflecting object assists in securing that end,
+while with many none of these means, nor yet the assistance of the most
+skilful hypnotizer, avails to secure the message-bearing action of the
+subliminal self.
+
+The experiences of Miss X., in crystal-gazing are devoid of the interest
+imparted by exciting incident, and on that very account are the more
+valuable as illustrating our subject. She has friends of whose experiments
+she has carefully observed the results, and she has some seventy cases or
+experiments of her own of which she has kept carefully prepared notes,
+always made directly or within an hour after each experiment. For a
+crystal she recommends "a good-sized magnifying glass placed on a dark
+background."
+
+She classifies her results as follows:--
+
+(1) After-images or recrudescent memories coming up from the subconscious
+strata to which they had fallen.
+
+(2) Objectivations, or the visualizing of ideas or images which already
+exist consciously or unconsciously in the mind.
+
+(3) Visions possibly telepathic, or clairvoyant, implying acquirement of
+knowledge by supranormal means.
+
+The following are some of Miss X.'s experiments:--
+
+She had been occupying herself with accounts and opened a drawer to take
+out her banking book; accidentally her hand came in contact with the
+crystal she was in the habit of using, and she welcomed the suggestion of
+a change of occupation. Figures, however, were still uppermost, and the
+crystal showed her nothing but the combination 7694. Dismissing this as
+probably the number of the cab she had driven in that morning, or a
+chance combination of figures with which she had been occupied, she laid
+aside the crystal and took up her banking book, which certainly she had
+not seen for several months. Greatly to her surprise she found that 7694
+was the number of her book, plainly indicated on the cover.
+
+She declares that she would have utterly failed to recall the figures, and
+could not even have guessed the number of digits nor the value of the
+first figure.
+
+Again:--Having carelessly destroyed a letter without preserving the
+address of her correspondent she tried in vain to recall it. She knew the
+county, and, searching on a map, she recognized the name of the town, one
+quite unfamiliar to her, but she had no clue to the house or street, till
+at length it occurred to her to test the value of the crystal as a means
+of recalling forgotten knowledge. A short inspection showed her the words,
+"H. House," in gray letters on a white ground. Having nothing better to
+rely upon she risked posting the letter to the address so curiously
+supplied. A day or two brought an answer--on paper headed "H. House" in
+gray letters on a white ground.
+
+One more illustration from Miss X., one of her earliest experiments,
+numbered 11, in her notebook. There came into the crystal a vision
+perplexing and wholly unexpected: a quaint old chair, an aged hand, a worn
+black coat-sleeve resting on the arm of the chair. It was slowly
+recognized as a recollection of a room in a country vicarage which she had
+not been in and had seldom thought of since she was a child of ten. But
+whence came the vision, and why to-day? The clue was found. That same day
+she had been reading Dante, a book which she had first learned to read and
+enjoy by the help of the aged vicar with the "worn black coat-sleeve"
+resting on the same quaint, oak chair-arm in that same corner of the study
+in the country vicarage.
+
+Here are two cases from the same writer belonging to the third division of
+her classification, namely, where an explanation of the vision requires
+the introduction of a telepathic influence. On Monday, February 11th, she
+took up the crystal with the deliberate wish and intention of seeing a
+certain figure which occupied her thoughts at the time; but instead of the
+desired figure the field was preoccupied by a plain little nosegay of
+daffodils, such as might be formed by two or three fine flowers bunched
+together. This presented itself in several different positions
+notwithstanding her wish to be rid of it, so as to have the field clear
+for her desired picture. She concluded that the vision came in consequence
+of her having the day before seen the first daffodils of the season on a
+friend's dinner-table. But the resemblance to these was not at all
+complete, as they were loosely arranged with ferns and ivy, whereas the
+crystal vision was a compact little bunch without foliage of any kind. On
+Thursday, February 14th, she very unexpectedly received as a "Valentine" a
+painting on a blue satin ground, of a bunch of daffodils corresponding
+exactly with her crystal vision. She also ascertained that on Monday the
+11th, the artist had spent several hours in making studies of these
+flowers, arranged in different positions.
+
+Again:--On Saturday, March 9th, she had written a rather impatient note to
+a friend, accusing her of having, on her return from the Continent, spent
+several days in London without visiting her. On Sunday evening following,
+she found her friend before her in the crystal, but could not understand
+why she held up in a deprecating manner what seemed to be a music
+portfolio. However, she made a note of the vision and sketched the
+portfolio. On Monday she received an answer to her impatient letter,
+pleading guilty to the charge of neglect, but urging as an excuse that she
+was attending the Royal Academy of Music and was engaged there the greater
+part of every day. Such an excuse was to the last degree unexpected, as
+her friend was a married woman and had never given serious attention to
+music. It was true, however--and she afterwards learned that she carried a
+portfolio which was the counterpart of the one she had sketched from her
+crystal vision.
+
+The following incident in which an East India army officer, Col. Wickham,
+his wife, Princess di Cristoforo, and Ruth, their educated native servant,
+were the chief actors, illustrates another phase of crystal-gazing. All
+three of the actors participating in the incident were well known
+personally to Mr. Myers, who reports the case. Briefly stated: In 1885,
+Colonel, then Major, Wickham, was stationed with the Royal Artillery at
+Colabra, about two miles from Bombay. Mrs. Wickham was accustomed to
+experiment with some of the Indian servants and especially Ruth, by having
+her look in a glass of magnetized water. One morning Lord Reay was
+expected to arrive at Bombay, and there was to be a grand full-dress
+parade of the English troops. While sitting at the breakfast table the
+major directed his orderly to see that his uniform was in readiness. The
+man obeyed, but soon returned with a dejected air, and stammered
+out--"Sahib, me no can find the dress pouch-belt." A general hunt for the
+lost article was instituted, but to no purpose; the pouch-belt was
+absolutely missing. The enraged major stormed and accused the servants of
+stealing it, which only produced a tumult and a storm of denials from them
+all. "Now," cried the major, "is an excellent opportunity to test the
+seeing powers of Ruth. Bring her in at once and let her try if she can
+find my pouch-belt." Accordingly a tumbler was filled with water, and Mrs.
+W. placing it on her left hand made passes over it with her right. Water
+so treated could always be detected with absolute certainty by Ruth,
+simply by tasting it--a fact not uncommonly observed, and which was an
+additional proof that she possessed unusual perceptive power. Into this
+glass of water Ruth gazed intently, but she could discern nothing. She was
+commanded to find the thief, but no thief could be seen. Changing her
+tactics, Mrs. W. then commanded Ruth to see where the major was the last
+time he wore the belt. At once she described the scene of a grand parade
+which took place months before, and which they all recognized. "Do not
+take your eyes off from the major for a moment," said Mrs. W., and Ruth
+continued to gaze intently at the pageant in the glass. At length the
+parade ended and Ruth said, "Sahib has gone into a big house by the water;
+all his regimentals are put in the tin case, but the pouch-belt is left
+out; it is hanging on a peg in the dressing-room of the big house by the
+water." "The yacht club!" cried the major. "Patilla, send some one at once
+to see if the belt has been left there." The search was rewarded by
+finding the belt as described, and the servants returned bringing it with
+a grand tumult of triumph. On many other occasions was Ruth's aid
+successfully invoked to find lost articles.
+
+Instead of a glass of water, some springs and wells when gazed into have
+the same effect of producing visions, especially when a mirror is so held
+at the same time as to reflect light upon the surface of the water.
+Springs of this sort have been reported at various periods in the past,
+some being frequented for health and some for purposes of divination. The
+latest instance of a well possessing the quality or power of producing
+visions is that upon the farm of Col. J. J. Deyer at Handsoms, Va. It was
+in May, 1892, that the curious influence pertaining to this well was
+first observed and soon it was thronged with visitors. Faces, both
+familiar and strange, of people living and of those long dead, and
+hundreds of other objects, animate and inanimate, were distinctly seen
+upon the surface of the water. The water of the well is _unusually clear_
+and the bottom of _white sand_ is clearly visible. A mirror is held over
+the top of the well with face toward the water so as to throw reflected
+light upon the surface. At first Miss Deyer, the colonel's daughter,
+always held the mirror, but afterwards it was found that any one who could
+hold the mirror _steadily_ performed the duty equally well. If the mirror
+was held unsteadily the pictures were indistinct or failed to appear at
+all; and the brighter the day the better the pictures. Many level headed
+men and some well qualified to observe curious psychical phenomena visited
+the well, and nearly all were convinced that, under favorable
+circumstances, remarkable pictures appeared; naturally, however, different
+causes were assigned for these appearances. Prof. Dolbear and Mr. T. E.
+Allen, from the American Psychical Society, saw nothing remarkable during
+their visit to the well, and referred the pictures seen by so many people
+to the reflection of objects about the well, aided by the mental
+excitement and expectation of so many spectators. This explanation,
+however, seems hardly sufficient to account for the hallucinations of so
+large a number of persons kept up for so long a time. At all events, an
+interesting psychic element of some sort was active.
+
+Col. Deyer is an intelligent man, commanding the respect of his neighbors,
+and has held an appointment of considerable importance under the
+government at Washington. In a letter dated December 2d, 1893, he
+says:--"Thousands of people from various sections of the Union have
+visited the place--of course some laugh at it. I do myself sometimes, as I
+am not superstitious and take little stock in spooks or anything connected
+therewith; but the well is here, and still shows up many wondrous things,
+but not so plentiful nor so plainly as it did a year ago."
+
+We have presented in this well the most favorable conditions possible for
+crystal-gazing--a body of unusually clear sparkling water, lying upon a
+white sand bottom, and the rays of the sun reflected into it by means of a
+mirror;--no better "cup of divination" could be desired, nor any better
+circumstances for securing the psychical conditions favorable for the
+action of the subliminal self.
+
+The various methods of practising crystal-gazing here noticed may be
+looked upon simply as so many different forms of _sensory automatism_,
+referable in these instances to the sense of sight; and whether produced
+by using the "cup of divination," the ink or treacle in the palm of the
+hand, the jewels of the Jewish high-priest, the ordinary crystal or stone
+of the early Christian centuries, and even down to the experiments of Miss
+X., and the Society for Psychical Research, or last of all, the wells or
+springs of clear water, either the early ones of Greece and Rome, or the
+latest one on the farm of Col. Deyer, they are all simply methods of
+securing such a condition by gazing fixedly at a bright object, as best to
+facilitate communication between the ordinary or primary self, and the
+secondary or subliminal self. It is the first, and perhaps the most
+important, in a series of sensory automatisms, or those having reference
+to the senses, in distinction from motor automatisms, or those produced by
+various automatic actions of the body.
+
+These sensory automatisms are usually looked upon as hallucinations--but
+so far as the term hallucination conveys the idea of deception or falsity
+it is inappropriate, since the messages brought in this manner are just as
+real--just as veridical or truth-telling as automatic writing or
+speaking.
+
+Hearing is another form of sensory automatism, which, while less common
+than that of seeing, has also been noticed in all ages.
+
+The child Samuel, ministering to the High Priest Eli, three times in one
+night, heard himself called by name, and three times came to Eli saying,
+"Here am I;" adding at last, "for surely thou didst call me." The wise
+high-priest recognized the rare psychic qualities of the child and brought
+him up for the priesthood in place of his own wayward sons; and he became
+the great seer of Israel.
+
+Socrates was accustomed to hear a voice which always admonished him when
+the course he was pursuing or contemplating was wrong or harmful; but it
+was silent when the contemplated course was right. This was the famous
+"Daemon of Socrates," and was described and discussed by Xenophon and Plato
+as well as other Greek writers and many modern ones. Socrates himself
+called it the "Divine Sign." And on that account he was accused of
+introducing new gods, and thus offering indignity to the accredited gods
+of Greece. On this, as one of the leading charges, Socrates was tried and
+condemned to death; but in all the proceedings connected with his trial
+and condemnation he persisted in his course which he knew would end in his
+death, rather than be false to his convictions of duty and right; and this
+he did because the voice--the "Divine Sign"--which always before had
+restrained him in any wrong course, was not heard restraining him in his
+present course.
+
+Only once was it heard, and that was to restrain him from preparing any
+set argument in his defence before his judges. So he accepted his sentence
+and drank the hemlock, surrounded by his friends, to whom he calmly
+explained that death could not be an evil thing, not only from the
+arguments which he had adduced, but also because the Divine Sign, which
+never failed to admonish him when pursuing any harmful course, had not
+admonished nor restrained him in this course which had led directly to his
+death.
+
+Joan of Arc heard voices, which in childhood only guided her in her
+ordinary duties, but which in her early womanhood made her one of the most
+conspicuous figures in the history of her time. They placed her, a young
+and unknown peasant girl, as a commander at the head of the defeated,
+disorganized, and discouraged armies of France, aroused them to
+enthusiasm, made them victorious, freed her country from the power of
+England, and placed the rightful prince upon the throne. She also heard
+and obeyed her guiding voices, even unto martyrdom.
+
+Numerous instances might be cited occurring in ancient and also in modern
+times where the subliminal self has sent its message of instruction,
+guidance, warning, or restraint to the primary self by means of
+impressions made upon the organ of hearing. Socrates, Joan of Arc,
+Swedenborg, and many others considered these instructions infallible,
+supernatural, or divine; but in other cases the messages so given have
+been trivial, perhaps even false, thus removing the element of
+infallibility and absolute truthfulness from messages of this sort, and at
+the same time casting a doubt upon their supernatural character in any
+case. It seems wisest, therefore, at least to examine these and all cases
+of automatically received messages, whether by writing, trance-speaking,
+dreams, visions, or the hearing of voices, with a definite conception of a
+real and natural cause and origin for these messages in a subliminal self,
+forming a definite part of each individual: bearing in mind also that this
+subliminal self possesses powers and characteristics varying in each
+individual case, in many cases greatly transcending the powers and
+capabilities of the normal or primary self. But infallibility, though
+sometimes claimed, is by no means to be expected from this source, and the
+messages coming from each subliminal self must be judged and valued
+according to their own intrinsic character and merit, just as a message
+coming to us from any primary self, whether known or unknown to us, must
+be judged and valued according to its source, character, and merit.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+PHANTASMS.
+
+
+Perhaps no department of Psychical Research is looked upon from such
+divers and even quite opposite standpoints as that which relates to
+Apparitions or Phantasms. Many intelligent people, in a general way,
+accept them as realities but assign for them a supernatural origin; while
+others discredit them altogether because they have apparently no basis
+except an assumed supernatural one.
+
+It has been said that primitive, undeveloped, and ignorant people almost
+universally believe in ghosts; while with the advance of civilization,
+culture, and general intelligence, the frequency of alleged apparitions
+and the belief in ghosts diminishes or altogether disappears. If this
+statement were to stand unqualified, by so much would the reality and
+respectability of phantasms be discredited. Possibly, however, it may be
+found that the last word has not yet been said, and that there may exist
+a scientific aspect for even so unstable and diaphanous a subject as
+ghosts.
+
+Instead of going over the literature of the subject from the earliest
+times--a literature, by the way, which in the hands of Tylor, Maury,
+Scott, Ralston, Mrs. Crowe and others certainly does not lack interest--it
+will better suit our present purpose to examine some facts relative to
+perception in general and vision in particular, and give some examples
+illustrating different phases of the subject.
+
+Perception may be defined as the cognizance which the mind takes of
+impressions presented to it through the organs of sense, and possibly also
+by other means.
+
+One class of perceptions is universally recognized and is in a measure
+understood, namely, perceptions arising from impressions made by
+recognized external objects or forces upon the organs of sense, sight,
+hearing, smell, taste, and also the general sense of touch. These
+perceptions in particular are designated as _real_ or _true_, because they
+correspond to recognized external realities.
+
+But impressions are also made upon the organs of special sense by
+influences which are not recognized as having any objective reality, but
+which nevertheless affect the senses in a manner often identical with that
+in which they are affected by recognized external objects, and they cause
+the same perceptions to arise in the mind. Hence another broad class of
+perceptions includes those which are taken cognizance of by the mind from
+impressions made upon the organs of sense in other ways and by other means
+than by external objects, and often where there is no evidence that any
+external object exists corresponding to the impression so made.
+Perceptions arising in these various ways are called _hallucinations_.
+
+On close examination, however, it is found that the sharp line of
+separation between what has and what has not an objective reality is not
+easily drawn, any more than in biology the sharp line between animal and
+vegetable life can be easily drawn, or at the lower end of the scale
+between the living and the not living.
+
+So the origin of those perceptions which are classed as hallucinations has
+always been a subject of controversy, even among philosophers of the
+greatest merit and eminence.
+
+Without following out the discussions which have arisen on this
+point--discussions which are often confusing and generally inconclusive,
+a fairly distinct view of the subject may be obtained by considering the
+origin of these perceptions under three heads--namely:--
+
+(1) Perceptions which are reckoned as hallucinations may be originated
+_centrally_; that is, they may arise wholly within the mind itself without
+any direct external stimulus. For instance the characters drawn by the
+novelist may become so real to him, and even to some of his readers, that
+they become _externalized_--actual objects of visual perception and are
+seen to act and even heard to speak. The instance is repeatedly quoted of
+the painter who, after carefully studying a sitter's appearance, could
+voluntarily project it visibly into space and paint the portrait, not from
+the original, but from the phantasm so produced; and of another who could
+externalize and project other mental pictures in the same manner, pictures
+which so interested him and were so subject to the ordinary laws of vision
+that he would request any one who took a position in front of them, to
+move away so as not to obstruct his view.
+
+It will be noticed in these cases that although the perception has its
+origin centrally, in the mind itself, and is even voluntarily produced,
+still, it is seen as an impression made upon the visual organ in exactly
+the same manner as a picture thrown upon the retina by a real external
+object; it disappears when the eyes are closed or an opaque object
+intervenes, and follows the laws of optics in general; hence, strictly
+speaking, these perceptions are also real.
+
+(2) Perceptions may have their origin _peripherally_--that is, the point
+of excitation which causes the act of perception in the mind may exist in
+the external sense organs themselves, even when no external object
+corresponding to the perception exists at the time, or it is not in a
+position on account of distance or intervening objects to affect the
+senses.
+
+In examining the cases which may be placed under this head they resolve
+themselves into two classes: those which occur in connection with some
+disease or defect in the sense organ concerned, and those which are
+recrudescences or after-visions, arising from over-excitation of those
+organs; for instance, after looking through a window in a very bright
+light--even a considerable length of time afterwards--on shutting the eyes
+or looking into a dark room, an image of the window is seen with all its
+divisions and peculiarities of construction distinctly presented. To the
+country lad returning home at night from his first visit to the circus
+the whole scene is again presented; and ring, horses, equestrians,
+acrobats and clowns are all seen and externalized with the utmost
+distinctness; even the crack of the ring-master's whip is heard and the
+jokes and antics of the clowns repeated.
+
+(3) Perceptions may have their origin telepathically--that is, scenes and
+incidents transpiring at a distance far too great to affect the bodily
+organs of sense in any direct or ordinary way do, nevertheless, in some
+way, cause perceptions to arise in the mind corresponding to those same
+scenes and incidents.
+
+This is comparatively a new proposition in psychology and has for its
+basis studies and experiments which have only been systematically made
+within the past fourteen years. These studies and experiments relate to
+telepathy, automatism, and the action of the subliminal self. They have
+been undertaken and carried on by various societies interested in
+experimental psychology, but chiefly by the English Society for Psychical
+Research, some of the results of whose labors have been briefly sketched
+in the preceding chapters.
+
+In addition to the reports of these societies an important contribution to
+the subject of apparitions was published by the then secretaries of the
+Society for Psychical Research, the late Mr. Edmund Gurney, Mr. Frederick
+W. H. Myers, and Mr. Frank Podmore.
+
+It appeared under the title, _Phantasms of the Living_, and contained more
+than seven hundred instances relating to various forms of hallucinations
+and phantasms--carefully studied and authenticated cases which were
+selected from several thousand presented for examination. It is to these
+sources chiefly that I shall refer for cases illustrating the subject
+under consideration.
+
+It seems hardly necessary to recapitulate here the experiments on which
+the doctrine of telepathy or thought-transference is
+established--experiments which have been carefully made by so many well
+qualified persons, and which have proved convincing to nearly every one,
+whether scientific or unscientific, who has patiently followed them,
+though of course not convincing to those who choose to remain ignorant of
+the facts.
+
+The same is true regarding the subject of automatism and the existence and
+action of the subliminal self. It remains to show the interesting
+relations which these subjects bear to hallucinations in general, and
+especially to phantasms and apparitions.
+
+It is well known that hallucinations can be voluntarily or purposely
+produced by one person in the mind of another, and in various ways, though
+few perhaps consider to what an extent this is possible. In many of the
+most astonishing feats of the conjurer, and especially of the Indian
+fakir, suggestion and the imagination are brought into service to aid in
+producing the illusions.
+
+Regarding the hallucinations which may be produced in the mind of the
+hypnotized subject by the hypnotizer there can be no doubt.
+
+The following case is in point and illustrates telepathic influence
+excited at a distance as well. It is from _Phantasms of the Living_, and
+the agent, Mr. E. M. Glissold, of 3 Oxford Square, W., writes
+substantially as follows:--
+
+"In the year 1878 there was a carpenter named Gannaway employed by me to
+mend a gate in my garden; when a friend of mine (Moens) called upon me and
+the conversation turned upon mesmerism. He asked me if I knew anything
+about it myself. On my replying in the affirmative he said, 'Can you
+mesmerize any one at a distance?' I said that I had never tried to do so,
+but that there was a man in the garden whom I could easily mesmerize, and
+that I would try the experiment with this man if he (Moens) would tell me
+what to do. He then said, 'Form an impression of the man whom you wish to
+mesmerize, in your own mind, and then wish him strongly to come to you.'
+
+"I very much doubted the success of the experiment, but I followed the
+directions of my friend, and I was extremely astonished to hear the steps
+of the man whom I wished to appear, running after me; he came up to me
+directly and asked me what I wanted with him. I will add that my friend
+and I had been walking in the garden and had seen and spoken with the
+carpenter, but when I wished him to come to me I was quite out of his
+sight behind the garden wall, one hundred yards distant, and had neither
+by conversation nor otherwise led him to believe that I intended to
+mesmerize him.
+
+"On another occasion, when the Hon. Auberon Herbert was present, the
+following scene occurred. Gannaway was mesmerized and stood in one corner
+of the dining-room. Herbert sat at the table and wrote the following
+programme, each scene of which Mr. Glissold, the magnetizer, was to
+_silently call up in his own mind_.
+
+"(1) I see a house in flames.
+
+"(2) I see a woman looking out of a window.
+
+"(3) She has a child in her arms.
+
+"(4) She throws it out of the window.
+
+"(5) Is it hurt--?
+
+"Gannaway became much excited, describing each scene as it passed through
+the mind of his hypnotizer. Several well known persons add their testimony
+to the above statement."
+
+A single case of mental action so strange and unusual, no matter how well
+authenticated, might not impress a cautious truth-seeker, but when
+fortified by well studied cases in the experience of such men as Esdaile,
+as shown in his remarkable experiments upon the natives of India, and
+especially his well known one of hypnotizing the blind man at a distance,
+also those of Prof. Janet, Prof. Richet, Dr. Gibert, and Dr. Hericourt, in
+France under the observation of Mr. Myers and other members of the Society
+for Psychical Research, and hundreds of other cases of hypnotizing at a
+distance, or silently influencing the subject without hypnotization, the
+matter then challenges attention and belief;--and it is from abundant
+observation of such cases, from the simplest examples of
+thought-transference to the most wonderful exhibition of perceptive power
+at great distances, that the doctrine of Telepathy is founded.
+
+In the following case the agent was able to project his own semblance or
+phantasm a distance of several miles; and it was then distinctly perceived
+by a young lady, a friend of the agent. The circumstances were these:--Two
+young men, Mr. A. H. W. Cleave and Mr. H. P. Sparks, aged respectively
+eighteen and nineteen years, were fellow-students of engineering at the
+Navy Yard, Portsmouth, England. While there, they engaged in some mesmeric
+experiments, and after a time Sparks was able to put Cleave thoroughly
+into the hypnotic condition. The following is Mr. Sparks' account of what
+occurred.
+
+"For the last year or fifteen months I have been in the habit of
+mesmerizing a fellow-student of mine. The way I did it was by simply
+looking into his eyes as he lay in an easy position on a bed. This
+produced sleep. After a few times I found that this sleep was deepened by
+making long passes after the patient was off. Then comes the remarkable
+part of this sort of mesmerism." (Mr. Sparks then describes his subject's
+ability to see in his trance places in which he was interested if he
+resolved to see them before he was hypnotized.) "However, it has been
+during the last week or so I have been surprised and startled by an
+extraordinary affair. Last Friday evening (Jan. 15th, 1886), he (Cleave)
+expressed his wish to see a young lady living in Wandsworth, and he also
+said he would try to make himself seen by her. I accordingly mesmerized
+him and continued the long passes for about twenty minutes, concentrating
+my will on his idea. When he came round (after one hour and twenty
+minutes' trance) he said he had seen her in the dining-room; and that
+after a time she grew restless; then suddenly she looked straight at him,
+and then covered her eyes with her hands; just then he came round. Last
+Monday evening (Jan. 18th) we did the same thing, and this time he said he
+thought he had frightened her, as after she had looked at him a few
+minutes she fell back in her chair in a sort of faint. Her little brother
+was in the room at the time. Of course after this he expected a letter if
+the vision was real; and on Wednesday morning he received a letter from
+the young lady, asking whether anything had happened to him, as on Friday
+evening she was startled by seeing him standing at the door of the room.
+After a minute he disappeared and she thought it might have been fancy;
+but on Monday evening she was still more startled by seeing him again, and
+this time much clearer, and it so frightened her that she nearly fainted."
+
+Mr. Cleave also writes a very interesting account of his experience in
+the matter, and two fellow-students who were in the room during the
+experiments also write corroborating the statements made.
+
+The following is a copy of the letter in which the young lady, Miss A.,
+describes her side of the affair. It is addressed, "Mr. A. H. W. Cleave,
+H. M. S. _Marlborough_, Portsmouth," and is postmarked Wandsworth, Jan.
+19th, 1886.
+
+    "WANDSWORTH,
+    "Tuesday morning.
+
+    "DEAR ARTHUR,--Has anything happened to you? Please write and let me
+    know at once, for I have been so frightened.
+
+    "Last Tuesday evening I was sitting in the dining-room reading, when I
+    happened to look up, and could have declared I saw you standing at the
+    door looking at me. I put my handkerchief to my eyes, and when I
+    looked again you were gone.
+
+    "I thought it must have been only my fancy, but last night (Monday)
+    while I was at supper I saw you again just as before, and was so
+    frightened that I nearly fainted. Luckily only my brother was there or
+    it would have attracted attention. Now do write at once and tell me
+    how you are. I really cannot write any more now."
+
+Probably the young lady is in error regarding the date of the first
+experiment, which may be accounted for by her excited condition--the shock
+of the last experiment having proved decidedly serious, as was afterwards
+discovered, and she begged that the experiment might never be repeated.
+
+Both young men mention Friday as the day of their first decided success,
+but they were experimenting on previous days, including Tuesday, when the
+young lady writes she first saw Cleave's phantasm. Concerning the date of
+the last experiment there is no question.
+
+Effects similar to those just related may also occur where the agent is in
+ordinary sleep, or at least when no hypnotizing process is made use of.
+The agent in this case first formulates the wish or strong resolution to
+be present and be seen at a certain place or by a certain person, and then
+goes to sleep, and generally remains unconscious of the result until
+learned from the percipient.
+
+In the following case the name of the agent is withheld from publication,
+though known to Mr. Myers who reports the case; the percipient is the Rev.
+W. Stainton-Moses. The agent goes on to state:--
+
+"One evening early last year (1878), I resolved to try to appear to Z.
+(Mr. Moses) at some miles distant. I did not inform him beforehand of my
+intended experiment, but retired to rest shortly before midnight with
+thoughts intently fixed on Z., with whose room and surroundings, however,
+I was quite unacquainted. I soon fell asleep and woke up the next morning
+unconscious of anything having taken place. On seeing Z. a few days
+afterwards I inquired, 'Did anything happen at your rooms on Saturday
+night?' 'Yes,' he replied, 'a great deal happened. I had been sitting over
+the fire with M., smoking and chatting. About 12:30 he rose to leave, and
+I let him out myself. I returned to the fire to finish my pipe when I saw
+you sitting in the chair just vacated by him. I looked intently at you,
+and then took up a newspaper to assure myself I was not dreaming, but on
+laying it down I saw you still there. While I gazed without speaking, you
+faded away. Though I imagined you must be fast asleep in bed at that hour,
+yet you appeared dressed in your ordinary garments, such as you usually
+wear every day.' 'Then my experiment seems to have succeeded,' I said.
+'The next time I come ask me what I want, as I had fixed on my mind
+certain questions to ask you, but I was probably waiting for an
+invitation to speak.'
+
+"A few weeks later the experiment was repeated with equal success, I, as
+before, not informing Z. when it was made. On this occasion he not only
+questioned me upon the subject which was at that time under very warm
+discussion between us, but detained me by the exercise of his will, some
+time after I had intimated a desire to leave. As on the former occasion no
+recollection remained of the event, or seeming event, of the preceding
+night."
+
+Mr. Moses writes, September 27th, 1885, confirming this account. Mr. Moses
+also says that he has never on any other occasion seen the figure of a
+living person in a place where the person was not.
+
+The next case, while presenting features similar to the last, differs from
+it in this respect: that there are two percipients. It is copied from the
+manuscript book of the agent, Mr. S. H. B.
+
+Mr. B. writes:--"On a certain Sunday evening in November, 1881, having
+been reading of the great power which the human will is capable of
+exercising, I determined with the whole force of my being that I would be
+present in spirit in the front bedroom, on the second floor of a house
+situated at 22 Hogarth Road, Kensington, in which room slept two ladies of
+my acquaintance, Miss L. S. V. and Miss E. C. V., aged respectively
+twenty-five and eleven years. I lived at this time at 23 Kildare Gardens,
+a distance of about three miles from Hogarth Road, and I had not mentioned
+in any way my intention of trying this experiment to either of the above
+named ladies, for the simple reason that it was only on retiring to rest
+upon Sunday night that I made up my mind to do so. The time at which I
+determined I would be there was one o'clock in the morning, and I also had
+a strong intention of making my presence perceptible.
+
+"On the following Thursday I went to see the ladies in question, and in
+the course of conversation (without any allusion to the subject on my
+part), the elder one told me that on the previous Sunday night she had
+been much terrified by perceiving me standing by her bedside, and that she
+screamed when the apparition advanced towards her, and awoke her little
+sister who also saw me. I asked her if she was awake at the time, and she
+replied most decidedly in the affirmative; and upon my inquiring the time
+of the occurrence, she replied about one o'clock in the morning."
+
+Miss Verity's account is as follows:--
+
+    "On a certain Sunday evening, about twelve months since, at our house
+    in Hogarth Road, Kensington, I distinctly saw Mr. B. in my room about
+    one o'clock. I was perfectly awake and was much terrified. I awoke my
+    sister by screaming, and she saw the apparition herself. Three days
+    after, when I saw Mr. B., I told him what had happened; but it was
+    some time before I could recover from the shock I had received, and
+    the remembrance is too vivid to be ever erased from my memory.
+
+    "L. S. VERITY."
+
+Miss E. C. Verity writes:--
+
+    "I remember the occurrence of the event described by my sister in the
+    annexed paragraph, and her description is quite correct. I saw the
+    apparition at the same time and under the same circumstances."
+
+Miss A. S. Verity writes:--
+
+    "I remember quite clearly the evening my eldest sister awoke me by
+    calling to me from an adjoining room, and upon my going to her
+    bedside, where she slept with my youngest sister, they both told me
+    they had seen S. H. B. standing in the room. The time was about one
+    o'clock. S. H. B. was in evening dress, they told me."
+
+The following case, while of the same general character, presents this
+remarkable difference: that the agent's mind was not at all directed to
+the real percipient, but only to the _place_ where the percipient happened
+to be. It is from the notebook of Mr. S. H. B. who was also the agent.
+
+"On Friday, December 1st, 1882, at 9:30 P. M. I went into a room alone and
+sat by the fireside, and endeavored so strongly to fix my mind upon the
+interior of a house at Kew (viz., Clarence Road), in which resided Miss V.
+and her two sisters, that I seemed to be actually in the house.
+
+"During this experiment I must have fallen into a mesmeric sleep, for,
+although I was conscious, I could not move my limbs. I did not seem to
+have lost the power of moving them, but I could not make the effort to do
+so.... At 10 P. M. I regained my normal state by an effort of the will and
+wrote down on a sheet of note-paper the foregoing statements.
+
+"When I went to bed on this same night, I determined that I would be in
+the front bedroom of the above-mentioned house at 12 P. M., and remain
+there until I had made my presence perceptible to the inmates of that
+room. On the next day, Saturday, I went to Kew to spend the evening, and
+met there a married sister of Miss V. (viz., Mrs. L.). This lady I had
+only met once before and that was at a ball, two years previous to the
+above date. We were both in fancy dress at the time, and as we did not
+exchange more than half a dozen words, this lady would naturally have lost
+any vivid recollection of my appearance even if she had noticed it.
+
+"In the course of conversation (although I did not for a moment think of
+asking her any questions on such a subject), she told me that on the
+previous night she had seen me distinctly on two occasions. She had spent
+the night at Clarence Road, and had slept in the front bedroom. At about
+half-past nine, she had seen me in the passage going from one room to
+another, and at 12 P. M., when she was wide-awake, she had seen me enter
+the bedroom and walk round to where she was lying and take her hair (which
+is very long), into my hand. She told me that the apparition took hold of
+her hand and gazed intently into it, whereupon she spoke, saying, 'You
+need not look at the lines for I have never had any trouble.'
+
+"She then awoke her sister, Miss V., who was sleeping with her, and told
+her about it. After hearing this account I took the statement which I had
+written down the previous evening from my pocket and showed it to some of
+the persons present, who were much astonished, although incredulous.
+
+"I asked Mrs. L. if she was not dreaming at the time of the latter
+experience, but she stoutly denied, and stated that she had forgotten what
+I was like, but seeing me so distinctly she recognized me at once. At my
+request she wrote a brief account of her impressions and signed it."
+
+The following is the lady's statement:--
+
+    "On Friday, December 1st, 1882, I was on a visit to my sister, at 21
+    Clarence Road, Kew, and about 9:30 P. M. I was going from my bedroom
+    to get some water from the bath-room, when I distinctly saw Mr. S. B.
+    whom I had only seen once before, two years ago, walk before me past
+    the bath-room, toward the bedroom at the end of the landing.
+
+    "About 11 o'clock we retired for the night; about 12 o'clock I was
+    still awake, and the door opened and Mr. S. B. came into the room and
+    walked around to the bedside, and there stood with one foot on the
+    ground, and the other knee resting on a chair. He then took my hair
+    into his hand, after which he took my hand in his and looked very
+    intently into the palm. 'Ah,' I said (speaking to him), 'you need not
+    look at the lines for I never had any trouble.' I then awoke my
+    sister; I was not nervous, but excited, and began to fear some serious
+    illness would befall her, she being delicate at the time, but she is
+    progressing more favorably now.
+
+    "H. L."
+
+    (Full name signed.)
+
+Miss Verity also corroborates this statement.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The following is still another case of one mind acting upon another mind
+at a distance and at least in a most unusual way. Call it mind-projection,
+making one's self visible at a distance, sending out the subliminal
+self--call it what we may--it is a glimpse of a phenomenon, rare in its
+occurrence, but which nevertheless has been observed a sufficient number
+of times to claim serious attention, and calm and candid consideration.
+The case is from _Phantasms of the Living_, and is furnished by "Mrs.
+Russell of Belgaum, India, wife of Mr. H. R. Russell, Educational
+Inspector in the Bombay Presidency." It differs from those already cited
+in the fact that it is unconnected with either sleep or hypnotism, but
+both agent and percipient were awake and in a perfectly normal condition.
+
+Mrs. Russell writes:--
+
+    "June 8th, 1886.
+
+    "As desired I write down the following facts as well as I can recall
+    them. I was living in Scotland, my mother and sisters in Germany. I
+    lived with a very dear friend of mine, and went to Germany every year
+    to see my people. It had so happened that I could not go home as usual
+    for two years, when on a sudden I made up my mind to go and see my
+    family. They knew nothing of my intention; I had never gone in early
+    spring before; and I had no time to let them know by letter that I was
+    going to set off. I did not like to send a telegram for fear of
+    frightening my mother. The thought came to me to will with all my
+    might to appear to one of my sisters, never mind which of them, in
+    order to give them warning of my coming. I only thought most intensely
+    for a few minutes of them, wishing with all my might to be seen by one
+    of them--half present myself, in vision, at home. I did not take more
+    than ten minutes, I think. I started by the Leith steamer on Saturday
+    night, end of April, 1859. I wished to appear at home about 6 o'clock
+    P. M. that same Saturday.
+
+    "I arrived at home at 6 o'clock on Tuesday morning following. I
+    entered the house without any one seeing me, the hall being cleaned
+    and the front door open. I walked into the room. One of my sisters
+    stood with her back to the door; she turned round when she heard the
+    door opening, and on seeing me, stared at me, turning deadly pale, and
+    letting what she had in her hand fall. I had been silent. Then I spoke
+    and said, 'It is I. Why do you look so frightened?' When she answered,
+    'I thought I saw you again as Stinchen (another sister) saw you on
+    Saturday.'
+
+    "When I inquired, she told me that on Saturday evening about 6
+    o'clock, my sister saw me quite clearly, entering the room in which
+    she was, by one door, passing through it, opening the door of another
+    room in which my mother was, and shutting the door behind me. She
+    rushed after what she thought was I, calling out my name, and was
+    quite stupefied when she did not find me with my mother. My mother
+    could not understand my sister's excitement. They looked everywhere
+    for me, but of course did not find me. My mother was very miserable;
+    she thought I might be dying.
+
+    "My sister who had seen me (i. e. my apparition) was out that morning
+    when I arrived. I sat down on the stairs to watch, when she came in,
+    the effect of my real appearance on her. When she looked up and saw
+    me, sitting motionless, she called out my name and nearly fainted.
+
+    "My sister had never seen anything unearthly either before that or
+    afterwards; and I have never made any such experiments since--nor will
+    I, as the sister that saw me first when I really came home, had a very
+    severe illness afterwards, caused by the shock to her nerves.
+
+    "J. M. RUSSELL."
+
+Mrs. Russell's sister, in answer to her inquiry whether she remembered the
+incident, replied: "Of course I remember the matter as well as though it
+had happened to-day. Pray don't come appearing to me again!"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+We started out with this proposition. Perceptions--those of the class
+denominated hallucinations--may have their origin telepathically. In proof
+and illustration of that proposition we have so far presented a single
+class of cases, namely, Those where the hallucination was produced with
+will and purpose on the part of the agent. The cases present the following
+conditions:--
+
+(1) The agent being in a normal condition--the percipient hypnotized, the
+hypnotic condition having been produced at a distance of a hundred
+yards--and from a point from which the percipient could not be seen.
+
+(2) The agent in the hypnotic condition; a definite hallucination strongly
+desired and decided upon beforehand was produced, the percipient being in
+a normal state.
+
+(3) The agent was in normal sleep. Hallucination decided upon before going
+to sleep was produced--the percipient awake and in normal condition.
+
+(4) Both agent and percipient awake and normal--hallucination produced at
+a distance of four hundred miles. In one case the phantasm is seen by two
+percipients, and in another case the _place_ only where the phantasm
+should appear was strongly in the agent's mind; and while the sisters who
+_usually_ occupied that room might naturally be expected to be the
+percipients, as a matter of fact another person, a married sister who
+happened to be visiting them--a comparative stranger to the agent--was
+occupying the room and became the percipient.
+
+In each of these cases a definite purpose was formed by the agent to
+produce a certain hallucination or present a certain picture--generally a
+representation or phantasm of himself to the percipient. A picture or
+phantasm is seen by the intended percipient, and, on comparison, in each
+case it is found that it is _the same phantasm_ that the agent had
+_endeavored_ to project and make visible, and that it was perceived in the
+same place and at the same time that the agent had intended that it should
+be seen.
+
+Can these statements be received as true and reliable? In reply we say,
+the evidence having been carefully examined is of such a character as to
+entitle it to belief, and the errors of observation and reporting are
+trifling, and not such as would injure the credibility of statements made
+regarding any event which was a matter of ordinary observation; moreover,
+these cases now have become so numerous and have been so carefully
+observed that they should be judged by the ordinary rules of evidence; and
+by that rule they should be received.
+
+Having been received, how can they be explained?
+
+It may be answered:--
+
+(1) That these apparent sequences presenting the relation of cause and
+effect are merely chance coincidences. But on carefully applying the
+doctrine of chances, it is found that the probability that these
+coincidences of time and place, and the identity of the pictures presented
+and perceived, occurred by chance, would be only one in a number so large
+as to make it difficult to represent it in figures, and quite impossible
+for any mind to comprehend. And that such a coincidence should occur
+repeatedly in one person's experience is absolutely incredible.
+
+(2) The circumstances of distance and situation render it certain that the
+phantasms could not have been communicated or presented to the percipient
+through any of the usual channels of communication--by means of the
+physical organs of sense--even granting that they could be so transferred
+under favorable conditions.
+
+If, then, these cases must be received as authentic and true, and if they
+cannot be disposed of as chance coincidences, nor explained by any
+ordinary method or law of production or transmission, then there must be
+_some other_ method of mental interaction, and mental intercommunication
+_not usually recognized_, by means of which these pictures or phantasms
+are produced or transferred, and this unusual method of mental
+interaction and intercommunication we designate _telepathy_. What the
+exact method is by which this unusual interaction is accomplished is not
+fully demonstrated, any more than are the methods of the various
+interacting forces between the sun and the planets or amongst the planets
+themselves. The hypothesis of a universal or inter-stellar ether has never
+been demonstrated; it is only a hypothesis framed because it is necessary
+in order to explain and support another undemonstrated theory, namely, the
+vibratory or wave theory of light. We do not know what the substance or
+force which we call _attraction_ really is. Light has one method of
+movement and action, sound another, heat another, and electricity another,
+but most of the propositions concerning these methods of action are only
+theories or hypotheses having a greater or less degree of probability as
+the case may be. They were invented to account for certain actual and
+undeniable phenomena, and they are respected by all men of science or
+other persons having sufficient knowledge of these different subjects to
+entitle them to an opinion. The same thing is true of telepathy; its facts
+must be known and its theories well considered by those who assume to sit
+in judgment upon them; and when known they are respected. The Copernican
+theory of the planetary movements was formulated three hundred and fifty
+years ago; it was one hundred and fifty years later when Newton proposed
+the first rational theory regarding a force which might explain these
+motions. For this he was ridiculed and even ostracized by the
+self-constituted judges of his day. Telepathy has been the subject of
+careful study and experiment comparatively only a few years, and it can
+hardly, at this early date, expect better treatment at the hands of its
+critics. Its facts, however, remain, and its explanatory theories are
+being duly considered.
+
+What, then, are the theories or hypotheses which may aid us in forming an
+idea of the manner in which a thought, a conception, or a mental picture
+may pass between two persons so situated that no communication could pass
+between them through the ordinary channels of communication--sight,
+hearing, or touch? Let us suppose two persons A and B to be so situated. A
+is the agent or person having unusual ability to impress his own thought,
+or any conception or mental picture which he may form in his own mind,
+upon some other mind; and B is the percipient or a person having unusual
+ability to receive or perceive such thoughts or mental pictures. Suppose
+these two people to be in the country and engaged in farming. Upon a
+certain morning A takes his axe and goes to the woods, half a mile
+distant, and is engaged in cutting brush and trees for the purpose of
+clearing the land, and B goes into the garden to care for the growing
+vegetables. After an hour spent in these respective occupations, B becomes
+disquieted, even alarmed, oppressed with the feeling that some misfortune
+has happened and that A is needing his assistance. He is unable to
+continue his work and at once starts for the woods to seek for A. He finds
+that A has received a glancing blow from his axe which has deeply wounded
+his foot, disabled him, and put his life in immediate danger from
+hemorrhage. Here the thought of A in his extreme peril goes out intensely
+to B, desiring his presence; and B, by some unusual perceptive power,
+takes cognizance of this intense thought and wish. This is telepathy.
+Again, suppose B hears a voice which he recognizes as A's calling his name
+and with a peculiar effect which B recognizes as distress or entreaty. Or,
+again, that B sees a picture or representation of A lying wounded and
+bleeding, still it is a telepathic impulse from A and taken cognizance of
+by B which constitutes the communication between them, whatever the exact
+nature or method of the communication may be.
+
+The theories or hypotheses which have been put forward regarding the
+method by which this telepathic influence or impact is conveyed may be
+noted as follows:--
+
+(1) That of a vibratory medium, always present and analogous to the
+atmosphere for propagating sound or the universal ether for propagating
+light.
+
+(2) An effluence of some sort emanating from the persons concerned and
+acting as a medium for the time being.
+
+(3) A sixth sense.
+
+(4) A duplex personality or subliminal self.
+
+First, then, as regards the vibratory hypothesis; it would demand a
+variety of media to convey separately something corresponding to the sense
+of sight, the sense of hearing, and to each of the other senses--touch,
+taste, and smell--as all these sensations have been telepathically
+transmitted, or else there must exist one single medium capable of
+transmitting these many widely different methods of sensation
+separately,--either of which suppositions are, to say the least,
+bewildering. Such a medium must also possess a power of penetrating or
+acting through intervening obstacles, such as no medium with which we are
+acquainted possesses; and, lastly, in addition to numerous apparently
+insurmountable difficulties and insufficiencies, there is no proof
+whatever that any such vibratory medium exists.
+
+Second. Regarding a vital effluence or some physical emanation or aura
+belonging to each individual, and by means of which communication is
+possible between persons separated by too great a distance to permit
+communication through the ordinary channels; it is at least conceivable
+that such an aura or personal atmosphere exists, and by some it is claimed
+to be demonstrated; but admitting its existence, that it would be capable
+of fulfilling the numerous functions demanded of it in the premises is
+doubtful.
+
+Third. That the telepathic intercommunication is accomplished by means of
+a sixth sense--a sort of compend of all the other senses, with added
+powers as regards distance and intervening obstacles--is a hypothesis
+which has been urged by some, and is at least intelligible; but, while it
+presents an intelligible explanation of such facts as clairvoyance and the
+hearing of voices, there is a large class of facts, as we shall see, which
+utterly refuse to fall into line or be explained by this hypothesis.
+
+Fourth. The hypothesis of different strata of personality--or of a second
+or subliminal self--is the one which best fulfils the necessary conditions
+and also harmonizes the greatest number of facts when arranged with
+reference to this idea. There is also real, substantial evidence that such
+a second personality actually exists, some of the facts bearing upon this
+subject having been presented in former chapters.
+
+Those of my readers who have carefully followed the cases of unusual
+mental action there presented--cases of thought-transference, of
+clairvoyance, of remarkable mind-action in the hypnotic trance and in
+natural somnambulism--in well marked examples of double consciousness as
+shown in the cases of Felida X., of Alma Z., of Ansel Bourne, and the
+hypnotic subject, Madame B., in her various personalities of Leonie,
+Leontine, and Leonore, in automatic action as displayed in
+Planchette-writing, in trance-speaking and in crystal-gazing, cannot have
+failed to observe, throughout the whole series, mind acting rationally and
+intelligently, quite independently of the ordinary consciousness, and even
+at times independently of the whole physical organization. We have
+considered the evidence which points to the fact, or at least to the
+theory of a subliminal self, or another personality, in some manner bound
+up in that complicated physical and mental mechanism which constitutes
+what we term an individual. We have seen that there are weighty proofs
+that such a secondary or subliminal, or, if you choose so to designate it,
+_supranormal_ self, actually exists, and that it exhibits functions and
+powers far exceeding the functions and powers of the ordinary self. We
+have seen it expressing its own personal opinions, its own likes and
+dislikes, quite different and opposite to the opinions, likes, and
+dislikes of the ordinary self; having its own separate series of
+remembered actions or chain of memories, its own antecedent history, and
+its separate present interests; and especially performing actions
+altogether beyond the powers of the ordinary self. We have seen it going
+out to great distances, seeing and describing scenes and events there
+taking place--for example, Swedenborg at Gottenburg witnessing the
+conflagration at Stockholm; Dr. Gerault's clairvoyant maid-servant, Marie,
+in France, seeing the sad death of her neighbor's son, Limoges, the
+ropemaker, while serving in the Crimea; and also the serious illness of
+Dr. Gerault's military friend in Algiers. Fitzgerald, at Brunswick, Me.,
+seeing and describing the Fall River fire three hundred miles away, and
+Mrs. Porter, at Bridgeport, Conn., describing the burning of the steamer
+_Henry Clay_ while it was occurring on the Hudson River near the village
+of Yonkers. We have seen this same subliminal self in the case of Mr.
+Stead, going out and acquiring desired knowledge relating to the location,
+occupation, and needs of persons from whom he desired such information,
+and bringing it back and reporting it by means of automatic writing.
+Again, we have seen this subliminal self in the case of Mrs. Newnham,
+perceiving the silently written and sometimes even the unwritten questions
+of her husband, and automatically writing the answers by means of
+Planchette; and we have seen it producing hallucinations of hearing as in
+the case of Leonore causing Leontine to hear a voice reproving her for her
+flippancy.
+
+A remarkable series of facts are here pointed out, facts some of which are
+akin to those which have for ages been lying about in the lumber rooms of
+history or in out-of-the-way corners of men's memories, neglected and
+discredited, because unexplained, unaccounted for, forming no part of any
+recognized system of mental action, and some only recently observed and
+even now looked at askance for the same reason. They have remained a mass
+of undigested and unarranged facts, without system, without any
+ascertained relation to each other, pointing to no definite principle,
+defined by no definite law. It is only within the past decade that these
+facts have been studied with reference to the action of a subliminal self.
+
+But this new and startling idea being once admitted and brought to the
+front, it is found that not only in the whole series of observed automatic
+actions in the somnambulism of the hypnotic state, and that of ordinary
+sleep, are the organs of the unconscious body made use of by this
+subconscious or subliminal self, but also in dreams, in reverie, in
+moments of abstraction, of strong emotion or mental excitement, and even
+in the case of some peculiarly susceptible persons in the ordinary waking
+condition, this subliminal self can greatly influence and sometimes take
+entire control of the action of the body.
+
+It will be seen then, how wide and important is the range of phenomena in
+which the subliminal self appears as an active agent, impressing its own
+special knowledge, however acquired, its ideas, pictures, and images upon
+the primary self, and causing them to be perceived, remembered, and
+expressed by it; and with this unusual power in view, evidently it is in
+this direction also that we must look for the key to that still more
+remarkable series of phenomena which are known as phantasms or
+apparitions.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+PHANTASMS CONTINUED.
+
+
+So far a single class of cases has been brought forward in proof and
+illustration of our proposition, that _sensation may be produced
+telepathically_, namely, the voluntary class; as for instance, when it has
+been resolved beforehand and strongly desired and willed that a
+representation or apparition of one's self should be seen and recognized
+by another person at a specified time and place, and it has been so
+recognized. This class contains fewer recorded cases, but, on the other
+hand, they are specially valuable, because the element of error arising
+from chance coincidence is almost entirely excluded. In addition to these
+voluntary or prearranged cases there is, however, another and much larger
+class of cases which occur spontaneously, unthought of, and unexpected by
+the percipient as well as by the agent.
+
+Passing over cases of an indefinite or undefined sense of danger or
+peril--or of a "presence"--we will proceed to notice some well
+authenticated cases of spontaneous impressions of a definite character
+made upon the senses, and especially upon the sense of sight. This
+definite impression may be made upon the senses of the percipient in
+dreams--especially those of a veridical character, where there is a
+definite reality corresponding in time and circumstances.
+
+It may also be made when the percipient is in a condition of reverie,
+between sleeping and waking, and even when wide awake and in a perfectly
+normal condition.
+
+This definite impression of seeing or hearing may be made upon a single
+percipient, or it may be perceived by several persons at once.
+
+The following may serve as examples of _veridical dreams_. They were
+carefully examined by the editors of _Phantasms of the Living_, and
+especially by Mr. Gurney. Only initials in the first case were given for
+publication.
+
+"In the year 1857, I had a brother in the very centre of the Indian
+Mutiny. I had been ill in the spring and taken from my lessons in the
+school-room, consequently, I heard more of what was going on from the
+newspapers than a girl of thirteen ordinarily would in those days. We
+were in the habit of hearing regularly from my brother, but in June and
+July of that year no letters came, and what arrived in August proved to
+have been written quite early in the spring, and were full of disturbances
+around his station.
+
+"He was in the service of the East India Company--an officer in the 8th
+Native Infantry. I was always devoted to him, and I grieved and fretted
+far more than any of my elders knew at his danger. I cannot say that I
+dreamt constantly of him, but when I did the impressions were very vivid
+and abiding.
+
+"On one occasion his personal appearance was being discussed and I
+remarked, 'He is not like that now, he has no beard nor whiskers;' and
+when asked why I said such a thing, I replied, 'I know it, for I have seen
+him in my dreams;' and this brought a severe reprimand from my governess,
+who never allowed 'such nonsense' to be talked of.
+
+"On the morning of the 25th of September, quite early, I awoke from a
+dream, to find my sister holding me and much alarmed. I had screamed and
+struggled, crying out, 'Is he really dead?' When I fully awoke, I felt a
+burning sensation in my head. I could not speak for a moment or two; I
+knew my sister was there, but I neither saw nor felt her.
+
+"In about a minute, during which she said my eyes were staring beyond her,
+I ceased struggling cried out, 'Harry's dead, they have shot him,' and
+fainted. When I recovered I found my sister had been sent away, and an
+aunt who had always looked after me, was sitting by my bed.
+
+"In order to soothe my excitement, she allowed me to tell my dream, trying
+all the time to persuade me to regard it as a natural consequence of my
+anxiety.
+
+"When, in my narration, I said he was riding with another officer and
+mounted soldiers behind them, she exclaimed 'My dear, that shows you it is
+only a dream, for your brother is in an _infantry_, not a cavalry,
+regiment.'
+
+"Nothing, however, shook my feeling that I had seen a reality; and she was
+so much struck by my persistence that she privately made notes of the
+dates and of the incidents, even to the minutest details of my dream, and
+then for a few days the matter dropped, but I felt the truth was coming
+nearer and nearer to all. In a short time the news came in the
+papers:--'Shot down on the morning of the 25th, when on his way to
+Lucknow.' A few days later came one of his missing letters, telling how
+his own regiment had mutinied, and that he had been transferred to a
+command in the 12th Irregular Cavalry, bound to join Havelock's force in
+the relief of Lucknow.
+
+"Some eight years after, the officer who was riding by him when he fell,
+Captain or Major Grant, visited us and when, in compliance with my aunt's
+request, he detailed the incidents of that sad hour, his narration tallied
+(even to the description of buildings on their left) with the notes she
+had taken the morning of my dream. I should also add that we heard my
+brother had made the alteration in his beard and whiskers, just about the
+time that I had spoken of him as wearing them differently."
+
+  "L. A. W."
+
+The next case which I will present is from Dr. A. K. Young, F. R. C. S.
+I., of the Terrace, Monaghan, Ireland.
+
+One Monday night, in December, 1836, Dr. Young had the following dream,
+or, as he would prefer to call it, revelation. He found himself suddenly
+at the gate of Major N. M.'s avenue, many miles from his home. Close to
+him was a group of persons, one of them a woman with a basket on her arm,
+the rest men, four of whom were tenants of his own, while the others were
+unknown to him. Some of the strangers seemed to be murderously assaulting
+H. W., one of his tenants, and he interfered. He goes on to say:
+
+"I struck violently at the man on my left and then with greater violence
+at the man's face to my right. Finding to my surprise that I did not knock
+him down either, I struck again and again with all the violence of a man
+frenzied at the sight of my poor friend's murder. To my great amazement I
+saw that my arms, although visible to my eye, were without substance; and
+the bodies of the men I struck at and my own came close together after
+each blow through the shadowy arms I struck with. My blows were delivered
+with more extreme violence than I ever before exerted; but I became
+painfully convinced of my incompetency. I have no consciousness of what
+happened after this feeling of unsubstantiality came upon me."
+
+Next morning, Dr. Young experienced the stiffness and soreness of violent
+bodily exercise and was informed by his wife that in the course of the
+night he had much alarmed her by striking out again and again with his
+arms in a terrific manner, "as if fighting for his life." He in turn
+informed her of his dream and begged her to remember the names of the
+actors in it who were known to him.
+
+On the morning of the following day, Wednesday, he received a letter from
+his agent, who resided in the town close to the scene of his dream,
+informing him that his tenant, H. W., had been found on Tuesday morning at
+Major N. M.'s gate speechless and apparently dying from a fracture of the
+skull, and that there was no trace of the murderers. That night Dr. Young
+started for the town and arrived there on Thursday morning. On his way to
+a meeting of the magistrates he met the senior magistrate of that part of
+the country and requested him to give orders for the arrest of the three
+men whom, besides H. W., he had recognized in his dream, and to have them
+examined separately. This was done. The three men gave identical accounts
+of the occurrence, and all named the woman who was with them. She was then
+arrested and gave precisely similar testimony.
+
+They said that between eleven and twelve on Monday night they had been
+walking homeward, all together along the road, when they were overtaken by
+three strangers, two of whom savagely assaulted H. W., while the other
+prevented his friends from interfering. The man H. W. did not die, and no
+clue was ever found to the assassins.
+
+The Bishop of Clogher writes confirmatory of Dr. Young's account.
+
+"Borderland cases" are those in which the percipient, though seeming to
+himself to be awake, may be in bed, has perhaps been asleep, and is in
+that condition between sleeping and waking known as reverie and which we
+have seen is favorable for the action of the subliminal self, either as
+agent or percipient.
+
+Passing, then, from dreams to "Borderland cases," the first example under
+this head which I will present is from Mrs. Richardson, of Combe Down,
+Bath, England.
+
+She writes:--
+
+    "August 26th, 1882.
+
+    "On September 9th, 1848, at the Siege of Mooltan, my husband,
+    Major-General Richardson, C. B., then adjutant of his regiment, was
+    most severely wounded, and supposing himself dying, asked one of the
+    officers with him to take the ring off his finger and send it to his
+    wife, who at that time was fully one hundred and fifty miles distant,
+    at Ferozepore. On the night of September 9th, 1848, I was lying in my
+    bed between sleeping and waking, when I distinctly saw my husband
+    being carried off the field seriously wounded, and heard his voice
+    saying, 'Take this ring off my finger and send it to my wife.'
+
+    "All the next day I could not get the sight nor the voice out of my
+    mind. In due time I heard of Gen. Richardson having been severely
+    wounded in the assault on Mooltan. He survived, however, and is still
+    living. It was not for some time after the siege that I heard from
+    Colonel L., the officer who helped to carry Gen. Richardson off the
+    field, that the request as to the ring was actually made to him, just
+    as I had heard it at Ferozepore at that very time.
+
+    "M. A. RICHARDSON."
+
+The following questions were addressed to Gen. Richardson.
+
+1. "Does Gen. Richardson remember saying, when he was wounded at Mooltan,
+'Take this ring off my finger and send it to my wife,' or words to that
+effect?"
+
+Ans. "Most distinctly; I made the request to my commanding officer, Major
+E. S. Lloyd, who was supporting me while my man was gone for assistance."
+
+2. "Can you remember the _time_ of the incident?"
+
+Ans. "So far as my memory serves me, I was wounded about nine P. M., on
+Sunday, the 9th September, 1848."
+
+3. "Had Gen. Richardson, before he left home, promised or said anything to
+Mrs. R. as to sending his ring to her in case he should be wounded?"
+
+Ans. "To the best of my recollection, never. Nor had I any kind of
+presentiment on the subject. I naturally felt that with such a fire as we
+were exposed to, I might get hurt."
+
+The next case is from Miss Hosmer, the celebrated sculptor. It was written
+out by Miss Balfour, from the account given by Lydia Maria Child, and
+corrected by Miss Hosmer, July 15th, 1885.
+
+"An Italian girl named Rosa was in my employ for some time, but was
+finally obliged to return home to her sister on account of confirmed
+ill-health. When I took my customary exercise on horseback, I frequently
+called to see her. On one of these occasions I called about six o'clock P.
+M., and found her brighter than I had seen her for some time past. I had
+long relinquished hopes of her recovery, but there was nothing in her
+appearance that gave me the impression of immediate danger. I left her
+with the expectation of calling to see her again many times. She
+expressed a wish to have a bottle of a certain kind of wine, which I
+promised to bring her myself next morning.
+
+"During the remainder of the evening I do not recollect that Rosa was in
+my thoughts after I parted with her. I retired to rest in good health and
+in a quiet frame of mind. But I woke from a sound sleep with an oppressive
+feeling that some one was in the room.
+
+"I reflected that no one could get in except my maid, who had the key to
+one of the two doors of my room--both of which doors were locked. I was
+able dimly to distinguish the furniture in the room. My bed was in the
+middle of the room with a screen around the foot of it. Thinking some one
+might be behind the screen I said, 'Who's there?' but got no answer. Just
+then the clock in the adjacent room struck five; and at that moment I saw
+the figure of Rosa standing by my bedside; and in some way, though I could
+not venture to say it was through the medium of speech, the impression was
+conveyed to me from her of these words: 'Adesso son felice, son contenta.'
+And with that the figure vanished.
+
+"At the breakfast table I said to the friend who shared the apartment with
+me, 'Rosa is dead.' 'What do you mean by that?' she inquired; 'you told
+me she seemed better yesterday.' I related the occurrence of the morning
+and told her I had a strong impression Rosa was dead. She laughed and said
+I had dreamed it all. I assured her I was thoroughly awake. She continued
+to jest on the subject and slightly annoyed me by her persistence in
+believing it a dream when I was perfectly sure of having been wide awake.
+To settle the question I summoned a messenger, and sent him to inquire how
+Rosa did. He returned with the answer that she died that morning at five
+o'clock.
+
+  "H. G. HOSMER."
+
+I will also introduce here as a "Borderland case" an extract from _The
+Life and Times of Lord Brougham, written by himself_ (1871), the extract
+being an entry in his journal during a journey in Sweden in December,
+1799. It is as follows:--
+
+"We set out for Gothenburg [apparently on December 18th], determined to
+make for Norway. About one in the morning, arriving at a decent inn, we
+decided to stop over night. Tired with the cold of yesterday, I was glad
+to take advantage of a hot bath before I turned in, and here a most
+remarkable thing happened to me--so remarkable that I must tell the story
+from the beginning.
+
+"After I left the High School, I went with G., my most intimate friend, to
+attend the classes at the University. There was no divinity class, but we
+frequently in our walks discussed and speculated upon many grave
+subjects--among others, on the immortality of the soul, and a future
+state. This question, and the possibility, I will not say of ghosts
+walking, but of the dead appearing to the living, were subjects of much
+speculation; and we actually committed the folly of drawing up an
+agreement written with our blood, to the effect that which ever of us died
+first should appear to the other, and thus solve any doubts we had
+entertained of the 'life after death.' After we had finished our classes
+at college, G. went to India, having got an appointment there in the Civil
+Service.
+
+"He seldom wrote to me, and after the lapse of a few years I had almost
+forgotten him; moreover, his family having little connection with
+Edinburgh, I seldom saw or heard anything of them, or of him through them,
+so that all his school-boy intimacy had died out, and I had nearly
+forgotten his existence. I had taken, as I have said, a warm bath, and
+while lying in it and enjoying the comfort of the heat after the late
+freezing I had undergone, I turned my head round, looking towards the
+chair on which I had deposited my clothes, as I was about to get out of
+the bath. On the chair sat G., looking calmly at me.
+
+"How I got out of the bath I know not, but on recovering my senses I found
+myself sprawling on the floor. The apparition, or whatever it was that had
+taken the likeness of G., had disappeared.
+
+"This vision produced such a shock that I had no inclination to talk about
+it even to Stewart; but the impression it made upon me was too vivid to be
+easily forgotten; and so strongly was I affected by it that I have here
+written down the whole history, with the date, 19th December, and all the
+particulars, as they are now fresh before me.
+
+"No doubt I had fallen asleep; and that the appearance presented so
+distinctly to my eyes was a dream, I cannot for a moment doubt; yet for
+years I had had no communication with G., nor had there been anything to
+recall him to my recollection; nothing had taken place during our Swedish
+travels either connected with G. or with India, or with anything relating
+to him, or to any member of his family. I could not discharge from my mind
+the impression that G. must have died, and that his appearance to me was
+to be received as a proof of a future state; yet all the while I felt
+convinced that the whole was a dream; and so painfully vivid, so unfading
+the impression, that I could not bring myself to talk of it or make the
+slightest allusion to it."
+
+In October, 1862, Lord Brougham added as a postscript:--
+
+"I have just been copying out from my journal the account of this strange
+dream: _Certissima mortis imago!_ And now to finish the story, begun about
+sixty years ago. Soon after my return to Edinburgh, there arrived a letter
+from India, announcing G.'s death, and stating that he had died on the
+19th of December!
+
+"Singular coincidence! Yet, when one reflects on the vast number of dreams
+which night after night pass through our brains, the number of
+coincidences between the vision and the event are perhaps fewer and less
+remarkable than a fair calculation of chances would warrant us to expect.
+Nor is it surprising, considering the variety of thoughts in sleep, and
+that they all bear some analogy to the affairs of life, that a dream
+should sometimes coincide with a contemporaneous, or even with a future,
+event. This is not much more wonderful than that a person whom we have had
+no reason to expect should appear to us at the very moment we have been
+thinking or speaking of him. So common is this, that it has for ages grown
+into the proverb, 'Speak of the devil.' I believe every such seeming
+miracle is, like every ghost story, capable of explanation."
+
+I have introduced in full Lord Brougham's statement of the case and his
+method of reasoning upon it; let us for a moment analyze each.
+
+I have also introduced Harriet Hosmer's experience along with that of Lord
+Brougham, because they are both notable persons whose evidence regarding
+matters of fact could not be impugned, and whose strength of character,
+honesty of purpose, and knowledge of affairs enables us to throw out of
+account any idea of imposture or self-deception in either case. These
+cases, then, must be received as having actually occurred as related; and
+being so received they render all the more credible other cases reported
+by persons less well known.
+
+What was the character of the apparitions or appearances which were
+presented; were they, properly speaking, dreams? In Miss Hosmer's
+statement she stoutly affirms that she was awake, and she gives good
+reasons for so believing, namely, before she _saw_ anything, but only
+_felt_ that some one was in the room, she _awoke_ from a sound sleep; she
+reasoned with herself regarding the possibility of any one getting into
+the room; she called out: "Who's there?" She saw the furniture, heard the
+clock strike, and counted five; and in another account which I also have,
+she heard the familiar noises about the house of servants at their usual
+work, and she resolved to get up. All this before she saw anything
+unusual; then turning her head she saw Rosa. Clearly this was not a dream
+but a vision occurring possibly in a condition of reverie.
+
+Taking up Lord Brougham's case: in simply recording the facts in his diary
+he speaks of his experience as a _vision_ and the idea that it was a
+_dream_ was evidently an after-thought. He was _enjoying_ the heat; he was
+_about to get out of the bath_; he _turned_ his head. He describes the
+sensations and actions of a man who is awake, or certainly not in a
+condition to have dreams disconnected with his actual surroundings. After
+all this, looking toward the chair upon which he had deposited his
+clothes--still a part of his surroundings, of which he was perfectly
+conscious--he saw G. on the chair _looking calmly at him_.
+
+Now to have _dreamt_ of G., his old school-fellow and friend, looking
+calmly at him, would not have been anything shocking nor even surprising;
+it would not have been even _uncommon_ among dreams--it would have been
+nothing out of the ordinary course of nature. Dreams seldom shock or even
+surprise us--surely not unless there is something intrinsically shocking
+represented by them; but when we see the phantasm of a person whom we know
+cannot be there--that is unusual, that is not in the ordinary course of
+nature, as we are accustomed to observe nature, and it surprises us,
+shocks us, perhaps frightens us; but it does so because we are awake and
+can reason about it and compare its strangeness with the usual order of
+things.
+
+Lord Brougham was awake, he did so reason, and was accordingly shocked.
+
+So vivid was the apparition that he tumbled out of the bath and fainted.
+It is only some time after this, when writing up his diary, that he has no
+doubt that he had fallen asleep. Preconceived theories about apparitions
+now come up in his mind and get him into trouble; he must _explain_ his
+vision.
+
+Now for the explanation. Lord Brougham finds, on returning to Scotland,
+that his former friend is dead, and that the time of his death
+corresponded with the time at which he had seen his apparition in Sweden,
+December 19th.
+
+"Singular coincidence!" That is Lord Brougham's explanation; and that is
+the usual explanation; but it is ill-considered--it is weak--it does not
+cover the ground.
+
+Lord Brougham had but two theories from which to choose: namely, Chance
+and Supernaturalism; and of the two horns of the dilemma he chose the
+easier one.
+
+Let us, however, place ourselves, for the moment, on his ground, namely,
+that (1) It was a dream; and (2) dreams are so numerous that it is not
+surprising that some of them coincide with contemporaneous events.
+
+Evidently the more numerous the coincidences, or the dreams which
+correspond to contemporaneous events, the weaker becomes the theory of
+_chance_ coincidences. Supposing, then, Lord Brougham's case to have been
+unique, that not another similar case was known to have occurred, then we
+should have no particular hesitation in assigning it to the category of
+chance coincidences; but even then it would be out of the order of _usual_
+coincidences both in interest and the number of separate points involved;
+it would excite special interest, but the reference of it to chance would
+not be considered unreasonable: if, however, three or four such cases had
+been reported and discussed in a generation, thoughtful people would
+begin to inquire if there might not be some relation of sequence, or
+possibly of cause and effect; but when hundreds of cases have been
+reported, because they have been systematically sought for--veridical
+dreams connected with the moment of the death of the agent, with fainting,
+with trance, with moments of supreme excitement, or of extreme danger, so
+many different conditions in which by careful observation it is found that
+such hallucinations and symbols relating to actual contemporaneous
+occurrences originate and are telepathically transmitted--the matter is
+then quite removed from the category of chance coincidences, and any
+attempt to force these cases there to-day denotes either ignorance of
+established facts or inability to appreciate logical reasoning or even
+mathematical demonstration. This is all upon the supposition that the case
+in question was a dream. On the other hand, now place the case where it
+really belongs as a _waking_ or Borderland _vision_--an event in a class a
+hundred-fold less numerous than dreams--and in which class corresponding
+events are at least tenfold _more numerous_, and we see how conspicuously
+weak is the coincidence theory.
+
+Neither need the other horn of the dilemma, namely, Supernaturalism, any
+longer be taken. A newly recognized method of mental interaction is
+gradually coming into view; a new principle and law in psychology is being
+established; and under this law the erratic and discredited facts of
+history as well as the facts of present observation and experiment are
+falling into line and becoming intelligible.
+
+The new principle or law, as we have seen, is this: Perceptions, of the
+class which have usually been known as hallucinations, may be originated
+and transferred _telepathically_; in other words, there is a subliminal
+self, which, under various conditions on the part of either agent or
+percipient, or both, may come to the surface and act, impressing the
+sensitive percipient through the senses, by dreams, visions, and
+apparitions, as well as through hallucinations of hearing and touch.
+
+Returning to our well considered cases illustrating some of these various
+conditions: having presented examples of veridical or truth-telling
+dreams, and of waking or borderland visions also corresponding to actual
+events taking place at the same time, I will next present cases where the
+percipient was _undoubtedly awake_ and in a normal condition. The
+following case is reported on the authority of Surgeon Harris of the Royal
+Artillery, who, with his two daughters, was a witness of the occurrence:
+
+"A party of children, sons and daughters of the officers of artillery
+stationed at Woolwich, were playing in the garden. Suddenly a little girl
+screamed, and stood staring with an aspect of terror at a willow tree
+standing in the grounds. Her companions gathered round, asking what ailed
+her. 'Oh!' said she, 'there--there. Don't you see? There's papa lying on
+the ground, and the blood running from a big wound.' All assured her that
+they could see nothing of the kind. But she persisted, describing the
+wound and the position of the body, still expressing surprise that they
+did not see what she so plainly saw. Two of her companions were daughters
+of one of the surgeons of the regiment, whose house adjoined the garden.
+They called their father, who at once came to the spot. He found the child
+in a state of extreme terror and agony, took her into his house, assured
+her it was only a fancy, and having given her restoratives sent her home.
+The incident was treated by all as what the doctor had called it, a fancy,
+and no more was thought of it. News from India, where the child's father
+was stationed, was in those days slow in coming, but the arrival of the
+mail in due course brought the information that the father of the child
+had been killed by a shot, and died under a tree. Making allowances for
+difference in time, it was found to have been about the moment when the
+daughter had the vision at Woolwich."
+
+The next case is from Mr. Francis Dart Fenton, formerly in the native
+department of the Government, Auckland, New Zealand. In 1852, when the
+incident occurred, Mr. Fenton was engaged in forming a settlement on the
+banks of the Waikato.
+
+He writes:--
+
+    "March 25th, 1860.
+
+    "Two sawyers, Frank Philps and Jack Mulholland, were engaged cutting
+    timber for the Rev. R. Maunsell, at the mouth of the Awaroa Creek, a
+    very lonely place, a vast swamp, no people within miles of them. As
+    usual, they had a Maori with them to assist in felling trees. He came
+    from Tihorewam, a village on the other side of the river, about six
+    miles off. As Frank and the native were cross-cutting a tree, the
+    native stopped suddenly and said, 'What are you come for?' looking in
+    the direction of Frank. Frank replied, 'What do you mean?' He said, 'I
+    am not speaking to you; I am speaking to my brother.' Frank said,
+    'Where is he?' The native replied, 'Behind you. What do you want?'
+    (to the other Maori). Frank looked round and saw nobody; the native no
+    longer saw any one, but laid down the saw and said, 'I shall go across
+    the river; my brother is dead.' Frank laughed at him, and reminded him
+    that he had left him quite well on Sunday (five days before), and
+    there had been no communication since. The Maori spoke no more, but
+    got into his canoe and pulled across. When he arrived at the
+    landing-place, he met people coming to fetch him. His brother had just
+    died. I knew him well."
+
+In answer to inquiries as to his authority for this narrative, Mr. Fenton
+writes the editors of _Phantasms of the Living_:--
+
+    "December 18th, 1883.
+
+    "I knew all the parties well, and it is quite true. Incidents of this
+    sort are not infrequent among the Maoris.
+
+    "F. D. FENTON,
+
+    "Late Chief Judge, Native Law Court of New Zealand."
+
+The following case was first published in the _Spiritual Magazine_ in
+1861, by Robert H. Collyer, M. D., F. C. S.
+
+Although published in a spiritual publication, Dr. Collyer states that he
+himself is not a believer in spiritualism, but, on the contrary, is a
+materialist and has been for forty years.
+
+He writes from Beta House, 8 Alpha Road, St. John's Wood, N. W.:--
+
+    "April 15th, 1861.
+
+    "On January 3d, 1856, my brother Joseph being in command of the
+    steamer _Alice_, on the Mississippi, just above New Orleans, she came
+    in collision with another steamer. The concussion caused the flagstaff
+    or pole to fall with great violence, which coming in contact with my
+    brother's head, actually divided the skull, causing of necessity
+    instant death. In October, 1857, I visited the United States. When at
+    my father's residence, Camden, New Jersey, the melancholy death of my
+    brother became the subject of conversation, and my mother narrated to
+    me that at the very time of the accident the apparition of my brother
+    Joseph was presented to her. This fact was corroborated by my father
+    and four sisters. Camden, N. J., is distant from the scene of the
+    accident, in a direct line, over one thousand miles. My mother
+    mentioned the fact of the apparition on the morning of the 4th of
+    January to my father and sisters; nor was it until the 16th, or
+    thirteen days after, that a letter was received confirming in every
+    particular the extraordinary visitation. It will be important to
+    mention that my brother William and his wife lived near the locality
+    of the dreadful accident, and are now living in Philadelphia; they
+    have also corroborated to me the details of the impression produced
+    upon my mother."
+
+Dr. Collyer then quotes a letter from his mother which contains the
+following sentences:--
+
+    "CAMDEN, N. J., UNITED STATES,
+    "March 27th, 1861.
+
+    "MY BELOVED SON,--On the 3d of January, 1856, I did not feel well and
+    retired early to bed. Some time after I felt uneasy and sat up in bed;
+    I looked around the room, and to my utter amazement, saw Joseph
+    standing at the door looking at me with great earnestness; his head
+    was bandaged up, a dirty night-cap on, and a dirty white garment,
+    something like a surplice. He was much disfigured about the eyes and
+    face. It made me quite uncomfortable the rest of the night. The next
+    morning Mary came into my room early. I told her I was sure I was
+    going to have bad news from Joseph. I told all the family at the
+    breakfast table. They replied, 'It was only a dream and nonsense;' but
+    that did not change my opinion. It preyed on my mind, and on the 16th
+    of January I received the news of his death; and singular to say both
+    William and his wife, who were there, say that he was exactly attired
+    as I saw him.
+
+      "Your ever affectionate mother,
+        "ANNE E. COLLYER."
+
+In reply to questions, Dr. Collyer wrote: "My father, who was a scientific
+man, calculated the difference of longitude between Camden and New Orleans
+and found that the mental impression was at the exact time of my brother's
+death....
+
+"In the published account I omitted to state that my brother Joseph, prior
+to his death, had retired for the night in his berth; his vessel was
+moored alongside the levee, at the time of the collision by another
+steamer coming down the Mississippi. Of course my brother was in his
+_nightgown_. He ran on deck on being called and informed that a steamer
+was in close proximity to his own. These circumstances were communicated
+to me by my brother William, who was on the spot at the time of the
+accident."
+
+In addition to these accounts, Mr. Podmore says:--
+
+"I called upon Dr. Collyer on March 25th, 1884. He told me that he
+received a full account of the story verbally from his father, mother, and
+brother in 1857.... He was quite certain of the precise coincidence of
+time."
+
+A sister also writes corroborating all the main statements.
+
+Other senses besides that of sight may receive the telepathic impression.
+In the following cases the sense of hearing was so impressed. The first
+account is from Commander T. W. Aylesbury, late of the Indian Navy. It is
+from Mr. Gurney's collection in _Phantasms of the Living_.
+
+"The writer when thirteen years of age was capsized in a boat when landing
+on the Island of Bally, east of Java, and was nearly drowned. On coming to
+the surface after being repeatedly submerged, the boy called out for his
+mother. This amused the boat's crew, who spoke of it afterwards and jeered
+him a good deal about it. Months after, on arrival in England, the boy
+went to his home, and while telling his mother of his narrow escape he
+said, 'While I was under the water I saw you all sitting in this room; you
+were working on something white. I saw you all--mother, Emily, Eliza, and
+Ellen.' His mother at once said, 'Why, yes, and I _heard_ you cry out for
+me, and I sent Emily to look out of the window, for I remarked that
+something had happened to that poor boy.' The time, owing to the
+difference in longitude, corresponded with the time when the voice was
+heard."
+
+Commander Aylesbury adds in another letter:
+
+"I saw their features (my mother's and sisters'), the room and the
+furniture, and particularly the old-fashioned Venetian blinds. My eldest
+sister was seated next to my mother."
+
+The following is an extract from a letter written to Commander Aylesbury
+by one of his sisters and forwarded to Mr. Gurney, in 1883:--
+
+"I distinctly remember the incident you mention in your letter (the voice
+calling 'Mother'); it made such an impression upon my mind I shall never
+forget it. We were all sitting quietly at work one evening; it was about
+nine o'clock. I think it must have been late in the summer, as we had left
+the street door open. We first heard a faint cry of 'Mother'; we all
+looked up and said to one another, 'Did you hear that? some one cried out
+"Mother."' We had scarcely finished speaking when the voice again called
+'Mother' twice in quick succession, the last cry a frightened, agonizing
+cry. We all started up and mother said to me, 'Go to the door and see what
+is the matter.' I ran directly into the street and stood some few minutes,
+but all was silent, and not a person to be seen; it was a lovely evening,
+not a breath of air. Mother was sadly upset about it. I remember she paced
+the room and feared something had happened to you. She wrote down the
+date the next day, and when you came home and told us how nearly you had
+been drowned, and the time of day, father said it would be about the time
+nine o'clock would be with us. I know the date and the time corresponded."
+
+In the next case three of the senses--sight, hearing, and touch were
+concerned. It is from Mr. Gurney's collection.
+
+    "From Mr. Algeron Joy, 20 Walton Place, S. W.
+
+    "Aug. 16th, 1883.
+
+    "About 1862 I was walking in a country lane near Cardiff by myself,
+    when I was overtaken by two young colliers who suddenly attacked me.
+    One of them gave me a violent blow on the eye which knocked me down,
+    half-stunned. I distinctly remembered afterwards all that I had been
+    thinking about, both immediately prior to the attack and for some time
+    after it.
+
+    "Up to the moment of the attack and for some time previously, I was
+    absorbed in a calculation connected with Penarth Docks, then in
+    construction, on which I was employed. My train of thought was
+    interrupted for a moment by the sound of footsteps behind me. I looked
+    back and saw the two young men, but thought no more of them, and
+    immediately returned to my calculations.
+
+    "On receiving the blow, I began speculating on their object, what they
+    were going to do next, how I could best defend myself, or escape from
+    them; and when they ran away, and I had picked myself up I thought of
+    trying to identify them and of denouncing them at the police station,
+    to which I proceeded after following them until I lost sight of them.
+
+    "In short, I am positive that for about half an hour previous to the
+    attack, and for an hour or two after it, there was no connection
+    whatever, direct or indirect, between my thoughts and a person at that
+    moment in London, and whom I will call 'A.'
+
+    "Two days afterwards, I received a letter from 'A,' written on the day
+    after the assault, asking me what I had been doing and thinking about
+    at 4:30 P. M., on the day previous to that on which he was writing. He
+    continued: 'I had just passed your club and was thinking of you, when
+    I recognized your footstep behind me. You laid your hand heavily on my
+    shoulder. I turned, and saw you as distinctly as I ever saw you in my
+    life. You looked distressed, and in answer to my greeting and inquiry,
+    'What's the matter?' You said, 'Go home, old fellow, I've been hurt.
+    You will get a letter from me in the morning, telling you all about
+    it.' You then vanished instantaneously.
+
+    "The assault took place as near 4:30 as possible, certainly between
+    4:15 and 4:45. I wrote an account of it to 'A' on the following day,
+    so our letters crossed, he receiving mine, not the next morning as my
+    _double_ had promised, but on the succeeding one at about the same
+    time as I received his. 'A' solemnly assured me that he knew no one in
+    or near Cardiff, and that my account was the only one he had received
+    of the incident. From my intimate personal knowledge of him I am
+    certain that he is incapable of uttering an untruth. But there are
+    reasons why I cannot give his name even in confidence.
+
+    "ALGERON JOY."
+
+Apparitions are perhaps more frequently seen by a single percipient; there
+are, however, numerous well authenticated cases where they have been seen
+by several persons at the same time, sometimes by the whole and sometimes
+only by a part of the persons present.
+
+Such cases are called _collective_. Here are two such cases reported to
+Mr. Gurney by physicians.
+
+First, one from Dr. Wyld, 41 Courtfield Road, S. W.
+
+    "December, 1882.
+
+    "Miss L. and her mother were for fifteen years my most intimate
+    friends; they were ladies of the highest intelligence and perfectly
+    truthful, and their story was confirmed by one of the servants, the
+    other I could not trace.
+
+    "Miss L., some years before I made her acquaintance, occupied much of
+    her time in visiting the poor. One day as she walked homewards she
+    felt cold and tired and longed to be at home warming herself at the
+    kitchen fire. At or about the minute corresponding to this wish, the
+    two servants being in the kitchen, the door-handle was seen to turn,
+    the door opened, and in walked Miss L., and going up to the fire she
+    held out her hands and warmed herself, and the servants saw she had a
+    pair of _green_ kid gloves on her hands. She suddenly disappeared
+    before their eyes, and the two servants in great alarm went upstairs
+    and told the mother what they had seen, including the green kid
+    gloves. The mother feared something was wrong, but she attempted to
+    quiet the servants by reminding them that Miss L. always wore black
+    and never green gloves, and that therefore the 'ghost' could not have
+    been that of her daughter.
+
+    "In about half an hour the veritable Miss L. entered the house, and
+    going into the kitchen warmed herself at the fire; and she had on a
+    pair of _green_ kid gloves which she had bought on her way home, not
+    being able to get a suitable black pair.
+
+    "G. WYLD, M. D."
+
+The next case is from Dr. Wm. M. Buchanan, 12 Rutland Square, Edinburgh.
+
+He writes:--
+
+    "The following circumstance took place at a villa about one and a half
+    miles from Glasgow, and was told me by my wife. Of its truth I am as
+    certain as if I had been a witness. The house had a lawn in front of
+    about three or four acres in extent, with a lodge at the gateway
+    distinctly seen from the house, which was about eighty yards' distant.
+    Two of the family were going to visit a friend seven miles' distant,
+    and on the previous day it had been arranged to take a lady, Miss W.,
+    with them, who was to be in waiting at a place about a mile distant.
+    Three of the family and a lady visitor were standing at one of the
+    dining-room windows waiting for the carriage, when they, including my
+    wife, saw Miss W. open the gate at the lodge. The wind had disarranged
+    the front of a pelisse which she wore, which they distinctly saw her
+    adjust. She wore a light gray-colored beaver hat, and had a
+    handkerchief at her mouth; it was supposed she was suffering from
+    toothache to which she was subject. She entered the lodge to the
+    surprise of her friends, and as she did not leave it, a servant was
+    sent to ask her to join the family; but she was informed that Miss W.
+    had not been there, and it was afterwards ascertained that no one
+    except the woman's husband had been in the lodge that morning.
+
+    "The carriage arrived at the house about ten A. M., and Miss W. was
+    found at the place agreed upon, in the dress in which she appeared at
+    the lodge, and suffering from toothache. As she was a nervous person,
+    nothing was said to her about her appearance at the gate. She died
+    nine years afterwards."
+
+    Sometimes an apparition seemingly intended for one person is not
+    perceived by that person, but is seen by some other person present who
+    may be a stranger to the agent or person whose image is seen. The
+    following case is in point. It is from Mrs. Clerke, of Clifton Lodge,
+    Farquhar Road, Upper Norwood, S. E., and also belongs to Mr. Gurney's
+    collection:--
+
+    "In the month of August, 1864, about three or four o'clock in the
+    afternoon, I was sitting reading in the verandah of our house in
+    Barbadoes. My black nurse was driving my little girl, about eighteen
+    months or so old, in her perambulator in the garden. I got up after
+    some time to go into the house, not having noticed anything at all,
+    when this black woman said to me, 'Missis, who was that gentleman that
+    was talking to you just now?' 'There was no one talking to me,' I
+    said. 'Oh, yes, dere was, Missis--a very pale gentleman, very tall,
+    and he talked to you and you was very rude, for you never answered
+    him.' I repeated there was no one, and got rather cross with the
+    woman, and she begged me to write down the day, for she knew she had
+    seen some one. I did, and in a few days I heard of the death of my
+    brother in Tobago. Now the curious part is this, that I did not see
+    him, but she--a stranger to him--did; and she said that he seemed very
+    anxious for me to notice him.
+
+    "MAY CLERKE."
+
+In answer to inquiries Mrs. Clerke says:--
+
+"(1) The day of the death was the same, for I wrote it down. I think it
+was the third of August, but I know it was the same.
+
+"(2) The description 'very tall and pale' was accurate.
+
+"(3) I had no idea he was ill. He was only a few days ill.
+
+"(4) The woman had never seen him. She had been with me about eighteen
+months and I considered her truthful. She had no object in telling me."
+
+Her husband, Colonel Clerke, corroborates as follows:--
+
+"I well remember that on the day on which Mr. John Brersford, my wife's
+brother, died in Tobago--after a short illness of which we were not
+aware--our black nurse declared she saw, at as nearly as possible the time
+of his death, a gentleman exactly answering to Mr. Brersford's
+description, leaning over the back of Mrs. Clerke's easy-chair in the open
+verandah. The figure was not seen by any one else.
+
+  "SHADWELL H. CLERKE."
+
+In this instance, looking upon the dying brother as the agent and the
+sister as the _intended_ percipient, the question arises, why was _she_
+unable to perceive the telepathic influence which presented the likeness
+of her brother, while the colored nurse, an entire stranger to him, sees
+and describes him standing by his sister's chair and apparently anxious
+that she should recognize him?
+
+In another of Mr. Gurney's cases, of four persons present in a business
+office where the phantasm of a fifth well-known person appeared, two
+persons saw the phantasm and two did not.
+
+Abridged from Mr. Gurney's account the circumstances were as follows:--
+
+The narrator is Mr. R. Mouat, of 60 Huntingdon St., Barnsbury, N., and the
+incident occurred in his office on Thursday, September 5th, 1867. The
+persons concerned were the Rev. Mr. H., who had a desk in the same office
+and who may be considered the _agent_; Mr. Mouat, himself, and Mr. R., a
+gentleman from an office upstairs in the same building, the _percipients_;
+while a clerk and a porter who were also present saw nothing.
+
+Mr. Mouat goes into his office at 10:45 o'clock on the morning of
+September 5th, sees his clerk and the porter in conversation, and the Rev.
+Mr. H. standing at the corner of a table at the back of the clerk. He is
+about to speak to Mr. H. about his being there so early (more than an hour
+before his usual time), when the clerk commenced speaking to him about
+business and especially a telegram concerning which something was amiss.
+This conversation lasted several minutes and was decidedly animated.
+During this scene, Mr. R., from an office upstairs, comes in and listens
+to the excited conversation. He looks at Mr. H. in a comical way,
+motioning with his head toward the two disputants, as much as to say "they
+are having it hot;" but to Mr. R.'s disgust Mr. H. does not respond to the
+joke. Mr. R. and the porter then leave the room. Mr. Mouat turns to Mr.
+H., who was all the while standing at the corner of the table, notices
+that he looks downcast, and is without his neck-tie; he says to him,
+"Well, what is the matter with _you_, you look so sour?" Mr. H. makes no
+reply, but looks fixedly at Mr. Mouat. Having finished some papers he was
+reading Mr. Mouat noticed Mr. H. still standing at the table. The clerk at
+that moment handed Mr. Mouat a letter saying, "Here, sir, is a letter from
+Mr. H."
+
+No sooner was the name pronounced than Mr. H. disappeared in a second.
+
+Mr. Mouat is dumfounded--so much so that the clerk notices it. It is then
+discovered that the clerk has not seen Mr. H. at all, and declares that he
+has not been in the office that morning. The letter from Mr. H. was
+written on the previous day and informs Mr. Mouat that he is ill, and will
+not be at the office the next day, and asks to have his letters sent to
+his house.
+
+The next day, Friday, Mr. H. enters the office at his usual hour, twelve
+o'clock; and on being asked by Mr. Mouat where he was the previous day at
+10:45 o'clock, he replied that at that time he had just finished
+breakfast--was at home with his wife, and did not leave the house all day.
+
+The following Monday Mr. Mouat meets Mr. R. and asks him if he remembers
+being in his office the previous Thursday morning. R. replies that he
+does, perfectly. Does he remember who were present and what was going on?
+"Yes," said Mr. R., "you were having an animated confab with your clerk
+about a telegram. Besides yourself and the clerk there were present the
+porter and Mr. H."
+
+On being informed that Mr. H. was at home, fourteen miles' distant, at
+that time, Mr. R. became indignant that any one should insinuate that he
+did not know a man was present when he saw him. He insisted on calling the
+porter to corroborate him; but on being questioned, the porter, like the
+clerk, declared that he did not see anything of Mr. H. that morning.
+
+Here, in broad daylight, of four persons present and engaged in business,
+two saw Mr. H. and addressed him either in words or by signs, while two
+others with equal opportunities did not see him at all.
+
+The Rev. Mr. H. at home during the time had no particular experience of
+any kind. All that can be said is, that, it must have been about his usual
+time for starting for the office; he had sent a letter about his mail
+which he knew would then be received, and all the general routine and
+habit of his life would tend to direct his mind to that locality at that
+particular time. He was ill as he appeared to be to those who saw his
+_appearance_ at the office, and very likely he was negligently dressed.
+
+Why should two of those present have seen his apparition, and two others
+have failed to see it? For the simple reason that, as in ordinary
+thought-transference, or in the "willing game" some are _good subjects_,
+or percipients, and others are not. For the same reason that of ten
+persons making trial of Planchette-writing, the board will move for only
+two or three out of the whole number--that is, in only a few would the
+hands act automatically in response to a subliminal self; and for the same
+reason it may also be true that amongst several persons, in only a few of
+those present, can the sense of sight or hearing be effected by a
+phantasm.
+
+In many instances, children, and in some instances, very young children,
+have been the percipients--children too young to perceive any difference
+between the phantasm and a real person, and who have accordingly addressed
+it and spoken of it as they would of a real person. Even animals,
+especially horses and dogs, have given unmistakable evidence--by
+crouching, trembling, and fright--of perceiving the same phantasms that
+have been seen by persons who were present with them. The phantom being,
+so to speak, _in the air_, it is perceived by those whose organization is
+so adjusted as to make it _impressionable_, and to constitute, to a
+greater or less degree, what is known as a _sensitive_.
+
+Doubtless, on close examination, it would be found that persons capable of
+hypnotization, though they may never have been hypnotized, natural
+somnambulists, persons accustomed to vivid dreaming, reverie, abstraction,
+and kindred states, in other words, persons in whom the subliminal self
+sometimes gives indications of independent action, are most likely to have
+some _marked_ psychical experience. It may be only once in a lifetime, and
+this one instance _may_ be the perception of a phantasmal appearance.
+
+In bringing to a close these examples of apparitions, I wish to introduce
+one which has specially impressed me. It was the experience of a child--it
+is reported by the percipient herself. The statement is singularly
+straightforward, and simple; something was done on account of the vision
+which impressed the circumstance upon others who did not see it, for
+prompt action founded upon what was seen, saved a life. I give it in the
+percipient's own words, written to Mr. Gurney. It is from Mrs. Brettany, 2
+Eckington Villas, Ashbourne Grove, Dulwich.
+
+She writes:--
+
+    "November, 1884.
+
+    "When I was a child I had many remarkable experiences of a psychical
+    nature, and which I remember to have looked upon as ordinary and
+    natural at the time.
+
+    "On one occasion (I am unable to fix the date, but I must have been
+    about ten years old) I was walking in a country lane at A., the place
+    where my parents then resided. I was reading geometry as I walked
+    along, a subject little likely to produce fancies, or morbid phenomena
+    of any kind, when, in a moment, I saw a bedroom, known as the White
+    Room in my home, and upon the floor lay my mother, to all appearances
+    dead.
+
+    "The vision must have remained some minutes, during which time my real
+    surroundings appeared to pale and die out; but as the vision faded
+    actual surroundings came back, at first dimly, and then clearly. I
+    could not doubt that what I had seen was real. So instead of going
+    home, I went at once to the house of our medical man, and found him at
+    home. He at once set out with me for my home, on the way putting
+    questions I could not answer, as my mother was to all appearances well
+    when I left home.
+
+    "I led the doctor straight to the White Room, where we found my mother
+    actually lying as in my vision. This was true, even to minute details.
+
+    "She had been seized suddenly by an attack of the heart, and would
+    soon have breathed her last but for the doctor's timely arrival. I
+    shall get my father and mother to read this and sign it."
+
+    "JEANIE GWYNNE-BRETTANY."
+
+Mrs. Brettany's parents write:--
+
+    "We certify that the above is correct."
+
+    "S. G. GWYNNE.
+    "J. W. GWYNNE."
+
+In answer to inquiries, Mrs. Brettany states further:
+
+    "The White Room in which I saw my mother, and afterwards actually
+    found her, was out of use. It was unlikely she should be there.
+
+    "She was found lying in the attitude in which I had seen her. I found
+    a handkerchief with a lace border beside her on the floor. This I had
+    distinctly noticed in my vision. There were other particulars of
+    coincidence which I cannot put here."
+
+Mrs. Brettany's father writes further:--
+
+    "I distinctly remember being surprised by seeing my daughter in
+    company with the family doctor, outside the door of my residence; and
+    I asked, 'Who is ill?' She replied, 'Mamma.' She led the way at once
+    to the 'White Room,' where we found my wife lying in a swoon on the
+    floor. It was when I asked when she had been taken ill that I found it
+    must have been after my daughter had left the house. None of the
+    servants in the house knew anything of the sudden illness, which our
+    doctor assured me would have been fatal had he not arrived when he
+    did.
+
+    "My wife was quite well when I left her in the morning."
+
+    "S. G. GWYNNE."
+
+Taking, as we must, the main incidents of this narrative as true, we have
+either a simple case of clairvoyance on the part of Mrs. Brettany as a
+child, or else, on the other hand, the subliminal self of the unconscious
+mother hastened to impress the situation upon the sensitive child, and
+with the definite good result which is recorded.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+CONCLUSIONS.
+
+
+In gathering up the results of these investigations, it must be stated
+that in showing their relation to science there is no thought of any
+detraction from the nobility and greatness of scientific labor and
+achievement in the material world--that is grand almost beyond expression.
+The attitude of science is conservative, and it is right; but sooner or
+later it must awake to the fact that here is a new field for investigation
+which comes strictly within the limits of its aims, and even of its
+methods. Many individual members of the great body of scientific workers
+see and know this; gradually the majority will see it.
+
+On the other hand, it must be stated that there is no intention of
+covering the whole ground of alleged occult psychic phenomena, but only a
+portion, even of such as relate to our present life. The subject of the
+return of spirits is untouched; it is only shown that the domain of
+alleged spiritualistic manifestations is deeply trenched upon by the
+action of the subliminal self of living people; what lies beyond that is
+neither affirmed nor denied; it rests upon ground yet to be cleared up and
+considered; and any facts open to satisfactory investigation are always
+welcomed by any of the many persons and societies interested in
+discovering what is true relating to it.
+
+Confining ourselves within the limits assigned, if the series of alleged
+facts which has been presented in the preceding chapters be true, then we
+are in the presence of a momentous reality which, for importance and
+value, has not been exceeded, if, indeed, it has been approached by any of
+the discoveries of modern times.
+
+But, it may be said, your alleged facts are not new; they are coeval with
+history, with mythology, with folk-lore, with religion. Granted that the
+facts are old, that similar ones have been known from very early times,
+how have these facts been treated by the leaders of thought in the
+nineteenth century?
+
+That the earth goes round the sun is an old fact, yet it was not made
+patent and credible, even to the cultivated, much less to the average
+mind, till recent times. Evolution has been going on since millions of
+years before the human race came into existence--it is a very ancient
+fact, yet it is only within the memory of men still living that it has
+been found out and accepted. So telepathy has existed ever since the race
+was young, yet few even now know the facts, observations, and experiments
+upon which its existence is predicated or comprehend either its theories
+or its importance. The subliminal self has been active in every age of
+which we have any record. Yet it has never been recognized as forming a
+part of each and every individual's mental outfit, but its wonderful
+action has either been discredited altogether, or else has been credited
+to foreign or supernatural agencies.
+
+But telepathy can no longer be classed with fads and fancies; if not
+already an accepted fact, it has certainly attained to the dignity of a
+theory supported by both facts and experiments; a theory which has
+attracted to its study a large company of competent men in every civilized
+country.
+
+A theory, no matter in what department of investigation it may be found,
+whether relating to matter or mind, is strong in proportion to the number
+of facts which it will bring into line, harmonize and reduce to system. It
+is that which makes the Nebular Theory of the formation of the planetary
+system so wonderfully strong; it harmonizes and reduces to system so many
+known but otherwise unrelated and unsystematized facts; and it is easier
+to find excuses or form minor theories to account for isolated and
+apparently erratic facts, like the retrograde motions of the satellites of
+Uranus and Neptune, than to give up a theory, at once so grand in itself
+and at the same time harmonizing so many important astronomical phenomena.
+The same is true of the undulatory theory of light, and again of the
+theory of evolution, which forty years ago was looked upon as a flimsy
+hypothesis, but which is now universally accepted as an established truth.
+Some of the facts are still unclassified and unexplained, yet it so
+harmonizes in general the facts of the visible world, that instead of a
+mass of disjointed and heterogeneous objects and phenomena, such as men
+beheld in nature only a hundred years ago, the arbitrary work of a blind
+chance or a capricious Creator, we now behold a beautiful and orderly
+sequence, progression, and unfolding of the natural world according to
+laws which command our admiration and stimulate our reverence.
+
+Apart from recent studies, exactly the same condition of chaos and
+confusion exists regarding psychical phenomena as existed concerning the
+facts in the physical world only a hundred years ago. Nor is it likening
+great things to small when we compare the nebular hypothesis, or the
+theory of evolution, conceptions which have educated an age and vastly
+enlarged the boundary of human thought, to the theory of telepathy and the
+fact and power of the subliminal self. For if it was important that men
+should know the laws governing inanimate matter, to comprehend the orbits
+and motions of the planets; if it developed the understanding to
+contemplate the grandeur of their movements, the vast spaces which they
+traverse, and the wonderful speed with which they accomplish their various
+journeys--if such knowledge has enlarged the capacity of men's minds,
+given them truer notions of the magnitude of the universe, and grander
+conceptions of nature and the infinite power and intelligence which
+pervades and is exhibited in it, is it not equally important and equally
+improving and practical to study the subtler forces which pervade living
+organisms, the still finer laws and adjustments which govern the action of
+mind?
+
+It has been contended by a large and intelligent class of writers, and
+those who most pride themselves on scientific methods and the
+infallibility of scientific inductions, that mind is only the product of
+organization and ceases to have any activity or even existence when the
+organs through which it usually manifests itself have perished. The
+general consensus of mankind is a sharp protest against this
+conclusion--but the experimental proofs have, to many, seemed in favor of
+this scientific denial;--the healthy brain in general exhibits a healthy
+mental activity, the diseased or imperfect brain shows impaired mental
+action, and the disorganized brain simply exhibits no mental activity nor
+any evidence whatever of the existence of mind. Nevertheless, it is a lame
+argument; it is simply an attempt to prove a negative.
+
+The healthy rose emits an agreeable odor which our senses appreciate. You
+may destroy the rose--it does not prove that the fragrance which it
+emitted does not still exist even though our senses fail to appreciate it.
+
+But experiment and scientific methods have also somewhat to say upon this
+subject. And first, in August, 1874, twenty-two years ago, at the moment
+when the materialistic school was at the height of its influence, both the
+scientific and religious world were brought to a momentary
+standstill--like a ship under full headway suddenly struck by a tidal
+wave--when one of the most eminent scientific men of his time, or of any
+time, standing in his place as president of the foremost scientific
+association in the world, spoke as follows: "Abandoning all disguise, the
+confession which I feel bound to make before you is that I prolong the
+vision backward across the boundary of experimental evidence and discover
+in matter, which we, in our ignorance, and notwithstanding our professed
+reverence for its Creator, have hitherto covered with opprobrium, the
+promise and potency of every form of life."[2]
+
+    [2] Prof. Tyndall's address before the British Association at Belfast,
+    August, 1874.
+
+On that day the tap-root of materialism was wounded, and materialism
+itself has been an invalid of increasing languor and desuetude ever since.
+On the other hand, supernaturalism in every form was left in little better
+plight.
+
+To thinking men of all classes this bold declaration opened up the grand
+thought, not new, but newly formulated and endorsed, that as the seed
+contained all the possibilities of the future plant--the ovum all the
+possibilities of the future animal, so matter, which had been thought so
+lightly of, contained within itself the germ, potency, and promise of
+nature in all her subsequent developments--of the vast universe of suns
+and systems, planets and satellites, and of every form of life,
+sensation, and intelligence which in due process of evolution has appeared
+upon their surfaces. It pointed the way to the thought of an infinite
+causal energy and intelligence pervading matter and working through nature
+in all its various grades of life from the first organized cell up to the
+grandest man. It gave a new meaning to mind in man, as being an
+individualized portion of that divine potency which ever existed in
+matter, and which acting through constantly improving and developing
+organisms, amidst constantly improving environments, at length appeared a
+differentiated, individualized, seeing, reasoning, knowing, loving spirit.
+
+The mind, then, is of importance. It is no transient visitor which may
+have made its appearance by chance--a concatenation of coincidences,
+fortunate or unfortunate, but it is the intelligent tenant and master of a
+singularly beautiful and complicated house, a house which has been
+millions upon millions of years in the building, and yet which will be
+lightly laid aside when it ceases to accommodate and fulfil the needs of
+its tenant.
+
+Who and what, then, is this lordly tenant whose germ was coeval with
+matter, whose birth was in the first living cell which appeared upon the
+planet, whose apprenticeship has been served through every grade of
+existence from the humble polyp upwards, whose education has been carried
+on through the brain and organs of every grade of animal life with its
+countless expedients for existence and enjoyment, until now, as lord of
+its domain, it looks back upon its long course of development and
+education, looks about upon its environments and wonders at itself, at
+what it sees, and at what it prophesies. Truly what is this tenant, what
+are its powers, and why is it here at all?
+
+These are the questions which it has been the business of the strongest
+and wisest to discuss, from the time men began to think and record their
+thoughts until the present time; but how various and unsatisfactory have
+been the conclusions. The mental philosophers, psychologists, and
+encyclopedists simply present a chaos of conflicting definitions,
+principles, and premises, upon none of which are they in full agreement
+amongst themselves; they are not even agreed regarding the nature of
+mind--whether it is material or immaterial--how it should be studied, how
+it is related to the body, indeed whether it is an entity at all, or
+simply "a series of feelings or possibilities of them"; whether it
+possesses innate ideas or is simply an accretion of experiences. In
+short, the stock of generally received facts relating to mind has always
+remained exceedingly small. Psychologists have busied themselves chiefly
+about its usual and obvious actions, and when in full relation to the
+body, ignoring all other mental action or arbitrarily excluding it as
+abnormal and not to be taken into account in the study of normal mind; so
+with only half the subject under consideration true results could hardly
+be attained.
+
+Since the organization of the Society for Psychical Research, in 1882, new
+fields of investigation have been undertaken and the _unusual_ phenomena
+connected with the operations of mind have been systematically studied. A
+very hasty and imperfect sketch of this study and of the results obtained
+has been given in the preceding chapters, but for the use here made of
+these studies in connection with his own observations the writer alone is
+responsible. In these studies the field of investigation has been greatly
+extended beyond that examined by the old philosophers and physiologists.
+Beyond the usual activities in which we constantly see the mind
+engaged--observation of surroundings made by the senses, memory of them,
+reasoning about them, and putting them in new combinations in science,
+literature, or art--new activities have been observed, activities lying
+entirely outside the old lines, in new and hitherto unexplored fields.
+
+It has been demonstrated by experiment after experiment carefully made by
+competent persons that sensations, ideas, information, and mental pictures
+can be transferred from one mind to another without the aid of speech,
+sight, hearing, touch, or any of the ordinary methods of communicating
+such information or impressions. That is, Telepathy is a fact, and mind
+communicates with mind through channels other than the ordinary use of the
+senses.
+
+It has been demonstrated that in the hypnotic condition, in ordinary
+somnambulism, in the dreams and vision of ordinary sleep, in reverie, and
+in various other subjective conditions the mind may perceive scenes and
+events at the moment transpiring at such a distance away or under such
+physical conditions as to render it impossible that knowledge of these
+scenes and events could be obtained by means of the senses acting in their
+usual manner. That is, mind under some circumstances _sees_ without the
+use of the physical organ of sight.
+
+Again, it has been demonstrated that some persons can voluntarily project
+the mind--some mind--some centre of intelligence or independent mental
+activity, clothed in a recognizable form, a distance of one, a hundred, or
+a thousand miles, and that it can there make itself known and recognized,
+perform acts, and even carry on a conversation with the person to whom it
+was sent. That is, mind can _act_ at a distance from, and independent of,
+the physical body and the organs through which it usually manifests
+itself.
+
+These propositions present an aspect of mind which the authorities in the
+old fields of psychology have failed to observe or to recognize; or if
+they have at times caught a glimpse of it they have rather chosen to close
+their eyes and deny altogether the phenomena which these propositions
+imply, because they found it was impossible to classify them in their
+system. It has been to a degree a repetition of the folly exhibited by
+Galileo's contemporaries and critics, who refused to look through his
+telescope lest their favorite theories of the universe should be damaged.
+Nevertheless, this newly studied aspect exists, and is adding greatly to
+our knowledge of the nature and action of mind.
+
+Still another class of unusual mental phenomena found in this outlying
+field of psychology is that known under the general name of automatism;
+and by this is meant something more than the "unconscious cerebration" and
+"unconscious muscular action" of the physiologists, and something quite
+different from that.
+
+There is, first, the class of motor automatisms, including
+Planchette-writing and other methods of automatic writing, drawing,
+painting, and kindred performances, also poetical or metrical
+improvisations, and trance, and so-called inspirational speaking:--Second,
+there are the sensory automatisms; or such as are manifested by
+impressions made upon the senses and which are reckoned as hallucinations.
+The impression of hearing a voice, of feeling a touch, or seeing a vision
+may be reckoned as examples of this kind of automatism.
+
+No other division of this newly cultivated field presents so many unusual
+and debatable phenomena. Not only do those modern mysteries,
+Planchette-writing, trance-speaking, and mediumistic utterances come
+easily under this class of mental phenomena, but all that vast array of
+alleged supernatural phenomena which pervades the literature of every
+nation since the time when men first began to record their experiences.
+The oracles of the Greeks and Romans, the daemon of Socrates, the voices
+of Joan of Arc, and the widespread custom of divination by means of
+crystal-gazing in some of its many forms have already been referred to and
+their relation to automatism or the action of the subliminal self has been
+noted.
+
+There is still one important class of persons who have wielded an enormous
+influence upon mankind, an influence in the main wholesome, elevating, and
+developing, whose relation to automatism demands a passing consideration.
+I refer to the religious chiefs of the world.
+
+As prominent examples of those founders of religions we will briefly
+notice Moses, Zoroaster, Mahomet, and Swedenborg. Each either professed
+himself to be, or his followers have credited him with being, the inspired
+mouthpiece of the Deity. There can be no doubt in the minds of candid
+students that each one of these religious leaders was perfectly honest,
+both as regards his conception of the character and importance of his
+doctrines and also regarding the method by which he professed to receive
+them. Each believed that what he taught was ultimate and infallible truth,
+and was received directly from the Deity. It is evident, however, that
+from whatever source they were derived the doctrines could not all be
+ultimate truth, since they were not in harmony amongst themselves; but
+the authors of them all present their claim to inspiration, and whose
+claim to accept and whose to reject it is difficult to decide. But
+accepting the theory that each promulgated the doctrines, theological,
+cosmological, and ethical, that came to him automatically through the
+superior perception of the subliminal self, all the phenomena fall into
+line with the well ascertained action of that subliminal self.
+
+The truth which Moses saw was such as was adapted to his age and the
+people with whom he had to deal. So there came to his perception not only
+the sublime laws received at Sinai, but also the particulars regarding the
+tabernacle and its furnishing--the rings and the curtains, the dishes and
+spoons and bowls and covers, the rams' skins dyed red, the badgers' skins,
+and the staves of shittim wood. The same also is true regarding the
+teachings of Zoroaster.
+
+The splendid results which followed the promulgation of Mahomet's
+revelation to a few insignificant Arab tribes are proof of its vital germ
+of truth and of its adaptability to the soil into which it fell. It
+developed into a civilization from which, at a later period, a benighted
+and debased Christianity relighted its torch.
+
+Also the teachings of Swedenborg, notwithstanding the apparent egotism of
+the man and the tiresome verbiage of many of his communications, are
+elevating and refining in character and useful to those who are attracted
+to them. That in either case an infinite Deity spoke the commonplace which
+is attributed to Him in these communications is incredible, but to suppose
+it all, both the grand and the trivial, the work of the subconscious self
+of the respective authors is in accordance with what we know of automatism
+and of the wonderful work of the subliminal self when left free to
+exercise its highest activities.
+
+Let us examine with some care the history of two examples of unusual or
+supranormal mental action, the first found in one of the earliest of human
+records, and reckoned as fully inspired; the other equally unusual
+occurring within the last half century and making no claim to any
+supernatural assistance.
+
+The first example is presented in the first chapter of Genesis, and is a
+clear, connected, and in the main correct, though by no means complete,
+account of the changing conditions of the earth in the earliest geological
+periods, and of the appearance in their proper order of the different
+grades of life upon its surface. That such a written account should have
+existed three thousand years before any scientifically constructed
+schedule even of the order in which plants and animals succeeded each
+other, much less of the manner in which the earth was prepared for their
+reception and nurture, is a most remarkable circumstance, regarded either
+from a literary or a scientific standpoint. It has been criticised for its
+lack of scientific exactness, and the supposed error of representing light
+as created before the sun, ignoring the early existence of aquatic life,
+and similar points. But let us take our stand with the grand old seer,
+whoever he may have been, whom we know as Moses, who gave to the world
+this graphic account of the order of creation so many centuries before
+science had thrown its light upon the condition of the earth in those
+far-off ages, and let us endeavor to see what his quickened vision enabled
+him to behold.
+
+The panorama opens and discloses in an hour the grand progressive action
+of millions upon millions of years.
+
+The first picture represents the created earth covered with water and
+enveloped in a thick mantle of steaming mist, causing a condition of
+absolute and impenetrable darkness upon its surface. In the language of
+the seer, "The earth was without form and void; and darkness was upon the
+face of the deep." For ages the unbroken ocean which covered the earth was
+heated by internal fires; the rising vapor as it met the cooler atmosphere
+above was condensed and fell in one constant downpour of rain. Unceasing,
+steaming mist, vapor, and rain, wholly impenetrable to light: such were
+the conditions.
+
+At length, as the cooling process went on, the density of the mists was
+diminished;--the wonderful fiat went forth, "Let light be"--and light was.
+But still the mantle hung close upon the unbroken ocean.
+
+The second picture appears. Not only was there light but a firmament--an
+arch with a clear space underneath it; and it divided the waters which
+were above it from the waters which were beneath it.
+
+Picture the third. The waters were gathered together and the continents
+appeared; and the land was covered with verdure--plants and trees, each
+bearing seed after its kind. Of the inhabitants of the sea the seer had
+taken no account. It was simply a picture that he saw--a natural,
+phenomenal representation.
+
+Picture the fourth. The mists and clouds are altogether dispelled. The
+clear sky appears. The sun comes forth to rule the day--the moon to rule
+the night. The stars also appear.
+
+Picture the fifth. The lower orders of animals are in full possession of
+the earth and sea--fish, fowl, and sea-monsters.
+
+Picture the sixth. The higher orders of creation, mammals and man.
+
+Such was the phenomenal aspect of the various epochs of creation roughly
+outlined, strong, distinct, and in the main true. Not even the scientific
+critic with his present knowledge could combine more strength and truth,
+with so few strokes of the brush.
+
+Relieved of the burden of inspiration and the necessity for presenting
+absolute and unchangeable truth, and presenting the seer as simply telling
+what he saw, the picture is wonderful, and the telling is most graphic. It
+needed no deity nor angel to tell it--it was there--and the subliminal
+self of the seer whose special faculty it was to see, perceived the scene
+in all its grandeur. He also was the one best fitted to perceive the laws
+which should make his people great, and describe the forms and ceremonies
+which should captivate their senses and lead them on to higher
+intellectual, moral, and ethical development.
+
+Next take the other example. Fifty years ago a young man, not yet twenty
+years of age, uneducated, a grocer's boy and shoemaker's apprentice, was
+hypnotized; and it was found that he had a most remarkable mental or
+psychical constitution. He had most unusual experiences, and presented
+unusual psychical phenomena which need not be recounted here.
+
+At length it was impressed upon him as it might have been upon Socrates or
+Joan of Arc, or Swedenborg or Mahomet, that he had a mission and had a
+message to give to the world. He came from the rural town where he had
+spent his boyhood to the city of New York and hired a room on a prominent
+thoroughfare. He then, in his abnormal condition, proceeded to choose
+those who should be specially associated with him in his work--men of
+character and ability whom he did not even know in his normal state.
+First: Three witnesses were chosen who should be fully cognizant of
+everything relating to the method by which the message or book was
+produced. Of these one was a clergyman, one a physician, and one an
+intelligent layman. Second: A scribe qualified to write out the messages
+as he dictated them, to edit and publish them. Third: A physician to put
+him into the hypnotic, or as it was then called, the magnetic condition,
+in which he was to dictate his messages.
+
+The first lecture was given November 28th, 1845, and the last June 21st,
+1847. During this time 157 lectures were given, varying in length from
+forty minutes to four hours, and they were all carefully written out by
+the scribe. To 140 of these manuscripts were attached 267 names of persons
+who listened to them and subscribed their names as witnesses at the end of
+each lecture--to some a single signature was affixed, to some, many. Any
+person really desirous of knowing the purport of these lectures and the
+manner of their delivery could be admitted by making application
+beforehand.
+
+At each sitting the speaker was first put into the deep hypnotic trance in
+which he was rigid and unconscious; but his sub-conscious or second self
+was active and lucid, and associated with the principles and knowledge
+which he needed and which he was to communicate. From this condition he
+came back to the somnambulic state in which he dictated that which he had
+acquired in the deep trance, or what he called the "superior condition";
+and the transition from one of these states to the other took place many
+times during each lecture. Such were the conditions under which Andrew
+Jackson Davis produced the _Principles of Nature--Her Divine
+Revelation_--a book of nearly 800 pages, divided into three parts:--First,
+a setting forth of first principles, which served as a philosophical
+explanation or key to the main work. Second, a cosmogony or description of
+the method by which the universe came to its present state of development,
+and third, a statement of the ethical principles upon which society should
+be based and the practical working of these principles. It assumes to be
+thoroughly scientific and philosophical. It has literary faults, and there
+is plenty of opportunity for cavil and scientific fault-finding; but these
+remarkable facts remain.
+
+A poor boy, thoroughly well known and vouched for by his neighbors for his
+strict integrity, having had only five months of ordinary district school
+instruction for his education, having never read a scientific or
+philosophical book, and not a dozen all told of every kind, having never
+associated with people of education except in the most casual way, yet in
+the manner just described he dictated a book containing the outlines of a
+thoroughly sound and reasonable system of philosophy, theology, and
+ethics, and a complete system of cosmogony representing the most advanced
+views in geology, which was then in its infancy--astronomy, chemistry, and
+other departments of physical science, criticising current scientific
+opinions, and in points where he differed from these opinions giving full
+and cogent reason for that difference.
+
+On March 16th, 17th, and 20th, 1846, he announced the fact of the motion
+of our sun and solar system about a still greater centre, in harmony with
+the Nebular Hypothesis by which he explained the formation of the whole
+vast system. He also announced the existence of an eighth and ninth
+planet, and the apparently abnormal revolution of the satellites of
+Uranus. Neptune, the eighth planet, had not then been discovered and was
+not found until six months later. On the 29th of April he announced the
+discovery and application of diamagnetism by Faraday, concerning which
+none of his associates had any knowledge, and which I believe had not then
+been noticed in this country. He gave a distinct and vivid description of
+the formation of the different bodies constituting the solar system, of
+the introduction of life upon our planet, and of its evolution from grade
+to grade from the lowest to the highest--all in minute detail, in general
+accord with established scientific deduction and in scientific and
+technical language. In several particulars he differed from the received
+opinions, and gave his reasons for so doing. No claim was made to
+inspiration nor to the presentation of absolute or infallible truth, but
+when hypnotized and in what he termed the "superior condition," his
+perceptive faculties were vastly increased, and that which he then
+perceived he made known. He simply gave the truth as he saw it, and he
+commended it to the judgment and reason of mankind for reception or
+rejection. In other words, the subliminal self was brought into action by
+hypnotism, and then by means of its greatly increased perceptive powers he
+gathered knowledge from various sources quite inaccessible to him in his
+ordinary state, and seemingly inaccessible also to others.
+
+Concerning the truth or falsity of the revelations beyond what was already
+known or has since been confirmed by science, I do not assume to pronounce
+judgment; but that this also, as well as the first chapter of Genesis,
+from either a literary or scientific standpoint, is one of the most
+remarkable productions of this or of any age, will not be denied by any
+competent and candid examiner; while the remarkable character of the book
+will be still better appreciated when the status of the theory of
+evolution and of the science of geology fifty years ago is taken into the
+account.
+
+Here are presented two prominent examples of supranormal mental
+activity--one in the early ages of man's development, when _everything_
+was supernatural, the immediate work of a god--the other in man's later
+development when natural law is found intervening between phenomena and
+their cause, and when it is found possible for men to comprehend the fact
+that truth, extraordinary and even that which had previously been unknown
+or was beyond the reach of the senses in their ordinary state, may
+nevertheless be discovered or revealed by other means than direct
+communications from Deity.
+
+It is seen, then, how various and how wonderfully important are the mental
+phenomena grouped under the general designation of automatism.
+
+Many examples of this and other classes of unusual mental action have been
+given in previous chapters, not as cumulative evidence of their
+verity--that would require volumes, but simply to illustrate the subject
+and give some degree of definiteness to our reasoning regarding them. Not
+even all the _classes_ of facts properly belonging to our subject have
+here been represented; but taking them as they have been enumerated and
+hastily described, they constitute a body of well observed and well
+authenticated facts and phenomena of undeniable interest, and if received
+as true their importance is certainly to be compared with the greatest
+discoveries of modern science. They are, however, the very facts which the
+science and philosophy of to-day hesitates to accept. The only exception
+to this statement is found in the treatment lately accorded to hypnotism,
+which after a hundred years of hesitation, rejection and even ridicule,
+has at length been definitely received as regards its main facts. It is
+true, however, that in numerous other instances the evidence regarding
+unusual mental states and phenomena is equally weighty and unimpeachable;
+but because these phenomena are unusual, marvelous or seemingly
+miraculous, belonging to no recognized class of mental action, therefore
+it is argued, they cannot be genuine; there _must be_ some flaw in the
+evidence and they cannot be accepted.
+
+It is tedious going over the arguments which reduce this mode of reasoning
+to an absurdity. The same reasoning has been applied to every important
+discovery in physical science for the past three hundred years; and if it
+were carried out to its logical conclusions no substantial advance in
+human knowledge could ever take place, since every discovery or
+observation of phenomena outside of known laws must on that ground be
+rejected. And the history of scientific discoveries shows that this has
+actually been the case. The announcement of the discovery of the movements
+of the planets around the sun, of the attraction of gravitation, of the
+identity of lightning with electricity, of the relation and derivation of
+species in the world of living forms--of the discovery of living toads in
+geological strata of untold antiquity, and scores of other now accepted
+facts, were accounted visionary and were received with scoffs and jeers by
+the accredited leaders of science, because they were outside of any known
+natural laws; and it was only after the study and contemplation of the new
+discoveries had educated and enlarged the minds of a new generation of men
+to a better understanding of the extent and magnitude of nature and her
+laws that the scoffs subsided and the new facts quietly took their places
+as accredited science.
+
+The same process is going on regarding mental phenomena to-day. It may
+require a generation for men unused to think in this direction to become
+familiarized with the thought that telepathy, clairvoyance, and the
+subliminal self, with its augmented powers, are facts in nature; but
+thousands of intelligent people, and many accustomed to examine facts
+critically and according to approved methods, are already so interpreting
+nature, and their number is constantly increasing.
+
+Such are some of the facts discovered by the pioneers in this outlying
+field of psychology. In attempting to explain or account for them it is
+useless to take refuge in the hazy definitions of the old psychologists,
+or to imagine that the secret is bound up in the vital processes which
+occupy the biologist and physiologist, interesting and important as those
+studies are; even the neurologist can help us comparatively little--he can
+tell us all about diseases of the nervous system and how they manifest
+themselves, and his labor has earned for him the gratitude of mankind; but
+he cannot tell us how thinking is accomplished, nor what thought is; he
+cannot tell the cause of so normal and easily observed a phenomenon as
+ordinary sleep, much less of the new faculties which are developed in
+somnambulism. In all these related departments of science, in considering
+mental phenomena it is found convenient to deny the existence of that for
+which they cannot account. Nature's processes, however, are simple when
+once we comprehend them, so much so that we wonder at their simplicity,
+and wonder that we ever could have failed to understand them; and we learn
+to distrust explanations which are involved and complicated, knowing that
+error often lies that way. And of this kind for the most part, the
+attempted explanations of mental processes in terms of physiology have
+proved to be; they are complicated, inapplicable, and unsatisfactory; and
+they give no aid in the generalizations which have hitherto been so much
+needed.
+
+The phenomena in this new field at first sight seem heterogeneous, without
+system or any common bond; they seem each to demand a separate origin and
+field. But let the idea of the subliminal self, intelligent, and endowed
+with its higher perceptive faculties, be presented, and lo! all these
+refractory phenomena fall into place in one harmonious system. The
+subliminal self is the active and efficient agent in telepathy--it is that
+which sees and hears and acts far away from the body, and reports the
+knowledge which it gains to the ordinary senses, sometimes by motor and
+sometimes by sensory automatism--by automatic writing, speaking, audition,
+the vision, the phantasm. It acts sometimes while the primary self is
+fully conscious--better and most frequently in reverie, in dreams, in
+somnambulism, but best of all when the ordinary self is altogether
+subjective and the body silent, inactive, and insensible, as in that
+strange condition which accompanies the higher phases of trance and
+lucidity, into which few enter, either spontaneously or by the aid of
+hypnotism. Then still retaining its attenuated vital connection, it goes
+forth and sees with extended vision and gathers truth from a thousand
+various and hidden sources.
+
+Will it act less freely, less intelligently, with less consciousness and
+individuality when that attenuated vital connection is severed, and the
+body lies--untenanted?
+
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+INDEX.
+
+
+  A.
+
+  A., Miss, Perceives an induced phantom, 236
+
+  A., Miss, Her journey automatically described, 188
+
+  A. B., Clairvoyance of, 102-105
+
+  Alexis,     "         , 86-87
+
+  Anaesthesia, local, produced by hypnotism, 67
+
+  Apollonius, Clairvoyance of, 80
+
+  Apparitions or Phantasms, Collective Cases, 293, 294, 295, 299
+
+  Automatism, 151
+      "       Ancient and modern, 331
+      "       Grades or kinds of, 151-154
+      "       Motor and sensory, 198, 319
+
+  Automatisms, Sensory, considered as hallucinations, 219
+      "           "     manifested by hearing, 220
+      "        The daemon of Socrates, 220
+      "        Voices and visions of Joan of Arc, 221
+
+  Automatic writing, by Planchette, 158, 180
+      "        "        Mr. W. T. Stead, 186-193
+      "     drawing and painting by Mrs. Burton, 194
+
+  Aylesbury, Commander T. W., Case by, 289
+
+
+  B.
+
+  B., Madame, Hypnotic subject, 58-61, 131-135, 183
+
+  Barrett, Prof. W. T., and the S. P. R., 5
+
+  Bernheim, Prof., His theories of hypnotism, 36
+    "         "    Post hypnotic suggestions, cases, 63-67
+
+  Bishop, The mind-reader, 8
+
+  Bourne, Ansel, Double personality of, 119, 182
+
+  Borderland cases. Between sleeping and waking, 269
+      "        "  --visions, 269, 271, 273
+
+  Braid, His theory of hypnotism, 31
+
+  Brettany, Mrs., Vision, percipient awake, 304
+
+  Brittan, Dr. S. B., Cases reported by, 99-101
+
+  Brown, A. J., A second personality, 119, 182
+
+  Brougham, Lord, Borderland case, 273-279
+
+  Buchanan, Dr. W. B., Case by, collective, 295
+
+  Burton, Mrs. Julietta T., Automatic writing, 194
+    "      "       "        Drawing and painting by, 195
+    "      "       "        Portrait, by (Frontispiece), 196
+    "      "       "        Psychometric powers, 199
+
+
+  C.
+
+  Carpenter, Dr. Wm. B., His theory, 9
+
+  Charcot, Prof., His theory of hypnotism, 33
+
+  Chiefs, Religious, 320
+    "         "      Moses, Zoroaster, Mahomet, Swedenborg, 320
+
+  Clairvoyance, 74
+       "        Instances of, 78-109
+       "        Ancient and modern, 81
+       "        Nature of, 109
+
+  Cleave, Mr. A. H. W., and Mr. H. P. Sparks, Phantasm produced by, 234
+
+  Clerke, May, Case reported by, 296
+
+  Collyer, Dr. R. H., Case, vision, reported by, 285, 288
+
+  Coues, Dr. E., Case reported by, 88-90
+
+  Crystal-gazing, Used for producing visions, 200
+    "      "      Cases reported by Mr. E. W. Lane, 201
+    "      "      Practised in all ages, 203
+    "      "      Amongst the Hebrews, 204
+    "      "        "      "  Greeks, 205
+    "      "      In the Opera of Parsifal, 206
+    "      "      The Shew-stone of Dr. Dee, 204
+    "      "      What it really is, 208
+    "      "      Experiments of Miss X., 209-214
+    "      "      Col. Wickham's pouch-belt found by, 214
+    "      "      Springs and wells used for, 216
+
+  Cumberland, Mind-reader, 8
+
+
+  D.
+
+  Davis, A. J., Production of _Principles of Nature, Her Divine
+    Revelation_, by, 328
+
+  Deyer, Col. J. J., His well, in relation to Crystal-gazing, 216
+
+  Diagrams, Illustrating thought-transference, 19
+
+  Dreams, Definite impressions during, 263
+    "     Veridical, cases of, 263, 266
+
+  Dufay, Dr., Case reported by, 95
+
+
+  E.
+
+  Elliotson, Dr., Mesmeric treatment by, 43
+
+
+  F.
+
+  Fenton, Mr, F. D., Vision, case reported by, 284
+
+  Fitzgerald, John, Clairvoyance of, 101
+
+
+  G.
+
+  Gerault, Dr., Clairvoyance, case reported by, 95
+
+  Gibert, Dr., Experiments, hypnotizing at a distance, 59
+
+  Ghost-stories, Status of, 1
+
+  Glissoid, Mr. E. M., Hypnotic experiments by, 231
+
+  Gurney, Mr. E., Experiments, 21
+    "       "     Cases reported, 263-266, 284-289, 291-294, 295, 299
+
+  Gurwood, John, His supposed spirit, 170
+     "      "    His crest, 171
+     "      "    In the Peninsular War, 173
+
+  Guthrie, Malcolm, Experiments in Thought-Transference, 18
+
+
+  H.
+
+  Hammond, Dr. Wm. A., Experiments reported by, 56
+
+  Harris, Surgeon, A child's vision, case reported, 282
+
+  Hauffe, Madame, The Seeress of Proverst, 83-86
+
+  Hodgson, Dr. Richard, Case reported by, 122
+
+  Hosmer, Harriet, Borderland case, 271
+
+  Hypnotism, In literature, 2
+      "      Historical sketch of, 28
+      "      Braid's theory of, 31
+      "      Mesmer's theory of, 29
+      "      Charcot's theory of, 33
+      "      Bernheim's theory of, 36-39
+      "      Stages of, 41, 51, 52
+      "      Therapeutic effects of, 42-50
+      "      Psychic aspect of, 51-71
+      "      Rapport in, 54
+      "      Suggestion in, 61-67
+
+  Hypnotizing at a distance, 57
+      "         "     "    Experiments by Prof. Janet and Dr. Gibert, 58
+      "         "     "    Experiments by Prof Richet and Dr. Hericourt, 60
+
+
+  I.
+
+  Individual, The, Conception of, 149
+
+
+  J.
+
+  James, Prof., Case examined by, 122
+
+  Jane, Clairvoyance of, 90-94
+
+  Janet, Prof., Hypnotizing at a distance, 60
+    "     "     Hypnotic experiments by, 131
+
+  Joan of Arc, Her voices and visions, 221
+
+  Joy, Mr. A., Case hallucination affecting sight, hearing and touch, 291
+
+
+  L.
+
+  L. A. W., Remarkable dream or vision, 263
+
+  Leonie, Leontine, Leonore, 131-135
+
+  Liebeault, Dr., Suggestion fulfilled after many days, 63
+      "       "   Suggests a disappearance, 66
+
+  Lucidity, See Clairvoyance.
+
+
+  M.
+
+  "Marie," Clairvoyance of, 95-99
+
+  Mesmer, Anton, 29
+
+  Mesmerists, The early, 31
+
+  Mesmerization of inanimate objects, 69
+
+  Magnetized water, Detection of, 71, 215
+
+  M. L., Clairvoyance of, 105-108
+
+  Moses, The vision of, 323
+
+  Mouat, Mr. R., Narrates a case, phantasms, 299
+
+  Myers, Mr. F. W. H., His important work, 145
+    "     "     "      Cases examined and reported by, 91, 124, 164, 214
+
+
+  N.
+
+  Newnham, Rev. Mr. and Mrs., Planchette writing, 164-168
+
+
+  O.
+
+  Oracles, Greek, 79
+
+
+  P.
+
+  Perception, Definition of, 225
+
+  Perceptions, which are reckoned as hallucinations, 226
+
+  Personality, Double or multiplex, 116
+       "          "         "       cases of, 117, 124-128
+       "          "   in dreaming, 141
+
+  _Phantasms of the Living_, Cases from, 231, 263, 289
+       "     Produced at a distance, case, 234-238
+       "     Collective cases, 293, 294, 295-299
+
+  Phenomena, Psychical, Compared with physical, 311
+
+  Planchette, 154-180
+
+  Podmore, Mr. F., Case by, 288
+
+  Psychical Research, Eng. Society for, established, 3
+
+  Puysegur, Marquis de, 30
+
+
+  R.
+
+  R., Miss, and Miss V., Planchette writing, 168
+
+  Rapport, Hypnotic, Example, 56
+     "        "      Experiments by Mr. Gurney and Dr. Myers, 56
+     "        "      Experiments by Dr. Hammond, 56
+     "        "      At a distance, 57
+
+  Reed, On Personality, 116
+
+  Revelation, A modern, 327
+
+  Richardson, Mrs. M. A., Borderland case reported by, 269
+
+  Russell, Mrs. J. M., Case by, 246-248
+
+  Ruth, Mrs. Wickham's servant, Crystal-gazing, 214
+
+
+  S.
+
+  Sidgwick, Prof. H., Vice-Pres. S. P. R., 5
+     "      Mrs. H., Cases reported by, 88-94
+
+  Society for Psychical Research, formation of, 3-5, 316
+
+  Socrates, Daemon of, 220
+
+  Somnambulism, 129
+       "        Hypnotic, 131
+
+  Stainton, Moses, Rev. W., Phantoms perceived by, 237, 238
+
+  Stead, W. T., His automatic writing, 186
+    "      "    Miss A.'s journey automatically described by, 188
+    "      "    Needs of a stranger written out by, 189
+    "      "    His correspondent in a railway car, 192
+
+  Stewart, Prof. Balfour, 5
+
+  Subliminal self, The key to many psychical phenomena, 260
+      "       "    Sources of information of, 177
+      "       "    Theory of, 257
+
+  Suggestion, Post-hypnotic, 61
+
+  Smith, J. W., and Kate, Experiments, 22
+
+  Swedenborg, Clairvoyance of, 81-83
+
+
+  T.
+
+  Telepathy, Theories regarding, 250-261
+      "      Explained by the action of the subliminal self, 257-261
+      "      No longer a mere fancy, 309
+
+  Thought-transference, First report on, 6
+     "         "        Classification, 11
+     "         "        Experiments by diagrams, 18
+     "         "        Tested by taste, 21
+     "         "           "      objects, 13
+     "         "           "      cards, 13
+     "         "           "      fictitious names, 14
+     "         "           "      two percipients, 23, 24
+
+  Tyndall, Prof., His Belfast address, effect of, 312-313
+
+
+  U.
+
+  Urim and Thummim, A method of Crystal-gazing, 204
+
+
+  V.
+
+  V., Louis, Case of, 124
+
+  V., Miss, Planchette writing by, 159-164
+
+  Verity, The Misses, perceive induced phantasms, 239-244
+
+  Visions, Percipient being awake, 282
+     "     Cases, 282, 284-286, 289-291, 304
+
+  Voisin, Dr., Cases reported by, 124, 148
+
+
+  W.
+
+  Water, magnetized, detected by patients, 71, 77
+
+  Wedgwood, Mr. H., Planchette-writing, 168-174
+
+  Willing game, 6
+
+  Wyld, Dr., Case reported by, 294
+
+
+  X.
+
+  X., Case illustrating sensory automatism, 184
+
+  X., Felida, Case, double personality, 117-119
+
+  X. Miss., On Crystal-gazing, 209
+
+
+  Y.
+
+  Young, Dr. A. K., Remarkable dream or vision, 266
+
+
+  Z.
+
+  Z., Alma, Case of, 125
+
+  _Zoist, The_, Report of cases in, 42
+
+
+
+
+_January, 1897._
+
+Henry Holt & Co.'s
+
+Newest Books.
+
+
+The Island of Cuba.
+
+By Lieut. A. S. ROWAN, U. S. A., and Prof. M. M. RAMSAY. With Maps and
+Index. 12mo, $1.25.
+
+    "Excellent and timely, a clear and judicial account of Cuba and its
+    history."--_The Dial._ "Conveys just the information needed at this
+    time."--_Philadelphia Times._
+
+
+English Literature.
+
+By BERNHARD TEN BRINK. Vol. II. Part 2. From the Middle of the Fourteenth
+Century to the Accession of Elizabeth. 12mo, $2.00.
+
+    "Has taken highest rank in its department."--_Outlook._
+
+Earlier Volumes:--_Vol. I._ To Wyclif. $2.00.--_Vol. II._ Part 1. Through
+the Renaissance. $2.00.
+
+Ten Brink's Lectures on Shakespeare. $1.25.
+
+
+Telepathy and the Subliminal Self.
+
+By Dr. R. OSGOOD MASON. A work treating of hypnotism, automatism, trance,
+and phantasms. (_To be published at once._) 12mo.
+
+    "It is with the hope of aiding somewhat in the efforts now being made
+    to rescue from an uncertain and unreasoning supernaturalism some of
+    the most valuable facts in nature, and some of the most interesting
+    and beautiful psychical phenomena in human experience, that this book
+    is offered to the public."--_From the Preface._
+
+
+A Diplomat in London. (1871-77.)
+
+By CHARLES GAVARD. A book giving interesting light on the diplomacy of the
+Commune, and on the English aristocracy of the time. (_To be published at
+once._) 12mo.
+
+
+In India.
+
+By ANDRE CHEVRILLON. 12mo, $1.50.
+
+    "A masterpiece.... Such a vivid reflection of the country, its people,
+    its architecture, and its religion, that we become unconscious of the
+    printed page, for we see and feel that mystery of the
+    world--India."--_Bookman._
+
+
+
+
+Richard Brinsley Sheridan.
+
+By W. FRASER RAE. With an Introduction by Sheridan's great-grandson, the
+Marquess of Dufferin. With portraits. 2 vols., 8vo, $7.00.
+
+    "A story of romantic and human interest."--_Atlantic Monthly._ "A
+    marvelously ingenious and deft piece of biographical narration.... Mr.
+    Rae has told a full and interesting story, and has told it well."--_N.
+    Y. Tribune._ "The best biography of Sheridan in existence."--_Review
+    of Reviews._
+
+
+Social Forces in German Literature.
+
+By Prof. KUNO FRANCKE. 8vo, $2.00 _net_. (_This book is being translated
+into German._)
+
+    "We owe a debt of gratitude to the author ... his exposition is
+    admirable."--_Nation._
+
+
+On Parody.
+
+By ARTHUR SHADWELL MARTIN. An essay on the art, and humorous selections.
+12mo, $1.25.
+
+    "Of infinite delight and resource to lovers of English
+    verse."--_Outlook._ "Full of good examples."--_Nation._
+
+
+Modern Political Orations. (1838-1888.)
+
+Twenty-four speeches by Brougham, Macaulay, Fox, Cobden, Bulwer-Lytton,
+Bright, Morley, Beaconsfield, Gladstone, Chamberlain, Parnell, McCarthy,
+Churchill, etc., etc. Edited by LEOPOLD WAGNER. $1.00 _net_.
+
+
+Russian Politics.
+
+By HERBERT M. THOMPSON. With maps. $2.00.
+
+    "Most intelligible and interesting."--_Atlantic Monthly._
+
+
+Animal Symbolism in Ecclesiastical Architecture.
+
+By E. P. EVANS. With 78 Illustrations. $2 _net_.
+
+    "Many a ponderous and voluminous work on mediaeval history and art,
+    requiring months for its study, is really far less valuable than this
+    little book."--The Hon. ANDREW D. WHITE, in Appleton's _Popular
+    Science Monthly_.
+
+
+International Bimetallism.
+
+By FRANCIS A. WALKER. 3d edition. $1.25.
+
+    "An elaborate study of bimetallism from the first bimetallist in the
+    United States, and there is not a syllable in it that is favorable to
+    the free, unlimited, and independent coinage of silver by the United
+    States."--_Christian Register._
+
+
+
+
+Henry Holt & Co.'s Recent Fiction.
+
+
+The Honorable Peter Stirling.
+
+By PAUL L. FORD. A brilliant novel of New York Political Life. _Sixteenth
+edition._ $1.50.
+
+    "Timely, manly, thoroughbred, and eminently suggestive."--_Atlantic
+    Monthly._
+
+
+Emma Lou: Her Book.
+
+By MARY M. MEARS. 12mo, $1.00.
+
+    "The neatest, closest, and most accurate description of village life
+    in exactly the way an uncommonly bright girl would see it. It is its
+    exceeding naturalness which is so taking.... We are inclined to give
+    the book the highest of encomiums as a sound, wholesome, and most
+    amusing story."--_N. Y. Times._
+
+
+The Buckram Series.
+
+Narrow 16mo, with frontispiece, 75c. each.
+
+    "That admirable Buckram Series--to which a dull book is never
+    admitted."--_N. Y. Times._
+
+
+Out of Bounds.
+
+Being the Adventures of an Unadventurous Young Man. By A. GARRY.
+
+    "An exceedingly good story ... graceful and interesting."--_N. Y.
+    Commercial Advertiser._ "A story which none will read but to
+    enjoy."--_Boston Times._
+
+
+_Earlier Issues._
+
+Anthony Hope's Romances.
+
+    6 vols. The Prisoner of Zenda (31st Ed.). The Indiscretion of the
+    Duchess (10th Ed.). A Man of Mark (9th Ed.). The Dolly Dialogues (9th
+    Ed.). A Change of Air (9th Ed.). Sport Royal (3d Ed.).
+
+A Man and His Womankind. A novel. By NORA VYNNE.
+
+Sir Quixote of the Moors. A Scotch Romance. By JOHN BUCHAN.
+
+Lady Bonnie's Experiment. A quaint pastoral. By TIGHE HOPKINS.
+
+Kafir Stories. Tales of adventure. By WM. CHAS. SCULLY.
+
+The Master-Knot (2d Edition). And "Another Story." By CONOVER DUFF.
+
+The Time Machine. The Story of an Invention. By H. G. WELLS.
+
+Tenement Tales of New York. By J. W. SULLIVAN.
+
+Slum Stories of London. (_Neighbors of Ours._) By H. W. NEVINSON.
+
+The Ways of Yale (6th Edition). Sketches, mainly humorous. By H. A. BEERS.
+
+A Suburban Pastoral (5th Edition). American stories. By HENRY A. BEERS.
+
+Jack O'Doon (2d Edition). An American novel. By MARIA BEALE.
+
+Quaker Idyls (5th Edition). By Mrs. S. M. H. GARDNER.
+
+John Ingerfield (6th Edition). A love tragedy. By JEROME K. JEROME.
+
+
+
+
+_Sixteenth Edition of a New York Novel._
+
+The Hon. Peter Stirling
+
+And what people thought of him.
+
+By PAUL LEICESTER FORD. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
+
+
+_The Nation_: "Floods of light on the _raison d'etre_, origin, and methods
+of the dark figure that directs the destinies of our cities.... So
+strongly imagined and logically drawn that it satisfies the demand for the
+appearance of truth in art.... Telling scenes and incidents and
+descriptions of political organization, all of which are literal
+transcripts of life and fact--not dry irrelevancies thrown in by way of
+imparting information, but lively detail, needful for a clear
+understanding of Stirling's progress from the humble chairmanship of a
+primary to the dictator's throne.... In the use of dramatic possibilities,
+Mr. Ford is discreet and natural, and without giving Stirling a heroic
+pose, manages to win for him very hearty sympathy and belief. Stirling's
+private and domestic story is well knit with that of his public
+adventures.... A very good novel."
+
+_The Atlantic Monthly_: "Commands our very sincere respect ... there is no
+glaring improbability about his story ... the highly dramatic crisis of
+the story.... The tone and manner of the book are noble.... A timely,
+manly, thoroughbred, and eminently suggestive book."
+
+_The Review of Reviews_: "His relations with women were of unconventional
+sincerity and depth.... Worth reading on several accounts."
+
+_The Dial_: "One of the strongest and most vital characters that have
+appeared in our fiction.... A very charming love-story. To discern the
+soul of good in so evil a thing as Municipal politics calls for sympathies
+that are not often united with a sane ethical outlook; but Peter Stirling
+is possessed of the one without losing his sense of the other, and it is
+this combination of qualities that make him so impressive and admirable a
+figure.... Both a readable and an ethically helpful book."
+
+_The New York Tribune_: "A portrait which is both alive and easily
+recognizable."
+
+_New York Times_: "Mr. Ford's able political novel."
+
+_The Literary World_: "A fine, tender love-story.... A very unusual but,
+let us believe, a possible character.... Peter Stirling is a man's
+hero.... Very readable and enjoyable."
+
+_The Independent_: "Full of life. The interest never flags.... It is long
+since we have read a better novel or one more thoroughly and naturally
+American."
+
+_The Boston Advertiser_: "Sure to excite attention and win popularity."
+
+
+
+
+Anthony Hope's Romances
+
+In Buckram Series.
+
+18mo, with Frontispieces, 75 cents each.
+
+
+The Prisoner of Zenda. _32d Edition._
+
+    "A glorious story, which cannot be too warmly recommended to all who
+    love a tale that stirs the blood. Perhaps not the least among its many
+    good qualities is the fact that its chivalry is of the nineteenth, not
+    of the sixteenth, century; that it is a tale of brave men and true,
+    and of a fair woman of to-day. The Englishman who saves the king ...
+    is as interesting a knight as was Bayard.... The story holds the
+    reader's attention from first to last."--_Critic._
+
+
+The Indiscretion of the Duchess. _10th Edition._
+
+    "Told with an old-time air of romance that gives the fascination of an
+    earlier day; an air of good faith, almost of religious chivalry, gives
+    reality to their extravagance.... Marks Mr. Hope as a wit, if he were
+    not a romancer."--_Nation._
+
+
+A Man of Mark. _9th Edition._
+
+    "More plentifully charged with humor, and the plot is every whit as
+    original as that of Zenda ... returns to the entrancing manner of 'The
+    Prisoner of Zenda.'... The whole game of playing at revolution is
+    pictured with such nearness and intimacy of view that the wildest
+    things happen as though they were every-day occurrences.... Two
+    triumphs of picturesque description--the overthrow and escape of the
+    President, and the night attack on the bank. The charmingly wicked
+    Christina is equal to anything that Mr. Hope has done, with the
+    possible exception of the always piquant Dolly."--_Life._
+
+
+The Dolly Dialogues. _9th Edition._
+
+    "Characterized by a delicious drollery; ... beneath the surface play
+    of words lies a tragi-comedy of life.... There is infinite suggestion
+    in every line."--_Boston Transcript._
+
+
+A Change of Air. _9th Edition._
+
+With portrait and notice of the author.
+
+    "A highly clever performance, with little touches that recall both
+    Balzac and Meredith.... Is endowed with exceeding originality."--_New
+    York Times._
+
+
+Sport Royal. _3d Edition._
+
+    "His many admirers will be happy to find in these stories full
+    evidence that Anthony Hope can write short stories fully as dramatic
+    in incident as his popular novels."--_Philadelphia Call._
+
+
+HENRY HOLT & CO., 29 W. 23d St., New York.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Telepathy and the Subliminal Self, by
+R. Osgood Mason
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TELEPATHY AND THE SUBLIMINAL SELF ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37203.txt or 37203.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37203/
+
+Produced by Bryan Ness and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/37203.zip b/37203.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a05f7db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37203.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c764dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #37203 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/37203)